Skip to main content

Full text of "The North Carolina historical review"

See other formats 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/northcarolinahis1957nort 


North  Carolina  State  Library 
Raleigh 

THE 


North  Carolina 
Historical  Review 


Issued  Quarterly 

Volume  XXXIV  Numbers  1-4 


JANUARY-  OCTOBER 
1957 


Published  By 

STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ARCHIVES  AND  HISTORY 

Corner  of  Salisbury  and  Edenton  Streets 

Raleigh,  N.  C. 


THE  NORTH  CAROLINA  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Published  by  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History 

Raleigh,  N.  C. 


Christopher  Crittenden,  Editor 
David  Leroy  Corbitt,  Managing  Editor 

ADVISORY  EDITORIAL  BOARD 
Walter  Clinton  Jackson  Hugh  Talmage  Lefler 

Frontis  Withers  Johnston  George  Myers  Stephens 


STATE  DEPARTMENT  OP  ARCHIVES  AND  HISTORY 

EXECUTIVE  BOARD 

McDaniel  Lewis,  Chairman 

Gertrude  Sprague  Carraway  Josh  L.  Horne 

Fletcher  M.  Green  William  Thomas  Laprade 

Clarence  W.  Griffin  Hershel  V.  Rose 

Christopher  Crittenden,  Director 


This  review  was  established  in  January,  192b,  as  a  medium  of  publication 

and  discussion  of  history  in  North  Carolina.  It  is  issued  to  other  institutions 
by  exchange,  but  to  the  general  public  by  subscription  only.  The  regular  price 
is  $3.00  per  year.  Members  of  the  North  Carolina  Literary  and  Historical  As- 

sociation,  Inc.,  for  which  the  annual  dues  are  $5.00,  receive  this  publication 

without  further  payment.  Back  numbers  may  be  procured  at  the  regular 

price  of  $3.00  per  volume,  or  $.75  per  number. 


MU 


The  North  Carolina 
Historical  Review 


VOLUME  XXXIV 

NUMBER  1,  JANUARY,  1957 

CHEROKEE-WHITE  RELATIONS  ON  THE 
SOUTHERN  FRONTIER  IN  THE  EARLY 
NINETEENTH  CENTURY 1 

Henry  T.  Malone 

THE  COTTON  TEXTILE  INDUSTRY  IN 

ANTE-BELLUM  NORTH  CAROLINA 15 

PART  I:  ORIGIN  AND  GROWTH  TO  1830 
Dipfee  W.  Standard  and  Richard  W.  Griffin 

ORGANIZATION  AND  EARLY  YEARS  OF  THE 

NORTH  CAROLINA  BAR  ASSOCIATION  36 

Fannie  Farmer  Blackwelder 

THE  COLORED  INDUSTRIAL  ASSOCIATION 

OF  NORTH  CAROLINA  AND  ITS  FAIR  OF  1886  _  58 

Frenise  A.  Logan 

CIVIL  WAR  LETTERS  OF  HENRY  W.  BARROW 
WRITTEN  TO  JOHN  W.  FRIES,  SALEM 68 

Edited  by  Marian  H.  Blair 

BOOK  REVIEWS 86 

Eliason's  Tarheel  Talk:  An  Historical  Study  of  the  English 
Language  in  North  Carolina — By  Richard  Walser; 
Walser's  North  Carolina  Drama — By  Percy  G.  Adams ; 
Wellman,s  Rebel  Boast:  First  at  Bethel — Last  at 
Appomattox — By  Roy  Parker,  Jr.;  Alexander's  Here 
Will  I  Dwell:  The  Story  of  Caldwell  County — By 
Blackwell  P.  Robinson;  Weathers'  The  Living  Past  of 
Cleveland  County — By  Horace  W.  Raper;  Robinson's 

I  iii] 


iv  Contents 

A  History  of  Moore  County,  North  Carolina,  17U7-18U7 
— By  Marvin  W.  Schlegel ;  Cauthen's  The  State  Records 
of  South  Carolina:  Journals  of  the  South  Carolina 
Executive  Councils  of  1861  and  1862 — By  Robert  H. 
Woody;  Brooks's  The  University  of  Georgia  Under 
Sixteen  Administrations,  1785-1955 — By  David  A. 
Lockmiller ;  Hindle's  The  Pursuit  of  Science  in  Revolu- 
tionary America,  1735-1789 — By  Elisha  P.  Douglass; 
Green's  Eli  Whitney  and  the  Birth  of  American  Tech- 
nology— By  Cornelius  0.  Cathey;  Wiley's  William 
Nathaniel  Wood,  Reminiscences  of  Big  I — By  H.  H. 
Cunningham;  Chambers'  Old  Bullion  Benton:  Senator 
from  the  Neiv  West — By  G.  C.  Osborn ;  Silver's  Lincoln's 
Supreme  Court — By  Dillard  S.  Gardner;  Perkins' 
Charles  Evans  Hughes  and  American  Democratic 
Statesmanship — By  Joseph  F.  Steelman;  and  Lefler's 
History  of  North  Carolina — By  H.  G.  Jones. 

HISTORICAL  NEWS 109 


NUMBER  2,  APRIL,  1957 

THE  COTTON  TEXTILE  INDUSTRY  IN 
ANTE-BELLUM  NORTH  CAROLINA 
PART  II:  AN  ERA  OF  BOOM  AND 
CONSOLIDATION,  1830-1860 131 

Richard  W.  Griffin  and  Diffee  W.  Standard 

A  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE  PUBLISHED 

WRITINGS  OF  BENJAMIN  GRIFFITH  BRAWLEY  .165 

John  W.  Parker 

PAPERS  FROM  THE  FIFTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL 
SESSION  OF  THE  STATE  LITERARY  AND 
HISTORICAL  ASSOCIATION,  RALEIGH, 
DECEMBER,  1956 
INTRODUCTION  179 

DARE  COUNTY  BELLE-LETTRES 180 

Richard  Walser 


Contents  v 

ROANOKE  COLONISTS  AND  EXPLORERS : 
AN  ATTEMPT  AT  IDENTIFICATION 202 

William  S.  Powell 

NORTH  CAROLINA  FICTION,  DRAMA, 

AND  POETRY,  1955-1956 227 

C.  Hugh  Holman 

NORTH  CAROLINA  NON-FICTION 
BOOKS,  1955-1956 237 

H.  Broadus  Jones 

LIFE  AND  LITERATURE  247 

Gilbert  T.  Stephenson 

ONE  HUNDRED  YEARS  AGO 255 

Roy  P.  Nichols 

NORTH  CAROLINA  BIBLIOGRAPHY,  1955-1956 270 

William  S.  Powell 

BOOK  REVIEWS  282 

Shanks' s  The  Papers  of  Willie  Person  Mangum,  Volume 
V,  1847-1894 — By  Paul  Murray;  Cathey's  Agricultural 
Developments  in  North  Carolina,  17 88-1860 — By  Wayne 
D.  Rasmussen ;  Barrett's  Sherman* s  March  through  the 
Carolinas — By  Jay  Luvaas ;  Ware's  A  History  of  Atlan- 
tic Christian  College:  Culture  in  Coastal  Carolina — By 
J.  D.  Messick;  Moore's  Stories  Old  and  New  of  the 
Cape  Fear  Region — By  William  S.  Powell;  Goerch's 
Ocracoke — By  Holley  Mack  Bell ;  Wates's  Stub  Entries 
to  Indents  Issued  in  Payment  of  Claims  Against  South 
Carolina  Groiving  Out  of  the  Revolution.  Book  K — By 
Lawrence  F.  Brewster ;  Wright's  and  Freund's  The  His- 
toric of  Travell  into  Virginia  Britania  (1612),  by 
William  Strachey,  gent. — By  Stanley  South;  Coulter's 
Auraria:  The  Story  of  a  Georgia  Gold-Mining  Town — 
By  Fletcher  M.  Green;  Walton's  John  Filson  of  Ken- 
tucke — By  Weymouth  T.  Jordan ;  Malone's  Cherokees  of 
the  Old  South — By  D.  H.  Corkran;  Stampp's  The 
Peculiar  Institution:  Slavery  in  the  Ante-Bellum  South 
— By  Bell  I.  Wiley;  Vandiver's  Rebel  Brass,  The  Con- 
federate   Command    System — By    John    G.    Barrett; 


vi  Contents 

Dorothy  and  Richard  Pratt's  A  Guide  to  Early  Ameri- 
can Homes — South — By  Elizabeth  W.  Wilborn;  and 
Link's  Wilson:  The  New  Freedom — By  George  C. 
Osborn. 

HISTORICAL  NEWS 302 


NUMBER  3,  JULY,  1957 

JOHN  LAWSON'S  ALTER-EGO- 

DR.  JOHN  BRICKELL 313 

Percy  G.  Adams 

THE  DUGGER-DROMGOOLE  DUEL 327 

Henry  W.  Lewis 

GIFFORD  PINCHOT  AT  BILTMORE 346 

Harold  T.  Pinkett 

THE  IDEA  OF  A  COTTON  TEXTILE  INDUSTRY 

IN  THE  SOUTH,  1870-1900 358 

Herbert  Collins 

SIMMS'S  VIEWS  ON  NATIONAL  AND 
SECTIONAL  LITERATURE,  1825-1845  393 

John  C.  Guilds 

TRYON'S  "BOOK"  ON  NORTH  CAROLINA 406 

Edited  by  William  S.  Powell 

BOOK  REVIEWS  416 

Ferguson's  Home  on  the  Yadkin — By  H.  G.  Jones ;  Blythe's 
James  W.  Davis:  North  Carolina  Surgeon — By  Clarence 
E.  Gardner,  Jr. ;  Ray's  Index  and  Digest  to  Hathaway' s 
North  Carolina  Historical  and  Genealogical  Register 
and  Colonial  Granville  County  and  Its  People — By  H.  G. 
Jones;  Horn's  The  Decisive  Battle  of  Nashville — By 
William  T.  Alderson ;  Vanstory's  Georgia's  Land  of  the 
Golden  Isles — By  Sarah  McCulloh  Lemmon ;  Wiley's  The 
Road  to  Appomattox — By  Frank  E.  Vandiver ;  Rowse's 
True  Discourse  of  the  Present  State  of  Virginia — By 
William  S.  Powell;  Hassler's  General  George  B.  Mc- 


Contents  vii 

Clellan.  Shield  of  the  Union — By  John  G.  Barrett; 
Steven's  The  Early  Jackson  Party  in  Ohio — By  William 
S.  Hoffmann ;  Wright's  The  Cultural  Life  of  the  Ameri- 
can Colonies,  1607-1763 — By  Richard  Walser;  Charles's 
The  Origin  of  the  American  Party  System — By  V.  0. 
Key,  Jr. ;  and  Franklin's  From  Slavery  to  Freedom:  A 
History  of  American  Negroes — By  William  S.  Hoff- 
mann. 

HISTORICAL  NEWS 432 


NUMBER  4,  OCTOBER,  1957 

CHEROKEE  PRE-HISTORY  455 

David  H.  Corkran 

COUNTERFEITING  IN  COLONIAL 

NORTH  CAROLINA 467 

Kenneth  Scott 

JOSEPH  SEAWELL  JONES  QF  SHOCCO- 

HISTORIAN  AND  HUMBUG 483 

Edwin  A.  Miles 

WOODROW  WILSON:  THE 
EVOLUTION  OF  A  NAME  ____ 507 

George  C.  0 shorn 

CHILDHOOD  RECOLLECTIONS  OF  MY  FATHER  ..517 

Mary  C.  Wiley 

BOOK  REVIEWS 530 

Sellers's  James  K.  Polk,  Jacksonian,  1795-1843 — By  C.  W. 
Tebeau ;  Pike's  0.  Henry  in  North  Carolina — By  Thomas 
B.  Stroup;  Simpson's  The  Cokers  of  Carolina — By 
Thomas  D.  Clark;  Quattlebaum's  The  Land  Called 
Chicora:  The  Carolinas  under  Spanish  Rule  with 
French  Intrusions,  1520-1670 — By  Robert  H.  Woody; 
Easterby's  The  Colonial  Records  of  South  Carolina, 

Entered  as  second  class  matter  September  29,  1928,  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  under  the  act  of  March  3,  1879. 


viii  Contents 

Series  I,  Journal  of  the  Commons  House  of  Assembly, 
September  10,  1745-June  17,  17  U6— By  Henry  T. 
Malone ;  Oliphant's,  Odell's,  and  Eaves's  The  Letters  of 
William  Gilmore  Simms,  Volume  V,  1867-1870— By  C. 
Hugh  Holman ;  Wates's  Stub  Entries  to  Indents  Issued 
in  Payment  of  Claims  Against  South  Carolina  Growing 
Out  of  the  Revolution.  Books  C-F — By  William  S. 
Powell;  Servies's  A  Bibliography  of  John  Marshall — 
By  Gilbert  L.  Lycan;  Craven's  The  Legend  of  the 
Founding  Fathers — By  Herbert  R.  Paschal,  Jr. ;  Scott's 
Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  America — By  Hugh  T.  Lefler ; 
Scheer's  and  Rankin's  Rebels  and  Redcoats:  The  Living 
Story  of  the  American  Revolution — By  Robert  L. 
Ganyard;  Uhlendorf's  Revolution  in  America:  Confi- 
dential Letters  and  Journals,  1776-17 '8 k,  of  Adjutant 
General  Major  Bauermeister  of  the  Hessian  Forces — By 
Hugh  T.  Lefler;  Bass's  The  Green  Dragoon:  The  Lives 
of  Banastre  Tarleton  and  Mary  Robinson — Hugh  F. 
Rankin;  Vandiver's  Mighty  Stoneivall — By  William  B. 
Hesseltine;  Lively's  Fiction  Fights  the  Civil  War:  An 
Unfinished  Chapter  in  the  Literary  History  of  the 
American  People — By  Bell  I.  Wiley;  Roske's  and  Van 
Doren's  Lincoln's  Commando:  The  Biography  of  Com- 
mander W.  B.  Gushing,  U.S.N. — By  Winston  Broadf  oot ; 
Davidson's  Still  Rebels,  Still  Yankees,  and  Other  Es- 
says— By  Richard  Walser;  Hofstadter's,  Miller's,  and 
Aaron's  The  United  States:  The  History  of  a  Republic 
— By  Joseph  Davis  Applewhite;  Groce's  and  Wallace's 
The  Netv-York  Historical  Society's  Dictionary  of  Artists 
in  America,  1564-1860 — By  Elizabeth  W.  Wilborn; 
and  Swem's  The  Jamestown  350th  Anniversary  Histori- 
cal Booklets — By  Christopher  Crittenden. 

HISTORICAL  NEWS  562 


Nprth  Carolina  Mare  uorory 
Raleigh 


THE 
NORTH  CAROLINA 
HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


V 


•■..&  , 


{  "^flliS;v| 


<:mm 


'.  ■   !  

■  ■     .     ■  :;  ■:..     -    ■■  .  .    ■  ■■  ...:■■■■■■■;     ■  ,     ■■■. 


Volume  XXXIV 


JANUARY  1957 


Number  1 


Published  Quarterly  By 
State  Department  of  Archives  and  History 

Corner  of  Edenton  and  Salisbury  Streets 
Raleigh,  N.  C. 


THE  NORTH  CAROLINA  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Published  by  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History 

Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Christopher  Crittenden,  Editor 
David  LeRoy  Corbitt,  Managing  Editor 

ADVISORY  EDITORIAL  BOARD 

Walter  Clinton  Jackson  Hugh  Talmage  Lefler 

Frontis  Withers  Johnston  George  Myers  Stephens 


STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ARCHIVES  AND   HISTORY 

EXECUTIVE  BOARD 

McDaniel  Lewis,  Chairman 

Gertrude  Sprague  Carraway  Josh  L.  Horne 

Fletcher  M.  Green  William  Thomas  Laprade 

Clarence  W.  Griffin  Mrs.  Sadie  Smathers  Patton 

Christopher  Crittenden,  Director 


This  review  was  established  in  January,  192 U,  as  a  medium  of  publica- 
tion and  discussion  of  history  in  North  Carolina.  It  is  issued  to  other 
institutions  by  exchange,  but  to  the  general  public  by  subscription  only. 
The  regular  price  is  $3.00  per  year.  Members  of  the  State  Literary  and 
Historical  Association,  for  which  the  annual  dues  are  $5.00,  receive  this 
publication  without  further  payment.  Back  numbers  may  be  procured  at 
the  regular  price  of  $3.00  per  volume,  or  $.75  per  number. 


COVER— The  Woodlawn  Factory,  or  "Old  Pinhook,"  as  it  was 
known  in  the  neighboring  territory,  was  a  pioneer  cotton  mill 
of  Gaston  County.  Built  by  Caleb  Lineburger  on  the  Catawba 
River  in  1848,  the  original  wooden  building  (inset)  housed 
excellent  machinery  purchased  in  England  and  Philadelphia  and 
manufactured  yarn  sold  throughout  the  ante-bellum  South.  The 
older  mill  is  shown  again  in  the  larger  picture  at  the  head  of  the 
millrace  which  operated  the  newer  Lawrence  Mill,  built  after 
the  Civil  War  as  an  expansion  of  the  Woodlawn  Factory.  See 
pages  15-35  for  an  article  on  the  early  textile  industry  in 
North  Carolina. 


The  North  Carolina 
Historical  Review 


Volume  XXXIV  January,  1957  Number  1 


CONTENTS 

CHEROKEE-WHITE  RELATIONS  ON  THE 
SOUTHERN  FRONTIER  IN  THE  EARLY 

NINETEENTH  CENTURY 1 

Henry  T.  Malone 

THE  COTTON  TEXTILE  INDUSTRY  IN  ANTE- 
BELLUM NORTH  CAROLINA 15 

Diffee  W.  Standard  and  Richard  W.  Griffin 

ORGANIZATION  AND  EARLY  YEARS  OF  THE 

NORTH  CAROLINA  BAR  ASSOCIATION  36 

Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder 

THE  COLORED  INDUSTRIAL  ASSOCIATION  OF 

NORTH  CAROLINA  AND  ITS  FAIR  OF  1886 58 

Frenise  A.  Logan 

CIVIL  WAR  LETTERS  OF  HENRY  W.  BARROW 

WRITTEN  TO  JOHN  W.  FRIES,  SALEM 68 

Edited  by  Marian  H.  Blair 

BOOK  REVIEWS:   86 

Eliason's  Tarheel  Talk:  An  Historical  Study  of  the 
English  Language  in  North  Carolina  —  By  Richard 
Walser ;  Walser's  North  Carolina  Drama — By  Percy  G. 
Adams;  Wellman's  Rebel  Boast:  First  at  Bethel — Last 
at  Appomattox — By  Roy  Parker,  Jr. ;  Alexander's  Here 
Will  I  Dwell:  The  Story  of  Caldwell  County— -By 
Blackwell  P.  Robinson;  Weathers'  The  Living  Past  of 
Cleveland  County — By  Horace  W.  Raper ;  Robinson's  A 


Entered  as  second  class  matter  September  29,  1928,  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  under  the  act  of  March  3,  1879. 

[II 


History  of  Moore  County,  North  Carolina,  1747-1847 — 
By  Marvin  W.  Schlegel ;  Cauthen's  The  State  Records  of 
South  Carolina:  Journals  of  the  South  Carolina  Execu- 
tive Councils  of  1861  and  1862 — By  Robert  H.  Woody; 
Brooks's  The  University  of  Georgia  Under  Sixteen  Ad- 
ministrations, 1785-1955 — By  David  A.  Lockmiller; 
Hindle's  The  Pursuit  of  Science  in  Revolutionary 
America,  1735-1789  —  By  Elisha  P.  Douglass;  Green's 
Eli  Whitney  and  the  Birth  of  American  Technology 
— By  Cornelius  0.  Cathey;  Wiley's  William  Nathaniel 
Wood,  Reminiscences  of  Big  I — By  H.  H.  Cunningham ; 
Chambers'  Old  Bullion  Benton:  Senator  from  the  New 
West — By  Dillard  S.  Gardner;  Perkins'  Charles  Evans 
Hughes  and  American  Democratic  Statesmanship — By 
Joseph  F.  Steelman,  and  Lefler's  History  of  North  Caro- 
lina— By  H.  G.  Jones. 

HISTORICAL  NEWS 109 


[HJ 


J 


The  North  Carolina 
Historical  Review 

Volume  XXXIV  January,  1957  Number  1 

CHEROKEE-WHITE  RELATIONS  ON  THE  SOUTHERN 
FRONTIER  IN  THE  EARLY  NINETEENTH  CENTURY* 

By  Henry  T.  Malone 

The  early  nineteenth  century  was  a  period  of  tremendous 
adjustment  for  the  Cherokees,  an  era  characterized  by  con- 
trasting relationships  with  white  men. 

The  belligerent,  relentless  push  of  pioneers,  the  infiltration 
of  friendly  traders  and  artisans,  and  the  constructive  guid- 
ance of  able  Indian  agents  and  missionaries  made  inevitable 
far-reaching  changes  in  both  Cherokee  mores  and  relations 
with  the  whites.  After  a  crippling  defeat  by  American  forces 
in  the  Revolutionary  War,  the  Cherokees  were  slowly  con- 
fined by  a  series  of  treaties  into  a  tightly  encircled  area  in 
the  southern  Appalachians.  Forced  into  a  new  type  of  exist- 
ence by  sharply  reduced  hunting  grounds  and  exposed  to  the 
more  comfortable  agrarian  economy  of  the  white  man  through 
the  example  and  teaching  of  traders  and  Indian  agents,  the 
tribe  began  a  change  in  its  pattern  of  life.  The  alteration 
was  alluring  to  many.  During  the  several  decades  between 
eighteenth  century  frontier-fighting  and  the  removal  agitation 
of  the  1830's  thousands  of  Cherokee  red  men  made  great 
strides  along  the  white  man's  path.  Largely  peaceful  relations 
on  the  frontier  underwrote  the  success  of  this  remarkable 
Indian  development. 

Cherokee  progress  was  enormously  abetted  by  the  United 
States  government,  through  several  measures  designed  to 
promote  Indian  welfare.  None  of  these  had  more  social  sig- 

*  This  paper  was  read  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Southern  Historical 
Association,   Knoxville,   Tennessee,    November,   1952. 

[1] 


2  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

nificance  for  the  Cherokee  Nation  than  the  Fourteenth  Article 
of  the  Treaty  of  Holston,  which  was  written  in  1791  in  an 
effort  to  establish  peace  between  Cherokees  and  pioneers.  In 
this  provision  the  American  government  guaranteed  aid  in 
leading  the  Cherokees  "to  a  greater  degree  of  civilization," 
and  promised  to  send  both  tools  and  agents  to  implement  the 
program.1 

Cherokee  reaction  to  this  strange  new  attitude  of  the  white 
man  was  both  skeptical  and  receptive.  The  favorable  attitude 
was  perhaps  best  expressed  by  a  Town  Chief  named  Bloody 
Fellow,  who  in  referring  to  the  Holston  agreement,  told  the 
Secretary  of  War: 

The  treaty  mentions  ploughs,  hoes,  cattle  and  other  things 
for  a  farm ;  this  is  what  we  want ;  game  is  going  fast  away  from 
us.  We  must  plant  corn,  and  raise  cattle,  and  we  desire  you  to 
assist  us.  .  .  . 

We  wish  you  to  attend  to  this  point.  In  former  times  we  bought 
of  the  trader  goods  cheap ;  we  could  then  clothe  our  women  and 
children;  but  now  game  is  scarce  and  goods  dear,  we  cannot 
live  comfortably.  We  desire  the  United  States  to  regulate  this 
matter. 2 

Apparently  the  United  States  was  willing  "to  regulate  this 
matter."  Continued  sporadic  warfare  in  the  Cherokee  country 
during  the  1790's,  however,  forced  Territorial  Governor  Wil- 
liam Blount— serving  also  as  Superintendent  of  Southern 
Indians— to  concentrate  on  the  achievement  of  peace  rather 
than  improvement  of  the  red  man.  His  successor  as  Indian 
Superintendent  was  Colonel  Benjamin  Hawkins,  long  an  out- 
spoken advocate  of  Indian  progress  along  the  white  man's 
pattern.  During  two  short  years  Hawkins  stimulated  numer- 
ous Cherokees  toward  agriculture  and  domestic  industry;  but 

1  "Art.  14.  That  the  Cherokee  nation  may  be  led  to  a  greater  degree 
of  civilization,  and  to  become  herdsmen  and  cultivators,  instead  of  remain- 
ing in  a  state  of  hunters,  the  United  States  will,  from  time  to  time,  furnish 
gratuitously  the  said  nation  with  useful  implements  of  husbandry.  .  .  ." 
American  State  Papers,  Class  II,  Indian  Affairs  (Documents,  Legislative 
and  Executive,  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  Dec.  4,  1815-March 
3,  1827.  Washington,  D.C.,  1834),  I,  125,  hereinafter  cited  as  American 
State  Papers,  Indian  Affairs. 

2  American  State  Papers,  Indian  Affairs,  I,  205. 


Cherokee-White  Relations  3 

his  greater  interest  in  Creek  Indians  confined  his  efforts 
largely  to  that  group.3 

In  1801  the  appointment  of  an  agent  especially  for  the 
Cherokees  brought  the  first  real  opportunity  to  put  the  govern- 
ment's civilizing  program  into  operation.  The  man  chosen 
by  the  War  Department  for  this  important  post  was  a  sixty- 
year-old  veteran  of  Revolutionary  War  and  Ohio  Land  Com- 
pany experience  named  Return  Jonathan  Meigs.  For  twenty- 
three  years  Meigs  working  in  the  interest  of  both  Indians 
and  whites  performed  yeoman  service  in  the  maintenance 
of  peace.  He  was  particularly  solicitous  of  Indian  welfare, 
and  served  his  Cherokee  wards  variously  as  parent,  adviser, 
doctor,  lawyer,  and  agricultural  agent.4  He  carried  out  the 
provisions  of  Article  Fourteen  by  distributing  farming  imple- 
ments and  domestic  utensils,  along  with  expert  advice  on  how 
to  use  them.  From  the  government's  viewpoint,  his  principal 
duties  were  to  keep  the  Cherokees  peaceful  along  the  frontier 
and  be  able,  when  desired,  to  persuade  them  to  make  further 
land  cessions.  ) 

Meigs  received  official  support  in  maintaining  peace  from 
Secretary  of  War  Henry  Dearborn,  who  told  his  agent  to 
prevent  disturbances  by  "the  licentiousness  of  daring  and 
unprincipled  men."  The  menace  of  these  objectionable  per- 
sons was  clearly  described  by  a  group  of  Georgia  commis- 
sioners to  the  Cherokees  who  stated:  "There  are  Numbers 
of  white  people  in  the  Nation  who  have  wives  among  the 
Natives,  Carry  on  a  Trifffing  Commerce  with  them  and  are 
averse  to  any  further,  or  better  understanding  between  whites 

3  Records  of  William  Blount's  service  as  joint  Territorial  Governor  and 
Superintendent  of  Southern  Indians  are  available  in  Clarence  E.  Carter 
(ed.),  The  Territorial  Papers  of  the  United  States,  Volume  IV,  The  Terri- 
tory South  of  the  River  Ohio,  1790-1796  (Washington,  D.C.,  1936),  passim,. 
For  the  work  of  Benjamin  Hawkins,  see  The  Letters  of  Benjamin  Hawkins, 
1796-1806  (Savannah,  1916,  Collections  of  the  Georgia  Historical  Society, 
Volume  IX)  ;  and  Merritt  B.  Pound,  Benjamin  Hawkins,  Indian  Agent 
(Athens,  Georgia,  1951). 

4  Dumas  Malone  and  others  (eds.)>  Dictionary  of  American  Biography 
(New  York,  1928 — ),  XII,  508-509,  hereinafter  cited  as  Malone,  Dictionary 
of  American  Biography.  A  voluminous  record  of  Meigs's  service  as  Cherokee 
Indian  Agent  from  1801  to  1823  is  found  in  the  Cherokee  Agency  Files, 
Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs  Records,  National  Resources  Records  Branch, 
National  Archives,  Washington,  D.C.,  hereinafter  cited  as  Cherokee  Files, 
Indian  Affairs  Records. 


4  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

and  Indians  than  now  exists.  Several  of  these  characters  have 
fled  from  punishment." 5 

This  attitude  toward  white  people  residing  in  the  Cherokee 
Nation  largely  reflected  the  bias  of  native  white  inhabitants 
of  the  surrounding  states.  To  them,  the  traders  and  artisans 
and  missionaries  in  the  Cherokee  country  were  dangerous 
renegades  who  might  easily  encourage  resistance  to  further 
land  grants  or  road  privileges.  But  from  the  Indian's  view- 
point, most  of  the  white  residents  brought  a  wholesome  and 
constructive  influence.  From  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth 
century  traders,  itinerant  artisans,  and  even  escaping  Tories 
had  found  commercial  and  political  freedom  in  the  Indian 
territory,  and  had  settled  and  married  there.  Many  of  the 
mixed-breed  descendants  of  these  white-red  families  became 
leaders  among  the  Cherokees,  and  were  of  considerable  im- 
portance in  the  civilizing  process.  Born  into  comparative 
wealth,  many  of  them  capitalized  on  Anglo-Saxon  know-how 
in  agriculture  and  commercial  ventures.  But  their  leadership 
was  not  restricted  to  the  economic  realm.  When  the  Indian 
nation  exchanged  its  time-honored  tribal  government  in  1817 
for  a  representative  republic,  approximately  forty  per  cent 
of  the  new  office-holders  were  mixed-bloods  whose  names 
predominated  among  the  top  incumbents.6 

Among  the  most  outstanding  examples  of  this  mixed-blood 
leadership  during  early  nineteenth-century  Cherokee  history 
were  three  unusual  personalities:  James  Vann,  Charles  Hicks, 
and  John  Ross.  The  contrasting  careers  of  these  Indians 
demonstrate  three  different  types  of  native  leadership  in  an 
era  of  increasing  inclination  toward  the  white  man's  ways. 
James  Vann,  a  descendant  of  a  white  trader  named  Clement 
Vann,  was  a  prominent  Town  Chief  during  the  first  decade 
of  the  century.  A  peculiar  combination  of  rip-snorting  hood- 
lum and  benevolent  leader,  Vann  was  a  constant  trouble- 


5  Dearborn  to  Meigs,  June  25,  1801,  Cherokee  Files,  Indian  Affairs 
Records;  Journal  of  Georgia  Commissioners  to  the  Cherokees,  January, 
1803,  in  Cherokee  Letters  Collection,  Georgia  Department  of  Archives, 
Atlanta,  hereinafter  cited  as  Cherokee  Letters,  Georgia  Archives. 

6  From  "List  of  Officers  in  the  Cherokee  Nation  [c.  1822],"  in  Records 
of  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions,  Houghton 
Library,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge  Mass.,  18.3.1.,  II,  no.  174-175. 
This  reference  hereinafter  cited  as  Records  for  Foreign   Missions. 


Cherokee-White  Relations  5 

maker.  Yet  on  several  occasions  he  used  his  local  and  tribal 
influence  to  benefit  the  Cherokees.  When  Moravian  church- 
men sought  to  bring  a  mission  to  the  Cherokees  in  1800, 
Vann's  aid  to  them  was  outstanding.  After  helping  to  gain 
Council  approval  for  the  mission  station,  he  gave  generously 
of  his  time,  advice,  and  property  when  the  mission  station 
was  begun  at  his  home  (in  present-day  Murray  County, 
Georgia ) .  He  was  a  wealthy  man,  owning  a  two-story  brick 
house,  slaves,  and  considerable  other  property,  including  a 
ferry  on  the  Chattahoochee  River  and  some  business  property 
in  Jackson  County,  Georgia.  In  spite  of  his  interest  in  general 
Cherokee  betterment,  however,  James  Vann  remained  a  con- 
stant source  of  difficulty.  The  missionaries,  who  described 
him  as  "a  half-breed  with  two  wives,  very  dissipated  and 
drunken,"  worked  in  vain  to  convert  him  to  a  better  life.  Vann 
continued  to  drink,  exhibiting  an  excessively  cruel  nature 
when  intoxicated.  His  sins  finally  caught  up  with  him,  and  he 
was  shot  by  his  son-in-law  in  February,  1809,  at  the  age  of 
forty-one.7 

A  mixed-breed  Cherokee  of  more  stable  influence  in  pro- 
moting the  Indian  development  was  Charles  Hicks,  son  of  a 
tradesman  named  Nathan  Hicks.  Like  many  of  his  colleagues 
in  the  Indian  country,  the  elder  Hicks  saw  to  it  that  his  sons 
learned  some  of  the  white  mans  ways,  including  a  knowledge 
of  the  English  language.  At  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth 
century,  Charles  had  become  an  interpreter  for  the  Cherokee 
Council  and  was  increasing  his  education  by  attending  the 
Moravian  Mission  School.  As  he  grew  in  stature  and  experi- 
ence, he  became  a  spokesman  for  the  tribe  and  probably  one 
of  their  principal  advisers  as  well.  He  was  not  only  one  of  the 
first  to  attend  the  Moravian  school,  but  in  1813  he  became 
their  second  Indian  convert  and  was  baptized  Charles  Re- 
natus  Hicks.8 


7  Adelaide  L.  Fries  (ed.),  Records  of  the  Moravians  in  North  Carolina 
(Raleigh,  8  volumes,  1922-1955),  VI,  2759,  2799;  VII,  3704,  hereinafter 
cited  as  Fries,  Records  o'f  the  Moravians;  Buckner  Harris  of  Jackson 
County,  Georgia,  to  Meigs,  Feb.  22,  1808,  and  Dearborn  to  Meigs,  May 
7,  1808,  Cherokee  Files,  Indian  Affairs  Records  and  Cherokee  Letters, 
Georgia  Archives,  passim. 

8  Fries,  Records  of  the  Moravians,  VI,  2798-2799;  VII,  3435;  numerous 
communications  by  and  concerning  Charles  Hicks  may  be  found  in  Cherokee 
Files,  Indian  Affairs  Records. 


""*«■ 


6  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

A  striking  description  of  Charles  Hicks  was  recorded  in 
1817  by  a  missionary  from  the  American  Board  of  Commis- 
sioners for  Foreign  Missions.  While  visiting  in  the  Hicks 
home,  the  clergyman  wrote: 

He  is  a  half-breed  Cherokee,  about  fifty  years  of  age.  He  has 
very  pleasant  features  and  an  intelligent  countenance.  He  speaks 
the  English  language  with  the  utmost  facility,  and  with  great 
propriety.  ...  As  a  man  of  integrity,  temperance,  and  intelli- 
gence, he  has  long  sustained  a  most  reputable  character. 

A  staunch  advocate  and  a  living  exemplar  of  Cherokee  prog- 
ress, Charles  Hicks  rose  to  a  high  place  in  the  Indian  govern- 
ment. In  1827  he  was  elected  Principal  Chief,  a  position  which 
he  held  until  his  death  a  year  later.9 

The  third  of  these  notable  mixed-breeds  was  a  one-eighth 
Cherokee  named  John  Ross.  Indeed,  John  Ross  was  one  of 
the  greatest  of  all  Indian  statesmen.  Both  his  maternal  grand- 
father, John  McDonald,  who  had  been  one  of  the  earliest 
white  traders  to  settle  in  the  Chickamauga  country,  and  his 
father,  Daniel  Ross,  had  become  popular  and  trusted  advisers 
to  the  tribe.  John  Ross  was  a  younger  contemporary  of  Charles 
Hicks,  and  like  Hicks,  became  prominent  in  Indian  affairs. 
In  the  1820's  he  was  President  of  the  National  Committee 
and  Assistant  Principal  Chief.  In  1828  he  was  named  Prin- 
cioal  Chief  under  a  new  Cherokee  constitutional  government. 
The  skillful,  effective,  and  occasionally  absolute  leadership 
of  this  man,  whose  blood  was  predominantly  white,  graphi- 
cally represents  the  complexity  of  Cherokee-white  relation- 
ships. For  although  John  Ross  spoke  the  white  man's  tongue 
and  wore  the  white  man's  clothes,  he  preferred  to  call  himself 
a  Cherokee.  Throughout  the  later  periods  of  Indian  removal 
and  resettlement,  and  until  his  death  in  1866,  white  men 
found  Principal  Chief  Ross  an  implacable  advocate  of  Indian 
nghts.10 


l^H 


7-   *\S-  Edwards   (ed.)   Memoir  of  Elias  Cornelius   (Boston,  Mass.,  1833) 

2  TkZTa   Yf  STCeS-  t0  S-e  ?ublic  career  of  Charles  Hicks  may  be 
v7»Lvu    Zl/'ru1'  Z°rei£n    MlTssj?ns;   F^s,  Records  of  the  Moravians, 
iod     1VI1I^a?,d  Cherokee  Files,  Indian  Affairs  Records. 

]914^CMiw    n/"?!  JOhn  R?Sa  and-the  CJ.ierok™  tndians  (Menasha,  Wis., 
JJ\V'  Malone'  Dictionary  of  American  Biography,  XVI    178-179-  Thomas 

k^tTrV^ri^'  The  Indian  Trib*s°f  #"&  AmeZa«3ohn 

Ross      (Edinburgh,   Scotland,   reprinted   edition,    1933),   III,   293-296. 


Raleigh 


Cherokee-White  Relations  7 

The  influence  in  Cherokee  deliberations  of  mixed-breeds 
like  Ross  and  Hicks  was  a  prime  factor  in  the  growing  diffi- 
culty of  white  men  seeking  to  extend  land  cessions  and  com- 
mercial privileges.  During  the  first  two  decades  of  the  century 
a  number  of  land  grants  had  been  obtained.  These  cessions, 
which  scissored  away  Cherokee  borderlands  in  areas  claimed 
by  Tennessee,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and 
Alabama,  had  been  secured  largely  through  the  efforts  of 
Return  J.  Meigs  on  the  insistence  of  the  surrounding  states, 
and  also  through  the  reprehensible  practice  of  secret  con- 
cessions to  certain  chiefs.  In  the  last  of  this  series  of  grants, 
which  occurred  in  1817  and  1819,  thousands  of  acres  on  the 
northern,  southern,  and  eastern  boundaries  were  relinquished, 
chiefly  because  a  conservative  minority  was  persuaded  that 
western  tracts  offered  in  exchange  were  richer  in  game  than 
the  eastern  areas  coveted  by  the  whites.11 

Progressive  Cherokees,  largely  under  mixed-breed  influ- 
ence, denounced  the  minority  treaty  of  1817  and  led  the  way 
in  a  reorganization  of  the  Indian  government  designed  in  part 
to  prevent  such  defections  in  the  future.  After  1817  white 
men  seeking  land  grants  were  probably  surprised  and  cha- 
grined to  discover  that  treaties  no  longer  could  be  obtained 
from  a  tribal  gathering  consisting  of  an  indeterminate  number 
of  local  Town  Chiefs.  Instead,  the  Cherokee  government  had 
become  a  near  republic  similar  in  its  pattern  to  the  white 
man's  own  government.  The  Council  created  a  national 
bicameral  legislature.  The  upper  house,  called  the  "Standing 
Committee"— later  the  "National  Committee"— was  chosen  by 
the  Council  from  its  own  membership.  The  Council  itself  was 
continued  as  a  lower  house.  The  Committee  consisted  of 
thirteen  members  elected  for  two-year  terms  and  eligible  for 
re-election.  This  group  was  given  chief  responsibility  for 
"the  affairs  of  the  Cherokee  Nation,"  including  negotiations 

11  The  various  Cherokee  treaties  for  this  period  may  be  found  in  Charles 
J.  Kappler,  Indian  Affairs:  Laws  and  Treaties  (Washington,  D.C.,  1904), 
II;  and  American  State  Papers,  Indian  Affairs,  I,  II.  A  Cherokee  chief 
who  took  advantage  of  the  secret-concession  arrangement  once  too  often 
was  Doublehead — his  continued  efforts  to  secure  personal  gain  at  the 
expense  of  the  nation  resulted  in  his  assassination  by  appointed  execu- 
tioners. James  Mooney,  "Myths  of  the  Cherokee,"  19th  Annual  Report  of 
the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  1897-1898,  Part  I  (Washington,  D.  C, 
1900),  85,  hereinafter  cited   as   Mooney,  "Myths   of  the   Cherokee." 


8  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

with  the  United  States  Agent  and  with  land-seeking  treaty 
commissioners.  The  Council,  however,  retained  reviewing 
power  over  the  actions  of  the  Committee.  Three  years  later 
the  nation  was  divided  into  eight  districts,  each  of  which  was 
to  send  four  elected  representatives  to  the  National  Council.12 
The  creation  and  operation  of  this  unusual  Indian  develop- 
ment in  political  science  reflects  much  of  the  confusion  of 
Cherokee- white  relationships.  Clearly  the  new  government 
was  inspired  by  white  suggestion  and  influence;  but  it  was 
also  designed  to  halt  further  land  cessions  to  white  men. 
After  1819  it  did  so  very  effectively  for  nearly  twenty  years, 
despite  a  rising  tide  of  complaints  from  surrounding  states. 
Further  efforts  toward  land  cessions  were  led  by  two  locally 
interested  successors  to  Return  Meigs  (who  had  died  in 
1823).  These  agents  were  former  Governor  of  Tennessee 
Joseph  McMinn  and  a  Georgian  named  Hugh  Montgomery.13 
But  these  and  other  land-seekers  were  unsuccessful  until 
1835,  when  the  minority  Treaty  of  New  Echota  became  the 
instrument  of  Cherokee  removal.  That  Cherokee  resistance  to 
further  cessions  lasted  so  long  must  be  attributed  in  large 
degree  to  the  efforts  and  influences  of  white  men  and  their 
descendants  in  the  Indian  country.  Even  the  former  Agent 
Meigs  had  an  indirect  part  in  this  stiffening  Cherokee  resis- 
tance, for  he  had  encouraged  the  reorganization  of  tribal 
government.14  The  greatest  influence  by  far,  however,  came 
from  the  descendants  of  white  men  who  seemingly  preferred 
their  own  Cherokee  connections  and  despised  the  idea  of 

anv  further  land  grants  to  their  racial  relations  in  surrounding 
states.  '^fWH 


12  Laivs  of  the  Cherokee  Nation :  Adopted  by  the  Council  at  Various 
Periods  (Tahlequah,  C[herokee].  N[ation].,  1852),  passim.  The  native 
term  for  the  Cherokee  legislature  was  "Tsaligi  Tinilawigi."  Preservation 
and  Civilization  of  the  Indians  (Washington,  D.C.,  1826,  19  Congress,  I 
Session,  House  Executive  Document  No.   102),  19. 

13  McMinn  died  November  17,  1824;  Montgomery's  letter  of  appointment 
as  Indian  agent  is  dated  April  23,  1825,  Cherokee  Letters,  Georgia  Archives. 

14  Shortly  after  his  arrival  in  the  Cherokee  country  Meigs  suggested  a 
reorganization  of  government  to  the  Council  as  follows:  "Form  the  whole 
[nation]  into  civil  divisions,  creating  officers  in  each,  to  attend  to  the 
manners,  employments,  Virtues,  &  Vices, — to  advise,  instruct,  &  encourage 
virtuous  actions — discourage  and  apprehend  vice.  .  .  ."  Meigs  to  Dearborn, 
Oct.  4,  1801,  Cherokee  Files,  Indian  Affairs  Records;  Journal  of  Occur- 
rences in  the  Cherokee  Nation  (a  manuscript  record  kept  by  Meigs  from 
1801   to  1804),  Manuscripts   Division,  Library  of  Congress. 


Cherokee-White  Relations  9 

The  ill-feeling  generated  by  land  controversies  was  the 
chief  cause  of  irritation  between  red  men  and  white  men 
during  these  years  of  comparative  peace  on  the  Cherokee 
frontier.  That  this  smouldering  antagonism  did  not  flare  out 
into  open  conflict  early  in  the  nineteenth  century  was  due 
in  large  measure  to  the  efforts  of  Return  J.  Meigs,  who  was 
able  to  maintain  a  generally  friendly  Cherokee  attitude  to- 
ward his  government.  The  value  of  his  placating  influence 
was  effectively  demonstrated  during  the  War  of  1812,  when 
hostile  Indians  went  on  the  warpath  against  the  United 
States.  Those  nearest  the  Cherokees  were  the  Upper  Creeks, 
whose  desires  to  destroy  white  supremacy  in  the  South  had 
been  drummed  up  earlier  by  Tecumseh  and  other  agents  of 
his  short-lived  Indian  confederacy.  When  this  neighboring 
branch  of  the  Creeks  launched  raids  against  American  posts 
in  1813,  the  Cherokees  were  showered  with  requests  for 
assistance,  not  only  from  the  United  States  and  the  hostile 
Indians,  but  also  from  the  Lower  Creeks,  who  desired  to 
crush  the  revolt.  Reactionaries  within  the  Cherokee  Council 
advocated  abandoning  the  white  man  and  joining  the  attack- 
ing Creeks.  This  proposal  was  defeated  by  the  influence  of 
Meigs  and  the  active  opposition  of  Cherokee  mixed-breed 
progressives.  A  force  of  Cherokee  volunteers  was  quickly 
organized,  which  fought  along  with  the  United  States  and 
the  friendly  Lower  Creeks  under  the  joint  leadership  of 
Andrew  Jackson.15 

Altogether  some  eight  hundred  Cherokees  participated  in 
the  Creek  War,  but  the  struggle  had  unfortunate  accompani- 
ments for  their  nation.  American  troops  marched  through 
Cherokee  lands  going  to  and  coming  from  the  Creek  country 
and  inflicted  serious  depredations  on  property.  Miegs'  office 
received  many  complaints  about  these  unwarranted  losses, 
which  became  sources  of  contention  in  subsequent  treaty 

15  Major  John  Lowery  [a  Cherokee  Chief]  to  Meigs,  Feb.  1,  1813,  Cherokee 
Files,  Indian  Affairs  Records;  Mooney,  "Myths  of  the  Cherokee,"  88-96. 
Meigs  himself  urged  the  War  Department  to  use  Cherokees  against  the 
hostile  Creeks.  Not  only  did  Meigs  believe  that  many  Cherokees  were 
anxious  to  fight  for  the  United  States,  but  he  thought  it  was  their  duty 
in  view  of  the  advantages  and  opportunities  for  improvement  given  them 
by  the  white  government.  Meigs  to  Dearborn,  July  30  and  Aug.  6,  1813, 
Cherokee   Files,   Indian   Affairs    Records. 


10  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

discussions.  Although  a  treaty  of  March  22,  1816,  promised 
justice  for  the  damage,  no  serious  attempt  to  repay  Cherokees 
was  made  until  the  1830's.16 

Except  in  the  matter  of  further  land  cessions,  the  growing 
influence  of  mixed-breeds  and  the  growth  of  white  institu- 
tions among  the  Cherokees  may  have  sponsored  a  better  feel- 
ing toward  whites.  In  numerous  ways  during  the  early  nine- 
teenth century  had  these  red  men  advanced  along  the  "white 
man's  path."  By  the  1830' s  they  had  become  a  nation  of 
farmers.  Approximately  93  per  cent  of  the  2,700  families 
possessed  at  least  one  farm,  while  total  ownership  of  cattle, 
horses,  swine,  and  sheep  numbered  each  in  the  thousands. 
On  the  Cherokee  farms  were  2,450  plows,  700  looms,  and 
120  wagons.  Business  men  operated  12  saw  mills,  20  grist 
mills,  55  black-smith  shops,  6  cotton  gins,  10  ferries,  9  stores, 
a  dozen  turnpike  toll-gates,  and  even  a  threshing  machine. 
Comparable  progress  was  made  by  Cherokee  women,  who 
probably  grasped  eagerly  the  white  man's  inventions  to  fa- 
cilitate their  household  duties.  Spinning  wheels  and  weaving 
paraphernalia  became  commonplace  articles  among  the 
Indians'  possessions;  when  cotton  became  a  staple  crop,  the 
distribution  of  thousands  of  cotton  cards  by  the  Indian  Agent 
helped  in  the  process  of  making  cotton  fibers  ready  for  spin- 
ning and  weaving.17 

Indians  of  initiative  and  energy  improved  their  farms,  and 
some  became  country  gentlemen  with  plantations  and  slaves. 
Indeed,  an  increase  in  Negro  slavery  accompanied  agrarian 
progress  in  the  Cherokee  country.  By  1824  more  than  one 
thousand  Negro  slaves  were  owned  by  Cherokees,  and  within 
a  decade  the  number  of  bondsmen  had  increased  to  nearly 

30  On  January  15,  1814,  a  "Claims  Journal,"  written  by  Charles  Hicks, 
containing  more  than  seventy  claims  for  damages,  was  presented  to  Colonel 
Meigs.  The  total  amount  represented  was  $5,885,  mostly  for  stolen  and 
butchered  livestock.  This  document  is  among  the  Cherokee  records  in  the 
collection  of  Mrs.  Penelope  J.  Allen,  Chattanooga,  Tennessee.  For  other 
Creek  War  Claims  filed  by  the  Cherokees  see  "Cherokee  Claims  Papers"  in 
the  Allen  collection  and  in  Cherokee  Files,  Indian  Affairs  Records. 

17  "Cherokee  Census,"  Cherokee  Phoe?iix  (New  Echota  [Georgia],  1828- 
1834),  May  14,  June  11,  1829,  hereinafter  cited  Cherokee  Phoenix.  This 
was  the  official  organ  of  the  Cherokee  Nation  and  was  published  in  Cherokee 
and  English.  See  also  the  manuscript,  "Census  of  the  Eastern  Cherokees, 
1835,"  Cherokee  Files,  Indian  Affairs  Records,  hereinafter  cited  as  "Census 
of  the  Eastern  Cherokees,  1835." 


Cherokee-White  Relations  11 

sixteen  hundred.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  less  than 
four  per  cent  (or  101)  of  the  2,700  Cherokee  families  pos- 
sessed any  slaves  at  all,  and  that  while  the  average  number 
of  slaves  held  by  any  one  family  was  fifteen,  only  eleven 
families  listed  that  many.18 

The  presence  of  Negro  slaves  on  Cherokee  farms  led  to 
some  curious  relationships,  especially  in  connection  with 
white  men  living  in  surrounding  states,  or  on  the  Indian 
borders.  In  1808,  for  example,  the  Cherokee  Council  ordered 
a  white  man  named  Evans  Austill  to  give  up 

...  a  woman  and  her  Children  which  you  have  in  your  Poses- 
sion  which  appears  to  be  one  of  our  own  people  and  you  can  not 
have  any  objection  to  Deliver  up  as  she  is  free  born  as  any 
White  women  —  although  you  have  paid  for  her  as  a  Slave  .  .  . 
you  must  have  a  recourse  to  the  Man  you  bought  her  of — 10 

Another  curious  instance  was  noted  a  decade  later  by  a  mis- 
sionary who  learned  that  among  the  more  devout  Negroes 
attending  services  at  Brainerd  Mission  in  Tennessee  were 
two  slaves  who  were  teaching  their  Cherokee  mistress  "to 
read  in  the^  bible."  20 

A  case  of  inter-marriage  created  one  of  the  most  unusual 
problems.  The  Cherokee  Town  Chief  Shoe  Boots  married  a 
white  woman,  by  whom  he  had  two  children.  Later  his  white 
wife  deserted  him,  taking  the  children  with  her.  Shoe  Boots 
thereupon  married  his  favorite  Negro  slave,  a  girl  named 
Lucy.  When  two  black-red  children  had  been  born  from  this 
marriage,  the  chief  petitioned  the  Council  to  grant  the  chil- 
dren free  status.  This  request  was  granted,  but  the  Council 
cautioned  Shoe  Boots  against  "begetting  any  more  such  legal 
problems." 21 

18  Cherokee  Phoenix,  June  11,  1828;  "Census  of  Eastern  Cherokees,  1835," 
66. 

"Principal  Chief  Black  Fox  to  Evan  Austill,  Sept.  12,  1808,  Cherokee 
Files,  Indian  Affairs  Records. 

^ Journal  of  the  Mission  Station  at  Chickamauga,  June  7,  1818,  Records 
for  Foreign  Missions,  18.3.1,  II.  In  August,  1818,  a  full-blooded  Cherokee 
youth  applying  for  admission  to  Chickamauga  Mission  was  found  "able  to 
spell  correctly  in  words  of  4  &  5  letters.  He  had  been  taught  solely  by 
black  people  who  had  received  their  instruction  in  our  sunday-school." 
Records  for  Foreign   Missions,  Aug.   7,   1818. 

21  Marion  L.  Starkey,  The  Cherokee  Nation  (New  York,  1946),  18-19. 


12  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

One  evidence  of  increasing  white  influence  on  Cherokee 
affairs  was  revealed  in  the  native  slave  codes,  which  during 
the  1820's  began  to  show  prejudice  against  Negroes.  Two  laws 
in  1824  required  free  Negroes  to  secure  a  permit  from  the 
Cherokee  government  to  remain  in  the  nation,  and  banned 
slaves  from  possessing  livestock.  When  the  Indian  constitu- 
tion was  written  in  1827,  "negroes  and  descendants  of  white 
and  Indian  men  by  negro  women"  who  had  been  set  free 
were  denied  the  right  to  vote.  Furthermore,  Negroes  and 
their  descendants  were  held  ineligible  to  "hold  any  office  of 
profit,  honor,  or  trust  under  this  government."  When  the 
National  Council  resolved  the  following  year  to  punish  indi- 
viduals who  might  disturb  any  religious  services,  it  was  an- 
nounced that  "if  any  negro  slave  shall  be  convicted  ...  he 
shall  be  punished  with  thirty-nine  stripes  on  the  bare  back." 22 

A  group  of  whites  having  especially  close  relationships  with 
the  Cherokees  were  itinerant  farmers  and  laborers  known  as 
"croppers."  By  1828  Indian  Agent  Hugh  Montgomery  re- 
ported to  the  Governor  of  Georgia  that  more  than  two  hun- 
dred white  farmers  were  in  the  Indian  country,  as  well  as  a 
considerable  number  of  licensed  traders,  millers,  ferrymen, 
blacksmiths,  masons,  carpenters,  and  mechanics.  In  addition, 
numerous  missionaries  from  several  denominations  were  busy 
at  more  than  a  score  of  mission  stations.  With  all  these  white 
residents  in  their  nation,  the  Cherokee  government  early 
began  to  restrict  their  activities.  In  1819  it  was  ruled  that 
white  teachers  and  artisans  could  remain  in  the  Cherokee 
Nation  only  if  their  Indian  employers  procured  permission 
from  the  National  Committee  and  Council  and  became  re- 
sponsible for  their  conduct.  As  a  gesture  of  friendship  and 
appreciation  for  their  services,  however,  the  Council  made 
the  following  offer:  "that  blacksmiths,  millers,  ferrymen  and 
turnpike  keepers,  are  privileged  to  improve  and  cultivate 
twelve  acres  of  ground  for  the  support  of  themselves  and 
families,  should  they  please  to  do  so."  In  the  same  year  white 
merchants  were  forbidden  to  establish  stores  within  Cherokee 


22  Laws  of  the  Cherokee  Nation,  37,  39,  107;  Article  III,  Cherokee  Con- 
stitution, Cherokee  Phoenix,  Feb.  21,  1828. 


Cherokee-White  Relations  13 

borders,  and  a  strict  order  was  issued  against  the  sale  of 
whisky  by  or  to  any  white  man. 23 

The  excessive  consumption  of  liquor  was  a  constant  source 
of  friction  between  Cherokees  and  whites.  Since  early  days 
traders  had  found  it  profitable  to  haul  in  liquor,  legal  or 
otherwise.  Sometimes  unscrupulous  treaty  commissioners 
weakened  Indian  opposition  with  "fire-water."  The  menace 
of  strong  drink  was  a  great  concern  to  Cherokee  leaders,  and 
rightfully  so,  for  liquor  was  often  a  cause  of  trouble  with 
whites.  Frequently,  Indian  officials  complained  to  the  agent 
about  the  constant  introduction  of  liquor  by  white  men.  The 
Cherokee  government  sought  to  correct  part  of  the  evil  by 
legislating  against  it.  One  regulation  forbade  the  presence 
of  liquor  "within  three  miles  of  the  General  Council  House," 
or  at  Cherokee  courthouses.  A  subsequent  amendment  spe- 
cifically banned  liquor  from  public  gatherings  under  penalty 
of  "having  it  poured  on  the  ground."  But  the  Council  did 
not  attempt  to  institute  prohibition  throughout  the  nation. 
Perhaps  the  Indian  leaders  felt  that  it  would  be  extremely 
difficult  to  enforce.  Besides,  the  nation  was  receiving  some 
taxes  from  whisky  sales,  and  the  owners  of  public  houses  and 
general  stores  sold  it  freely.24 

One  group  of  whites  in  the  nation  was  as  anxious  as  the 
Cherokee  leaders  to  bring  an  end  to  the  whisky  menace. 
These  were  the  missionaries,  a  group  of  hard-working,  self- 
sacrificing  Christian  men  and  women.  Their  influence  on 
Cherokee  development  was  perhaps  greater  than  that  of  the 
Indian  agent,  for  the  mission  stations  were  scattered  about 
the  length  and  breadth  of  the  land,  and  thousands  of  Chero- 
kees were  exposed  to  their  religious,  educational,  and  cultural 
teachings.  The  chief  influencing  factor  came  in  the  education 
which  Christian  mission  schools  offered  to  young  and  old. 
Indeed,  most  churches  found  far  more  success  in  their  teach- 
ing program  than  in  conversions.25 

23  Montgomery  to  Governor  Forsyth,  May  18,  1828,  in  Cherokee  Letters, 
Georgia  Archives;  Laws  of  the  Cherokee  Nation,  6-7. 

^American  State  Papers,  Indian  Affairs,  I,  655;  Laws  of  the  Cherokee 
Nation,  6-7. 

25  For  a  brief  summary  of  this  mission  work,  see  Henry  T.  Malone,  "The 
Early  Ninteenth  Century  Missionaries  in  the  Cherokee  Country,"  Tennessee 
Historical  Quarterly,  X    (June,  1951),   127-139. 


14  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

All  in  all,  white  and  red  relationships  in  the  early  nine- 
teenth century  Cherokee  country  were  varied  and  complex, 
and  hence  they  are  difficult  to  assess.  It  is  especially  note- 
worthy that  relations  were  generally  peaceful  during  this 
period  of  enormous  Cherokee  development,  a  period  which 
came  between  frightful  frontier  warfare  of  the  previous  cen- 
tury and  the  devastating  shock  of  removal  in  the  late  1830's. 
In  this  halcyon  era  Cherokees  made  giant  strides  toward  the 
white  man's  way  of  life,  and  in  the  process  were  aided  by 
friendly  agents,  tradesmen,  and  missionaries.  An  even  greater 
impulse  toward  such  progress  came  from  descendants  of 
white  men  within  the  tribe,  who  emerged  as  leaders  in  what 
became  almost  a  nation-wide  attempt  to  secure  the  white 
man's  agricultural  and  commercial  security.  This  occurred  de- 
spite the  efforts  of  some  white  men  to  destroy  that  security 
through  theft,  persuasion,  treaty,  or  the  illegal  use  of  liquor. 

Thus  to  the  early  nineteenth-century  Cherokee  Indian  the 
white  man  appeared  as  a  paradox— offering  both  friendship 
and  hostility,  guidance  and  abandonment,  inspiration  and 
degredation. 


THE  COTTON  TEXTILE  INDUSTRY  IN  ANTE- 
BELLUM NORTH  CAROLINA 

By  Diffee  W.  Standard  and  Richard  W.  Griffin 

Part  I 
Origin  and  Growth  to  1830 

The  potentialities  of  the  South  for  the  development  of  a 
major  cotton  textile  industry  were  noted  even  as  early  as  the 
colonial  period.  In  1775  Alexander  Hamilton  wrote  that  the 
construction  of  cotton  mills  in  the  southern  states,  where 
planters  were  already  increasing  their  annual  production  of 
cotton,  was  not  only  feasible  but  indeed  inevitable.  Advanc- 
ing an  argument  that  would  be  repeated  in  North  Carolina 
and  throughout  the  South  for  the  next  hundred  years,  Hamil- 
ton advocated  the  manufacture  of  the  staple  in  the  region 
where  it  was  grown  and  the  distribution  of  finished  textile 
products  to  the  other  colonies.1 

Despite  the  disruption  of  southern  economy  during  the 
Revolutionary  War,  a  few  pioneering  planters  now  began  a 
shift  in  textile  manufacturing  from  the  older  domestic  system 
to  the  factory  method  in  much  the  same  way  that  it  had  been 
accomplished  earlier  in  England.  In  1776  Daniel  Heywood, 
a  tidewater  South  Carolina  planter,  began  working  thirty 
slaves  at  spinning  wheels  and  handlooms  in  a  primitive  mill, 
where  he  achieved  a  weekly  production  of  120  yards  of  cotton 
and  woolen  cloth.2  With  the  conclusion  of  the  war  and  the 
establishment  of  the  federal  government,  a  stabilized  do- 
mestic economy  encouraged  the  development  of  more  ad- 
vanced types  of  factory  construction  and  the  installation  of 
more  modern  equipment.  The  first  real  cotton  factory  in  the 
South  was  built  in  1789  near  Statesboro,  South  Carolina,  by 

1  Henry  Cabot  Lodge  (ed.),  The  Works  of  Alexander  Hamilton,  I  (New 
York,  1885),  157-158. 

2  Ernest  M.  Lander,  "Manufacturing  in  Ante-Bellum  South  Carolina" 
(unpublished  doctoral  dissertation,  the  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1950),  48. 


[15] 


16  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

an  English  mechanic  who  received  financial  backing  from 
local  planters.  This  factory  received  widespread  notice  in  the 
local  and  national  periodicals  of  the  time  and  undoubtedly 
came  to  the  attention  of  North  Carolinians.3  At  least  one  state 
newspaper,  the  Fayetteville  Gazette,  reflected  this  natural 
interest  in  the  cotton  industry  by  reprinting  articles  of  na- 
tional industrial  news.  In  1789  the  Fayetteville  editor  com- 
mended the  legislature  of  Massachusetts  for  subscribing  five 
hundred  pounds  to  aid  in  the  establishment  of  a  cotton  factory 
at  Beverly  which  was  to  use  "Arkwright's  machines." 4 

This  initial  interest  in  the  building  of  factories  seemed  to 
languish  in  the  South  during  the  1790's  as  men  with  capital 
continued  to  place  their  faith  in  agriculture  as  the  basis  for 
southern  prosperity,  but  the  development  of  extensive  do- 
mestic manufactures  continued  to  give  some  impetus  to  the 
infant  idea.  Increased  home  production  of  cotton  and  woolen 
fabrics,  especially  in  the  relatively  isolated  upland  areas,  was 
to  provide  a  basis  for  later  factory  development  in  North 
Carolina. 

In  1794  Tench  Coxe,  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Treasury, 
wrote  that  the  backcountry  regions  of  all  the  South  Atlantic 
states  produced  textiles  in  greater  quantities  than  they  im- 
ported from  abroad,  and  that  "family  manufactures  in  cotton 
are  much  greater  in  the  four  southeastern  most  states,  than  in 
the  four  eastern  states/'  Coxe  urged  the  people  of  the  South 
to  take  advantage  of  the  possibilities  for  profit  and  to  capital- 
ize on  the  value  of  these  home  products  by  expanding  them 
further.  Reflecting  current  Hamiltonian  doctrine,  Coxe  be- 
lieved that  manufacturing  would  not  interfere  with  agricul- 
tural pursuits  but  rather  would  provide  an  increased  demand 
for  farm  products.5  In  confirmation  of  Coxe's  contentions,  the 
Census  of  1810  reported  that  the  annual  amount  of  North 
Carolina  domestic  textiles  was  7,376,154  yards,  valued  at 
$2,989,140;  while  those  of  Massachusetts,  more  open  to 
foreign  importations,  totaled  only  $2,219,279,  and  those  of 

3  The  Maryland  Gazette  (Annapolis),  July  22,  1790;  The  Universal 
Asylum  and  Columbian  Magazine  (Philadelphia),  V  (July,  1790),  61; 
The  American  Museum  (Philadelphia),  VIII,  Appendix  IV   (1790),  1. 

4  Fayetteville  Gazette,   September  27,  1789. 

5  Tench  Coxe,  A  View  of  the  United  States  of  America  (Philadelphia, 
1794),  274,  298,  304,  hereinafter  cited  as  Coxe,  View  of  America. 


North  Carolina  State  Library, 
Raleigh 

The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  17 

all  New  England  totaled  $460,000  less  than  the  textiles  pro- 
duced in  North  Carolina.6 

The  domestic  weaving  of  cloth  was  an  inextricable  factor 
in  the  rise  of  cotton  mills  in  North  Carolina.  The  Revolu- 
tionary War  accentuated  colonial  home  industry  and  brought 
on  an  increase  in  home  spinning  and  weaving  that  continued 
largely  unabated  through  the  following  years  of  peace.7  Do- 
mestic industry  had  arisen  as  a  natural  result  of  the  lack  of 
commerce  in  the  state  caused  by  poor  transportation  facili- 
ties and  a  general  shortage  of  capital  with  which  to  purchase 
imported  wares.  In  1790  less  than  one-fifth  of  North  Caro- 
lina's commerce  was  with  foreign  countries  and  the  amount 
decreased  until  brought  to  a  virtual  halt  by  the  War  of  1812.8 

The  influence  of  these  wars  and  the  shortage  of  imported 
cloth  served  as  irresistible  pressures  for  the  establishment  of 
factory  industry  in  many  of  the  southern  states,  and  event- 
ually this  pressure  exerted  its  influence  even  in  agriculturally- 
minded  North  Carolina.  Initial  efforts  in  the  field  of  manu- 
facturing caught  the  interest  of  all  the  nation,  while  Coxes 
report  called  special  attention  to  such  budding  enterprises 
in  Virginia,  South  Carolina,  and  Kentucky: 

An  association  in  Virginia,  another  in  the  territory  south  of 
the  Ohio,  and  a  company  in  the  western  district  of  South  Caro- 
lina, have  provided  themselves  with  carding  and  spinning  ma- 
chinery on  the  British  plans  to  manufacture  their  native  cotton. 
The  planters  in  the  southern  states  raise  great  quantities  of  this 
raw  material,  unthought  of  before  the  war,  and  until  this  dis- 
cussion of  the  subject  of  manufactures,  which  took  place  some 
time  after  the  treaty  of  peace.  .  .  .  An  association  containing 
forty  of  the  most  respectable  planters  of  South  Carolina,  has 
been  established  within  a  few  years  for  the  promoting  of  manu- 
factures, and  agriculture.  A  subscription  to  the  amount  of  about 
25,000  dollars,  has  been  made  in  the  territory  manufactory. — 
An  indication  of  the  zeal  not  equalled  in  any  middle  or  northern 
state. 9 


6  Tench  Coxe,  A  Statement  of  the  Arts  and  Manufacturers  of  the  United 
States  of  America  for  the  Year  1810  (Philadelphia,  1815),  87,  hereinafter 
cited  as  Coxe,  Arts  and  Manufacturers. 

7  Allen  H.  Eaton,  Handicrafts  of  the  Soiithern  Highlands  (New  York, 
1937),  40-43. 

8  Coxe,  Arts  and  Manufacturers,  87. 

9  Coxe,  View  of  America,  303,  305. 


18  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Although  the  North  Carolina  legislature  displayed  a  more 
consistent  interest  in  agricultural  improvement  than  in  indus- 
trial growth  throughout  the  ante-bellum  period,  the  legisla- 
tors were  aware  of  various  other  needs  of  the  state  and  oc- 
casionally endeavored  to  aid  manufacturing.  In  the  1790s 
the  General  Assembly  extended  a  loan  to  be  used  for  the 
establishment  of  a  paper  mill  in  the  thriving  Moravian  settle- 
ment of  Salem,  a  village  already  known  for  the  manufacture 
of  woolen  hats  and  later  to  be  the  site  of  a  successful  cotton 
mill.10 

With  the  single  exception  of  Georgia  every  state  bordering 
North  Carolina  had  a  cotton  factory  of  some  sort  in  operation 
in  the  eighteenth  century.  In  Tennessee  John  Hague  began 
the  construction  of  spinning  frames  for  his  factory  near  Nash- 
ville in  1791.  Most  of  the  machinery,  all  of  which  he  was 
building,  was  reported  finished  by  a  visitor  to  the  mill  in  the 
autumn  of  that  year.  This  primitive  factory  was  on  the  hostile 
Indian  frontier,  and  one  employee  fell  victim  to  the  scalper's 
knife,  an  unusual  occupational  hazard  which  must  have  seri- 
ously hampered  the  operation  of  this  most  western  factory  in 
the  country.11  While  rudimentary  mills  such  as  this  were 
being  constructed  in  states  surrounding  North  Carolina,  the 
bulk  of  cotton  and  woolen  textiles  continued  to  be  made  in 
the  home.  In  the  families  of  small  farmers  and  among  slave 
women  on  the  larger  planters'  holdings,  the  manufacture  of 
yarn  and  cloth  was  carried  on  in  an  excellent  though  piece- 
meal fashion.12 

Any  industry  in  the  South  was  confronted  during  this 
period  by  a  degree  of  hostility  from  a  planter  class  prejudiced 
in  favor  of  an  exclusively  agricultural  economy;  but  of  all  the 
possible  types  of  industry  open  to  southern  development,  the 
most  logical  and  the  least  antipathetic  to  southern  feeling 
was  the  manufacture  of  cotton.  In  the  backcountry  especially, 
a  variety  of  newer  settlers,  largely  unaffected  by  the  planter 
philosophy  and  cut  off  from  cheap  and  convenient  transpor- 

10Coxe,  View  of  America,  303,  305-307;  Rolla  M.  Tryon,  Household 
Manufacturers  in  the   United  States,  1607-1860    (Chicago,   1937),  309. 

11  The  Maryland  Gazette  (Annapolis),  April  5,  1792;  July  18,  1793;  The 
Gazette    (Knoxville,  Tennessee),  June  16,  1793. 

u  Holland  Thompson,  From,  the  Cotton  Field  to  the  Cotton  Mill  (New 
York,  1906),  250-251. 


The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  19 

tation,  found  it  necessary  to  retain  their  trades  and  arts  and 
produce  at  home  what  they  needed.  As  the  Piedmont  pro- 
gressed from  the  pioneer  stage  of  settlement,  increasing  de- 
mands for  more  finished  products  led  to  the  development  of 
small  industries  in  many  towns  and  villages.  Thus  in  the  early 
nineteenth  century  industrious  people  of  this  region,  less 
susceptible  to  sectional  suspicion  of  industry,  began  to  devote 
their  skills  and  energies  to  more  complex  manufacturing 
enterprises.13  , 

The  mounting  fury  of  the  Napoleonic  struggle  in  Europe 
and  the  effects  of  non-intercourse,  non-importation,  and  the 
embargo  acts  of  the  national  government  forced  the  planter 
of  North  Carolina  to  develop  an  interest  in  manufacturing 
a  variety  of  articles  which  he  had  been  long  accustomed  to 
receiving  from  Great  Britain.  This  wartime  pressure  was  also 
felt  by  the  energetic  citizens  of  small  backcountry  towns  like 
Salem,  and  no  doubt  this  emergency  need  accounts  for  the 
early  experiment  in  Salem  in  the  mill  manufacture  of  cotton 
yarn  and  cloth.  Realizing  the  increased  demand  for  these 
items,  a  Moravian  tradesman  in  that  settlement  planned  to 
install  textile  machinery  which  would  be  more  productive 
than  the  community-sponsored  sisters'  house.  The  village 
burgers  of  Salem,  resisting  another  threat  of  private  enter- 
prise, made  arrangements  in  1808  for  the  community  to  pur- 
chase spinning  and  weaving  machines.  Thus  Salem,  already 
producing  hats  and  paper,  was  extending  and  widening  its 
manufacturing  interests.14 

The  cotton  factory  interest  in  Salem  and  that  of  a  group  of 
coastal  planters  was  of  sufficient  importance  to  capture  the 
eye  of  one  of  North  Carolina's  earlier  historians.  Hugh  Wil- 
liamson was  intensely  interested  in  the  progress  of  the  state 
and  took  special  note  of  the  industrial  beginnings  in  his  own 
times: 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  observe,  that  they  raise,  or  can  raise, 
in  every  part  of  the  state,  all  the  cotton  they  can  use  in  the  most 
extensive  manufactories.  It  is  certainly  to  be  presumed,  that 


13  Coxe,  View  of  America,  303. 

"Adelaide  L.  Fries   (ed.),  Records  of  the  Moldavians  in  North  Carolina, 
VI   (Raleigh,  1943),  2929. 


20  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

people  who  live  in  a  healthy  climate  where  provisions  are  re- 
markably cheap,  who  are  well  supplied  with  good  streams  of 
water  that  are  easily  managed,  and  who  have  an  ample  supply 
of  all  the  raw  materials,  will  avail  themselves  of  these  advan- 
tages. It  is  to  be  presumed,  we  say :  for  the  Moravians,  who  are 
remarkably  prudent,  have  lately  made  considerable  progress  in 
the  manufacture  of  cotton ;  and  in  the  course  of  last  year  [1811], 
several  gentlemen  in  the  low  country,  where  they  work  under 
great  disadvantages,  have  introduced  machines  for  spinning 
cotton.  This  spirit,  as  we  infer  from  the  manner  in  which  it 
spreads,  will  soon  pervade  the  community:  a  circumstance  that 
must  produce  a  balance  of  trade  in  favor  of  the  state. 15 

The  period  from  1807  to  1816  was  one  of  widespread  in- 
terest in  the  field  of  manufactures  due  primarily  to  the  dual 
necessity  of  consuming  cotton  formerly  sent  to  England  and 
supplying  the  demand  for  manufactured  textiles  earlier  furn- 
ished by  British  mills.  In  state  after  state  throughout  the 
South  entrepreneurs  began  the  establishment  of  small,  in- 
efficient, but  temporarily  profitable  cotton  factories,  while 
in  the  few  urban  areas  there  was  an  increasing  demand  for 
the  establishment  of  permanent  factories. 

Maryland,  a  state  half-southern  and  half-northern  in  its 
industrial  character,  was  the  center  of  the  largest  and  most 
complete  factory  development  in  the  South.  In  Georgia  small 
factories  were  placed  in  operation  in  1810  and  1811,  in  Ala- 
bama a  spinning  mill  was  established  in  the  fertile  and  popu- 
lous Tennessee  Valley  in  1809,  and  according  to  the  census  of 
1810,  a  total  of  twenty- two  small  spinning  mills  of  varying 
capacity  had  been  built  in  the  Mississippi  territory.  The  in- 
dustrial spirit  was  perhaps  most  pronounced  in  Virginia,  and 
public  meetings  were  frequently  held  in  the  state  to  secure 
the  support  and  cash  of  patriotic  citizens.  At  one  such  meet- 
ing, held  in  Richmond  in  1809,  an  attempt  to  stimulate  the 
interest  of  the  community  met  with  little  success.  According 
to  a  later  published  account  of  the  proceedings,  "the  patriotic 
fervor  over  flowed  in  frothy  speeches,  but  when  it  subsided  it 
left  little  residium  in  cash."  This  barren  meeting  led  Parson 
Blair  of  Virginia  to  write  a  piece  of  doggerel  to  show  his 
scorn  for  such  nonsense: 

15  Hugh  Williamson,  The  History  of  North  Carolina  (Philadelphia,  1812), 
II,  221. 


The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  21 

I've  seen  with  pleasure  in  your  patriot  city 
The  appointment  of  a  most  august  committee, 
To  encourage  manufactures  of  our  own, 
And  bring  Old  England  to  her  marrow  bone, 
To  spoil  her  commerce,  since  she's  made  us  wroth ; 
And  bring  her  pride  down  with  Virginia  cloth. 16 

In  spite  of  much  lukewarm  feeling  the  industrial  beginnings  in 
Virginia  were  stimulated  by  the  public  interest  aroused  at 
such  meetings.  More  tangible  results  were  obtained  when 
factories  were  started  at  Petersburg  in  1810  and  at  Win- 
chester in  181 1.17 

The  editor  of  The  Minerva  was  quite  interested  in  the  effort 
made  in  Richmond  to  promote  the  establishment  of  a  cotton 
factory  and  published  in  full  the  activities  of  the  meeting. 
The  governor  of  Virginia  served  as  the  chairman,  and  the 
group  resolved  to  establish  cotton  mills  in  order  to  free  the 
state  from  dependence  upon  European  powers  who  were 
ignoring  the  rights  of  neutrals.  Stating  in  their  resolution  that 
"it  is  highly  expedient,  that  the  people  of  these  United  States 
should  rely  upon  those  internal  resources  with  which  they 
are  so  amply  supplied,"  the  members  of  the  committee  agreed 
to  be  present  at  a  meeting  on  July  4  and  would  "as  far  as 
practicable,  appear  clothed  in  articles  of  the  Manufacture  of 
Virginia,  or  of  some  one  of  the  United  States/' 18 

The  outbreak  of  the  war  with  Britain  had  introduced  a 
sense  of  urgency  into  the  issue  of  North  Carolina's  need  for 
manufacturing.  In  1813  a  group  of  citizens  of  Hillsborough 
and  Orange  County,  North  Carolina,  held  an  organizational 
meeting  "for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  COTTON  and 
WOLLEN  FACTORY  in  the  town  of  Hillsborough,  or  its 
vicinity.  .  .  ."  The  proposed  company  was  to  be  a  joint  stock 
enterprise  with  at  least  one  hundred  shares  valued  at  twenty- 
five  dollars  each,  and  its  officers  were  to  be  elected  as  soon  as 


16DeBow's  Review  (New  Orleans,  La.),  XXVIII  (February,  1860),  187- 
188,  hereinafter  cited  DeBow's  Review. 

17  National  Intelligencer  (Washington,  D.C.),  June  18,  1811,  hereinafter 
cited  National  Intelligencer;  The  Maryland  Gazette  (Annapolis),  January 
31,  1810. 

18  The  Minerva  (Raleigh),  June  9,  1808.  This  newspaper  appeared  under 
several  titles  such  as  The  Minerva,  North  Carolina  Minerva  and  Raleigh 
Advertiser,  and  The  Raleigh  Minerva. 


22  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

a  minimum  amount  of  capital  was  in  hand.  Adopting  the  name 
The  Hillsborough  Manufacturing  Company,  the  stockholders 
drew  up  company  rules  providing  "for  one  share,  and  not 
more  than  two  shares,  one  vote;  for  every  two  shares  above 
two,  and  not  exceeding  ten  shares,  one  vote  .  .  ."  with  a  pro- 
portional decline  in  voting  powers  as  the  number  of  shares 
held  increased.  The  gentlemen  who  organized  this  company 
came  from  several  different  parts  of  North  Carolina,19  but 
perhaps  the  most  significant  leader  of  the  group  was  Michael 
Holt,  father  of  Edwin  Holt  who  later  was  the  cotton  mill  pro- 
moter of  Alamance  County.  There  is  no  indication  that  this 
company  ever  went  beyond  the  organizational  stage,  and 
this  may  well  account  for  Michael  Holt's  desire  in  the  1830's 
to  discourage  his  son  from  a  similar  enterprise  at  a  time  when 
conditions  seemed  even  less  propitious  for  success  in  this 
field.20 

The  motives  for  founding  the  four  cotton  mills  in  North 
Carolina  before  1830  are  not  difficult  to  discover.  In  convert- 
ing raw  cotton  into  cloth  the  most  laborious  step  is  carding 
the  cotton  and  spinning  the  yarn  which  was  then  woven  on 
hand  looms.  Much  of  the  time  consumed  in  making  cloth 
could  be  saved  by  purchasing  yarn  at  the  local  store.  It  seems 
only  natural  then  that  the  first  mills  were  built  by  the  men 
who  wanted  most  to  meet  this  demand  for  yarn— the  mer- 
chants of  town  and  crossroad  stores.  The  first  cotton  mills 
in  the  state  were  begun  as  another  adjunct  to  a  general  store 
that  probably  already  operated  a  grist  mill  and  tanning  yard 
on  the  premises.  The  merchant  sold  the  yarn  in  his  store,  and 

19  The  Raleigh  Minerva,  June  18,  1813.  "John  Umstead,  Ch.  John  Taylor, 
Jr.,  Sec.  Subscription  books  shall  be  lodged  in  the  hands  of  the  following 
gentlemen,  viz.  James  Mebane,  John  Craig,  Michael  Holt,  and  Duncan 
Cameron,  Esq'rs  of  Orange;  Frederick  Nash,  Wm.  Whitted  and  John 
Taylor,  Jr.  of  Hillsborough;  Edward  Jones  and  John  J.  Alston,  Esq'rs  of 
Chatham;  Samuel  Ashe  of  Halifax;  Col.  Sam'l  Ashe  of  New  Hanover; 
Alex  Murphey,  Esq.,  Caswell;  Col.  R.  Atkinson,  Person;  Joseph  Gales  of 
Raleigh;  Wm.  M.  Sneed,  Esq.,  Granville;  A.  McBryde,  Esq.  of  Moore; 
Gen.  Alex  Grey,  of  Randolph;  Hance  McCain,  Esq.  Guilford;  and  Wm. 
B.  Grove,  Esq.  of  Fayetteville,  for  the  purpose  of  giving  an  opportunity 
of  subscribing  to  all  those  who  may  wish  to  be  concerned." 

20  Edwin  Michael  Holt,  Diary,  June  8,  1846,  Southern  Historical  Collec- 
tion, University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill,  hereinafter  cited  as  Holt, 
Diary. 


The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  23 


if  his  milling  operations  were  successful,  he  would  send  bales 
of  the  yarn  by  wagon  to  stores  in  nearby  settlements.21 

Ante-bellum  cotton  mills  in  North  Carolina  were  generally 
located  in  rural  areas  of  the  Piedmont  section,  and  often  the 
mills  and  their  'stores  became  local  social  centers,  while  the 
merchant  owners  were  frequently  the  most  civic-minded  men 
of  the  county.22  These  mills  became  the  setting  for  many 
political  meetings,  as  the  county  people  gathered  to  memori- 
alize the  legislature  to  pass  bills  they  desired  or  to  protest  the 
passage  of  bills  they  disapproved.23 

The  first  mill  of  any  permanence  in  North  Carolina  was 
that  of  Michael  Schenck  of  Lincoln  County  in  the  Piedmont 
section  of  the  state  near  the  South  Carolina  state  line.  Here 
the  typical  meeting  place  developed  and  here  emerged  the 
pattern  of  growth  through  which  many  mills  would  soon 
evolve.  Already  a  successful  merchant  of  the  county,  in  1814 
Schenck  began  his  cotton  mill  by  ordering  spindle  machinery 
from  Providence,  Rhode  Island,  and  having  the  gears  and 
shafting  made  in  a  local  iron  forge  by  his  son-in-law  Absolom 
Warlick  and  Michael  Beam,  two  skilled  iron  workers  of  the 
community.  Schenck's  first  mill  was  located  about  one  and 
one-half  miles  from  Lincolnton  on  Mill  Branch,  but  after  the 
first  dam  was  swept  away  by  a  flood  in  1816,  the  mill  was 
moved  downstream  and  reopened.  Soon  the  enterprise  was 
prosperous  enough  to  attract  additional  investors,  and  the 
capital  furnished  by  John  Hoke  and  Dr.  James  Bevens  in  1819 
was  spent  on  new  machinery  and  a  new  building  on  the  south 
fork  of  the  Catawba  River,  two  miles  south  of  Lincolnton.  The 
rechristened  Lincoln  Cotton  Factory  operated  machinery, 
variously  estimated  at  between  1,284  to  3,000  spindles,  for 
the  production  of  coarse  yarn,  which  by  1840  was  valued  at 
$21,373  annually.  Although  its  yarn  was  sold  throughout  an 

21  Holt,  Diary,  March  4,  1845;  William  Turner  to  George  W.  Johnson, 
May  14,  1836,  in  George  W.  Johnson  Papers,  Flowers  Collection,  Duke 
University;    The  Greensboro  Patriot,  February  18,  1843. 

22  This  seems  to  have  been  generally  true  in  all  parts  of  North  Carolina. 
Among  these  owners  were  Charles  P.  Mallet  of  Fayetteville,  John  M. 
Morehead  of  Leaksville,  Henry  Humphreys  and  Charles  Benbow  of  Greens- 
boro, and  the  Trolingers,  Gants,  and  Holts  of  Orange  County.  The  Raleigh 
Register  and  North  Carolina  Gazette,  July  16,  1838;  April  18,  1849,  here- 
inafter  cited   as    Raleigh   Register. 

23  Holt,  Diary,  passim;  Raleigh  Register,  June  1,  8,  1839. 


24  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

area  of  a  one  hundred  mile  radius  of  the  mill,  lack  of  addi- 
tional capital  kept  this  first  mill  relatively  small  until  after 
the  Civil  War.24  However,  when  a  superintendent  from 
Lowell,  Massachusetts,  was  placed  in  charge  of  the  company 
in  the  late  1840's,  an  industrial  community  sprang  up  near  the 
mill.  A  blacksmith  shop,  producing  iron  bedsteads  and  axes,  a 
brass  foundry,  a  cotton  gin,  and  a  shingle  factory  were  built 
around  the  inevitable  large  dry- goods  store  and  brought 
prosperity  to  the  company.25 

While  the  western  edge  of  the  Piedmont  was  experiencing 
this  embryonic  development  of  the  cotton  textile  industry, 
there  were  other  primal  stirrings  at  the  eastern  edge.  In  1817 
Henry  A.  Donaldson,  a  New  England  manufacturer,  immi- 
grated from  Rhode  Island  expressly  to  establish  a  cotton  mill, 
and  indeed  by  1830  this  talented  organizer  had  been  instru- 
mental in  the  incorporation  or  operation  of  three  of  the  four 
cotton  mills  built  in  North  Carolina  before  1830.26  Soon  after 
his  arrival  in  the  state,  Donaldson  met  Joel  Battle,  a  wealthy 
and  energetic  planter  of  Edgecombe  County.  Battle  owned 
a  flourishing  flour  and  grist  mill  on  the  Tar  River  and  had 
accumulated  $25,000  in  capital  with  which  he  wished  to  con- 
struct a  cotton  mill.  The  combination  of  Donaldson's  technical 
skill  and  Battle's  available  capital  led  to  the  organization  in 
1817  of  the  Rocky  Mount  Mills  at  the  falls  of  the  Tar  River 
in  Nash  County.  Donaldson  went  to  Rhode  Island,  purchased 
machinery,  supervised  its  installation  and  taught  the  slaves 
secured  by  Colonel  Battle  to  operate  it.27  Equipped  with  two 
thousand  spindles,  this  early  factory  produced  throughout 
the  1820's  a  daily  allotment  of  twelve  to  fifteen  hundred 
pounds  of  coarse  cotton  yarn,  packaged  in  five  pound  skeins 
for  the  local  market.28  It  was  the  early  career  of  this  mill  that 

34  David  Schenck,  Historical  Sketch  of  the  Schenck  and  Bevins  Families 
(Greensboro,  1884),  14-16;  William  L.  Sherrill,  Annals  of  Lincoln  County 
North  Carolina  (Charlotte,  1937),  83,  102;  Michael  Schenck  Papers,  De- 
partment of  Archives  and  History,  Raleigh. 

25  Carolina  Republican    (Lincolnton),  April  10,  1849;  April  3,  1851. 

2eNiles'  Weekly  Register  (Baltimore,  Md.),  XXVII  (February  5,  1825), 
352,  hereinafter  cited  as  Niles'  Weekly  Register. 

27  Raleigh  Register,  December  17,  1833;  September  23,  1834. 

28  The  Rocky  Mount  Mill  in  the  1820's  was  also  sending  shipments  of 
cotton  goods  to  the  markets  of  New  York,  Philadelphia  and  Boston  and 
in  1828  sent  one  shipment  of  twenty  bales  to  New  York  alone.  Niles' 
Weekly  Register,  XXIV  (May  10,  1828),  175,  citing  the  Tarborough  Free 
Press. 


The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  25 

prompted  magazine  editor  Hezekiah  Niles  to  express  the  hope 
in  1828  that  the  South  would  soon  "join  in  the  scuffle"  with 
the  North  to  satisfy  the  demands  of  the  domestic  cotton 
market.29 

Although  the  early  years  of  the  Rocky  Mount  Manufactur- 
ing Company  do  not  seem  to  have  been  ones  of  unalloyed 
success,  by  1833  the  mill  was  apparently  booming.  In  that  year 
Colonel  Battle  advertised  in  a  Raleigh  newspaper,  "After 
struggling  for  fifteen  years  against  the  most  adverse  circum- 
stances, the  cotton  factory  at  the  Falls  of  the  Tar  River  is  in  a 
state  of  successful  operation."  He  called  upon  all  patriotic 
citizens  to  support  what  he  termed  "the  oldest  Cotton  Factory 
in  North  Carolina."30 

The  "state  of  successful  operation"  that  the  mill  had  reached 
by  1833  was  probably  the  result  of  hiring  a  trained  cotton  mill 
superintendent  from  Massachusetts  in  1830  and  making  him 
another  partner  in  the  factory.  John  Parker  brought  new  ma- 
chinery with  him  and  apparently  did  such  a  thorough  job  in 
teaching  the  slaves  and  Colonel  Battle  and  his  son  William  the 
operation  of  the  mill  that  the  Battles  felt  secure  enough  to  buy 
out  his  partnership  in  1833,  as  they  did  the  partnership  of  the 
errant  Henry  Donaldson  the  same  year.31 

Joel  Battle  retired  in  1839,  and  the  young  William  had 
ambitious  plans  for  the  Rocky  Mount  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany. He  sold  the  family's  turpentine  holdings  along  the  coast 
and  persuaded  several  other  planters  to  join  him  in  recapital- 
izing the  mill  for  $500,000,  which  would  have  made  it  one  of 
the  largest  in  the  South.  But  in  1839  the  price  of  cotton  rose 
two  cents  a  pound,  and  the  eager  planters  invested  their 
money  instead  in  more  cotton  lands  and  slaves.  The  mill  con- 
tinued  to  operate  on  its  $50,000  capitalization  until  1860,  and 
the  yarn  it  produced  above  the  local  demand  was  occasionally 

29 iV^es'   Weekly  Register,  XXXIV    (May  10,  1828),  175. 

80  Raleigh  Register,  August  20,  1833;  December  31,  1833.  This  may  have 
been  a  case  of  trying  to  secure  the  patronage  of  a  wider  market  by  equivo- 
cation, for  Battle  had  been  sufficiently  successful  by  1828  to  be  joined  by 
a  group  of  investors  who  tried  to  raise  $100,000  for  a  cotton  factory  in 
Edgecombe  County.  Acts  Passed  by  the  General  Assembly  of  the  State 
of  North  Carolina,  1828-1829  (Raleigh,  1829),  39,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Acts  Passed  by  the  General  Assembly,  1828-1829. 

31  Raleigh  Register,  September  23,  1834;  July  28,  1835;  Niles'  Weekly 
Register,  XXVII   (February  5,  1825),  352;  XXX   (July  1,  1826),  321. 


26  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

shipped  to  New  York  and  Philadelphia.  After  its  successful 
operation  during  part  of  the  war  years,  the  mill  was  destroyed 
by  a  calvary  raid  from  New  Bern  in  1863.  The  Daily  Journal 
of  Wilmington  carried  a  series  of  four  feature  articles  on  the 
Rocky  Mount  Mills  after  the  war,  three  in  1867  and  another 
in  1869: 

The  Federals  visited  this  place  during  the  war — in  1863,  I 
believe — and  cavorted  around  considerably.  They  tore  up  the 
track,  burnt  the  depot,  burnt  Battle's  Cotton  Factory  and  mills, 
at  the  falls,  and  appropriated  all  the  hams,  niggers,  jewelry  and 
chickens  they  could  carry  off.  .  .  .  After  their  destruction  the 
third  year  of  the  war,  nothing  was  done  toward  rebuilding  .  .  . 
these  valuable  and  important  works.  .  .  ,32 

Perhaps  the  "adverse  circumstances"  of  the  Battle  mill  in 
the  1820's  were  a  result  of  Henry  Donaldson's  interests  having 
wandered  afield  from  the  growing  Rocky  Mount  community. 
While  retaining  his  partnership  in  the  first  mill,  Donaldson 
had  joined  forces  with  an  industrially-minded  North  Caro- 
linian, George  McNeil,  and  together  they  constructed  the  first 
of  many  mills  that  were  to  make  Fayetteville  an  important 
urban  textile  center  of  the  ante-bellum  South.  Their  choice 
of  location  was  a  wise  one,  for  Fayetteville  had  already  be- 
come a  thriving  cotton  trading  center.  It  was  the  transfer 
point  for  cotton  brought  from  the  farms  by  wagon  to  the 
river  boats  that  would  carry  it  to  Wilmington  for  shipment 
to  England  and  the  North.38 

The  Fayetteville  mill  was  completed  in  1825,  and  although 
an  article  in  Niles'  Register  described  it  as  "capable  of  con- 
taining 10,000  spindles,"  it  probably  contained  closer  to  the 
1,200  in  Joel  Battle's  mill  since  each  was  capitalized  at 
$50,000.  Like  Battle's,  this  mill  employed  slave  labor  until  the 
late  1830's.  Despite  the  apparent  success  of  this  factory, 
Donaldson  and  McNeil  sold  the  property  in  1834  to  the  owner 

32  The  Daily  Journal  (Wilmington),  May  14,  1867;  July  12,  1867. 

33  Niles'  Weekly  Register,  XXXII  (April  21,  1837),  131,  XXXV  (October 

11,  1828),  97.  This  river  traffic  continued  throughout  the  ante-bellum 
period.  In  1853  nine  steamers  and  twenty-two  barges  operated  between 
the  two  river  ports.  DeBow's  Review,  XIV    (June,   1853),   611-612. 


The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  27 

of  the  fourth  and  last  cotton  mill  built  in  the  state  before 
1830,  Henry  Humphreys  of  Greensboro.34 

First  built  in  1818,  Humphrey's  Mount  Hecla  Mill  had 
two  distinct  periods  of  operation,  the  first  from  1818  to  about 
1825  and  a  second  and  more  prosperous  period  after  1830 
when  plans  were  made  for  the  use  of  steam  power.  The  origi- 
nal mill  was  built  on  a  stream  outside  Greensboro  and  em- 
ployed the  waterpower  of  a  dam  Humphreys  had  constructed 
earlier  to  operate  a  grist  mill.  The  first  frame  structure  ap- 
parently excited  little  interest  in  the  1820's,  for  it  was  listed 
in  a  newspaper  article  as  merely  "one  of  the  four  mills  in  the 
state. "  But  from  this  humble  start,  the  second  largest  mill  in 
ante-bellum  North  Carolina  soon  developed.35 

In  North  Carolina  the  establishment  of  four  modest  mills 
was  a  comparatively  small  beginning  for  the  years  preceding 
1830,  during  which  the  New  England  textile  industry  seemed 
to  blossom  overnight  into  full  flower.  Yet  there  are  compelling 
reasons  why  the  South  and  North  took  divergent  paths.  New 
England's  commercial  prosperity  passed  away  rapidly  with 
the  War  of  1812,  and  her  only  recourse  was  to  industrial  ex- 
pansion. The  South,  however,  was  on  the  eve  of  a  boom  era 
of  cotton  planting  for  geographic  and  climatic  conditions  mili- 
tated in  favor  of  exclusively  agricultural  pursuits.  North  Car- 
olina, with  an  area  almost  as  large  as  all  the  New  England 
states  combined,  possessed  an  infinitely  superior  soil  and 
climate,  and  the  growth  of  cotton,  rather  than  the  manufac- 
ture of  textiles,  seemed  to  offer  the  natural  road  to  prosperity. 

The  correspondence,  diaries,  and  ledgers  of  the  ante-bellum 
mill  owners  give  ample  and  repeated  reasons  why  men  of 
prudence  might  well  hesitate  to  embark  on  the  money-con- 
suming scheme  of  cotton  manufacturing,  in  which  many 
failed  and  few  became  wealthy.  The  chief  factors  working 
against  cotton  mill  expansion  in  the  state  were  the  high  price 
and  great  demand  for  raw  cotton  until  1824,  the  inadequacy 
and  expense  of  transportation  in  the  state  which  limited  the 
market  for  the  mills'  products,  the  shortage  of  capital  among 


34  Raleigh  Register;  September  23,  1834;  Niles'  Weekly  Register,  XXVII 
(February  5,  1825),  352. 

35 Niles*  Weekly  Register,  XXX  (July  1,  1826),  321,  citing  The  Newbern 
Spectator  and  Literary  Journal. 


28  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

men  long  accustomed  to  investing  all  profits  in  more  land  and 
slaves  and  the  lack  of  managerial  experience  by  even  the 
ambitious  and  willing.36 

The  philosophic  atmosphere  created  by  the  major  planters 
and  by  their  economic  satellites  was  not  conducive  to  the 
establishment  of  industry  in  the  period  before  1830,  and 
any  support  planters  gave  was  seldom  more  than  grudging 
throughout  the  period  before  the  Civil  War.  North  Carolina 
landholders  might  be  persuaded  to  adopt  temporarily  any  ex- 
pedient, even  manufacturing,  to  revive  declining  farm  reve- 
nues, but  whenever  there  was  a  slight  increase  in  the  price  of 
cotton  they  would  revert  to  the  old  patterns  of  plantation  in- 
vestments. Writing  in  1848,  a  Salisbury  editor  recalled  quite 
clearly  that  throughout  the  1820's  and  early  1830's  "manu- 
factures were  so  odious"  that  planters  or  any  gentleman 
scoffed  at  the  idea  of  investing  in  cotton  mills.37  J.  D.  B. 
DeBow  well  understood  the  deep-seated  prejudice  against 
manufacturing  held  by  men  "accustomed  to  the  respectable 
gaining  of  wealth  from  the  land."  The  New  Orleans  editor 
wrote  of  the  damage  done  in  1835  by  Nathaniel  Macon,  one 
of  the  most  respected  and  venerable  citizens  of  the  state,  who 
declared  in  a  speech  in  Raleigh  that  North  Carolina  would 
never  become  a  commercial  state.38  Before  this  feeling  even 
slightly  abated  during  the  mill  building  era  of  the  1840's, 
many  such  editorial  cries  as  this  from  the  Raleigh  Register 
in  1833  would  be  heard.  "Away  then  you  people  of  the  South 
with  an  ill-founded  prejudice,  which  stands  in  the  way  of 
your  prosperity,  and  open  your  eyes  to  your  true  interest." 39 

Many  early  efforts  to  construct  profitable  cotton  mills  did 
not  meet  with  a  sufficient  degree  of  success  to  encourage  other 
investors  to  put  their  capital  in  similar  ventures.  Recognizing 
this  fact,  one  mill  owner  wrote  to  a  merchant  that  the  dry 
weather  of  North  Carolina  summers  created  such  hardship 

88 Hunt's  Merchants'  Magazine,  (New  York),  XV  (October,  1846),  380; 
(November,  1849),  496-497;  DeBow' s  Review,  XXXVI  (January,  1867), 
90;  William  Turner  to  George  W.  Johnson,  May  14, 1836,  George  W.  Johnson 
Papers,  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  University. 

37  The  Carolina  Watchman    (Salisbury),  May  18,   1848. 

^DeBow's  Review,  XXXVI    (January,   1867),  90. 

89  Raleigh  Register,  December  17,  1833. 


The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  29 

for  grist  and  saw  mill  operators  that  he  was  not  surprised 
that  so  few  people  built  cotton  mills.40  Yet  despite  the  failure 
of  several  early  cotton  mills  and  the  sometime  indifferent 
success  of  those  that  continued  to  operate,  the  enthusiasm  of 
a  few  determined  North  Carolinians  and  the  effects  of  an 
agricultural  depression  presaged  a  period  of  active  mill  build- 
ing in  the  years  after  1830. 

Under  the  pressure  of  declining  farm  prices  in  the  1820s 
and  the  ensuing  unrest  in  western  North  Carolina,  the  legis- 
lature began  seeking  means  for  stemming  the  growing  tide  of 
emigration  and  for  making  the  state  prosperous  again  by 
encouraging  both  diversified  agriculture  and  industry.  To 
investigate  the  possibility  of  more  widespread  construction 
of  woolen  and  cotton  mills  in  the  state,  the  General  Assembly 
established  a  select  committee  under  the  chairmanship  of 
Charles  Fisher  of  Rowan  County,  who  was  an  ardent  advo- 
cate of  this  program.41 

After  conducting  a  series  of  public  hearings  and  listening 
to  experienced  local  manufacturers,42  the  committee  present- 
ed an  exhaustive  report  for  the  consideration  of  the  legisla- 
ture. The  report  dealt  with  many  facets  of  the  problem  and 
enumerated  the  obvious  advantages  that  would  accrue  to 
North  Carolina  by  the  introduction  of  manufactures.  The 
committee  foresaw  the  widespread  ramifications  that  such  a 
plan  would  have  in  presenting  new  economic  opportunity  to 
the  poor,  in  encouraging  and  reviving  agriculture,  and  in 
introducing  general  prosperity  to  all  North  Carolinians. 

The  Fisher  committee  believed  that  the  citizens  of  North 
Carolina  must  determine  to  divert  a  part  of  their  labor  and 
efforts  to  other  pursuits  than  agriculture  or  face  ruin  as  a  com- 
munity. The  depressed  state  of  cotton  prices  had  caused  a 
decline  in  property  values  and  resulted  in  such  a  shortage  of 
money  that  existing  farm  debts  were  comparatively  double 
their  actual  figure.  The  competition  in  the  world  market  for 
cotton  was  keener  than  ever  before  as  new  areas  of  production 
were  opened  in  Greece,  Egypt,  India,  and  South  America. 

40  William  Davidson  to  William  H.  Horok,  July  14,  1832,  William  H.  Horok 
Papers,  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  University. 

"Acts  Passed  by  the  General  Assembly,  1828-1829,  78. 
**  Raleigh  Register,  March  18,  1828. 


30  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Competition  from  farmers  on  the  new  rich  lands  of  the  south- 
west was  even  more  pressing,  for  they  were  now  able  to  raise 
more  cotton  at  less  expense.  The  crisis  facing  agricultural  in- 
terests thus  appeared  acute.  Unless  North  Carolina  cotton 
growers  could  create  a  greater  local  demand,  many  planters 
would  be  driven  from  its  production  by  low  prices. 

As  part  of  its  attempt  toward  a  solution  of  the  state's  prob- 
lems, the  committee  pointed  out  that,  although  North  Caro- 
lina had  all  the  facilities  for  manufacturing,  the  people  ig- 
nored these  and  purchased  millions  of  dollars  worth  of  foreign 
articles  manufactured  of  materials  exported  from  the  state. 
There  was  no  reason  why  increased  manufacturing  could  not 
supply  many  more  of  the  consumers'  demands  at  home.  An- 
nual cotton  production  of  North  Carolina  in  1828  was  eighty 
thousand  bales  valued  at  two  and  a  half  million  dollars.  The 
committee  believed  that  if  the  entire  crop  were  manufactured 
locally  the  income  of  the  residents  of  the  state  would  be 

increased  bv  some  seven  million  dollars  and  make  a  total 

j 

annual  income  of  ten  million  dollars  from  cotton  alone.  Only 
by  a  marked  increase  in  the  domestic  manufacture  of  cotton 
could  its  full  value  be  restored.  "As  it  is  now,  we  lose  it,  and 
the  profits  are  enjoyed  by  Old  and  New  England." 43 

With  cautious  optimism  the  Fisher  committee  advanced  a 
plan  for  diversifying  the  state's  economy.  The  introduction  of 
manufactures  would 

.  .  .  build  up  flourishing  villages  in  the  interior  of  our  State, 
and  improve  not  only  the  physical  but  the  moral  and  intellectual 
condition  of  our  citizens.  .  .  .  But  it  may  be  asked  are  the  circum- 
stances of  our  state  such  as  to  render  practicable  the  intro- 
duction of  the  system  among  us?  The  hand  of  nature  itself 
seems  to  point  out  North  Carolina  as  a  region  of  country  well 
adapted  to  manufactories.  Cut  off  from  the  ocean  by  a  sand 
bound  coast,  her  rivers  filled  with  shoals  and  obstructions  along 
the  whole  extent,  and  their  mouths  inaccessible  to  large  vessels, 
she  can  never  be  greatly  commercial.  On  the  other  hand,  her 


43  Charles  Fisher,  "A  Report  on  the  Establishment  of  Cotton  and  Woolen 
Manufactures  and  on  the  Growing  of  Wool,"  Legislative  Papers,  1828. 
North  Carolina  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  Raleigh,  hereinafter 
cited  as  Fisher,  "Report." 


The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  31 

climate  and  soil  are  equal  to  those  of  any  of  her  sister  states,  and 
she  abounds  with  all  the  facilities  necessary  to  the  manufactur- 
ing arts.44 

The  committee's  report  analyzed  each  of  several  elements 
necessary  for  "sustaining  manufacturing  establishments"  and 
pointed  out  their  application  to  the  natural  situation  of  North 
Carolina.  With  an  abundant  supply  of  local  cotton  available, 
savings  on  transportation  to  other  markets  was  estimated  at 
twenty-five  per  cent  of  the  total  cost  of  finished  cloth.  The 
southern  manufacturer  gained  an  advantage  in  having  the 
cotton  fresh  from  the  seed,  which  was  the  best  time  for  it  to 
be  spun,  and  he  would  save  the  cost  of  bagging,  roping,  and 
waste,  estimated  by  Henry  Donaldson,  the  Rocky  Mount 
manufacturer,  to  be  ten  per  cent  of  raw  material  costs  of  the 
northern  and  European  manufacturer.  Abundant  water 
power,  a  mild  and  healthful  climate,  inexpensive  food  for 
workers,  and  a  convenient  home  market  would  assure  the 
prosperity  of  new  mills. 

This  unique  and  significant  report  on  southern  industrial 
potential  concluded: 

The  Committee  have  thus,  at  greater  length  than  they  could 
wish,  presented  their  views  on  the  policy  of  introducing  the 
Manufacturing  System  into  North  Carolina.  They  firmly  believe 
that  it  is  the  only  course  that  will  relieve  our  people  from  the 
evils  that  now  so  heavily  press  on  them.  They  have  nearly 
reached  the  lowest  point  of  depression,  and  it  is  time  for  the 
reaction  to  begin.  Our  habits  and  prejudices  are  against  manu- 
facturing, but  we  must  yield  to  the  force  of  things,  and  profit 
by  the  indications  of  nature.  The  policy  that  resists  the  change, 
is  unwise  and  suicidal.  Nothing  else  can  restore  us. 

Let  the  Manufacturing  System  take  root  among  us,  and  it 
will  soon  flourish  like  a  vigorous  plant  in  its  native  soil!  It  will 
become  our  greatest  means  of  wealth  and  prosperity;  it  will 
change  the  course  of  trade,  and,  in  great  measure,  make  us 
independent  of  Europe  and  the  North. 

Nature  has  made  us  far  more  independent  of  them  then  they 
are  of  us.  They  can  manufacture  our  raw  material,  but  they 
cannot  produce  it.  We  can  raise  it  and  manufacture  it  too.  Such 
are  our  superior  advantages,  that  we  may  anticipate  the  time, 
when  the  manufactured  articles  of  the  South  will  be  shipped 


Fisher,  "Report." 


32  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

North,  and  sold  in  their  markets  cheaper  than  their  own  fabrics, 
and  then  the  course  of  trade  and  difference  of  exchange  will  turn 
in  our  favor.  The  committee,  at  this  time,  are  not  aware  that  it 
is  within  the  powers  of  this  General  Assembly,  by  any  act,  to 
forward  the  introduction  of  the  system  into  North  Carolina. 
They  however  recommend  the  granting  of  acts  of  incorporation 
to  companies  for  manufacturing  purposes  as  often  as  suitable 
applications  may  be  made. 45 

The  insight  shown  in  this  statement  influenced  the  govern- 
ing body  of  North  Carolina  to  take  its  first  notice  of  an  issue 
of  overwhelming  importance  to  its  citizens.  Niles'  Register 
wholeheartedly  endorsed  this  valuable  report  and  expressed 
the  wish  that  it  would  receive  wide  circulation  and  be  seri- 
ously considered  by  North  Carolinians,  for  the  great  natural 
resources  of  the  state  should  be  used  for  the  general  welfare. 
"With  the  growth  of  manufacturers,  causing  the  circulation 
of  much  money,  will  cease  the  present  rickety  state  of  banks, 
and  rather  render  North  Carolina  a  creditor  than  a  debtor 
state,  in  her  domestic  and  foreign  commerce,"  Niles  urged 
North  Carolinians  to  take  advantage  of  the  highly  protective 
Tariff  of  1828  and  secure  the  benefits  anticipated  from  the 
American  System,  "and  buffet  the  Northern  manufacturer 
with  their  own  weapons."46 

The  circulation  of  the  Fisher  report  by  the  newspapers  of 
the  state  excited  editorial  approval  and  stimulated  reader 
interest  in  a  program  of  cotton  industry  for  the  state.  The 
reorganization  of  the  Mt.  Hecla  Mill  of  Greensboro,  begun 
during  this  period,  was  hailed  as  a  forward  step.47  John  M. 
Morehead,  who  had  extensive  investments  in  manufactures 
at  Leaksville,  became  an  ardent  supporter  of  the  report  and 
within  ten  years  built  a  successful  pioneer  cotton  mill.48 
Charles  Fisher  and  John  Morehead  were  among  the  foremost 
promoters  of  a  progressive  program  of  industrial,  agricultural, 
and  educational  improvement  in  North  Carolina,  and  from 
them  the  cotton  textile  industry  in  this  formative  stage  re- 


45  Fisher,  "Report." 

"Mies'   Weekly   Register,   XXXIII    (January   19,    1828),   346;    XXXIV 
(May  10,  1828),  175. 

47  National  Intelligencer,  May  3,  1828. 

48  Burton    J.    Konkle,   John   Motley   Morehead   and    the    Development    of 
North  Carolina,  1796-1866  (Philadelphia,  1922),  103. 


The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  33 

ceived  incalculable  assistance  in  its  permanent  establishment. 

The  year  1828  saw  attempts  to  establish  five  cotton  manu- 
facturing companies.49  The  Leaks  and  Crawfords  were  given 
a  charter  for  the  Richmond-Rockingham  Company  at  Rock- 
ingham, and  the  Randolph  Manufacturing  Company  was  in- 
corporated by  Hugh  McCain,  Jesse  Walker,  Benjamin  Elliot, 
and  Jonathan  Worth.  A  charter  for  the  Belfort  Cotton  Manu- 
facturing Company  was  issued  to  W.  A.  Blount,  John  Myers, 
and  William  Ellison,  while  Henry  A.  Donaldson  and  a  group 
of  prominent  residents  of  Fayetteville  secured  the  fourth 
charter  of  1828  for  a  cotton  factory  in  that  city.  In  Edgecombe 
County  Joel  Battle  and  a  large  group  of  investors  organized 
the  Edgecombe  Manufacturing  Company.  These  five  pro- 
jected cotton  factories  were  capitalized  at  a  total  of  $350,000 
and  were  given  the  right  to  manufacture  a  variety  of  fibers 
—cotton,  wool,  flax,  and  hemp.  Despite  the  wave  of  editorial 
enthusiasm  in  1828,  the  incorporators  apparently  had  consid- 
erable difficulty  in  raising  the  necessary  capital,  for  there  is 
no  evidence  that  any  carried  their  ideas  to  fruition  before 
the  middle  1830's. 

Thus  the  cotton  mill  campaign  begun  by  Charles  Fisher 
and  endorsed  by  newspapers  throughout  the  state  has  con- 
tinued to  the  present  day,  a  century  and  a  quarter  later.  Al- 
though its  momentum  faltered  under  the  impact  of  the  sec- 
tional crisis  of  the  fifties  and  suffered  during  the  lethargic 
years  induced  by  defeat  and  radical  Reconstruction,  even  in 
these  periods  new  cotton  mills  were  built,  old  ones  modern- 
ized, and  still  others  projected. 

Born  of  crisis  and  necessity,  these  early  industrial  plants 
were  truly  pioneers,  and  their  existence  was  far  from  assured 
in  the  critical  years  ahead.  Perhaps  their  greatest  service  was 
merely  offering  proof  by  their  existence  that  cotton  manu- 
facturing was  practical  in  North  Carolina,  but  only  new 
problems  in  the  1830's  would  stimulate  mass  momentum  in 
the  cotton  mill  movement. 

The  years  1828-1830  mark  the  turning  point  for  North 
Carolina's  industrial  future.  With  both  encouraging  and  dis- 
couraging signs  on  the  eve  of  a  new  era,  the  work  yet  to  be 


49 


Acts  Passed  by  the  General  Assembly,  1828-1829,  39,  41,  46,  59,  60,  65. 


34  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

done  for  the  success  of  this  new  type  of  enterprise  was  the 
challenge  facing  advocates  of  industry  in  a  traditionally  agri- 
cultural state. 


APPENDIX 

Cotton  Mills  Projected  and  Built  in 
North  Carolina,  1800-1830 

Beam  Cotton  Factory,  Lincoln  County x  1804* 

Moravian  Cotton  Mills,  Salem  2  1808* 

Planters'  Cotton  Mill,  Coastal  Plain  3  1811* 

Hillsborough  Manufacturing  Company,  Hillsboro4  1813* 

Lincolnton  Cotton  Factory,  Lincolnton  5  1813 

Rocky  Mount  Mills,  Rocky  Mount 6  1817 

Mount  Hecla  Mill,  Greensborough  7  1818-1822 

Reorganized  and  enlarged  1828-1830 

Moved  to  Lincoln  County  1848 

McNeil  and  Donaldson  Mill,  Fayetteville  8  1825 
Richmond-Rockingham  Manufacturing  Company, 

Rockingham9  1828** 


*  Cotton  mills  that  probably  did  not  progress  beyond  the  organizational 
stage. 

**  Mills  that  were  not  completed  until  after  1830. 

1  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  October  9,  1881,  quoting  The  Aurora  (Shelby). 

2  Adelaide  L.  Fries,  ed.,  Records  of  the  Moravians  in  North  Carolina 
(Raleigh:  Edwards  and  Broughton,  8  volumes,  1922-1954),  VI,  2929. 

3  Hugh  Williamson,  The  History  of  North  Carolina  (Philadelphia: 
Thomas  Dobson,  2  volumes,  1812),  II,  221. 

*  The  Raleigh  Minerva,  June  18,  1813. 

5  Michael  Schenck  Papers,  North  Carolina  Department  of  Archives  and 
History,  Raleigh;  David  Schenck,  Historical  Sketch  of  the  Schenck  and 
Bevens  Families  (Greensboro:  Thomas,  Reece  &  Company,  1884),  14-16. 

*Niles'  Weekly  Register,  XXVII  (February  5,  1825),  352;  XXXIV  (May 
10,  1828),  175. 

7  Niles'  Weekly  Register,  XXX  (July  1,  1826),  321;  Raleigh  Register, 
July  5,  1836;  The  Carolina  Watchman  (Salisbury),  March  29,  1849. 

*Niles'  Weekly  Register,  XXVII  (February  5,  1925),  352;  Raleigh 
Register,  September  23,  1834. 

9  Burton  J.  Konkle,  John  Motley  Morehead  and  the  Development  of  North 
Carolina,  1796-1866  (Philadelphia:  William  J.  Campbell,  1922),  103. 


The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  35 

Randolph  Manufacturing  Company,  Randolph  County10  1828** 
Belfort  Cotton  Manufacturing  Company, 

Fayetteville n  1828** 

Fayetteville  Manufacturing  Company,  Fayetteville12  1828** 

Edgecombe  Manufacturing  Company,  Rocky  Mount13  1828** 

[To  be  continued] 


10  Raleigh  Register,  July  16,  1838. 

11  Acts  Passed  by  the  General  Assembly,  1828-1829,  39,  41. 

M  Acts  Passed  by  the  General  Assembly,  1828-1829,  46,  59;  Raleigh  Regis- 
ter, December  17,  1833;  September  23,  1834. 

13  Acts  Passed  by  the  General  Assembly,  1828-1829,  60,  65;  Raleigh  Regis- 
ter, August  20,  1833. 


ORGANIZATION  AND  EARLY  YEARS  OF  THE 
NORTH  CAROLINA  BAR  ASSOCIATION 

By  Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder 

Though  the  present  North  Carolina  Bar  Association  dates 
only  from  1899,  the  roots  of  the  organization  are  to  be  found 
some  fifteen  years  earlier.  In  July,  1884,  the  editor  of  the 
Asheville  Citizen  commented  on  the  first  annual  meeting  of 
the  Bar  Association  of  Western  North  Carolina,  which  had 
been  held  in  Asheville  on  July  9.  The  editor  made  it  known 
that  his  paper  was  in  sympathy  with  the  aims  of  the  Associa- 
tion when  he  wrote,  "If  made  to  embrace  the  entire  profes- 
sion of  the  State,  we  regard  it  as  capable  of  becoming  one 
of  the  most  useful,  as  well  as  potential  agencies  for  the 
welfare  of  the  commonwealth."  He  continued  by  mentioning 
the  growth  which  was  occurring  in  North  Carolina  and  by 
indicating  the  necessity  for  new  laws  to  meet  changed  con- 
ditions. The  legal  profession  was  the  group  to  lead  in  these 
changes.  Such  an  organization  as  that  meeting  in  Asheville 
could  do  much  to  insure  the  speedy  administration  of  justice. 
"To  nobody  can  we  look  with  more  propriety  for  measures 
to  correct  .  .  .  [abuses]  than  members  of  the  Bar,5'  wrote 
the  editor.1 

Whether  or  not  the  Asheville  meeting  inspired  a  committee 
of  Raleigh  lawyers  to  act  in  1885  is  only  a  matter  of  surmise. 
T.  M.  Argo,  J.  B.  Batchelor,  D.  G.  Fowle,  T.  C.  Fuller,  and 
R.  H.  Battle,  all  of  Raleigh,  issued  a  call  to  lawyers  of  the 
state  inviting  them  to  a  meeting  in  the  capital  city  on  Jan- 
uary 28  at  noon.  The  call,  issued  January  8,  1885,  stated  that 
the  lawyers  should  study  imperfections  in  the  judicial  system 
of  the  state  and  should  come  together  to  make  "common 
stock  of  our  information  and  experience.  .  .  ."  It  emphasized 
the  need  of  the  support  of  a  large  number  of  lawyers  and  of 
the  most  experienced  in  the  profession  if  the  plan  was  to  be 

1  Asheville  Citizen,  July  17,  1884.  See  also  Edwin  Godwin  Reade,  Address 
Delivered  by  the  Hon.  Edwin  Godwin  Reade,  LL.D.,  before  the  Convention 
of  the  Legal  Profession  of  North  Carolina,  at  Asheville,  N.  C,  July  9,  1884 
(Raleigh,  1884),  1-16. 

[36] 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  37 

successful.2  The  men  who  issued  the  call  were  themselves 
leaders  of  the  profession.  For  example,  Argo  was  described 
by  the  editor  of  the  Raleigh  News  and  Observer  as  "brilliant 
and  original  to  a  degree  that  made  him  easily  the  foremost 
man  as  an  advocate  at  the  Raleigh  bar."3  Fuller,  a  notable 
trial  lawyer,  served  as  associate  judge  of  the  United  States 
Court  of  Private  Land  Claims  from  1891  until  his  death  in 
1901.  Fowle  was  a  judge  of  the  North  Carolina  Superior 
Court  and  was  later  chosen  governor  of  the  state.4  Battle 
was  described  as  a  "laborious  and  painstaking"  lawyer,  accu- 
rate in  his  knowledge  of  the  law  and  eminent  in  his  profes- 
sion.5 Batchelor,  attorney  general  of  North  Carolina  in  1885, 
was  an  "able  and  fearless  lawyer.  .  .  ." 6 

The  lawyers  who  responded  to  the  call  met  in  the  Raleigh 
courthouse  on  January  28,  with  representatives  of  the  nine 
judicial  districts  present.  Argo,  chairman  of  the  committee, 
read  the  call  and  address  and  moved  that  J.  J.  Davis  be  made 
temporary  chairman.  Davis  was  elected  to  the  position;  B.  F. 
Long  and  Samuel  A.  Ashe  were  made  secretaries.7  The  first 
point  of  business  was  the  appointment  of  a  committee,  one 
member  from  each  district  and  six  from  the  state  at  large, 
to  which  suggestions  could  be  referred.8 

John  W.  Hinsdale  moved  that  the  temporary  organization 
be  made  the  permanent  one,  a  motion  which  was  carried. 
Davis  was  thus  made  president  of  the  organization  for  the 
year  1885.  The  News  and  Observers  account  stated  that 
"Mr.  Davis  in  a  few  well  chosen  words  said  he  would  under- 
take any  duty  that  the  bar  might  desire  to  impose  upon  him. 

2  Constitution  and  By-Laws  of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association,  To- 
gether with  the  Proceedings  of  a  Convention  of  the  Bar  of  the  State,  Held 
in  Raleigh,  the  28th  of  January,  1885  (Raleigh,  1885),  3,  hereinafter  cited 
Proceedings  of  January,  1885. 

8  The  News  and  Observer  (Raleigh),  January  15,  1909,  hereinafter  cited 
The  News  and  Observer. 

4  Ernest  Haywood,  Some  Notes  in  Regard  to  the  Eminent  Lawyers  Whose 
Portraits  Adorn  the  Walls  of  the  Superior  Court  Room  at  Raleigh,  North 
Carolina  (n.  p.,  1936),  10-11. 

6  Samuel  A'Court  Ashe  and  others  (eds.),  Biographical  History  of  North 
Carolina  (Greensboro,  1905-1917),  VI,  41. 

6  J.  Crawford  Biggs  (ed.),  Report  of  the  Fifth  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
North  Carolina  Bar  Association  held  at  Morehead  City,  N.  C,  July  1,  2,  8, 
1903  (Durham,  1903),  71-72,  hereinafter  cited  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1903. 

7  The  News  and  Observer,  January  29,  1885. 

8  Proceedings  of  January,  1885,  4. 


o 


8  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


He  only  wished  that  his  capacity  and  experience  were  such 
as  would  enable  him  the  better  to  serve  the  cause  which 
the  association  had  at  heart."  The  organization  voted  to  call 
itself  "The  North  Carolina  Bar  Association."  9 

Several  matters  of  business  were  discussed  at  this  initial 
meeting.  The  Charlotte  bar,  at  a  meeting  held  January  24, 
had  passed  resolutions  to  be  introduced  at  the  Raleigh  meet- 
ing. These  dealt  with  the  need  of  separating  civil  and  crim- 
inal dockets  in  many  counties  and  pointed  out  the  fact  that  an 
increase  in  the  number  of  superior  court  judges  would  not 
solve  the  problem.  W.  W.  Peebles  recommended  the  estab- 
lishment of  courts  of  pleas  and  quarter  sessions.10  The  subject 
of  county  courts  evoked  considerable  discussion,  J.  B.  Batch- 
elor  speaking  with  "unusual  eloquence"  on  the  matter.11  Still 
another  resolution  dealing  with  judicial  improvement  was 
introduced  by  R.  H.  Battle,  who  thought  that  judges  should 
be  appointed  by  the  governor  and  his  council,  with  ratifica- 
tion by  the  Senate,  rather  than  a  continuation  of  the  elective 
system.12 

In  the  evening  session,  the  resolutions,  which  had  been 
studied  by  the  committee  on  the  judicial  system,  were 
reported.  The  suggestions  included  the  recommendation  of  a 
Constitutional  amendment  for  appointment  of  judges  by  the 
governor  and  his  council  with  Senate  ratification,  a  Consti- 
tutional amendment  to  increase  the  number  of  judges  of  the 
Supreme  Court  to  five,  and  an  increase  in  the  number  of 
Superior  Courts  in  the  counties  which  needed  additional 
facilities,  with  the  provision  that  some  terms  be  designated 
for  civil  cases  only.  The  further  recommendation  was  that 
the  number  of  judges  should  be  increased  to  fifteen.  These 
resolutions  were  adopted.13 

The  adoption  of  these  resolutions  is  evidence  that  the 
North  Carolina  Bar  Association  began  by  carrying  out  its 

9  The  News  and  Observer,  January  29,  1885.  Davis  was,  in  1887,  made 
associate  justice  of  the  North  Carolina  Supreme  Court.  See  Robert  Digges 
Wimberly  Connor,  North  Carolina,  Rebuilding  an  Ancient  Commonwealth 
(Chicago,  1928),  II,  436,  hereinafter  cited  as  Connor,  North  Carolina. 

10  Proceedings  of  January,  1885,  5-6. 

11  The  News  and  Observer,  January  29,  1885. 

12  Proceedings  of  January,  1885,  8. 
™  Proceedings  of  January,  1885,  10, 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  39 

object  of  improving  the  judicial  system.  It  is  doubtful  that 
any  direct  results  followed  the  adoption  of  the  resolutions 
since  the  1885  Association  dissolved  shortly.  The  object  of 
the  Association,  as  set  forth  in  its  constitution,  was  full  of 
lofty  ideals.  It  would  endeavor  to 

.  .  .  cultivate  the  science  of  jurisprudence,  to  promote  reform 
in  the  law,  to  facilitate  the  administration  of  justice,  to  elevate 
the  standard  of  integrity,  honor  and  courtesy  in  the  legal  pro- 
fession, to  encourage  a  thorough  and  liberal  legal  education, 
and  to  cherish  a  spirit  of  brotherhood  among  the  members 
thereof. 14 

Following  a  resolution  of  T.  R.  Purnell,  a  committee  of 
nine  had  been  appointed  by  the  chairman  to  inquire  into  the 
propriety  of  a  permanent  bar  association.  The  committee, 
including  Purnell,  Frank  Vaughn,  G.  C.  Lyon,  J.  S.  Hender- 
son, B.  F.  Long,  and  W.  H.  Malone,  was  charged  with  the 
duty  of  drafting  a  constitution  and  plan  of  organization  for 
the  Association.  The  constitution,  as  adopted  by  the  Associa- 
tion, provided  for  a  president,  vice  president  from  each  judi- 
cial district,  and  various  committees.  Any  lawyer  in  good 
standing  was  eligible  to  membership,  provided  that  he  paid 
his  dues  and  subscribed  to  the  constitution.  There  was  to  be 
a  committee  on  admissions.  Meetings  were  to  be  held  in  Ra- 
leigh in  July,  1885;  all  subsequent  annual  meetings  were  to 
be  held  at  such  place  and  time  as  the  Association  should 
determine  by  a  three-fourths  vote  of  members  present.15 

All  was  not  work  at  the  first  meeting  of  the  Bar  in  January 
of  1885.  On  the  evening  of  the  28th  the  Raleigh  bar  enter- 
tained at  the  Yarborough  Hotel.  The  News  and  Observer 
waxed  eloquent  in  its  description  of  the  occasion: 

The  gathering  of  legal  luminaries  was  a  notable  one;  so  ex- 
cessively brilliant  in  fact  that  it  looked  as  if  half  a  dozen  electric 
lights  were  in  the  dining  room  [.]  There  were  eating  and  drink- 
ing and  speeches  galore.  .  .  .  The  banquet  was  certainly  a  hand- 
some affair  and  very  greatly  enjoyed  by  the  visitors  and  their 
hosts.  The  speeches  were  capital. 1(i 


14  Proceedings  of  January,  1885,  11. 

15  Proceedings  of  January,  1885,  9-13. 

18  The  News  and  Observer,  January  29,  1885. 


40  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Seventy-five  attended  the  banquet.  Unusual  toasts,  such  as 
"Our  Present  Judicial  System,  and  How  it  Should  be  Cor- 
rected," "Marriage  License  Fees,  Ought  They  to  be  Re- 
duced?" were  given,  with  proper  responses. 

Samuel  A.  Ashe,  editor  of  the  Raleigh  paper,  wrote  a  long 
editorial  on  the  organization  of  the  Bar  Association.  In  part, 
he  said: 

The  meeting  of  the  North  Carolina  bar  here  .  .  .  and  the  for- 
mation of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association  mark  a  step 
forward  in  the  history  of  the  State.  In  the  olden  time  when  the 
knights  rode  in  their  mailed  armor  and  roamed  the  world  in 
quest  of  adventure,  their  deeds  alone  were  on  the  tongues  of 
men  and  it  was  deemed  unfit  to  sully  the  historic  page  with 
aught  but  a  relation  of  their  achievements  on  the  tented  field. 
Such  were  the  uses  of  historic  lore.  But  the  olden  time  is  gone 
and  a  new  light  breaking  through  the  rift  of  the  clouds  illumines 
mankind  and  we  see  more  on  the  face  of  God's  earth  than  strong 
men  seeking  reputation  at  the  cannon's  mouth  and  vigilant  and 
bold  is  the  cause  of  destruction.  We  see  the  teeming  millions 
.  .  .  who  live  to  elevate  and  ennoble  mankind.  It  is  of  such  now 
that  history  takes  account,  and  so  it  has  come  to  pass  that 
"Peace  hath  her  victories  no  less  renowned  than  war,"  and  the 
life  of  a  people  is  studied  while  once  only  the  daring  deeds  of 
the  few  were  thought  worthy  of  portrayal. 

Among  recent  events  but  few  will  exert  a  more  notable  influ- 
ence upon  the  people  of  North  Carolina  than  the  organization 
which  has  just  been  perfected.  .  .  .  The  members  of  the  bar  are 
usually  the  foremost  men  in  their  respective  communities  and 
give  tone  to  society  while  in  some  measure  controlling  and  di- 
recting public  sentiment. 

It  is  then  of  consequence  that  the  bar  should  .  .  .  possess 
every  requirement  necessary  to  preserve  the  confidence  and  es- 
teem of  the  people.  Grave  duties  devolve  upon  the  profession 
and  in  order  to  discharge  them  properly  its  reputation  should 
be  kept  free  from  slurs  and  entirely  unsmirched.  It  is  one  of  the 
objects  of  the  newborn  association  to  protect  the  bar  from  the 
presence  of  unworthy  men,  to  seek  for  it  a  higher  standard  of 
excellence,  to  enlarge  its  influence  and  maintain  that  popular 
confidence  which  its  glorious  history  and  achievements  in  behalf 
of  constitutional  liberty  have  so  justly  won  for  it. 17 

The  editor's  own  phrase,  "unusual  eloquence"  would  be  ap- 
propriate comment  on  his  editorial!  Ashe  rambled  on  in  a 


17 


The  News  and  Observer,  January  29,  30,  1885. 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  41 

similar  vein  for  several  additional  paragraphs,  emphasizing 
the  idea  that  the  Bar  Association  and  lawyers  were  a  great 
group. 

Though  the  regular  meeting  of  the  Association  was  sched- 
uled for  July,  it  was  not  held  until  October.18  However,  the 
idea  of  the  Bar  Association  was  in  the  minds  of  lawyers  in 
the  intervening  months.  For  example,  in  March  of  1885, 
Francis  D.  Winston,  a  Bertie  County  lawyer,  wrote  to  Walter 
Clark,  saying  "You  will  please  enter  my  name  among  the 
members  of  the  State  Bar  Association." 19  By  the  time  of  the 
October  meeting,  131  members  had  joined  the  group.20 

The  Association  met  in  the  Senate  chamber  in  Raleigh  on 
the  evening  of  October  14,  1885.  Judge  Edwin  Godwin 
Reade21  was  admitted  without  the  formalities  of  the  sanction 
of  the  Commitee  on  Admissions;  he  was  immediately  chosen 
president  for  the  following  year.  Thomas  M.  Argo  was  elected 
secretary  and  W.  J.  Peele  treasurer.22  Retiring  President 
Davis  addressed  the  group,  appealing  to  members  to  continue 
to  adhere  to  high  standards  and  praising  lawyers  as  a  group. 
Reade  "made  some  eloquent  remarks  on  taking  the  chair. 
He  thanked  the  members  for  the  honor  and  confidence 
shown,  encouraging  them  to  exhibit  interest  in  whatever 
would  elevate  and  purify  the  honorable  profession  to  which 
they  belonged,  and  expressing  a  willingness  to  contribute 
his  aid  in  furtherance  of  so  desirable  an  object."25 

Various  minor  constitutional  amendments  were  proposed 
and  adopted.  Officers  having  been  elected,  the  Association 
adjourned  subject  to  the  call  of  the  president  and  executive 
committee.26 


23 

24 


™  Proceedings  of  January,  1885,  13. 

19  Aubrey  Lee  Brooks  and  Hugh  Talmage  Lefler    (eds.),  The  Papers  of 


Walter  Clark  (Chapel  Hill,  c.  1948),  I,  222. 

20  Proceedings  of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association,  at  a  Meeting  Held 
in  Raleigh,  the  ltfh  of  October,  1885  (Raleigh,  1886),  13-14,  hereinafter 
cited  Proceedings  of  October,  1885. 

21  Reade  was  elected  associate  justice  of  the  North  Carolina  Supreme 
Court  in  1885.  See  Connor,  North  Carolina,  II,  274. 

22  Proceedings  of  October,  1885,  4.  The  News  and  Observer,  October  15, 
1855,  names  Walter  Clark  as  treasurer.  From  other  references  in  the  Bar 
reports,  it  is  known  that  Peele  was  treasurer. 

23  Proceedings  of  October,  1885,  7-12. 

24  The  News  and  Observer,  October  15,  1885. 

28  Proceedings  of  October,  1885,  5. 

29  Proceedings  of  October,  1885,  6. 


42  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Why  the  Association  was  not  called  is  not  known.  As 
The  News  and  Observer  put  it,  "for  some  reason  or  other 
it  fell  into  inocuous  [sic]  desuetude."  2T  Finally,  February  9, 
1899,  The  News  and  Observer  announced  a  meeting  of 
lawyers  to  be  held  the  following  day  to  form  a  bar  associa- 
tion.28 J.  Crawford  Biggs,  professor  of  law  at  the  University 
of  North  Carolina,  had  decided  that  a  legal  organization  was 
needed  in  the  state,  though  there  had  been  no  talk  among 
lawyers  on  the  subject.  While  the  legislature  was  in  session, 
he  went  to  Raleigh,  approached  lawyers  in  the  legislature, 
and  procured  the  signatures  of  attorneys  from  all  over  the 
state  to  a  call  which  he  had  prepared.29  The  call  was  issued 
January  21,  1899,  with  the  signatures  of  62  interested  law- 
yers.30 Having  taken  the  initiative  it  was  natural  for  Biggs 
to  become  the  father  of  the  Association.  The  example  of 
leadership  was  manifested  by  his  father  who  was  the  moving 
spirit  in  the  organization  of  the  North  Carolina  Press  Associa- 
tion.31 Though  the  American  Bar  Association  had  been  organ- 
ized in  1877,32  there  were  no  local  city  or  county  bar  organi- 
zations; since  the  state  association  of  1885  had  perished, 
Biggs  felt  that  a  formal  organization  would  be  of  benefit  to 
the  legal  profession,  and,  through  its  activities  to  improve 
the  administration  of  justice,  to  the  people  of  the  state.33  The 
need  for  such  an  association  was  not  felt  in  old  circuit  riding 
days,  before  modern  transportation,  when  the  lawyers  became 
acquainted  as  they  traveled  from  court  to  court.  By  the 
twentieth  century  the  "old  companying  together"  had  van- 
ished.34 Though  there  was  no  active  opposition  to  a  bar 
association,  there  was  much  indifference.35 

27  The  News  and  Observer,  June  28,  1901. 

28  The  News  and  Observer,  February  9,  1899. 

29  Interview  with  J.  Crawford  Biggs,  Raleigh,  June  29,  1950. 

30  J.  H.  Chadbourn,  "The  Activities  of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association 
in  Stimulating  Legislation,"  North  Carolina  Law  Review,  VIII  (December, 
1929),    101,    hereinafter    cited    Chadbourn,    "Activities    of    the    N.    C.    Bar 

31  R.  C  Lawrence,  "The  Family  of  Biggs,"  The  State  (Raleigh),  X 
(February  6,  1943),  25. 

32  John  L.  Bridgers,  "The  American  Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina 
Journal  of  Law,  I  (July,  1904),  335. 

33  Interview  with  J.  Crawford  Biggs,  June  29,  1950. 

34  "The  Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law,  II  (July,  1905), 
297. 

86  Interview  with  R.  N.  Simms,  Sr.,  Raleigh,  June  29,  1950.  Mr.  Simms 
was  a  member  of  the  Bar  Association  in  1899. 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  43 

The  Raleigh  paper,  announcing  the  meeting,  said: 

There  are  many  reasons  why  the  organization  of  members  of 
a  learned  profession  is  to  be  desired.  It  elevates  the  tone,  gives 
a  community  of  interest,  and  stimulates  the  whole  membership. 

The  lawyers  in  all  ages  have  been  in  the  fore-front  of  strug- 
gles for  the  preservation  of  liberty  regulated  by  law.  In  North 
Carolina  they  have  been  the  foremost  leaders  of  the  people  from 
the  days  of  Iredell.  The  profession  never  embraced  so  many  able 
and  learned  men  as  now.  Their  organization  for  mutual  good 
will  not  be  confined  to  the  membership,  but  will  have  a  salutary 
influence  upon  the  men  of  all  callings. 36 

The  call  invited  lawyers  to  a  meeting  in  the  Supreme  Court 
room  in  Raleigh  on  February  10,  1899,  at  7:30  p.m.  J.  Craw- 
ford Biggs  called  the  meeting  to  order  and  asked  J.  B.  Batch- 
elor,  a  Raleigh  lawyer,  to  act  as  temporary  chairman.  Biggs 
was  made  temporary  secretary.  Charles  W.  Tillett  of  Char- 
lotte stated  that  the  object  of  the  meeting  was  to  organize  the 
bar  of  North  Carolina  into  an  association.37  At  the  time  of  its 
organization,  each  lawyer  in  the  state  had  acted  for  himself 
alone.  The  primary  purpose  of  the  formal  organization  was 
to  foster  good  will  among  lawyers;  work  for  improvements 
in  the  legal  system,  as  by  codification  of  the  laws;  and  to 
create  a  feeling  of  fellowship  among  lawyers.  The  fraternal 
function  was  one  of  the  main  purposes  of  a  bar  association.38 
Occasionally,  the  bar  added  another  function  by  coming  to 
the  rescue  of  members  in  distress.  For  example,  in  1901,  an 
appeal  was  made  for  an  attorney  who  had  lost  his  library, 
papers,  and  other  personal  property  in  a  flood.  The  recom- 
mendation was  made  that  the  organized  bar  help  him.39 

Biggs  had  prepared  a  constitution  and  by-laws.  The  sug- 
gestion was  made  that  they  be  read  at  the  February  10th 
meeting.  William  R.  Allen,  a  Goldsboro  attorney,  indicated 

39  The  News  and  Observer,  February  10,  1899. 

87  Charter,  Constitution,  By-Laws  and  Proceedings  of  the  Meeting  of 
Organization  of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association,  February  10,  1899 
(Chapel  Hill,  1899),  1-2,  hereinafter  cited  Proceedings  of  February,  1899. 

38  Interview  with  R.  N.  Simms,  Sr.,  June  29,  1950. 

39  J.  Crawford  Biggs  (ed),  Report  of  the  Third  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
North  Carolina  Bar  Association,  Held  at  Seashore  Hotel,  Wrightsville 
Beach,  N.  C,  June  26,  27  and  28,  1901  (Durham,  1901),  24,  hereinafter 
cited  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1901. 


44  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

that  the  group  should  first  see  which  lawyers  intended  to  join. 
Another  member  wanted  the  group  to  hear  the  constitution 
and  by-laws  first,  as  no  one  would  want  to  join  without  know- 
ing what  sort  of  group  he  was  supporting.  This  remark 
elicited  from  Tillett  the  observation  that  the  lawyers  were 
starting  off  with  a  suspicious  attitude  and  that  any  member 
could  withdraw  if  dissatisfied.40 

A  committee  on  permanent  organization  was  appointed. 
The  constitution  was  read  by  the  secretary,  and  officers  were 
suggested  by  the  permanent  organization  committee.  J. 
Crawford  Biggs  was  made  secretary  and  treasurer;  as  such, 
he  was  to  receive  the  sum  of  $100.00  per  year.41  At  the  organ- 
ization of  the  new  association,  W.  J.  Peele,  treasurer  of  the 
1885  association,  reported  that  he  had  the  sum  of  $80.00  from 
the  group  "which  was  organized  a  number  of  years  ago  and 
has  gone  down.  ..."  On  the  motion  of  T.  M.  Argo,  members 
of  the  old  organization  who  were  present  retired  to  discuss 
the  relationship  between  the  old  and  the  new  associations. 
The  members  of  the  1885  group  decided  to  dissolve  that 
association,  to  turn  over  books,  records,  minutes  and  the 
$80.00  to  the  new  group.42  The  News  and  Observer,  com- 
menting on  the  $80.00  donation,  stated  that  "This  generous 
offer  on  the  part  of  the  members  of  the  defunct  association 
was  received  with  thanks." 43 

Any  white  member  of  the  bar  of  North  Carolina  was  eli- 
gible to  join  the  Bar  Association.  An  admission  fee  of  $5.00 
and  annual  dues  of  $2.50  was  charged  to  members.44 

Piatt  D.  Walker  of  Charlotte  was  chosen  president;  in  ac- 
cepting the  office,  he  was  not  modest  in  his  statement  of 
opinion  as  to  the  meaning  of  the  presidency  of  such  an  organ- 
ization as  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association.  His  opinion 
that  the  "highest  honor  that  can  come  to  any  man  in  North 
Carolina  is  die  expression  of  confidence  of  the  representatives 
of  the  bar  of  the  State/' 45  is  a  bit  astounding. 

40  Proceedings  of  February,  1899,  3. 
^Proceedings  of  February,  1899,  4,  10. 

42  Proceedings  of  February,  1899,  6-7. 

43  The  News  and  Observer,  February  11,  1899. 
"Proceedings  of  February,  1899,  9,  12. 

48  Proceedings  of  February,  1899,  5. 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  45 

At  the  meeting  of  the  organization  the  bar  agreed  to  have 
the  secretary  secure  a  charter  of  incorporation  from  the  legis- 
lature,46 a  request  which  was  carried  out.47 

Thus  was  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association  officially 
launched.  J.  Crawford  Biggs  probably  deserves  most  of  the 
credit  for  the  beginning  of  the  permanent  organization;  with- 
out his  "painstaking  and  enthusiastic  work"  the  Association 
would  probably  not  have  been  born  as  early  as  1899. 48 

The  North  Carolina  Lata  Journal,  established  in  1900, 
frequently  exhorted  lawyers  to  join  their  association.  The 
editor  wrote,  "If  the  Association  is  to  stand,  it  should  stand 
as  a  Profession  united."  Again,  Paul  Jones,  editor,  wrote: 

...  if  previous  efforts  to  establish  and  maintain  a  Bar  Asso- 
ciation have  failed  of  their  purpose,  we  have  much  now  to  stim- 
ulate and  give  us  courage.  Let  us  not  remember  the  former 
things,  neither  consider  the  things  of  old,  but  live  and  act  in  the 
present,  and  go  intrepidly  forward  to  the  work  that  is  before  us 
with  that  kind  of  will  and  determination  of  which  success  is 
always  the  flower  and  the  fruit. 49 

Thanks  to  the  editorials  of  the  Law  Journal's  editor  and 
thanks  to  the  efforts  of  the  lawyers  themselves,  the  Bar  Asso- 
ciation has  held  regular  meetings  and  has  grown  in  member- 
ship from  1899  to  the  present. 

Big  advertisements  in  The  Netos  and  Observer  in  the  first 
week  of  July,  1899,  announced  that  the  Atlantic  Hotel  in 
Morehead  City  would  give  special  rates  to  all  members  of  the 
Bar  Association  who  attended  the  first  annual  meeting.50  The 
meeting  opened  on  July  5th,  at  10:30  p.m.  F.  H.  Busbee  of 
Raleigh,  chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee,  called  the 
meeting  to  order  and  the  president,  Piatt  D.  Walker,  was 
introduced.  Walker  very  sagely  announced  that  "Owing  to 
the  late  hour  of  the  night,  and  to  the  fact  that  the  train  is 
late  .  .  ."  the  Executive  Committee  had  recommended  that 


48  The  News  and  Observer,  February  11,  1899. 

47  See  Proceedings  of  February,  1899,  26-29  for  the  charter  of  incorpora- 
tion. 

48  "James  Crawford  Biggs,"  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  II    (October, 
[1901]),  175. 

49 "The  State  Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  I   (March 
[1900]),  5-6. 

The  News  and  Observer,  July  4,  5,  and  6,  1899. 


60 


46  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

the  night's  program  be  postponed  until  the  following  day.51 
Walker  addressed  the  body  the  next  day,  urging  the  mem- 
bers to  look  to  the  future,  not  to  past  failures.  He  recom- 
mended the  establishment  of  local  and  county  bar  associa- 
tions to  bring  members  into  closer  contact  with  one  another. 
About  one-third  of  the  active  practitioners  of  North  Carolina 
were  members  of  the  Association  in  1899.  Walker  urged  that 
the  organization  consider  the  problems  of  congested  dockets, 
the  legal  condition  of  married  women,  revision  of  the  statute 
law,  and  other  matters  needing  legal  reform.52  His  address 
was  "able,  eloquent  and  .  .  .  enthusiastically  received."53 

The  speakers  at  the  early  meetings  now  and  then  found  it 
impossible  to  attend  at  the  ninth  hour.  For  example,  R.  T. 
Bennett,  scheduled  to  speak  in  1899,  wrote  that  he  would 

...  be  pleased  to  be  with  you  on  this  occasion,  but  conspiring 
circumstances  prevent  it;  the  heat,  increasing  infirmities  of 
body,  and  the  demands  of  my  farming  work,  somewhat  in 
arrear,  render  my  going  inconvenient,  and  a  serious  tax  on  my 
strength. 

Though  Bennett  sent  his  prepared  speech  to  the  Association,54 
it  seems  peculiar  that  he  did  not  realize  until  such  a  late  date 
that  the  heat,  his  farming  work,  and  infirmities  would  keep 
him  at  home. 

Various  matters  of  business  were  taken  up  at  the  first  an- 
nual meeting.  A  committee  which  had  been  appointed  to 
prepare  a  constitution  and  by-laws  reported  and  those  instru- 
ments were  adopted.55  The  constitution  provided  that  judges 
should  be  admitted  to  the  Association  as  honorary,  non-dues 
paying  members.  It  stated  the  object  of  the  organization, 
including  such  matters  as  reforming  the  law,  elevating  the 
standard  of  the  legal  profession,  and  fostering  a  spirit  of 
brotherhood  among  the  lawyers.  The  constitution  provided 

51  J.  Crawford  Biggs  (ed.),  Report  of  the  First  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
North  Carolina  Bar  Association,  Held  at  Atlantic  Hotel,  Morehead  City, 
N.  C,  July  5th,  6th  and  7th,  1899  (Durham,  1899),  7,  hereinafter  cited 
as  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899. 

52  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899,  16-20. 

58  The  News  and  Observer,  July  6,  1899. 
M  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899,  8-9. 
66  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899,  22. 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  47 

that  the  president,  twelve  vice-presidents,  and  the  secretary- 
treasurer  should  be  elected  annually.  Standing  committees 
on  membership,  legislation  and  law  reform,  the  judiciary, 
legal  education  and  admission  to  the  bar,  memorials,  griev- 
ances, and  legal  ethics  were  to  be  appointed  by  the  president 
within  ten  days  after  the  annual  meetings.  Those  present  at 
the  annual  meetings  were  to  constitute  a  quorum.  The  consti- 
tution provided  that  the  president  should  deliver  an  address 
on  any  subject  he  chose  at  the  meetings.56 

A  matter  of  business  which  concerned  the  lawyers  was  the 
establishment  of  a  law  periodical.  The  idea  was  presented 
by  Charles  W.  Tillett  of  Charlotte,  who  expressed  the  opinion 
that  the  editor  should  be  a  lawyer,  but  that  good  lawyers 
were  too  busy  to  edit  a  magazine.57  Tillett  was  firmly  con- 
vinced that  a  law  journal  was  necessary,  however.58  Paul 
Jones  of  Tarboro  spoke,  saying  that  he  wanted  to  publish 
a  legal  periodical.  The  matter  was  finally  referred  to  a  com- 
mittee of  three,  which  was  given  full  power  to  act,  though 
not  to  involve  the  Association  financially.59 

The  Morehead  City  meeting  was  not  devoid  of  entertain- 
ment. E.  C.  Smith  of  Raleigh  extended  an  invitation  to  the 
group  to  go  sailing  with  him,  an  invitation  which  was  unani- 
mously accepted.  The  same  year,  the  Association  had  a  long 
discussion  about  its  proposed  banquet.  F.  H.  Busbee  told  the 
group  of  the  difficult  time  he  had  had  with  hotel  officials 
arranging  for  wines  to  be  included  at  $1.50  a  plate.60 

The  1899  meeting  was  a  very  successful  one.  Charles  F. 
Warren,  of  Washington,  was  elected  new  president.61  J.  Craw- 
ford Biggs  reported  that  the  total  membership,  including 
honorary  members,  had  reached  260;  but  over  800  lawyers 
were  practicing  in  North  Carolina  at  the  time,  therefore, 
others  should  join  the  Association.62 


56  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899,  10,  91-94. 
"Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899,  45-46. 


68  The  News  and  Observer,  July  7,  1899. 

59  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899,  52-56. 

60  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899,  23-25  and  44-45. 

61  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899,  88.  See  J.  Crawford  Biggs  (ed.),  Report  of 
the  Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association  Held 
at  Battery  Park  Hotel,  Asheville,  N.  C,  June  27th,  28th  and  29th,  1900 
(Durham,  1900),  170,  for  an  account  of  his  administration,  hereinafter 
cited  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1900. 

62  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1899,  25-26. 


48  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  News  and  Observers  special  editorial  correspondent 
from  Morehead  City  wrote  that  the  general  average  of  the 
legal  profession  in  the  state  was  high,  though  there  were  no 
"towering  figures/'  He  reported  that  the  speeches  were  of 
high  quality;  "the  profession  is  composed  of  able  men  who 
have  the  gift  of  speech  as  of  yore."63  Likewise,  the  North 
Carolina  Law  Journal,  in  March,  1900,  in  its  maiden  number, 
referred  to  the  summer  meeting  of  the  Association  in  More- 
head  City.  The  editor  wrote: 

This  meeting  at  Morehead  was  marked  for  its  enthusiasm, 
and  though  the  first  regularly  held,  yet  it  came  up  to  the  expec- 
tation of  all.  All  the  sessions  of  the  Association  were  perfectly 
harmonious,  and  the  addresses  that  were  delivered  were  of  the 
highest  order. 64 

In  April,  1900,  the  Late  Journal  announced  that  the  next 
meeting  would  be  held  in  Asheville  on  June  27th,  28th,  and 
29th.65  After  the  meeting  had  been  held,  the  Law  Journal 
stated  that  there  was  not  enough  space  to  give  a  full  account 
of  the  proceedings,  but  that  all  lawyers  who  attended  were 
fully  repaid.  A  member  "is  benefitted  [sic].  He  is  elevated. 
He  makes  friends,  and  he  goes  away  a  better  and  a  wiser 
man."66  The  discussions  at  the  Asheville  meeting  "were  ani- 
mated, yet  no  one  seemed  to  lose  himself." 67  The  meeting  of 
1901  was  held  at  Wrightsville.68  Attendance  was  about  aver- 
age, with  nearly  every  eastern  town  being  represented.  The 
Journal's  strong  opinion  was  that  there  was  "not  in  the  United 
States  a  more  successful  or  stronger  association  than  the  Bar 
Association  of  North  Carolina."  69  The  next  year  Asheville 
was  again  the  host  city.70  In  1903  the  lawyers  returned  to  the 

63  The  News  and  Observer,  July  8,  1899. 

64  "The  State  Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  I   (March, 
[1900]),  3-4. 

05  See  the  announcement  on  page  37  of  the  North  Carolina  Law  Journal, 
I    (April,    [1900]). 

66  "Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  I   (August,   [1900]), 
222. 

67  "Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  I    (August,   [1900]), 
220. 

08  "Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  II  (May,  [1901]),  30. 

69  «The  Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  II  (July,  [1901] ) , 
65-66. 

70  Asheville  Citizen,  July  8,  1902. 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  49 

seashore,71  but  in  1904  they  held  their  meeting  in  Charlotte.72 
By  the  end  of  1904  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association  was 
a  definitely  established  organization.  There  was  no  doubt  but 
that  it  would  live  and  grow.  What  did  the  Association  do  in 
these  early  years  of  its  organization?  What  was  the  nature 
of  the  programs?  What  was  the  significance  of  the  group?  A 
brief  summary  of  the  events  of  these  years  will  answer  these 
queries. 

First  of  all,  the  legal  periodical  which  had  been  discussed 
in  the  1899  meeting  became  a  reality.  In  1900  the  President 
of  the  Association  reported  that  a  law  journal  was  being 
published  in  Tarboro  by  Paul  Jones.  Jones  announced  that 
he  had  published  four  issues;  sample  copies  had  been  sent 
to  the  lawyers;  he  hoped  for  additional  subscribers.73  The 
committee  of  the  Bar  Association  had  studied  the  situation 
and  had  decided  that  the  Association  should  accept  Jones's 
proposition  to  publish  a  journal.74  The  periodical  would  con- 
tain biographical  sketches  of  outstanding  lawyers,  articles  on 
North  Carolina  law,  digests  of  court  opinions,  editorials,  se- 
lections of  wit,  book  reviews,  and  similar  items  of  interest.75 
The  North  Carolina  Lata  Journal  was  published  as  the  organ 
of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association  for  approximately  two 
years.76  At  the  1903  meeting,  Jones  reported  that  he  had  dis- 
continued the  publication  of  the  Journal  for  reasons  he 
thought  proper.  His  reasons  are  perhaps  understood  by  his 
statement  that  he  did  not  see  how  he  could  "in  the  future 
issue  from  500  to  800  Journals  gratis  in  the  State  year  after 
year."  He  thought  he  could  carry  on,  but  his  efforts  would 
be  futile  when  the  support  was  lacking.  A  committee  was 
appointed  to  confer  with  Jones.77 

Evidently  Jones  and  the  committee  were  unable  to  reach 
any  agreement;  the  next  publication,  the  North  Carolina 

71  The  News  and  Observer,  July  2,  1903. 

72  Charlotte  Daily  Observer,  June  21,  1904. 
78  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1900,  8-9. 

74  "To  the  Lawyers,"  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  I  (March,  [1900]),  13. 

75  "The  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,"  North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  I 
(March,   [1900]),  9. 

76  See  issues  of  the  North  Carolina  Law  Journal  for  1900-1902. 

77  J.  Crawford  Biggs  (ed.),  Report  of  the  Fifth  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
North  Carolina  Bar  Association  held  at  Morehead  City,  N.  C,  July  1,  2,  3, 
1903  (Durham,  1903),  42-43,  hereinafter  cited  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1903. 


50  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Journal  of  Law,  was  issued  from  Chapel  Hill,  under  the 
patronage  of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association.  James  C. 
MacRae  served  as  editor.78  The  Bar  Association  had  agreed 
to  pay  MacRae  $300  the  first  year  under  conditions  almost 
certain  to  occur.79  The  publication  was  discontinued  after 
1905.  The  editorial  of  farewell  stated  that  the  publication 
had  been  established  with  the  idea  of  turning  it  over  to  some- 
one else.80  However,  no  other  legal  journal  was  published 
until  the  establishment  of  the  North  Carolina  Law  Review 
in  June,  1922,  published  by  the  law  school  of  the  University 
of  North  Carolina.81 

Another  matter  coming  before  the  meetings  of  the  early 
years  was  that  of  legal  education  and  admission  to  the  bar. 
Albert  Coates  says  that  "no  one  can  read  the  proceedings 
of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association  since  its  organization 
.  .  .  without  feeling  its  keen  and  enthusiastic  interest  in 
standards  of  admission  to  the  bar." 82  In  1900  the  committee 
recommended  that  two  years'  study  be  required  for  legal 
education.  The  opposition  favored  a  more  stringent  bar  exam- 
ination. They  felt  that  increasing  the  required  time  of  study 
would  deprive  the  poor  but  brilliant  from  entering  the  pro- 
fession. At  that  time  the  University  of  North  Carolina's  law 
course  was  planned  for  one  year  preparatory  to  the  bar  exam- 
ination; the  LL.B.  degree  was  awarded  if  a  person  studied 
for  two  years.  J.  Crawford  Biggs'  position  was  that  more 
study  would  produce  better  lawyers.83  The  Association  agreed 
with  Biggs;  the  lawyers  voted  to  recommend  to  the  Supreme 
Court  that  the  requirement  for  legal  study  be  raised  to  two 
years.84  The  following  year  F.  H.  Busbee  reported  to  the  As- 

78  "The  North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law,"  North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law, 
I  (January,  1904),  34,  30. 

79  J.  Crawford  Biggs  (ed.),  Report  of  the  Sixth  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
North  Carolina  Bar  Association  Held  at  the  Colonial  Club,  Charlotte,  N.  C, 
June  20,  21,  22,  1904  (Durham,  1904),  65,  hereinafter  cited  Biggs,  Bar 
Report,  1904. 

80  "Farewell,"  North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law,  II  (December,  1905),  553. 

81  See  Volume  I,  Number  1  of  the  North  Carolina  Law  Review  (June, 
1922). 

82  Albert  Coates,  "A  Century  of  Legal  Education,"  North  Carolina  Law 
Review,  XXIV  (June,  1946),  394. 

83  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1900,  49-71  includes  the  discussion  on  the  problem. 

84  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1900,  71. 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  51 

sociation  that  the  Supreme  Court  had  acquiesced  in  the 
lawyers'  recommendation.85 

In  1903  a  discussion  of  texts  used  in  legal  preparation 
occupied  the  attention  of  the  lawyers.  Many  minutes  were 
spent  debating  the  merits  of  Blackstone  versus  Ewell's  Es- 
sentials, a  book  containing  some  parts  of  Blackstone.86  Prob- 
ably no  man  was  swayed  from  his  original  opinion  on  the 
matter. 

Also  in  1903  came  the  suggestion  that  the  lawyers  ask  the 
legislature  to  make  them  responsible  for  the  examination  of 
and  licensing  of  new  attorneys.  Though  a  resolution  to  this 
effect  was  passed,87  the  matter  was  held  over  until  the  next 
meeting.88  In  the  interim  a  study  was  made  of  means  of  exam- 
ination in  sister  states.  Idaho,  Montana,  Oregon,  South  Da- 
kota, Vermont,  Alabama,  South  Carolina,  and  Virginia  fol- 
lowed North  Carolina  in  having  Supreme  Court  examinations. 
The  Bar  Report  for  1904  contained  the  following  statement 
on  the  matter: 

...  it  will  be  seen  that  outside  of  our  sister  southern  states, 
the  other  states  which  follow  the  North  Carolina  plan  are  not 
states  that  North  Carolinians  feel  a  pride  in  following. 89 

The  attempt  of  lawyers  to  gain  control  of  the  bar  exami- 
nations was  not  successful  for  years  to  come.90 

The  bar  not  only  wanted  to  regulate  the  admission  of  new 
members;  it  wanted  power  to  expel  undesirable  members. 
In  1900  the  committee  on  legal  ethics  reported  to  the  Associa- 

85  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1901,  19. 

88  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1903,  37-38,  20-22. 

87  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1903,  31. 

88  "The  Meeting  of  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association,  July  7,  1905," 
North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law,  II   (August,  1905),  380. 

89  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1904,  59-60. 

90  Chadbourn,  "Activities  of  the  N.  C.  Bar  Association,"  105-106.  In  1933 
the  North  Carolina  State  Bar  was  incorporated  and  the  examination  of 
applicants  was  turned  over  to  that  organization.  See  A.  Hewson  Michie, 
Charles  W.  Sublett,  Beirne  Stedman  (eds.),  The  General  Statutes  of  North 
Carolina  of  1943  (Charlottesville,  Va.,  1943),  Chapter  84,  Section  24  and 
Article  VIII  of  the  "Rules,  Regulations,  Organization,  and  Canons  of 
Ethics  of  the  North  Carolina  State  Bar,"  found  as  Appendix  VI  in  Volume 
IV  of  The  General  Statutes  of  North  Carolina  of  1943,  55-56.  Today,  every 
licensed  attorney  is  automatically  a  member  of  the  North  Carolina  State 
Bar;  membership  in  the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association  is  purely  volun- 
tary. See  The  General  Statutes  of  North  Carolina  of  1943,  Ch.  84,  Sees.  16 
and  35. 


52  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

tion  and  set  forth  rules  to  guide  members  in  their  practice. 
They  recommended  that  the  lawyers  refrain  from  public 
criticism  of  judges,  that  they  not  seek  special  favors  in  court, 
that  they  be  frank  in  dealing  with  one  another,  that  they  be 
punctual,  that  they  control  their  tempers,  that  they  be  faithful 
to  their  clients  and  also  the  law  and  to  God,  and  that  numer- 
ous other  rules  of  ethics  be  observed.91  In  1901  a  resolution 
was  passed  which  provided  that  the  Association  draw  up  a  bill 
for  the  legislature  on  disbarment.92  The  next  year  a  special 
committee  was  appointed  to  draft  such  a  bill.93  In  1903  Biggs 
made  the  statement  that  North  Carolina  had  little  legislation 
on  the  important  subject  of  disbarment;  he,  therefore,  moved 
that  the  matter  be  referred  to  committee,  a  step  which  was 
taken.94  A  draft  of  a  bill  was  prepared  in  1905  and  passed  in 
1906.95 

The  lawyers  frequently  expressed  dissatisfaction  with  the 
crowded  dockets  and  emphasized  the  need  for  additional 
judges.  The  idea  of  rotation  of  judges  was  introduced  and 
discussed.96  The  efforts  of  the  Association  to  abolish  the 
rotation  system  of  judges  were  unsuccessful.97 

In  1902  a  resolution  was  introduced  suggesting  that  the 
Supreme  Court  judges  of  the  state  be  requested  to  wear  robes 
as  they  presided.  Such  a  resolution  called  forth  heated  dis- 
cussions on  "democratic  simplicity"  against  the  formality  of 
judicial  dress.  The  resolution  did  pass,  however.98  In  1903 
the  secretary  reported  that  Chief  Justice  Walter  Clark  had 
replied  to  the  Association  on  the  question  of  robes.  He  wrote: 

With  the  greatest  deference  to  the  wishes  of  your  Association, 
we  are  constrained  to  say  that  we  do  not  feel  at  liberty  to  insti- 
tute such  a  [sic]  innovation  upon  the  habits  and  traditions  of  the 
Court. " 


81  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1900,  87-97. 
92  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1901,  21-22. 

83  The  News  and  Observer,  July  11,  1902. 

84  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1903,  45. 

95  Chadbourn,  "Activities  of  the  N.  C.  Bar  Association,"  103. 

96  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1900,  37-48  and  Bar  Report,  1901,  42-47. 

97  Chadbourn,  "Activities  of  the  N.  C.  Bar  Association,"  103. 
68  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1902,  62-66. 

"Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1903,  57. 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  53 

The  Bar  Association  was  more  successful  in  its  efforts  to 
bring  about  the  codification  of  the  laws  than  it  was  in  per- 
suading the  judges  to  wear  robes.  There  had  been  no  codifi- 
cation since  1885.  It  was  because  of  the  efforts  of  the  Asso- 
ciation that  a  revision  was  begun  soon  after  the  bar  organ- 
ized.100 In  1902  the  Asheville  Citizen  went  so  far  as  to  say 
that  the  lawyers  were  considering  the  problem  of  codification 
because  the  laws  were  so  intricate  that  they  could  not  be 
understood.101  In  1903  the  secretary  reminded  the  members 
that  at  the  two  previous  meetings  the  Association  had  favored 
a  Code  Commission.  He  announced  that  the  General  As- 
sembly had  created  such  a  Commission  composed  of  three 
members,  its  chairman  being  the  president  of  the  Bar  Asso- 
ciation.102 In  1905  a  revisal  of  the  laws  was  issued.103 

Still  another  problem  which  was  discussed  by  the  attorneys 
was  that  of  the  jury  system.  Many  people  did  not  agree  with 
Clement  Manly  of  Winston  who  spoke  of  the  juror  as  "the 
most  dignified  person  that  God  Almighty  ever  created."104 
They  wanted  to  be  exempted  from  jury  service;  the  question 
of  exemptions,  particularly  as  to  ministers  and  physicians, 
was  discussed  at  length.105  The  final  decision  was  that  the 
Association  would  recommend  that  there  be  no  exemptions, 
without  specific  cause,  except  in  the  case  of  ministers.106 

The  discussions  mentioned  above  give  a  general  idea  of 
the  problems  which  confronted  lawyers  and  which  they 
hoped  to  solve.  At  the  meetings  hours  were  spent  listening 
to  speeches,  both  of  North  Carolina  and  of  visiting  attorneys. 
The  subjects  varied  widely. 

In  1900  Armistead  Burwell  of  Charlotte  spoke  on  the  legal 
rights  of  married  women.  He  did  not  feel  that  there  should 
be  any  changes  which  would  remove  their  disabilities,  con- 
tending that  women  were  content;  though  they  were  classed 
as  incapable,  they  ruled  with  "almost  divine  intelligence  .  .  ." 


100  Interview  with  R.  N.  Simms,  Sr.,  June  29,  1950. 

101  Asheville  Citizen,  July  10,  1902. 
103  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1903,  58. 

103  Interview  with  R.  N.  Simms,  Sr.,  June  29,  1950. 

104  The  News  and  Observer,  June  22,  1904. 

105  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  190  U,  16,  21,  23-24. 
108  The  News  and  Observer,  June  22,  1904. 


54  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

in  their  homes.107  The  News  and  Observer  called  the  address 
"a  masterly  effort  .  .  .  [which]  was  highly  complimented  by 
the  members  of  the  association."308  James  E.  Shiplands 
speech  on  the  development  of  the  science  of  the  law  "was 
an  able  paper,  full  of  thought  and  information";109  Charles  M. 
Stedman's  presidential  address  of  1901,  "Characterized  by 
deep  earnestness  and  convincing  eloquence  .  .  .  was  an  effort 
not  easily  to  be  surpassed!"  no  Though  the  address  of  Charles 
M.  Blackford,  a  visitor  from  Lynchburg  who  spoke  on  "The 
Influence  of  the  English  Speaking  Lawyer  in  Preserving  the 
Liberty  of  the  English  Speaking  Race,"  m  lasted  an  hour  or 
over,  the  audience  paid  "flattering  attention."112 

In  1902  the  Association  was  enlightened  as  to  the  laws 
of  Louisiana  by  Francis  T.  Nichols,  the  Louisiana  chief 
justice.  He  discussed  the  history  of  the  state  under  the  dom- 
ination of  France,  Spain,  and  the  United  States,  as  well  as 
her  laws.113  Not  only  did  lawyers  learn  about  Louisiana  law; 
in  1904  they  heard  about  the  law  of  Washington  state  from 
R.  C.  Strudwick.114 

The  lawyers  never  feared  broad  subjects.  James  M.  Mac- 
Rae  spoke  at  the  1902  meeting  on  "The  Triumph  of  Equity," 
in  which  he  "entertained"  the  audience  for  more  than  an 
hour.  He  discussed  the  history  of  the  early  government  of  the 
world,  not  failing  to  discuss  old  Roman  laws;  his  remarks 
"elicited  much  cheering." 115  George  F.  Rountree  of  Wil- 
mington spoke  on  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States, 
a  history  of  the  court.116  Also  in  1902  came  Charles  M. 
Rusbee's  presidential  address,  on  legal  ethics  and  admission 
to  the  bar.  He  was  distressed  because  the  actions  of  the  few 
lowered  the  profession  in  the  eyes  of  the  public.  The  speech 
was  one  which  would  "interest  lawyers,  .  .  .  business  men, 

107  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1900,  128-142. 

108  The  News  and  Observer,  June  29,  1900. 

109  The  News  and  Observer,  June  30,  1900. 

110  The  News  and  Observer,  June  27,  1901. 

111  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1901,  83-114. 

112  The  News  and  Observer,  June  28,  1901. 
™  Asheville  Citizen,  July  10,  1902. 

114  The  News  and  Observer,  June  21,  1904. 

115  Asheville  Citizen,  July  10,  1902  and  The  News  and  Observer,  July  11, 
1902. 

118  Asheville  Citizen,  July  11,  1902. 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  55 


farmers  and  mechanics.  ...  It  is  able,  timely  and  interesting," 
according  to  The  News  and  Observer.117 

The  next  year,  1903,  the  lawyers  heard  Seymour  D.  Thomp- 
son of  New  York  on  "Twentieth  Century  Problems,"  which 
difficulties  included  foreign  immigration,  with  emphasis  on 
the  problems  created  by  the  immigrants'  rapid  rate  of  repro- 
duction; the  race  problem  in  the  South;  imperialism  of  the 
United  States;  and  the  labor  problem.118  The  address  was 
"ornate  [,]  scholarly  and  eloquent.  .  .  ."119  Francis  D.  Win- 
ston's speech  on  "The  Historical  Value  of  Our  Court  Rec- 
ords," was  "delivered  in  his  own  peculiarly  happy  and  pleas- 
ant manner.  .  .  ."  12°  The  North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law  felt 
that  the  addresses  of  1903  "were  of  the  highest  order  of 
merit.  .  .  ,"121 

At  each  meeting  some  local  lawyer  welcomed  the  visitors 
to  the  host  city.  The  welcoming  address  of  1900  is  evidence 
that  not  all  was  serious  business  at  the  legal  meetings.  The 
Asheville  lawyer  said: 

Our  customs  and  usages  will  not  be  disagreeable  to  you,  but 
in  order  to  follow  them  you  need  not  consult  Gould  on  Waters, 
but  you  may  casually  examine  Black  on  Intoxicating  Liquors. 
All  your  demurrers  to  our  customs  will  be  overruled,  and  no 
devices  of  yours  can  change  them.  .  .  .  We  will  covenant  and 
guarantee  to  you  a  good  time,  if  you  will  only  follow  our  advice 
— which,  different  from  our  usual  custom,  we  will  give  you  free 
of  charge. 122 

The  lawyers  thoroughly  enjoyed  their  gatherings.  A  vari- 
ety of  entertainment  was  provided  for  them  at  their  meetings. 
The  afternoon  of  June  28,  1900,  they  rode  street  cars  around 
Asheville  and  had  refreshments  at  the  Swannanoa  Country 
Club.  The  next  afternoon  they  drove  through  the  Biltmore 

117  J.  Crawford  Biggs  (ed.),  Report  of  the  Fourth  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
North  Carolina  Bar  Association,  Held  at  Battery  Park  Hotel,  Asheville, 
N.  C,  July  9,  10,  and  11,  1902  (Durham,  1902),  113-127,  hereinafter  cited 
Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1902.  See  also  The  News  and  Observer,  July  10,  1902. 

1U  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1903,  95,  102-103,  106-113. 

119  The  News  and  Observer,  July  4,  1903. 

120  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1903,  121-139.  See  also  The  News  and  Observer, 
July  4,  1903. 

121  "The  North  Carolina  Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law, 
I  (January,  1904),  31. 

122  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1900,  6. 


56  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Estate.123  In  1902  the  Asheville  bar  invited  members  and  their 
families  to  a  trolley  ride  to  Overlook  Hill.124  The  following 
year  they  enjoyed  a  moonlight  sail,  compliments  of  the  boat- 
men of  Morehead  City.  That  same  year  some  of  the  lawyers 
made  catches  of  mackerel  at  Morehead.125  On  the  way  to  their 
homes  from  Morehead,  many  of  the  lawyers  stopped  at  New 
Bern  for  an  excursion  down  the  river.126  In  1901  the  attorneys 
were  invited  to  inspect  Fort  Caswell,  though  generally  civili- 
ans were  not  admitted.127  At  the  same  meeting  they  heard 
the  secretary  announce  that  a  ball  game  would  be  played  in 
Wilmington.128 

Banquets  were  favorites  with  the  lawyers.  In  Asheville  in 
1900  they  banqueted  at  the  Battery  Park  Hotel,129  where  the 
"toasts  were  brilliant  and  the  spread  luxurious." 130  In  1901  a 
"brilliant  german  ...  in  the  ball  room  of  the  Seashore  Hotel 
.  .  .  served  as  a  fitting  finale  for  this  occasion.  The  ball  was  an 
elegant  affair  and  was  attended  by  members  of  the  Bar  As- 
sociation and  other  guests  at  the  hotel  and  society  people  of 
Wilmington."131  A  smoker  was  held  at  the  Battery  Park  Hotel 
at  the  1902  meeting  in  Asheville.132  In  closing  that  session, 
the  newly  elected  president  of  the  Association  invited  the 
members  to  adjourn  to  a  cafe  downstairs.  "This  announce- 
ment was  received  with  much  applause  and  the  invitation 
unanimously  accepted."133 

By  1905  the  Bar  Association  was  well  established.  Includ- 
ing honorary  members  the  Association  had  285  members  in 
1904. 134  The  attorneys  who  attended  the  meetings  found 
fellowship  and  social  life,  heard  profound  and  lengthy  ad- 
dresses, and  discussed  serious  problems  relating  to  the  legal 
profession  and  to  the  relationships  of  the  profession  to  the 


123  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1900,  17,  34-35. 

124  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1902,  25. 

125  The  News  and  Observer,  July  4,  1903. 

126  "North  Carolina  Bar  Association,"  North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law, 
(January,  1904),  33. 

127  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1901,  41-42. 

128  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  1901,  17. 

™ Semi-Weekly  Citizen  (Asheville),  July  3,  1900. 

130  The  News  and  Observer,  June  30,  1900. 

131  The  News  and  Observer,  June  29,  1901. 
182  The  News  and  Observer,  July  12,  1902. 
138  Asheville  Citizen,  July  11,  1902. 

184  Biggs,  Bar  Report,  190 A,  49-50. 


North  Carolina  Bar  Association  57 

public.  As  the  editor  of  the  North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law 
indicated,  the  deliberations  of  the  body  had  borne  fruit  in 
that  some  of  the  laws  had  been  improved.135  The  members 
felt  the  need  of  their  Association  and  realized  its  importance. 
When  Charles  Price  of  Salisbury  was  elected  president,  in 
1902,  he  said  that  he  appreciated  the  honor  even  more  than 
he  would  the  chief  justiceship  of  North  Carolina.136  Perhaps 
he  stated  the  case  more  strongly  than  most  lawyers  would 
have  done,  but  there  is  no  doubt  but  that  the  Association  by 
1904  merited  the  support  of  lawyers.  The  organization,  ac- 
cording to  Paul  Jones,  was  intended  "to  be  of  the  lawyers, 
by  the  lawyers,  and  for  the  lawyers." 137  The  members  of  the 
bar  were  leaders  of  North  Carolina;138  the  Charlotte  Daily 
Observer  went  so  far  as  to  call  the  profession  the  "ablest  in 
the  State."139  The  organization,  according  to  a  News  and 
Observer  prophecy,  was  "destined  not  only  to  live,  but  to 
flourish  like  a  green  bay  tree."140  Time  has  fulfilled  this 
prophecy. 

135  "The   Bar   Association,"   North  Carolina   Journal   of   Law,    II    (July, 
1905),  295. 

138  Asheville  Citizen,  July  11,  1902. 

137  "The    Bar    Association,"    North    Carolina    Law    Journal,    II     (March, 
[1902]),  317. 

138  The  News  and  Observer,  July  3, 1903. 

139  Charlotte  Daily  Observer,  June  21,  1904. 

140  The  News  and  Observer,  June  28,  1901. 


THE  COLORED  INDUSTRIAL  ASSOCIATION  OF 
NORTH  CAROLINA  AND  ITS  FAIR  OF  1886 

By  Frenise  A.  Logan 

Among  the  more  important  agencies  promoting  Negro 
welfare  in  the  South  after  Reconstruction  were  Negro  spon- 
sored state- wide  industrial  and  agricultural  fairs.  Although 
of  significance  in  their  day,  these  efforts  for  self-betterment 
by  southern  Negroes  are  not  well  known  by  present-day 
historians,  perhaps  because  they  have  been  obscured  by  more 
extensive  publicity  and  historical  research  given  to  the  res- 
toration and  consolidation  of  white  supremacy  in  the  South 
in  the  1870's  and  1880's.  In  this  article  an  effort  is  made  to 
place  these  fairs  in  their  setting;  and  those  of  one  state  are 
emphasized:  the  agricultural  and  industrial  exhibitions  spon- 
sored by  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North  Caro- 
lina. The  fairs  of  this  State  are  selected  because  they,  being 
the  first  of  their  kind  in  the  South,  most  clearly  reveal  the 
philosophy  and  motivations  of  all  such  undertakings;  they 
attracted  the  widest  recognition;  and  they  appeared  to  be  the 
most  important  and  interesting.  Rather  than  recite  a  year  by 
year  account  of  these  annual  gatherings,  the  1886  exhibition 
is  selected  as  representative  of  all  fairs  preceding  and  suc- 
ceeding it. 

The  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North  Carolina  was 
organized  in  1879  by  a  group  of  twenty-two  Raleigh  Negroes 
with  a  capital  stock  of  $20,000.  Its  expressed  intent  was  to 
improve  and  educate  the  Negroes  of  the  state  as  well  as  to 
demonstrate  at  an  annual  fair  the  progress  and  capabilities 
of  that  race.1  Perhaps  the  clearest  statement  of  the  purpose 
of  this  organization  and  its  reasons  for  sponsoring  annual 
fairs  was  set  forth  by  one  of  its  founders,  Charles  N.  Hunter, 
on  the  eve  of  the  first  exhibition  in  Raleigh  in  the  autumn 
of  1879. 


1  Laivs  and  Resolutions  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina,  1879,  799-800. 


T58] 


The  Colored  Industrial  Association  59 

Many  circumstances  combine  to  render  such  a  gathering  not 
only  desirable,  but  of  the  highest  importance.  Fifteen  years  are 
on  the  eve  of  completion  since  universal  Negro  emancipation  in 
the  American  Republic  became  a  fixed  and  accepted  fact.  With 
keenest  interest  the  world  has  been  watching  every  indication 
of  progress  on  the  part  of  the  emancipated  race.  Many  regarded 
the  experiment  with  doubt  and  anxiety,  fearing  lest  we  should 
prove  unequal  to  the  great  and  grave  requirements  of  indepen- 
dent freemen  .  .  . 

Despite  all  the  disadvantages  of  our  surroundings,  we  have 
already  made  advances  which  give  promise  of  a  bright  and  a 
happy  future.  .  .  .  The  design  of  the  North  Carolina  Industrial 
Association,  and  the  object  of  the  Industrial  Fair,  is  to  place 
before  the  world  every  evidence  of  our  progress  as  a  race  which 
it  is  possible  to  secure.  In  this  work  we  call  upon  our  farmers, 
mechanics,  artizans,  and  educators,  to  come  forward  and  place 
on  exhibition  their  best  productions.,-2 

By  1886  these  aims  were  largely  realized.  In  less  than  a 
decade  after  its  inception,  then,  the  Colored  Industrial  Asso- 
ciation of  North  Carolina  had  become  a  major  force  in  the 
economic  life  of  the  Negroes  of  the  State.  Recognition  of  this 
fact  came  from  without  as  well  as  from  within  North  Carolina. 
For  example,  Blanche  K.  Bruce,  the  first  Negro  elected  to  the 
United  States  Senate,  declared  that  the  exhibitions  ought  to 
convince  the  most  skeptical  that  the  Negro  "had  arrived." 
In  1886  in  a  letter  to  Charles  N.  Hunter,  one  of  the  two  secre- 
taries of  the  association  for  that  year,  the  Senator  from  Mis- 
sissippi declared  that  the  fairs  organized  by  the  Negroes  of 
North  Carolina  had  conclusively  attested  to  the  progress  of 
the  Negroes.  He  went  on  to  say  that  the  Negro  expositions 
in  the  State  proved  not  only  "the  hopeful  growth  of  the  race, 
but  have  supplied  the  opportunity  and  the  evidence  alike  of 
our  capacity  to  conduct  such  enterprises."3 

2  Clipping  from  the  Journal  of  Industry  (Raleigh),  in  the  Charles  N. 
Hunter  Scrapbook,  1879-1888,  Charles  N.  Hunter  Papers,  Duke  University, 
hereinafter  cited  as  Hunter  Scrapbook  and/or  Hunter  Papers.  The  Journal 
of  Industry,  edited  by  Charles  N.  and  Oliver  Hunter,  was  the  official  organ 
of  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North  Carolina.  This  writer,  un- 
fortunately, has  been  unable  to  locate  any  complete  copies  of  this  newspaper. 
For  an  interesting  eye-witness  account  of  the  1879  fair,  see  the  article  ''The 
Colored  Fair  at  Raleigh,  N.  C. ,"  in  Frank  Leslie's  Illustrated  Newspaper, 
XLIX  (December,  1879),  242-243. 

3  Bruce  to  Hunter,  October  14,  1886,  Hunter  Papers.  See  also  letter  from 
George  Wassom  to  Governor  Alfred  M.  Scales,  September  17,  1886,  Gov- 
ernors' Papers,  North  Carolina  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  Ra- 
leigh, hereinafter  cited  as  Governors'  Papers. 


60  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Having  satisfied  themselves  that  the  organization  was  a 
"growing  concern,"  the  Executive  Council  of  the  Colored 
Industrial  Association  of  North  Carolina  was  determined  to 
make  the  1886  fair  "the  finest  ever."  Although  not  scheduled 
to  open  in  Raleigh  until  November  9,  plans  for  the  exposition 
were  launched  some  nine  months  earlier.  The  other  secretary 
of  the  association  for  1886,  George  T.  Wassom,  writing  in  the 
1886  April-May  issue  of  The  Appeal,  a  Negro  newspaper, 
urged  all  Negroes  of  the  state  to  support  the  fair  because  of 
"race  pride,"  and  because  they  must  "demonstrate  to  the 
Southern  white  people  that  'Ethiopia'  has  put  forth  her  hand 
in  the  new  world." 4 

The  plans  of  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North 
Carolina  for  the  1886  fair,  however,  called  for  more  than 
mere  appeals  to  race  pride.  In  order  to  further  interest  in  and 
support  of  the  fair  among  the  Negroes,  the  association  organ- 
ized local  committees  and  contacted  prominent  Negro  leaders 
in  various  sections  of  North  Carolina  and  urged  them  to 
"spread  the  news."  Thus  on  September  10,  1886,  John  S. 
Lewis,  a  Negro  lawyer  from  Lumberton,  promising  to  do  all 
in  his  power  to  "work  up"  an  interest  in  the  fair  among  the 
Negroes  of  his  section,  began  a  speaking  tour  which  lasted 
nearly  six  weeks.  With  the  aid  of  a  pass  on  the  "C.  C.  R.  R.," 5 
he  canvassed  the  section  of  North  Carolina  between  Char- 
lotte and  Wilmington,  embracing  the  counties  of  Union, 
Anson,  Richmond,  Columbus,  and  Bladen. 6  On  October  8, 
as  Lewis  neared  the  end  of  his  tour,  he  wrote  Wassom  that 
the  prospects  for  a  good  representation  at  the  fair  from  the 
area  he  had  covered  were  excellent.7  From  Asheville  a  Negro, 
J.  E.  Thomas,  informed  the  association  that  the  local  com- 
mittee was  performing  a  most  creditable  job  and  that  "quite 
an  interest  is  manifested  in  the  fair  and  from  all  indications, 
we  should  have  quite  a  concourse  of  people  from  the  'Land 
of  the  Sky"    [Buncombe  County].8  From  Warrenton  J.  R. 

*  Clipping  from  The  Appeal,  April-May,  1886,  Hunter  Scrapbook,  1887- 
1928,  Hunter  Papers. 

5  Carolina  Central  Railroad. 

6  Lewis  to  Wassom,  August  12,  September  7,  September  10,  1886,  Hunter 
Papers. 

7  Lewis  to  Wassom,  October  8, 1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

8  Thomas  to  Wassom,  August  21, 1886,  Hunter  Papers. 


The  Colored  Industrial  Association  61 

Hawkins  wrote  Wassom  that  the  hand-bills  and  premium 
list 9  sent  him  would  be  posted  in  conspicuous  places  and  that 
he  would  spare  no  energy  in  arousing  interest  among  the 
Negroes  in  behalf  of  the  association.  He  continued: 

I  am  proud  of  what  has  been  done,  and  hope  to  see  greater 
and  grander  things  accomplished.  With  the  work  in  the  hands  of 
our  worthy  President,  Mr.  Leary  and  yourself  as  secretary,  I  am 
hopeful  of  success.  I  feel  it  a  duty  that  I  owe  to  my  race  and  my- 
self to  encourage  the  enterprise.  Whatever  I  can  do  to  assist  you 
within  the  bounds  of  my  ability,  I  am  yours  to  command. 10 

Reports  from  local  committees  and  speakers  in  other  towns 
and  counties  of  the  State  were  equally  as  optimistic,  enthusi- 
astic and  "dedicated."  n 

The  plans  for  the  1886  fair  also  included  enlisting  the  co- 
operation of  the  railroads  of  the  state,  notably  the  Seaboard 
and  Roanoke  and  Atlantic  Coast  Line.  In  consequence  of 
appeals  by  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North  Caro- 
lina, these  railroads  not  only  provided  members  of  the  asso- 
ciation and  its  speakers  with  free  passes,  but  they  agreed  to 
sell  reduced  round  trip  tickets  to  all  Negroes  attending  the 
fair  in  Raleigh.12  The  Atlantic  Coast  Line  and  the  Cape  Fear 
and  Yadkin  Valley  railroads  also  agreed  to  transport  articles 
intended  for  the  exhibition  at  regular  rates  one  way,  and  on 
presentation  of  certificates  from  the  association  that  the 
articles  had  been  on  exhibition  at  the  fair,  the  lines  would 
return  the  articles  to  the  original  shipping  point  free  and 
refund  the  amount  paid  on  the  articles  going.13  Without  this 

9  A  list  of  the  prizes,  usually  ranging  from  fifty  cents  to  $25.00,  for  the 
best  articles  submitted  to  the  various  departments  of  the  fair. 

10  Hawkins  to  Wassom,  August  23,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

II  See  letters  to  Wassom  from  Nellie  E.  Cox,  September  4;  W.  C.  Coleman, 
September  6;  J.  A.  Wright,  September  3;  Hugh  Cale,  August  24,  1886, 
Hunter  Papers.  Interestingly  enough,  attempts  to  arouse  interest  in  the 
fair  was  not  confined  to  North  Carolina.  Oliver  Hunter,  brother  of  Charles 
N.  Hunter,  and  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Colored  Industrial  Association 
of  North  Carolina,  wrote  Wassom  from  Washington,  D.  C  that  the  former 
minister  to  Liberia  and  a  Negro,  J.  Smyth,  and  "other  dignitaries"  would 
be  present,  Hunter  to  Wassom,  November  1,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

™  See  letters  to  Wassom  from  L.  T.  Myers,  July  8,  13,  1886;  S.  Hass, 
August  11,  1886;  F.  W.  Clark,  October  26,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

MT.  M.  Emerson  to  Wassom,  October  7,  1886;  letter  from  the  Office  of  the 
General  Superintendent,  Cape  Fear  and  Yadkin  Valley  Railroad  to  Wassom, 
October  7, 1886,  Hunter  Papers. 


62  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

unselfish  support  of  the  railroad  companies,  the  success  of 
these  annual  gatherings  would  have  been  placed  in  jeopardy. 
Lack  of  adequate  or  even  sufficient  funds  on  the  part  of  both 
the  association  and  the  Negroes  who  desired  to  attend  or 
submit  articles  was  a  perennially  vexatious  problem.  It  was, 
therefore,  only  through  this  "outside"  assistance  that  the 
fairs  sponsored  by  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North 
Carolina  continued  to  be  of  such  a  high  order. 

That  finance  was  a  real  and  pressing  problem  can  be  seen 
in  a  letter  the  president  of  the  association,  John  S.  Leary, 
wrote  to  Wassom  on  October  26,  1886.  Leary  requested  that 
Wassom  itemize  the  indebtedness  of  the  1885  fair  and  the 
amount  of  indebtedness  anticipated  for  the  1886  exhibition 
as  well  as  the  "amount  of  money,  if  any,  secured  from  all 
sources  for  the  present  fair." 14  While  the  records  do  not  reveal 
whether  Wassom  complied  with  this  particular  request  of 
Leary,  they  do  show  that  the  association  in  1886  received 
some  financial  support  from  "other  sources."  Individual  don- 
ors included  some  of  North  Carolina's  leading  white  bankers, 
businessmen  and  industrialists.15  To  supplement  these  private 
contributions,  stock  in  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of 
North  Carolina  was  sold.16  However,  despite  these  donations, 
and  if  the  final  report  of  Wassom  can  be  believed,  the  total 
amount  of  cash  received  by  the  association  from  "all  sources" 
in  1886  was  a  moderate  $598.80.17  Thus  it  appears  that  had 
the  railroad  companies  not  offered  their  facilities  with  little 
or  no  charge  to  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North 
Carolina,  it  is  extremely  doubtful  if  that  organization  could 
have  survived.  Certainly,  its  effectiveness  would  have  been 
greatly  impaired. 

14  Leary  to  Wassom,  October  20,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

13  See  for  example,  letters  from  Julian  S.  Carr,  October  30,  1886;  P. 
Cowper,  October  29,  1886;  Oliver  Hunter,  October  21,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

16  Statement  by  James  Young,  March  31,  1886,  Hunter  Papers.  It  was  not 
until  1887  that  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North  Carolina  received 
any  state  support.  In  that  year,  at  the  request  of  the  governor,  Alfred  M. 
Scales,  the  North  Carolina  legislature  granted  $1,000.  Alfred  M.  Scales, 
Letterbook,  1886-1889,  83-84,  North  Carolina  Department  of  Archives  and 
History.  See  also  Laws  and  Resolutions  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina, 
1887,  772-773. 

17  Clipping  from  The  Outlook  (Raleigh),  July  28,  1887,  Hunter  Scrapbook, 
1886-1921,  Hunter  Papers. 


The  Colored  Industrial  Association  63 

Encouraging  the  submission  of  articles  by  the  Negro  farm- 
ers, artisans,  and  housewives  of  North  Carolina  was  a  vital 
part  of  the  pre-fair  activities  of  the  North  Carolina  Industrial 
Association.  In  reply  to  letters  sent  out  by  the  association, 
the  Negroes  of  the  State  responded  by  "promising"  items 
which  included  homemade  boats,  needlework,  shoes,  silk 
quilts,  poultry,  crazy-patchwork  quilts,  a  variety  of  farm 
products,  and  one  coffin  and  hearse.18  Contributions  from 
prominent  Negroes  from  outside  the  state  were  also  solicited. 
T.  Thomas  Fortune,  editor  of  the  New  York  Freeman,  wrote 
the  association  that  he  was  certain  his  publishers  would  for- 
ward to  them  a  copy  of  his  work,  Black  and  White.19  William 
Still,  author  of  the  Underground  Railroad,  agreed  to  forward 
"2  or  3  copies  of  the  U.  G.  R.  R."  to  the  1886  fair.20 

Notwithstanding  these  "herculean  efforts"  to  insure  an 
excellent  exhibit  and  a  large  attendance,  it  should  occasion 
no  surprise  to  note  that  there  existed  some  non-interest  among 
the  Negroes  of  the  State  toward  the  fair.  For  example,  a 
member  of  the  association  in  Western  North  Carolina  wrote 
Wassom : 

We  have  called  three  mass  meetings  but  have  not  had,  at 
either,  a  full  attendance  though  we  are  not  discouraged.  I  think 
we  shall  be  able  yet  to  give  Western  N.  C,  Buncombe  County 
especially,  a  full  representation,  if  not  in  articles  or  funds,  I  am 
certain,  almost  sure  a  number  of  people. 

Anything  like  this  doesn't  seem  to  interest  our  people  at  first, 
like  many  other  things  of  less  importance,  but  if  we  continue  to 
agitate  no  doubt  we  shall  bring  them  out.  21 

A  supporter  from  the  eastern  part  of  the  State  voiced  a 
similar  feeling.22  In  one  instance  a  worker  of  the  North  Caro- 

18  Letters  to  Wassom  from  J.  L.  Montgomery,  October  8,  1886;  John  A. 
Strange,  Richmond,  Virginia,  October  28,  1886;  L.  R.  Randolph,  October  21, 
1886;  unidentified  writer,  New  Bern,  North  Carolina,  October  21,  1886; 
Mamie  Alexander,  October  27,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

19  Fortune  to  Wassom,  October  16,  1886,  Hunter  Papers.  Fortune's  work 
was  published  in  1884  and  discussed  very  ably  contemporary  political  and 
economic  problems  of  the  South  as  they  effected  the  Negro.  For  a  brief 
but  critical  appraisal  of  the  book,  see  Herbert  J.  Doherty,  Jr.,  "Voices  of 
Protests  from  the  New  South,"  Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Review,  Vol. 
42  (June,  1955),  47-49. 

20  Still  to  Wassom,  October  19,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

21  John  A.  Love  to  Wassom,  September  19,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

22  Maggie  Whiteman  to  Wassom,  October  21, 1886,  Hunter  Papers. 


64  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

lina  Industrial  Association  was  rebuffed  by  a  minister  of  the 
gospel.  In  an  attempt  "to  get  up  a  meeting"  in  the  Negro 
Methodist  Church  of  Goldsboro,  B.  S.  Stevens  was  curtly 
refused  by  the  minister  on  the  grounds  that  he  did  not  "want 
such  matters  in  his  church."23  Despite  these  occasional  in- 
stances of  disinterest,  it  is  reasonable  to  assume  that  interest 
in  and  support  of  the  fair  by  the  Negroes  was  general  and 
widespread  throughout  North  Carolina. 

Another  important  phase  of  pre-fair  planning  was  the  se- 
lection of  speakers.  Excluding  state  and  federal  government 
officials,  the  association  usually  sought  Negroes  of  national 
and  international  reputation  to  address  the  crowds  attending 
the  fairs.  The  exposition  of  1886  was  no  exception  to  this 
practice.  The  governor  of  North  Carolina,  Alfred  M.  Scales, 
was  extended  and  he  accepted  the  invitation  to  open  the  fair 
on  November  9.24  In  spite  of  a  busy  schedule,  Henry  W.  Blair, 
United  States  Senator  from  New  Hampshire,  "gratefully  ac- 
cepted an  invitation.25  Among  the  Negroes  invited  to  address 
the  1886  fair  was  John  M.  Langston,  former  United  States 
Representative  from  Virginia.  In  his  acceptance  letter  Lang- 
ston praised  the  effort  of  the  North  Carolina  group  "to  better 
the  condition  of  our  people  by  stimulating  them  to  habits  of 
industry,  economy  and  progressive  enterprise."  26  Of  the  Ne- 
groes who  were  extended  invitations  but  were  unable  to 
attend  the  1886  exhibition,  T.  Thomas  Fortune  and  Booker  T. 
Washington  were  the  most  notable.27  The  Colored  Industrial 
Association  of  North  Carolina,  in  urging  Fortune  to  address 
the  fair,  said  that  he  was  especially  welcome  because  "we 

23  Stevens  to  Wassom,  October  27,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

24  Wassom  to  Scales,  September  17,  1886,  Governors'  Papers;  C.  M.  Arm- 
field,  private  secretary  to  the  Governor,  to  Wassom,  September  18,  1886, 
Hunter  Papers. 

25  Blair  to  Wassom,  August  30,  1886,  Hunter  Papers.  In  1886  Blair's  name 
was  familiar  to  most  southerners,  Negro  and  white.  Some  five  years  earlier, 
in  1881,  he  introduced  in  the  Senate  a  bill  to  distribute  among  the  states 
on  the  basis  of  illiteracy  $120,000,000  covering  a  period  of  ten  years.  In 
1886  the  bill  was  still  being  debated  in  the  federal  congress. 

26  Langston  to  Wassom,  August  17,  27,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

27  Thomas  was  viewed  in  1886  as  one  of  America's  foremost  Negro  news- 
paper editors.  A  bitter  foe  of  "second-class"  citizenship  for  his  race,  he 
represented  the  more  militant  type  of  Negro  leadership.  Washington  in  1886, 
though  nine  years  before  he  was  to  make  his  famous  Atlanta  speech,  was 
rapidly  rising  to  the  fore  as  a  Negro  leader  of  the  moderate,  conservative 
school. 


The  Colored  Industrial  Association  65 

look  upon  you  as  one  of  the  national  leaders  of  the  race  who 
dares  to  utter  the  truth  in  the  Negroes'  behalf.  .  .  ."  Fortune 
replied  that  because  he  was  an  outspoken,  militant  crusader 
for  Negro  rights,  the  support  which  his  newspaper,  The  Free- 
man, received  would  not  permit  him  to  attend  the  fair. 

I  have  to  stand  at  my  post  because  I  cannot  go  away  without 
positive  sacrifice.  If  I  were  more  of  a  white  man's  Negro  and 
less  a  Negro's  Negro,  I  am  sure  I  would  have  less  cause  to  com- 
plain in  matters  of  support.  But  I  would  not  do  so  much  good 
for  the  race,  nor  satisfy  my  own  opinion  of  what  is  just  and 
proper  ...  I  am  not  ashamed  to  be  poor  for  the  reasons  that 
make  me  so. 28 

Booker  T.  Washington,  Principal  of  the  Tuskegee  Normal 
School,  was  unable  to  attend  because  the  Negroes  of  Alabama 
were  preparing  an  exhibit  to  be  included  in  the  Alabama 
State  Fair  (white)  which  opened  in  Montgomery  on  the  same 
date  ( November  9 )  as  the  Negro  fair  in  North  Carolina.  Since 
he  was  scheduled  to  take  an  active  part  in  the  proceedings, 
his  presence  in  Montgomery,  Washington  informed  the  asso- 
ciation, was  imperative.29 

Despite  these  disappointments,  the  fair  opened  in  Raleigh 
on  November  9.  The  four-day  occasion  was  properly  initiated 
by  a  procession.  At  its  head  were  two  military  bands,  the 
Kinston  Band  and  the  Oak  City  Blues,  two  fire  companies, 
the  Victor  and  Bucket  of  Raleigh.  Then  followed  a  carriage 
drawn  by  "four  cream  colored  horses  abreast"  which  con- 
tained the  executive  officers  of  the  association.  Behind  the 
executive  carriage  was  another  in  which  sat  the  invited  guest. 
The  procession  moved  through  the  heart  of  North  Carolina's 
capitol  city  to  the  fair  grounds  where  they  and  the  assembled 
crowd,  a  large  but  orderly  multitude,"  heard  an  address 
by  John  M.  Langston.30  Following  the  speech  of  the  Negro 
from  Virginia,  the  crowd  turned  to  view  the  "best  produc- 

28  Fortune  to  Wassom,  October  18,  1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

29  Washington  to  Hunter,  October  16,  1886;  L.  Mayo  to  Hunter,  October 
20, 1886,  Hunter  Papers. 

30  Clipping  from  the  Evening  Visitor  (Raleigh),  November  10,  1886  in  the 
Hunter  Scrapbook,  1886-1921,  Hunter  Papers.  This  newspaper  title  varies 
(1879  to  1895)  as  Evening  Visitor,  Daily  Evening  Visitor,  Raleigh  Evening 
Visitor  and  Raleigh  Times. 


66  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

tions"  of  the  Negro  artisans,  farmers,  mechanics,  and  edu- 
cators of  North  Carolina.31 

The  fair  lasted  four  days,  ending  on  November  12.  General 
reaction  to  it,  as  evidenced  in  the  Raleigh  press,  was  most 
favorable.  According  to  one  Capital  City  paper,  the  1886 
exhibition  "not  only  equals  but  in  many  respects  excels  all 
that  has  preceded  it."  Special  praise  was  given  by  the  editor 
to  the  exhibits  of  needlework,  decorative  household  work,  oil 
paintings  and  stock  and  poultry.  One  of  the  "curiosities"  at 
the  fair  was  a  table  which  contained  365  squares  and  was 
made  of  seventy-two  different  kinds  of  wood  collected  within 
a  half  mile  of  the  capitol.32  The  News  and  Observer  was  im- 
pressed by  cotton  stalks  ten  feet  tall,  corn  stalks  twelve  feet 
in  length,  and  some  collard  greens  four  feet  tall.  The  stock 
display  included  "some  of  the  finest  hogs  in  the  State  .  .  .  ." 33 
The  State  Chronicle  ( Raleigh )  declared  that  the  products  on 
exhibition  would  convince  the  most  skeptical  of  the  progress 
of  the  Negro  race.34 

White  newspapers  in  other  cities  of  the  State  were  equally 
as  effusive  in  their  commendations.  For  example,  on  Novem- 
ber 16  the  editor  of  the  Daily  Chronicle  (Charlotte)  wrote: 

31  If  the  organization  of  the  1879  exhibition  can  be  taken  as  representative 
of  the  fairs  sponsored  by  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North 
Carolina,  the  articles  on  display  at  the  1886  fair  were  divided  into  thirteen 
"departments. "  Over  each  "department"  several  judges  presided  who  were 
appointed  by  the  Association  to  award  premiums,  prizes  and  diplomas  for 
the  most  outstanding  articles  in  their  respective  groups.  The  thirteen  "de- 
partments" were  as  follows :  Department  A :  field  crops  and  samples  of  field 
crops;  Department  B:  horses,  mules,  cattle,  sheep  and  swine;  Department 
C:  poultry,  bees  and  honey;  Department  D:  household  supplies;  Department 
E:  horticulture,  orchard  and  wines;  Department  F:  manufacture  of  home- 
made articles;  Department  G:  fine  arts,  painting,  drawing,  musical  instru- 
ments; Department  H:  mechanic  arts,  carpenter's  work,  vehicles,  cabinet 
and  upholster's  work;  Department  I:  agricultural  implements;  Department 
J :  saddlery,  harness ;  Department  K :  plowing  match ;  Department  L :  dairy 
and  vegetable  garden;  Department  M:  educational  production,  map  draw- 
ing, essays,  penmanship.  Clipping  from  the  Journal  of  Industry  (Raleigh), 
n.  d.  in  the  Hunter  Scrapbook,  1879-1888,  Hunter  Papers. 

32  Clipping  from  The  Raleigh  Times,  November  11,  1886  in  the  Hunter 
Scrapbook,  1885-1929,  Hunter  Papers.  See  also  The  News  and  Observer 
(Raleigh),  November  10,  1886,  hereinafter  cited  as  The  News  and  Observer. 

33  The  News  and  Observer,  November  16,  1886. 

941  The  State  Chronicle  (Raleigh),  November  11,  1886,  hereinafter  cited 
as  State  Chronicle. 


The  Colored  Industrial  Association  67 

The  colored  people  of  North  Carolina  can  point  with  pride  to 
their  State  and  Industrial  Fair.  It  was  very  successful  and  dis- 
played great  advancement  in  their  industrial  pursuits  and  many 
of  the  higher  arts.  The  colored  people  of  this  State,  those  who 
have  shown  a  disposition  to  work  and  take  advantage  of  their 
opportunities,  are  progressing  as  rapidly  as  any  people  under 
the  sun  and  their  recent  State  Fair  bears  marked  evidence  of 
this  fact. 35 

Governor  Scales  and  Senator  Blair  both  described  the  1886 
fair  as  "most  creditable." 36 

In  conclusion  it  may  be  pointed  out  that  the  annual  fairs 
sponsored  by  the  Colored  Industrial  Association  of  North 
Carolina  benefitted  both  the  Negro  minority  and  the  state  at 
large.  There  is  no  question  but  that  the  exhibitions  promoted 
a  degree  of  harmony,  co-operation  and  mutual  respect  be- 
tween the  two  races;  that  they  stimulated  the  Negroes  to 
improve  their  livestock,  farm  products,  tools  and  machinery 
by  offering  prizes  for  the  superior  articles;  that  they  advanced 
the  material  interests  of  North  Carolina  as  a  whole  by  encour- 
aging the  development  of  the  educational,  agricultural  and 
industrial  resources  of  the  Negro  people  of  the  State. 

35  Clipping  from  Hunter  Scrapbook,  1886-1921,  Hunter  Papers. 
38  Alfred  M.  Scales  Letter  Book,  1885-1889,  North  Carolina  Department  of 
Archives  and  History;  The  State  Chronicle,  November  18,  1886. 


CIVIL  WAR  LETTERS  OF  HENRY  W.  BARROW 

TO  JOHN  W.  FRIES 

Edited  by  Marian  H.  Blair 

The  Peoples  Press  published  in  Salem  (Winston-Salem) 
on  Friday,  April  26,  1861,  carried  the  following  editorial 
comment: 

With  our  friend  of  the  Hillsborough  Recorder  we  have  not 
changed  our  opinion  as  to  the  impolicy  of  secession  as  a  measure 
of  redress  or  a  security  to  our  peculiar  institution,  nor  of  the 
value  of  the  Union  as  the  source  of  the  unexampled  prosperity 
of  the  whole  country.  But  all  our  fondest  hopes  for  an  amicable 
adjustment  of  our  sectional  difficulties  have  been  blasted.1 

Three  weeks  later,  in  the  Friday,  May  17  issue,  the  editor 
states  that  "Two  Volunteer  companies  formed  in  this  county 
are  now  quartered  among  citizens  of  Winston  and  Salem. 
They  are  drilled  regularly  and  will  soon  be  thoroughly  equip- 
ped for  the  camp  when  they  will  offer  their  services  to  the 
Governor."  This  was  three  days  before  the  convention  meet- 
ing in  Raleigh  approved  the  secession  of  North  Carolina  and 
"Ratified  the  Provisional  Constitution  of  the  Confederate 
States  of  America."2  On  June  21  The  Peoples  Press  records 
that  "On  Monday  morning  last  the  First  and  Second  com- 
panies of  Forsyth  Volunteers— the  'Riflemen'  and  the  'Grays,' 
took  their  departure  from  this  place  for  Danville,  Virginia." 
One  of  the  volunteers  from  Salem  was  Henry  W.  Barrow 
whose  letters,  written  from  various  camps  in  1861,  1864,  and 
1865  and  preserved  among  the  papers  of  John  W.  Fries,  give 
intimate  glimpses  of  personal  experiences  during  the  war. 
Henry  Barrow,  son  of  Moses  and  Sarah  Barrow,  was  born 
January  28,  1828,  on  a  farm  near  Salem.  He  attended  Trinity 
College  for  one  year,  and  then  came  to  Salem  where  for 

1  From  the  files  in  the  Moravian  Archives,  Winston-Salem,  hereinafter 
cited  as  Moravian  Archives. 

2  Hugh  Talmage  Lefler  and  Albert  Ray  Newsome,  North  Carolina,  The 
History  of  a  Southern  State  (Chapel  Hill:  The  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina Press,  1954),  425,  hereinafter  cited  as  Lefler  and  Newsome,  North 
Carolina. 

[68] 


Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Barrow  69 

thirty-seven  years  he  was  employed  by  the  firm  of  F.  and  H. 
Fries.  He  became  a  member  of  the  Moravian  Church  in 
1856,  and  until  the  beginning  of  the  War,  lived  with  the 
family  of  Francis  Fries,  senior  partner  of  the  firm.  In  1861 
he  enlisted  in  the  Twenty-first  Regiment  of  North  Carolina 
Volunteers,  serving  as  corporal,  and  was  later  promoted  to 
regimental  quartermaster  sergeant.  He  was  one  of  five 
brothers,  all  of  whom  served  in  the  army  and  several  of  whom 
were  severely  wounded.3 

John  W.  Fries,  son  of  Francis  Fries,  to  whom  the  letters 
were  written,  was,  during  the  Civil  War,  detailed  for  service 
in  the  mills  of  F.  and  H.  Fries  which  were  making  cloth  for 
Confederate  uniforms.4  He  was  only  fifteen  years  of  age  when 
the  war  beg^n,  but  two  years  later  upon  the  death  of  his 
father  in  1863,  he  shared  the  full  responsibility  of  the  mills 
with  his  uncle,  Henry  Fries,  and  eventually  became  head  of 
the  firm.  Supplies  were  frequently  sent  from  Salem  to  the 
men  in  camp  by  wagons  from  the  mills,  and  it  is  easy  to 
imagine  with  what  anticipation  the  young  soldiers  looked 
forward  to  the  arrival  of  the  wagons  bringing  word  from 
home— and  with  what  anxious  hearts  those  in  Salem  awaited 
the  return  of  the  wagons  with  news  from  the  front. 

The  letters,  written  as  they  were,  hurriedly  and  in  poorly 
lighted  tents,  have  many  errors  in  spelling  and  punctuation 
for  which  the  writer  frequently  apologizes.  Yet,  although  the 
form  is  faulty,  and  although  there  is  no  new  information  about 
the  many  battles  in  which  the  Twenty-first  Regiment  fought, 
the  letters  are  of  interest  because  they  make  vivid  the  prob- 
lems, other  than  military,  with  which  the  Southern  army 
was  faced.  Barrow  writes  of  the  recurring  attacks  of  fever 
which  kept  needed  men  from  the  battle  line,  of  the  totally 
inadequate  provisions  for  caring  for  those  who  were  ill,  and, 
in  the  last  months  of  the  war,  of  the  desperate  need  for  shoes, 
the  difficulty  of  foraging  for  food,  and  the  growing  discour- 
agement in  the  face  of  impending  disaster. 

8  From  the  "Memoir,"  Moravian  Archives  (unpublished  manuscript). 
In  succeeding  footnotes  there  are  a  number  of  references  made  to  "memoirs" 
of  individuals  which  are  housed  in  the  Moravian  Archives. 

*  "North  Carolina  was  the  only  state  with  the  obligation  to  clothe  its  own 
troops  in  the  Confederate  armies."  Lefler  and  Newsome,  North  Carolina,  430. 


70 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Most  of  the  letters  were  written  in  1861.  No  letters  by  Bar- 
row written  in  1862  and  1863  have  been  preserved.  The 
spring  of  1862  marked  the  beginning  of  the  Valley  campaign, 
and  the  Twenty-first  Regiment  "marched  and  counter  march- 
ed up  and  down  the  Valley"  5  and  took  part  in  some  of  the 
bloodiest  battles  of  the  war.  At  Gettysburg  Major  Beall  re- 
ports that  "all  the  field  officers  of  the  Twenty-first  were  killed 
and  wounded  except  Colonel  Kirkland" 6  who  after  the  battle 
was  promoted  to  Brigadier  General.  Perhaps  the  rapid  march, 
the  shifting  lines  of  battle,  and  the  distance  from  Salem  made 
the  sending  of  mail  impossible.  If  the  letters  were  received 
during  those  years,  they  must  have  been  destroyed.  Early 
in  1864  the  Twenty-first  Regiment  was  moved  to  North 
Carolina  and  most  of  the  letters  written  by  Barrow  during 
1864  and  1865  were  sent  from  the  eastern  part  of  the 
State.  The  last  days  of  the  struggle  are  not  recorded  by  him 
as  he  was  not  with  the  Twenty-first  Regiment  when,  after 
the  fierce  combat  at  Hatcher's  Run,  it  retreated  to  Petersburg 
and  surrendered  at  Appomattox. 

After  the  surrender  Barrow  returned  to  Salem  and  resumed 
his  work  at  the  F.  and  H.  Fries  mills.  In  June,  1874,  he  mar- 
ried Mrs.  Nannie  Webster  Cardwell,  sister  of  Colonel  I.  R. 
Webster  of  Reidsville.  They  had  one  daughter.  He  continued 
to  live  in  Salem  until  his  death  on  April  5, 1905.  The  "memoir" 
read  at  his  funeral  speaks  of  him  as  "a  good  man,  kind  and 
upright  and  faithful  in  all  relations  of  life." 7 


Camp  Hill  Danville  Va  July  4  1861 
Mr  John  W.  Fries 
Dear  friend 

Yours  of  30th  came  to  hand  in  due  time  which  was  gratifying 
to  me  to  hear  from  you  all  again.  I  am  somewhat  low  spirited, 
we  have  this  morning  received  a  Telegrapick  Dispatch  that  we 


6  James  F.  Beall,  "Twenty-First  Regiment,"  Walter  Clark  (ed.),  His- 
tories of  the  Several  Regiments  and  Battalions  from  North  Carolina  in  the 
Great  War,  1861-65  (Raleigh:  State  of  North  Carolina,  5  volumes),  II, 
132.  This  reference  is  hereinafter  cited  as  Beall,  "Twenty-First  Regiment," 
The  volumes  will  hereinafter  be  cited  as  Clark,  Histories  of  the  Several 
Regiments. 

a  Beall,  "Twenty-First  Regiment,"  II,  137. 

7  Unpublished  manuscript,  Moravian  Archives. 


Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Barrow  71 

have  to  leave  here  for  Richmond  as  soon  as  we  can  get  ready.  I 
cant  say  how  soon  that  will  be,  but  I  prosume  it  will  be  in  a  few 
days ;  I  promise  you  will  hear  from  the  Election  of  officers  over 
this  regiment  The  election  took  place  on  yesterday  and  resulted 
in  electing  a  man  from  Raleigh  N.  C.  by  the  name  of  W.  W.  Kirk- 
land  8  he  is  a  young  man  I  am  told  a  competant  man  for  Colonel, 
and  James  M.  Leach 9  for  Leiutenant  Colonel  and  a  man  from 
Hillsboro  N.  C.  for  Major  10 

I  have  nothing  to  write  you  that  will  be  interesting  Our  com- 
pany are  all  tolerable  well  with  the  exception  of  a  man  in  our 
company  by  the  name  of  Jack  Smith  and  Albert  Alspaugh  they 
have  both  been  in  the  Hospitle  for  several  days  I  am  told  they 
are  on  the  mend.  I  am  looking  for  your  father's  Wagon  tonight 
or  tomorrow.  Mr.  Lewis  Belo  Wm  Hauser  and  Charles  Belo  are 
here  and  tell  me  \  that  the  Wagon  started  one  day  sooner  then 
they  had  expected.  I  would  like  very  much  to  come  to  see  you  all 
once  more  before  I  have  to  leave  here.  I  have  been  building  upon 
some  slender  hopes  that  we  would  stay  here  a  few  weeks  and  I 
would  be  able  to  leave  here  long  enough  to  come  to  see  you  all 
again  but  all  hopes  are  blasted  at  present 

I  cant  learn  where  we  are  to  go  from  Richmond  I  fear  we  wont 
find  as  pleasant  a  place  as  we  have  had  here.  I  have  fell  very 
much  in  love  with  this  place  and  especially  with  some  of  the 
good  folks  here  in  Town  they  are  very  clever  to  us.  I  want  you 
to  show  this  to  your  Father  I  have  been  preparing  and  fixing  up 
tricks  for  the  office  of  Commissary  and  have  got  up  my  recom- 
mendation and  this  morning  Telegraphed  to  Col.  Kirkland  at 
Raleigh  some  of  my  friends  say  I  will  stand  a  tolerable  good 
chance  but  I  dont  think  there  is  any  chance  for  the  reason  Leach 
has  gone  to  Raleigh  and  he  will  do  all  he  can  against  me  and  he 
had  Ham.  Sheppard  here  already  to  fill  the  place  before  the  elec- 
tion I  will  write  to  you  again  soon  how  I  came  out  but  I  feel  like 
I  can  tell  you  now  I  wont  get  any  appointment  with  certainty. 
This  will  look  very  bad  to  give  the  appointment  to  a  man  living 
in  another  State  but  such  things  go  by  favors  you  know.  I  would 
like  to  hear  from  you  soon  I  will  write  you  when  I  arrive  at 
Richmond.  ...  I  must  close  for  it  is  late  and  my  light  is  very 
bad  I  am  lying  in  my  tent  writy  by  a  bad  light  you  can  gane  some 
Idea  how  it  goes  Remember  me  to  all  the  Family  and  all  enquir- 
ing friends.  You  will  say  to  your  Sisters  that  some  of  the  Ladies 


8  Major  James  F.  Beall  says  of  him :  "This  efficient  and  Accomplished 
officer,  with  vigorous  efforts,  brought  the  regiment  to  a  state  of  perfection 
in  discipline  and  drill."  Beall,  "Twenty-First  Regiment,"  II,  129.  Kirkland 
was  later  promoted  to  Brigadier  General. 

9  Of  Davidson  County.  After  the  War  he  served  as  a  member  of  the 
Lower  House. 

10  James  F.  Beall. 


72  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

of  Danville  say  we  have  decidedly  the  best  looking  Flag  in 
camp.  n  I  think  so  myself.  I  was  showing  the  Flag  to  some  Ladies 
yesterday  they  said  I  ought  to  be  proud  that  we  have  at  home 
Ladies  in  our  Town  that  can  do  such  nice  work  as  is  on  those 
Flags  I  told  them  that  was  most  certainly  so 

Respectfully 

H.  W.  Barrow 

You  will  Please  say  to  your  Father  that  I  received  his  letter 
with  such  a  very  good  recommendation  for  which  I  feel  myself 
under  many  obligations  to  him  and  hope  I  can  always  conduct 
myself  in  such  a  manner  as  to  keep  that  noble  high  minded  con- 
fidence I  would  like  to  say  more  on  this  subject  if  I  could.  You 
will  please  excuse  bad  writing  and  spelling  for  I  know  I  have 
made  many  mistakes 

Yours  Truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Camp  Hardie  Va  August  28,  1861 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 

Salem  N.  C. 
Dear  Sir 

I  write  you  a  few  lines  to  let  you  know  I  am  in  the  land  of  the 
living.  We  left  Camp  Rhett  on  last  Friday  for  this  place.  We 
came  a  distance  of  Eleven  miles  North  West  direction  We  are 
now  nine  miles  north  west  of  Manasses  Junction  but  still  intend 
to  send  there  every  day  for  our  mail  and  the  Boxes  of  Goodies 
we  are  looking  for  from  home.  We  are  at  a  tolerable  nice  place 
and  where  we  can  have  some  favors.  If  there  dont  too  many  Regi- 
ments come  here.  There  are  only  Three  here  now  But  if  more 
come  they  will  soon  Eat  up  everything  in  this  neighborhood  We 
have  a  considerable  number  sick  here  at  this  time  I  think  half 
of  this  Regiment  is  sick  not  able  to  do  anything.  Drs.  Keen  and 
Douthet  have  not  been  here  for  sometime.  We  have  no  one  but 
Dr.  Fulton  of  Stokes  County  being  we  had  no  one  at  all  he  left 


u  "The  first  flag  of  Forsyth  County  was  made  for  Company  I,  Captain 
A.  H.  Belo.  It  was  made  by  Misses  Bettie  and  Laura  Lemly,  Nellie  Belo, 
Carrie  and  Mary  Fries  [sisters  of  John  W.  Fries].  It  was  made  of  red, 
white  and  blue  silk,  and  was  embroidered  in  large  letters  with  yellow  silk, 
on  the  white  side,  with  the  words  'Liberty  or  Death'.  After  the  war,  Colonel 
Belo  settled  in  Texas,  which  accounts  for  the  fact  that  after  his  death  his 
widow  presented  the  flag  to  the  Texas  Room  in  the  Confederate  Museum  at 
Richmond,  Va.  The  second  flag  was  made  by  the  same  young  ladies.  They 
could  not  get  more  silk  like  the  first  so  used  white  silk  for  the  whole  flag, 
embroidering  it  in  blue  silk.  .  .  .  Both  of  these  flags  were  presented  to  the 
Companies  of  the  Forsyth  Rifles.  .  .  ."  Mrs.  John  Huske  Anderson,  North 
Carolina  Women  of  the  Confederacy  ( Fayetteville :  Published  by  the  author, 
1926),  112.  The  second  flag  is  now  in  the  Wachovia  Museum,  Winston-Salem. 


Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Barrow  73 

his  company  and  attended  to  all  he  could  and  has  Broke  himself 
down. 

But  we  have  at  last  succeeded  in  procuring  two  Physicians 
here  at  Head  quarters  that  I  am  told  are  both  very  good  Physi- 
cians and  by  that  means  Fulton  can  rest  and  Recruit  again. 

We  are  in  about  two  miles  of  the  Winchester  Rail  Road  Sta- 
tion at  a  little  place  called  Ganesville 

We  managed  to  have  all  of  our  sick  that  was  able  to  travail 
brot  on  the  Rail  Road  of  Ganesville  and  had  them  brot  from 
that  place  to  this  in  Wagons  We  was  compelled  to  leave  some 
that  was  not  able  to  be  mooved  at  all  and  some  of  them  had  died 
since  we  have  left  that  place  it  hurts  my  feelings  very  much  to 
have  to  say  to  you  that  we  was  compelled  to  leave  Henry  But- 
ner  12  from  Old  Town  I  am  expecting  to  hear  of  his  Death  at  any 
moment  He  has  Typhoid  Fevor  of  the  worst  kind;  I  think  the 
Doctors  have  gave  his  case  up  for  gone.  We  left  Pink  Beles  also 
he  is  not  very  bad  but  somewhat  excited  if  Butner  is  dead  or 
dies  he  will  be  the  first  we  have  lost  out  of  the  Forsythe  Rifles 
But  as  life  is  uncertain  he  may  Recover  and  outlive  many  of  us 
after  all. 

We  are  living  in  tolerable  Rough  manners  but  I  prosume  from 
what  I  can  see  and  Learn  about  as  many  others  We  have  to  live 
on  very  common  coarse  diet  but  this  is  what  I  expected  before  I 
left  home.  I  think  if  I  can  only  keep  my  health  I  will  try  to  make 
the  trip  anyway,  you  had  better  believe  I  could  tell  you  all  some- 
thing about  hard  times.  We  hope  to  have  more  favors  shown  us 
in  the  section  of  the  county  where  we  are  I  road  out  about  2*/2 
miles  on  yesterday  with  our  Wagon  master  to  buy  some  Hay  for 
Bedding  in  Tents  we  went  to  one  Mr.  Chinns  about  Dinner  time 
He  and  his  good  Lady  gave  us  one  of  the  best  Dinners  and  de- 
cidedly the  best  wine  I  think  I  have  ever  drinked  in  my  life  They 
treated  us  so  very  well  I  almost  forgot  which  one  of  the  Boys  I 
was.  When  we  started  back  the  good  Lady  insisted  on  my  taking 
a  bottle  of  her  good  wine  with  me  to  camp  for  some  of  my  friends 
who  was  troubled  with  Bowel  complaints.  She  also  insisted  on 
my  coming  back  to  Eat  with  them  before  we  leave  this  place  I 
think  I  will  go  again 

We  bought  a  little  watermellon  yesterday  at  the  Junction  for 
fifty  cents  and  have  just  Eat  it  today  you  had  better  believe  it 
was  good  it  had  Red  meat  and  Red  seeds.  This  is  the  first  I  have 
Eat  this  season. 

I  have  been  trying  to  find  you  a  very  nice  Bomb  Shell,  if  I 
succeed  I  will  try  and  send  it  by  the  first  opportunity  I  saw  a 
peculiar  one  the  other  day  it  was  all  scolloped  out  it  was  a  butif ul 

33  Butner  was  reported  as  having  died.  See  John  Henry  Clewell,  History 
of  Wachovia  in  North  Carolina  (New  York:  Doubleday,  Page  and  Com- 
pany, 1902),  246,  hereinafter  cited  as  Clewell,  History  of  Wachovia. 


74  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

one  but  the  young  man  would  not  let  me  have  it  We  are  in  a  field 
where  we  have  lots  of  Green  Grass  and  Clover  in  fact  too  much 
I  fear  for  good  health  for  we  have  so  very  much  wet  weather  it 
is  very  disagreeable  especially  of  mornings  and  Evenings,  The 
water  is  not  very  good  and  scarce 

We  came  here  to  try  to  recruit  and  get  our  men  Restored  again 
to  good  health  if  we  can  We  happened  to  meet  with  better  luck 
here  in  finding  some  Barns  and  out  Houses  for  our  sick  and  two 
very  large  Hospital  tents  we  are  prepared  to  take  better  care 
of  the  sick  than  we  have  been  before 

The  three  houses  all  have  floors  in  them  and  we  had  sleepers 
laid  in  the  Extra  Large  Tents  and  plank  Floors  and  then  a  fine 
chance  of  Straw  and  Hay  put  Down  for  the  sick  Beds  My  Broth- 
er Charles  has  been  sick  for  some  time  I  have  managed  to  pro- 
cure a  Room  at  a  private  Residence  close  by  when  we  first  ar- 
rived here  for  him  and  Mr.  Hart,  where  they  are  both  treated 
very  kindly  by  the  good  old  Gentleman  and  his  Lady,  They  like 
to  stay  their  very  much  for  they  take  very  great  pains  and  treat 
them  very  kindly.  They  say  they  are  mending  very  fine  Brother 
has  fell  of  some  forty  odd  lbs  since  he  got  sick  But  is  doing  very 
well  at  present 

...  I  wish  to  be  remembered  to  all  enquiring  friends  and  hope 
to  have  the  pleasure  of  Returning  again  to  see  them  all  again 
sometime  if  not  before  next  Spring  I  anticipate  a  joyful  time  if 
such  time  ever  be  .  .  .  Please  remember  me  to  George  and  all  the 
Black  ones  at  home  Tell  old  uncle  Daniel  I  often  think  about  him 
and  how  he  is  doing  and  hope  to  come  back  and  find  him  with  all 
things  in  a  good  condition  I  must  close  please  write  to  me  soon 
and  dont  have  this  Exposed  for  it  was  gone  over  in  great  hurry 
without  much  pains 

Respectfully 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Broad  Run  Station  Va.  Sept,  27  1861 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 

Dear  Sir  I  have  Received  your  very  kind  letter  of  the  10 
and  hope  you  will  excuse  me  for  not  answering  it  sooner  I  have 
been  very  busy  for  a  few  weeks  But  I  think  I  have  my  business  so 
arranged  at  this  time  to  have  more  Leisure  time 

I  understand  you  all  at  home  think  I  am  sick  because  I  dont 
write  oftener  I  am  sorry  I  did  not  write  oftener  and  will  prom- 
ise you  all  to  do  better  if  you  will  Excuse  me  for  what  I  have 
done  already.  I  think  the  health  of  this  Regiment  is  better  than 
what  it  was  a  short  time  back  I  think  about  all  the  worst  cases 
have  been  sent  up  the  Road  about  forty  miles  above  this  place  to 
Front  Royal  I  think  the  moste  that  are  sick  here  now  are  those 


Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Barrow  75 

who  are  recovering  from  a  spell  of  Fevor  or  measles  I  think  the 
first  cause  of  this  sickness  comes  from  being  in  camp  at  Mitchells 
Ford  on  Bull  Run  for  our  men  was  exposed  to  bad  weather  about 
the  time  of  the  Battle  13  and  that  camp  was  at  a  very  low  filthy 
place  and  the  worst  water  to  drink  I  have  ever  seen  any  human 
drink,  I  Recollect  when  we  would  have  coffee  made  of  muddy 
water  it  would  look  like  coffee  with  a  very  large  quantity  of 
Cream,  you  may  gane  some  idea  how  the  coffee  would  taste.  We 
staid  at  that  place  a  few  weeks  and  then  went  up  to  a  place  we 
called  camp  Rhett,  About  two  miles  from  the  Junction  where  The 
water  was  some  better  but  not  very  plenty  This  camp  was  in  the 
woods  where  we  had  to  cut  out  quite  a  number  of  small  Groath. 
The  place  was  very  damp  and  so  very  much  vegitable  matter 
decaying  I  think  that  was  unhealthy.  At  this  place  a  very  large 
number  got  sick  and  died  The  condition  got  worse  every  day 

At  last  we  Received  permission  to  go  to  a  place  about  ten 
miles  on  this  side  of  the  Junction  called  Page  Land  We  called 
it  Camp  Hardee  This  was  a  low  flat  county  and  the  water  was 
very  bad  Some  thought  that  was  a  healthy  place  But  they  got 
worse  every  day  and  the  men  died  very  fast  at  that  place  We 
staid  their  a  few  weeks  and  at  last  got  permission  to  come  up  here 
across  the  mountain 

We  are  in  a  Beautiful  healthy  looking  Country  our  Camp  is 
between  Winchester  Rail  Road  and  Bull  Run  mountain  which  is 
a  very  high  mountain  our  camp  is  cloce  to  Broad  Run  Station 
The  Boys  are  at  liberty  to  go  all  over  this  neighborhood  I  think 
this  will  be  good  for  them  if  they  dont  Expose  themselves 

I  am  sorry  some  of  this  Regiment  has  been  writing  terrible 
Letters  home  to  Excite  our  friends  about  us  The  Truth  is  bad 
enough,  But  I  hear  some  have  been  holding  up  the  dark  side  of 
the  question  all  the  time  and  are  not  very  particular  about  telling 
the  Truth  at  all  time  some  say  They  dont  have  plenty  to  Eat  I 
think  with  the  exception  of  a  few  days  at  Mitchells  ford  all  hands 
have  had  plenty  to  Eat  such  as  Bacon  Beef  Flour  Coffee  Sugar 
and  Rice  this  is  more  than  some  who  complain  so  very  much  was 
used  to  at  home.  I  understand  there  is  a  great  deal  said  about 
our  Colonel  This  is  something  I  have  always  been  opposed  to  do- 
ing, for  I  am  told  it  is  a  court  martial  offence  to  be  writing  any- 
thing much  concerning  my  Superior  officers  but  I  can  say  this 


13  Beall  makes  the  following  comment:  "Immediately  the  regiment  moved 
in  double  quick  time  to  our  position  at  Mitchell's  Ford  on  Bull  Run — this 
being  the  center  of  the  Confederate  line  of  battle.  .  .  .  We  continued  to  hold 
the  same  position  on  21  July  when  the  first  battle  of  Manassas  was  fought 
and  a  victory  won  for  the  Confederates  which  electrified  the  whole  country/' 
He  also  mentions  that  the  regiment  suffered  greatly  from  illness.  Beall, 
"Twenty-first  Regiment,"  II,  130. 


76  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

much  for  Col.  Kirkland  14  he  has  always  treated  me  like  a  Gen- 
tleman and  therefore  I  have  nothing  more  to  say  on  this  subject. 
We  have  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  several  of  our  friends  from 
N.  Carolina  and  amongst  the  Rest  a  number  of  our  good  Ladies 
from  Salem 15  We  have  put  up  5  good  Large  Hospital  Tents  on 
a  beautiful  place  about  one  quarter  of  a  mile  from  camp  Mrs. 
Kremer  16  Miss  Vogler  and  Miss  Clewell  will  stay  in  one  and  a 
short  distance  from  them  we  will  moove  over  our  Sick  to  occupy 
the  others  I  came  across  a  very  cleaver  Gentleman  about  three 
miles  from  us  that  Loaned  me  inch  Plank  enough  to  lay  good 
Floors  in  each  Tent,  and  also  Large  Rafters  for  Sleepers,  This 
is  a  great  improvement  in  the  way  of  comfort.  The  other  nurses 
have  all  gone  up  to  Front  Royal  to  attend  to  the  Sick  at  that 
place 

...  I  must  try  to  make  some  appoligy  for  not  sending  you  the 
Bomb  Shell  I  had  promised  to  send  you  when  I  came  to  Examine 
I  found  it  had  something  in  it  looked  very  much  like  part  of  a 
load  I  asked  your  uncle  Henry  what  I  had  best  do  he  said  I  could 
send  it  by  my  Brother  and  write  to  you  to  be  careful  how  you 
managed  it  and  I  put  it  in  my  Brothers  carpet  Sack  that  night 
and  the  next  morning  I  told  him  abount  finding  some  hard  sub- 
stance inside  of  the  Shell  He  said  I  ought  not  to  send  it  if  there 
was  any  danger  in  it,  and  I  was  fearful  some  accident  might  take 
place  and  I  had  best  not  send  it,  But  I  will  try  to  send  you  some- 
thing if  I  can. 

You  will  please  say  to  Aunt  Betsey  Shore  that  her  son  Henry 
is  sick  and  has  been  sent  to  Front  Royal  for  medical  treatment 
he  has  not  been  very  sick  and  is  on  the  mend  Augustus  Samuels 
is  doing  very  well  Williams  Parsons  is  stout  and  harty  I  think 
from  what  I  can  learn  Thomas  Hunter  17  and  Ade.  Voss  are  the 
worst  caces  now  on  hand  from  our  siction  of  the  county  Hunter 
is  at  Front  Royal  and  Voss  is  at  Gansville  I  passed  that  place 
last  evening  on  the  cars  and  stopped  their  but  few  minutes. 
They  thought  Voss  to  be  some  little  better  but  he  is  very  low 
and  it  would  take  but  very  little  to  take  him  anyway. 


""This  officer  was  a  splendid  fighter  and  a  superb  soldier."  David  E. 
McKinne,  "Seventy-Second  Regiment,"  Clark,  Histories  of  the  Several 
Regiments,  IV,  45. 

15  "Among  those  who  went  to  Blantyre  Hospital  were  Mrs.  Eliza  Kremer, 
and  Misses  Lizetta  Stewart,  L.  Shaub,  Laura  Vogler,  and  Margaret  Clewell." 
Clewell,  History  of  Wachovia,  254. 

16  Mrs.  Kremer  taught  in  Salem  Academy,  and  after  her  husband's  death 
she  taught  in  the  Salem  Boys'  School.  She  was  a  pioneer  in  Sunday  School 
work.  During  the  war  she  was  President  of  the  Ladies'  Relief  Association 
of  Salem.  "After  the  battle  of  Manassas  she  took  a  group  of  women  from 
Salem  to  the  fever  hospital  at  Blantyne,  near  Culpepper,  Va.  where  they 
served  as  nurses  for  several  months."  "Memoir." 

17  Died  Sept.  28, 1861. 


Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Barrow  77 

The  Boys  that  are  here  dont  have  any  thing  much  to  do  for 
we  dont  have  any  Guard.  They  can  go  to  Bed  and  sleep  as  late 
as  they  please  of  mornings  The  Colonel  said  he  would  gave  them 
all  the  privlege  he  posibly  could  and  see  if  that  would  help  them 
We  are  amongs  very  cleaver  people  they  are  quite  [different] 
from  what  some  were  on  the  other  Side  of  the  Junction  I  think 
that  to  be  a  very  uncertain  county  This  is  a  very  bad  disagree- 
able wet  day  I  very  much  dislike  to  see  such  especially  here  in 
camp  but  we  have  to  take  such  things  as  we  find  them  I  think 
if  I  can  have  my  health  I  can  stand  this  kind  life  But  this  is  a 
very  bad  place  to  be  sick  in  camp 

I  must  close  you  will  please  Excuse  bad  Spelling  and  writing 
please  dont  have  this  Exposed  Please  gave  my  kindest  Regards 
to  all  and  tell  them  I  would  like  to  hear  from  them  all 

Yours  very  Truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Broad  Run  Station  Va  October  9  1861 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 

Dear  Sir 

By  Mr.  William  Gentry  I  send  you  a  cannon  ball.  This  is  the 
best  I  can  do  for  you  at  present.  .  .  .  There  will  be  no  danger  in 
the  Ball 

I  have  nothing  much  to  write  at  present  some  bring"  news 
from  below,  That  there  is  fighting  going  on  below  Fairfax  Court 
house,  some  twentyfive  or  thirty  miles  from  this  I  was  down  at 
the  Junction  on  yesterday  all  things  was  quiet  But  they  have 
sent  back  all  the  Sick  and  what  Bagage  they  can  spare  to  the 
Junction  and  to  other  places  They  were  expecting  an  engagement 
every  hour 

The  health  of  the  Regiment  is  improving  very  much  But  it  will 
be  some  time  before  some  of  the  men  are  able  for  duty.  On  last 
monday  the  paymaster  was  here  he  paid  the  Boys  They  are  flush 
with  money  I  heard  from  the  Boys  up  at  Front  Royal  The  Boys 
from  Forsythe  County  are  doing  very  well  We  have  very  dis- 
agreeable weather  it  is  damp  and  cool 

We  are  compelled  to  send  home  Philip  Mitchell 18  by  Mr. 
Vaughn  who  is  here  on  a  visit,  he  says  he  will  see  him  through 
Philip  has  had  a  very  hard  spell  of  Fevor  and  is  mending  very 
slow  and  I  fear  he  wont  be  able  to  do  anything  here  in  camp  this 
winter  We  must  try  to  do  without  him  for  we  have  had  to  do  so 
for  some  time  already  I  can  say  this  much  for  Philip  he  was  a 
faithful  hand  but  very  slow  Peter  Scales  and  his  mess  brot  him 
with  them  and  they  wanted  to  give  him  up  and  our  mess  took 


ia 


A  Negro. 


78  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

him  to  help  Gid  and  he  very  soon  took  fevor  and  was  bad  sick 
on  our  hands  but  this  was  not  Philips  fault.  .  .  . 

I  have  heard  of  no  new  caces  of  Fevor  in  camp  for  several  days 

Yours  very  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Broad  Run  Station  Va  Nov.  10  1861 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 

Dear  Sir 

As  I  have  a  chance  of  sending  you  a  few  lines  by  Mr.  Samuels 
I  write  in  haste  to  let  you  know  how  I  am  doing.  I  prosume  you 
have  heard  that  I  am  left  at  this  place  in  company  with  a  part 
of  the  Regiment,  I  cant  say  how  long  we  will  be  here  in  this  con- 
dition 

When  they  left  for  Centerville  I  thought  we  would  be  with 
the  balance  of  the  Regiment  before  now 

As  the  men  are  thought  to  be  able  They  are  sent  on  for  duty. 
I  prosume  I  will  have  to  stay  here  as  long  as  any  of  the  Regiment. 
There  is  not  much  sickness  here  now  there  are  no  new  caces,  and 
those  who  have  been  sick  are  mending,  and  I  hope  will  soon  be 
well  again  I  have  nothing  to  write  more  than  what  you  have 
heard  We  have  rather  Bad  news  from  the  South  and  good  from 
Kentucky 

We  have  been  expecting  a  great  fight  for  some  time  at  or  near 
Centerville.  There  are  two  very  large  armeys  within  a  few  miles 
of  each  other  and  I  dont  think  this  state  of  affairs  can  continue 
long  For  the  weather  is  getting  cold  and  they  will  have  to  do 
something  soon  We  have  had  some  very  disagreeable  weather 
here  I  think  on  Saturday  the  second  of  this  month  was  one  of  the 
worst  days  that  I  have  ever  seen  We  had  a  considerable  storm 
of  wind  and  Rain  Cold  wet  weather  is  very  bad  on  us  who  are  in 
Tents  But  when  the  wind  Blows  so  very  hard  it  is  much  worse 
I  have  been  this  afternoon  upon  a  very  high  mountain  with  the 
Ladies  We  had  a  splendid  vew  of  a  large  portion  of  Virginia 

I  hope  there  will  be  some  arrangements  for  us  to  go  into 
Winter  quarters  soon  I  would  like  for  the  fight  to  take  place  first 
For  I  would  be  much  better  satisfied  if  we  can  give  the  Yankees 
another  thrashing  and  then  we  will  not  be  interrupted  this  win- 
ter. Augustus  Samuels  received  his  discharge  this  Evening  since 
dark  I  told  him  to  make  ready  to  start  in  company  with  Mr. 
Holder  This  is  very  good  news  for  him 

I  would  like  to  know  why  you  dont  write  to  me  I  have  been 
looking  for  a  letter  from  you  for  some  time  please  say  to  Mr. 


Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Barrow  79 

C.  T.  Pfohl 10  his  letter  of  the  second  has  come  to  hand  and  I  will 
answer  it  soon.  ...  I  am  well  and  Sam  is  mending  fast 

Yours  very  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Camp  Kremer  Va  Dec  13/61 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 

Dear  Sir 

I  have  been  wanting  to  answer  your  moste  welcome  letter 
for  several  days  But  owing  to  business  I  have  not  done  so  We 
have  had  a  fine  day  here  But  rather  cool  to  be  pleasant  Times  are 
quiet  here  But  there  was  considerable  canonading  going  on  the 
larger  portion  of  the  day  to  our  left,  I  think  towards  Leesburg, 
But  I  have  not  heard  whether  they  were  fighting  or  not  The  Pay- 
master was  here  today  and  paid  this  Regiment  for  Two  months 
The  Boys  are  flush  again  But  I  hope  they  will  take  care  and  send 
some  money  home  This  Regiment  is  going  to  start  out  Tomorrow 
morning  on  picket  this  is  a  hard  undertaking.  They  will  be  out 
three  days  and  nights  before  they  Return  I  calculate  to  go  with 
them.  The  staff  generally  stay  in  a  house  if  they  can  find  one 
close  by  and  as  I  belong  to  that  Body  I  hope  we  will  stay  in  a 
house  for  it  will  be  much  more  pleasant  The  health  of  the  Regi- 
ment is  tolerable  good  with  the  exception  of  Colds  I  think  they 
are  harty  and  have  plenty  Beef  Flour  and  coffee  I  think  when  we 
Return  from  picket  if  nothing  happens  we  will  go  into  Winter 
quarters  Belo  the  Junction  at  a  place  on  the  Rail  Road  called 
Union  Mills  This  is  I  am  told  near  Fairfax  Station  I  hope  we  will 
get  into  the  woods  where  we  can  Build  Log  Cabbins  in  a  hurry. 
John  when  I  once  think  how  the  great  army  Ruins  this  county 
I  am  glad  that  the  Battle  ground  is  not  in  our  section  of  county 
and  I  hope  that  will  never  be  the  Battle  ground  I  want  for  us  to 
stand  firm  and  Beat  the  miserable  Scoundrels  back  and  teach 
them  to  stay  on  their  own  soil  and  let  us  alone 

Then  I  think  we  will  be  a  free  and  happy  people,  I  was  much 
Rejoiced  this  morning  very  soon  on  the  Receipt  of  your  Father's 
letter  I  dont  think  I  have  ever  received  a  letter  that  done  me 
more  good  .  .  .  please  gave  my  Respects  to  all 

Yours  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 


19  Christian  T.  Pfohl  was  detailed  for  service  in  the  F.  and  H.  Fries 
Woolen  Mills  during  the  War.  Later  he  served  as  a  member  of  the  Board 
of  Elders  of  the  Moravian  Church  for  twenty-five  years.  "Memoir." 


80  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Weldon,  N.  C.  Feb.  1,  1864 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 
Dear  Sir 

I  arrived  here  on  the  train  from  Petersburg  last  Saturday, 
Capt.  Brame  of  the  6th  N.  C.  Sergt.  Shreenes  of  the  54th  and  my- 
self were  ordered  to  Report  to  our  Brigade  at  this  place  with  the 
Tents  and  some  other  Babage.  But  when  we  arrived  here  we 
learnt  that  the  Brigade  had  left  and  gone  in  the  direction  of 
Goldsboro  We  then  Telegraphed  to  Genl.  Hoke20  he  then  Tele- 
graphed for  us  to  remain  here  until  further  orders  We  have  our 
Bagage  stored  away  in  the  ware  house  and  we  are  occupying  a 
Room  at  the  Gooch  Hotel  for  the  present  We  draw  Rations  and 
have  a  servt.  to  cook  for  us.  When  our  Brigade  left  their  winter 
quarters  in  Va.  We  then  moved  the  Transportation  back  to  Gor- 
donsville  where  we  Built  very  good  quarters  thinking  we  would 
remain.  The  weather  has  been  very  fine  for  some  time  But  for 
the  last  day  or  two  we  have  had  rather  damp  weather.  .  .  .  Since 
I  commenced  this  the  Band  of  the  26  N.  C.  arrived  here  on  the 
Petersburg  Train  They  say  they  are  going  on  Furlogh  I  am 
sorry  that  I  could  not  send  you  a  better  Bridle  Bit  When  I  saw 
you  I  thought  I  would  send  one  that  I  left  when  I  started  But 
during  my  absence  it  was  taken.  .  .  .  Please  give  my  kindest  Re- 
gards to  all. 

Yours  very  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Kinston  N.  C.  March  10th  1864 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 

Dear  Sir,  yours  of  the  6th  is  at  hand,  We  remain  at  the  same 
Camp.  I  think  we  will  stay  here  some  time.  The  Recruits  are 
comming  to  this  Brigade  every  day.  Our  men  are  tolerable  well 
provided  for  at  present,  They  are  looking  very  well  There  was 
a  Scouting  party  of  sixty  men  sent  down  towards  Newbern  the 
other  day  and  was  out  four  days  But  they  found  no  Yankees  Our 
men  are  at  work  on  the  Gun  Boat  at  this  place  it  will  be  a  very 
strong  Boat  when  finished.  This  has  been  a  very  Rainy  day  here. 
I  think  this  will  be  a  very  warm  place  to  stay  during  the  Summer 
Season,  But  By  that  time  we  may  all  be  somewhere  else.  I  think 


20  After  the  battle  of  Sharpsburg  Colonel  Hoke  was  placed  in  command 
of  the  Twenty-first  North  Carolina  Regiment.  Following  the  battle  of 
Fredericksburg  he  was  promoted  to  Brigadier  General  and  a  brigade  was 
formed  for  him  which  included  the  Twenty-first  N.  C.  In  January,  1864, 
Hoke's  Brigade  was  sent  to  North  Carolina  and  after  the  victory  at 
Plymouth  Hoke  was  promoted  to  Major-General.  Biographical  History  of 
North  Carolina,  Samuel  A.  Ashe  (ed.),  (Greensboro:  Charles  L.  Van 
Noppen,  Publisher,  8  volumes,  1905-1917),  I,  312-315.  He  was  "a  superlative 
Colonel  and  an  excellent,  hard-hitting  Brigadier."  Douglass  Southall 
Freeman,  Lee's  Lieutenants  (New  York:  Charles  Scribners  Sons,  3 
volumes,  1942-1944),  III,  618. 


Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Barrow  81 

our  prospects  are  looking  more  favorable  than  they  have  for  a 
long  time.  By  Mr.  Nathaniel  Styers  I  send  a  pair  blue  Pants  and 
1  Comfort,  you  will  please  have  them  packed  away  in  my  Trunk, 
as  I  have  pants  plenty  to  last  me  for  some  time  yet  to  come. 

I  thought  I  would  send  the  one  pair  home  for  safe  keeping 
until  I  may  want  them 

We  will  look  for  Capt.  James  back  in  a  few  days  I  have  been 
having  a  tolerable  good  time  here  and  have  been  Riding  about 
in  this  neighborhood  I  would  like  to  come  up  the  County  a  few 
days  this  Spring  But  I  fear  it  will  be  a  hard  matter  for  me  to  get 
off  as  I  have  [to]  do  the  Business  here  of  Quartermaster  of  the 
Regt  as  Capt.  Vogler  is  in  Va.  .  .  . 

Let  me  hear  from  you  again 

Yours  very  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Kinston  N.  C.  April  9th  1864 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 

Dear  Sir 

I  have  been  owing  you  an  answer  to  yours  of  the  27th.  We 
have  quiet  times  yet.  Yesterday  being  the  day  the  President  ap- 
pointed We  all  tryed  to  keep  it  as  much  as  we  could,  I  think 
there  was  Preaching  in  all  the  different  Regts.  of  this  Brigade. 
We  have  a  vast  deal  of  Rain  here  this  Spring.  Sergt  Pfohl  has 
returned  from  home,  he  tells  me  you  have  had  some  very  rough 
weather  lately.  We  dont  hear  much  said  about  us  leaving  here. 
Some  think  we  will  not  remain  here  much  longer  when  the 
weather  gets  good  again  Our  Regt  have  not  been  Drilling  very 
much  for  the  last  few  days  They  have  been  cleaning  up  and 
putting  our  Camp  in  good  order  We  have  a  good  Camp  From 
your  last  Letter  I  have  been  looking  for  you  and  Mr.  C.  T.  Pfohl 
to  pay  us  a  visit  The  Neuse  River  has  been  very  high  for  some 
time,  There  has  been  very  few  fish  caught  here  for  some  time  I 
fear  they  wont  catch  many  more 

I  think  the  Yankees  are  going  to  try  to  capture  Richmond 
again  as  Grant  has  been  successful  out  west  He  thinks  he  can 
manage  Genl.  Lee  and  his  army,  But  I  think  he  will  find  out 
some  difference  between  Genl  Lee  and  old  Pemberton  who  I 
believe  is  a  Yankee  Our  men  here  in  the  army  are  in  fine  spirits 
We  think  this  summer  will  end  this  cruel  war  I  have  been  talking 
with  several  men  who  have  lately  been  up  in  Forsythe  and  Stokes 
Counties  they  tell  me  there  has  lately  been  a  change  amongst  a 
great  many  up  their  I  hope  all  of  the  Traitors  will  soon  be  con- 
vinced they  have  been  doing  so  very  much  harm  and  have  caused 
a  many  a  good  young  man  to  have  to  loose  his  life  already  in  de- 


82  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

fence  of  his  country  I  must  close  as  I  have  nothing  to  write  that 
is  interesting  I  want  you  to  write  again  when  you  have  time 
Please  give  my  Regards  to  all 

Yours  very  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Greenville  N.  C.  April  30th  1864 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 

Dear  Sir 

Since  we  left  Kinston  We  have  had  a  very  hard  time  I  pro- 
sume  you  have  heard  all  about  our  forces  Capturing  Plymouth 
and  contents.  21  I  am  told  that  the  soldiers  had  a  good  time  after 
the  place  was  surrendered.  They  have  mostely  provided  them- 
selves with  clothing  and  Eatables 

Before  the  place  surrendered  I  was  sent  back  to  Tarboro  with 
our  wounded.  I  returned  too  late  to  supply  myself  with  any  thing. 
I  had  heard  that  there  was  a  large  quantity  of  goods  in  the  place 
I  was  in  hopes  I  could  be  present  when  the  place  surrendered  and 
procure  some  valuable  goods  for  myself  and  friends,  but  failed 
to  do  so.  We  remained  there  a  few  days  and  then  came  to  Wash- 
ington and  drove  in  their  pickets  at  that  place  We  staid  their 
one  day  and  night.  I  am  told  the  Enemy  were  very  much  excited 
thinking  our  forces  would  storm  the  place.  We  arrived  here  on 
yesterday  about  one  oclock  I  dont  think  we  will  stay  here  long. 
We  dont  know  in  what  direction  we  will  moove  from  here  Hoke 
is  now  a  Major  General  Our  Brigade  is  for  the  present  com- 
manded by  Lieut  Col  Lewis  of  the  43  N.  C.  Regt. 

Leiut  Robert  Belo  and  Athel  Lemly  are  here  with  us  They 
are  both  very  well,  Maj  Pfohl  Capt  James  and  the  rest  of  our 
Boys  are  very  well 

Yours  very  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Camp  Below  Harrisonburg  Va  Nov.  23rd  1864 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 
Dear  Sir 

As  I  have  time  I  drop  you  a  few  lines  Our  forces  have  moved 
up  to  this  place.  I  dont  have  much  news  to  write  it  was  reported 
here  last  Evening  that  the  Enemy  were  advancing  But  we  dont 
hear  anything  said  about  it  this  morning.  I  have  been  up  above 
Staunton  for  the  last  fifteen  days  hunting  Forage  for  our  Stock 
I  find  it  very  scarce.  I  prosume  you  have  heard  that  our  forces 
went  down  the  valley  near  Winchester  They  soon  returned.  They 


21  The  battle  of  Plymouth  was  fought  on  April  20,  1864.  The  garrison 
surrendered  to  General  Hoke. 


Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Barrow  83 

assertained  at  Strasburg  that  Maj  W.  J.  Pf ohl 22  died  very  soon 
after  he  was  wounded 

Some  of  our  men  saw  his  Grave  at  Strasburg. 

I  am  looking  for  his  brother.  I  have  been  told  that  our  army 
has  recruited  very  much  lately  I  am  told  they  are  bringing  nearly 
all  of  the  men  from  our  section  of  country  Carlos  Strupe  and 
Wely  Petree  are  here  with  us  I  hope  we  wont  have  to  winter 
here  in  the  Vally  as  it  is  a  very  cold  place  We  have  had  for  some 
time  very  wet  and  disagreeable  weather  But  the  clouds  Blew 
away  last  Evening  and  we  had  a  very  cold  night  last  night.  I 
fear  we  are  going  to  have  a  very  hard  winter.  We  have  not  Re- 
ceived any  News  Papers  for  some  days  until  this  morning. 
There  seems  to  be  very  little  news  in  the  Papers.  I  fear  we  wont 
be  permitted  to  go  into  winter  quarters  soon  if  at  all  this  winter 

I  would  very  much  like  to  have  a  pair  of  good  coarse  heavy 
Boots  for  this  winter.  Will  you  and  Mr.  Joseph  Stockton  do  me 
the  kindness  to  see  if  you  can  have  such  a  pair  made  if  you  can 
I  want  them  no.  9  Course  and  Strong  with  thick  bottoms  suitable 
to  tromp  the  mud  this  winter  perhaps  the  best  chance  would  be 
at  Waughs  Shop  Either  of  you  know  best.  When  I  was  at  home 
last  winter  I  left  a  pair  of  old  Boots  at  my  Brother  Williams  at 
Winston  I  think  the  Legs  of  those  would  do  very  well  to  front  if 
you  can  have  a  pair  fronted.  You  or  Mr.  Stockton  will  please  send 
up  for  those.  I  dont  like  to  be  so  much  trouble  to  you  But  I  have 
heard  that  my  Brother  is  not  at  home  I  have  been  very  much 
troubled  about  Boots  lately  I  purchased  a  pair  at  Staunton  for 
a  very  large  price  thinking  they  would  answer  for  me  for  this 
Winter  But  they  are  like  to  be  worthless,  I  never  have  been  so 
badly  cheated  in  my  life  before.  I  would  also  like  to  have  a  Hat 
no.  7%  if  you  should  see  any  person  coming  out  that  you  could 
send  one,  if  there  is  no  Hats  on  hand  for  sale  in  Town  where  they 
make  them,  I  think  I  have  a  black  soft  fur  Hat  in  my  Room  at 
the  store  You  will  please  write  to  me  soon  what  the  chance  would 
be  for  the  above  mentioned  articles  and  I  will  satisfy  you  for 
your  trouble  and  pay  you  all  Expenses  You  will  please  remem- 
ber me  to  all  the  family  My  health  is  tolerable  good  write  soon 
and  gave  all  the  news 

Yours  very  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 


22  "Among  the  killed  was  the  heroic  Pfohl,  commander  of  the  regiment. 
No  man  ever  exhibited  in  such  a  time  a  greater  coolness,  skill,  and  bravery 
which  excited  the  admiration  of  his  men."  Beall,  "Twenty-First  Regiment," 
II,  143. 


84  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Pleasant  Hill  NC  January  20th  1865 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 
Dear  Sir 

Sergt.  R.  A.  Wammock  will  be  at  Salem  in  a  few  days  if 
you  have  not  sent  the  Hat  and  Boots,  you  have  for  me,  you  will 
Please  send  them  By  him  I  have  been  sent  up  here  to  collect 
Forage  and  will  remain  here  until  he  returns  I  also  wrote  to 
your  mother  some  days  back  requesting  her  to  send  me  a  Box 
of  Provisions.  You  will  please  say  to  her  if  she  has  not  sent  it, 
To  not  send  until  she  can  hear  from  me  I  am  not  with  the  Com- 
mand and  cant  say  when  I  will  be  and  I  would  rather  she  would 
not  send  the  Box  for  fear  I  would  not  receive  it 23  I  hope  I  can 
live  tolerable  well  up  here  I  left  Petersburg  about  four  days  back 
all  was  quiet  there  I  cant  tell  when  I  will  be  able  to  come  home  on 
Furlough  But  when  Wammock  returns  I  will  make  application 
But  I  am  fearful  I  wont  succeed  for  I  would  very  much  like  to 
come  home  I  will  close  please  accept  my  thanks  for  your  kind- 
ness Write  when  you  can  Gave  my  regards  to  all  the  family 

Yours  very  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 

Quarter  Masters  Office 
Lewis  Brigade 
February  19th  1865 
Mr.  John  W.  Fries 
Salem,  N.  C 
Dear  Sir 

I  hope  you  will  excuse  me  for  not  writing  you  sooner 
The  Boots  and  Hat  that  I  have  been  troubling  so  long  about, 
reached  me  on  the  14th  of  this  month.  I  am  very  much  pleased 
with  the  Boots,  they  fit  very  well  and  I  think  they  are  a  very 
good  strong  article  I  dont  have  much  news  to  write  you  have  I 
prosume  heard  of  the  evacuation  of  Columbia  S.  C.  24  A  few 
weeks  back  I  was  down  in  Northampton  County  N.C.  I  remained 
their  about  two  weeks  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  up  Forage 
for  this  Brigade.  I  then  returned  back  to  my  post  and  have  since 
been  verry  busy  writing  in  this  Office.  I  have  Sergt  Ed.  Pfohl 
with  me 

We  have  our  quarters  in  a  verry  comfortable  House  on  what 

is  called  the  Cox  Road  about  three  miles  South  of  Petersburg  Va. 

Our  Brigade  is  about  Eight  miles  from  us  They  are  down  on 

our  Right.  We  have  had  tolerable  quiet  times  here  for  the  past 


23  "Many  received  boxes  of  provisions  from  home,  but  food  so  sent  often 
was  stolen  or  spoiled  in  transit,  or  was  left  in  railway  stations  that  never 
were  cleared  of  freight  and  express."  Freeman,  Lee's  Lieutenants,  III,  620. 

24  Sherman  "entered  Columbia,  South  Carolina  on  the  17th,"  Freeman, 
Lee's  Lieutenants,  III,  641. 


Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Barrow  85 

week,  But  I  think  it  has  been  mostly  owing  to  the  verry  disagree- 
able weather  We  have  had  a  vast  quantity  of  Rain  here  this 
Winter,  But  very  little  Snow  This  has  been  a  beautiful  day  here 
and  the  ground  is  drying  up  very  fast  I  think  if  the  Weather 
keeps  fair  a  few  days,  Hostilities  will  be  renewed  again  I  dont 
think  I  will  be  able  to  obtain  a  Furlough  this  Spring.  I  have 
been  hoping  I  could  do  so.  ...  I  have  been  hoping  that  our  future 
prospects  would  brighten  up  by  this  time,  But  to  my  great  re- 
gret they  look  at  present  very  much  to  the  contrary.  We  are  but 
a  short  distance  to  the  rear  of  our  front  lines.  We  can  hear  the 
Yankee  cars  run  up  and  they  can  hear  our  cars  also.  The  Enemy 
have  built  a  very  large  observatory  oposite  our  quarters  it  dont 
look  like  it  is  but  a  short  distance  from  us.  This  is  a  very  high 
concern.  They  can  see  from  the  top  a  verry  considerable  distance 
I  think  Genl.  Lee  will  have  this  observatory  Shot  down  with 
artillery  for  it  is  in  reach  I  prosume  you  have  heard  of  the  fight 
that  took  place  about  two  weeks  back  down  where  our  Brigade 
is  in  camp. 25  This  was  a  hard  fight  Our  Division  I  am  told  fought 
about  twenty  thousand  Yankees.  They  drove  the  Yankees  back 
Our  loss  was  said  to  be  very  small  When  the  Enemy  advanced, 
They  captured  Mr.  Edwin  Minung.26  He  was  out  guarding  a  pri- 
vate House  and  they  took  him  by  surprise  I  must  close  by  re- 
turning to  you  many  thanks  for  your  trouble  and  kindness  until 
you  are  better  paid 

Please  write  to  me  soon  and  gave  me  all  the  news  direct  my 
Letters  to  the  care  of  Capt.  S.  H.  Brame  A.Q.M.  Lewis  Brigade 
as  I  am  not  with  the  Regiment  any  more.  .  .  . 

Yours  very  truly 

H.  W.  Barrow 


25  Winter  quarters  on  Hatcher's  Run,  Beall,  "Twenty-First  Regiments," 
II,  142. 

26  His  life  was  spent  in  Salem  "with  the  exception  of  the  trying  time  spent 
with  the  army  in  Virginia.  He  often  referred  with  thankfulness  to  the 
experiences  of  God's  goodness  which  he  made  during  this  season  of  priva- 
tion  disease  and  danger."  "Memoir." 


BOOK  REVIEWS 

Tarheel  Talk :  An  Historical  Study  of  the  English  Language  in 
North  Carolina.  By  Norman  E.  Eliason.  (Chapel  Hill:  The 
University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1956.  Pp.  x,  324.  $5.00.) 

A  lot  of  popular  notions  about  North  Carolina  speech 
are  exploded  in  this  delightfully  entertaining  study  by  a 
Professor  of  English  at  Chapel  Hill.  For  instance,  our  moun- 
tain people  and  our  coastal  residents  do  not  employ  "pure 
Elizabethan"  or  antique  "Chaucerian,"  even  when  they  say 
hit  instead  of  it.  Hit  is  simply  a  survival  retained  in  folk 
speech  after  the  elimination  of  the  word  from  cultivated 
usage.  Similar  word  histories  are  numerous.  Current  unfash- 
ionable phrasing  is  almost  uniformly  traceable  to  dialects  in 
those  various  sections  of  England  from  which  our  ancestors 
came. 

For  his  research  Dr.  Eliason  copiously  investigated  the 
papers  of  the  Southern  Historical  Collection  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  Library:  letters,  diaries,  journals,  ac- 
count books,  plantation  records,  wills,  deeds,  speeches, 
poems,  and  class  notes.  Even  so,  the  author  is  careful  to  make 
no  broad  generalizations.  He  constantly  warns  against  form- 
ing any  principles  based  on  insufficient  evidence.  But  withal, 
he  gives  us  enough  examples  to  set  a  pattern,  and  incidentally 
provides  us  with  information  about  many  social  attitudes  of 
our  forbears.  The  upper  classes,  for  example,  were  not 
aloof  in  speech  matters.  In  North  Carolina  it  was  quite  the 
contrary,  we  are  told.  Frequently,  folk  and  cultivated  speech 
were  indistinguishable  in  what  must  have  been  a  very  demo- 
cratic society. 

North  Carolina  is  no  lexicographer's  paradise.  Dr.  Eliason 
found  few  "North  Carolinaisms."  Definite  native  products 
are  buncombe  and  scuppernong,  both  derivities  of  place 
names.  Among  the  words  antedating  citations  in  DA  and 
OED  are  jew  down  (1848),  scarce  as  hens  teeth  (1858), 
corduroy  ( 1795 ) ,  and  fixing  ( 1854 )  as  in  "Aunt  Lizy  is  just 
fixing  to  go  to  church."  Fixing  to  is  not  cited  by  OED  till 
1907. 


Book  Reviews  87 

The  drawl  of  North  Carolina  speech  is  not  due  to  Southern 
laziness,  but  rather  to  a  patrician  attitude  about  language 
matters.  The  dropped  g  in  morning  and  the  dropped  r  in  car 
have  respectable  antecedence.  The  broad  a  in  fast  (which 
North  Carolinians  abhor)  was  once,  we  are  glad  to  learn, 
considered  unashamedly  vulgar. 

Though  grammar  was  flexible  in  ante-bellum  times,  Dr. 
Eliason  "found  no  convincing  instance  anywhere  of  you  all 
used  for  the  singular."  Ain't  was  infrequent.  Professor  E. 
Bagby  Atwood  in  a  University  of  Michigan  publication  is 
the  authority  cited  for  the  startling  news  that  Mowed,  growed, 
knowed,  and  have  wrote  are  prevalent  North  Carolina  forms 
today  except  among  the  "highly  educated"! 

A  word  list,  carefully  documented,  plus  440  significant 
spellings  (e.g.,  Catauber,  Guildford,  Hye,  and  Macklingburgh 
counties),  is  appended. 

This  valuable  study— one  of  the  first  anywhere  to  be  based 

on  manuscript  rather  than  printed  material— is  evidence  of 

Dr.  Eliason's  scholarship,  good  sense,  and  humor.  It  must 

have  troubled  him,  however,  to  use  the  one-word  Tarheel  in 

his  title  instead  of  the  Tar  Heel  sanctioned  by  six  of  the  seven 

leading  morning  newspapers  in  the  State,  only  the  Durham 

paper  concurring  with  the  usage-ignoring  dictionary-makers 

of  the  North. 

Richard  Walser. 
North  Carolina  State  College, 
Raleigh. 


North  Carolina  Drama.  Edited  with  an  Introduction  by  Richard 
Walser.  (Richmond,  Va. :  Garrett  &  Massie,  Inc.  1956.  Pp. 
vii,  229.  $4.00.) 

This  volume  of  plays  is  a  companion  to  North  Carolina  in 
the  Short  Story  and  North  Carolina  Poetry,  both  by  the  same 
editor,  a  graduate  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  cur- 
rently an  Associate  Professor  of  English  at  North  Carolina 
State  College,  and  a  tireless  and  thorough  student  of  his 
State's  literature.  The  knowledge  that  Professor  Walser  has 


88  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

gained,  both  from  libraries  and  from  personal  acquaintance 
with  writers,  shows  not  only  in  the  two-page  introduction 
that  precedes  each  of  the  ten  one-act  plays  included,  but  also 
in  the  37-page  introduction  to  the  volume  itself.  Here  is  per- 
haps the  only  attempt  at  a  complete  history  of  the  drama  in 
North  Carolina.  One  reads  in  it  of  such  producers  as  Augustin 
Daly  and  the  De  Mille's;  of  such  actors  as  Forrest,  Modjeska, 
and  Mansfield,  who  toured  North  Carolina  in  the  late  nine- 
teenth century;  of  such  writers  as  Thomas  Godfrey,  whose 
"Prince  of  Parthia,"  finished  in  North  Carolina,  was  the  first 
real  drama  by  an  American,  and  Lula  Vollmer,  whose  "Sun- 
Up"  ran  so  long  on  Broadway  in  the  1920's;  of  such  plays  as 
"Blackbeard,"  the  first  about  North  Carolina  by  a  native  of 
the  State;  and  of  the  currently  and  universally  popular  out- 
door symphonic  dramas  written  by  such  men  as  Paul  Green 
and  Kermit  Hunter.  But  at  greatest  length  one  reads  of 
Proff  Koch,  who  came  to  Chapel  Hill  in  1918  to  exert  a  perma- 
nent influence  on  all  the  state's  dramatists,  particularly  on 
the  writers  of  autobiographical  and  local  color  plays. 

The  dramas  that  Professor  Walser  chose  for  his  anthology 
are  all  products  of  the  Koch  period.  Many  of  them  are  by 
ProfFs  former  students,  and  all  of  them  are  about  North 
Carolina  people.  There  are  three  tragedies,  the  best  of  which 
is  "The  Scuffletown  Outlaws,"  by  William  Norment  Cox,  a 
play  of  the  Croatan  Indians  of  Robeson  County  and  their 
post-Civil  War  feud  with  the  law-abiding  "whites."  It  is  best 
because  of  the  pathos,  the  suspense,  the  subtle  weaving-in 
of  background,  the  convincingly  realistic  dialogue,  and  the 
well-drawn  characters  of  Henry  Berry  Lowrie,  chief  of  the 
outlaws,  and  John  Sander,  the  Yankee  who  joined  the  gang 
in  order  to  capture  it.  The  other  two  tragedies,  "Sea  Psalm," 
by  Charles  Edward  Eaton,  and  "The  Return  of  Buck  Gavin," 
by  Thomas  Wolfe,  are  surprisingly  poor  to  be  included  in  this 
selection  of  plays,  but  understandably  poor  when  one  real- 
izes how  young  the  poet  and  the  novelist  were  at  the  time 
of  composition. 

Of  the  comedies,  there  is  one  light  satire  of  small-town 
life,  "The  Beaded  Buckle,"  by  Frances  Gray  Patton,  author 
of  the  successful  novel  "Good  Morning,  Miss  Dove."  This 


Book  Reviews  89 

play  contains  an  amusing  and  ironic  treatment  on  the  leader 
of  a  small-town  smart  set,  who  with  charm  and  cunning  gets 
what  she  wants,  twisting  a  doting  son  around  her  fingers  and 
stopping  gossip  with  flattery  on  the  one  hand  and  threats 
on  the  other.  There  are  two  plays  about  Negroes,  "Sleep  on, 
Lemuel,"  by  John  W.  Parker,  and  "The  No  'Count  Boy,"  by 
Paul  Green.  One  treats  humorously  the  old  Negress  conjuror 
who  straightens  out  the  course  of  true  young  love  while  in 
the  background  is  heard  the  singing  and  praying  of  a  funeral 
service.  The  other,  perhaps  the  most  sensitive,  discerning, 
and  dramatically  successful  play  in  the  collection,  deals  with 
the  "Rainmaker"  theme,  bringing  an  imaginative,  harp- 
playing,  tale-telling  boy  briefly  into  the  hum-drum  life  of  a 
young  girl  who  has  immortal  longings  but  a  staid,  sober,  and 
very  mortal  fiance.  And  finally,  there  are  four  other  folk 
comedies,  "In  Dixon's  Kitchen,"  by  Wilbur  Stout,  "Quare 
Medicine,"  by  Paul  Green,  "Ca'line,"  by  Bernice  Kelly  Har- 
ris, and  "Wash  Carver's  Mouse  Trap,"  by  Fred  Koch,  Jr.  One 
shows  a  young  girl  persuading  her  boy  friend  to  propose, 
combatting  not  only  his  shyness  but  her  father's  denseness 
and  her  little  brother's  interruptions.  Another  presents  the 
smooth-operating,  poetic  vendor  of  patent  medicines,  who 
gives  a  young  husband  the  strength  of  character  to  take 
command  of  his  household.  "Ca'line"  concerns  the  old,  hard 
working  community  servant  who  is  sent  to  the  county  poor 
house  where  she  ironically  learns  to  like  electricity  and  other 
luxuries  and,  as  a  result,  refuses  to  go  through  with  a  mar- 
riage planned  by  altruistic  relatives  trying  to  insure  her  old 
age.  And  the  last  comedy  gives  a  short  but  convincing  glimpse 
of  the  scheming  mountaineer  who  fleeces  detouring  vacation- 
ists by  pulling  them  out  of  a  mud  hole  that  he  made  but  who 
in  the  end  is  himself  cheated  by  a  smart  city  slicker. 

Ordinarily  a  book  of  selections  from  the  literature  of  a 
particular  state  would  be  of  greatest  interest  to  the  natives 
of  that  state,  and  certainly  North  Carolina  Drama  will  pro- 
vide most  appeal  for  the  readers  who  know  the  communities, 
the  dialects,  and  the  types  of  people  represented  in  its  covers. 
But  there  is  also  a  universal  appeal.  Some  of  these  plays  are 


90  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

of  interest  simply  because  they  are  the  youthful  efforts  of 
great  writers,  some  because  they  are  intrinsically  successful 
as  drama,  and  nearly  all  because  they  are  entertaining. 

Percy  G.  Adams. 

University  of  Tennessee, 
Knoxville,  Tenn. 


Rebel  Boast.  By  Manly  Wade  Wellman.  (New  York:  Henry  Holt 
and  Company.  1956.  Pp.  317.  Photographs  and  notes.  $3.95.) 

Manly  Wade  Wellman  has  mined  into  a  vein  of  Civil  War 
material  that  has  heretofore  been  largely  neglected.  He  has 
provided  a  fully-rounded  model  for  others  who  will  undoubt- 
edly take  to  the  same  rich  store. 

Manuscript  material  used  was  in  the  form  of  diary  and 
letter  collections  in  the  Southern  Historical  Collection  at 
Chapel  Hill,  and  from  private  sources  in  Halifax  County. 

Using  the  manuscript  and  standard  reference  works,  the 
author  traces  the  war  experiences  of  five  common  soldiers  of 
the  Confederacy  from  their  enlistment  in  the  Enfield  Blues 
until  the  surrender  at  Appomattox. 

The  five  soldiers  (none  of  whom  rose  above  the  rank  of 
captain)  were  all  members,  first,  of  the  Bethel  Regiment 
(First  Volunteers),  and  then  of  Company  D  of  the  Forty- 
Third  North  Carolina. 

Two  of  the  five  literally  lived  the  "rebel  boast"  of  being 
"First  at  Bethel,  last  at  Appomattox."  Three  became  victims 
of  The  War,  dying  or  fatally  wounded  during  Jubal  Early's 
Shenandoah  Valley  campaign  in  the  summer  of  1864. 

The  book  abounds  in  good  detail  on  the  day-to-day  life 
of  the  lower  ranks,  hangs  fire  when  the  principals  go  to 
battle  ( diary- writers  seldom  reach  their  peak  in  describing 
battles) 

Written  in  journalistic  style,  the  work  nevertheless  shows 
good  attention  to  historiographic  discipline.  Extensive  direct 
quotation  is  used.  Even  when  not  quoting,  the  author  lets 
the  manuscript  speak  for  itself  with  hardly  an  author's  judg- 
ment intruding.  This  naturally  causes  gaps,  and  several  of 


Book  Reviews  91 

the  principals  fail  to  spring  fully  to  life,  despite  the  capable 
word-working  of  the  author. 

Extensive  and  interesting  notes  are  helpful  not  only  for 
their  material,  but  as  an  interesting  study  of  how  Wellman 
developed  the  mass  of  manuscript  into  a  coherent,  fast- 
moving  story. 

The  book  is  valuable  for  its  plan,  interesting  for  its  wealth 
of  detail  on  North  Carolina's  part  in  the  War  for  Southern 
Independence,  and  written  in  a  style  that  catches  the  mood 
of  its  period. 

Roy  Parker,  Jr. 

Windsor. 


Here  Will  I  Dwell:  The  Story  of  Caldwell  County.  By  Nancy 
Alexander.  (Lenoir:  Published  by  the  author.  1956.  Pp.  230. 
Illustrations.  $5.00.) 

As  the  title  would  seem  to  indicate,  this  history  of  Caldwell 
County  was  performed  as  a  labor  of  love  by  one  of  its  loving 
daughters. 

Broken  down  into  thirteen  chapters,  the  book  devotes 
chapters  to  the  Indians,  the  early  explorers  and  settlers,  and 
the  Revolutionary  days  of  the  area,  through  its  various  stages 
of  development  as  part  of  Rowan,  Burke,  and  Wilkes  before 
its  actual  formation  in  1841.  Later  chapters  deal  at  length 
with  the  social,  economic,  religious,  and  cultural  progress  of 
this  piedmont-mountain  county.  In  fact,  its  accounts  of  camp 
meetings,  ancient  superstitions,  weddings,  funerals,  excur- 
sions, and  bees  of  various  varieties  give  it  a  homelike  quality 
which  will  no  doubt  awaken  many  nostalgic  reminiscences 
in  the  minds  of  others  who  dwell  in  Happy  Valley  and  its 
environs.  Legends,  reminiscences,  memorabilia,  and  anec- 
dotes abound. 

The  author  states  that  the  book  is  based  on  five  years  of 
research  among  "many  hundred  historical  books  and  volumes, 
family  records,  scrapbooks,  manuscripts,  documents,  and 
newspaper  files"  at  various  places  in  Caldwell  and  other 
counties,  in  libraries  at  Duke,  Chapel  Hill,  the  Woman's 


92  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

College,  State  College,  and  the  Department  of  Archives  and 
History.  Interviews  with  "innumerable  persons"  rounded 
out  the  research.  Unfortunately  there  is  no  documentation 
except  a  few  internal  references,  mostly  to  published  journals, 
such  as  Bishop  Asbury's,  and  to  Lenoir  newspapers  of  the 
past  half -century.  Nor  is  there  a  bibliography,  but  there  is  a 
fifteen-page  index,  which,  incidentally,  is  labeled  "Appendix." 

A  careful  check  of  facts  ( e.  g.  Patrick  Ferguson  is  elevated 
to  a  general)  and  careful  proofreading  would  have  improved 
the  book.  For  instance,  Louis  Round  Wilson  is  referred  to  as 
R.  L.  Wilson,  Mrs.  C.  P.  Dey  becomes  Mrs.  Day,  "exag- 
gerated" is  mispelled,  the  year  "1887"  should  read  "1787," 
"hung"  should  read  'hanged,"  et  cetera. 

Despite  the  lack  of  scientific  training,  the  author  has 
breathed  into  this  volume  a  great  deal  of  life  and  love  which 
should  bring  pleasure  to  the  inhabitants  of  'this  beautiful, 
protected  valley  in  the  foothills  of  the  Blue  Ridge." 

Blackwell  P.  Robinson. 

High  Point  College, 

High  Point. 


The  Living  Past  of  Cleveland  County.  By  Lee  A.  Weathers. 
(Shelby:  Star  Publishing  Company.  1956.  Pp.  269.  $4.00.) 

It  is  probable  that  no  one  is  better  qualified  to  record  the 
general  history  of  Cleveland  County  than  Lee  Weathers,  for 
since  1911  he  has  edited  the  Shelby  Daily  Star  and  his  an- 
cestors lived,  worked,  and  participated  in  the  country  activi- 
ties for  five  generations.  He  has  been  active  in  the  writing  of 
its  day-to-day  history  and  is  thus  on  familiar  ground  in  dis- 
cussing the  background  of  the  problems  and  events  that 
occurred.  More  important,  he  was  on  intimate  and  personal 
terms  with  the  Shelby  "political  dynasty"  of  O.  Max  Gardner, 
Clyde  R.  Hoey,  and  Judge  James  Y.  Webb  and  could  discuss 
the  political  leadership  of  these  men  who  helped  to  mold 
the  destiny  of  North  Carolina  throughout  the  twentieth 
century. 

The  author  does  not  attempt  to  make  this  a  scholarly  or 
documented  history  of  Cleveland  County.  Instead,  it  is  more 


Book  Reviews  93 

of  a  personalized  sketch  of  facts,  myths,  and  "tidbits"  of  the 
highlights  of  the  county's  past.  It  is  regretable  that  a  more 
scientific  study  was  not  made,  especially  on  the  Civil  War  and 
Reconstruction  political  story  and  the  industrial  development 
of  the  county.  Yet,  for  the  general  lay  reader  it  was  fortunate 
that  the  present  format  was  followed  since  otherwise  much 
of  the  personality  and  "flavor"  of  Mr.  Weathers  would  have 
been  inevitably  lost. 

The  most  important  topics  included:  formation  and  early 
settlement  of  the  county;  building  the  railroads  after  the 
Civil  War;  public  education;  resort  center  and  recreation; 
King's  Mountain;  industrial  pioneers;  and,  political  develop- 
ment and  leadership.  The  latter  was  the  highlight  of  the 
study,  but  here  again,  this  reviewer  would  have  liked  a  more 
thorough  analysis  of  the  political  leadership  and  contributions 
of  the  "Cleveland  dynasty." 

Mr.  Weathers  should  be  commended  for  making  his  study 

so  readable  and  for  the  many  timely  illustrations.  Its  appeal 

will  be  altogether  local,  but  enough  information  is  included 

that  should  lead  to  several  excellent  graduate  thesis  and  local 

research  histories. 

Horace  W.  Raper. 
Tennessee  Polytechnic  Institute, 
Cookeville,  Tennessee. 


A  History  of  Moore  County,  North  Carolina,  1747-1847.  By 
Blackwell  P.  Robinson.  (Southern  Pines:  Moore  County  His- 
torical Association.  1956.  Pp.  viii,  270.  Maps,  illustrations,  and 
bibliography.  $5.00.) 

Moore  County  has  produced  a  local  history  that  is  well 
above  the  average  county  history.  Mr.  Robinson,  apparently 
a  writer  of  some  experience,  tells  his  story  ably,  if  not  brilliant- 
ly, and  has  wisely  relegated  most  of  the  customary  lists  of 
early  settlers  and  other  scattered  bits  of  information  to  a 
series  of  appendices,  which  occuply  about  one-fourth  of  the 
text.  The  result  is  a  readable  book,  which  holds  the  interest 
even  of  some  one,  like  this  reviewer,  who  had  never  before 
heard  of  Moore  County. 


94  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

For  those  who  have  no  roots  in  Moore  County,  the  chief 
value  of  the  book  is  its  account  of  the  arrival  of  the  Highland 
Scots,  their  Tory  sympathies  during  the  Revolution,  and  the 
brutal  civil  war  in  the  area  following  the  battle  of  Moore's 
Creek  Bridge.  A  glimpse  of  the  way  in  which  crude  and 
violent  men  were  raised  to  positions  of  power  by  the  passions 
of  the  Revolution  is  afforded  in  the  sketch  of  Colonel  Philip 
Alston,  justice  of  the  peace  and  state  senator,  who  was  ac- 
cused of  murder  as  well  as  counterfeiting,  not  to  mention 
petty  tyrannies  over  the  local  Tories. 

Other  chapters  are  devoted  to  the  organization  of  the 
county,  education,  churches,  farming  and  industry,  and  the 
Alston  house,  later  the  home  of  Governor  Benjamin  Williams, 
now  preserved  as  a  historic  shrine.  The  book  avoids  the  usual 
weakness  of  local  histories,  the  neglect  of  more  recent  history, 
by  stopping  rather  abruptly  in  1847,  the  centennial,  not  of 
the  county,  but  of  the  first  settlement  in  the  area.  This  sudden 
ending  has  at  least  the  virtue  of  leaving  the  reader  in  sus- 
pense, waiting  for  another  volume  to  take  Moore  County 
through  two  world  wars  and  to  add  the  story  of  Pinehurst  and 
Southern  Pines,  Moore  County's  most  important  contribution 
to  the  twentieth  century.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  author  of 
the  second  volume  will  be  able  to  dig  a  little  deeper  than  Mr. 
Robinson  has  had  time  to  do. 

Marvin  W.  Schlegel. 
Longwood  College, 
Farmville,  Virginia. 


The  State  Records  of  South  Carolina:  Journals  of  the  South 
Carolina  Executive  Councils  of  1861  and  1862.  Edited  by 
Charles  E.  Cauthen.  (Columbia:  South  Carolina  Archives  De- 
partment. 1956.  Pp.  xv,  336.  $8.00.) 

For  several  years  the  South  Carolina  Archives  Department, 
under  the  able  direction  of  J.  H.  Easterby,  has  been  printing 
an  invaluable  series  of  colonial  records.  The  present  volume 
is  the  first  in  a  series  of  state  records  which  promises  to  be  of 
equal  importance. 


Book  Reviews  95 

This  volume  deals  with  the  critical  Civil  War  period.  As 
Professor  Easterby  says  in  the  Series  Preface,  "The  effects  of 
its  [South  Carolina's]  decision  to  withdraw  from  the  union 
in  1860  have  been  more  far-reaching  than  those  of  any  other 
event  in  its  history."  The  event  has  been  studied  attentively. 
So  far  as  the  reviewer  knows,  however,  this  is  the  first  time 
the  journals  of  the  Executive  Council  have  been  available. 
The  editor  of  this  volume,  Professor  of  History  in  Wofford 
College,  is  the  author  of  an  excellent  study,  South  Carolina 
Goes  to  War,  1860-1865  (Chapel  Hill,  1950),  including  two 
chapters  on  the  executive  councils,  in  which  he  did  not  cite 
the  journals.  Laura  A.  White,  in  an  article  in  the  American 
Historical  Review  (July,  1929)  dealing  specifically  with  the 
Council  and  the  Convention  that  gave  it  birth,  does  not  cite 
the  journals  of  the  Council  but  only  those  of  the  Convention. 
It  is  true  that  some  of  the  essential  material  may  be  found 
elsewhere,  but  in  matters  of  historical  importance  there  can 
be  no  substitute  for  original  sources.  The  sense  of  urgency 
surrounding  the  Fort  Sumter  crisis,  the  confusion  of  war, 
the  inter-mixture  of  high  policy  and  petty  administrative 
detail,  can  nowhere  be  felt  more  vividly  than  in  the  day-to- 
day minutes  of  the  Council.  The  work  of  the  Council  as  an 
experiment  in  executive  control,  and  its  ultimate  failure  be- 
fore the  bar  of  public  opinion— in  spite  of  the  editor's  view 
that  it  "exercised  its  great  powers  with  considerable  wisdom 
and  success"— is  made  doubly  interesting  because  of  the 
war  crisis. 

The  editor  has  explained  the  origin  of  the  Council,  its  lapse 

after  the  state's  formal  association  with  the  Confederacy, 

its  revival  at  a  critical  time  near  the  end  of  1861,  and  its  final 

demise  a  year  later. 

Robert  H.  Woody. 
Duke  University, 
Durham. 


96  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  University  of  Georgia  under  Sixteen  Administrations,  1785- 
1955.  By  Robert  Preston  Brooks.  (Athens :  The  University  of 
Georgia  Press.  1956.  Pp.  ix,  260.  $4.50.) 

This  is  a  timely  and  interesting  survey  of  the  history  of 
The  University  of  Georgia  from  the  closing  years  of  the 
eighteenth  century  to  the  present.  It  supplements  the  earlier 
works  of  A.  L.  Hull  and  E.  M.  Coulter  and  covers  new  ground 
in  its  treatment  of  the  University  during  the  late  nineteenth 
and  first  half  of  the  twentieth  centuries. 

The  author  was  eminently  qualified  for  this  assignment, 
having  been  on  the  campus  in  Athens  for  fifty-five  years  as 
student,  professor,  and  dean.  In  addition  to  an  intimate  per- 
sonal knowledge  of  men  and  events,  he  has  consulted  col- 
leagues and  made  extensive  use  of  published  and  unpublished 
material.  The  emphasis  is  on  "financial  problems,  the  growth 
of  the  enrollment,  and  changes  in  the  curriculum."  These, 
along  with  sketches  of  distinguished  teachers,  are  woven  into 
the  administrations  of  the  several  presidents  and  chancellors. 

Dr.  Brooks  states  that  North  Carolina  is  clearly  entitled  to 
the  distinction  of  having  the  first  state  university  in  actual 
operation,  but  notes  that  Georgia  was  the  "first  state  actually 
to  charter  a  university."  Discussion  of  difficulties  with  church- 
related  colleges,  the  Civil  War  years,  athletics,  and  political 
meddling  in  higher  education  by  the  late  Governor  Eugene 
Talmadge  enliven  and  add  to  the  value  of  this  study. 

The  book  contains  appendices  on  enrollment,  income, 
principal  officers,  and  a  tribute  to  Harold  Hirsch.  One  misses 
illustrations  of  the  University  campus  and  of  the  worthies 
who  have  contributed  so  much  to  higher  education  in  Georgia 
and  the  South.  A  bibliography  and  index  are  included. 

Dr.  Brooks  is  to  be  commended  for  this  valuable  addition 
to  the  growing  list  of  college  and  university  histories.  His 
efforts  will  be  welcomed  by  alumni  and  friends  of  The  Uni- 
versity of  Georgia  and  those  concerned  with  the  problems 
and  opportunities  of  the  South. 

David  A.  Lockmiller. 

University  of  Chattanooga, 
Chattanooga,  Tennessee. 


Book  Reviews  97 

The  Pursuit  of  Science,  in  Revolutionary  America,  1735-1789.  By 
Brooke  Hindie.  (Chapel  Hill:  The  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina Press.  Published  for  The  Institute  of  Early  American 
History  and  Culture.  1956.  Pp.  xi,  410.  $7.50.) 

For  a  nation  whose  destiny  is  bound  to  science,  perhaps 
as  Prometheus  was  bound  to  the  rock,  the  story  of  our  scien- 
tific beginnings  must  have  a  particular  fascination.  Brooke 
Hindie,  formerly  Research  Associate  at  The  Institute  of  Early 
American  History  and  Culture  and  now  a  rising  young  his- 
torian at  New  York  University,  here  follows  the  first  faltering 
footsteps  of  American  scientists  in  a  volume  which  is  original 
in  scope,  meticulous  in  attention  to  detail,  and  based  on  wide 
and  comprehensive  research. 

Explaining  that  the  relatively  backward  economic  develop- 
ment, poor  communications,  and  workaday  spirit  of  colonial 
America  retarded  scientific  advance,  Mr.  Hindie  finds  the 
first  evidence  of  scientific  interest  among  a  group  of  amateurs 
who  made  natural  history  their  special  study  and  among 
physicians.  Slowly  these  men,  by  exchanging  accounts  of 
their  observations  and  by  establishing  contacts  with  leading 
European  scientists,  formed  the  nucleus  of  an  Atlantic  scien- 
tific community.  By  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century 
their  interests  had  widened  to  include  astronomy  and  elec- 
tricity and  America  had  produced  two  scientists  of  the  first 
order,  Benjamin  Franklin  and  John  Winthrop. 

The  coming  of  the  Revolution  and  the  influence  of  the  idea 
of  progress  implicit  in  the  Enlightenment  further  spurred 
scientific  advances,  but  the  first  flowering  of  American  science 
came  only,  as  Mr.  Hindie  makes  clear,  in  the  1780's  when 
colleges  expanded  their  scientific  curricula,  scientific  societies 
were  formed,  and  "a  bewildering  number  of  inventions  and 
gadgets  appeared."  Nevertheless,  Mr.  Hindie  notes  at  the 
conclusion  of  his  work,  America  still  lagged  behind  Europe 
in  scientific  advance  principally  because  of  its  less  developed 
internal  conditions,  a  general  unfamiliarity  with  mathematics, 
and  the  unwillingness  of  a  somewhat  narrowly  practical 
people  to  interest  themselves  in  scientific  theory. 

Perhaps  the  only  serious  criticism  of  this  fine  book  is  that 
Mr.  Hindie,  in  his  occupation  with  scientists,  nowhere  ex- 


98  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

plains  for  us  the  state  of  scientific  knowledge  in  any  of  the 
fields  he  deals  with.  Thus  the  lay  reader  is  sometimes  con- 
fronted with  unfamiliar  terms  and  processes  whose  signifi- 
cance can  only  be  left  to  conjecture. 

Elisha  P.  Douglass. 
University  of  North  Carolina, 
Chapel  Hill. 


Eli  Whitney  and  the  Birth  of  American  Technology.  By  Con- 
stance McL.  Green.  (Boston:  Little,  Brown  and  Company. 
1956.  Pp.  vii,  215.  Bibliographical  note  and  index.  $3.50.) 

This  is  a  fine  new  volume  in  The  Library  of  American 
Biography,  edited  by  Oscar  Handlin,  and  contains  a  preface 
by  the  editor.  The  author's  academic  background,  experience 
as  Chief  Historian  for  Ordnance  in  the  Army  history  program, 
and  interest  in  urban  history  equip  her  particularly  well  to 
tell  the  story  of  Eli  Whitney. 

The  book  begins  with  a  survey  of  the  economic  problems 
with  which  the  United  States  was  confronted  after  winning 
political  independence.  In  most  respects  the  nation  was  still 
in  the  frontier  stage  of  development  although  possessed  of 
untold  natural  resources.  The  labor  supply  was  inadequate, 
there  were  few  skilled  artisans,  and  there  were  no  factories 
as  such.  America,  as  a  result,  continued  dependent  upon 
Europe  for  manufactured  goods.  Agriculture  also  languished 
for  want  of  markets.  It  was  largely  by  chance  that  Eli  Whit- 
ney, who  had  demonstrated  earlier  an  aptitude  for  mechanics, 
invented  the  cotton  gin  in  1793.  This  invention  bolstered  up 
the  economy  of  the  South  by  stimulating  an  enormous  expan- 
sion in  cotton  culture  and  providing  profitable  employment 
for  slaves.  The  enthusiasm  for  the  gins  was  so  great  that 
Whitney  immediately  set  to  work  devising  ways  and  means 
of  producing  them  in  quantity.  He  was  handicapped  by  a  lack 
of  skilled  labor  and  necessary  implements.  "Other  than  ham- 
mers and  chisels,  saws  and  files,  he  could  buy  no  tools.  He 
had  to  make  them  by  hand,  just  as  he  had  cut  and  threaded 
every  individual  screw."  A  partnership  with  Phineas  Miller 
was  formed  to  produce  and  operate  the  gins.  Although  the 


Book  Reviews  99 

gin  was  patented,  pirating  began  almost  immediately.  This 
led  to  long  years  of  expensive  litigation  and  frustration  for 
the  inventor.  As  a  result,  Whitney  made  very  little  money 
from  the  cotton  gin. 

Whitney  turned  next  to  the  manufacture  of  muskets  for 
the  government.  France,  from  whence  we  had  previously 
secured  most  of  our  muskets,  was  on  the  verge  of  war  with 
the  United  States.  Whitney  believed  that  he  could  design 
and  construct  machines  which  "could  produce  muskets  of 
greater  precision  than  could  the  most  carefully  trained  hands, 
and  make  them  faster  than  could  an  army  of  gunsmiths."  It 
was  contemplated  that  the  component  parts  of  the  musket  be 
made  by  separate  machines,  and  that  the  parts  be  inter- 
changeable. On  this  basis,  the  government  gave  Whitney  a 
contract  to  produce  10,000  muskets,  and  agreed  to  advance 
the  money  for  this  experiment  in  mass  production.  Out  of 
this  experiment  came  the  American  system  of  manufacturing. 

This  is  a  well-balanced  account  of  Eli  Whitney's  contribu- 
tion in  laying  the  ground  work  for  the  gigantic  structure  and 
productivity  of  American  industry.  Technological  details  are 
presented  in  a  manner  intelligible  to  the  lay  reader.  A  "Note 
on  Sources"  is  helpful  in  the  absence  of  footnotes.  It  is  to  be 
regretted  that  more  information  is  not  available  on  Whitney's 
private  life. 

Cornelius  O.  Cathey. 

Universiry  of  North  Carolina, 

Chapel  Hill. 


William  Nathaniel  Wood  tieminiscences  of  Big  I.  Edited  by  Bell 
Irv^n  Wiley  (Jackson,  Tennessee:  McCowat-Mercer  Press, 
Inc  1956.  Pp.  xxviii,  138.  Introduction,  preface,  appendices, 
\r\(  jx,  and  illustrations.  $3.95.) 

Since  even  the  editor  of  this  engaging  narrative— one  of 
the  very  few  such  accounts  written  by  Confederate  junior 
officers— was  unaware  of  its  existence  until  just  a  few  years 
ago,  most  students  of  history  will  undoubtedly  find  Nat 
Wood's  personal  experiences  to  be  a  new  and  rewarding 
source  of  the  Civil  War.  An  earlier  edition  of  the  work  was 


100  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

published  in  1909,  but  only  200  copies  were  printed  and 
these  were  given  to  friends  and  relatives  of  the  author.  Hence, 
as  claimed  by  the  publisher,  this  is  really  the  first  public 
edition  of  Big  I. 

The  title  stemmed  from  the  fact  that  Wood  weighed  only 
127  pounds  and  not  from  any  tendency  toward  boastfulness, 
although  his  record  was  sufficiently  gallant  to  have  excused 
some  self-praise  had  he  been  inclined  to  indulge  in  such 
pastime.  A  native  of  Albemarle  County,  Virginia,  Wood  left 
his  clerkship  in  a  dry-goods  store  to  enlist  in  Company  "A," 
Nineteenth  Virginia  Infantry,  just  before  First  Manassas.  His 
dependability,  loyalty,  and  bravery  did  not  go  unnoticed 
during  the  following  months  and,  when  Company  "A"  was 
reorganized  early  in  1862,  Wood  was  elected  to  the  rank  of 
junior  second  lieutenant.  He  apparently  participated  in  all  of 
his  company's  numerous  engagements,  leading  the  unit  in  sev- 
eral major  battles  and  even  commanding  his  entire  regiment 
at  Sharpsburg.  The  climax  of  Wood's  military  career  was 
reached  at  Gettysburg  where  he  and  his  comrades,  then  in 
Pickett's  Division,  "for  the  first  time,  failed  to  do  what  we 
attempted"  (p.  47)  in  the  assault  on  Cemetery  Ridge.  Near 
the  end  of  the  war  (April  6,  1865)  Wood  and  his  company 
were  captured  at  Sailor's  Creek,  and  he  spent  two  months  as 
a  prisoner  first  in  Washington  and  then  on  Johnson's  Island. 
"Though  greatly  crushed  by  the  outcome  of  our  struggle," 
he  wrote,  "I  felt  proud  that  I  had  been  permitted  to  do  my 
part,  and  even  to  suffer  for  the  cause  I  loved."  (p.  76) 

Editor  and  publisher  have  combined  to  present  a  signifi- 
cant and  attractive  historical  record.  The  physical  make-up 
of  the  volume  is  excellent,  and  the  interesting  appendices, 
well-chosen  illustrations,  and  useful  index  add  considerably 
to  its  value. 

H.  H.  Cunningham. 

Elon  College, 

Elon  College. 


Book  Reviews  101 

Old  Bullion  Benton:  Senator  from  the  New  West.  By  William 
Nisbet  Chambers.  (Boston :  Little,  Brown  and  Company.  1956. 
Pp.  xv,  517.  $6.00.) 

Of  the  four  greatest  United  States  senators  of  the  middle 
period  of  American  history  only  one— Thomas  Hart  Benton— 
has  not  heretofore  found  a  competent  biographer.  The  other 
three— Calhoun,  Clay,  and  Webster— have  all  been  written 
about  ably.  Until  this  book  made  its  appearance,  Benton  had 
somewhat  faded  from  the  picture.  Professor  Chambers  spent 
ten  years  producing  this  excellent  biography.  It  restores 
Benton  to  his  well-earned  place  among  the  senatorial  leaders 
of  the  middle  period  and  corrects  some  of  the  false  impres- 
sions about  him.  Mr.  Chambers  has  clarified  some  of  the 
vagaries  which  have  heretofore  prevailed  about  Old  Bullion 
Benton. 

Among  the  last  must  be  listed  the  fact  that  young  Benton 
was  expelled  from  the  University  of  North  Carolina  for  steal- 
ing. Apparently  this  weighed  heavily  on  his  conscience  and 
he  left  his  native  state  for  Tennessee.  At  24  years  of  age  he 
practiced  law  and  entered  in  the  War  of  1812.  If  he  failed 
to  find  fighting  in  military  uniform,  he  found  it  several  times, 
as  the  writer  reveals,  in  civil  life.  Before  Benton  married,  at 
the  age  of  39,  he  repeatedly  engaged  in  duels  or  threatened 
to  fight  on  the  field  of  honor. 

In  1815  Benton  moved  to  St.  Louis,  a  mere  frontier  town. 
When  he  died  in  1858,  it  was  a  city  of  over  100,000.  Benton 
grew  in  intellectual  stature  and  political  wisdom  with  his 
adopted  home. 

Elected  to  the  United  States  Senate  in  1820,  Benton  began 
a  tenure  in  that  august  body  which  lasted  over  30  years.  He 
came  to  know  the  men  who  governed  the  Bepublic.  As  the 
author  vividly  reveals,  Old  Bullion  was  soon  in  the  midst  of 
fierce  political  battles  and  subseqeuntly  ranked  foremost 
among  those  whose  words  were  respected  in  Washington. 
Shortly  after  Benton  entered  the  Senate,  he  was  among  the 
radical  Democrats.  As  such  he  opposed  the  Clay- Adams 
coalition.  As  Jackson  rose  in  power  Benton's  star  shone  in 
splendor.  He  was  soon  recognized  as  Jackson's  spokesman  on 


102  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

many  occasions,  especially  when  the  United  States  Bank  was 
the  issue. 

That  Benton  was  the  author  of  the  Expunging  Resolution 
is  widely  known  but  that  he  also  wrote  the  Specie  Circular  is 
not  generally  recognized.  Although  spoken  of  repeatedly  as 
presidential  timber,  Benton  usually  retorted  "not  available." 
Seemingly,  as  Professor  Chambers  states,  Benton  would  have 
sought  to  succeed  Van  Buren  had  the  latter  been  re-elected 
in  1840. 

In  debate  Benton  was  not  the  equal  of  Webster  but  he 
fathered  more  constructive  legislation  than  either  Calhoun 
or  Webster.  Moreover,  the  Senator  from  Missouri  wrote  more 
readable  historv  than  Clay,  Webster,  or  Calhoun.  Many  have 
read  Benton's  Thirty  Years  View,  but  few  know  of  his  Abridg- 
ment of  the  Debates  of  Congress,  1789-1850,  in  16  volumes, 
nor  of  his  Examination  of  the  Dred  Scott  case.  All  of  these 
achievements  of  Old  Bullion  are  related  in  this  long-needed 
biography. 

Since  Benton's  papers  were  burned  shortly  before  his 
death,  the  author  had  to  reconstruct  his  subject  from  the 
papers  of  Benton's  contemporaries.  The  story  is  written  in  an 
interesting  style.  The  footnotes  are  at  the  back  of  the  book, 
the  bibliography  is  selective,  and  the  index  accurate.  This  book 
will  be  a  strong  contender  for  some  of  the  major  awards  for 
biographies  published  in  1956. 

G.  C.  Osborn. 

University  of  Florida, 
Gainesville,  Florida. 


Lincoln's  Supreme  Court.  By  David  M.  Silver.  (Urbana:  The 
University  of  Illinois  Press.  1956.  Pp.  ix,  272.  $4.00  in  cloth, 
$3.00  in  paper.) 

This  volume  seeks  to  evaluate  the  Court's  relationship  to 
the  Lincoln  administration.  It  is  an  almost  aridly  objective, 
non-legal  study  in  historical  interpretation.  No  effort  is  made 
to  present  the  internal  history  of  the  Court.  As  the  study  leans 
heavily  on  private  letters  and  newspaper  comments,  the  odor 


Book  Reviews  103 

of  the  paste-pot  and  the  scrapbook  is  sometimes  evident.  The 
author  rarely  escapes  from  his  documentation  sufficiently  to 
offer  those  perceptive  generalizations  so  necessary  in  assimi- 
lating a  large  mass  of  primary  material.  However,  this  weak- 
ness is  necessarily  inherent  in  all  pioneer  studies. 

The  book  begins  with  the  aged  Taney,  of  Dred  Scott  fame, 
administering  the  presidential  oath  to  the  gangling  railsplitter 
who  had  said  that  the  Court  must  reverse  the  Scott  decision. 
Hostile  to  the  Court  and  its  coolness  to  his  emergency  powers, 
in  such  typical  situations  as  the  Habeas  Corpus  and  Prize 
cases,  Lincoln  skillfully  evaded  efforts  to  test  his  doctrine  of 
necessity.  Meanwhile,  he  filled  vacancies  with  known  sym- 
pathizers—and even  increased  the  Court  to  make  his  "pack- 
ing" more  effective.  Even  then  he  barely  managed  to  have 
his  war-time  powers  sustained.  When  he  reluctantly  appoint- 
ed Chase  to  Chief  Justice  (to  remove  a  dangerous  rival  to 
the  presidency ) ,  the  Court  began  to  move  back  to  the  Taney 
position.  The  new  peace-time  Court,  with  a  majority  of 
Lincoln  appointees  ( in  the  Milligan  case )  admitted  that  war- 
time pressures  had  unfortunately  influenced  it.  Thus  the 
story  of  the  Lincoln  Court  is  really  a  vindication  of  Lincoln's 
adversary,  Taney.  This  story  the  author  permits  the  docu- 
mentation to  tell,  as  he  remains  in  the  background. 

Dillard  S.  Gardner. 

Raleigh. 


Charles  Evans  Hughes  and  American  Democratic  Statesman- 
ship. By  Dexter  Perkins.  (Boston:  Little,  Brown  &  Co.  1956. 
The  Library  of  American  Biography.  Edited  by  Oscar  Hand- 
lin.  Pp.  xxiv,  200.  $3.50.) 

The  theme  of  this  short  biography  hinges  upon  the  dilem- 
ma a  corporation  lawyer  must  face  in  reconciling  the  public 
interest  with  that  of  powerful,  wealthy  clients.  Charles  Evans 
Hughes  was  richly  endowed  with  the  intellectual  capacity 
and  administrative  ability  to  become  a  successful  lawyer. 
Having  won  acclaim  at  the  bar,  he  responded  to  the  call  of 
public  duty  at  the  age  of  forty-three.  His  investigations  into 


104  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

New  York's  gas,  electric,  and  insurance  scandals  revealed 
sordid  connections  between  business  and  politics  and  led  to 
his  election  as  governor  in  1906.  Until  his  retirement  in  1941 
Hughes  served  almost  constantly  in  high  public  office,  and 
so  established  a  record  unparalleled  in  recent  American 
history. 

As  governor  of  New  York,  Hughes  applied  the  principle 
of  regulation  to  business  interests.  He  grasped  the  spirit  of 
progressivism  and,  eschewing  radicalism  and  demagoguery, 
hastened  moderate  reforms.  While  associate  justice  of  the 
United  States  Supreme  Court  from  1910  to  1916,  he  defended 
extension  of  federal  control  over  interstate  commerce  and 
upheld  social  and  economic  legislation  of  the  states  against 
the  injunctions  so  freely  granted  by  district  court  judges.  The 
security  of  the  courts,  he  believed,  depended  upon  the  way  in 
which  they  exercised  their  powers  to  meet  the  demands  of 
the  times. 

Professor  Perkins  describes  with  candor  and  insight 
Hughes'  shortcomings  in  the  presidental  campaign  of  1916; 
it  was  the  sole  political  misadventure  of  his  long  public 
career.  On  the  subject  of  foreign  relations  in  the  post  World 
War  I  era  the  author  writes  with  zest  and  erudition.  Hughes, 
he  reveals,  favored  the  League  of  Nations  with  reservations 
but  refused  to  subscribe  to  any  effective  policy  of  collective 
security.  In  doing  so,  it  is  explained,  he  acted  within  the 
framework  of  public  opinion.  As  Secretary  of  State  from  1921 
to  1925  he  attained  high  rank  among  the  several  occupants 
of  that  office,  but  the  policies  he  initiated  were  not  of  lasting 
consequence. 

From  1930  to  1941  Hughes  served  as  Chief  Justice  of  the 
Supreme  Court.  Perkins  presents  an  eloquent  defense  of  the 
over-all  record  during  these  years  and  of  the  forbearance  and 
judicial  statesmanship  Hughes  demonstrated  when  beset  by 
the  court  packing  threat.  In  these  pages  the  chief  justice 
emerges  as  a  liberal  jurist,  a  champion  of  the  rights  of  minori- 
ties, of  civil,  religious,  and  intellectual  liberty,  of  the  Bill 
of  Rights,  and  of  social  and  economic  reform.  The  author 
of  this  study,  as  did  Merlo  J.  Pusey  in  a  more  detailed  biog- 


Book  Reviews  105 

raphy,  presents  Hughes  as  a  judicial  statesman  of  the  highest 
calibre.  Perkins  defines  statesmanship  as  the  use  of  public 
authority  to  make  the  necessary  adaptations  to  a  changing 
political  and  social  environment.  Hughes  measured  up  to  this 
exacting  standard  with  distinction. 

Joseph  F.  Steelman. 

East  Carolina  College, 

Greenville. 


History  of  North  Carolina.  By  Hugh  T.  Lefler.  (New  York,  N.Y. : 
Lewis  Historical  Publishing  Company,  Inc.  1956.  Volume  I. 
Pp.  xx,  1-466.  Volume  II.  Pp.  467-883.  Volume  III  [Biog- 
raphy]. Pp.  1-450.  Volume  IV  [Biography].  Pp.  451-854. 
$87.50.) 

With  the  appearance  in  1954  of  the  one-volume  North 
Carolina:  The  History  of  a  Southern  State,  co-authored  by 
Hugh  T.  Lefler  and  the  late  Albert  Ray  Newsome  (largely 
the  work  of  the  former),  the  State  at  last  had  an  up-to-date 
history  worthy  of  the  story  it  told.  The  volume  was  received 
with  enthusiasm  by  scholars  and  general  readers  alike. 
Through  that  and  his  several  other  works,  Professor  Lefler' s 
name  has  come  to  occupy  a  place  alongside  that  of  the  late 
R.  D.  W.  Connor.  Unfortunately,  the  new  History  of  North 
Carolina  will  not  enhance  a  deservedly-earned  reputation. 

Publishing  combined  series  of  North  Carolina  history  and 
biography  is  not  new  for  the  Lewis  Historical  Publishing 
Company,  Inc.  In  1919  this  firm  published  the  R.  D.  W. 
Connor-William  K.  Boyd-J.  G.  de  R.  Hamilton  three-volume 
history  plus  three  volumes  of  biography;  in  1928-29,  under 
the  name  American  Historical  Society,  Inc.,  it  published 
R.  D.  W.  Connor's  two  volumes  of  history  and  two  of  bio- 
graphy; and  in  1941  it  brought  out  Archibald  Henderson's 
two  volumes  of  history  and  three  of  biography.  In  the  latest 
series,  Professor  Lefler  is  author  only  of  the  history  of  the 
State  and  his  name  does  not  appear  on  the  title  pages  of  the 
biographical  portions.  Unfortunately,  however,  the  natural 
tendency  will  be  for  the  public  to  assume  his  authorship  of 
the  entire  series— "unfortunately"  because  the  idea  of  a  person 


106  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

having  to  pay  to  get  his  name  in  history  books  is  not  a  happy 
one. 

The  history  volumes  are  essentially  a  re-writing  of  the 
Lefler-Newsome  work.  Except  for  consolidation  of  chapters 
and  some  re-working  of  paragraphs,  the  first  volume  bears 
striking  similarities  to  the  corresponding  sections  of  Lefler- 
Newsome.  The  most  noticeable  changes  occur  in  the  sections 
of  Volume  II  on  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction,  and  on  the 
twentieth  century.  A  more  traditionally  southern  view  of  the 
coming  of  and  the  results  of  "The  Waw"  can  be  noted  in  the 
new  work,  and  there  appears  to  be  missing  some  of  the  frank 
self-criticism  which  always  added  spice  and  often  added 
common  sense  to  the  earlier  volume. 

A  work  of  this  magnitude  could  not  be  published  without 
flaws,  but  the  frequency  of  what  appear  to  be  careless  errors 
in  these  volumes  leads  to  the  belief  that  the  manuscript  and 
page  proofs  were  not  given  critical  readings.  Such  defects  as 
the  following  have  no  place  in  a  history  that  will  grace  the 
shelves  of  hundreds  of  North  Carolina  homes  and  libraries: 
page  numbers  of  cited  works  are  frequently  omitted  (e.g., 
pp.  154-155,  230,  253);  the  same  quotation  is  repeated  but 
with  different  dates  of  the  source  (p.  277,  n.  27,  and  p.  465, 
n.  7);  slaves  were  taxed  as  persons,  not  as  property  (p.  389); 
Bartlett  Yancey  was  a  State  Senator,  not  a  Representative,  in 
1818  (p.  469);  Governor  Holden  was  impeached  in  1871,  not 
in  1870  (p.  578);  the  caption  "Albemarle  County  Hospital, 
Burlington,"  (p.  656)  needs  no  comment;  Elias  Carr  was 
elected  Governor  in  1892,  not  1888  (p.  663);  William  Howard 
Taft  was  not  President  in  December,  1908  (p.  713);  David 
F.  Houston  was  not  only  Secretary  of  Agriculture  but  also 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  under  Wilson  (p.  718);  Clyde  R. 
Hoey  was  not  the  incumbent  U.  S.  Senator  in  the  1944  pri- 
mary (p.  846);  Jonathan  Daniels'  Man  of  Independence  could 
not  have  been  the  most  intimate  biography  of  Truman  pub- 
lished before  1946  because  it  was  not  published  until  1950 
(p.  850);  and  the  reader  will  be  surprised  to  learn  that  the 
population  of  North  Carolina  in  1920  was  "3,170,276"  (when 
actually  it  was  only  2,560,000),  of  which  the  rural  population 
amounted  to  only  "490,370"  (actually  2,069,000)  (p.  737). 


Book  Reviews  107 

The  claim  that  Winfield  Scott  won  the  presidential  cam- 
paign in  1852  in  North  Carolina  is  not  only  repeated,  but  is 
fortified  with  figures  from  the  oft-erring  North  Carolina 
Manual,  1913  (p.  391).  One  has  only  to  check  the  Congres- 
sional Globe  to  learn  that  North  Carolina's  vote  was  cast  for 
the  Democratic  candidate  in  1852. 

But  the  most  serious  error  is  a  mystifying  one.  On  page  199 
one  reads,  "Professor  DeMond  wrote  that  'an  examination  of 
the  records  reveals  that  of  883  of  the  known  Regulators,  289 
were  Whigs,  34  Tories,  and  560  Revolutionary  status  un- 
known.' A  footnote  refers  the  reader  to  R.  O.  DeMond's 
The  Loyalists  in  North  Carolina  During  the  Revolution  "for 
a  list  of  the  names  of  the  'known  Regulators/  In  the  first 
place,  DeMond  not  only  didn't  make  such  a  statement,  but 
his  book  took  the  opposite  point  of  view.  In  the  second  place, 
the  figures  (though  the  quotation  is  unfaithful)  and  the  list 
are  found  only  in  Elmer  D.  Johnson,  "The  War  of  the  Regula- 
tion: Its  Place  in  History,"  a  master's  thesis  which  was  written 
under  Professor  Lefler's  direction  at  the  University  of  North 
Carolina. 

The  two  biographical  volumes  consist  of  eulogies  of  several 
hundred  North  Carolinians,  living  and  dead,  as  well  as  a 
number  of  business  enterprises  and  the  New  Hanover  County 
public  schools.  The  sketches— based  on  willingness  to  pay 
the  price— range  from  a  modest  three-fourths  of  a  column  and 
no  picture  for  the  late  Congressman  Robert  L.  Doughton  to 
more  than  seven  columns  and  a  full-page  picture  for  Greens- 
boro lawyer  C.  C.  Frazier,  Sr.  Of  the  State's  top  political 
leaders,  only  Senator  Sam  J.  Ervin,  Jr.,  is  included.  The  chief 
value  of  these  sketches  will  be  for  genealogical  research.  The 
attractive  slick  paper  and  neat  print  of  these  volumes  are  in 
sharp  contrast  to  the  coarse  paper  and  poor  reproduction 
of  the  history  volumes. 

While  shortcomings  are  easy  to  find  in  this  newest  history 
of  North  Carolina,  it  is,  notwithstanding,  a  good  one.  Profes- 
sor Lefler  knows  the  history  of  the  State  and  he  writes  it  well. 
Few  contemporary  historians  do  a  better  job  of  interweaving 
relevant  quotations  with  the  author's  text.  This  effective 
blending  leads  to  a  feeling  of  history  that  a  straight  narrative 


108 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


can  hardly  give.  Too,  statistics  in  these  volumes  appear  to 
give  more  than  usual  meaning  when  interpreted  lucidly  with 
comparisons  and  contrasts. 

In  summary,  an  otherwise  excellent  History  of  North  Caro- 
lina is  marred  by  far  too  many  defects  which  should  never 
have  reached  the  printed  page.  Although  undoubtedly  some 
of  the  shortcomings  are  attributable  to  the  publisher,  the 
name  of  an  author  on  a  title  page  implies  his  assumption  of 
blame  as  well  as  credit.  A  critical  reading  of  manuscript  and 
proof  would  have  prevented  embarrassment  to  both. 

H.  G.  Jones. 
Department  of  Archives  and  History, 
Raleigh. 


HISTORICAL  NEWS 

The  Department  of  Archives  and  History  participated 
in  a  series  of  radio  broadcasts  over  Station  WPTF,  Raleigh, 
on  Sunday  afternoons  during  September  and  October  on  a 
program,  "Let's  Visit,"  under  the  direction  of  Ted  Daniel. 
Mr.  Daniel  interviewed  officials  of  various  State  agencies 
to  inform  the  public  of  their  functions  and  work.  Those  who 
were  interviewed  were  Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden,  Director 
of  the  Department;  Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton,  Historic  Sites  Super- 
intendent; Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt,  Editor;  Mrs.  Joye  E.  Jordan, 
Museum  Administrator;  and  Mr.  H.  G.  Jones,  State  Archivist. 

The  Department  announces  plans  for  a  half -hour  television 
program,  "Our  Heritage,"  to  be  given  from  5:30  to  6:00  on 
the  following  Sunday  afternoons:  January  27,  February  24, 
March  24,  and  April  21.  The  programs  will  be  designed  to 
present  various  phases  of  North  Carolina  history  and  will 
be  telecast  on  Station  WRAL-TV. 

Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden  attended  the  board  meetings 
of  the  Calvin  Jones  Memorial  Society  in  Wake  Forest  on 
September  7,  October  1,  November  2,  and  18.  On  October 
2  he  spoke  to  the  Harnett  County  Historical  Society  on  a 
suggested  program  for  county  historical  societies  and  on  Oc- 
tober 7-9  attended  the  annual  meeting  of  the  American 
Association  for  State  and  Local  History  at  Old  Sturbridge 
Village,  Sturbridge,  Mass.  At  this  meeting  the  association 
adopted  a  long-range  program  presented  by  a  committee  of 
which  Dr.  Crittenden  was  chairman,  which  will  broadly  ex- 
pand the  services  of  this  group  to  the  people  of  the  country. 
He  attended  the  annual  meeting  in  Washington,  D.  C,  on 
October  10-12  of  the  Society  of  American  Archivists  and  on 
October  19-21  the  annual  meeting  of  the  National  Trust  for 
Historic  Preservation  in  the  same  city.  On  October  25-27 
he  attended  the  meeting  of  the  Southeastern  Museums  Con- 
ference in  Williamsburg,  Virginia,  accompanied  by  Mrs. 
Joye  E.  Jordan,  Museum  Administrator,  and  two  members 
of  the  staff  of  the  Hall  of  History,  Mrs.  Dorothy  R.  Phillips 

[109] 


110  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

and  Miss  Barbara  McKeithan.  Dr.  Crittenden  spoke  to  the 
members  of  the  Lower  Cape  Fear  Historical  Society  in  Wil- 
mington on  November  1,  on  a  possible  program  and  objec- 
tives for  the  group.  On  November  7  he  spoke  at  the  unveiling 
of  a  marker  to  showman  P.  T.  Barnum  at  Rocky  Mount 
which  was  the  result  of  a  twelve-year  effort  on  the  part  of 
Dr.  Crittenden  and  Mr.  Josh  L.  Home.  On  November  9 
Dr.  Crittenden  was  elected  President  of  the  Historical  So- 
ciety of  North  Carolina  at  the  meeting  in  Greensboro.  Other 
members  of  the  staff  of  the  Department  who  attended  were 
Mr.  H.  G.  Jones,  Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt,  and  Mrs.  Elizabeth  W. 
Wilborn.  He  attended  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Southern 
Historical  Association  in  Durham  on  November  15-17  and 
spoke  briefly  at  a  meeting  on  November  19  when  an  inter- 
ested group  met  at  the  Governor's  Mansion  to  organize  a 
historical  society  in  Wake  County.  On  November  25-27 
Dr.  Crittenden,  Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton,  and  Mrs.  Joye  E.  Jordan 
met  with  the  Try  on  Palace  Commission  in  New  Bern.  On 
December  28-30  he  attended  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
American  Historical  Association  in  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Mrs.  Joye  E.  Jordan,  Museum  Administrator,  attended  the 
fourth  annual  meeting  of  the  Museum  Educators'  Conference 
sponsored  by  the  National  Federation  for  Junior  Museums 
held  in  Jacksonville,  Florida,  on  December  5.  She  was  one 
of  the  speakers  on  a  program  "Our  Common  Problems- 
Meeting  the  Demand."  On  November  14  Mrs.  Jordan,  accom- 
panied by  Mrs.  Martha  H.  Farley  of  the  staff  of  the  Hall  of 
History,  went  to  Chapel  Hill  to  assist  Dr.  Joffre  L.  Coe  in 
planning  an  exhibit  on  North  Carolina  Indian  life.  On  De- 
cember 13  Mrs.  Jordan,  Mrs.  Dorothy  R.  Phillips  of  the  staff 
of  the  Hall  of  History  and  Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton,  Historic  Sites 
Superintendent,  attended  a  meeting  of  the  acquisitions  com- 
mittee, took  photographs,  and  measured  the  Alston  House- 
Trie  House  in  the  Horseshoe— in  Moore  County. 

Mr.  H.  G.  Jones,  State  Archivist,  spoke  at  the  annual 
dinner  meeting  of  the  Currituck  County  Historical  Society 
at  Shawboro,  October  29,  on  "Sources  of  Currituck  History." 


Historical  News  111 

The  society  is  currently  engaged  in  setting  up  a  county 
museum  and  plans  are  being  made  for  the  compilation  of  a 
county  history.  Mr.  Jones  was  the  speaker  at  the  quarterly 
meeting  of  the  Caswell  County  Historical  Association  at 
Yanceyville  on  October  3  on  "Eighteenth  Century  Caswell." 
Mr.  Jones  and  Mrs.  Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder,  Super- 
visor of  the  Records  Center,  attended  the  annual  meeting 
of  the  Society  of  American  Archivists  in  Washington,  D.  C, 
October  10-12.  Prior  to  the  meeting  they  visited  the  National 
Archives,  Library  of  Congress,  Folger  Shakespeare  Library, 
and  the  Federal  Records  Center  for  two  days. 

Additions  to  the  staff  of  the  Division  of  Archives  and 
Manuscripts  during  the  past  quarter  are  Miss  Patsy  Daniels, 
Mrs.  Doris  Swann,  Mrs.  Ethel  Borchers,  and  Mrs.  Bessie 
Bowling. 

Among  the  visitors  to  the  Archives  recently  were  Miss 
Agnes  Conrad,  Archivist  for  the  Territory  of  Hawaii;  Dr. 
George  Spragge  of  the  Canadian  Archives;  Mrs.  Wilma 
Dykeman  Stokely,  author,  of  Asheville  and  Newport,  Tenn.; 
and  Secretary  of  State  Ben  Fortson  and  a  delegation  of  offi- 
cials from  the  State  of  Georgia. 

The  Archives  of  the  North  Carolina  Department  of  Ar- 
chives and  History:  Services  to  the  Public,  an  eight-page  in- 
formational leaflet,  has  been  released  by  the  Department. 
The  leaflet  is  intended  primarily  to  give  information  to  gen- 
ealogists and  briefly  describes  various  records  groups  avail- 
able in  the  Archives  and  the  policies  of  the  Division  of  Ar- 
chives and  Manuscripts.  Copies  may  be  obtained  free  from 
the  State  Archivist. 

The  alphabetizing  and  cataloguing  of  the  following  items 
have  been  completed  and  the  papers  are  now  available  to 
the  public:  the  War  of  1812  vouchers,  Mecklenburg  Coun- 
ty estates  papers,  and  scattered  Orange  County  inventories, 
apprentice,  guardian,  and  administrators'  bonds. 

The  original  agriculture,  industry,  mortality,  and  social 
statistics  schedules  of  the  Censuses  of  1850-1880,  inclusive, 


112  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

which  were  returned  to  the  State  in  1918,  have  been  trans- 
ferred to  the  Archives  from  the  State  Library.  Due  to  the 
weight  and  poor  condition  of  the  volumes,  a  program  has 
been  instituted  to  microfilm  them.  In  this  way  these  valuable 
manuscript  copies  may  be  made  available  to  the  public  with- 
in the  next  year. 

The  Department  plans  to  publish  in  the  near  future  the 
text  of  the  documents  which  were  given  to  the  Department 
by  Mr.  Thurmond  Chatham. 

Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton,  Historic  Sites  Superintendent,  talked 
to  the  Wake  Forest  Civic  Club  on  October  9  on  the  subject, 
"The  Importance  of  Preserving  the  Calvin  Jones  House," 
and  on  October  18  he  represented  the  Department  at  a 
special  program  at  Moore's  Creek  Bridge  Battleground  spon- 
sored by  the  Battle  of  Moore's  Creek  Bridge  Association. 

Mr.  Norman  Larson  of  the  Historic  Sites  Division  spoke 
to  the  Sertoma  Club  and  presented  a  slide  program  on  the 
work  of  the  Historic  Sites  Division  on  November  5. 

Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt,  Editor,  spoke  at  the  pre-organizational 
meeting  of  the  Wake  County  group  which  met  at  the  Gov- 
ernor's Mansion  on  November  19  to  make  plans  for  the  for- 
mation of  a  historical  society.  On  December  5  he  spoke  to 
the  Executive  Committee  of  the  United  Daughters  of  the 
Confederacy  on  "Historical  Activities  in  North  Carolina." 

The  thirtieth  annual  meeting  of  the  North  Carolina  State 
Art  Society  which  met  in  Raleigh  on  December  5  opened 
the  yearly  meetings  of  the  ten  cultural  societies  which  closed 
on  December  8.  A  business  session  was  held  during  the 
morning  at  which  time  the  following  directors  were  named: 
Mrs.  Isabelle  Bowen  Henderson  and  Dr.  Clarence  Poe,  both 
of  Raleigh;  Dr.  Clemens  Sommer  of  Chapel  Hill;  and  Mr. 
Egbert  L.  Davis  of  Winston-Salem.  Other  officers  who  were 
re-elected  are  Dr.  Robert  Lee  Humber  of  Greenville,  Pres- 
ident; Mr.  Edwin  Gill  of  Raleigh,  First  Vice-President;  Mrs. 
James  H.  Cordon  of  Raleigh,  Treasurer;  and  Mr.  John  Allcott 


Historical  News  11 


Q 


of  Chapel  Hill,  Mrs.  Jacques  Busbee  of  Steed,  anc}  Mrs.  W. 
Frank  Taylor  of  Goldsboro,  all  Vice-Presidents-at-large. 

Governor  Luther  H.  Hodges,  Honorary  President,  pre- 
sided at  the  luncheon  session  and  Mr.  John  Richard  Craft, 
Director  of  the  Columbia,  S.  C,  Museum  of  Art,  was  the 
featured  speaker.  Dr.  Robert  Lee  Humber  presided  at  the 
evening  meeting  at  which  time  Dr.  W.  R.  Valentiner,  Direc- 
tor of  the  North  Carolina  Museum  of  Art,  made  a  brief  talk, 
and  Dr.  Jacob  Rosenberg  of  the  Fogg  Museum  of  Art,  Har- 
vard University,  gave  an  address  on  Rembrandt.  The  win- 
ners of  the  1956  North  Carolina  Artists  Competition  were 
announced  as  follows:  Mr.  George  Bireline  of  the  faculty 
of  the  School  of  Design  at  State  College  for  his  "Painting 
No.  10";  Miss  Edith  London  of  the  Duke  University  Art 
Department  for  "Provincetown  Memories";  and  Mr.  Grove 
Robinson  of  Mars  Hill  for  "Regional  Landscape  No.  5."  Dr. 
Humber  reported  on  the  gifts  received  by  the  North  Caro- 
lina Museum  of  Art  during  the  past  year  which  are  valued 
at  approximately  $182,300  and  stated  that  the  sum  of  approx- 
imately $14,000  in  cash  was  given  for  the  purchase  of  works 
of  art.  Reports  were  given  by  Mr.  Ben  Williams,  Museum 
Curator;  Mr.  James  B.  Byrnes,  Associate  Museum  Director; 
and  Mrs.  James  H.  Cordon,  Treasurer.  Following  the  even- 
ing session  a  reception  was  held  for  members  and  guests. 

The  North  Carolina  Society  for  the  Preservation  of  An- 
tiquities held  its  sixteenth  annual  session  on  December  6 
with  Mrs.  Charles  A.  Cannon  of  Concord,  President,  pre- 
siding. Mr.  James  A.  Stenhouse  was  elected  at  the  morning 
session  to  succeed  Mrs.  Cannon  who  was  elected  Honorary 
President  of  the  society  of  which  she  is  a  charter  member 
and  of  which  she  has  been  President  since  1941.  Members 
of  the  group  voted  to  give  $1,000  as  a  tribute  in  honor  of 
Mrs.  Cannon  to  be  used  toward  the  construction  of  a  gate- 
house in  the  Elizabethan  Garden  at  Manteo,  to  be  built 
in  replica  of  Hayes  Barton,  Sir  Walter  Raleigh's  home.  Mrs. 
J.  W.  Labouisse  of  Durham  was  elected  Vice-President  and 
Mrs.  Ernest  A.  Branch  of  Raleigh  was  re-elected  Secretary- 


114  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Treasurer.  Progress  on  the  various  restoration  projects 
throughout  the  State  were  reported  on  by  Mrs.  Joseph  O. 
Talley,  Jr.,  of  Fayetteville,  Mrs.  K.  T.  Penniman  of  Rocky 
Mount,  Dr.  Mary  Wiley  of  Winston-Salem,  Mrs.  W.  G.  Guille 
of  Salisbury,  and  Mrs.  J.  A.  Kellenberger  of  Greensboro.  Dr. 
Christopher  Crittenden  gave  a  brief  illustrated  talk  on  "Pre- 
serving Our  Historic  Shrines." 

Governor  Luther  H.  Hodges  brought  greetings  at  the 
luncheon  at  which  Mrs.  Ernest  Ives  of  Southern  Pines  pre- 
sided. Mr.  C.  J.  McDonald,  President  of  the  Moore  County 
Historical  Society,  gave  a  talk  on  "Some  Historic  Facts  Con- 
cerning the  Late  Governor  Williams  and  also  the  Alston 
House." 

Mrs.  Cannon  brought  greetings  at  the  evening  session 
which  was  highlighted  by  the  presentation  of  the  Cannon 
Awards  and  a  presentation  by  the  Carolina  Playmakers  of 
Adolphe  Vermont's  melodrama,  "Esther  Wake,  or  the  Spirit 
of  the  Regulators."  This  year's  recipients  of  the  awards, 
which  are  made  for  outstanding  work  in  the  field  of  history, 
are:  Mr.  Clarence  W.  Griffin  of  Forest  City,  for  historical 
articles  and  his  work  with  the  Western  North  Carolina  His- 
torical Association;  Mrs.  Blanche  Manor  of  Raleigh,  for  her 
work  in  interesting  out-of-state  people  in  the  work  of  the 
Antiquities  Society;  Mr.  James  Kay  Kyser  of  Chapel  Hill, 
for  his  work  in  historical  preservation  and  with  the  Roanoke 
Island  Historical  Association;  Mrs.  R.  L.  McMillan  of  Ra- 
leigh, for  her  work  in  restoring  ancient  gardens  in  the  State 
and  with  the  Memorial  Highway  project  of  the  Federation 
of  Women's  Clubs;  Mrs.  Sidney  McMullen  of  Edenton,  for 
her  work  in  historic  preservation  in  Edenton;  and  Mr.  George 
Maurice  of  Eagle  Springs,  who  has  directed  research  and  re- 
construction of  the  "House  in  the  Horseshoe."  Mr.  Paul 
Green  of  Chapel  Hill  announced  the  winners  and  Mrs.  O. 
Max  Gardner  of  Shelby  presented  the  awards.  Following 
the  meeting  a  reception  was  held  with  life  members  and 
officers  receiving. 


Historical  News  115 

On  the  afternoon  of  December  6  Governor  and  Mrs.  Luther 
H.  Hodges  entertained  at  a  reception  at  the  Governor's  Man- 
sion for  all  members  and  guests  of  the  participating  societies. 

The  Roanoke  Island  Historical  Association  held  its  sub- 
scription luncheon  and  annual  business  meeting  in  the  Man- 
teo  Room  of  the  Hotel  Sir  Walter  on  December  6. 

The  fifty-sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  North  Carolina  Lit- 
erary and  Historical  Association,  Inc.,  opened  on  December 
7  with  Mr.  Gilbert  T.  Stephenson  of  Pendleton,  President, 
presiding.  Reports  were  given  by  Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt,  Dr. 
Christopher  Crittenden,  Mr.  M.  R.  Dunnagan,  Mrs.  Eliza- 
beth H.  Hughey,  Miss  Clyde  Smith,  and  Mr.  Richard  Walser. 

The  entire  slate  of  officers  was  re-elected:  Mr.  Gilbert  T. 
Stephenson,  President;  Mrs.  Taft  Bass  of  Clinton,  Dr.  Marvin 
L.  Skaggs  of  Greensboro,  and  Mr.  Ray  S.  Wilkinson  of  Rocky 
Mount,  all  Vice-Presidents;  and  Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden, 
Secretary-Treasurer.  New  members  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee elected  were  Dr.  R.  B.  House  and  Colonel  Jeffrey  F. 
Stanback.  Mr.  Richard  Walser  of  State  College  read  a  paper, 
"Dare  County  Belles-Lettres";  Mr.  William  S.  Powell  of  the 
University  of  North  Carolina  Library  read  a  paper,  "Roanoke 
Colonists  and  Explorers:  An  Attempt  at  Identification";  and 
a  review  of  North  Carolina  fiction  of  the  year  was  given  by 
Dr.  C.  Hugh  Holman  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina. 
Presentation  of  the  various  awards  were  made  as  follows: 
Dr.  Henry  S.  Stroupe,  the  R.  D.  W.  Connor  Award  to  Mr. 
Houston  G.  Jones  of  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and 
History  for  his  article,  "Bedford  Brown:  State  Rights  Union- 
ist," which  appeared  in  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Re- 
view; Mr.  Roy  Parker,  Jr.,  the  Roanoke-Chowan  Poetry 
Award  to  Mrs.  Helen  Bevington  of  Durham  for  her  volume 
of  poems,  Change  of  Sky;  Mrs.  M.  W.  Peterson,  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  University  Women  Juvenile  Literature 
Award  to  Mrs.  Julia  Montgomery  Street  of  Winston-Salem 
for  her  book,  Fiddlers  Fancy.  Mr.  William  S.  Powell  pre- 
sented the  American  Association  for  State  and  Local  His- 
tory Awards  to  the  following:   Mrs.  Ethel  Stephens  Arnett 


116  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

for  her  book,  Greensboro,  North  Carolina,  The  County  Seat 
of  Guilford;  Mr.  Clarence  W.  Griffin  of  Forest  City  for  his 
contributions  to  the  development  of  local  history;  and  to 
the  Moore  County  Historical  Association  for  its  publication 
of  an  authentic  county  history. 

Mrs.  Taft  Bass  of  Clinton  presided  at  the  subscription 
luncheon  which  featured  a  review  of  North  Carolina  non- 
fiction  books  of  the  year  given  by  Dr.  H.  Broadus  Jones  of 
Wake  Forest  College.  A  collection  of  original  documents 
covering  the  period,  1664-1674,  was  presented  to  the  State 
by  Mr.  Thurmond  Chatham  of  Ronda.  These  documents  in- 
clude letters  and  instructions  from  the  Lords  Proprietors  to 
governors  Peter  Carteret  and  Samuel  Stephens,  reports, 
grants,  accounts,  commissions,  and  certificates  of  appoint- 
ment. Mr.  McDaniel  Lewis  of  Greensboro,  Chairman  of  the 
Executive  Board  of  the  Department  of  Archives  and  History, 
accepted  the  gift  on  behalf  of  the  State. 

Dr.  Marvin  L.  Skaggs  of  Greensboro  presided  at  the  din- 
ner meeting  at  which  time  Mr.  Gilbert  T.  Stephenson  made 
the  presidential  address.  Following  the  dinner  the  evening 
session  which  was  presided  over  by  Mr.  Ray  Wilkinson  of 
Rocky  Mount  was  held.  The  address  was  given  by  Dr.  Roy 
F.  Nichols,  Vice-Provost  and  Professor  of  History  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  on  the  subject,  "One  Hundred  Years 
Ago."  Mrs.  Frances  Gray  Patton  of  Durham  received  the 
Sir  Walter  Raleigh  Award  for  her  book,  A  Piece  of  Luck, 
and  Mr.  Glenn  Tucker  was  presented  the  Mayflower  Award 
for  his  non-fiction  work,  Tecumseh,  Vision  of  Glory.  Miss 
Clara  Booth  Byrd,  President  of  the  Historical  Book 
Club,  Inc.  of  Greensboro,  presented  the  Sir  Walter  Award 
given  yearly  for  the  best  work  of  fiction,  and  Mrs.  Preston  B. 
Wilkes,  Jr.,  of  Charlotte,  Governor  of  the  Society  of  May- 
flower Descendants  in  North  Carolina,  presented  the  May- 
flower Award.  Following  the  meeting  a  reception  was  held 
for  members  and  guests  of  the  State  Literary  and  Historical 
Association,  with  officers  and  the  awards  winners  receiving. 

The  North  Carolina  Poetry  Society  held  its  annual  meet- 
ing on  the  afternoon  of  December  7  with  Mrs.  A.  A.  Kyles 


Historical  News  117 

of  Bessemer  City  presiding.  Poetry  was  read  by  Mr.  H.  A. 
Sieber  of  Chapel  Hill,  and  Mrs.  Gertrude  LaV.  Vestal  of 
Winston-Salem  introduced  Mrs.  Helen  Bevington,  winner 
of  the  Roanoke-Chowan  Poetry  Award  for  the  year.  A  busi- 
ness session  was  held  and  reports  and  announcements  were 
made. 

The  forty-fifth  annual  meeting  of  the  North  Carolina  Folk- 
lore Society  was  held  on  December  7  at  which  time  Mr. 
Donald  MacDonald  of  Charlotte  read  a  paper  on  "Scottish 
Jacobite  Songs,"  and  Mr.  Herbert  Shellans  of  Chapel  Hill 
presented  "A  Sheaf  of  American  Folksongs."  Officers  elected 
at  the  business  session  were:  Mrs.  Betty  Vaiden  Williams, 
President,  Mr.  Donald  MacDonald  and  Mr.  John  Fletcher, 
Vice-Presidents,  and  Dr.  A.  P.  Hudson,  Secretary-Treasurer. 

The  North  Carolina  Society  of  County  and  Local  Histor- 
ians held  its  annual  meeting  on  December  7  with  Dr.  James 
W.  Patton,  Head,  Southern  Historical  Collection  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina,  making  the  principal  address.  Mr. 
Manly  Wade  Wellman  presented  the  newspaper  awards  of 
merit  and  Mrs.  Taft  Bass  presented  the  Hodges  Cup  Award 
which  is  given  to  high  school  students.  A  business  session 
was  held  with  the  following  officers  elected:  Dr.  J.  E.  Hodges 
of  Maiden,  President;  Mrs.  Taft  Bass  of  Clinton,  Mrs.  N.  A. 
Edwards  of  Goldsboro,  and  Mr.  Leon  M.  McDonald  of 
Olivia,  all  Vice-Presidents;  and  Mrs.  Musella  W.  Wagner  of 
Chapel  Hill,  Secretary-Treasurer. 

The  North  Carolina  Symphony  Society  held  a  meeting  of 
its  executive  committee  on  the  evening  of  December  7.  Offi- 
cers of  the  society  are:  Governor  Luther  H.  Hodges  and  Dr. 
Charles  F.  Carroll,  members  ex  officio;  Dr.  Benjamin  F. 
Swalin  of  Chapel  Hill,  Director;  Mr.  Russell  M.  Grumman 
of  Chapel  Hill,  President;  Mr.  M.  Elliott  Carroll  of  Durham, 
Executive  Vice-President;  Mr.  Lester  C.  Gifford  of  Hickory, 
Mr.  James  McClure  Clarke  of  Asheville,  and  Mrs.  Floyd 
D.   Mehan   of  High  Point,  Vice-Presidents;    Mr.   John  E. 


118  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Adams  of  Chapel  Hill,  Secretary;  Mr.  William  R.  Cherry  of 
Chapel  Hill,  Treasurer;  and  Mrs.  Vera  N.  Campbell  of 
Chapel  Hill,  Assistant  Treasurer. 

Mr.  Glenn  Tucker  of  Flat  Rock,  winner  of  the  Mayflower 
Cup  Award,  and  Mrs.  Preston  B.  Wilkes,  Jr.,  of  Charlotte, 
Governor  of  the  Society  of  Mayflower  Descendants  in  North 
Carolina,  were  honored  at  a  breakfast  on  December  8  by 
the  Central  Carolina  Colony  of  the  Society.  Dr.  Robert  Lee 
Humber  made  a  brief  talk  and  Dr.  Roy  F.  Nichols  was  also 
a  special  guest.  Mr.  Joseph  C.  Moore,  Jr.  of  Raleigh,  Lieu- 
tenant Governor  of  the  Central  Carolina  Colony,  presided 
and  Mayor  Fred  B.  Wheeler  of  Raleigh  read  the  Mayflower 
Compact.  Dr.  Sturgis  B.  Leavitt  of  Chapel  Hill  gave  a  re- 
port on  the  projects  of  the  society  for  the  past  year  and  Mr. 
Jack  Wardlaw  of  Raleigh  was  presented  as  a  new  member. 
Mrs.  W.  G.  Allen  and  Miss  Daisy  Waitt  were  co-chairmen  of 
the  breakfast  committee.  In  addition  to  Mr.  Moore  other  offi- 
cers of  the  society  are:  Mrs.  Samuel  B.  Dees,  Lieutenant 
Governor;  Mrs.  Allen,  Secretary-Treasurer;  and  Dr.  Leavitt 
and  Dr.  Wallace  E.  Caldwell,  members  of  the  board. 

Members  of  the  Historical  Book  Club,  Inc.,  of  Greensboro 
held  a  breakfast  meeting  at  the  Sir  Walter  Hotel  on  Decem- 
ber 8. 

The  Southern  Historical  Association  held  its  twenty-sec- 
ond annual  meeting  in  Durham,  November  15-17,  with  head- 
quarters at  the  Washington  Duke  Hotel.  A  number  of  meet- 
ings were  held  on  the  campus  of  Duke  University  including 
a  tea  given  for  women  members  and  members'  wives  on 
November  15  by  Mrs.  A.  Hollis  Edens,  wife  of  the  President 
of  Duke  University,  and  the  sessions  which  were  held  on 
Saturday,  culminating  in  a  complimentary  luncheon  at  which 
Dr.  Paul  H.  Clyde  presided. 

Approximately  500  members  and  guests  registered  for  the 
three-day  meeting  which  brought  together  a  large  number 
of  historians  and  scholars  from  over  most  of  the  southern 
and  eastern  sections  of  the  country.  Dr.  James  W.  Patton, 
Head  of  the  Southern  Collection  at  the  University  of  North 


Historical  News  119 

Carolina  and  President  of  the  Association,  presided  at  the 
business  session  and  delivered  the  address  at  the  annual 
dinner  on  November  16.  New  officers  elected  are  Dr.  Robert 
Selph  Henry  of  Washington,  D.  C,  President;  Dr.  Walter 
Posey  of  Emory  University,  Vice-President;  and  Dr.  Ben- 
nett H.  Wall  of  the  University  of  Kentucky,  Secretary-Treas- 
urer. 

One  of  the  highlights  of  the  meeting  was  the  presentation 
of  the  Sydnor  Memorial  Award  for  distinguished  historical 
writing  to  Dr.  Joseph  H.  Parks  of  Birmingham-Southern  Col- 
lege, Birmingham,  Alabama,  for  his  book,  General  E.  Kirby 
Smith.  Dr.  Parks  is  the  first  recipient  of  the  award  establish- 
ed in  1955  in  honor  of  the  late  Dr.  Charles  S.  Sydnor,  former 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  History  at  Duke  University 
and  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  The  $500  award  is  to  be 
presented  every  two  years,  alternating  with  the  Charles  W. 
Ramsdell  Award  for  the  best  article  published  in  The  Journal 
of  Southern  History. 

On  Saturday  morning  there  was  a  joint  session  of  the 
North  Carolina  State  Literary  and  Historical  Association  and 
the  Southern  Historical  Association  at  which  Mr.  Gilbert  T. 
Stephenson  presided.  Mr.  Stephenson,  President  of  the  Liter- 
ary and  Historical  Association,  introduced  Dr.  D.  J.  Whitener 
of  Appalachian  State  Teachers  College,  Dr.  Henry  S.  Stroupe 
of  Wake  Forest  College,  and  Mr.  Richard  Walser  of  North 
Carolina  State  College  who  read  papers.  Dr.  Christopher 
Crittenden  acted  as  discussion  leader. 

News  items  from  the  University  of  North  Carolina  include 
the  following:  Dr.  Harold  A.  Bierck  has  been  promoted  to 
Professor  in  the  Department  of  History;  Dr.  Robert  Moats 
Miller,  formerly  of  Texas  Western  College,  has  been  ap- 
pointed as  Assistant  Professor  of  History;  Dr.  Hugh  Dodge 
Hawkins  has  been  appointed  Instructor  in  History;  Dr.  Mor- 
ton Keller  and  Mr.  Charles  Adams  Hale  have  been  appoint- 
ed Instructors  in  Social  Science.  The  following  recent  gradu- 
ates have  accepted  positions  for  the  school  year  1956-57;  Mr. 
John  Hardin  Best,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women; 
Mr.  Mills  Brown,  Colonial  Williamsburg;  Mr.  William  Burlie 


120  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Brown,  Tulane  University;  Mr.  George  Hardy  Callcott,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland;  Mr.  Vincent  H.  dePaul  Cassidy,  South- 
western Louisiana  Institute;  Miss  Margaret  Louise  Chapman, 
University  of  Florida;  Mr.  George  Weston  Clarke,  Presby- 
terian College;  Mr.  Enoch  Lawrence  Lee,  Jr.,  The  Citadel; 
Mr.  Hubert  Eugene  McAllister,  Mercer  University;  Mr.  Na- 
thaniel Magruder,  Stratford  College;  Mr.  Charles  Lewis 
Price,  West  Georgia  College;  and  Mr.  Frank  W.  Ryan,  North 
Texas  State  College.  Dr.  Frank  W.  Klingberg  read  a  paper, 
"The  Southern  Unionists  Joins  the  Solid  South,"  at  the  fall 
meeting  of  the  Historical  Society  of  North  Carolina,  and  Dr. 
James  L.  Godfrey  read  a  paper,  "The  Labor  Government  and 
the  Independence  of  India,"  at  the  Southern  Historical  Asso- 
ciation meeting  in  Durham  on  November  15  at  which  meet- 
ing he  was  elected  to  the  Executive  Council  of  the  Associa- 
tion. Dr.  Godfrey  also  had  an  article,  "The  Problem  of  Guid- 
ing Youth  in  English  Schools,"  in  The  South  Atlantic  Quar- 
terly, LV  (October,  1956).  Dr.  Cornelius  O.  Cathey  will  be 
Visiting  Professor  in  the  1957  Summer  Session,  the  Univer- 
sity of  Wyoming. 

Dr.  Loren  C.  MacKinney  gave  an  illustrated  lecture  on 
"Surgery  in  the  Middle  Ages"  in  Chicago  on  December  4 
at  a  meeting  sponsored  by  the  International  College  of  Sur- 
geons. He  has  been  asked  to  participate  at  the  annual  meet- 
ing of  the  American  Association  of  Anatomists  in  Baltimore 
in  April,  1957,  and  was  recently  appointed  a  member  of  the 
editorial  board  of  Manuscripts  published  by  St.  Louis  Uni- 
versity. Dr.  Hugh  T.  Lefler  addressed  the  Wayne  County 
Historical  Society  in  Goldsboro,  October  18,  1956,  on  "Some 
Problems  in  Writing  Local  History."  He  has  published  "The 
Southern  Colonies,  1600-1750,"  Travels  in  the  Old  South:  A 
Bibliography,  edited  by  Dr.  Thomas  D.  Clark,  and  History 
of  North  Carolina,  published  by  the  Lewis  Publishing  Com- 
pany of  New  York  and  composed  of  four  volumes,  two  of 
which  are  biography  (not  written  by  Dr.  Lefler).  Dr.  Lefler 
has  been  asked  to  be  Visiting  Professor  of  History  in  the  1957 
Summer  Session  at  Syracuse  University.  Dr.  J.  Carlyle  Sit- 
terson  was  elected  to  the  Board  of  Editors  of  The  Journal 


Historical  News'  121 

of  Southern  History  at  the  November  meeting  of  the  South- 
ern Historical  Association.  Dr.  Fletcher  M.  Green  will  be 
Visiting  Professor  of  History  at  Northwestern  University  in 
the  1957  Summer  Session. 

Dr.  Jack  Greene,  recent  doctoral  graduate  of  Duke  Uni- 
versity, is  teaching  at  Michigan  State;  Miss  Barbara  Bran- 
don, a  doctoral  candidate,  is  teaching  at  the  Woman's  Col- 
lege of  the  University  of  North  Carolina;  and  Mr.  Murray 
S.  Downs,  doctoral  candidate,  at  Virginia  Polytechnic  In- 
stitute. Three  other  Duke  graduate  students  are  studying 
abroad  on  grants:  Mr.  John  J.  TePaske  in  Spain;  Mr.  Rich- 
ard Barker  in  France;  and  Mr.  J.  Bowyer  Bell  in  Italy,  the 
last  two  on  Fulbright  Awards.  Dr.  Richard  N.  Current  of 
the  Woman's  College  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina 
spoke  at  the  opening  meeting  of  the  Trinity  College  Histor- 
ical Society.  Dr.  Robert  F.  Durden  has  published  "James  S. 
Pike:  President  Lincoln's  Minister  to  the  Netherlands,"  in 
the  New  England  Quarterly  (September,  1956).  The  Duke 
University  Library  has  accessioned  over  one  and  a  quarter 
million  volumes.  Among  recent  manuscript  accessions  are 
letters  and  papers  of  Joseph  Conrad,  Lord  Grenville,  the 
Duke  of  Wellington,  Sir  Robert  Peel,  Stephen  Fuller  ( agent 
for  Jamaica  in  London,  1780's  and  1790's),  the  McLaurin 
familv  in  the  Carolinas  (chiefly  ante-bellum),  Colonel  J.  D. 
Langston  of  Goldsboro,  Senator  Lee  Overman,  Congressman 
H,  J.  Drane  of  Florida,  Baudry  des  Lozieres  (1751-1841), 
and  films  of  the  Adams  papers.  Dr.  William  B.  Hamilton 
will  be  on  leave  in  the  spring  to  do  research  on  political  his- 
tory in  New  Zealand  and  Australia  and  on  Lord  Grenville 
in  England. 

Dr.  Alice  B.  Keith  and  Dr.  Sarah  M.  Lemmon  of  Meredith 
College  attended  the  meeting  of  the  Historical  Society  of 
North  Carolina  in  Greensboro  on  November  3,  at  which  time 
Dr.  Keith  was  elected  Vice-President  of  the  Society.  Drs. 
Keith  and  Lemmon  and  Dr.  Lillian  Parker  Wallace  attended 
some  of  the  sessions  of  the  Southern  Historical  Association 
meeting  in  Durham,  November  15-17. 


122  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Six  members  of  the  Department  of  Social  Science  of  Wake 
Forest  College  attended  the  meeting  of  the  Southern  His- 
torical Association  in  Durham:  Drs.  Percival  Perry,  David 
L.  Smiley,  Henry  S.  Stroupe,  Lowell  R.  Tillett,  W.  Buck 
Yearns,  and  Mr.  John  K.  Huckaby.  Dr.  Smiley  presided  over 
the  session,  "Problems  of  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction," 
and  Dr.  Stroupe  read  a  paper  on  "The  History  of  the  North 
Carolina  Department  of  Archives  and  History."  Dr.  Stroupe 
also  attended  the  meeting  of  the  Historical  Society  of  North 
Carolina  in  Greensboro. 

Dr.  Philip  Africa,  Head  of  the  Department  of  History  of 
Salem  College,  announces  the  appointment  of  Mr.  M.  Foster 
Farley,  formerly  of  Newberry  College,  to  the  staff. 

Dr.  Chalmers  G.  Davidson  was  elected  President  of  the 
Mecklenburg  Historical  Association  at  a  dinner  meeting  Nov- 
ember 29  at  Sugaw  Creek  Presbyterian  Church.  Dr.  David- 
son succeeds  Mr.  James  A.  Stenhouse.  Mrs.  Grace  B.  Mc- 
Dowell was  named  first  Vice-President;  Mr.  Lee  Monroe, 
Kerns,  second  Vice-President;  Miss  Mary  Louise  Davidson, 
Secretary;  and  Mr.  Harry  T.  Orr,  Sr.,  Treasurer.  Mr.  Sten- 
house, Mr.  C.  W.  Gilchrist,  and  Mr.  Henry  C.  Dockery  were 
named  trustees  for  a  two-year  term.  Mr.  J.  H.  Carson  spoke 
on  the  history  of  gold  mining  in  Mecklenburg  County.  A 
new  project  of  the  society  for  the  coming  year  is  the  collec- 
tion of  a  complete  file  of  all  publications  concerning  May  20 
celebrations  in  Charlotte  from  the  1820's  to  the  present. 

The  Columbus  County  Society  of  Local  and  County  His- 
torians held  a  reorganizational  meeting  in  November  at  the 
Whiteville  home  of  Mrs.  Seth  Smith.  The  following  officers 
were  elected:  Mr.  Ray  Wyche,  President;  Mrs.  Smith,  Vice- 
President;  Mrs.  J.  A.  Brown,  Historian;  Mrs.  H.  A.  Turner, 
Assistant  Historian;  and  Miss  Alice  Lowe,  Secretary-Treas- 
urer. 

The  Carteret  County  Historical  Society  began  its  third 
year  with  a  meeting  at  the  civic  center  in  Morehead  City  on 
October  20  with  Mr.  Thomas  Respess,  President,  presiding. 


Historical  News  123 

Mr.  Respess  presented  a  paper  on  the  early  schools  of  Beau- 
fort, and  Mr.  F.  C.  Salisbury  gave  an  illustrated  map  talk 
on  the  history  of  the  formation  of  Carteret  County.  The  com- 
mittee which  compiled  the  records  of  burials  in  the  Old 
Town  Cemetery  was  commended  and  Miss  Mildred  White- 
hurst  was  recognized  for  her  work  in  typing  the  four  books 
compiled.  The  society  has  taken  as  one  of  its  additional  pro- 
jects the  compiling  of  similar  records  of  old  cemeteries 
throughout  Carteret  County. 

The  Chronicle,  newsletter  of  the  Bertie  County  Historical 
Association,  which  was  issued  in  October  carried  the  speech 
given  by  Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden  at  the  spring  meeting, 
an  article  on  the  history  of  Roxobel  Township  by  Mr.  J.  M. 
Browne,  and  a  report  on  the  tour  which  netted  $1,300  for 
the  Hope  Restoration  Fund.  The  fall  meeting  of  the  asso- 
ciation was  held  on  October  18,  at  which  time  papers  on  the 
history  of  Windsor  were  presented.  These  were  prepared 
under  the  direction  of  Mrs.  M.  B.  Gillam,  Sr.,  and  Mrs.  W.  S. 
Smith,  Windsor  Township  Chairmen. 

At  a  service  conducted  by  the  Rev.  S.  Janney  Hutton,  on 
September  23,  1956,  a  bronze  tablet  was  unveiled  at  Mer- 
chant's Hope  Church,  six  miles  east  of  Hopewell,  Virginia. 
This  church  is  said  to  be  the  oldest  Protestant  church  now 
standing  in  Virginia.  The  tablet  is  a  gift  from  Miss  Martha 
Adeline  Higgs  of  Raleigh  and  was  presented  in  memory  of 
her  ancestor,  Thomas  Cnappell  (1612-1658),  to  the  Sir  Wal- 
ter Raleigh  Chapter  of  the  North  Carolina  Society  of  Col- 
onial Dames  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  which  placed  the 
marker  at  the  service. 

The  foundation  for  the  organization  of  a  Wake  County 
historical  society  was  laid  at  a  meeting  held  in  the  Gover- 
nor's Mansion  on  November  19  with  Mrs.  R.  N.  Simms,  who 
served  as  chairman  of  a  committee  representing  the  Blooms- 
bury  Chapter  of  the  Daughters  of  the  Revolution,  presiding. 
She  was  assisted  by  Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History  who  made  a  brief  talk.  The 
invocation  was  given  by  Mr.  James  S.  Potter  of  the  Taber- 


124  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

nacle  Baptist  Church  after  which  Mrs.  Simms  recognized 
members  of  patriotic  societies  who  were  present.  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Henry  Belk  and  Mr.  M.  B.  Andrews  of  the  Wayne 
County  Historical  Society,  Dr.  Luby  Royall  and  Mrs.  W.  B. 
Beasley  of  the  Johnston  County  Historical  Society,  and  Dr. 
Christopher  Crittenden  were  also  recognized.  Mr.  A.  L.  Pur- 
rington,  Jr.,  was  elected  temporary  chairman  of  the  group  and 
Mrs.  Richard  Seawell  temporary  secretary.  A  meeting  is 
planned  for  January  at  which  time  committees  appointed  by 
Mr.  Purrington  are  to  report  and  make  recommendations. 

The  fall  meeting  of  the  Historical  Society  of  North  Caro- 
lina was  held  at  Greensboro  College  on  November  3  with 
Dr.  William  P.  Cumming  of  Davidson,  presiding.  Papers 
were  read  by  Dr.  Frank  W.  Klingberg  of  the  University  of 
North  Carolina,  Dr.  H.  H.  Cunningham  of  Elon  College, 
and  Dr.  Cumming.  The  following  officers  were  elected  for 
1957:  Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden,  President;  Dr.  Alice  B. 
Keith  of  Meredith  College,  Vice-President;  and  Dr.  M.  L. 
Skaggs  of  Greensboro  College,  Secretary-Treasurer.  Miss 
Mattie  Russell  and  Dr.  John  Alden  both  of  Duke  Univer- 
sity were  elected  new  members  of  the  society. 

Dr.  I.  G.  Greer  of  Chapel  Hill  has  been  re-elected  Presi- 
dent of  the  Southern  Appalachian  Historical  Association, 
sponsor  of  the  outdoor  drama,  "Horn  in  the  West."  Mr. 
James  Marsh  was  elected  executive  Vice-President;  Mr. 
Hugh  Hagaman,  first  Vice-President;  Mr.  G.  C.  Greene,  Jr., 
Treasurer;  and  Mrs.  Lawrence  Owsley,  Secretary.  Opening 
date  for  1957  has  been  tentatively  set  as  June  25,  and  the 
season  is  to  run  through  Labor  Day. 

The  quarterly  meeting  of  the  Pasquotank  County  Histori- 
cal Society  was  held  September  25,  in  the  Christ  Church 
Parish  House  with  General  John  E.  Wood,  President,  pre- 
siding. Reports  on  the  condition  of  historic  sites  and  markers 
located  in  the  county  and  on  the  progress  of  the  year  book 
were  made.  The  speaker,  Mr.  G.  F.  Hill,  presented  an  address 
on  "Astronomy— History  and  Movements  of  the  Heavenly 
Bodies." 


Historical  News  125 

The  final  quarterly  meeting  of  the  society  was  held  on 
November  27  in  the  Parish  House  with  Mr.  David  Stick  as 
the  principal  speaker.  General  John  E.  Wood  presided  at 
the  business  session  at  which  time  Mr.  Miles  Clark  reported 
on  the  investigations  made  by  his  committee  in  an  effort  to 
restore  a  number  of  historical  markers  which  have  been 
abandoned.  Mr.  Stick  talked  on  research  and  the  writing  of 
local  history  and  the  need  for  accuracy  in  recording  facts 
which  are  to  be  used  by  future  writers  and  historians.  The 
heritage  of  Roanoke  Island  and  the  Outer  Banks  was  especial- 
ly emphasized. 

The  Pasquotank  County  Historical  Society  announces  the 
completion  of  the  first  volume  of  Year  Book,  Pasquotank  His- 
torical Society,  Elizabeth  City,  1954-1955.  Persons  interested 
in  this  book  may  apply  to  General  John  E.  Wood,  Archorage 
Farm,  Currituck,  N.  C. 

The  North  Carolina  Society  of  County  and  Local  His- 
torians conducted  a  tour  of  Randolph  County  on  October  7 
which  began  at  the  courthouse  in  Asheboro.  Places  visited 
were  Colonel  Balfour's  grave,  Back  Creek  Friends  Church, 
Skeens'  Mill  Covered  Bridge,  Trinity  (site  of  old  Trinity 
College),  Bell's  grave,  Walker's  Mill,  Randleman  (where 
the  group  ate  a  plate  lunch ) ,  Melanchthon  Lutheran  Church, 
Sandy  Creek  Baptist  Church,  Friendville  Old  Quaker  Church, 
and  Holly  Springs  Friends  Church. 

Another  tour  on  October  21  sponsored  by  the  same  organi- 
zation began  at  the  Guilford  Courthouse  and  covered  the 
following  places  of  interest:  Center  Quaker  Church  and 
Cemetery,  Alamance  Presbyterian  Church  and  Cemetery, 
the  John  McLean  House,  the  Calvinist  (German  Reform) 
Church,  Alamance  Battlefield  (where  the  group  had  lunch), 
Captain  Peter  Summer's  House,  Simeon  Wagoner  House, 
Friedens  Lutheran  Church,  Ludwick  Summer's  House  and 
Mill,  and  Weitzel's  ( Whitesell's )  Mill. 

The  twenty-fourth  annual  meeting  of  the  Archaeological 
Society  of  North  Carolina  was  held  in  the  Assembly  Room 
of  the  Department  of  Archives  and  History  in  the  Education 


126  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Building  on  October  6.  The  program  consisted  of  illustrated 
lectures  by  the  late  Douglas  L.  Rights,  Mr.  Stanley  South, 
and  Mr.  Joffre  L.  Coe,  and  a  talk  by  Mr.  Lewis  Binford.  Fol- 
lowing the  business  meeting  a  luncheon  was  attended  by  a 
number  of  the  members  present. 

Dr.  Marvin  L.  Skaggs,  head  of  the  Department  of  History 
at  Greensboro  College,  announces  the  addition  of  a  Division 
of  Economics  and  Business  Administration  to  his  depart- 
ment. The  addition  was  made  primarily  to  answer  the  de- 
mands of  resident  male  students  who  are  being  admitted  for 
the  first  time  this  year. 

The  University  of  North  Carolina  Press  recently  released 
a  list,  One  Hundred  Outstanding  Books  About  North  Caro- 
lina, compiled  by  Richard  Walser  and  Hugh  T.  Lefler.  The 
primary  purpose  of  the  pamphlet  is  to  guide  individuals  and 
libraries  in  the  selection  of  available  books  in  the  fields  of 
history,  biography  and  letters,  folklore,  fiction,  the  short 
story,  drama,  poetry,  juvenile,  sectional,  and  general  sub- 
jects. This  is  available  free  upon  application  from  the  Press 
in  Chapel  Hill. 

The  Western  North  Carolina  Historical  Association  an- 
nounces the  erection  of  four  historical  markers  in  that  area. 
Two  Estatoe  Path  Markers  were  dedicated  in  Transylvania 
County  on  September  13  and  two  markers,  one  at  Old  Fort 
and  one  at  Swannanoa  Gap,  were  dedicated  in  the  Ruther- 
ford's Trace  series  on  September  16.  The  programs  were  ar- 
ranged by  Mrs.  Sadie  Smathers  Patton  of  Henderson ville, 
President  of  the  Western  North  Carolina  Historical  Associa- 
tion. Participating  in  the  dedication  services  were  Mrs.  Mary 
Jane  McCrary  of  Brevard;  Mr.  John  Parris  of  Sylva;  Mr.  Ar- 
sene  Thompson  of  Cherokee;  Mr.  Robert  T.  Gash;  Mrs. 
Robert  Lyday;  Dr.  Carl  McMurray;  Miss  Mary  M.  Greenlee; 
Mr.  Clarence  W.  Griffin;  Dr.  Jerold  Snyder;  and  Mr.  Jerry 
Thorpe.  All  four  of  the  markers  are  official  roadside  markers 
erected  under  the  Historic  Sites  Division,  State  Department 
of  Archives  and  History.  Descendants  of  General  Griffith 


Historical  News  127 

Rutherford  unveiled  the  Swannanoa  Gap  and  Old  Fort  Mark- 
ers. 

On  October  27  the  Western  North  Carolina  Historical  As- 
sociation held  its  regular  quarterly  meeting  in  the  Pack  Mem- 
orial Library  in  Asheville  with  Mrs.  Sadie  S.  Patton,  Presi- 
dent, presiding.  Miss  Cordelia  Camp  read  a  paper  on  "The 
Grist  Mills  of  North  Carolina,"  and  Colonel  Paul  A.  Rock- 
well gave  a  paper  on  "Early  North  Carolina  Maps."  Fol- 
lowing the  program  the  Thomas  Wolfe  Memorial  Literary 
Cup  was  awarded  to  Glenn  Tucker  of  Flat  Rock  for  his 
book,  Tecumseh:  Vision  of  Glory,  which  is  a  biography  of 
the  great  Indian  chief.  Mr.  George  W.  McCoy,  Vice-Presi- 
dent, served  as  chairman  of  the  program  committee. 

The  new  World  Methodist  Council  headquarters  building 
which  cost  $100,000  and  houses  historical  and  archival  ma- 
terials valued  at  more  than  $100,000  was  dedicated  at  Lake 
Junaluska  on  September  2.  Bishop  John  Branscomb  of  Jack- 
sonville, Fla.,  made  the  presentation  of  the  debt-free  build- 
ing and  Bishop  Ivan  Lee  Holt  of  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  President 
of  the  World  Methodist  Council,  expressed  appreciation 
to  the  group  who  provided  the  money.  Guests  from  seventy 
nations  were  present  and  a  number  of  sessions  were  held  re- 
lating to  various  Methodists  including  John  Wesley  and 
Francis  Asbury.  A  vast  accumulation  of  documents  and 
papers  relating  to  Methodist  history  is  stored  in  this  deposi- 
tory and  is  accessible  to  Methodists  as  well  as  other  visitors. 
Dr.  Elmer  T.  Clark  of  Lake  Junaluska  made  an  address  to 
the  assembly  and  presented  the  archives  with  a  large  number 
of  items  from  his  private  collection. 

The  fourth  annual  summer  Institute  on  Historical  and 
Archival  Management  will  be  offered  by  Radcliffe  College, 
with  the  co-sponsorship  of  the  Department  of  History  of 
Harvard  University,  from  June  24  through  August  2,  1957. 
The  course  which  is  designed  for  college  graduates  offers 
two  full-tuition  scholarships  of  $200  each  and  will  be  con- 
ducted by  a  staff  of  eighteen  or  more  experts  in  the  fields  of 


128  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

historical  and  archival  management.  Inquiries  should  be  ad- 
dressed to  the  Institute,  10  Garden  St.,  Cambridge  38,  Mass. 

The  Library  Company  of  Philadelphia  announces  the 
establishment  of  a  fellowship  in  American  studies  for  the 
academic  year  1957-1958,  which  carries  a  stipend  of  $5,000 
for  the  term  September  15-June  15  with  residence  in  or 
near  Philadelphia  a  requirement.  Applications  for  the  fellow- 
ship, with  personal  history,  three  letters  of  recommendation, 
and  an  outline  of  the  proposed  research  project,  must  be  in 
the  hands  of  The  Library  Company  of  Philadelphia,  Broad 
and  Christian  Streets,  Philadelphia  47,  Pa.,  no  later  than 
March  1,  1957. 

The  University  of  Delaware  and  The  Henry  Francis  du 
Pont  Winterthur  Museum  announce  five  two-year  fellowships 
with  stipends  up  to  $4,000  each  for  graduate  fellowships  in 
early  American  arts  and  cultural  history.  The  second  year's 
grant  is  to  be  contingent  on  satisfactory  completion  of  the 
first  vear's  work  and  applications  should  be  filed  by  March 
1,  1957.  Blanks  and  further  information  may  be  obtained 
from  The  Co-Ordinator,  Winterthur  Program,  University  of 
Delaware,  Newark,  Delaware. 

Books  received  during  the  last  quarter  are:  Bell  Irwin 
Wiley,  The  Road  to  Appomattox  (Memphis,  Tennessee: 
Memphis  State  College  Press,  1956 ) ;  Earley  Winfred  Bridges, 
Chorazin  Chapter  No.  13,  Royal  Arch  Mason.  A  Historical 
Survey  of  One  of  North  Carolina's  Outstanding  Chapters 
(Staunton,  Virginia:  McClure  Printing  Company,  1953); 
Earley  Winfred  Bridges,  Greensboro  Lodge,  No.  76.  A.  F. 
and  A.  M.  A  Historical  Survey  of  One  of  North  Carolina's 
Outstanding  Lodges  (Staunton,  Virginia:  McClure  Printing 
Company,  1951);  Arthur  S.  Link,  Wilson,  The  New  Freedom 
(Princeton,  New  Jersey:  Princeton  University  Press,  1956); 
Burnette  Vanstory,  Georgia's  Land  of  the  Golden  Isles 
(Athens:  The  University  of  Georgia  Press,  1956);  Henry 
Thompson  Malone,  Cherokees  of  the  Old  South:  A  People 
in  Transition  (Athens:  The  University  of  Georgia  Press, 
1956);  E.  Merton  Coulter,  Auraria,  The  Story  of  a  Georgia 
Gold-Mining  Town  (Athens:  The  University  of  Georgia 
Press,  1956);  Richard  Barksdale  Harwell,  The  Committees 


Historical  News  129 

of  Safety  of  Westmoreland  and  Fincastle.  Proceedings  of  the 
County  Committees,  1774-1776  (Richmond:  The  Virginia 
State  Library,  1956);  Louis  B.  Wright  and  Virginia  Freund, 
The  Historie  of  Travell  into  Virginia  Britaina,  1612  (New 
York:  Cambridge  University  Press  [London:  The  Hakluyt 
Society,  1951]);  Manly  Wade  Wellman,  Rebel  Boast:  First 
at  Bethel— Last  at  Appomattox  (New  York:  Henry  Holt 
and  Company,  1956);  George  Lee  Simpson,  The  Cokers  of 
Carolina:  A  Social  Biography  of  a  Family  (Chapel  Hill:  The 
University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1956 ) ;  Charles  Crossfield 
Ware,  A  History  of  Atlantic  Christian  College— Culture  in 
Coastal  Carolina  (Wilson:  Atlantic  Christian  College,  1956); 
Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Volume 
LXIX,  October,  1947 -May,  1950  (Boston:  Published  by  the 
Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  1956);  Norman  E.  Eliason, 
Tar  Heel  Talk.  An  Historical  Study  of  the  English  Language 
in  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill:  The  University  of  North 
Carolina  Press,  1956);  Carl  Goerch,  Ocracoke  (Raleigh: 
Privately  printed,  1956);  John  G.  Barrett,  Shermans  March 
Through  the  Carolinas  (Chapel  Hill:  The  University  of 
North  Carolina  Press,  1956);  Louis  T.  Moore,  Stories  Old 
and  New  of  the  Cape  Fear  Region  (Wilmington:  Privately 
printed,  1956);  J.  H.  Easterby,  The  Colonial  Records  of 
South  Carolina.  The  Journal  of  the  Commons  House  of  As- 
sembly, September  10,  1745-June  17, 1746  (Columbia:  South 
Carolina  Archives  Department,  1956);  Frank  E.  Vandiver, 
Rebel  Brass:  The  Confederate  Command  System  (Baton 
Rouge:  Louisiana  State  University  Press,  1956);  Gayle  Thorn- 
brough  and  Dorothy  Riker,  Readings  in  Indiana  History 
(Indianapolis:  Indiana  Historical  Bureau,  1956);  John  Hope 
Franklin,  From  Slavery  to  Freedom,  A  History  of  American 
Negroes  (New  York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  1956,  Second  Print- 
ing); Stanley  F.  Horn,  The  Decisive  Battle  of  Nashville 
(Baton  Rouge:  Louisiana  State  University  Press,  1956); 
Roy  Parker,  Sr.,  and  Others,  The  Ahoskie  Era  of  Hertford 
County,  1889-1939  (Ahoskie:  Parker  Brothers  Publishers, 
1956);  and  Dorothy  and  Richard  Pratt,  A  Guide  to  Early 
American  Homes— South  (New  York:  McGraw-Hill  Book 
Company,  Inc.,  Trade  Book  Department,  1956). 


CONTRIBUTORS  TO  THIS  ISSUE 


Dr.  Henry  T.  Malone  is  Associate  Professor  of  History 
and  Assistant  to  the  Dean  in  the  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
at  Georgia  State  College  of  Business  Administration,  Atlanta. 

Mr.  Diffee  W.  Standard  is  Research  Assistant  at  the  Insti- 
tute for  Research  in  Social  Science,  and  a  graduate  student, 
at  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill. 

Dr.  Richard  W.  Griffin  is  Associate  Professor  of  History 
at  Athens  College,  Athens,  Georgia. 

Mrs.  Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder  is  Supervisor  of  the 
State  Records  Center  of  the  Department  of  Archives  and 
History  in  Raleigh  and  is  a  member  of  the  North  Carolina 
State  Bar. 

Dr.  Frenise  A.  Logan  is  Professor  of  History  at  The  Agri- 
cultural and  Technical  College  of  North  Carolina  in  Greens- 
boro. 

Miss  Marian  H.  Blair  is  a  former  member  of  the  faculties 
of  Salem,  Agnes  Scott,  and  Greensboro  colleges  and  has 
also  taught  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  and  Duke 
University.  She  presently  resides  in  Winston-Salem  where 
she  is  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Wachovia 
Historical  Society. 


[180] 


THE 
NORTH  CAROLINA 
HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


i 


a 


* 


■;■  THE  1  I  TOR  OF  'THE-  :■  ' 


J 


~**K\   4-f 


//*/>f*ro 


So 


^>0M^UU 


Pt&pri 


APRIL  1957 


Volume  XXXIV 


Number  2 


Published  Quarterly  By 
State  Department  of  Archives  and  History 

Corner  of  Edenton  and  Salisbury  Streets 
Raleigh,  N.  C. 


THE  NORTH  CAROLINA  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Published  by  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History 

Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Christopher  Crittenden,  Editor 
David  LeRoy  Corbitt,  Managing  Editor 

ADVISORY  EDITORIAL   BOARD 
Walter  Clinton  Jackson  Hugh  Talmage  Lefler 

Frontis  Withers  Johnson  George  Myers  Stephens 


STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ARCHIVES  AND  HISTORY 

EXECUTIVE   BOARD 

McDaniel  Lewis,  Chairman 

Gertrude  Sprague  Carraway  Josh  L.  Horne 

Fletcher  M.  Green  William  Thomas  Laprade 

Clarence  W.  Griffin  Mrs.  Sadie  Smathers  Patton 

Christopher  Crittenden,  Director 


This  review  was  established  in  January,  192U,  as  a  medium  of  publica- 
tion and  discussion  of  history  in  North  Carolina.  It  is  issued  to  other 
institutions  by  exchange,  but  to  the  general  public  by  subscription  only. 
The  regular  price  is  $3.00  per  year.  Members  of  the  State  Literary  and 
Historical  Association,  for  which  the  annual  dues  arc  $5.00,  receive  this 
publication  without  further  payment.  Back  numbers  may  be  procured  at 
the  regular  price  of  $3.00  per  volume,  or  $.75  per  number. 


COVER — Faced  with  a  chronic  lack  of  currency  with  which  to 
pay  his  employees  at  the  Mount  Hecla  mill,  Henry  Humphreys  of 
Greensboro  issued  scrip  in  denominations  of  12%  cents  to  five 
dollars.  The  financial  success  of  this  first  steam-operated  cotton 
mill  in  the  state  led  to  the  ready  acceptance  of  Humphreys'  scrip 
in  the  community.  Mount  Hecla  bills,  like  those  issued  by  other 
textile  mills,  aided  in  the  commercial  expansion  of  the  North 
Carolina  Piedmont  in  the  decades  before  the  Civil  War. 


The  North  Carolina 
Historical  Review 

Volume  XXXIV  April,  1957  Number  2 

CONTENTS 

THE  COTTON  TEXTILE  INDUSTRY  IN 
ANTE-BELLUM  NORTH  CAROLINA. 
PART  II,  AN  ERA  OF  BOOM  AND 

CONSOLIDATION,  1830-1860 131 

Richard  W.  Griffin  and  Diffee  W.  Standard 

A  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE  PUBLISHED 
WRITINGS  OF  BENJAMIN  GRIFFITH 

BRAWLEY  165 

John  W.  Parker 

PAPERS  FROM  THE  FIFTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL 
SESSION  OF  THE  STATE  LITERARY  AND 
HISTORICAL  ASSOCIATION,  RALEIGH, 
DECEMBER,  1956 

INTRODUCTION  179 

DARE  COUNTY  BELLE-LETTRES 180 

Richard  Walser 

ROANOKE  COLONISTS  AND  EXPLORERS: 

AN  ATTEMPT  AT  IDENTIFICATION 202 

William  S.  Powell 

NORTH  CAROLINA  FICTION,  DRAMA, 

AND  POETRY:  1955-56 227 

C.  Hugh  Holman 


Entered  as  second  class  matter  September  29,  1928,  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  under  the  act  of  March  3,  1879. 

[i] 


NORTH  CAROLINA  NON-FICTION  BOOKS 
1955-56 237 

H.  Broadus  Jones 

LIFE  AND  LITERATURE  247 

Gilbert  T.  Stephenson 

ONE  HUNDRED  YEARS  AGO  255 

Koy  F.  Nichols 

NORTH  CAROLINA  BIBLIOGRAPHY,  1955-56  2 270 

William  S.  Powell 

BOOK  REVIEWS  282 

Shanks's  The  Papers  of  Willie  Person  Mangum,  Volume 
V,  1847-1894 — By  Paul  Murray;  Cathey's  Agricultural 
Developments  in  North  Carolina,  1783-1860 — By  Wayne 
D.  Rasmussen ;  Barrett's  Sherman's  March  through  the 
Carolinas — By  Jay  Luvaas ;  Ware's  A  History  of  Atlan- 
tic Christian  College:  Culture  in  Coastal  Carolina — By 
J.  D.  Messick ;  Moore's  Stories  Old  and  New  of  the  Cape 
Fear  Region — By  William  S.  Powell ;  Goerch's  Ocracoke 
By  Holley  Mack  Bell ;  Wates's  Stub  Entries  to  Indents 
Issued  in  Payment  of  Claims  Against  South  Carolina 
Growing  Out  of  the  Revolution.  Book  K — By  Lawrence 
F.  Brewster;  Wright's  and  Freund's  The  Historie  of 
Travell  into  Virginia  Britania  (1612)  by  William 
Strachey,  gent. — By  Stanley  South;  Coulter's  Auraria: 
The  Story  of  a  Georgia  Gold-Mining  Town — By  Fletcher 
M.  Green;  Walton's  John  Filson  of  Kentucke — By 
Weymouth  T.  Jordan;  Malone's  Cherokees  of  the  Old 
South — By  D.  H.  Corkran;  Stampp's  The  Peculiar 
Institution:  Slavery  in  the  Ante-Bellum  South — By 
Bell  I.  Wiley ;  Vandiver's  Rebel  Brass,  The  Confederate 
Command  System — By  John  G.  Barrett;  Dorothy  and 
Richard  Pratt's  A  Guide  to  Early  American  Homes — 
South — By  Elizabeth  W.  Wilborn;  and  Link's  Wilson: 
The  New  Freedom — By  George  C.  Osborn. 

HISTORICAL  NEWS 302 


[  ii] 


The  North  Carolina 
Historical  Review 

Volume  XXXIV  April,  1957 Number  2 

THE  COTTON  TEXTILE  INDUSTRY  IN 

ANTE-BELLUM  NORTH  CAROLINA 

PART  II:  AN  ERA  OF  BOOM  AND 

CONSOLIDATION,  1830-1860 

By  Richard  W.  Griffin  and  Diffee  W.  Standard 

The  initial  encouraging  steps  toward  the  development  of 
the  cotton  textile  industry  in  North  Carolina  prior  to  1830 
were  indeed  modest,  but  they  presaged  a  notable  period 
of  industrial  advance  in  the  subsequent  two  decades.  By 
1830  the  success  of  four  small  cotton  mills  offered  graphic 
proof  that  this  industry  could  be  introduced  into  the  state 
to  complement  a  predominately  agricultural  economy.  In 
the  following  years  men  with  initiative  and  capital  found 
increasing  evidence  that  the  industry  offered  a  new  outlet 
for  major  investment.  Improved  transportation  facilities  for 
marketing  manufactured  goods,  the  chronically  low  prices 
offered  for  raw  cotton  and  comparatively  high  prices  for 
cotton  textiles,  a  new  policy  to  increase  sales  in  the  South 
by  northern  manufacturers  of  mill  machinery,  and  a  growing 
propaganda  campaign  to  encourage  industry  and  hold  both 
wealth  and  workers  in  the  State  were  persuasive  factors  that 
led  to  the  establishment  of  scores  of  new  cotton  mills  in 
North  Carolina. 

Because  North  Carolinians  in  the  1830's  were  genuinely 
distressed  by  large-scale  emigration  to  the  West  which  threat- 
ened to  deplete  the  area  of  its  most  capable  working  families, 
the  enthusiasm  displayed  by  the  promoters  of  the  cotton 
industry  rapidly  spread  over  the  State.  These  men  wrote 
articles  for  local  newspapers  and  detailed  letters  to  planter 

[  131] 


132  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

acquaintances  to  encourage  the  expansion  of  industry  in  the 
State.  The  correspondence  of  the  sons  of  General  William 
Lenoir  offers  an  excellent  example  of  the  interest  in  the 
industry  evinced  by  North  Carolinians.  The  Lenoir  family, 
living  in  western  North  Carolina  and  eastern  Tennessee, 
corresponded  with  each  other  and  with  their  friends  con- 
cerning mutual  manufacturing  interests  and  played  a  signi- 
ficant part  in  the  introduction  of  the  textile  industry  into 
both  states.  The  Tennessee  branch  of  the  family  had  a  cotton 
mill  in  operation  at  Lenoir  City  in  1830,  while  the  North 
Carolina  Lenoirs  were  stockholders  in  the  Patterson  Factory 
near  Lenoir,  North  Carolina,  in  the  early  thirties.1  The  suc- 
cess of  many  such  optimistic  industrial  leaders  in  North 
Carolina  fostered  a  new  boom  in  the  textile  industry. 

Stimulated  perhaps  by  renewed  interest  throughout  the 
State,  Henry  Humphreys,  the  founder  of  the  Mt.  Hecla 
Mill  in  Greensboro,  began  an  extensive  expansion  of  his  plant 
by  ordering  the  machinery  for  two  thousand  spindles  and  a 
steam  plant  from  Paterson,  New  Jersey,  whose  machinery 
companies  were  to  furnish  equipment  for  many  North  Caro- 
lina mills  in  the  1830's  and  1840's.  Two  supervisors  accom- 
panied the  machinery  shipment  from  New  Jersey  and  re- 
mained with  the  mill  long  enough  to  teach  the  white  and 
slave  girls  to  tend  the  machines.  This  was  the  first  of 
several  steam-operated  cotton  mills  to  be  built  in  the 
State  prior  to  the  war.2  The  new  Mount  Hecla  Mill 
was  a  four-story  structure  containing  twenty-five  hundred 
spindles  and  seventy-five  looms  and  manufacturing  sheeting, 
shirting,  Osnaburgs,  and  cotton  yarns  packaged  in  five  pound 
skeins.  An  annual  operating  expense  of  $4,000  for  coal  left 
a  Raleigh  editor  aghast,  and  the  prosperity  of  the  mill,  which 
the  editor  could  not  explain,  was  probably  a  result  of  the 
year-round  operation  of  the  mill  while  competitive  mills 
generally  closed  for  a  month  or  more  in  the  summer  for  lack 

1  "Lenoir  Family  Number  2,"  Lenoir  Family  Papers,  Southern  Historical 
Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina,  hereinafter  cited  as  Lenoir 
Family  Papers. 

a  Raleigh  Register  and  North  Carolina  Gazette,  July  18,  1838,  herein- 
after cited  as  Raleigh  Register. 


Henry  Humphreys  of  Greensboro  was  the  owner  and 
superintendent  of  one  of  the  more  successful  cotton  mills 
of  the  1830's.  Fellow  North  Carolinians  visited  his  Mount 
Heel  a  mill  and  aided  by  Humphreys'  advice  established 
other  mills  in  the  State. 


North  Carolina  Textiles  133 

of  water  power.3  After  Humphreys'  conversion  to  all-white 
labor  in  the  late  1830's,  he  came  to  be  regarded  as  a  great 
benefactor  of  the  community,  and  a  local  editor  noted  that 
Greensboro  appreciated  his  civic-mindedness  in  offering 
"employment  for  numerous  hands  hitherto  doing  nothing 
for  the  community,  and  but  little  for  themselves/'4 

In  1832  Charles  Fisher,  the  Rowan  County  legislator  noted 
for  his  efforts  to  encourage  the  growth  of  manufacturers, 
made  an  attempt  to  establish  a  cotton  factory.  He  and  a 
group  of  Salisbury  investors  received  a  charter  for  the  Yadkin 
Manufacturing  Company,  but  the  efforts  to  raise  the  requisite 
capital  evidently  failed,  for  it  was  not  until  later  under  a 
second  charter  with  a  new  group  of  incorporators  that  the 
company  was  successfully  launched.  Fisher  was  not  satisfied 
merely  with  this  project,  for  he  advertised  in  the  Western 
Carolinian  the  establishment  of  his  own  foundry  which  was 
prepared  to  manufacture  cotton  mill  machinery.5  In  an  effort 
to  spur  on  interest  in  mill-building,  Fisher  once  again  pub- 
lished, in  an  abridged  form,  his  stirring  report  of  1828.6 

During  the  thirties  twenty-four  new  cotton  mills  were 
projected.  Undoubtedly  the  interest  and  encouragement  of 
progressive  Whig  leadership  in  North  Carolina  in  this  period 
accounts  for  some  of  the  rapid  expansion  of  the  textile  in- 
dustry.7 Of  the  twenty-four  mills  planned  twenty  were  ac- 
tually built,  and  of  these,  fifteen  were  completed  in  the  years 
1836-1840.  These  mills  were  located  in  eighteen  counties, 
from  Caldwell  in  the  west  to  Northampton  in  the  east,  and 
from  Caswell  in  the  north  to  Richmond  in  the  south. 

Before  the  middle  1830's  there  were  varying  opinions 
concerning  the  benefits  which  might  be  derived  from  the 
introduction  of  a  manufacturing  system  in  North  Carolina. 
A  Salisbury  editor  recalled  that  throughout  the  1820's  and 
early  1830's  "manufactures  were  so  odious"  that  planters 

8  Raleigh  Register,  July  5,  1836. 

*  The  Greensboro1  Patriot,  September  30,  1843.  Hereinafter  cited  as 
The  Patriot. 

6  Western  Carolinian  (Salisbury),  April  5,  1839,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Western  Carolinian;  Hillsborough  Recorder,  April  19,  1838. 

6  Western  Carolinian,  April  11,  1839. 

'William  Turner  to  George  W.  Johnson,  May  18,  1848,  George  W. 
Johnson  Papers,  George  Washington  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  University, 
hereinafter  cited  as  George  W.  Johnson  Papers. 


134  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

or  any  gentleman  scoffed  at  the  idea  of  investing  in  cotton 
mills.8  Before  this  feeling  subsided  many  such  editorial  cries 
as  this  one  from  the  Raleigh  Register  in  1833  were  heard. 
"Away  then,  you  people  of  the  South  with  an  ill-founded 
prejudice,  which  stands  in  the  way  of  your  prosperity,  and 
open  your  eyes  to  your  true  interest." 9  By  1835  the  prejudice 
of  the  planters  had  begun  to  wane,  and  the  promotional 
campaign  was  to  continue  unabated  until  overshadowed  by 
the  bitterness  of  the  sectional  controversies  of  the  1850's. 

Many  of  the  early  efforts  to  construct  profitable  cotton 
mills  did  not  meet  with  the  success  necessary  to  encourage 
the  emulation  of  other  investors.  One  mill  owner  wrote  to 
a  merchant  that  the  dry  weather  of  North  Carolina  summers 
was  such  a  hardship  for  grist  and  saw  mill  operators  that  he 
was  not  surprised  that  so  few  people  built  cotton  mills.10 
Other  owners  complained  in  the  press  that  spring  rains 
brought  on  such  high  water  that  water  wheels  were  damaged 
and  mill  operations  had  to  be  suspended.  In  1836  a  fall  flood 
on  Lower  Creek  near  Salem  swept  one  cotton  mill  com- 
pletely away.  That  this  discouraging  lesson  was  taken  to 
heart  may  be  assumed  from  the  fact  that  no  record  exists  of 
another  mill  being  built  on  the  site.11 

Factory  owners  were  constantly  confronted  by  a  variety 
of  other  problems  in  their  attempts  to  introduce  a  successful 
manufacturing  industry  into  North  Carolina.  Short-weighted 
cotton  bales,  unpaid  accounts,  fires,  strikes,  and  depressions 
came  to  be  expected  by  the  experienced  owner.  Quite  early 
the  factory  owners  in  the  area  of  Fayetteville  reported  re- 
peated efforts  to  defraud  them.  These  mill  men  attempted 
by  damaging  publicity  to  discourage  the  practice  by  a  few 
planters  of  selling  cotton  which  was  watered  to  give  added 
weight  and  of  packing  bricks  and  stones  in  the  bales.12 

A  chronic  lack  of  local  capital  was  another  source  of  dis- 
couragement to  those  interested  in  mill  building  or  expansion. 

8  Carolina  Watchman    (Salisbury),   May  18,   1848,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Carolina  Watchman. 

9  Raleigh  Register,  December  17,  1833. 

10  William  Davidson  to  William  H.  Horok,  July  14,  1832,  William  H. 
Horok  Papers,  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  University. 

11  Raleigh  Register,  September  16,  1834;  September  27,  1836. 

12  Raleigh  Register,  April  16,  1838, 


North  Carolina  Textiles  135 

An  Orange  County  mill  owner  wrote  in  1839  that  money  for 
expansion  promised  by  various  planters  had  been  diverted 
to  the  more  popular  schemes  of  railroad  construction  and 
river  improvement,  leaving  the  mill  owner  without  funds 
for  further  building.  One  unhappy  mill  owner  invested  all 
his  accumulated  profits  in  such  a  scheme  only  to  see  the 
company  fail  and  his  working  capital  disappear.13 

Insufficient  capital  coupled  with  poor  or  inexperienced 
management  accounted  for  many  cotton  mill  failures  in  ante- 
bellum North  Carolina.14  The  record  books  of  one  such  mill, 
the  Cane  Creek  Manufacturing  Company  of  Orange  County, 
tell  a  tale  of  failure  that  was  repeated  by  the  Mocksville 
Factory  in  Davie  County  and  the  Salisbury  Factory  in  Rowan 
County,15  and  in  all  probability  by  many  other  mills  now  long 
forgotten.  The  career  of  the  Cane  Creek  Company  was  a 
twenty-one  year  struggle  to  pay  dividends  to  stockholders 
who  did  not  have  the  foresight  to  employ  an  experienced 
manager  for  the  mill.16  In  1836  the  mill  was  incorporated 
with  a  capital  of  $10,000  by  selling  shares  to  twenty  people 
of  the  community.  The  mill  was  built,  machines  were  ordered 
and  installed,  worker's  houses  were  erected,  and  operations 
were  begun.  Here,  as  was  true  with  most  of  the  industrial 
establishments  of  the  time,  the  stock  was  paid  for  on  the 
installment  plan.  The  officers  of  the  company  were  constantly 
trying  to  collect  payments  long  in  arrears,  a  task  made  almost 
impossible  by  the  panic  which  crippled  all  business  in  1837. 
Thus  the  mill  began  its  first  year  under  a  cloud,  for  the 
capital  subscribed  was  insufficient  to  purchase  raw  cotton 
and  pay  wages  until  the  first  profits  came  in.  Because  of 
non-payment  of  wages  the  first  and  only  experienced  man- 
ager employed  by  the  company  resigned  to  accept  a  similar 

13  C.  S.  Winlord  to  John  W.  Carrigan,  December  9,  1839,  John  Warren 
Carrigan  Papers,  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  University,  hereinafter  cited 
as  Carrigan  Papers;  unsigned  note  on  receipt  of  July  2,  1848,  Tomlin 
Papers,  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  University,  hereinafter  cited  as  Tomlin 
Papers. 

uThe  Merchants'  Magazine  and  Commercial  Review,  XLII  (March  1860), 
376-377. 

35  Carolina  Watchman,  February  3,  1848;  April   12,  June  28,  1849. 

16  The  following  account  was  taken  from  the  minutes  of  the  stockholders' 
meetings,  which  were  recorded  on  88  unnumbered  pages  of  a  large  ledger. 
Papers  of  the  Cane  Creek  Manufacturing  Company,  Flowers  Collection, 
Duke  University. 


136  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

position  with  one  of  the  successful  mills  in  Randolph  County. 

The  debt  contracted  during  the  mill's  first  year  was  never 
to  be  paid.  Throughout  the  1840's  the  mill  was  moderately 
successful  because  cotton  prices  were  low  and  competition 
was  not  keen.  Power  looms  were  added  in  1845  and  1849 
for  weaving  "coarse  domestics,"  and  as  a  last  resort  a  steam 
plant  was  installed  in  1850.  However,  the  money  allotted 
to  meet  the  notes  on  the  steam  plant  generally  had  to  be 
diverted  to  pay  for  repairs  on  the  spindle  frames,  and  thus 
another  debt  was  added  to  the  books.  These  debts  could 
possibly  have  been  paid,  but  when  any  profit  was  shown, 
the  investors  demanded  dividends  instead. 

Almost  every  vicissitude  of  the  times  plagued  the  company. 
Some  of  the  best  workers  succumbed  to  the  lure  of  the  West, 
others  had  to  be  discharged  for  repeated  drunkenness,  twenty 
went  off  to  fight  the  Mexican  War  and  never  returned,  and 
many  more,  dissatisfied  with  the  mill's  twelve-hour  working 
day,  returned  to  the  farm.  Almost  every  summer  the  creek 
went  down  and  operations  were  suspended  for  weeks.  Con- 
versely, almost  every  winter  the  swollen  stream  either  flooded 
the  mill  or  damaged  the  water  wheel.  Almost  every  fall  and 
every  spring  "the  fever"  came  to  the  mill  village,  and  many 
were  laid  low  for  weeks  at  a  time.  All  groceries  at  the  com- 
pany store  were  sold  on  careless  credit,  and  consequently 
the  store  showed  a  perennial  loss.  The  mill's  yarn  and  cloth 
were  sold  to  merchants  on  credit;  few  paid  promptly  and 
many  never  paid. 

Nevertheless,  the  managers  of  the  mill  seem  to  have  been 
a  hardy  lot  and  were  not  easily  discouraged.  When  they 
heard  at  stockholders'  meetings  that  the  mill  was  averaging 
an  annual  production  of  47,000  pounds  of  yarn,  27,000 
pounds  of  thread,  30,000  yards  of  sheetings,  and  5,000 
pounds  of  Osnaburgs,  and  still  there  was  little  profit,  they 
continued  to  believe  that  the  appointment  of  yet  another  one 
of  the  major  stockholders  as  president  would  increase  annual 
dividends.  Under  this  arrangement  the  management  of  the 
mill  revolved  from  one  major  stockholder  to  the  next  until 
it  became  the  victim  of  a  capricious  round-robin  that  spun 


North  Carolina  Textiles  137 

steadily  toward  failure.  The  president  was  required  to  forego 
his  farming  responsibilities  to  work  in  the  mill  for  the  dollar 
a  day  the  stockholders  voted  him.  The  last  sentence  of  each 
president's  annual  report  followed  the  same  form  of  all  the 
predecessors.  In  the  1840's  it  usually  read,  "I  made  you  a 
thousand  dollars  I  wish  I  could  of  made  you  more."  The 
amount  in  each  closing  sentence  decreased  steadily  until 
in  the  middle  1850's,  for  the  last  three  years  of  the  company's 
existence,  the  report  read,  "I  didn't  make  you  anything  I 
wish  I  could  of."  At  last  after  twenty-one  years  of  running 
the  gamut  of  major  stockholders  through  the  office  of  presi- 
dent, the  mill  was  sold  to  Edwin  Michael  Holt,  whose  mill 
on  the  next  creek,  the  Great  Alamance,  was  more  success- 
fully supervised. 

Edwin  M.  Holt,  who  established  the  Alamance  Factory 
the  same  year  the  Cane  Creek  mill  was  built,  did  not  have 
the  problem  of  stockholders'  demands  interfering  with  his 
more  capable  management.  Holt  had  become  interested  in 
cotton  manufacturing  as  a  result  of  many  visits  to  the  Mt. 
Hecla  Cotton  Factory  in  Greensboro,  where  he  met  Henry 
Humphreys,  who  encouraged  him  to  go  ahead  in  the  busi- 
ness. The  diary  he  kept  from  1844  to  1854  is  a  vivid  record 
of  the  problems  facing  cotton  mill  owners  and  offers  repeated 
testimony  to  the  hard  work  necessary  for  success.17 

Edwin  Holt  entered  the  textile  field  in  spite  of  his  father's 
adamant  opposition,  a  feeling  which  may  have  been  en- 
gendered by  the  elder  Holt's  unsuccessful  attempt  to  aid 
in  the  organization  of  the  Hillsborough  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany in  1813.  The  pessimism  of  Holt's  father  was  easily 
counterbalanced  by  both  the  active  interest  in  the  project 
of  Chief  Justice  Ruffin  and  the  encouragement  offered  by 
Henry  Humphreys.  Holt  in  partnership  with  his  brother-in- 
law,  William  A.  Carrigan,  continued  work  until  his  mill 
building  was  completed  in  1837.  The  correspondence  of  the 
new  firm  of  Holt  and  Carrigan  forms  a  fascinating  catalogue 
of  the  astute  steps  taken  by  the  partners  to  expand  their 

17  Edwin  Michael  Holt,  Diary,  1844-1854,  Southern  Historical  Collection, 
University  of  North  Carolina,  hereinafter  cited  as  Holt  Diary. 


138  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

operations.  The  success  with  which  their  efforts  were  met 
led  Holt's  father-in-law,  who  sold  their  yarn  in  his  Pittsboro 
store,  to  offer  his  guarded  congratulations.  "I  am  glad  to 
here  you  have  started  your  new  machinery  and  it  done 
well."  18 

The  most  serious  problem  facing  these  pioneer  cotton 
manufacturers  was  lack  of  dependable  transportation.  There 
were  no  railroads  in  the  North  Carolina  Piedmont  before 
1855,  and  freight  was  usually  transported  by  wagon.  When 
Holt  received  an  order  from  Petersburg,  Virginia,  for  several 
hundred  pounds  of  yarn,  he  resorted  to  writing  several 
friends  in  neighboring  towns  to  help  him  locate  wagons 
going  near  there.  The  most  optimistic  reply  merely  stated 
that  if  the  correspondent  heard  of  any  wagons  having  Peters- 
burg as  their  destination  he  would  send  them  by  the  mill  or 
send  the  information  to  Holt  immediately.19  Other  factories, 
like  the  Milton  Manufacturing  Company,  sent  their  products 
by  company  wagons.  John  Wilson,  the  agent  for  this  mill, 
wrote  Haygood  and  Claiborne  of  Danville,  "I  have  charged 
you  and  Mr.  Ross,  one  dollar  each  for  the  hire  of  the  wagon, 
which  is  about  equal  to  ordinary  freight-bridge  tolls  we  pay 
ourselves." 20 

The  omnipresent  transportation  problem  led  many  cotton 
manufacturers  to  become  ardent  promoters  of  railroad  proj- 
ects, and  the  increased  interest  throughout  North  Carolina  in 
improving  transportation  facilities  became  an  inestimable 
aid  to  cotton  mill  construction  in  the  decades  from  1830  to 
1850.  Internal  improvements  were  offered  by  scores  of  edi- 
tors and  orators  as  a  panacea  for  all  the  State's  ills.  Emigra- 
tion to  the  West  would  cease,  depressed  farmers  would  be 
able  to  market  their  crops,  and  industry  would  cover  the 
State.  Newspaper  editors  began  to  welcome  the  construction 
of  new  mills  as  an  added  weight  to  their  pleas  for  railroads. 

_________  IT  "S- ~ WT- ~ 1 

18  Thomas  Farish  to  Edwin  M.  Holt,  March  10,  1839,  Alamance  Mills 
Collection,  Southern  Historical  Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
hereinafter  cited  as  Alamance  Mills  Collection. 

19  Eli  Smith  to  Edwin  M.  Holt,  March  23,  1839,  Alamance  Mills  Collection. 

20  John  Wilson  to  Haygood  and  Claiborne,  November  1,  1838,  William 
Clark  Grasty  and  John  F.  Rison  Papers,  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  Uni- 
versity. 


North  Carolina  Textiles  139 

As  one  editor  wrote  in  1836,  if  mills  continued  to  spring  up, 
North  Carolina  could  say: 

Then  farewell  to  domestic  jars 
All  bullying  nonsense  done  — 
An  endless  chain  of  railroad  cars, 
Will  bind  us  all  in  one.21 

It  was  only  natural  that  cotton  mill  owners  become  leaders 
of  the  movement  for  all  internal  improvement  projects.  In 
the  multitude  of  state  commercial  conventions  called  to  draw 
up  memorials  to  the  legislature  for  funds  to  aid  in  plank 
road,  canal,  and  railroad  building  and  river  clearance,  John 
M.  Morehead,  Henry  Humphreys,  and  Charles  Benbow  of 
Greensboro,  Charles  P.  Mallett  of  Fayetteville,  William  Car- 
rigan  and  Edwin  M.  Holt  of  Alamance  County,  and  other 
mill  owners  were  active  spokesmen.22 

Certainly  a  potent  factor  in  stimulating  mill  construction 
at  this  time  was  the  growing  realization  on  the  part  of 
northern  manufacturers  of  cotton  mill  machinery  that  the 
South  was  an  unexploited  but  promising  field  to  which  they 
could  extend  their  trade.  It  seems  evident  that  most  ma- 
chinery used  in  ante-bellum  mills  was  purchased  chiefly  from 
firms  in  Providence,  Rhode  Island,  Paterson,  New  Jersey, 
and  New  York  City.  Michael  Schenck  had  made  a  trip  in 
1814  to  Providence  to  purchase  part  of  his  machinery  and  to 
accompany  it  while  it  was  hauled  overland  by  wagon  to 
Lincoln  County.  By  1832,  however,  when  Henry  Humphreys 
refitted  the  Mount  Hecla  mill  in  Greensboro,  a  Paterson, 
New  Tersey,  firm  had  sent  the  machinery  by  boat  to  Charles- 
ton, then  by  wagon  to  Guilford  County.  The  new  departure 
taken  by  this  firm  in  sending  a  mechanic  with  the  machinery 
to  remain  as  long  as  eighteen  months  and  instruct  the  mill 
workers,  rapidly  became  the  policy  of  northern  companies. 
Charles  P.  Mallett,  who  built  the  largest  ante-bellum  mill 
in  the  State  at  Fayetteville  in  1836,  had  his  4,500  spindles 
and  100  looms  installed  under  the  supervision  of  two  fore- 

21  Raleigh  Register,  July  5,  1836. 

22  Raleigh  Register,  January  24,  1837;  July  16,  December  3,  10,   1838; 
April  18,  1849. 


140  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

men  of  the  Matteowan  Company  of  New  Yofk.23  Edwin  M. 
Holt  recorded  in  his  diary  that  the  northern  mechanic  who 
worked  with  him  for  the  first  eighteen  months  was  largely 
responsible  for  the  success  of  his  mill  on  Alamance  Creek.24 
By  the  1850's,  advertisements  of  these  eager  northern  com- 
panies were  regular  features  of  many  North  Carolina  news- 
papers. The  notices  stressed  generous  credit  terms,  the  ability 
of  the  supervisors  that  would  be  sent,  and  the  success  of  their 
former  customers  throughout  the  South.25 

Newspapers  of  the  time  attempted  to  encourage  the  manu- 
facturer and  prospective  manufacturer  by  citing  the  possi- 
bilities of  great  success  and  wealth  inherent  in  the  business. 
Several  editors  praised  the  efforts  of  Thomas  McNeely,  who 
built  a  steam  cotton  mill  at  Mocksville.  Although  his  initial 
brick  structure  was  large  enough  to  contain  three  thousand 
spindles,  McNeely  began  his  operations  modestly  with  528 
spindles  and  planned  to  fill  the  remaining  space  with  ma- 
chinery purchased  from  profits.  The  editor  of  the  Charlotte 
Journal  said  of  McNeely,  "We  wish  every  possible  success 
to  the  enterprising  gentleman  who  has  thus  set  this  worthy 
example  to  men  richer  than  himself." 26 

From  the  time  of  the  report  of  Charles  Fisher  in  1828  until 
the  1850's,  many  other  editors  and  political  leaders,  con- 
vinced of  the  benefits  of  manufacturing,  strove  valiantly  to 
eradicate  the  prejudice  which  a  conservative  rural  population 
held  against  innovation.  Opponents  of  factories  in  the  State 
pointed  with  alarm  to  the  use  of  slave  labor  in  the  early  mills. 
Many  feared  that  slaves  employed  in  mills  would  be  elevated 
beyond  their  status  and  possibly  freed,  a  development  which 
would  have  been  anathema  to  most  white  southerners.27  The 
use  of  slave  labor  in  North  Carolina  mills,  however,  never 
reached  the  proportions  it  attained  in  Tennessee  and  South 
Carolina  mills,  for  only  three  cotton  mills  used  slave  labor, 

23 1.  W.  Wilson  to  A.  D.  Gage,  December  4,  1847,  Tomlin  Papers;  Niles' 
Weekly  Register,  L  (August  6,  1836),  378. 

24  Holt  Diary,  March  4,  1845. 

25  Carolina  Republican  (Lincolnton),  April  3,  1851,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Carolina  Republican;  Raleigh  Register,  February  16,  1852. 

28  Hillsborough  Recorder,  March  17,  1838,  quoting  the  Charlotte  Journal. 

27  Phillip  G.  Davidson,  "Industrialism  in  the  Ante-Bellum  South,"  South 
Atlantic  Quarterly,  XXVII  (October,  1928),  411,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Davidson,  "Ante-Bellum  South." 


North  Carolina  Textiles  141 

and  two  of  these,  Henry  Humphreys'  mill  in  Greensboro  and 
Henry  Donalson's  Fayetteville  mill,  had  converted  to  white 
labor  by  the  late  1830's.  The  remaining  mill,  Joel  Battle's  in 
Rocky  Mount,  retained  its  slave  operatives  until  the  early 
1850's,  when  the  various  owners  from  whom  Battle  rented 
slaves  protested  that  since  the  price  of  raw  cotton  was  rapidly 
increasing  they  were  needed  in  the  fields.  Although  there 
were  a  few  protests  about  "taking  a  Negro's  place,"  the  tran- 
sition to  white  labor  was  rapidly  made.28  The  fact  that  slaves 
were  often  used  to  perform  menial  tasks  and  act  as  draymen 
for  the  mills  did  not  seem  to  excite  any  comment.29  Thus, 
with  mill  labor  largely  restricted  to  white  workers,  the 
founding  of  new  mills  was  given  increasing  attention  in 
North  Carolina  newspapers. 

One  of  these  newer  organizations,  the  Randolph  Manu- 
facturing Company,  reported  even  before  its  cotton  factory 
was  completed  that  the  company  already  had  in  operation 
a  sawmill  and  a  wool  carding  machine.  The  corporation  built 
houses  for  its  workers  and  made  all  the  bricks  used  in  the 
construction  of  the  mill  building.  In  an  article  describing 
this  mill  the  editor  of  a  Raleigh  paper  employed  the  format 
of  a  classified  advertisement  to  encourage  workers  to  apply 
for  jobs  there.  "Here  is  a  fine  opening  for  hardy,  industrious 
young  men,  who  are  willing  to  work  hard,  live  well,  earn 
money  honestly,  and  enjoy  one  of  the  most  healthful  situa- 
tions in  this  or  any  other  country." 30 

Often  vying  with  each  other  to  demonstrate  their  enthu- 
siasm, newspaper  editors  soon  became  avid  apostles  of  cotton 
mill  building.  They  insisted  that  unless  North  Carolina  over- 
came her  indifference  to  the  industry,  she  would  "incur  the 
contempt  of  the  world,  merit  the  reproaches  of  posterity, 
and  remain  a  mere  skeleton  of  a  state,  destitute  of  those 
active  propensities  which  make  life  a  blessing."31  Familiar 

88  Holland  Thompson,  From  the  Cotton  Field  to  the  Cotton  Mill  (New 
York,  1906),  50-53,  hereinafter  cited  as  Thompson,  Cotton  Mill;  Carolina 
Watchman,  August  23,  1854. 

89 1.  W.  Wilson  to  A.  D.  Gage,  December  4,  1847,  Tomlin  Papers;  William 
A.  Carrigan,  Sr.  to  William  A.  Carrigan,  Jr.,  February  7,  1848,  Carrigan 
Pa>T)6rs 

30  Raleigh  Register,  April  23,  1838. 

81  Raleigh  Register,  March  14,  1837. 


142  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

arguments  were  given  a  variety  of  presentations.  The  econ- 
omic advantages  over  New  England  of  savings  in  bagging, 
sampling,  river  and  ocean  freight,  insurance,  and  drayage 
charges  were  often  mentioned.  New  mill  sites  were  pointed 
out  in  many  counties,  almost  all  of  which  had  "enough  power 
for  another  Lowell."32  "The  rapid  stream,  the  roaring  cata- 
ract, which  abound  through  her  length  and  breadth,  and  the 
cheapness  of  labor  are  all  eloquent  pleaders  for  the  Manu- 
facturing policy."  Editors  liked  to  sit  back  and  envision  the 
results,  and  one  saw  the  State  with  "her  hills  and  valleys 
teeming  with  a  busy  and  thriving  population,  her  mountain 
streams  and  rivers  made,  every  drop,  to  contribute  to  the 
wealth  of  her  citizens;  the  native  intellect  and  energies  of  her 
sons  would  be  stimulated  and  her  name  enrolled  high  up 
among  her  sister  states."  33  Merchants  who  continued  to  buy 
yarn  from  the  North  were  shamed  with  patriotic  fervor.  The 
factories  of  the  1830's  were  heartening  indeed  to  the  Raleigh 
editor  who  concluded,  "The  wild  enthusiastic  views  of  the 
few,  and  the  cold  indifference  of  the  many,  are  becoming 
blended  together  into  a  generous  glow  of  steady  and  united 
patriotism,  which  must  have  its  effects." 34 

The  effect,  however,  was  not  so  great  as  the  enthusiastic 
few  might  have  hoped,  and  each  editor  was  careful  to  preface 
his  remarks  with  the  idea  that  agriculture  was  still  the  true 
calling  of  most  of  the  State's  inhabitants.  The  propaganda 
campaign,  which  had  been  on  occasion  vociferous  in  the 
1830's,  faded  into  complacency  by  the  late  1840's,  and  had 
little  effect  on  the  industry  in  the  1850's,  as  higher  cotton 
prices  had  refocused  attention  on  the  cotton  field  rather  than 
on  the  mill.  When  Alfred  G.  Foster  told  the  Randolph  County 
Society  for  the  Promotion  of  Agriculture,  the  Mechanic  Arts 
and  Manufacturers  in  1855  that  the  "true  policy  of  North 
Carolina  is  to  encourage  the  establishment  and  growth  of 
manufactories,"35  his  had  become  like  a  still,  small  voice  in 

82  Carolina  Watchman,  July  12,  1835;  Raleigh  Register,  November  5,  1833; 
June   6,   1837. 

83  Raleigh  Register,  June  16,  1849. 

84  Raleigh  Register,  March  14,  October  9,  1837. 

35  Alfred  G.  Foster,  Address  before  the  Randolph  County  Society  for  the 
Promotion  of  Agriculture,  the  Mechanic  Arts  and  Manufactures  (Lexing- 
ton, 1855),  18. 


Photograph  courtesy  of  Mr.   John  W.  Claik 

Built  in  1840,  this  first  mill  of  the  Franklinville  Manufacturing 
Company  is  shown  as  it  appeared  in  1875.  The  Franklinville  mill  in 
Randolph  County  is  typical  of  over  thirty  textile  mills  constructed  in 
the  North  Carolina  Piedmont  during  the  expansion  of  the  industry  in 
the  1840's. 


North  Carolina  Textiles  143 

a  state  wedded  to  the  soil.  Thus  the  propaganda  campaign 
of  this  period  must  be  considered  as  more  a  prelude  to  the 
vast  enthusiasm  for  textile  mills  in  the  New  South  period.  It 
was  not  a  sustained  effort,  and  the  later  occasional  voices 
advocating  cotton  manufacturing  could  not  have  the  effect 
that  the  chorus  of  such  voices  had  in  the  1880's. 

Within  the  decade  of  the  1830's  when  the  sentiment  favor- 
ing southern  industry  was  at  its  peak,  a  score  of  cotton  mills 
were  placed  in  operation  in  North  Carolina.  Most  of  these 
were  two-story  frame  structures  built  by  the  banks  of  a  river 
or  stream,  utilizing  water  power  to  propel  a  ten  or  twelve 
foot,  water  wheel  that  operated  the  four  132-spindle  frames 
that  were  so  common  with  the  beginning  manufacturer.  Sev- 
eral of  these  early  mills,  however,  took  the  familiar  form  of 
most  later  mill  buildings.  These  were  three  or  four  story  brick 
structures  with  two  towers  in  front  which  contained  the  mill's 
staircases  and  were  sometimes  topped  with  ornamental  nine- 
teenth-century Gothic  filigree. 

In  1832  John  Trollinger,  grandson  of  a  German  immigrant 
who  had  built  one  of  the  first  grist  mills  in  Orange  County, 
constructed  the  High  Falls  Manufacturing  Company,  which 
was  located  on  the  grist  milFs  site  on  the  Haw  River  and 
operated  a  thousand  spindles  producing  coarse  yarn  for  local 
use.  This  was  the  first  of  six  mills  to  be  built  before  1860 
in  that  section  of  the  county  which  became  Alamance  County 
in  1849.36 

In  a  single  year,  1836,  six  more  mills  began  operations, 
four  in  the  adjoining  central  Piedmont  counties  of  Randolph, 
Chatham,  Forsyth,  and  Orange,  and  two  in  the  town  of 
Fayetteville.  Two  of  these  mills  deserve  mention  because 
their  success  led  either  to  the  construction  of  new  mills  by 
their  owners  or  to  the  consolidation  of  less  successful  mills 
into  their  management. 

Charles  P.  Mallett,  a  planter  and  merchant  of  Fayetteville, 
found  his  hometown,  already  the  site  of  Donaldson  s  Fayette- 
ville Mill,  to  be  an  ideal  location  for  his  successful  ventures 
in  cotton  manufacturing.  His  first  mill,  the  Phoenix,  built 

36Sallie  W.  Stockard,  The  History  of  Alamance  (Raleigh,  1900),  143- 
145,  hereinafter  cited  as  Stockard,  Alamance',  Raleigh  Register.  November 
22,  1836. 


144  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

in  the  spring  of  1836,  was  an  immediately  prosperous  con- 
cern. A  Raleigh  editor  commented  that  the  cheapness  of 
labor,  the  convenience  of  the  market,  and  the  demand  for  his 
goods  was  making  Mallett  a  wealthy  man.37  Yet  Phoenix 
Mill  with  its  one  thousand  spindles  was  apparently  too  small 
to  supply  the  demand,  so  Mallett  in  the  same  year  incorpo- 
rated a  local  company,  raised  over  $100,000  in  capital,  and 
built  the  Rock  Fish  Manufacturing  Company,  which  was  to 
become  the  largest  mill  in  the  State.  The  company's  ready 
capital  allowed  it  to  purchase  the  best  northern  machinery, 
and  soon  the  mill  operated  4,500  spindles  and  100  looms. 
There  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  success  of  this  company 
later  helped  influence  Charles  Benbow,  John  Hall,  and  Dun- 
can Murchison  to  build  their  mills  in  Fayetteville  in  1840. 
The  location  of  Fayetteville  and  the  ease  with  which  these 
mills  could  make  occasional  shipments  of  yarn  to  New  York 
and  Philadelphia  accounted  for  the  prosperity  enjoyed  by 
all  six  local  mills  until  the  Civil  War.38 

By  1838  the  cotton  factories  at  Fayetteville  were  gaining 
an  excellent  national  as  well  as  state  reputation.  The  factory 
of  Charles  Mallett  had  already  begun  sending  yarns  to 
northern  markets.  As  a  result  of  this  practice  he  received  an 
order  for  four  thousand  pounds  of  yarn  monthly  from  St. 
Louis.  This  early  demand  for  Fayetteville  yarn  led  news- 
paper editor  E.J.  Hale  to  comment  that  such  an  order  should 
not  only  be  an  indication  of  the  excellence  of  the  manufac- 
tures of  the  area,  but  should  be  encouraging  to  those  engaged 
in  the  business  and  to  those  who  were  considering  such  in- 
vestments.39 

Dennis  Heartt,  editor  of  the  Hillsborough  Recorder,  pre- 
dicted a  great  future  for  the  cotton  industry  of  North  Caro- 
lina, "On  the  whole,  the  manufacturers  of  the  Northern 
States  need  not  much  longer  count  North  Carolina  as  one  of 
their  markets:  they  may  rather  regard  her  as  a  competitor, 
and  one  who  will  soon  become  very  formidable." 40 

37  Raleigh  Register,  July  26,  1836. 

38  The  Patriot,  October  14,  1843;  Niles'  Weekly  Register,  XIV  (June  18, 
1843),  272;  Raleigh  Register,  November  15,  1836. 

89  Hillsborough   Recorder,    November    29,    1838,   citing   the   Fayetteville 
Observer. 

40  Hillsborough  Recorder,  July  19,  1838. 


North  Carolina  Textiles  145 

The  rapid  growth  of  the  cotton  textile  industry  in  the 
thirties  created  a  change  in  the  general  trading  pattern  of 
the  State.  Within  a  few  years  the  shipment  of  North  Carolina 
cotton  had  declined,  and  the  demand  for  yarn  was  met  at 
home.  Only  ten  years  after  the  Rocky  Mount  Mill  had  begun 
entering  northern  markets,  the  Charlotte  Journal  reported 
that  many  bales  of  cotton  textiles  were  being  shipped  regu- 
larly to  New  York  and  Philadelphia.41  Editorials  in  local 
papers  graphically  pointed  out  the  advantages  of  such  in- 
dustry to  the  planter  and  farmer,  who  could  now  secure  the 
same  prices  for  their  products  at  home,  when  once  they  had 
to  send  them  to  distant  market  towns  to  get  the  best  price. 
Now  the  State's  raw  materials  were  being  used  at  home,  giv- 
ing employment  to  needy  people  and  profits  to  local  investors. 
A  Greensboro  editor  believed  that  such  a  program  would 
bring  to  a  halt  the  "depopulating  and  impoverishing  tide  of 
emigration"  and  create  a  state  of  growing  prosperity  for 
North  Carolinians.42 

In  the  Piedmont  section  the  Holts'  Alamance  Mill  did  as 
much  to  promote  the  growth  of  the  textile  industry  as  did  the 
mills  of  Charles  Mallett  in  the  Fayetteville  region.  During 
the  first  years  of  the  Alamance  Mill's  existence,  when  only 
yarn  was  produced,  the  old  water  wheel  of  the  grist  mill 
was  used  to  operate  the  spindle  frames,  but  in  1845  when 
the  mill  was  enlarged  by  the  addition  of  a  second  group  of 
528  spindles,  a  new  and  larger  water  wheel  was  constructed. 
Like  other  mill  owners  of  the  State,  Holt  drew  his  workers 
from  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  mill  and  directed 
their  instruction  as  mill  hands.  Purchasing  his  raw  cotton 
from  farmers  in  the  county,  Holt  manufactured  only  coarse 
yarn  for  home  weaving  until  twelve  looms  were  added  to  the 
mill  in  1848.43  By  1860  yarn  was  still  the  chief  product  of  the 
mill,  but  ninety-six  looms  had  been  added  to  produce  a 
larger  amount  of  cotton  cloth.  Although  Holt  has  several 
references  in  his  diary  to  work  stoppages  due  to  high  or  low 

41  Charlotte  Journal,  May  11,  1838. 
a  The  Patriot,  March  6,  1839. 

48  Alfred  A.  Holt  to  William  A.  Carrigan,  Jr.,  May  8,  1849,  Carrigan 
Papers;  Holt  Diary,  October  14,  1844. 


146  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


water  in  Alamance  Creek,  the  mill  was  apparently  well- 
managed  and  profitable.44 

The  most  significant  event  in  the  ante-bellum  development 
of  this  mill  was  the  introduction  of  a  dyeing  process  in  1853. 
In  that  year  an  almost  destitute  French  dyer  happened  to  be 
travelling  by  the  mill  and  offered  to  teach  the  process  to  Holt 
and  his  son  Thomas  M.  Holt  in  return  for  $100  if  his  efforts 
were  successful.  With  the  use  of  makeshift  equipment,  a  dye 
shed  was  constructed,  and  the  yarn  processed  there  was 
woven  into  "Alamance  plaids,"  the  first  colored  cotton  cloth 
woven  on  power  looms  in  the  South.45  The  popularity  of  this 
cloth  assured  the  continued  success  of  the  mill,  and  the 
profits  derived  allowed  Holt  to  purchase  the  Cane  Creek  mill 
in  1857  and  the  Haw  River  Factory  in  1860.  By  adhering 
strictly  to  a  policy  of  re-investing  his  profits  into  the  mills 
and  training  his  sons  in  mill  management,  Holt  became  the 
head  of  one  of  the  most  important  textile  families  in  North 
Carolina.46 

In  the  same  year  that  Holt  began  building  the  Alamance 
Mill,  his  friend  and  later  business  associate,  Francis  Fries, 
completed  his  first  cotton  mill  at  Salem.  In  order  to  save  each 
other  time  and  expense  the  two  mill  owners  cooperated  by 
making  alternate  trips  to  the  North  where  they  investigated 
new  improvements  in  machinery,  ascertained  marketing  con- 
ditions, and  sought  other  information  which  might  be  of  as- 
sistance in  their  growing  businesses.47 

In  1838  Governor  John  Motley  Morehead  erected  the 
Leaksville  Factory  on  the  Dan  River  in  Rockingham  County, 
which  presented  an  impressive  appearance.  The  three-story 
stone  mill,  built  at  the  head  of  a  large  canal  and  operated 
by  a  twenty-five  foot  waterwheel,  was  surrounded  by  a  flour 
and  grist  mill,  a  cotton  seed  oil  mill,  and  the  brick  cottages 
of  the  factory  village.48  Governor  Morehead  left  no  doubt, 

44  Holt  Diary,  May  31,  October  11,  1845;  March  6,  June  13,  1846. 

45  Stockard,  Alamance,  91-92,  quoting  T.  M.  Holt;  The  News  and  Ob- 
server (Raleigh),  April  12,  1896. 

46  Stockard,  Alamance,  93. 

47  F.  H.  Fries,  "The  History  of  the  Fries  Family,"  typescript  copy, 
Southern  Historical  Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina. 

48  Raleigh  Register,  July  16,  1838;  The  Patriot,  September  30,  1843; 
September  2,  1854;  Carolina  Watchman,  June  5,  1840. 


The  career  of  Hugh  S.  Parks,  Sr. 
(1827-1913)  of  Franklinville,  Randolph 
County,  typifies  the  continuation  of 
management  from  ante-bellum  cotton 
mills  to  many  of  the  New  South  era.  In 
1858  he  assumed  the  management  of  the 
Island  Ford  Mill,  a  wooden  building  on 
the  Deep  River  built  in  1845  by  Elisha 
Coffin,  A.  S.  Horney,  and  George  Make- 
peace. Under  Parks'  direction  the  small 
mill  with  only  1,700  spindles  and  twen- 
ty-five looms  was  expanded  by  1900  into 
one  of  the  leading  textile  producers  of 
the  State. 


North  Carolina  Textiles  147 

even  in  state  papers,  of  his  active  interest  in  the  promotion 
of  the  infant  industry.  In  a  campaign  debate  for  the  governor- 
ship in  1842,  Morehead  pointed  out  that  his  wealth  had  gone 
to  develop  "manufacturing,  mechanical  and  farming  opera- 
tions, by  which  he  afforded  employment  to  many  of  his  poor 
neighbors,  mechanics,  etc."49  In  a  speech  to  a  Democratic 
legislature  he  unhesitatingly  upheld  Whig  doctrines.  The 
governor  attacked  free  trade  and  the  competition  of  Euro- 
pean pauper  labor.  "We  have  the  power  not  only  to  raise 
Revenue  by  imposing  duties,  but  we  have  the  power,  by 
imposing  them,  to  protect  American  Industry  against  Euro- 
pean industry."50 

There  were  many  other  entrepreneurs  of  lesser  standing 
than  Holt,  Fries,  or  Morehead,  who  became  overly  encour- 
aged by  the  low  price  of  raw  cotton  in  the  years  following 
the  Panic  of  1837  and  built  less  successful  cotton  factories. 
A  typical  one  of  those  produced  by  the  panic  was  the  Mill- 
edge  ville  Cotton  Factory  on  the  Yadkin  River  in  Montgomery 
County,  twenty-two  miles  east  of  Salisbury.  Its  builder,  Ed- 
ward Burrage,  in  1838  added  a  frame  extension  to  the  grist 
mill  on  his  farm  and  spun  coarse  yarn  which  was  bartered 
or  sold  in  the  neighborhood.51  Since  this  mill  did  not  survive 
the  decade  of  the  1850's,  it  seems  probable  that  the  higher 
prices  of  raw  cotton  during  these  years  led  Burrage  back 
to  his  farming  operations. 

A  more  successful  attempt  was  the  Cedar  Falls  Manufac- 
turing Company  on  Deep  River,  six  miles  above  Asheboro. 
Benjamin  Elliott,  its  local  organizer,  had  sufficient  foresight 
to  secure  adequate  capital  for  the  mill's  operation  by  selling 
stock  to  many  of  the  community's  leading  citizens.  The  first 
mill  was  completed  in  1837  and  began  spinning  its  coarse 
yarn.  Prosperity  followed  and  the  mill  was  enlarged  in  1846. 
A  new  brick  building  was  constructed,  54  looms  were  added, 
capital  was  increased  to  $60,000,  and  120  people  were  given 
steady  employment.52  Elliott  very  wisely  decided  to  display 

*e  Hillsborough  Recorder,  May  25,  1843;   Raleigh  Register.  January   5, 
1841. 

60  Raleigh  Register,  November  25,  1842. 

61  Carolina  Watchman,  December  12, 1840 ;  Raleigh  Register,  July  16,  1838. 

62  Raleigh  Register,  March  14,  1837;  August  22,  1849. 


148  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

conspicuously  a  brand  name  on  all  the  mill's  products,  and 
by  the  late  1840's,  "Cedar  Falls"  yarn  and  cloth  were  known 
throughout  the  State.53 

The  decade  of  the  1830s  ended  full  of  promise  for  future 
progress  in  the  cotton  textile  industry  of  the  State,  with  North 
Carolina  able  to  boast  of  twenty-five  factories  in  active  opera- 
tion.54 The  expansion  of  the  textile  industry  had  been  so  rapid 
that  Niles'  Weekly  Register  reported  in  1840  that  North  Car- 
olina had  a  greater  number  of  factories  of  different  kinds 
than  there  had  been  in  all  the  southern  states  in  1830.55  Ed- 
ward J.  Hale,  editor  of  the  Fayetteville  Observer,  was  so  in- 
spired by  the  general  development  of  the  cotton  industry  in 
his  state  that  he  gave  a  special  toast  at  the  Charleston  Com- 
mercial Convention  in  1839,  "North  Carolina  is  rapidly  de- 
veloping all  her  resources,  multiplying  her  facilities  of  in- 
ternal and  external  intercourse,  and  is  making  such  progress 
in  manufacture,  that  ere  long  she  will  be  found  importing 
cotton  from  her  Southern  neighbors,  and  exporting  her  fab- 
rics in  return."56  Hale's  own  home  city  furnished  ample 
justification  for  assuming  this  prophetic  tone,  for  Fayetteville 
had  three  cotton  factories  in  the  city,  two  others  in  the 
county,  and  three  new  mills  in  various  stages  of  organization. 

Despite  a  temporary  recession  in  trade  and  the  general 
tightening  of  investment  capital  in  the  years  following  the 
Panic  of  1837,  newspapers  published  many  stirring  editorials 
from  1840  to  1844  in  an  attempt  to  maintain  the  interest  of 
North  Carolinians,  large  capitalists  and  the  investing  public 
alike,  in  cotton  factories.  In  1840  and  1841  North  Carolina 
editors  confidently  chronicled  the  completion  of  seven  new 
mills  in  both  Piedmont  and  coastal  sections.  Various  publica- 
tions, both  inside  and  outside  the  State,  made  attempts  to 
estimate  or  to  list  the  number  of  cotton  mills  and  their  loca- 
ions.57  The  Western  Carolinian  noted  the  operation  of  twenty- 
seven  factories  valued  at  close  to  a  million  dollars,  operating 

68  Receipt,  September  30,  1847,  and  undated  notes,  George  W.  Johnson 
Papers. 

54  See  appended  list  of  cotton  factories. 

65  Niles7  Weekly  Register,  LXVIII  (May  2,  1840),  138. 

66  Western  Carolinian,  April  11,  1839. 

67  Hillsborough  Recorder,  September  1,  1841. 


North  Carolina  Textiles  149 

47,931  spindles,  and  employing  1,219  workers.58  A  letter  from 
a  North  Carolina  manufacturer  in  the  National  Intelligencer 
discussed  the  progress  of  the  cotton  industry  in  the  state  and 
reported  the  existence  of 

twenty  cotton  factories,  worked  by,  I  presume,  1,800  white 
operatives,  and,  although  N.  Carolina  will  obtrude  herself  upon 
the  time  of  Congress  with  petitions  for  a  discriminating  tariff, 
yet  she  is  to  be  vitally  affected  by  it,  in  the  success  of  those  large 
factories  recently  established.  I  am  now  shipping  a  lot  of  goods 
directly  to  New  Bedford,  and  expect  to  supply  that  market  with 
a  portion  of  what  they  require  for  shipment  around  Cape  Horn.59 

Continued  expansion  in  the  cotton  industry  led  the  editor 
of  the  Wilmington  Chronicle  to  rhapsodize  over  the  increas- 
ing industrial  interest  in  the  State  and  its  future  prospects. 
He  reported  with  obvious  pride  the  export  of  North  Carolina 
textiles  to  the  North,  much  of  which  came  from  mills  in  the 
interior  of  the  State.60  Such  exports  were  not  at  all  uncom- 
mon, for  manufactured  goods  had  been  shipped  occasion- 
ally since  1828  and  with  great  regularity  after  1835. 

Two  of  the  four  mills  established  in  1840  had  especially 
far-reaching  influence,  for  they  were  established  in  towns 
which  took  a  prominent  role  in  the  post-war  textile  expansion 
of  the  State,  and  from  their  initial  construction  they  were 
operated  by  steam  power,  rather  than  the  more  popular  but 
less  dependable  waterpower.  The  Concord  Manufacturing 
Company  was  incorporated  in  1840  under  the  leadership  of 
Isborn  Cannon,  Paul  Barringer,  and  John  Phifer,  and  their 
initial  $30,000  capital  was  used  to  purchase  both  spindles 
and  a  sixty-horsepower  steam  engine.  Soon  power  looms  were 
added,  and  the  new  machinery  to  produce  cotton  twine  made 
the  mill  the  first  in  the  State  to  compete  with  Kentucky  hemp 
manufacturers.  All  these  products  elicited  praise  from  a  sym- 
pathetic and  encouraging  press.61  Editors  urged  planters  and 


68 
59 
60 


Western  Carolinian,  September  9,  1842. 

Charlotte  Journal,  May  12,  1842,  quoting  the  National  Intelligencer. 

Hillsborough   Recorder,    February   4,    1841,    quoting   the    Wilmington 
Chronicle;  Charlotte  Journal,  April  12,  1845. 

81  Carolina  Watchman,   April   12,  1845;    October   9,   1846;    The  Patriot, 
October  14,  1843. 


150  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

farmers  of  the  South  to  begin  using  cotton  bagging  and 
twine,  instead  of  hemp,  for  baling  their  cotton,  and  the  new 
Concord  mill  was  suggested  as  a  source  for  these  manufac- 
tures. The  products  of  this  factory  were  termed  "superior  to 
any  articles  of  the  kind  we  have  seen  .  .  .  the  twine  seems  to 
be  an  excellent  article  and  much  stronger  than  ordinary 
hemp  twine."  The  Camden  Journal  (South  Carolina)  urged 
the  planters  of  that  area  to  encourage  this  home  enterprise.62 

The  other  of  these  two  mills,  the  Salisbury  Cotton  Factory, 
was  the  object  of  great  civic  pride  in  its  small  community. 
The  three-storied  brick  building  was  125  feet  long  and  40  feet 
wide,  and  its  tower  was  crowned  with  an  ornamental  cupola. 
Since  it  was  only  one-fourth  of  a  mile  from  the  courthouse, 
a  daily  walk  to  the  mill  became  a  new  diversion  for  the  towns- 
people. The  Matteowan  Company  of  New  York  had  installed 
the  initial  one  thousand  spindles,  but  before  the  end  of  the 
first  year,  another  supervisor  from  the  company  had  arrived 
with  two  thousand  more  and  fifty  looms.  The  shirting,  sheet- 
ing, Osnaburg,  and  yarn  which  the  mill  produced  were 
declared  by  the  local  editor  to  be  "the  best  in  the  state." 63 

Because  capital  was  greatly  constricted  in  the  wake  of  the 
Panic  of  1837,  there  was  little  activity  in  the  construction  of 
new  cotton  mills  between  1840  and  1845.  In  the  latter  year 
four  small  mills  in  Orange,  Randolph,  and  Montgomery 
counties  began  modest  operation.  The  years  1847-1850,  how- 
ever, mark  the  second  and  last  significant  building  period 
before  1860.  In  these  four  years  sixteen  new  mills  were  built, 
largely  in  the  Piedmont  section  and  at  least  four  of  them  in 
newly-industrialized  counties  near  the  South  Carolina  state 
line.  Two  mills  built  in  Mecklenburg  County  were  success- 
ful enough  to  aid  in  the  growth  of  the  county  seat,  Charlotte, 
as  a  marketing  center  of  the  surrounding  counties.  The  Ca- 
tawba Factory,  built  in  1848  on  an  excellent  water  site  on 
the  Catawba  River,  was  equipped  with  new  and  improved 
northern  machinery  which  produced  yarn  and  sheeting  that 
was  apparently  superior  to  that  of  some  of  the  older  mills.  It 

62  Hillsborough  Recorder,  April  10,  1845,  quoting  the  Camden  Journal; 
Charlotte  Journal,  April  12,  1845. 

68  Carolina  Watchman,  December  19,  1840;  Carolina  Republican,  Janu- 
ary 27,  1853, 


North  Carolina  Textiles  151 

quickly  acquired  a  reputation  "that  made  all  its  products  sell 
easily,"  largely  through  the  expert  management  of  its  owner 
General  William  N.  Neal  of  Charlotte  and  his  Rhode  Island 
superintendent,  George  Brown.  General  Neal  employed  as 
agents  two  brothers,  H.  B.  and  L.  L.  Williams,  who  traveled 
over  the  State  taking  orders  for  the  Catawba  products.  When 
these  orders  were  received  at  the  mill,  the  company's  wagons 
would  deliver  the  cotton  yarn  and  cloth  directly  to  the  mer- 
chants. Such  merchandising  paid  ample  reward,  and  Gen- 
eral Neal  was  widely  respected  as  a  "pioneer  industrialist." 64 
The  other  mill  in  Mecklenburg  County,  the  Rock  Island 
Manufacturing  Company,  was  also  built  in  1848  and  was 
owned  in  partnership  by  Messrs.  Carson,  Young,  and  Grier 
of  Charlotte.  Capitalizing  on  the  skill  of  workers  long  ac- 
customed to  domestic  carding  and  weaving,  the  mill  pro- 
duced both  cotton  and  woolen  yarn  and  cloth,  "which  are 
equal,  if  they  are  not  superior,  to  any  similar  work  produced 
in  this  country."  From  the  founding  of  the  mill  until  after 
the  Civil  War,  the  popular  brand  name  of  the  company  gave 
it  a  constant  market  for  its  products,  but  honesty  as  to  its 
comparative  quality  led  the  owners  to  advertise  only  by 
guaranteeing  "that  their  fabric  shall  be  suited  to  the  market 
for  which  they  are  made, .  . .  and  will  give  satisfaction  to  both 
merchant  and  customer." 65  Despite  the  company's  moderate 
claims  for  its  textile  wares,  the  mill  was  awarded  a  prize  at 
the  Georgia  State  Fair  in  1853,  the  only  out-of-state  company 
to  be  so  recognized.  The  founders  received  a  further  accolade 
when  "The  judges  .  .  .  recommend  [edl  the  cassimeres  manu- 
factured by  Grier,  Carson  &  Young,  to  the  notice  of  southern 
merchants,  as  being  very  superior." 66 

In  Gaston  County,  the  district  adjoining  Mecklenburg, 
the  textile  industry  was  initiated  in  1845  when  the  Woodlawn 
Factory  was  begun  by  the  Lineberger  brothers,  who  were 
soon  joined  by  Moses  H.  Rhyne,  later  to  become  a  benefactor 
of  Lenoir-Rhyne  College.  The  ante-bellum  Woodlawn  Fac- 
tory was  a  frame  building  on  stone  foundations.  Its  superior 

81  Carolina  Watchman,  April  12,  August  30,  1849. 

66 Raleigh  Register,  April  9,  1851,  quoting  the  Charleston  Mercury;  De- 
Bow's  Review,  XXXVI  (January,  1867),  90. 

"DeBow's  Review,  XIV  (February,  1853),  192-193. 


152  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

machinery,  purchased  in  England  and  Philadelphia,  was 
shipped  to  Charleston  and  then  by  railroad  and  wagon  to 
the  site  of  the  mill.  The  operation  of  the  various  divisions  of 
the  mill  were  capably  directed  for  many  years  by  the  chief 
stockholders  "as  suited  each  one's  ability."  In  1848,  the  year 
that  the  Woodlawn  organization  began  operations,  Jasper 
and  E.  B.  Stowe  opened  the  smaller  but  successful  Stowesville 
Mill,  the  second  cotton  factory  in  a  district  soon  to  become 
famous  as  a  major  textile  area.67  A  year  later  Thomas  Tate, 
son-in-law  of  Henry  Humphreys,  transferred  the  prosperous 
Mt.  Hecla  Mill  from  Greensboro  to  Mountain  Island  on  the 
Catawba  River  in  Gaston  County.  The  shortage  of  wood 
around  Greensboro  and  the  excellent  water  power  available 
at  the  new  location  led  Tate  to  select  Mountain  Island  as  a 
superior  mill  site.  The  young  owner  easily  converted  the  re- 
mains of  a  canal  there,  originally  intended  as  a  link  in  con- 
veying cotton  by  boat  to  Charleston,  into  a  mill  race  and  soon 
began  production  of  plain  sheeting  to  be  used  for  under- 
clothing and  shirts.  Some  of  the  cloth  woven  for  ladies'  dresses 
was  dyed  with  copperas,  maple  bark,  or  sumac  berries  to 
provide  southern  women  with  more  attractive  southern  tex- 
tiles.68 

Trading  practices  in  the  State,  however,  failed  to  keep  pace 
with  progress  in  construction,  for  as  late  as  1848  many  fac- 
tories were  still  bartering  for  their  yarn  and  cloth.  In  that  year 
Gwyn  and  Hickerson,  operating  a  retail  store  at  Wilkesboro, 
received  from  the  Leaksville  mill  of  Governor  Morehead  500 
bunches  of  yarn  and  2,409  yards  of  4/4  sheeting.  The  super- 
intendent of  the  mill  wrote  the  merchants,  "I  understand  him 
[Morehead]  to  say  you  had  100$  worth  of  trade  which  he 
has  agreed  to  take  please  send  that  down  by  wagon  also." 69 
One  of  these  Wilkesboro  merchants,  James  Gwyn,  like  so 
many  others  who  had  first-hand  knowledge  of  the  demand 
for  cotton  goods,  later  invested  heavily  in  the  local  mills  at 
Patterson  and  Elkin. 


m  Minnie  Stowe  Puett,  History  of  Gaston  County  (Charlotte,  1939),  183- 
186. 

09  Charlotte  Journal,  March  23,  1849. 

09  J.  H.  Bullard  to  Gwyn  and  Hickerson,  April  10,  1848,  James  Gwyn 
Papers,  Southern  Historical  Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina. 


North  Carolina  Textiles  153 

Throughout  the  late  ante-bellum  period,  the  Lenoir  family, 
so  successful  during  the  pioneer  years  of  the  industry,  con- 
tinued its  construction  of  cotton  factories  in  western  North 
Carolina  and  eastern  Tennessee.  Major  William  Lenoir  of 
Tennessee  wrote  to  the  North  Carolina  members  of  the  fam- 
ily inquiring  about  the  plans  of  James  Gwyn  and  E.  W.  Jones 
to  found  new  cotton  mill  companies.  Jones  had  succeeded  in 
organizing  a  company  and  was  then  in  the  process  of  con- 
structing a  mill.  His  new  Yadkin  Factory  was  making  brick 
for  the  main  building  and  constructing  a  dam  to  provide 
water  power.  One  of  the  Tennessee  major's  sons,  Thomas 
Lenoir,  wrote  from  the  newly  established  Elkin  Factory,  "I 
look  upon  the  manufacturing  establishments  springing  up  in 
every  part  of  North  Carolina  as  the  surest  hope  for  future 
wealth  and  prosperity." 70 

North  Carolina  editors  in  the  late  1840's  shared  this  opti- 
mism and  predicted  that  in  the  future  the  greatest  cotton 
growing  states  would  be  the  greatest  cotton  manufacturing 
states.  This  trend  was  deemed  inevitable,  for  "western  North 
Carolina,  northwestern  South  Carolina,  north  Georgia  and 
Alabama,  and  parts  of  Tennessee,  afford  some  of  the  finest 
water  power  on  the  globe,  .  .  .  contiguous  to  the  cotton/'71 
In  the  1840's  it  was  becoming  increasingly  clear  to  North 
Carolinians  that  they  could  not  remain  prosperous  by  grow- 
ing cotton  alone,  especially  since  the  staple  was  then  being 
overproduced  and  the  price  constantly  lowered.  Using  an 
argument  with  a  peculiarly  modern  ring,  editors  contended 
that  the  only  hope  of  the  State  to  remain  economically  inde- 
pendent was  to  diversify  its  labor.72  The  Philadelphia  News 
mentioned  the  increasing  number  of  cotton  factories  through- 
out the  South  and  observed  that  planters  were  "tired  of  sell- 
ing their  raw  cotton  for  five  cents  a  pound,  when  hy  simply 
spinning  it  into  yarn,  they  can  get  twelve."™  As  a  general 
rule,  intense  agitation  for  even  more  cotton  mills  was  a  prod- 
uct of  each  slump  in  the  agricultural  market,  while  actual 

70  Thomas  Lenoir,  Jr.  to  William  B.  Lenoir,  April  2,  1849,  Lenoir  Family 
Papers. 

71  Charlotte  Journal,  June  21,  1848. 

72  Charlotte  Journal,  April  20,  1849. 

73  Charlotte  Journal,  April  20,  1849,  quoting  the  Philadelphia  News. 


154  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

mill  building  generally  occurred  in  the  periods  of  prosperity 
before  1850. 

Dissatisfaction  with  prevailing  cotton  prices  reached  its 
peak  in  the  1850  season,  before  the  sharp  price  increases 
which  characterized  the  last  decade  preceding  the  Civil  War. 
A  result  of  this  discontent  was  the  enthusiasm  evident  at  the 
meeting  of  the  first  manufacturers'  convention  held  in  North 
Carolina.  A  large  group  of  state  industrialists  assembled  in 
Raleigh  in  December,  1850,  to  hold  an  organizational  meet- 
ing. John  M.  Morehead  of  the  Leaksville  Factory  served  as 
president,  and  Colonel  H.  B.  Elliott  of  the  Cedar  Falls  mill 
made  the  main  address.  After  expressing  a  public  spirit  inde- 
pendent of  its  members'  individual  manufacturing  interests, 
the  group  declared  that  its  chief  aim  was  to  aid  in  the  im- 
provement of  manufacturing  in  North  Carolina.  The  mem- 
bers resolved  to  organize  a  permanent  society  "in  order  to 
promote  and  encourage  all  those  engaged  in  the  various 
branches  of  productive  industry,  and  to  stimulate  and  reward 
enterprise,  excellence  and  skill."  The  organization  was  to 
follow  the  lead  of  other  southern  states  and  hold  at  its  annual 
meetings  an  exhibition  of  articles  in  agricultural,  manufac- 
turing, mining,  and  mechanical  departments.  In  early  1851 
this  group  sponsored  the  first  North  Carolina  state  fair,  which 
was  held  at  the  time  of  the  annual  meeting  of  the  legisla- 
ture.74 By  means  of  this  fair  the  society  expected  to  display 
the  products  of  the  progressive  manufacturers  and  agricul- 
turists of  the  state  and  reward  outstanding  exhibits  with 
prizes.  Edward  J.  Hale,  editor  of  the  Fayetteville  Observer, 
praised  the  fair  as  a  means  of  attracting  attention  to  locally 
produced  items  and  bringing  about  improvements  in  both 
manufactures  and  agriculture.75  Thus  with  confident  visions 
of  future  prosperity  the  period  of  greatest  cotton  mill  expan- 
sion came  to  an  end. 

One  of  the  most  significant  results  of  the  development  of 
cotton  manufacturing  in  the  State  was  the  changing  attitude 
toward  factory  work  and  mill  ownership.  The  dignity  of  mill 

74  Hillsborough  Recorder,  January  8,  1851;  Raleigh  Register,  November 
30,  December  12,  1850. 

n  Fayetteville  Observer,  November  21,  1851. 


North  Carolina  Textiles  155 

labor  was  a  popular  theme  in  the  State.  The  mill  laborer  was 
no  longer  to  be  considered  as  grubbing  for  his  food  at  a  task 
beneath  his  dignity,  because  he,  like  his  fellow  workers,  was 
"a  shining  hero  standing  on  a  hill  in  the  sunlight."  76  Young 
men  were  admonished  not  to  loiter  in  the  village  streets  but 
to  find  employment  by  joining  the  "heroes"  at  the  local  mill.77 
A  Raleigh  editor  reflected  that  no  situation  in  the  world  was 
more  enviable  than  that  of  the  American  working  man,  "free 
for  everything  for  which  Heaven  designed  him;  untrammeled 
in  his  opinions,  and  left  to  the  guidance  of  his  own  genius, 
he  walks  erect  in  the  full  stature  of  a  man." 78  Freeman  Hunt 
aided  the  campaign  by  stating,  "A  great  good  to  society  must 
result  from  the  employment  of  thousands  of  idle  and  immoral 
persons,  who  are  now  consumers  and  not  producers."  Such 
glowing  phrases  may  have  taken  some  effect,  for  an  English 
traveler  in  the  State  in  1855  noted,  perhaps  optimistically, 
that  there  was  no  stigma  attached  to  mill  work.79 

Editors  were  often  careful  to  point  to  the  moral  responsi- 
bility of  the  owners.  A  Salisbury  editor  conceded  that  pecuni- 
ary gain  must  be  the  motive  of  the  mill  builders,  but  they 
were  to  remember  for  the  good  of  the  community  that  they 
were  running  not  only  a  cotton  machine  but  a  "moral  ma- 
chine," which  must  encourage  education,  improve  the  stand- 
ards of  living,  and  thus  raise  the  morals  of  the  community.80 

Most  mill  owners  seemed  to  accept  this  responsibility  as 
an  intrinsic  part  of  their  position  as  employers.  The  workers 
at  the  Snow  Camp  Factory  in  Orange  County  were  provided 
with  a  building  which  served  as  a  library  carrying  several 
state  newspapers  and  religious  tracts.  No  distilleries,  "grog- 
shops," or  "race-grounds"  were  allowed  near  the  commun- 
ity.81 At  the  Alamance  Factory  a  school  was  operated  three 
months  of  the  year  to  teach  the  workers'  children  "Reading, 
Writing,   and  Arithmetic"  and  here,   too,   no   whisky  was 


78  Raleigh  Register,  May  25,  1834. 

77  Carolina  Watchman,  March  11,  1843. 


78  Raleigh  Register,  August  16,  1836. 

79  The  Merchants*  Magazine  and  Commercial  Review,  XXIII   (September, 


1850),  346;  DeBow's  Review,  XVIII  (April,  1855),  538. 

80  Carolina  Watchman,  August  23,  1845. 

81  Raleigh  Register,  January  1,  1838. 


156  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

allowed.82  Alamance  Factory  was  also  the  scene  of  occasion- 
ally fervent  religious  activities.  Robert  Carrigan,  a  student  at 
the  University  of  North  Carolina,  visited  a  revival  held  for 
the  workers  of  the  mill.  His  father  recounted  in  amusement 
that  "they  got  to  shouting  and  praying  about  him  and  scared 
him  half  to  death  he  could  not  get  out  of  the  house,  there  is 
but  three  girls  at  the  Factory  but  what  professed  religion." 83 
The  Battle's  Rocky  Mount  mill  provided  workers  with  a 
school,  a  clinic,  and  a  church.  At  the  Salisbury  factory  adults 
and  children  were  taught  to  read  and  write,  church  attend- 
ance was  required,  and  liquor  was  forbidden.84  The  mill 
owner  was  directly  aided  in  his  control  of  morals  by  the 
power  of  the  state.  The  legislature  in  several  charters  at- 
tempted to  control  the  sale  of  liquor  to  mill  workers  and  pro- 
vide for  their  education.  One  charter  provided  that  no  person 
would  be  allowed  to  sell  liquor  to  the  operatives  or  sell  it 
within  one  mile  of  the  factory.  A  fine  of  twenty  dollars  was 
to  be  assessed  if  this  law  were  broken,  and  the  money  col- 
lected was  to  be  divided  between  the  local  school  district 
and  the  informer.85  A  second  charter  provided  that  of  such 
fines  "one  half  of  the  money  shall  be  applied  to  the  benefit 
of  the  moral  or  literary  instruction  of  the  operatives  in  said 
factory.  .  .  ."86 

The  houses  provided  by  the  rural  mill  owners  seem  to  have 
been  uniformly  worthy  of  praise.  A  Charlotte  editor  visited 
the  Catawba  Factory  in  1849  and  wrote,  "We  found  the 
factory  snugly  ensconced  on  the  side  of  the  noble  Catawba  in 
a  very  pretty  romantic  little  cove.  The  village  of  cottages 
around,  pleasantly  located  on  the  shady  and  verdant  knolls, 
makes  the  place  wear  a  cosy  air  of  rural  ease  and  comfort, 
quite  delightful." 87 

An  increasingly  potent  factor  in  the  new  attitude  toward 
cotton  mill  workers  and  owners  was  a  growing  feeling  of 
sectional  pride  in  the  South's  new-found  talent  for  manufac- 

82  "Articles  of  Agreement,"  January  12,  1847,  Carrigan  Papers. 

83  W.  A.  Carrigan  to  W.  A.  Carrigan,  Jr.,  July  22,  1853,  Carrigan  Papers. 

84  Fayetteville  Observer,  July  16,  1843;  Thompson,  Cotton  Mill,  52-53. 

85  Laws  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina,  1848-1849,  320. 

86  Laws  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina,  1850-1851,  580. 

67  Carolina  Watchman,  August  30,  1849,  quoting  the  Hornet's  Nest  (Char- 
lotte). 


North  Carolina  Textiles  157 

turing.  With  the  coming  of  the  bitter  disputes  between  the 
North  and  South,  southerners  began  to  feel  that  each  year 
the  South  was  coming  increasingly  under  the  domination  of 
the  northern  industrialist.  To  many  in  the  South  this  rising 
economic  power  could  only  result  in  a  concomitant  increase 
in  political  power,  and  as  a  means  of  decreasing  potential 
northern  pressure,  many  advocated  industrial  development.88 
This  feeling  was  expressed  by  a  South  Carolinian  in  Niles' 
Register,  who  wrote  in  1845,  "As  long  as  we  are  tributaries, 
dependent  on  foreign  labor  and  skill  for  food,  clothing,  and 
countless  necessities  of  life,  we  are  in  thralldom." 89 

The  concept  of  encouraging  manufacturing  in  order  to  pro- 
tect and  insure  the  independence  of  the  South  appeared  as 
early  as  1837  when  the  editor  of  the  Raleigh  Register  noted 
in  the  North,  "a  wide  and  deep  and  secret  current  running 
against  the  South,"  as  a  result  of  abolitionists'  movements, 
and  admonished  the  South  to  be  vigilant  and  become  self- 
sufficient.90  The  same  theme  appeared  in  1850  when,  as  a 
result  of  the  sectional  controversy  of  that  year,  the  editor 
advised  the  South  that  it  should  "quietly  and  steadily  raise  up 
manufactories  among  ourselves  using  our  resources  and 
skill  and  enterprise  and  labor"  rather  than  spend  time  grumb- 
ling about  the  North,  since  "the  idea  of  southern  independ- 
ence was  foolish"  until  the  South  was  economically  inde- 
pendent.91 But  there  were  encouraging  signs.  Pride  in  mill 
development  was  augmented  by  a  "heartfelt  satisfaction  at 
their  prosperity,"  as  the  South,  following  a  policy  dictated 
"not  only  by  wisdom  but  by  self-preservation"  was  beginning 
to  realize  the  importance  of  cotton  manufacturing.92 

A  Salisbury  editor  felt  that  the  South  should  manufacture 
all  its  necessary  yarn  and  coarse  cloth,  for  "When  it  does  this, 
the  North  will  have  learnt  a  lesson,  and  we  shall  be  inde- 
pendent and  prosperous."93  This  southern  manufacturing 
should  be  patronized  by  all,  even  the  wealthy  who  seemed 

88  Davidson,  "Ante-Bellum  South,"  410-411. 

"Niles'  Weekly  Register,  LXVIII  (April  19,  1845),  103. 

90  Raleigh  Register,  February  28,  1837. 

91  Raleigh  Register,  October  2,  1850. 

92  Fayetteville  Observer,  October  13,  1847;  August  23,  1849. 
98  Carolina  Watchman,  March  29,  1849. 


158  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

to  prefer  imported  or  northern  cloth  and  clothing.  There  was 
a  constant  complaint  from  mill  owners  that  local  merchants 
refused  to  buy  North  Carolina  textiles.  Much  of  the  yarn  and 
cloth  made  in  the  State  was  exported  to  markets  in  the  North, 
where  it  was  often  purchased  and  sent  back  to  the  State.  This 
expensive  practice  led  E.  J.  Hale  of  the  Fayetteville  Observer 
to  remark  that  cotton  textiles  "some  times  have  new  virtues, 
before  undiscovered,  imparted  to  them  by  being  sold  in  the 
North/'94 

Southerners  were  encouraged  to  exert  their  energy  to  pro- 
duce "articles  of  prime  necessity  to  free  the  South  from  Old 
and  New  England."  "Looking  both  to  our  honor  and  our  in- 
terest, we  should  rally  to  the  support  of  factories  and  render 
ourselves  independent  of  other  sections  so  far  as  we  can."95 
Such  speeches  and  articles  were  often  climaxed  with  bright 
visions  of  the  southern  future,  like  that  expressed  by  a  politi- 
cal speaker  in  Salisbury,  who  said:  "May  the  day  hasten  on 
when  Western  North  Carolina  and  the  South  shall  become, 
as  they  seem  designed  by  nature  to  be,  one  of  the  finest  manu- 
facturing districts  in  the  United  States."96  Thus  sectional 
pride  had  given  to  cotton  manufacturing  a  greater  degree  of 
respectability  than  it  would  have  otherwise  obtained. 

By  the  early  1850's,  the  North  Carolina  cotton  industry 
had  begun  to  stabilize.  The  ten-year  depression  in  the  price 
of  raw  cotton  abruptly  shifted  in  the  1849-1850  season,  when 
prices  paid  were  double  those  of  the  previous  years.  This 
unexpected  rise  had  unfortunate  consequences  for  the  manu- 
facturing industry.  When  the  price  of  their  raw  material 
doubled  cotton  mills  from  Rhode  Island  to  Virginia  were 
forced  to  close  or  operate  only  part-time,  while  mills  in  the 
more  southern  states  suffered  from  the  same  loss  of  profits 
to  a  somewhat  lesser  degree.  The  low  tariff,  the  high  price 
of  cotton,  and  the  manufacture  of  too  many  coarse  goods 
were  causes  listed  by  J.  D.  B.  DeBow  for  the  recession  in  the 
industry.  "The  first  we  cannot  discuss  without  being  drawn 

M  Fayetteville  Observer,  June  16,  1856. 

65  The  Southerner   (Tarboro),   September  3,  1850;    The  Patriot,  June  3, 
1849. 

96  Carolina  Watchman,  March  29,  1849. 


North  Carolina  Textiles  159 

into  politics.  The  second  effects  manufactures  by  turning 
capital  into  other  channels;  and  the  third  by  overstocking 
the  market  with  coarse  goods,  leaving  our  citizens  dependent 
on  other  countries  for  finer  ones/'97 

After  the  early  1850's  the  increased  price  of  raw  cotton, 
bringing  greater  prosperity  to  the  planter  and  increased  hard- 
ships to  the  manufacturer,  effectively  lessened  the  wide  in- 
terest which  had  been  shown  by  newspapers  in  new  cotton 
factories.  The  change  of  editorial  emphasis  became  increas- 
ingly evident  as  more  columns  were  devoted  to  the  defense 
of  southern  institutions,  attacks  on  abolitionists,  and  discus- 
sions of  shifting  political  alignments.  Many  southerners,  in 
direct  antithesis  to  the  earlier  propaganda  campaign,  found 
new  comfort  in  pointing  out  that  industry,  as  conducted  in 
the  North,  was  worse  than  slavery,  for  it  brutalized  and  de- 
graded the  factory  operative  and  cast  him  off  once  his  effici- 
ency had  declined.  It  was  only  natural  that  the  majority  of 
southerners,  who  had  always  felt  more  at  home  near  cotton 
fields  than  in  cotton  factories,  continued  to  devote  themselves 
primarily  to  agriculture. 

There  were  approximately  fifty  cotton  mills  operating  in 
North  Carolina  when  the  Civil  War  began.  From  1861  to 
1865  these  mills  were  to  perform  yeoman  service  for  both  the 
State  and  the  Confederacy.  Almost  without  exception  North 
Carolina  mills  worked  at  full  capacity  throughout  these  four 
years,  and  many  operated  day  and  night.  From  one-half  to 
three-fourths  of  their  yarn  and  cloth  was  purchased  by  the 
State  government  and  often  used  as  barter  to  secure  the 
supplies  needed  by  State  troops  in  the  Confederate  armies. 
During  the  last  months  of  the  war  the  Confederate  govern- 
ment drew  its  entire  supply  of  textile  goods  from  the  mills 
of  upland  North  Carolina.98  Cotton  factories  not  burned  by 
Sherman's  or  Stoneman's  forces  emerged  from  the  war  as 
bankrupt  companies  with  worn  and  obsolescent  machinery, 
but  their  own  record  of  production  during  the  war  justified 

w  J.  D.  B.  DeBow,  The  Industrial  Resources  of  the  Southern  and  Western 
States  (New  Orleans,  1852),  I,  210. 

98  DeBow' 's  Review,  XXXVI  (January,  1867),  89-90;  Elizabeth  Yates 
Webb,  "Cotton  Manufacturing  and  State  Regulation  in  North  Carolina, 
1861-1865,"  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  IX   (April,  1932),  117-137. 


160  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

the  faith  their  owners  had  shown  in  the  North  Carolina  textile 
industry. 

For  the  years  ahead  the  ante-bellum  mills  had  also  pro- 
vided a  valuable  service.  Despite  the  precarious  existence 
of  mills  in  the  late  1860's  and  1870's,  there  was  never  a  com- 
plete breakdown  of  the  industry  in  the  State,  and  the  vast 
textile  expansion  after  1880  was  built  on  the  foundations 
that  had  existed  for  decades.  In  the  1880's  mills  were  operat- 
ing that  had  been  under  the  same  family  management  and 
had  had  the  same  families  of  workers  since  the  1830's  and 
1840's.  It  was  this  asset— a  number  of  communities  with  manu- 
facturing traditions  and  training  and  enough  mills  to  form  a 
nucleus  for  further  growth— that  attracted  capital  and  made 
the  North  Carolina  Piedmont  the  textile  center  of  the  New 
South. 


North  Carolina  Textiles 


161 


APPENDIX 
NORTH  CAROLINA  COTTON  MILLS,  1830-1865 


Neuse  Mfg.  Co.1 
Patterson  Cotton  Factory2 
Richmond  Mfg.  Co.3 
Big  Falls  Mfg.  Co.4 
Iredell  Mfg.  Co.5 
Northampton  Mfg.  Co.6 
Cane  Creek  Farmers*  and 

Mechanics'  Mfg.  Co.7 
Cedar  Falls  Mfg.  Co.8 
Milton  Mfg.  Co.9 
Mocksville  Cotton  Factory10 
Mt.  Arrarat  Cotton  Factory11 
Salem  Mfg.  Co.12 
Alamance  Cotton  Mill13 
Rockfish  Mfg.  Co.14 
Franklinville  Mfg.  Co.15 
Hunting  Creek  Factory16 
Lexington  Cotton  Factory17 
Montgomery  Mfg.  Co.18 
Randolph  Mfg.  Co.19 


Wake 

1832 

water 

Caldwell 

1834 

water 

Richmond 

1834 

water 

Orange* 

1835 

water 

Iredell 

1835** 

water 

Northampton 

1835 

water 

Orange* 

1836 

water 

Randolph 

1836 

water 

Caswell 

1836 

water 

Davie 

1836 

steam 

Orange* 

1836 

water 

Forsyth 

1836 

water 

Orange* 

1836 

water 

Cumberland 

1837 

water 

Randolph 

1837 

water 

Surry 

1837 

water 

Davidson 

1838 

steam 

Montgomery 

1838 

water 

Randolph 

1838 

water 

1  The  Patriot,  October  14,  1843.  These  notes  have  been  selected  from  a 
larger  number  of  references  found  in  private  papers,  newspapers,  census 
reports,  and  local  records. 

2  Mrs.  Lindsay  Patterson  Papers,  Duke  University;  The  Patriot,  Octo- 
ber 14,  1843. 

8  The  Register,  July  16,  1838. 

*  The  Register,  November  22,  1836. 

5  Carolina  Watchman,  July  15,  1836. 

6  The  Patriot,  October  14,  1843. 

"The  Register,  June  1,  1836;  June  1,  1839;  The  Patriot,  September  30, 
1843. 

8  The  Register,  March  14,  1837;  August  22,  1849;  The  Patriot,  September 
30,  1843. 

9  The  Register,  July  16,  1838. 

10  George  W.  Johnson  Papers,  Duke  University;  The  Register,  June  6, 
1837;  Carolina  Watchman,  April  12,  1849. 

Carolina  Watchman,  April  12,  1849. 
31  The  Register,  January  1,  1838. 

12  The  Patriot,  September  30,  1843. 

13  Carrigan  Papers,  Duke  University;  Edwin  M.  Holt,  Diary,  Southern 
Historical  Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina. 

"  The  Register,  July  26,  1836. 

16  The  Patriot,  September  30,  1843. 

16  The  Register,  July  16,  1838. 

17  Carolina  Watchman,  August  30,  1839;  The  Patriot,  September  30,  1843. 
M  The  Register,  July  16,  1838. 

19  The  Register,  July  16,  1838. 


162 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Phoenix  Mfg.  Co.20 
Weldon  Mfg.  Co.21 
Yadkin  Mfg.  Co.22 
Snow  Camp  Factory23 
Leaksville  Factory  24 
H.  and  F.  Fries  Cotton  and 

Woolen  Mills25 
Mt.  Airy  Cotton  Mill 26 
Beaver  Creek  Mfg.  Co.27 
Concord  Cotton  Factory28 
Monbo  Factory29 
Milledgeville  Cotton  Factory30 
Cross  Creek  Mfg.  Co.31 
Little  River  Mfg.  Co.32 
Salisbury  Mfg.  Co.33 
Saxapahaw  Cotton  Mill 34 
High  Falls  Factory35 
Island  Ford  Mfg.  Co.36 
Swift  Island  Mfg.  Co.37 
Haw  River  Factory38 
Catawba  Mfg.  Co.39 
Cape  Fear  Mfg.  Co.40 
Rock  Creek  Shoals  Factory41 


Cumberland 

1838 

water 

Halifax 

1838** 

Rowan-Davie 

1838 

water 

Orange* 

1838 

water 

Rockingham 

1838 

water 

Forsyth 

1840 

water 

Surry 

1840 

water 

Cumberland 

1840 

water 

Cabarrus 

1840 

water 

Catawba 

1840 

water 

Montgomery 

1840 

water 

Cumberland 

1841 

water 

Cumberland 

1841 

water 

Rowan 

1841 

steam 

Orange* 

1844 

water 

Orange* 

1845 

water 

Randolph 

1845 

water 

Montgomery 

1845 

water 

Orange* 

1845 

water 

Mecklenburg 

1846 

water 

New  Hanover 

1847 

water 

Iredell 

1847 

water 

20  The  Register,  July  16,  1838;  The  Patriot,  October  14,  1843. 

21  The  Patriot,  October  14,  1843. 

22  The  Register,  July  16,  1838;  Carolina  Watchman,  August  27,  1842. 

23  The  Register,  July  16,  1838. 


24  Carolina  Watchman,  June  5,  1840;    The  Patriot,   September  30,  1943. 

25  Carolina  Republican,  April  3,  1851. 

26  The  Register,  July  16,  1838;  Carolina  Watchman,  August  27,  1842. 

27  Niles*  Weekly  Register,  LX  (May  1,  1841),  131-132;  The  Patriot,  Oc- 
tober 14,  1843. 

28  William  H.  Horok  Papers,  Duke  University;  Carolina  Watchman, 
April  12,  1845. 

29  Carolina  Watchman,  December  12,  1840. 

30  Carolina  Watchman,  December  12,  1840. 

"'■Niles'  Weekly  Register,  LX  (May  1,  1841),  132;  The  Patriot,  October 
14,  1843. 

^Niles'  Weekly  Register,  LX  (May  1,  1841),  131-132;  North  Carolina 
Standard,  May  29,  1850. 

33  Carolina  Watchman,  December  19,  1840;  August  23,  1849. 

34  Edwin  M.  Holt,  Diary,  May  18,  1848. 

35  Carrigan  Papers,  Duke  University. 

36  Manuscript  Schedule  IV,  North  Carolina.  Seventh  Census,  1850.  State 
Department  of  Archives  and  History,  hereinafter  cited  as  MS.  Seventh 
Census,  1850. 

37  Carolina  Republican,  November  13,  1845. 

38  William  Clarke  Grasty  and  John  F.  Rison  Papers,  Duke  University. 

39 1.  W.  Wilson  to  A.  D.  Gage,  December  4,  1847,  Tomlin  Papers,  Duke 
University;  Carolina  Watchman,  August,  30,  1849. 

40  Fayetteville  Observer,  October  30, 1847. 

41  Tomlin  Papers,  Duke  University. 


North  Carolina  Textiles 


163 


Buena  Vista  Mfg.  Co.42 
Deep  River  Mfg.  Co.43 
Elkin  Mfg.  Co.44 
Woodlawn  Mfg.  Co.45 
Stowesville  Cotton  Mill  46 
Blount's  Creek  Mfg.  Co.47 
Columbia  Cotton  Mill 48 
High  Shoals  Mfg.  Co.49 
Johnston-Little 

River  Mfg.  Co.50 
Mountain  Island  Mfg. 

Co.  (Mt.  Hecla)  51 
Newbern  Mfg.  Co.52 
Union  Mfg.  Co.53 
Union  Mfg.  Co.54 
Yadkin  Cotton  Factory55 
Laurel  Hill  Mfg.  Co.56 
Eagle  Cotton  Mills57 
Tomlinson's  Cotton  Factory58 
Elm  Grove  Factory59 
Bertie  Mfg.  Co.60 
Buck  Shoals  Mfg.  Co.61 
S.  F.  Patterson  and  Co. 

Cotton  Mill 62 
Neuse  River  Mfg.  Co.63 


Lincoln 

1847 

water 

Randolph 

1848 

water 

Surry 

1848 

water 

Gaston 

1848 

water 

Gaston 

1848 

water 

Cumberland 

1848 

water 

Randolph 

1849 

water 

Lincoln 

1849 

water 

Johnston 

1849 

water 

Gaston 

1849 

water 

Craven 

1849 

water 

Randolph 

1849 

water 

Cumberland 

1849 

water 

Wilkes 

1849 

water 

Lincoln 

1849 

water 

Iredell 

1850 

water 

Iredell 

1850 

water 

Lincoln 

1850 

water 

Bertie 

1851** 

Surry 

1851 

water 

Caldwell 

1851 

water 

Wake 

1851** 

43  Carolina  Watchman,  April  5,  1849. 

43  Carolina  Watchman,  October  24,  1850. 

44  MS.  Seventh  Census,  1850. 

45  Elizabeth  W.  Carrigan  to  William  A.  Carrigan,  Jr.,  May  20,  1855,  Car- 
rigan  Papers,  Duke  University;  A.  C.  Lineburger  Daybooks,  Duke  Univer- 
sity. 

46  Carolina  Republican,  January  27,  1853 ;  Papers  of  Stowesville  Cotton 
Mill,  Duke  University. 

47  Fayetteville  Observer,  June  19,  1848. 

48  Carolina  Watchman,  March  29,  1849. 

49  Carolina  Republican,  April  3,  1851. 
60  MS.  Seventh  Census,  1850. 

B1  Carolina  Watchman,  March  29,  1849. 

52  MS.  Seventh  Census,  1850. 

53  Carolina  Watchman,  October  24, 1850. 

54  Fayetteville  Observer,  October  2,  1849. 

65  George  W.  Johnson  Papers,  Duke  University. 

56  Carolina  Republican,  April  10,  1849;  April  3,  1851. 

57  MS.  Seventh  Census,  1850. 

58  W.  D.  Williams  to  Tomlin,  Gage  and  Company,  September  1, 1848,  Tomlin 
Papers,  Duke  University. 

59  Carolina  Republican,  September  8,  1851. 

60  William  Clarke  Grasty  and  John  F.  Rison  Papers,  Duke  University. 

61  Tax  Book  "B,"  1840-1860,  Surry  County  Court  House. 

62  Mrs.  Lindsay  Patterson  Papers,  Duke  University. 
68  Carolina  Republican,  February  16,  1852. 


164 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Rock  Island  Mfg.  Co.64 
Orange  Factory65 
Catawba  Mill 66 
Double  Shoals  Cotton 

Factory67 
High  Shoals  Mfg.  Co.68 
Granite  Shoals  Factory69 
Yadkin  Mfg.  Co.70 
Yadkin  Falls  Mfg.  Co.71 
Rocky  River  Mfg.  Co.72 
Wachovia  Steam 

Cotton  Mill 73 
Randolph  Mfg.  Co.74 
Confederate  Cotton  and 

Woolen  Mills75 
Fayetteville  Mfg.  Co.76 
Enterprise  Mfg.  Co.77 
Logan  Mfg.  Co.78 

*  Mills  in  that  section  of  Orange  County  that  became  Alamance  County 
in  1849. 

**  Projected  mills  which  were  organized  but  never  built. 


Mecklenberg 

1851 

steam 

Orange 

1852 

water 

Catawba 

1852 

water 

Cleveland 

1852 

water 

Lincoln 

1853 

water 

Catawba 

1854 

water 

Davidson-Rowan 

1855 

water 

Montgomery 

1857 

water 

Cabarrus 

1860 

water 

Forsyth 

1862 

steam 

Randolph 

1863 

water 

Richmond 

1864 

water 

Cumberland 

1864** 

Cumberland 

1864 

water 

Guilford 

1865 

water 

64  Carolina  Republican,  April  3,  9,  1851. 
66  Edwin  M.  Holt,  Diary,  May  3,  1852. 

66  Tax  Assessment  Ledger  6,  1840-1860,  Catawba  County  Court  House. 

67  Carolina  Republican,  November  1, 1852. 

68  Carolina  Republican,  January  27,  1853. 

69  Tax  Assessment  Ledger  6,  1840-1860,  Catawba  County  Court  House. 

70  Carolina  Watchman  February  6,  1856. 

71  Manuscript  Schedule  IV,  North  Carolina.  Eighth  Census,  1860.  State 
Department  of  Archives  and  History,  hereinafter  cited  as  MS.  Eighth  Cen- 
sus, 1860. 

72  MS.  Eighth  Census,  1860. 

73  The  Patriot,  August  23, 1862. 

74  The  Patriot,  October  8,  1863. 

75  Stanley  Causey  to  Quarter  Master  General,  November  2,  1863.  Quarter 
Master's  Records,  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History. 

76  Fayetteville  Observer,  June  4,  1864. 

77  Fayetteville  Observer,  January  15,  1864. 

78  The  Patriot,  February  3,  1865. 


A  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE  PUBLISHED  WRITINGS 
OF  BENJAMIN  GRIFFITH  BRAWLEY 

By  John  W.  Parker 

Among  the  most  meaningful  decades  for  Negroes  in  the 
whole  range  of  American  history  were  perhaps  those  im- 
mediately following  the  turn  of  the  century.  The  impact  of  a 
number  of  restrictive  measures  imposed  by  a  fear-stricken 
South  was  partially  counterbalanced  by  the  afterglow  of  a 
great  missionary  movement  and  the  Negro  people  continued 
their  pace,  if  but  slowly,  in  the  direction  of  an  articulate 
ethnic  group.  Along  with  the  missionary  colleges  established 
for  Negroes  below  the  Mason-Dixon  line,  came  the  federally- 
supported  institutions  provided  for  in  the  Second  Morrell 
Act  of  1890.  And  as  organs  of  group  expression,  the  Crisis 
was  issued  in  1910,  the  Journal  of  Negro  History  in  1916,  and 
the  Opportunity  Magazine  in  1923. 

After  the  Emancipation,  the  Negro  people  worked  on  the 
assumption  that  the  solution  of  their  problems  lay  in  the 
opportunity  to  vote.  One  can  add  to  this  Booker  T.  Wash- 
ington's advocacy  of  industrial  education  as  the  way  out,  and 
William  E.  B.  DuBois'  insistence  upon  the  education  of  the 
black  man  in  terms  of  his  higher  spiritual  and  intellectual 
capabilities,  the  emphasis  to  be  placed  upon  the  "talented 
tenth."  Benjamin  G.  Brawley  was  more  inclined  toward  the 
DuBois  conception.  He  set  about  to  effect  the  intellectual 
and  cultural  orientation  of  the  American  Negro  people  to 
their  total  surroundings. 

One  of  a  family  of  nine  children,  Benjamin  G.  Brawley  was 
born  in  Columbia,  South  Carolina,  on  April  22,  1882.  He  had 
the  advantage  of  the  culture  brought  to  the  home  by  edu- 
cated parents,  his  father,  whose  people  had  been  free  as  far 
back  as  they  could  remember,  having  been  a  Baptist  clergy- 
man and  for  a  time  the  president  of  the  college  for  Negroes 
at  Salem,  Alabama.  For  young  Brawley,  however,  Columbia 
became  a  point  of  departure  rather  than  a  home,  for  his 
youth  was  passed  in  several  southern  cities  as  a  result  of  the 

[165] 


166  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

migratory  character  of  his  father's  ministerial  duties.  It  was 
a  fortunate  coincidence  that  this  Negro  intellectual-to-be 
should  experience  early  at  first  hand  some  of  the  problems 
around  which  his  subsequent  career  was  to  center. 

For  his  college  training,  Brawley  proceeded  in  1898  to 
Atlanta  Baptist  College  (now  Morehouse  College)  where  he 
excelled  in  the  activities  both  in  and  out  of  the  classroom  and 
from  which  he  was  graduated  with  honor  in  1901.  Especially 
did  he  distinguish  himself  as  a  debater.  Subsequently,  as  an 
instructor  at  Morehouse  College,  he  organized  and  coached 
the  debate  between  Atlanta  Baptist  College  and  Talladega 
College  ( 1906 ) ,  which  marked  the  inception  of  intercollegiate 
debate  in  the  American  Negro  college. 

Likewise  did  Brawley  manage  the  baseball  team,  play 
quarterback  on  an  early  football  team,  and  along  with 
Timothy  Williams  serve  as  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Athe- 
naeum, an  organ  of  student  expression  to  which  he  contrib- 
uted no  less  than  fifty-six  essays,  poems,  editorials,  and  short 
stories.  His  initial  booklet  of  poems,  A  Toast  to  Love  and 
Death  ( 1902 ) ,  was  dedicated  to  the  memory  of  two  school 
chums,  Timothy  Williams  and  James  E.  Carmichael.  Each 
of  these  friends  had  contracted  colds  on  summer  jobs  which 
they  were  never  quite  able  to  shake  off.  Significant,  too, 
among  his  writings  for  the  Athenaeum  was  the  poem,  A 
Prayer,  written  in  response  to  a  Georgia  lynching  and  subse- 
quently set  to  music  by  A.  H.  Ryder  of  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Following  his  initial  year  of  teaching  in  a  one-room  school 
out  in  the  hinterlands  of  Georgetown,  Florida,  exactly  ten 
miles  from  a  railroad,  Brawley  was  called  back  to  begin  a 
distinguished  career  as  an  instructor  in  English  and  as  Dean 
of  Morehouse  College.  Before  long,  however,  advanced  study 
beckoned  and  largely  through  summer  courses,  he  completed 
the  requirements  for  the  A.B.  degree  at  the  University  of 
Chicago  in  1906  and  those  for  the  M.A.  degree  at  Harvard 
University  in  1908.  Straightway,  he  came  under  the  spell  of 
five  productive  scholars— Ernest  De  Whitt  Barton  and  John 
M.  Manley  of  Chicago,  and  Bliss  Perry,  William  Allen 
Neilson,  and  George  Lyman  Kittredge  (the  celebrated  "Kitty 
of  Harvard")  at  Harvard. 


Writings  of  Benjamin  G.  Brawley  167 

In  Washington,  D.  C,  where  in  1910  he  joined  the  faculty 
of  Howard  University,  Brawley  married  Hilda  Damaris 
Prowd  of  Kingston,  Jamaica,  British  West  Indies,  and  it  was 
to  her  that  he  subsequently  dedicated  The  Negro  Genius 
(1937).  After  two  years  at  Howard,  however,  the  Brawleys 
headed  again  for  Morehouse  College  where  as  the  institu- 
tion's first  Dean  he  became  a  member  of  the  famous  Hope- 
Brawley-Archer  triumvirate,  famous  in  the  history  of  Ameri- 
can Negro  education. 

Brawley's  students  everywhere  agree  that  he  was  the  type 
of  teacher  that  comes  once  in  a  lifetime.  Few  men  have  been 
capable  of  more  sustained  and  high-powered  exertion;  not 
infrequently  his  enthusiasm  developed  into  a  contagion.  As 
he  saw  it,  the  profession  of  teaching  was  a  sacred  one  and  its 
effectiveness  was  contingent  upon  the  intelligence,  industry, 
and  integrity  of  the  teachers  themselves.  Much  that  borders 
on  the  legendary  has  grown  up  around  Brawley's  teaching 
career,  especially  his  monomania  for  precision,  tone,  and 
f*ood  taste.  The  story  is  told  of  a  tennis  game  played  by  Tohn 
Hope,  Benjamin  Brawley,  and  two  other  faculty  members. 
Hope  stopped  the  game  complaining  that  the  net  had 
"sagged."  Brawley  replied,  "The  net  has  not  sagged;  it  has 
s wagged."  They  disputed  and  Brawley  went  for  an  un- 
abridged dictionary.  The  ensuing  discussion  took  precedence 
over  the  game  while  the  net  sagged  and  swagged  uninter- 
ruptedly. 

This  penchant  for  correctness  was  not  typical  of  the  man; 
it  was  the  man.  He  was  known  to  require  that  his  students 
memorize  long  passages  from  the  classic  English  and  Ameri- 
can authors.  To  a  theme  that  was  slovenly  in  logic  or  in  ap- 
pearance, he  was  wont  to  add  his  characteristic  comment, 
'Too  carelessly  written  to  be  carefully  read."  He  saw  students 
in  terms  of  what  they  might  become  and  demonstrated  his 
interest  in  their  all-around  development.  One  of  the  few  men 
to  distinguish  himself  in  the  matter  of  sheer  classroom  teach- 
ing, he  contributed  substantially  to  the  elevation  of  that  call- 
ing to  the  plane  of  a  fine  art.  When,  therefore,  in  1927,  he 
declined  the  Harmon  Foundation's  Second  Award  in  Edu- 
cation, he  did  so  on  the  ground  that  he  had  not  catered  to 


168  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

second-rate  work  and  was,  therefore,  justified  in  accepting 
no  badge  in  direct  contradiction  to  his  ideal  of  excellence. 

Meanwhile,  Brawley  was  devoting  his  energies  to  yet 
another  area— that  of  authorship.  He  first  contributed  to  such 
periodicals  as  the  Springfield  Republican,  Lippincott's  Maga- 
zine, The  Voice  of  the  Negro,  and  The  Dial.  His  piece,  "The 
Negro  in  American  Fiction/'  carried  in  The  Dial  for  May  11, 
1916,  he  always  regarded  as  the  first  appearance  of  his  work 
in  a  standard  literary  magazine.  A  Short  History  of  the 
American  Negro,  his  initial  book,  found  its  way  to  the  book- 
shelves in  1913.  Once  the  start  was  made,  other  volumes 
written  as  textbooks  or  for  the  general  reader  multiplied  with 
the  passing  of  the  years.  It  is  significant  that  the  first  decade 
of  his  literary  productivity  saw,  with  one  exception,  the 
appearance  of  books  based  wholly  upon  race;  the  second, 
roughly  from  1921  to  1932,  books  free  from  racial  exclusive- 
ness;  and  after  1932,  those  based  upon  the  phenomenon  of 
race.  It  all  points  up  Brawley 's  decision  as  to  whether  he 
should  turn  out  books  based  upon  racial  expediency,  or  fol- 
low the  American  standard  of  belles  lettres.  He  finally  settled 
for  the  former  alternative. 

In  1920,  after  an  eight-year  sojourn  at  Morehouse  College, 
Brawley  entered  upon  two  new  fields  of  work  in  succession. 
His  growing  concern  for  the  impact  of  race  upon  the  realiza- 
tion of  the  democratic  ideal  in  America  and  around  the  world 
led  him  to  relinquish  his  position  at  Morehouse  College  and 
to  accept  the  invitation  to  make  a  socio-educational  survey 
of  the  Republic  of  Liberia.  This  undertaking  of  six  months' 
duration  was  underwritten  by  four  religious  and  educational 
associations.  Upon  his  return  to  the  States,  Brawley  was  or- 
dained into  the  Baptist  ministry  in  the  People's  Church  of 
Boston,  Massachusetts,  on  June  2,  1921,  and  straightway 
accepted  the  pastorate  of  the  Messiah  Baptist  Church  in 
Brockton,  Massachusetts.  His  congregation  remembers  him  as 
a  "scholar"  who  organized  and  systemized  the  church  and 
built  up  the  prayer  meetings  that  were  always  limited  to 
"just  one  hour." 

As  time  went  on,  however,  Brawley  became  dissatisfied 
with  the  conduct  of  certain  of  his  deacons  who  were  alleged 


Writings  of  Benjamin  G.  Brawley  169 

to  have  engaged  in  practices  unbecoming  to  their  offices  and 
straightway  handed  in  his  resignation,  the  offer  to  correct  the 
situation  notwithstanding.  He  then  accepted  a  position  at 
Shaw  University,  another  Home  Mission  College,  where  once 
again  he  combined  teaching  and  authorship.  He  contributed 
"The  Baseball"  to  Addison  Hibbard's  Stories  of  the  South 
(1923);  and  several  of  his  later  volumes  were  issued  by  the 
University  of  North  Carolina  Press  at  Chapel  Hill. 

The  Brawleys  returned  in  1931  to  Howard  University 
where,  as  the  invitation  stipulated,  he  was  to  teach  two 
courses— "whatever  his  scholarly  attitude  suggested."  He  had 
come  at  last  to  the  crowning  point  in  his  professional  career. 
A  spacious  two-story  house  on  Harvard  Street  became  the 
home  of  the  Brawleys.  Here  for  the  first  time  he  was  free  to 
write  and  volumes  appeared  in  quick  succession. 

The  plight  of  the  American  Negro  people  shunted  off  as 
they  were  into  a  "disadvantaged  outgroup,"  Brawley  constru- 
ed as  the  supreme  test  of  the  American  democratic  ideal  as 
expressed  in  the  Declaration  of  Independence.  As  he  saw  it, 
the  whole  problem  must  eventually  square  with  the  yardstick 
of  Christian  justice,  and  governed  by  this  principle,  the  white 
man  was  bound  to  allow  the  Negro  folk,  not  special  favors, 
but  equal  opportunity  in  every  area  of  American  life.  And  it 
was  incumbent  upon  the  black  people,  dissatisfied  with  their 
sorry  lot,  to  measure  up  fully  to  the  American  cultural  stan- 
dard. The  problem  of  race  in  America  never  embittered 
Brawley  because  of  his  implicit  faith  in  the  ultimate  matura- 
tion of  the  American  democratic  ideal. 


170  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

BIBLIOGRAPHY1 

The  following  bibliography  of  the  published  writings  of 
Benjamin  G.  Brawley  is  a  tribute  to  his  industry  and  to  his 
versatility.  But  for  remote  and  sometimes  isolated  articles, 
newspaper  items,  and  book  reviews  which  frequently  belong 
to  his  early  or  experimental  period  and  which  have  long  since 
disappeared,  the  present  listing  is  practically  complete.  In 
a  few  cases  of  doubt,  the  compiler  has  had  to  rely  upon  what 
appeared  to  constitute  the  most  reliable  sources. 

General  Works 

Africa  and  the  War,  New  York :  Duffield  and  Company,  1918. 
General  reference  book. 

The  Best  Stories  of  Paul  Laurence  Dunbar,  New  York:  Dodd, 
Mead  and  Company,  1938.  General  reference  book. 

Freshman  Year  English,  New  York :  Noble  and  Noble,  Publish- 
ers, 1929.  College  text. 

History  of  Morehouse  College,  Atlanta:  Morehouse  College 
Press,  1917.  General  reference  book.  Written  on  the  authority 
of  the  Morehouse  College  Board  of  Trustees. 

A  History  of  the  English  Hymn,  New  York :  The  Abington  Press, 
1932.  General  reference  book. 

The  Negro  in  American  Literature  in  the  United  States,  New 
York:  Duffield  and  Company,  1918.  Revised  editions  appeared 
in  1921  and  1929.  Reissue  of  1929  edition,  Dodd,  Mead  and 
Company,  New  York,  1934  and  1937.  College  text. 

Negro  Builders  and  Heroes,  Chapel  Hill :  The  University  of  North 
Carolina  Press,  1937.  General  reference  book. 


1  For  valuable  assistance  in  tracking  down  the  data  upon  which  the 
present  investigation  is  based,  the  writer  is  indebted  to  many  libraries, 
publishing  houses,  business  concerns,  and  individual  persons  who  had 
formed  an  intimate  acquaintance  with  Dr.  Benjamin  G.  Brawley.  The 
more  significant  contributions  to  the  prosecution  of  this  study,  however,  were 
made  by  Mrs.  Edith  M.  Royster,  Brockton,  Massachusetts;  Mrs.  Susie  E. 
Thomas,  Washington,  D.C.;  Mrs.  S.  H.  Archer,  Jr.,  Atlanta,  Georgia; 
Dr.  Nathaniel  P.  Tillman,  Atlanta,  Georgia;  Mr.  James  W.  Ivy,  New 
York  City;  Mrs.  Claudia  W.  Harreld,  Atlanta,  Georgia;  Mrs.  Marjorie 
Gaillard,  (sister),  Birmingham,  Alabama;  Mrs.  Jeannette  B.  Stewart, 
(sister),  Atlanta,  Georgia.  Mrs.  Hilda  P.  Brawley  (wife),  Washington, 
D.C.;  Mr.  Arna  Bontemps,  Fisk  University  Library,  Nashville,  Tennessee; 
Mrs.  Catherine  J.  Pierce,  Duke  University  Library,  Durham;  Mrs.  Eva 
G.  McKenna,  University  of  North  Carolina  Library,  Chapel  Hill;  Dr. 
Lawrence  D.  Reddick,  Trevor  Arnett  Library,  Atlanta,  Georgia;  Mrs. 
Dorothy  Porter,  Howard  University  Library,  Washington,  D.C.;  Mrs. 
Barbara  D.  Simison,  James  Weldon  Johnson  Memorial  Collection  of  Negro 
Arts  and  Letters,  New  Haven,  Connecticut;  Mr.  Henry  J.  Dubester,  Library 
of  Congress,  Washington,  D.C.;  and  Miss  Florence  Blakely,  Duke  Uni- 
versity Library,  Durham. 


Writings  of  Benjamin  G.  Brawley  171 

A  New  Survey  of  English  Literature,  New  York:  Alfred  A. 

Knopf,  Inc.,  1925.  Third  edition,  F.  S.  Crofts  and  Company, 

New  York,  1936.  College  text. 
The  Negro  Genius,  New  York :  Dodd,  Mead  and  Company,  1937. 

General  reference  book. 
A  Short  History  of  the  American  Negro,  New  York :  The  Mac- 

millan  Company,  1913.  High  school  and  college  text. 
A  Short  History  of  the  English  Drama,  New  York:  Harcourt, 

Brace  and  Company,  1921.  Revised  editions  appeared  in  1919, 

1931,  and  1939.  College  text. 
A  Social  History  of  the  American  Negro,  New  York:  The  Mac- 

millan  Company,   1921.  Revised  editions  appeared  in   1919, 

1931,  and  1939.  College  text. 
Your  Negro  Neighbor,  New  York:  The  Macmillan  Company, 

1918.  General  reference  book. 

Biographical  Works 

Dr.  Dillard  of  the  Jeanes  Fund,  New  York:  Fleming  H.  Revel 

Company,  1930.  Introduction  by  Anson  Phelps  Stokes.  General 

reference  book. 
Paul  Laurence  Dunbar:  Poet  of  His  People,  Chapel  Hill:  The 

University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1936.  General  reference 

book. 
Women  of  Achievement,  Chicago:  Women's  American  Baptist 

Home  Mission  Society,  1919.  Written  for  the  Fireside  Schools, 

under  the  auspices  of  the  Women's  American  Baptist  Home 

Mission  Society.   General  reference  book. 

Edited  Works 

Early  Negro  American  Writers,  Chapel  Hill:  The  University 
of  North  Carolina  Press,  1935.  General  reference  book. 

New  Era  Declamations,  Sewanee:  The  University  Press  of  Se- 
wanee,  Tennessee,  1918.  High  school  text. 

Short  Stories  and  Selections  in  Anthologies 

'The  Baseball,"  Stories  of  the  South,  Chapel  Hill :  The  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  Press,  1931. 

"The  Baseball,"  America  Through  the  Short  Story,  Boston: 
Little,  Brown,  and  Company,  1936. 

"The  Negro  in  American  Literature,"  The  Bookman  Anthology, 
New  York:  George  H.  Doran  Company,  1923. 

Miscellaneous  Pamphlets 

Early  Efforts  for  Industrial  Education,  Occasional  Papers  Num- 
ber 22,  Published  by  the  Trustees  of  the  John  F.  Slater  Fund, 
Charlottesville,  1923.  Pp.  15. 

An  Essay  Toward  an  Evaluation  of  High  Schools  for  Negroes 
in  the  South,  A  Study  Conducted  under  the  Auspices  of  The 


172  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Association  of  Colleges  for  Negroes  in  the  South,  Atlanta: 
Morehouse  College  Press,  1920.  Pp.  10. 

Studies  in  English  Prose  with  Exercises  in  Style,  Atlanta :  At- 
lanta Baptist  College  Press,  1908.  Pp.  14. 

The  Work  in  English  in  the  Academy  and  in  the  College  at 
Atlanta  Baptist  College,  Atlanta:  Atlanta  Baptist  College 
Press,  1905.  Pp.  7. 

Magazine  Edited 

Home  Mission  College  Review,  An  Organ  of  the  Colleges  of 
Negro  Youth.  Mainly  Supported  by  the  American  Baptist 
Home  Mission  Society  and  the  Woman's  American  Home 
Mission  Society.  Four  volumes,  May,  1927  through  May,  1930, 
Raleigh. 

Articles  in  Newspapers 

(1)  The  Springfield  Republican  (Springfield) 
"American  Drama  and  the  Negro,"  II  (1915),  9. 

(2)  The  Watchman-Examiner  (New  York) 
"Hymn  as  Literature,"  XIX  (1930),  6. 

Articles  in  Periodicals 


"i 
at 


(  1)   The  Athenaeum  (Atlanta) 

'On  Some  Old  Letters,"  XIV  (1908),  6-8. 

To  the  Men  of  Atlanta  Baptist  College,"  XIII  (1910) ,  21-23. 
"George  Sale  and  His  Message  to  Atlanta  Baptist  College," 
XIV   (1912),  48-50. 

(2)  The  Bookman  (New  York) 

"The  Negro  in  American  Literature,"  LVI  (1922),  137-141. 

(3)  The  Champion  of  Fair  Play  (Chicago) 
"American  Ideals  and  the  Negro,"  IV  (1916),  31-32. 

(  4)   The  Christian  Register  (Boston) 

"What  The  War  Did  to  Krutown,"  X  (1920),  33-35. 
(5)   The  Crisis  (New  York) 

"Atlanta  Striving,"  XXIIII  (1914),  114-116. 
(  6)   The  Dial  (Chicago) 

"The  Negro  in  American  Fiction,"  LX  (1916),  445-450. 
(  7)   The  English  Journal  (Chicago) 

"The  Negro  in  Contemporary  Literature,"  XVIII   (1929), 

194-202. 
(8)   The  Harvard  Advocate  (Cambridge) 

"Varied  Outlooks,"  LXXXIV   (1907),  67-69. 
(  9)    The  Home  Mission  College  Review  (Raleigh) 

"Is  The  Ancient  Mariner  Allegorical?"  I  (1927),  28-31. 

"Some  Observations  on  High  School  English,"  II   (1928), 

36-42. 


Writings  of  Benjamin  G.  Brawley  173 

(10)  Journal  of  Negro  History  (Washington,  D.  C.) 
"Lorenzo  Dow,"  I  (1916),  265-275. 

"Three  Negro  Poets :  Horton,  Mrs.  Harper,  and  Whitman,'* 

II  (1917),  384-392. 

"Elizabeth  Barrett  Browning  and  the  Negro,"  III  (1918), 

22-25. 

"The  Promise  of  Negro  Literature,"  XIX  (1934),  53-59. 

(11)  The  Methodist  Review  (New  York) 
"Wycliffe  and  the  World  War,"  IX  (1920) ,  81-83. 
"Our  Religious  Re-Adjustment,"  XIII    (1924),  28-30. 

(12)  The  New  South  (Chattanooga) 

"Recent  Literature  on  the  Negro,"  XIII   (1927),  37-41. 

(13)  The  New  Republic  (New  York) 

"Liberia  One  Hundred  Years  After,"  XXIV   (1921),  319- 
321. 

(14)  The  North  American  Review  (New  York) 

"Blake's  Prophetic  Writing,"  XXI   (1926-1927),  90-94. 
"The  Southern  Tradition,"  CCXXIV   (1928),  309-315. 

(15)  The  North  American  Student  (New  York) 

"Recent  Movements  among  the  Negro  People,"  III  (1917), 
8-11. 

(16)  The  Opportunity  Magazine  (New  York) 
"The  Writing  of  Essays,"  IV   (1926),  284-287. 
"Edmund  T.  Jinkins,"  IV  (1926),  383-385. 

(17)  The  Reviewer    (Chapel  Hill) 

"A  Southern  Boyhood,"  V  (1925),  1-8. 

"The  Lower  Rungs  of  the  Ladder,"  V  (1925),  78-86. 

"On  Re-Reading  Browning,"  V  (1925),  60-63. 

(18)  Sewanee  Review  (Sewanee) 

"English  Hymnody  and  Romanticism,"  XXIV  (1916)  476- 

482. 

"Richard  Le  Gaillienne  and  the  Tradition  of  Beauty,"  XXVI 

(1918),  47-60. 

(19)  The  South  Atlantic  Quarterly   (Durham) 
"Pre-Raphaelitism  and  Its  Literary  Relations,"  XV  (1916), 
68-81. 

(20)  The  Southern  Workman  (Hampton) 
"Our  Debts,"  XLIV  (1915),  622-626. 

"The  Negro  Genius,"  XLIV  (1915),  305-308. 

"The  Course  in  English  in  the  Secondary  School,"  XLV 

(1916),  495-498. 
"A  Great  Missionary,"  XLI  (1916),  675-677. 
"Meta  Warrick  Fuller,"  XLVII  (1918),  25-32. 
"William  Stanley  Braithwaite,"  XLVII  (1918),  269-272. 
"Significant  Verse,"  XLVIII   (1919),  31-32. 
"Liberia  Today,"  XLIX  (1920),  181-183. 
"The  Outlook  in  Negro  Education,"  XLIX  (1920),  208-213. 
"Significant  Days  in  Negro  History,"  LII  (1923),  86-90. 


174  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

"A  History  of  the  High  School,"  LIII   (1924),  545-549. 

"On  the  Teaching  of  English/'  LIII  (1924),  298-304. 

"Not  in  Textbooks,"  LIV  (1925),  34-37. 

"The  Teacher  Faces  the  Student,"  LV  (1926),  320-325. 

"Negro  Literary  Renaissance,"  LVI  (1927),  177-184. 

"The  Profession  of  the  Teacher,"  LVII  (1928),  481-486. 

"Dinner  at  Talfourd's,"  LVIII  (1929),  10-14. 

"Citizen  of  the  World,"  LIX  (1930),  387-393. 

"The  Dilemma  for  Educators,"  LIX  (1930),  206-208. 

"Dunbar  Thirty  Years  After,"  LIX   (1930),  189-191. 

"Ironsides:  The  Bordentown  School,"  LXI  (1931),  410-416. 

"Plea  for  Tory,"  LX  (1931),  297-301. 

"Art  Is  Not  Enough,"  LXI  (1932),  488-494. 

"Hamlet  and  the  Negro,"  LXI  (1932),  442-448. 

"Whom  Living  We  Salute,"  LXI  (1932),  401-403. 

"A  Composer  of  Fourteen  Operas,"  LXII  (1933),  43-44. 

"Armstrong  and  the  Eternal  Verities,"  LXIII  (1934) ,  80-87. 

"The  Singing  of  Spirituals,"  LXIII   (1934),  209-213. 

(21)  The  Southivestern  Christian  Advocate  (New  Orleans) 
"Shakespeare's  Place  in  the  Literature  of  the  World,"  XLV 

(1916),  3-11. 

(22)  The  Springfield  Republican  (Springfield) 
"David  Lloyd  George,"  X  (1923),  8. 

(23)  The  Voice  of  the  Negro  (Atlanta) 
"Phillis  Wheatley,"  II  (1906),  55-59. 

Booklets  of  Verse  Privately  Issued 

A  Prayer,  with  a  foreword  by  President  George  Sale.  Atlanta: 
Atlanta  Baptist  College  Press,  1899.  Set  to  music  by  A.  H. 
Ryder,  Boston,  Massachusetts.  Appeared  first  in  The  Athe- 
naeum, II  (1899),  10. 

A  Toast  to  Love  and  Death,  Atlanta:  The  Atlanta  Baptist  Col- 
lege Press,  1902.  Dedicated  to  the  memory  of  two  school  chums 
who  died  before  their  time. 

The  Dawn  and  Other  Poems,  Washington,  D.  C,  1911.  Appeared 
first  as  "The  Dawn"  (single  poem)  in  The  Voice  of  the  Negro, 
I  (1904),  185. 

The  Problem  and  Other  Poems,  Atlanta:  The  Atlanta  Baptist 
College  Press,  1905.  Appeared  as  "The  Problem"  in  The  Voice 
of  the  Negro,  II  (1905),  663. 

The  Desire  of  the  Moth  for  the  Star,  Atlanta :  The  Atlanta  Bap- 
tist College  Press,  1906.  Six  poems  no  one  of  which  is  so 
entitled. 

The  Seven  Sleepers  of  Ephesus,  Atlanta:  Atlanta  Baptist  Col- 
lege Press,  1917. 


Writings  of  Benjamin  G.  Brawley  175 

Book  Reviews  in  Periodicals 

(1)  The  Crisis 

W.  E.  B.  DuBois,  The  Gift  of  Black  Folk  (Chicago,  1903), 

II  (1924),  377-378. 

(2)  The  Home  Mission  College  Review 

Jerome  Dowd,  The  Negro  in  American  Life   (New  York, 

1926),  I  (1927),  41. 
Countee  Cullen,  Copper  Sun  (New  York,  1927),  I  (1927),  49. 
Edward  B.  Reuter,  The  American  Race  Problem  (New  York, 

1929),  I  (1927),  59. 
James   Weldon   Johnson,    God's   Trombones    (New   York, 

1927),  I  (1927),  1. 
Julia  Peterkin,  Black  April  (New  York,  1927) ,  I  (1927) ,  44. 
Addison  Hibbard,  The  Lyric  South  (New  York,  1928),  II 

(1928),  39. 
James  Rubinstein,  Great  English  Plays  (New  York,  1928), 

III  (1929),  46. 

Jessie  Fauset,  Plum  Bun  (New  York,  no  date),  III  (1929), 

43. 
Heusre  W.  Marrow,  The  Splendor  of  God  (New  York,  1929) 

III  (1929),  54. 

Robert  R.  Moton,   What  the  Negro  Thinks    (New  York, 

1929), III  (1929),  41. 
Lorenzo  D.  Turner,  Anti-Slavery  Sentiment  in  American 

Literature  (Washington,  D.  C,  1929),  IV  (1930),  41. 
V.  F.  Calverton,  Anthology  of  Negro  Literature  (New  York, 

1932),  III  (1930),  45-56. 

(3)  The  Journal  of  Negro  Education 

Edwin   Embree  and  others,  Island  India  Goes  to  School 

(Chicago,  1934),  III  (1934),  631-632. 
Anson  Phelps  Stokes,  Dr.  Stokes  in  Africa   (New  York, 

1934),  III  (1934),  630. 
Diedrich  Westerman,  The  Africa  of  Today  (Oxford,  1934), 

IV  (1935),  121-123. 

Charles  W.  Wesley,  Richard  Allen:  Apostle  of  Freedom 
(Washington,  D.  C,  1935),  V  (1936),  131-132. 

John  Dillingham,  Making  Religious  Education  Effective 
(New  York,  1932),  V  (1936),  133. 

W.  T.  Couch,  Culture  in  the  South  (Chapel  Hill,  1934),  V 
(1936),  263-265. 

(4)  The  Journal  of  Negro  History 

James  Weldon  Johnson,  Fifty  Years  and  Other  Poems  (Bos- 
ton, 1917),  III  (1918),  202-203. 

(5)  The  Southern  Workman 

W.  T.  Carmichael,  From  the  Heart  of  a  Folk  (Boston,  1918) , 
XLVIII  (1919),  38. 


176  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Editorials  in  Periodicals 

(1)  The  Athenaeum  (Atlanta) 
"Poverty  Flat,"  III  (1900),  6. 

"The  Anniversary— and  Beyond,"  XIX  (1917),  1. 

(2)  The  Home  Mission  College  Review  (Hampton) 
"Above  the  Battle,"  I  (1927),  2. 
"Editorial,"  I  (1927),  3. 

"Greetings  and  Felicitations,"  I   (1927),  6-7. 

"A  New  Survey  of  Colleges,"  I  (1827),  54. 

"The  Question  of  Ethics,"  I  (1927),  3. 

"Scholarship,"  I  (1927),  3. 

"United  Campaign  for  Home  Mission  Colleges,"  I  (1927),  5. 

"What  Would  Jesus  Do?"  I  (1927),  5. 

"Affiliation  of  Colleges,"  II  (1928),  2. 

"The  Greatest  Problem  in  the  Negro  College,"  II  (1928),  5. 

"The  Honor  System,"  II  (1928),  2. 

"Professionalism  in  Athletics,"  II  (1928),  4. 

"A  Sacred  Trust,"  II  (1928),  4. 

"Travelling,"  II  (1928),  7-8. 

"Y.W.C.A.,"  II  (1928),  6. 

"Dillard  University,"  III  (1929),  45. 

"Gambling,"  III   (1929),  4. 

"Student  Contributions,"  III  (1929),  5. 

"The  Study  of  the  Bible  in  Our  Colleges,"  III  (1929),  3. 

"Suggestions  to  Negro  Singers,"  III  (1929),  3. 

"Sunday  School  Excursions,"  III   (1929),  9. 

"Three  Incidents,"  III  (1929),  4. 

"Truth  Eternal,"  III   (1929),  4. 

"The  Gift  of  Myrrh,"  III  (1929),  18. 

"The  Present  Plight  of  Negro  Literature,"  IV  (1930),  5. 

(3)  The  Opportunity  Magazine   (New  York) 
"Nigger:  Term  of  Contempt,"  IV  (1926),  1. 
"Declining  the  Harmon  Award,"  VI  (1928),  56. 
"Editorial,"  VI    (1928),  56. 

Poems  in  Periodicals 

(1)   The  Athenaeum  (Atlanta) 

"At  Home  and  Abroad,"  II  (1899),  7. 

"Hiawatha,"  II  (1899),  2. 

"Imperfection,"  II  (1899),  4. 

"The  Light  of  Life,"  II   (1899),  5. 

"The  Light  of  the  World,"  II   (1899),  5.  Reprint  in  The 

Christian  Advocate,    (Chicago),   XI    (1920),   37. 
"Race  Prejudice,"  II  (1899),  9. 
"Bedtime,"  III  (1900),  7. 


Writings  of  Benjamin  G.  Brawley  177 


«i 


at 


ti 


'Revocation,"  III  (1900),  4. 
"Samuel  Memba,"  III  (1900),  2. 
T.  W.,"  Ill  (1900),  8. 
'As  I  Gaze  into  the  Night,"  IV  (1901),  5. 
"The  First  of  a  Hundred  Years,"  (Class  Song),  IV  (1901), 

6. 
"Poems,"  IV  (1901),  7  and  9. 
'After  the  Rain,"  VI   (1903),  7. 
'America,"  VI  (1903),  2. 
"The  Peon's  Child,"  VII  (1904),  6. 
"My  Hero,"  XVII  (1914),  7.  Reprint  in  The  Home  Mission 

College  Review,  (Raleigh),  I  (1928),  30. 
"Shakespeare,"  XVIII    (1916),  14.  Reprint  in  The  Home 

Mission  College  Review,   (Raleigh),  II   (1928),  26. 

(2)  The  Christian  Advocate  (Chicago) 

"I  Shall  Go  Forth  in  the  Morning,"  XIII  (1922) ,  18. 

(3)  Citizen  (Los  Angeles) 

"Ballade  of  One  That  Died  Before  His  Time,"  IX  (1915) ,  27. 

(4)  Crisis  (New  York) 

"The  Freedom  of  the  Free,"  XX  (1913),  32. 

(5)  The  Harvard  Monthly  (Cambridge) 
"Chaucer,"  XLV  (1908),  184. 

(6)  Lippincott's  Magazine  (Philadelphia) 
"Crossroads,"  LXXIV  (1905),  731. 

(7)  Survey   (New  York) 
"Battleground,"  XL   (1918),  608. 

(8)  The  Voice  of  the  Negro  (Atlanta) 
'Christopher  Marlowe,"  I  (1904),  65. 
The  Plan,"  I  (1904),  524. 
The  Education,"  II   (1905),  319. 
'First  Sight,"  III  (1906),  409. 

"To  One  Untrue,"  III   (1906),  341. 
"Paul  Laurence  Dunbar,"  III  (1906),  265. 

Short  Stories  in  Periodicals 

The  Athenaeum  (Atlanta) 

"An  Incident,"  II  (1889),  3. 

"The  Pilgrims  and  the  Wisdom  Range,"  IV  (1901),  16. 

"A  Day  at  Welatka,"  V  (1902),  2. 

Songs  :  Collections  and  Individual  Songs 

(1)  Song  Collection 

Howard  University  Sings  (edited) ,  Washington,  D.  C,  1912. 
Pp.  10.  Brawley  wrote  three  of  the  eleven  songs  in  the 
collection. 


"< 

at 

til 


178  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


(2)  Individual  Songs 

"Anniversary  Hymn,"  Atlanta:  Atlanta  Baptist  College 
Press,  1917.  Written  in  response  to  the  Fiftieth  Anniver- 
sary of  Morehouse  College,  Atlanta,  Georgia.  Set  to  music 
by  Kemper  Harreld. 

"Anniversary  Hymn,"  Raleigh,  1929.  Written  on  the  oc- 
casion of  the  Sixty-Third  Annual  Founder's  Day  Cele- 
bration at  Shaw  University,  Raleigh. 


PAPERS  FROM  THE  FIFTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  SESSION 

OF  THE  STATE  LITERARY  AND  HISTORICAL 

ASSOCIATION,  RALEIGH, 

DECEMBER  7,  1956 

Introduction 

In  accordance  with  custom,  the  papers  presented  at  the 
annual  meeting  in  December  of  the  State  Literary  and  His- 
torical Association  are  published  in  this  magazine  the  follow- 
ing April.  The  papers  of  the  fifty-sixth  annual  meeting  are 
printed  in  full  in  the  pages  that  follow. 

From  the  morning  session  we  have  "Dare  County  Belles- 
Lettres,"  by  Richard  Walser  of  Raleigh;  "Roanoke  Colonists 
and  Explorers:  An  Attempt  at  Identification,"  by  William 
S.  Powell  of  Chapel  Hill;  and  a  review  of  North  Carolina 
fiction  of  the  year  (the  works  entered  in  the  Sir  Walter 
Raleigh  competition),  by  C.  Hugh  Holman  of  Chapel  Hill, 
a  member  of  the  board  of  award.  From  the  luncheon  session 
we  have  a  review  of  North  Carolina  non-fiction  of  the  year 
(works  entered  in  the  Mayflower  competition)  by  H.  Broadus 
Jones  of  Winston-Salem,  a  member  of  the  board  of  award. 
From  the  dinner  session  there  is  printed  "Literature  and 
Life,"  the  presidential  address  of  Gilbert  T.  Stephenson  of 
Pendleton.  Finally,  from  the  evening  session  comes  "One 
Hundred  Years  Ago,"  an  address  by  Roy  F.  Nichols  of  Phila- 
delphia. These  seem  to  constitute  an  unusually  fine  set  of 
papers,  and  it  is  believed  that  they  will  be  of  interest  to  our 
readers, 


[179] 


DARE  COUNTY  BELLES-LETTRES 

By  Richard  Walser 

A  recent  unpublished  survey  indicates  that  North  Carolina, 
beginning  in  1734  and  coming  down  to  the  present  year,  has 
provided  character  and  setting  for  over  seven  hundred  works 
of  prose  fiction.  Outside  the  mountain  areas,  the  greatest 
attraction  for  the  imaginative  writer  has  been  the  history  and 
legend,  the  people  and  geography  of  Dare  County.  The 
reasons  are  fairly  obvious:  the  seemingly  endless  possibilities 
of  romanticizing  the  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  colonies,  to  say 
nothing  of  the  fascination  provided  by  "quaint  Bankers"  and 
Coast  Guard  heroes.  Indeed  since  1840,  thirty  authors  have 
written  books  of  drama,  poetry,  and  fiction1  based  on  Dare 
County  subjects  or  having  their  origins  in  Dare  County 
legend— an  impressive  record  which  it  is  well  to  investigate. 

Of  the  thirty  titles,  twenty-four  were  inspired  by  Raleigh's 
settlers  at  Roanoke  Island.  A  sentence  or  two  of  simple  fact 
will  refresh  our  minds  of  just  what  happened  there.  In  1584 
Captains  Amadas  and  Barlowe  explored  the  region  for  Sir 
Walter.  In  1585  Sir  Richard  Grenville  and  Ralph  Lane  set 
up  a  colony  of  men  who  returned  to  England  with  Sir  Francis 
Drake  a  year  later.  In  1587  John  White  stayed  with  a  second 
colony  only  a  month.  When  he  searched  for  them  three  years 
afterwards,  he  found  no  trace  of  their  survival. 

Since  Paul  Green's  The  Lost  Colony2  is  the  most  familiar 
work  concerning  this  period,  it  provides  an  appropriate  start- 
ing point  for  our  hasty  review  of  the  thirty  works.  Its  sixteen 
seasons  of  production  on  Roanoke  Island  enacted  on  the  site 
of  some  of  its  scenes  have  witnessed  sixteen  varying  versions, 
for  Paul  Green's  perennial  habits  of  rewriting  are  well  known. 
Even  so,  his  basic  plan  has  remained  unchanged.  The  dram- 
atist switches  from  England  to  Roanoke,  suggesting  the 
historical  events  without  concentrating  on  them.  Actual  per- 

1  This  paper  does  not  include  a  discussion  of  short  stories,  of  lyric 
poetry,  of  legends  not  cast  in  story  form,  or  of  one-act  plays;  nor  does 
it  take  into  account  any  unpublished  material.  Excluded  also  is  any  fiction 
revolving  about  Theodosia  Burr  or  the  Wright  brothers.  The  thirty  titles 
are  separate  publications,  though  a  few  are  quite  brief. 

2  Paul  Green,  The  Lost  Colony:  A  Symphonic  Drama  of  American  His- 
tory  (Chapel  Hill.  The  University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1954.  70  pp.). 

[180  1 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  181 

sonages  from  Sir  Walter  to  the  infant  Virginia  Dare  have 
roles;  and  the  climax  of  the  play  shows  the  1587  colonists 
retreating  to  the  interior  when  Spanish  vessels  threaten  their 
stockade.  Green's  explanation  of  the  mysterious  disappear- 
ance is  plausible  and  dramatically  effective.  Yet  this  is  no 
historical  pageant,  but  a  play.  The  most  rounded  character 
and  the  one  who  carries  the  playwright's  message  is  Old  Tom 
Harris,  beggar  and  outcast,  who  becomes  in  the  New  World 
a  man  of  honor  and  trust.  Thus  the  promise  of  America, 
immanent  even  in  defeat,  has  a  transcendency  beyond  the 
actual  events.  While  Paul  Green's  drama  does  not  tamper 
with  history,  it  goes  beyond  it  in  providing  human  meaning 
for  its  occurrences.  The  Lost  Colony  has  remained  Dare 
County's  only  published  full-length  play  and,  indubitably, 
its  most  distinguished  literary  by-product. 

Of  the  four  titles  in  poetry,  three  of  them  narrative,  the 
first  is  Sallie  Southall  Cotten's  The  White  Doe:  The  Fate  of 
Virginia  Dare.3  In  this  telling  of  the  now-familiar  legend,  the 
beautiful  maiden,  renamed  Wi-no-na,  is  magically  trans- 
formed into  a  white  doe  by  a  rejected  suitor.  Following  her 
disappearance,  mother  Eleanor  dies.  The  enchanted  deer 
roams  Roanoke  Island  till  a  noble  suitor,  the  young  chieftain 
O-kis-ko, 

Linked  the  going  of  the  maiden 
With  the  coming  of  the  White  Doe4 

and  prepares  a  counter-charm,  a  "Mussel-pearl  arrow"  which, 
shot  into  the  heart  of  the  doe,  will  release  her.  Meanwhile, 
with  a  silver  arrow  given  him  by  Queen  Elizabeth,  the  evil 
Wan-ches-e  also  goes  hunting  the  deer.  Then  at  the  identical 
moment,  Wi-no-na  is  wounded  by  both  pearl  and  silver 
arrows.  Though  changed  back  into  a  maiden,  she  is  dying. 
O-kis-ko  takes  the  silver  arrow  to  a  fountain  of  living  youth 
on  the  island,  hoping  this  action  will  restore  the  girl;  but 
upon  his  placing  it  within  the  spring, 

8  Sallie  Southall  Cotton,  The  White  Doe:  The  Fate  of  Virginia  Dare. 
(An  Indian  Legend)  (Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott,  printed  for  the  Author, 
1901.  i-xx,  5-89  pp.),  hereinafter  cited  as  Cotton,  The  White  Doe. 

4  Cotton,  The  White  Doe,  57. 


182  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

All  the  sparkling  water  vanished; 
Dry  became  the  magic  fountain, 
Leaving  bare  the  silver  arrow.5 

From  the  silver  arrow  a  tiny  green  shoot  springs  up— a  shoot 
which  years  later  becomes  a  scuppernong  vine  with  red, 
instead  of  white,  grapes— symbolizing  the  blood  of  Virginia 
Dare.  In  her  Preface,  Mrs.  Cotten  writes:  "A  familiar  knowl- 
edge of  the  history  of  one's  own  country  increases  patriotism 
and  stimulates  valor.  For  this  reason  the  study  of  written 
records  called  history  should  be  supplemented  by  research 
into  myths,  folk-lore,  and  legends."  Traditions,  she  continues, 
bear  "the  seed-germs  of  truth,"  and  eventually  they  are  "em- 
bodied in  romance  and  song."  Then  "they  assume  a  perma- 
nent form  called  legend  and  become  the  heritage  of  a 
people."6  Mrs.  Cotten's  poem  of  the  legend  of  Virginia  Dare 
and  the  scuppernong  vine  was  once  widely  read  in  our  State 
and  has  assumed  a  permanent  spot  in  our  literature.  It  is 
composed  in  the  lilting  trochaic  tetrameter  of  Hiawatha  and, 
though  it  reads  as  well  as  Longfellow's  poem,  provides  too 
brief  treatment  to  be  forceful  narrative. 

Three  years  after  the  publication  of  Mrs.  Cotton's  book, 
William  Henry  Moore  of  Pittsboro  issued  Virginia  Dare:  A 
Story  of  Colonial  Days.7  This  narrative  poem  fabricates  the 
aftermath  of  the  Lost  Colonists  when  famine  and  disease 
drive  them  inland  to  Lake  Mattamuskeet.  Though  Manteo's 
son  Laska  woos  and  wins  the  fair  Virginia,  the  poet  has  a 
difficult  time  with  the  problem  of  interracial  marriage.  As 
Virginia's  father  dies,  he  contemplates  the  mating  of  his 
daughter: 

The  father's  heart  'gainst  racial  instinct  strove, 
But  love,  at  last,  had  won,  and  winning  wove 
The  fabric  which  should  bind  their  tribes  in  one, 
Enduring  as  the  bright  and  changeless  sun.8 


e  Cotton,  The  White  Doe,  74. 
6  Cotton,  The  White  Doe,  5. 


'William  Henry  Moore,  Virginia  Dare:  A  Story  of  Colonial  Days  (Ra- 
leigh: Edwards  &  Broughton,  1904.  67  pp.),  hereinafter  cited  as  Moore, 
Virginia  Dare. 

8  Moore,  Virginia  Dare,  36. 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  183 

This,  of  course,  is  in  keeping  with  the  race  feelings  in  1901, 
when  Moore  published  his  poem,  rather  than  with  those  of 
the  sixteenth  century.  Even  so,  after  overcoming  his  am- 
bitious opponent  Granganimeo  in  mortal  combat,  Laska  with 
his  wife  Virginia  rules  over  the  tribe  with  great  wisdom.  In 
the  poem  the  author  takes,  as  he  says,  "the  liberty  of  changing 
the  name  of  Ananias  Dare  to  that  of  David,  as  being  more 
poetical  and  euphonious;  and  of  his  wife  from  Eleanor  to 
Jennie,  the  diminutive  of  Virginia."  °  The  shift  is  pointless, 
since  no  character  is  satisfactorily  developed  in  this  rambling 
narrative  written  in  generally  unfortunate  rhymed  couplets. 

"Mark  Bennett  on  Boanoke,"10  by  Professor  Harry  K. 
Bussell  of  the  Department  of  English  at  Chapel  Hill,  is  one 
of  the  few  attempts  to  use  the  Boanoke  story  for  other  than 
relating  history  and  legend.  Though  rather  diffusely  episodic, 
the  story,  in  six  sections  of  very  loose  sprung  meter,  takes  up 
the  emotional  problems  of  Mark  Bennett,  an  actual  name  of 
a  colonist  about  whom  we  know  nothing.  Fictionally,  the 
poet  Bennett  has  been  nauseated  by  the  sensual  atmosphere 
of  London  and  is  trying  to  find  in  the  New  World  a  freshness 
to  satisfy  his  spirit.  At  first  reluctant  to  accept  the  love  of  the 
beautiful  Indian  girl  Amosens,  he  eventually  succumbs  to  her 
attractions  and  realizes  that  in  her  he  has  identified  his  need. 
Meanwhile,  events  at  the  stockade  are  lively.  After  forays 
with  the  tribe  of  Wanchese,  Ananias  Dare  is  in  the  process  of 
removing  the  colonists  to  Manteo's  Croatan  Isicl  in  the 
autumn  of  1588  when  Wanchese  attacks  again  and  all  the 
English,  including  Ananias  and  Eleanor  Dare,  are  killed 
except  Henry  Berry,11  Mark  Bennett,  and  Virginia.  Manteo's 
beast-keen  nephew  Uwaara  rescues  Virginia,  whom  he  had 
foretold  "the  Spirit  /  Chad!  Called  ...  to  our  people."  12  Her 
subsequent  story  is  not  followed  up.  This  deeply  felt  poem 
ends  when  Mark  Bennett  and  Amosens  slip  away  into  the 
forest. 


9  Moore,  Virginia  Dare,  8. 

10  Harry  K.  Russell,  "Mark  Bennett  on  Roanoke,"  Poet  Lore,  XLVII 
(Spring,  1942),  3-46,  hereinafter  cited  as  Russell,  "Mark  Bennett  on 
Roanoke." 

11  Probably  to  account  for  the  legend  that  he  was  the  ancestor  of  the 
Robeson  County  tribe  of  Indians. 

"  Russell,  "Mark  Bennett  on  Roanoke,"  21. 


12 


184  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  title  of  Albert  Q.  Bell's  Actors  in  the  Colony13  is  taken 
from  Thomas  Hariot's  report  on  Roanoke  published  in  1588. 
The  pamphlet  contains  short  prose  biographies  of  the  prin- 
cipal "actors"  in  the  venture,  and  in  between  are  poems  on 
Amadas  and  Barlowe,  Elizabeth  and  Raleigh,  Eleanor  Dare, 
Old  Tom,  and  so  on.  Never  intended  as  polished  verse,  Mr. 
Bell's  lines  are  of  particular  interest  to  us  because  their  author 
has  been  so  closely  associated  with  the  success  of  Paul  Green  s 
The  Lost  Colony  at  Fort  Raleigh,  near  which  he  makes  his 
home. 

The  first  of  nine  adult  novels  concerning  Sir  Walter's 
settlers  is  the  brief,  highly  romantic  "Virginia  Dare:  or,  The 
Colony  of  Roanoke" 14  by  Cornelia  L.  Tuthill  of  Connecticut, 
who  in  1840  after  reading  from  Bancroft's  History  of  the 
United  States  began  to  wonder  why  no  one  had  paid  a  tribute 
to  the  first  English  child  born  in  America.  In  this  curious  bit 
of  fiction,  Virginia  is  the  daughter  of  George  [sic]  Dare  and 
the  granddaughter  of  Philip  [sic]  White.  Her  departure  from 
Roanoke  Island,  along  with  her  mother,  Manteo,  and  the 
clergyman  Dr.  Carson,  is  due  to  famine  and  the  hostility  of 
the  cruel  Ocracoke  Indians.  Soon  they  take  up  with  Chief 
Arcana  in  the  vale  of  Mehezim  at  the  foot  of  the  mountains. 
The  chief's  "Hatteras  tribe,  naturally  mild  and  gentle,  lived 
in  a  state  of  Arcadian  simplicity." 15  Eighteen  years  later,  after 
rejecting  the  suit  of  Arcana,  Virginia  marries  a  dissolute  aris- 
tocrat, Henry  Johnston,  who  has  strayed  from  the  Jamestown 
colony  founded  only  a  year  before.  In  this  novel,  typical  of 
sentimental  mid-nineteenth-century  fiction,  Dr.  Carson  is 
busy  converting  the  Indians  to  Christianity.  (History,  of 
course,  does  not  record  a  preacher  among  the  colonists.) 
Virginia,  beloved  of  the  natives,  is  called  the  White  Angel 
of  Mercy.  And  with  delightful  anachronistic  skill,  the  author 
has  our  heroine  in  the  midst  of  the  wilderness  reading  with 
excruciating  pleasure  those  still  unpublished  Shakespearian 
masterpieces  Hamlet  and  King  Lear.  This  first  fiction  of  Dare 

"Albert  Q.  Bell,  Actors  in  the  Colony  (No  place,  no  publisher,  1946. 
50  pp.). 

14  Cornelia  L.  Tuthill,  "Virginia  Dare:  or,  The  Colony  of  Roanoke," 
Southern  Literary  Messenger  (Richmond,  Va.),  VI  (September,  1840), 
585-595,  hereinafter  cited  as  Tuthill,  "Virginia  Dare." 

35  Tuthill,  "Virginia  Dare,"  591. 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  185 

County  would  not  be  half  so  charming  if  it  were  less  ridicu- 
lous. 

Sixty-one  years  after  this  first  novel,  historian  Bancroft 
again  served  as  source  for  William  Farquhar  Payson's  John 
Vytal™  which  ventures  "to  explain  the  oblivion  of  the 
colony's  end  in  a  way  which,"  as  the  author  writes,  "I  believe 
has  not  yet  been  suggested."17  But  his  solution  is  not  very 
startling.  Moreover,  the  characters  are  wooden,  the  style  so 
stilted  and  spiritless  that  the  volume  is  a  dull  adventure. 
Furthermore,  there  are  no  cliffs  and  rocky  terrain  on  Roanoke 
Island,  to  say  nothing  of  an  Indian  tribe  called  the  Winginas. 
Briefly,  the  story  tells  about  the  love  of  the  courageous  soldier 
John  Vytal  for  Eleanor  Dare,  already  married  to  a  drunken 
Ananias.  Enemies  of  our  hero  are  an  English  renegade  in 
league  with  the  Spanish  at  St.  Augustine,  and  a  wily  offspring 
of  Leicester  and  Queen  Elizabeth.  Friend  of  Vytal  is  none 
other  than  the  famed  Renaissance  dramatist  Christopher 
Marlowe,  about  whom  we  are  told  in  a  footnote:  "As  there 
is  absolutely  no  reliable  record  of  Marlowe's  personal  life 
and  dwelling-place  at  this  time,  I  have  felt  justified  in  attrib- 
uting his  generally  acknowledged  absence  from  London  to  a 
Virginia  voyage." 18  Before  John  White's  departure  for  Eng- 
land, a  most  unhistoric  battle  is  fought  off  Roanoke  Island 
between  the  Spanish  and  the  colonists,  the  invaders  losing. 
Years  later,  they  return  and,  with  the  help  of  the  hostile 
Winginas,  slay  all  but  seven  of  the  English.  Virginia  Dare, 
now  called  White  Doe,  and  Manteo's  son  Dark  Eyes,  along 
with  Eleanor  and  Vytal  and  the  others,  turn  towards  the 
mainland  forests  with  Manteo  and  the  Hatteras  tribe.  Eleanor 
says:  "Future  generations  will  find  here  a  perfect  security  .  .  . 
because  we,  the  first,  have  suffered  .  .  .  and  yet  won."  19  Mar- 
lowe, we  are  glad  to  report,  returned  to  England  alone 
aboard  a  Breton  fishing  shallop  in  time  to  write  those  great 
tragedies  Tamburlaine  and  Dr.  Faustus. 

One  of  two  novels  published  in  1908  is  Dora  Greenwell 

16  William  Farquhar  Payson,  John  Vytal:  A  Tale  of  the  Lost  Colony  (New 
York:  Harper,  1901.  319  pp.),  hereinafter  cited  as  Payson,  John  Vytal. 

17  Payson,  John  Vytal,  [vi]. 

18  Payson,  John  Vytal,  44. 
"Payson,  John  Vytal,   [319]. 


186  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

McChesney 's  The  Wounds  of  a  Friend,20  neatly  plotted  and 
executed  but  again  carelessly  unhistorical.  This  romantic 
story  tells  of  Captain  Robert  Tremayne's  compelling  dream 
of  English  dominion  in  the  New  World,  of  another  man's 
revenge,  and  of  a  woman's  faithfulness.  Tremayne,  com- 
mander of  the  English  forces  against  the  Indians,  strikes 
down  his  great  friend  in  the  forest  when  he  weighs  the 
decision  of  one  man's  life  "against  the  safety  of  Roanoke." 
Though  he  sails  for  England  in  the  autumn  of  1587,  his  one 
passion  is  to  return  to  Roanoke  to  strengthen  the  small  colony 
there.  He  is  thwarted  by  the  Queen's  capriciousness,  the 
disillusionment  of  John  White,  the  patience  of  Raleigh  to 
await  royal  pleasure,  and  the  duplicity  of  his  former  friend 
who  has  meanwhile  betrayed  the  colony  to  the  Spanish  dur- 
ing an  imprisonment  in  St.  Augustine.  Despite  Elizabeth's 
command,  he  secretly  sets  sail  with  the  beloved  but  wedded 
Honora.  To  his  "dream  of  England  enthroned  over-seas,"  he 
admits  having  sacrificed  "all  things,  Queen's  favour,  man's 
friendship,  love  of  woman."22  At  Roanoke  in  the  spring  [of 
1589],  he  finds  desolation,  ruin,  and  hopelessness  among  the 
English  survivors  of  a  Spanish  attack.  Turning  toward  the 
forest  with  what  few  supporters  he  can  muster,  he  says, 
"Whether  our  friends  and  fellow  countrymen  follow  on  our 
track  to  find  us,  whether  the  woodlands  whelm  us  in  a  life 
and  death  unknown,  who  shall  say?  But  we  go  to  take  pos- 
session for  England.  Methinks  we  may  wander  beyond  our 
ken,  but  others  will  press  on  where  we  have  trodden." 23  The 
ubiquitous  Virginia  and  Eleanor  Dare  apparently  have  van- 
ished from  sight  during  all  this  activity. 

A  second  novel  of  1908  is  the  highly  colored  but  weak 
romance  by  William  Thomas  Wilson,  For  the  Love  of  Lady 
Margaret:  A  Romance  of  the  Lost  Colony24"  its  subtitle  em- 
barrassingly misleading.  Two-thirds  of  the  book  covers  the 
career  of  Sir  Thomas  Winchester,  an  Elizabethan  courtier 
who  is  spirited  away  to  a  pirate  hangout  in  the  West  Indies 

20  Dora  Greenwell  McChesney,  The  Wounds  of  a  Friend  (London:  Smith, 
Elder,  1908.  306  pp.),  hereinafter  cited  as  McChesney,  The  Wounds  of  a 
Friend. 

21  McChesney,  The  Wounds  of  a  Friend,  258. 

22  McChesney,  The  Wounds  of  a  Friend,  255. 

23  McChesney,  The  Wounds  of  a  Friend,  302. 

"William  Thomas  Wilson,  For  the  Love  of  Lady  Margaret:  A  Romance 
of  the  Lost  Colony  (Charlotte:  Stone  and  Barringer,  1908.  305  pp.). 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  187 

because  he  is  in  the  way  of  several  other  lovers  of  the  beau- 
teous Lady  Margaret  Carroll.  No  gentlemen  was  ever  so 
maligned  and  ill-treated.  Though  a  hero  in  the  defeat  of  the 
Armada,  he  is  sent  with  White  in  1590  on  his  mission  to  find 
the  Lost  Colonists.  Instead,  arriving  at  Roanoke,  he  pursues 
Lady  Margaret,  now  for  some  unaccountable  reason  trouping 
the  forests  in  the  clutches  of  two  love-mad  creatures,  one  a 
pirate  and  the  other  a  contemptible  English  lord.  After  res- 
cuing the  lady  and  slaying  his  rivals,  he  returns  to  England 
with  White,  who  has  had  no  luck  in  finding  his  colony  and 
seems  not  to  be  overly  perturbed  about  it.  The  Lost-Colony 
angle  is  of  no  importance  in  the  plot.  Chronology  is  mangled, 
geography  is  neglected,  and  historical  facts  are  switched 
about.  For  instance,  Manteo  is  the  hero's  best  friend  on  his 
trip  to  Roanoke  in  1590.  The  forests  are  bewilderingly 
jammed  with  Indians:  one,  really,  behind  almost  every  tree. 
According  to  a  notice  in  the  book,  the  novel  attracted  much 
attention  when  it  ran  as  a  serial  in  the  Charlotte  Observer. 
Fifteen  years  after  the  publication  of  these  two  books  ap- 
peared the  respected  though  listless  Croatan25  by  Virginia's 
famed  novelist  Mary  Johnston.  Her  story  takes  up  the  history 
of  the  colonists  after  they  are  attacked  by  five  hundred  Indian 
warriors.  Among  those  killed  are  Manteo  and  Virginia  Dare's 
parents.  The  remaining  threescore  English  retreat  westward 
to  a  town  just  below  the  mountains  where  they  thrive,  living 
primitively  but  preserving  their  English  customs  and  tradi- 
tions. When  the  eighteen-year-old  Virginia  is  captured,  two 
of  her  suitors  go  on  a  seven-year  search  for  her,  bringing  her 
back  to  Croatan  Town,  where  "the  white  Cherokees  were 
built  forever  into  the  nation." 26  This  ending  is  unsatisfactory: 
if  the  colonists  had  so  successfully  held  on  to  their  English 
heritage  for  twenty-five  years,  there  would  have  been  some 
trace  of  them  when  traders  penetrated  the  hill  country  before 
the  century  was  passed.  The  historical  interest  is  slight,  for 
most  of  this  commonplace  story  takes  place  after  the  colon- 
ists have  left  Roanoke.  A  Longfellow  influence  is  evident  in 
such  cognomens  as  Bright  Dawn,  Golden  Hawk,  Eagle 
Feather,  and  Young  Thunder.  There  is  an  insipid  attempt 

26 Mary  Johnston,  Croatan  (Boston:  Little,  Brown,  1923.  298  pp.),  here- 
inafter cited  as  Johnston,  Croatan. 
M  Johnston,  Croatan,  291. 


188  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

at  a  poetic  prose  style.  This  novel  surely  must  be  one  of  Miss 
Johnston's  most  unimpressive  efforts. 

These  five  early  attempts  to  Actionize  the  Raleigh  Colonies 
were  finally  climaxed  in  1948  with  Inglis  Fletcher's  Roanoke 
Hundred,27  the  first  of  the  group  to  achieve  unqualified  suc- 
cess. When  Mrs.  Fletcher  was  urged  to  write  a  novel  on  the 
Lost  Colony,  she  immediately  declined  any  invitation  to  com- 
pete with  Paul  Green's  currently  popular  outdoor  drama. 
She  was,  however,  interested  in  North  Carolina's  Elizabethan 
background  and,  unlike  the  novelists  who  had  preceded  her, 
chose  to  focus  on  the  Grenville-Lane  expedition  of  1585-86. 
The  Lost  Colonists  play  no  part  in  Roanoke  Hundred.  For 
plot  Mrs.  Fletcher  invents  a  natural  son  of  Sir  Richard  Gren- 
ville,  the  manly  herdsman  Colin,  in  love  with  his  master's 
ward,  the  sprightly  witch-girl  from  Tintagel.  As  Grenville's 
right-hand  man  on  the  voyage  to  the  New  World,  Colin  grows 
into  maturity  and  later  claims  his  reward.  Mrs.  Fletcher's 
novel,  of  which  only  the  mid-section  takes  place  in  North 
Carolina,  centers  on  the  career  of  the  noble  Grenville,  whose 
wisdom  she  opposes  to  the  disastrous  policies  of  Ralph  Lane. 
She  introduces  many  other  historical  characters— Elizabeth, 
Raleigh,  Sidney,  Hakluyt,  Hariot,  White,  and  Drake— and 
stays  close  to  historical  fact  in  dealing  with  historical  events. 
Instead  of  the  second-hand  Bancroft,  she  depends  on  first- 
hand accounts  in  Hakluyt's  Voyages.  With  a  lively  story,  a 
circle  of  fascinating  heroes,  and  completely  permissible  over- 
laying of  fiction  onto  fact,  Roanoke  Hundred  far  outstrips 
its  predecessors  and,  incidentally,  its  successors,  too,  among 
the  novels  of  the  Roanoke  years.  And  this  is  not  to  say  there 
is  any  lessening  of  imaginative  creativeness.  Even  so,  some 
readers  may  quarrel  with  Inglis  Fletcher's  interpretation  of 
Grenville's  role  as  opposed  to  Lane's.  A  number  of  historians 
have  not  been  so  kind  to  Sir  Richard's  handling  of  the  expe- 
dition. Nevertheless,  Roanoke  Hundred  remains  an  excellent 
example  of  the  historical  novel;  and  I,  for  one,  consider  it 
Mrs.  Fletcher's  finest  work. 


'"Inglis  Fletcher,  Roanoke  Hundred   (Indianapolis:  Bobbs-Merrill,  1948. 
492  pp.). 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  189 

In  1953  appeared  F.  van  Wyck  Mason's  Golden  Admiral,28 
a  novel  about  Sir  Francis  Drake.  The  third  section  of  this 
book  concerns  Drake's  visit  to  the  First  Colonists  in  1586, 
when  he  finds  about  seventy  discouraged  and  disunited  men 
on  a  "bleak-appearing"  island.  A  storm  disperses  the  two 
supply  ships  he  is  planning  to  leave  with  the  colonists,  and 
the  men  vote  to  return  with  Drake  to  England.  Mason  dis- 
turbs geography,  invents  native  tribes  and  conjures  up  a  wild 
tale  about  the  theft  of  an  idol  Oke;  but  at  least  he  has  the 
Naturals,  as  he  calls  the  Indians,  dressed  properly  in  "finely 
tanned  skins  that  fell  apron-like  before  and  behind" 29  instead 
of  like  Hiawatha  or  James  Fenimore  Cooper's  the  Last  of  the 
Mohicans.  A  domineering  Grenville,  though  making  no  ap- 
pearance, comes  in  for  a  severe  drubbing  by  the  author;  and 
Lane  is  pictured  a  weak  man  unable  to  govern  the  colony. 
Mason's  notion  is  that  this  first  attempt  at  colonization  "was 
a  colony  in  name  only,  and  was  in  fact,  merely  a  military 
expedition  accompanied  by  a  few  deluded  scientists  and 
artisans." 30 

Alexander  Mathis'  weak  but  harmless  novel  The  Lost 
Citadel 31  is  straight  narrative  involving  the  Barlowe-Amadas 
expedition  as  well  as  the  Lane  and  White  colonies.  To  pro- 
vide some  semblance  of  fictional  movement,  the  author  has 
given  Manteo,  the  only  continuous  character  besides  Wan- 
chese,  a  dominant  role  in  the  plot— if  plot  the  novel  can  be 
said  to  have.  There  is  no  love  story,  no  leading  fictitious 
hero  or  heroine.  For  the  most  part,  Mathis  depends  on  his- 
torical accounts,  documenting  his  sources  in  footnotes  when 
he  thinks  the  reader  will  judge  the  action  has  departed  too 
broadly  from  fact.  The  Conquest  of  Virginia  by  Conway 
Whittle  Sams  is  named  most  often.  Much  is  made  of  the 
1584  expedition,  with  Thomas  Hariot  allowed  an  unhistorical 
berth  in  order  that  he  may  begin  tutoring  Manteo  and  Wan- 
chese.  For  the  failure  of  the  First  Colony,  Mathis  blames 

28  P.  van  Wyck  Mason,  Golden  Admiral  (Garden  City,  N.  Y.:  Doubleday, 
1953.  435  pp.),  hereinafter  cited  as  Mason,  Golden  Admiral. 

29  Mason,  Golden  Admiral,  278. 
80  Mason,  Golden  Admiral,  265. 

31  Alexander  Mathis,  The  Lost  Citadel  (New  York:  Pageant  Press,  1954. 
273  pp.). 


]/90  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Grenville,  whose  loiterings  among  the  Spanish  in  the  West 
Indies  delay  the  planting  of  crops  at  Roanoke,  and  whose 
burning  of  the  Indian  village  of  Agoscogoc  over  a  lost  silver 
cup  irreparably  alienates  the  previously  warm-hearted  na- 
tives. Lane  is  portrayed  as  a  just  and  wise  governor  never 
able  to  recover  from  the  errors  of  the  arrogant  Sir  Richard. 
As  reasons  for  the  departure  of  the  Lost  Colonists  from 
Roanoke,  Mathis  lists  hunger  and  Indian  animosity.  First, 
Manteo  leads  the  English  to  the  sands  of  Croatoan,  then 
later  to  friendly,  more  fertile  country  along  the  rivers,  where 
they  prosper  for  a  while  until  they  are  almost  completely 
wiped  out  by  a  sudden  hostile  Indian  attack.  Eleanor  Dare 
soon  dies  and,  as  the  story  ends,  Manteo  is  undertaking  the 
education  of  eight-year-old  Virginia. 

Don  Tracy's  spicy  Roanoke  Renegade,32  covering  all  three 
of  the  Raleigh  expeditions  to  Roanoke  Island,  follows  the 
adventures  of  fictitious  Dion  Harvie,  whom  Raleigh  rescues 
from  the  Queen's  wrath  by  sending  him  away  from  London 
with  Amadas.  Though  Tracy  interprets  the  Hakluyt  docu- 
ments with  a  rather  careless  freedom,  his  principal  surprise 
is  a  general  shifting  of  heroes.  Elizabeth  suffers  from  a  wishy- 
washy  pride  which  denies  her  any  awareness  of  the  historic 
nature  of  the  Roanoke  ventures;  Grenville  is  capable,  but 
irresponsible,  arrogant,  and  insufferably  brutal;  Lane  is  a 
cowardly  incompetent,  an  irascible  and  loud-mouthed  brag- 
gart; Manteo  emerges  as  an  effeminate  turncoat  and  traitor 
to  his  race;  and  even  John  White  and  Eleanor  Dare  are  drawn 
as  unsavory  little  people  indifferent  to  the  welfare  of  those 
whom  they  consider  beneath  them.  On  the  other  hand,  Simon 
Ferdinando  is  clever,  truthful,  and  capable  of  loyalty  and 
patience  in  friendship;  Wanchese  is  a  man  of  his  people,  fair 
in  his  dealings  with  the  English  but  unwilling  to  bend  a 
servile  knee  like  the  contemptuous  Manteo.  Only  Raleigh  is 
conventionally  drawn.  The  author  makes  his  characteriza- 
tions entirely  believable.  The  theme  of  the  book  is  the  matu- 
ration of  Dion  Harvie.  At  first  Dion  reacts  to  all  situations 
with  the  scornful  superiority  of  the  aristocrat.   Gradually, 

82 Don  Tracy,  Roanoke  Renegade  (New  York:  Dial  Press,  1954.  369  pp.), 
hereinafter  cited  as  Tracy,  Roanoke  Renegade. 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  191 

however,  the  practical  exigencies  of  life  in  the  New  World 
give  him  a  tolerance  and  perception  fresh  as  the  land  in 
which  he  must  make  his  way.  He  comes  to  admire  the  savages 
for  their  knowledge  of  the  earth,  their  naive  confidence,  their 
lack  of  guile,  and  to  compare  them  disadvantageously  with 
the  overbearing  and  treacherous  English.  Grenville,  Lane, 
and  White  are  pompous  commanders  whose  mismanagement 
and  misdeeds  are  directly  responsible  for  the  failure  of  the 
colonies.  Eventually  Harvie's  "loathing  for  all  civilized  white 
men" 33  consumes  him,  and  in  the  end  he  is  ready  to  retreat 
from  civilization,  to  go  away  with  the  Roanoke  tribe,  and  to 
become  a  part  of  their  life.  The  novelist  presents  a  believable 
explanation  for  the  disappearance  of  the  1587  colonists.  Cit- 
ing the  indolence  and  indifference  of  the  Spanish  when  the 
English  made  contact  with  them  in  the  West  Indies,  Tracy 
thus  discounts  any  possibility  of  further  interference  from 
that  quarter.  Rather,  he  tells  us  that  the  Roanokes,  worn  out 
with  the  white  men's  duplicity,  raided  the  settlement  and 
killed  all  there  except  some  half  dozen.  These,  including 
Eleanor  Dare,  become  slaves  of  the  lowly  Croatans  and  are 
at  length  dispersed  to  the  south  and  west.  Roanoke  Renegade, 
well  paced  and  full  of  action,  is  mainly  remarkable  in  its 
willingness  to  put  full  blame  for  the  Roanoke  Island  fiascos 
upon  the  shoulders  of  those  who  assuredly  ought  to  be  held 
to  strict  account.  His  characterizations  explain  many  of  the 
inexplicables  in  the  original  documents.  While  until  recently 
his  point  of  view  could  never  have  been  a  popular  one,  this 
version  of  the  events  urges  a  startling  credulity.  But  even 
now,  it  seems  doubtful  that  the  savages  were  quite  as  noble 
and  guileless  as  Tracy  depicts  them. 

So  much  for  North  Carolina's  nine  adult  novels  covering 
her  sixteenth-century  history.  The  first  of  six  juvenile  works 
is  Miss  E.  A.  B.  Shackelford's  Virginia  Dare,M  a  simple  moral 
story  issued  from  a  religious  publishing  house.  In  this  charm- 
ingly ludicrous  tale,  Manteo's  son  Iosco,  after  the  English 

83  Tracy,  Roanoke  Renegade,  234. 

34  Virginia  Dare:  A  Romance  of  the  Sixteenth  Century,  by  E.A.B.S.  (New 
York:  Thomas  Whittaker,  1892.  207  pp.),  hereinafter  cited  as  [Shackel- 
ford] ,  Virginia  Dare. 


192  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

have  treacherously  slaughtered  his  benevolent  father,  leads 
them  away  from  danger  of  tribal  reprisals  by  going  with 
them  to  Powhatan's  country.  This  he  does  in  the  spirit  of 
Christian  forgiveness.  Virginia,  now  nineteen  years  old  [the 
year  is  1606]  makes  friends  with  Powhatan's  two  daughters, 
Pocahontas  and  Cleopatra!  The  English  get  in  trouble  there, 
too,  and  soon  return  to  Croatoan,  bringing  along  a  James- 
town preacher  who  had  been  picked  up  in  the  woods.  Iosco 
and  Virginia  (now  called  Owaissa)  are  married,  and  all 
survivors  decide  they  love  their  Indian  protectors  and  will 
stay  with  them  forever.  The  preacher  dies,  but  not  before  he 
has  Christianized  all  the  Croatans.  The  Indians  in  this  book 
are  straight  out  of  Longfellow.  They  have  papooses,  speak 
of  "pale  faces,"  smoke  peace  pipes,  and  practice  scalping. 
When  little  Iosco  tells  Virginia  the  legend  of  Hiawatha  and 
Minnehaha,  she  counters  with  Bible  stories.  But  nothing  is 
surprising  in  a  novel  in  which  Virginia's  baptizing  takes 
place  in  a  "little  log  chapel"  with  "two  Puritan  maidens"  in 
attendance.35 

In  Eliza  F.  Pollard's  The  Old  Moat  Farm,™  the  Roanoke 
and  Jamestown  colonies  are  ingenuously  telescoped,  thus 
straining  history  to  its  breaking  point.  Derward,  the  nephew 
of  Lady  Jane  Grey,  escapes  Queen  Elizabeth's  displeasure 
by  journeying  with  Amidas  [sic]  and  Barlowe  to  Roanoke, 
where  his  best  friend  is  none  other  than  John  Rolfe.  After 
disturbances  over  Grenville's  stolen  cup,  the  two  boys  go  to 
Powhattan's  [sic!  country  and  are  about  to  be  slain  when 
10-year-old  Pocahontas  (this  is  about  1585,  though  Poca- 
hontas was  not  to  be  born  for  a  decade )  falls  on  Rolf e's  body 
and  a  footnote  explains.  "This  incident  happened,  as  de- 
scribed, to  Captain  John  Smith."37  Soon  the  boys  go  with 
Manteo  to  Croatan  Isicli,  "not  far  up  the  James  River"38 
(though  James  I  was  not  to  rule  England  for  seventeen 
years ) .  The  boys  do  not  join  the  succeeding  Roanoke  colony, 

85  [Shackelford],  Virginia  Dare,  15. 

86 Eliza  F.  Pollard,  The  Old  Moat  Farm  (London:  Blackie,  [1905].  238 
pp.),  hereinafter  cited  as  Pollard,  The  Old  Moat  Farm.  There  is  a  copy  of 
this  rare  book  in  the  Boston  Public  Library. 

87  Pollard,  The  Old  Moat  Farm,  145. 

88  Pollard,  The  Old  Moat  Farm,  147. 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  193 

nor— and  historical  confusion  is  raging  by  this  time!— John 
Smith's  settlers  who  have  arrived.  The  author  writes  of  "Car- 
olina," though  there  was  no  such  geographical  designation 
for  decades.  The  boys— men  now,  past  thirty— go  back  to 
England;  but  Derward  returns  to  govern  the  New  Land,  and 
the  book  closes  with  a  paean  praising  the  strength  and  power 
of  Old  England  and  Young  England!  In  spite  of  its  plain  and 
not  uninteresting  narrative,  this  book  offends  by  drastic 
trifling  with  history  such  as  no  modern  novelist  would  dare. 
Of  course,  and  the  expected  should  be  added,  a  copy  of 
Shakespeare's  Plays  is  being  perused  by  one  of  the  characters 
years  before  the  earliest  date  of  the  great  dramatist's  first 
possible  play. 

A  third  juvenile  is  Grace  I.  Whitman's  Basil  the  Page™  in 
which  our  hero  saves  the  life  of  Mary  Queen  of  Scots  by  risk- 
ing his  own  life.  This  brave  deed  introduces  him  to  a  new 
and  friendlier  master,  who  is  soon  taken  prisoner  by  Mary's 
enemies  and  shipped  off  to  Virginia  to  work  as  a  servant.  The 
story  tells  how  young  Basil  follows  him  to  Virginia,  there 
rescuing  him  and  helping  to  punish  their  mutual  enemies. 
Sir  Francis  Drake,  Sir  Walter  Raleigh,  and  the  Spanish 
Armada  all  have  a  place  in  this  extremely  fanciful  and  histori- 
cally most  inaccurate  tale. 

Edith  Heal's  The  Topaz  Seal*0  an  exceedingly  dull  juvenile 
for  ages  10-14,  is  not  set  on  Roanoke  Island.  Its  interest  to  us 
here  concerns  a  fair-haired  boy  named  Dale,  who  wanders 
into  the  Jamestown  settlement  in  1610.  He  relates  that  he  is 
the  son  of  survivors  of  the  Lost  Colony.  From  his  father  and 
mother,  now  dead,  he  had  learned  their  fate.  When  food 
became  scarce,  "many  died  and  at  last  the  few  that  remained 
chose  certain  of  their  number  to  return  to  England  for  help. 
Those  who  remained  at  Roanoke  waited  until  their  food  was 
gone  and  many  of  their  people  were  dead.  Then  there  came 

89 Grace  I.  Whitham,  Basil  the  Page  (London:  Wells  Gardner,  Darton  & 
Co.,  1908.  211  pp.).  I  have  not  read  this  book.  William  S.  Powell  of  Chapel 
Hill  located  a  copy  in  the  British  Museum,  London,  in  the  summer  of  1956 
and  graciously  provided  me  with  the  comments  for  this  paper. 

40  Edith  Heal,  The  Topaz  Seal:  A  Mystery  Romance  of  the  Jamestown 
Colony  (Chicago:  Albert  Whitman,  1936.  291  pp.),  hereinafter  cited  as 
Heal,  The  Topaz  Seal. 


194  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

to  them  a  tribe  of  Indians  called  the  Hatteras  who  said  if  the 
English  women  would  become  the  wives  of  the  redmen,  all 
the  Colony  would  be  saved.  My  father  and  mother,"  he  says, 
"refused  to  go  with  the  Hatteras,  wishing  rather  to  die  than 
to  give  each  other  up.  They  escaped  to  the  woods.  .  .  ,"41 

In  1952  a  Williamsburg  publisher  issued  The  Story  of  the 
Lost  Colony  of  Roanoke,42  with  a  simple  but  accurate  text, 
and  large  black-and-white  drawings  for  the  "very  young" 
reader  to  color  with  his  crayons.  The  publishers  suppressed 
whatever  longing  they  may  have  had  to  romanticize  or  exag- 
gerate. Many  of  the  drawings  are  based  on  John  White's 
sketches. 

Jean  Bothwell's  Lost  Colony43  startles  any  reader  immedi- 
ately by  proclaiming  that  since  Paul  Green's  play  provides  a 
denouement  "geographically"  impossible,  we  are  now  to 
learn  the  true  mystery  of  the  settlers.  This  historically  ac- 
curate novel  for  ages  10-14  follows  a  year  in  the  life  of 
Humphrey  Hall,  a  noble-born  youngster  who  runs  away  to 
join  Raleigh's  last  expedition.  Eleanor  Dare  encourages  him, 
for  she  knows  that  in  the  New  World  he  will  find  land  for  the 
plantation  of  which  he  dreams.  Humphrey  helps  to  spoil  the 
plans  of  the  villainous  Simon  Ferdinando  by  plotting  with  his 
good  friend  Manteo  against  the  deceitful  Portuguese  navi- 
gator. On  Roanoke,  Humphrey  fights  the  treacherous  Indians, 
helps  defend  the  fort  against  the  attacking  Spaniards,  and 
lays  plans  to  make  his  dreams  of  a  plantation  come  true.  As 
to  the  solution  of  the  mystery,  the  reader  is  left  rather  dis- 
enchanted, for  the  book  closes  with  the  colonists  hale  and 
hearty.  This  happy  ending  may  be  a  good  way  to  conclude 
a  juvenile  book,  but  it  certainly  clears  up  no  mystery.  Yet  to 
be  written  is  the  completely  satisfying  juvenile  novel  about 
the  Raleigh  colonists. 

At  this  point  we  must  give  brief  consideration  to  four 
novels  which,  though  not  dealing  directly  with  the  events 

41  Heal,  The  Topaz  Seal,  26-27. 

42  Helen  Campbell,  The  Story  of  the  Lost  Colony  of  Roanoke   (Williams- 
burg: R.  M.  Usry,  1952.  Unpaged). 

43  Jean  Bothwell,  Lost  Colony:  The  Mystery  of  Roanoke  Island  (Philadel- 
phia: Winston,  1953.  191  pp.). 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  195 

of  the  1850's  on  Roanoke  Island,  are  nevertheless  consequent 
of  those  times.  They  indicate  what  magic  the  Lost  Colony 
holds  for  imaginative  writers,  what  dreams  novelists  have 
which  tell  them  that  there  was  a  continuation  of  life  beyond 
the  "lost." 

The  first  of  the  four  is  True4i  by  George  Parsons  Lathrop, 
the  son-in-law  of  Nathaniel  Hawthorne.  By  way  of  prelude, 
we  learn  that  in  1587  in  Surrey,  England,  the  beautiful  Ger- 
trude Wylde  sets  sail  with  Governor  White,  leaving  her  be- 
loved Guy  Wharton  who  plans  to  follow  as  soon  as  family 
affairs  will  allow.  But  fate  intervenes,  and  Guy  and  Gertrude 
are  never  to  be  reunited.  The  rest  of  the  novel,  which  turns 
on  this  ancient  love  affair,  takes  place  years  later  on  the 
mainland  of  Carteret  County  when  an  enterprising  young 
Northerner,  descendant  of  Guy  Wharton,  visits  aristocratic 
Colonel  Floyd,  descendant  of  the  sister  of  Gertrude.  Nearby, 
in  rude  surroundings,  lives  the  handsome,  talented,  but  un- 
lettered Adela  Reefe,  dark-complexioned  and  grey-eyed.  The 
smart  young  man  suspects  that  the  girl  may  be  descended 
from  Gertrude  Wylde  herself  and  begins  to  study  the  old 
histories.  Adela  recalls  the  family  tradition  of  the  legendary 
maiden  who  waited  for  a  loved  one  from  across  the  sea. 
The  relationship  is  proved  when  the  words  of  a  motto  still 
preserved  in  Adela's  family  is  found  to  be  the  same  as  those 
engraved  on  the  walls  of  Wharton  Hall  in  Surrey.  Moreover, 
Adela  admits  that  she  has  Indian  ancestors  who  "lived  in  the 
region  of  Croatan"45  before  crossing  Pamlico  Sound  and 
settling  in  Carteret.  While  the  novel  is  far  more  complicated 
than  these  sentences  indicate,  suffice  it  to  say  that  at  last  the 
broken  love  of  their  ancestors  finds  fulfillment  in  Adela  and 
our  young  hero.  Of  more  interest  to  the  reader  than  the  mys- 
tery of  Adela  Reefe  is  the  mystery  of  how  Hawthorne's  son- 
in-law,  who  apparently  never  came  to  North  Carolina,  hap- 
pened to  write  this  novel  of  rural  Carteret. 

44  George  Parsons  Lathrop,  True  and  Other  Stories  (New  York:  Funk  & 
Wagnalls,  1884.  270  pp.),  hereinafter  cited  as  Lathrop,  True. 

45  Lathrop,  True,  121. 


196  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

In  Mary  Virginia  Wall's  The  Daughter  of  Virginia  Dare*Q 
we  are  told  that  illness,  starvation,  and  Indian  warfare  soon 
decimate  all  the  colonists  except  Virginia,  who  grows  up  as 
the  Water  Lily  of  the  Catawbas.  Then  Powhatan  comes 
down,  takes  her  captive,  and  weds  her,  but  the  unhappy 
"Water  Lily  folded  her  petals  and  sank  to  sleep,  leaving  to 
Powhatan  a  little  daughter" 47  named  Pocahontas.  The  major 
portion  of  this  book  is  the  familiar  story  of  John  Smith  and 
the  Jamestown  settlers.  Though  the  novel  is  ingenuous 
throughout,  its  principal  offense  is  that  Pocahontas'  birth 
about  1595  would  make  Virginia  Dare  a  mother  at  the  age 
of  eight!  But  whatever,  the  novelette  certainly  presents  a 
felicitous  possibility  for  speculation.  While  no  fiction  has  yet 
suggested  that  Virginia  and  Pocahontas  may  have  been  the 
same  person,  I  believe  such  a  fantastic  notion  is  more  plaus- 
ible than  the  mother-daughter  presumption. 

The  most  incredible  yarn  of  the  entire  series  is  The 
Daughter  of  the  Blood48  by  Herbert  Bouldin  Hawes,  with  its 
fairy-tale  and  Indian-legend  coloring.  In  this  vastly  hypo- 
thetical tale  of  1607,  Virginia  is  now  called  Nonya.  Her  hero 
is  Skah,  son  of  Sir  Richard  Grenville,  who  has  saved  her  when 
the  other  Lost  Colonists  were  slaughtered  by  the  Indians. 
Skah  has  brought  her  up,  educated  her,  and  made  her  and 
himself  powerful  among  the  superstitious  Indians;  but  he  has 
never  forgotten  his  promise  to  her  mother  that  she  have  a  free 
choice  of  husband.  At  Jamestown  she  is  wooed  by  all  and 
sundry,  including  John  Smith,  whom  she  helps  the  child 
Pocahontas  to  save.  But  eventually  she  is  sure  of  her  love  for 
Skah,  and  the  two  slip  away  into  the  forest,  safe  from  the 
records  of  history.  A  plethora  of  confusing  legend,  the  super- 
excellence  of  Skah,  the  impossible  perfection  of  Nonya,  and  a 
stilted  style  make  much  of  this  story  unreadable. 

*eMary  Virginia  Wall,  The  Daughter  of  Virginia  Dare  (New  York: 
Neale  Publishing  Company,  1908.  194  pp.) ,  hereinafter  cited  as  Wall,  The 
Daughter  of  Virginia  Dare. 

47  Wall,  The  Daughter  of  Virginia  Dare,  33. 

^Herbert  Bouldin  Hawes,  The  Daughter  of  the  Blood  (Boston:  Four 
Seas,  1930.  427  pp.). 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  197 

The  novel  Manteo49  by  Clifford  Wayne  Hartridge  is  a  dis- 
appointing production.  The  time  is  1732,  the  setting,  Georgia. 
Its  hero  is  dark  young  Manteo  Cerdic,  son  of  a  proud  Saxon 
family  in  Kent  and  descendant  of  one  of  Raleigh's  colonists 
and  Wenona,  the  sister  of  Chief  Manteo.  Attendant  of  Ogle- 
thorpe on  his  initial  voyage,  Cerdic  meets  and  wins  the  In- 
dian princess  Manteona,  whose  ancestors  are  the  Roanoke 
chieftain  and  his  English  wife.  The  couple  return  to  England, 
where  Cerdic  takes  charge  of  his  extensive  family  estate.  The 
first  section  of  this  poorly  plotted  story  is  set  in  London, 
where  Chesterfield  and  Hogarth  are  Cerdic's  associates. 

We  have  now  mentioned  one  drama,  four  books  of  poetry, 
and  nineteen  novels  which  are  products  by  creative  writers 
either  partially  or  completely  under  the  enchanting  sorcery 
of  our  sixteenth-century  history.  Weak  in  some  instances,  they 
include  near  masterpieces  in  others.  If  some  are  absurd  to  the 
point  of  laughter,  others  are  so  historically  sound  that  they 
may  be  said  almost  to  supplement  fact.  If  we  but  knew,  per- 
haps in  one  of  them  is  the  key  to  the  mystery  of  our  Lost 
Colonists.  If  we  but  knew!  But  the  sand  dunes  and  the  blue 
waters  and  the  pine  forests  of  Dare  have  added  to  North 
Carolina  literature  more  than  these  twenty-four  works.  At 
least  six  novels  have  been  written  about  more  recent  times  in 
the  Dare  County  country. 

The  first  of  this  group  is  Calvin  Henderson  Wiley's  Roa- 
noke,50 a  historical  novel  of  Revolutionary  days  in  North 
Carolina.  Its  opening  chapters  are  set  at  Nag's  Head  in  1775. 
Captain  Richard  Ricketts,  known  locally  as  "Old  Wrecks,"  is 
a  land-pirate  who  has  become  the  richest  man  on  the  Banks. 
By  tying  a  lantern  to  a  horse's  head,  he  lures  vessels  to  their 
destruction  on  the  sands  and  confiscates  the  spoils.  As  the 
story  opens,  "Old  Wrecks"  has  just  purchased  a  wife:  for 
though  polygamy  is  not  allowed,  swapping  or  buying  wives 

49  Clifford  Wayne  Hartridge,  Manteo  (New  York:  Frederick  G.  Osberg, 
1935.350  pp.). 

60  Calvin  Henderson  Wiley,  Roanoke,  or,  "Where  Is  Utopia?"  (Philadel- 
phia: T.  B.  Peterson,  [1866].  156  pp.)  The  first  appearance  of  this  novel 
was  in  Sartain's  Union  Magazine  in  1849,  where  it  was  issued  serially.  See 
Richard  Walser  (ed.),  "Letters  of  a  Young  Novelist:  Calvin  Henderson 
Wiley,"  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  XXXI  (July,  October,  1954), 
410-421,  550-575. 


198  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

is  an  accepted  custom  among  the  Bankers,  or  Arabs  as  they 
are  called  because  of  the  sandhills  near  which  they  live.  The 
young  hero  of  the  tale  is  Walter  Tucker  of  Roanoke  Island, 
son  of  Pocosin  Dan  Tucker,  a  renowned  fiddler  and  friend  of  a 
musical  competitor,  Old  Zip  Coon  of  Virginia.  During  a  shoot- 
ing match  on  the  Banks,  conducted  not  unlike  the  mediaeval 
tournaments  in  Europe,  Walter  performs  the  feat  of  the  day 
by  riding  a  horse  to  the  top  of  a  dune,  an  exploit  previously 
considered  impossible.  His  prize,  a  wreath  of  flowers,  is  pre- 
sented to  the  girl  Utopia,  who  is  thus  crowned  Queen  of  Love 
and  Beauty.  Soon  the  complicated  narrative  moves  to  New 
Bern  and  Moore's  Creek  Bridge,  but  I  am  happy  to  report 
that  Walter,  our  plebeian  hero,  turns  out  to  be  the  descendant 
of  both  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  and  Lord  Manteo  of  Roanoke. 
Though  the  book  admittedly  covers  more  ground  than  an 
experienced  writer  would  deem  advisable,  this  work  is  im- 
portant as  an  early  depository  of  many  legends  and  customs 
and  characters  which  have  come  to  be  the  heritage  of  our 
State. 

The  second  title  of  this  group  is  George  Higby  Throop's 
Nags  Head,51  a  loosely  put-together  story  of  a  Northern 
schoolmaster  vacationing  at  the  beach  with  a  wealthy  eastern 
Carolina  family  in  mid-nineteenth  century.  Throop  describes 
the  voyage  from  the  mainland  on  a  schooner,  as  the  planter 
moves  his  household  and  all  their  effects  across  the  sound. 
There  are  paragraphs  about  the  cottages,  the  hotel,  the  resort 
diversions,  the  expeditions  to  Jockey's  Ridge,  to  the  fresh- 
water ponds,  and  to  Roanoke  Island.  The  reader  is  furnished 
with  much  of  the  lore,  traditions,  and  history  of  the  area, 
but  he  learns  little  of  the  lives  of  the  Bankers.  This  pleasant 
century-old  novel  is  a  mine  of  source  material  about  the  sum- 
mer activities  of  the  ante-bellum  vacationists  on  the  Dare 
County  beaches.  It  deserves  reprinting,  for  it  would  find  more 
than  adequate  market  among  the  present-day  Nags  Head 

61  [George  Higby  Throop],  Nag's  Head,  or  Two  Months  Among  "The 
Bankers"  by  Gregory  Seaworthy  (Philadelphia:  A.  Hart,  1850.  180  pp.) 
See  Richard  Walser,  "The  Mysterious  Case  of  George  Higby  Throop,  1818- 
1896;  Or,  The  Search  for  the  Author  of  the  Novels  Nag's  Head,  Bertie, 
and  Lynde  Weiss,"  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  XXXIII  (January, 
1956),  12-44. 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  199 

enthusiasts  who  would  enjoy  reading  of  their  counterparts 
one  hundred  years  ago. 

In  a  survey  like  this,  the  researcher  is  always  hopeful  of 
making  a  literary  rediscovery.  He  prays  he  may  find  among 
his  thirty  volumes  at  least  one  book,  not  already  familiar  to 
him,  which  will  excite  from  sheer  diversity  and  surprise.  Such 
a  one,  for  me,  was  a  novel  by  an  Elizabeth  City  lawyer  Frank 
Vaughan  titled  Kate  Weathers.52  I  shall  never  forget  the 
evening  I  turned  to  the  first  of  its  many  close-printed  pages 
and  began  to  read.  In  spite  of  obvious  aesthetic  sins,  it  was 
the  book  I  had  prayed  for.  Romantic  one  moment,  realistic 
the  next,  and  often  fantastic,  it  nevertheless  plunged  me 
delightfully  back  to  the  autumn  of  1789  at  the  height  of  the 
wrecker-pirates'  activities  at  Nagshead  [sicl.  The  involved 
action  moves  evenly  along  Dare  County's  banks,  mainland, 
and  Roanoke  Island.  First  we  have  a  shipwreck.  The  rapacious 
Bankers  raise  lights  on  Jockey's  Ridge  to  entice  a  ship  to  its 
doom.  As  the  vessel  is  foundering,  the  land-pirates  unexpect- 
edly have  a  change  of  heart  and  emulate  their  Coast  Guard 
descendants  of  later  generations  by  risking  their  lives  in  the 
violent  surf  to  save  the  passengers.  Once  ashore,  however,  the 
destitute  survivors  must  flee  their  wicked  rescuers.  Eventually 
they  arrive  at  an  inland  lake  [probably  the  expanse  formed 
by  Milltail  Creek  on  the  Dare  County  mainland]  and  live 
an  idyllic  existence  in  the  manner  of  the  Swiss  Family  Robin- 
son. There  they  are  protected  by  the  lone  residents  of  the 
lake— an  old  man  and  his  two  young  associates— whose  true 
nobility  of  spirit  is  apparent  in  certain  wild  animals'  relation- 
ship with  them.  The  girl's  best  friends  are  a  flock  of  cranes, 
and  the  boy's,  several  sociable  bears.  Basil,  as  the  Rousseauis- 
tic  old  gentleman  is  called,  presently  goes  to  Roanoke  Island 
to  ascertain  how  practicable  is  the  liberation  of  his  ship- 
wrecked companions.  There  a  loquacious  madman,  living 
at  the  house  of  an  illiterate  and  superstitious  island  couple, 
takes  him  to  be  the  dead,  but  now  resurrected,  Doctor  Skye- 
lake  of  Raleigh's  1584  expedition.  The  fluctuating  style  of 
the  book  can  be  gathered  from  these  few  hints.  The  tone 

62  Frank  Vaughan,  Kate  Weathers,  or,  Scattered  by  the  Tempest  (Phila- 
delphia: Lippincott,  1878.  437  pp.). 


200  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

moves  from  local  color  to  the  ultra-romantic  to  the  pseudo- 
scientific.  But,  withal,  I  find  Kate  Weathers,  a  highly  enter- 
taining book.  Its  principal  disappointment  is  an  uncompli- 
mentary representation  of  the  Bankers  as  a  generally  preda- 
tory, corrupt,  and  degraded  species. 

Bijou,  by  Albert  Plympton  Southwick,  must  be  mentioned 
on  account  of  its  captivating  subtitle:  The  Foundling  of 
Nags  Head.53  The  pretty  eighteen-year-old  title-heroine  of 
this  uncommonly  worthless  bit  of  literature  was,  we  are  told, 
rescued  from  a  Banker  wreck,  but  she  is  now  living  with  some 
friends  in  a  town  which,  from  descriptions,  closely  resembles 
Elizabeth  City.  Not  only  is  this  story  trifling  in  plot  and 
composition;  it  condemns  itself  irreparably  by  tiresomely 
labeling  North  Carolina  people  and  environs  as  "coarse," 
"plain,"  and  "vulgar."  I  should  add  briefly,  and  then  say  no 
more,  that  the  author  had  the  misfortune  to  be  born  in  Massa- 
chusetts! Requiescat  in  pace. 

The  first  of  two  contemporary  juvenile  novels,  Stephen  W. 
Meader's  The  Sea  Snake,5*  opens  three  miles  from  the  Kitty 
Hawk  Coast  Guard  Station  at  a  beach  Volunteer  Lookout 
Post  of  the  Army  Fighter  Command.  On  duty  is  the  boy 
Barney  Cannon,  son  of  a  Banker  fisherman.  The  German 
submarine  menace  of  early  World  War  II  is  at  its  height. 
Barney  suspects  the  wealthy  German-speaking  foreigners  on 
nearby  Caldee  Island  of  supplying  the  enemy,  and  on  a  recon- 
naissance visit  to  the  island  he  is  captured  and  put  aboard  the 
U-432,  the  Sea  Snake.  There  he  collects  valuable  information 
which  is  turned  over  to  the  authorities  on  his  escape.  Most 
of  the  book  takes  up  Barney's  experiences  aboard  the  sub- 
marine, and  the  pages  dealing  with  life  on  the  banks  do  not 
emphasize  the  local  color;  but  it  cannot  be  denied  that  The 
Sea  Snake  is  an  exciting,  well-constructed  tale  for  younger 
boys. 

Colonel  S.  P.  Meek's  Surf  man55  is  set  at  the  Cape  Hatteras 
Lifeboat  Station.  The  author,  after  visiting  Hatteras  Island 

53  Albert  Plympton  Southwick,  Bijou:  The  Foundling  of  Nag's  Head  (New 
York:  American  News  Company,  1887.  186  pp.). 

54  Stephen  W.   Meader,   The  Sea  Snake    (New   York:    Harcourt,   Brace, 
1943.255  pp.). 

55  S.  P.  Meek,  Surf  man:  The  Adventures  of  a  Coast  Guard  Dog   (New 
York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  1950.  267  pp.). 


Dare  County  Belle-Lettres  201 

in  1949,  decided  to  use  the  Outer  Banks  for  his  setting,  but 
in  the  Preface  he  admits  that  many  of  the  incidents  are  based 
on  material  gathered  from  other  Coast  Guard  stations.  He 
begins  the  story  by  telling  of  young  Curley  Graham's  coming 
from  Cape  Cod  to  report  for  duty  at  Hatteras.  Graham  wishes 
to  clear  up  a  mystery  connected  with  the  disappearance  of 
his  father,  who  many  years  ago  was  stationed  there.  By  the 
end  of  the  book  the  mystery  is  solved,  but  not  before  young 
Graham  is  involved  in  a  number  of  exciting  adventures  with 
his  Chesapeake  retriever,  Surf  man.  The  story  is  particularly 
rewarding  for  its  authentic  background,  its  detailed  day-by- 
day  picture  of  life  at  a  lonely  Outer  Banks  lifeboat  station. 
Though  the  volume  carries  the  usual  notice  that  all  the  char- 
acters are  fictitious,  at  least  two  of  the  prominent  figures  in 
the  book  are  carefully  drawn  pen  portraits  of  actual  persons : 
Chief  Boatswain's  Mate  Fennel  A.  Tillett  and  the  well-known 
journalist  Ben  Dixon  McNeill  of  Buxton.  One  of  the  wrecked 
LSTs  now  on  the  beach  at  Salvo  is,  with  poetic  license,  moved 
down  the  coast  to  Hatteras,50  where  the  stirring  climax  is 
played  out  during  a  hurricane  in  February! 

At  this  point,  my  survey  is  ended.  What,  if  any,  conclu- 
sions can  be  drawn?  First,  the  Raleigh  colonies  have  attracted 
far  more  writers  of  belletristic  literature  than  one  would  think 
off-hand.  In  this  regard,  Roanoke  can  be  said  to  be  a  rival  of 
Jamestown  and  Plymouth.  Second,  the  treatments  have  been 
widely  divergent,  with  different  estimates  of  historical  char- 
acters and  events.  Third,  the  mystery  of  the  Lost  Colony  and 
the  fate  of  Virginia  Dare  have  fascinated  imaginative  writers 
for  over  a  century.  Fourth,  the  Dare  County  banks,  within 
a  similar  length  of  time,  have  provided  setting  and  character 
for  many  writers.  One  novel,  Throop's  Nags  Head,  is  of  suf- 
ficient interest  to  warrant  reprinting.  Finally,  all  thirty  titles, 
with  varying  degrees  of  success,  have  recorded  social  history, 
interpreted  the  ancient  documents,  or  preserved  the  legends 
which  are  the  common  heritage  of  North  Carolinians  every- 
where. 


68  See  Ben  Dixon  MacNeill,  "Coast  Guardsmen  Like  Roles  in  Volume," 
The  News  and  Observer  (Raleigh),  July  24,  1950. 


ROANOKE  COLONISTS  AND  EXPLORERS: 
AN  ATTEMPT  AT  IDENTIFICATION 

By  William  S.  Powell 

If  I  tell  you  how  I  first  came  to  be  interested  in  this  prob- 
lem I  hope  I  will  not  be  thought  guilty  of  revealing  state 
secrets.  The  very  early  years  of  American  history  have  always 
held  a  special  fascination  for  me,  but  this  particular  effort  to 
identify  the  Roanoke  colonists  and  explorers  as  individuals 
came  about  in  a  rather  unusual  way.  Back  in  1949  when  I 
was  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the  State  Department  of  Archives 
and  History  Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden  (Director)  had  to 
go  to  Washington  on  business  for  a  couple  of  days.  For  some 
reason— I  suppose  he  just  didn't  want  to  drive  up  alone- 
he  asked  me  if  I  had  any  "official"  business  in  Washington 
or  any  research  of  an  official  nature  which  I  could  do  while 
there.  My  title  at  that  time  was  Researcher  so  I  assumed 
that  almost  any  research  in  the  field  of  North  Carolina  history 
which  might  add  to  our  store  of  knowledge  would  be  legiti- 
mate business.  I  had  several  days  to  find  a  topic  so  I  gave  the 
matter  a  bit  more  than  just  fleeting  consideration.  For  some 
reason  the  idea  came  to  me  to  see  if  I  could  find  any  new 
material  in  printed  English  records  concerning  the  Lost 
Colonists.  In  particular,  I  had  in  mind  examining  the  exten- 
sive lists  of  students  and  biographical  volumes  on  the  grad- 
uates of  the  universities  at  Oxford  and  Cambridge.  I  prompt- 
ly set  about  arranging  the  names  of  these  colonists  in  alpha- 
betical order  and  also  indicating  those  men  who  probably 
were  married,  as  suggested  by  the  surnames  of  the  women 
and  children  among  the  colonists.  These  116  names  were 
listed  on  rather  large  sheets  of  paper  and  after  them  I  made 
three  columns  headed  "Oxford,"  "Cambridge,"  and  "Other." 
The  latter  was  to  be  used  to  record  any  miscellaneous  infor- 
mation or  possible  sources  of  information  I  might  find. 

Dr.  Crittenden  considered  my  plan  a  sound  one  so  I  got  to 
go  to  Washington.  In  the  Library  of  Congress  I  set  to  work 

[202  ] 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  203 

with  the  Cambridge  lists  compiled  by  the  Coopers  and  the 
Verms,  and  Foster's  and  Wood's  volumes  on  Oxford.1  From 
time  to  time  I  found  references  in  these  massive  volumes 
which  led  me  to  other  sources.  After  a  few  days  of  this  we  re- 
turned to  Raleigh,  but  the  columns  on  my  pages  had  more  X's 
(for  no  reference  found)  than  checks  (which  meant  a  pos- 
sible university  graduate  among  the  colonists).  Of  course  all 
I  had  to  work  with  was  names  so  I  was  careful  to  make  a 
check  on  my  page  only  if  the  English  reference  made  no  men- 
tion of  a  graduate's  career  after  1587,  the  date  of  the  Lost 
Colony.  And,  too,  I  paid  careful  attention  to  birth  dates  and 
worked  under  the  assumption  that  a  colonist  probably  would 
have  been  between,  say,  18  and  35  years  of  age. 

Well,  I  wasn't  exactly  enthusiastic  about  what  I  found.  I 
had  somehow  hoped  to  discover  that  among  the  colonists 
there  was  a  doctor,  a  lawyer,  a  clergyman,  a  metallurgist,  and 
perhaps  even  specialists  in  other  fields.  Among  the  possible 
colonists-graduates— and  there  were  only  thirteen  with  some 
likely  names  being  checked  in  both  the  Oxford  and  Cam- 
bridge columns— I  did  find  one  who  held  a  degree  in  civil 
law  from  Oxford  and  one  who  held  a  degree  in  medicine  from 
Cambridge.  However,  there  were  intriguing  references  to 
other  sources,  mostly  manuscript  or  printed  in  volumes  not 
readily  available  here,  which  tempted  me.  Therefore,  from 
time  to  time  for  the  next  several  years,  I  added  to  my  file  of 
notes  and  gradually  began  to  feel  that  it  might  really  be 
worthwhile  to  give  more  serious  thought  to  the  problem.  I 
decided  to  go  about  the  research  in  a  more  business-like 
way. 

On  fairly  heavy-weight,  5  by  8  note  cards  I  entered  the 
name  (one  to  a  card)  of  each  colonist  or  explorer  of  whom 
I  was  able  to  find  any  mention.  This  also  included  officers  and 

1  Joseph  Foster,  Alumni  Oxonienses:  The  Members  of  the  University  of 
Oxford,  1500-1714,  Their  Parentage,  Birthplace  and  Year  of  Birth,  with  a 
Record  of  Their  Degrees  (Oxford:  Parker,  4  volumes,  1892),  hereinafter 
cited  as  Foster,  Alumni  Oxonienses;  Anthony  a  Wood,  Athenae  Oxonienses 
(London:  Rivington,  5  volumes,  1813-1820) ;  Charles  H.  Cooper  and  Thomas 
Cooper,  Athenae  Cantabrigienses,  1500-1611  (Cambridge:  Deighton,  3  vol- 
umes, 1858-1861;  Bowes,  1913);  John  Venn  and  J.  A.  Venn,  Alumni  Can- 
tabrigienses, Part  I,  From  the  Earliest  Times  to  1751  (Cambridge:  Uni- 
versity Press,  4  volumes,  1922-1927),  hereinafter  cited  as  Venn  and  Venn, 
Alumni  Cantabrigienses. 


204  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

seamen  of  the  ships  which  visited  our  coast  between  1584 
and  1590.  On  each  card  I  indicated  the  date  or  dates  of  their 
visit.  In  the  case  of  the  Lost  Colonists  I  also  added  "L.C." 
in  red  and  colored  the  top  of  the  note  card  with  red  ink.  This 
was  to  call  my  immediate  attention  to  it  and  warn  me  in  my 
research  to  eliminate  from  consideration  any  person  of  the 
same  name  about  whom  anything  was  known  after  1587. 
After  Professor  Quinn's  recent  two-volume  set  on  the  Roa- 
noke Voyages2  appeared  I  was  able  to  add  a  number  of  new 
names  to  my  list  which  previously  had  been  drawn  principally 
from  Hakluyt.  To  the  file  of  cards  I  transferred  my  notes, 
which  heretofore  had  been  kept  in  more  or  less  haphazard 
fashion,  and  I  combed  the  Quinn  volumes  for  additional 
information. 

The  problem  had  already  begun  to  take  shape  in  my  mind. 
I  was  trying  to  discover  anything  I  could  about  the  life  of  the 
colonists  and  explorers  in  England  or  wherever  they  lived 
before  they  came  to  Roanoke;  anything  concerning  their 
relationship  with  other  colonists  and  explorers;  and  anything 
about  their  life  at  home  again  after  their  return,  if  they  did, 
in  fact,  return. 

A  very  rapid  and  brief  review  of  the  explorations  and  at- 
tempts at  settlement  on  our  coast  between  1584  and  1590 
will  set  the  stage.3 

On  March  25,  1584,  Walter  Raleigh  obtained  from  Queen 
Elizabeth  a  patent  to  "discover,  search,  finde  out,  and  view" 
any  lands  "not  actually  possessed  of  any  Christian  prince, 
nor  inhabited  by  Christian  people."  The  patent  was  authori- 
zation to  "goe  or  travaile  thither  to  inhabite  or  remaine,  there 
to  build  and  fortifie"  for  a  period  of  six  years. 

Within  a  month  and  two  days  Raleigh  had  dispatched  a 
small  fleet   of  two  ships   commanded  by   Captains   Philip 

2  David  B.  Quinn,  The  Roanoke  Voyages,  158^-1590  (London:  The  Hak- 
luyt Society,  2  volumes,  1955),  hereinafter  cited  as  Quinn,  Roanoke  Voy- 
ages. 

3  Contemporary  accounts  appeared  in  Richard  Hakluyt's  The  Principall 
Navigations,  Voiages  and  Discoveries  of  the  English  Nation  published  in 
1589  and  in  The  Principal  Navigations,  Voyages  Traffiques  &  Discoveries 
of  the  English  Nation  (3  volumes)  in  1598-1600.  More  readily  available 
today,  however,  is  the  Everyman's  Library  edition  of  Hakluyt  published  in 
this  country  by  E.  P.  Dutton  &  Co.  in  1926. 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  205 

Amadas  and  Arthur  Barlowe.  They  sailed  from  London  on 
the  27th  of  April  by  the  southern  route  through  the  West 
Indies  and  sighted  land  off  our  coast  on  the  4th  of  July,  1584. 
It  was  here  that  they  "smelt  so  sweet,  and  so  strong  a  smel, 
as  if  we  had  bene  in  the  midst  of  some  delicate  garden 
abounding  with  all  kinde  of  odoriferous  flowers,"  their  jour- 
nal reports.  Amadas  and  Barlowe  entered  Pamlico  Sound  at 
present  Ocracoke  Inlet  and  a  few  days  later  Barlowe  and 
eight  of  his  men  reached  Roanoke  Island.  From  early  July 
until  mid-September  this  small  band  of  men  explored  the 
region  as  best  they  could,  traded  with  the  Indians,  and  ob- 
served such  things  as  the  plants  and  trees,  the  soil,  the  ani- 
mals, and  above  all,  they  seem  to  have  recorded  everything 
they  could  learn  about  the  Indians  and  their  way  of  life.  We 
have  the  names  of  only  eight  men  "of  the  companie"  in  ad- 
dition to  Amadas  and  Barlowe.  Simon  Fernandez,  the  pilot, 
was  one  of  these.  It  was  on  the  return  voyage  that  the  Indians, 
Wanchese  and  Manteo,  were  taken  to  England. 

The  following  spring,  on  April  9,  1585,  the  first  English 
colony  for  the  New  World  set  sail  from  Plymouth,  in  the 
southwest  of  England  not  far  from  the  homes  of  Raleigh, 
Grenville,  and  Drake.  This  time  a  fleet  of  seven  ships,  well- 
supplied  and  manned,  sailed  under  the  command  of  Richard 
Grenville.  Ralph  Lane  was  present  as  "lieutenant  governor" 
and  Philip  Amadas  as  "Admiral  of  the  country."  The  colony 
consisted  of  108  men,  all  of  whose  names  are  known  to  us— 
the  artist,  John  White,  and  the  scientist,  Thomas  Hariot,  be- 
ing among  them.  On  June  23  this  initial  colony  arrived  off 
Cape  Fear  (now  Cape  Lookout)  and  a  few  days  later  entered 
Pamlico  Sound.  For  a  whole  year  this  colony  occupied  itself 
largely  with  exploratory  voyages  on  the  mainland  but  its 
base  was  Fort  Raleigh  on  Roanoke  Island.  One  of  Lane's 
parties  penetrated  the  wilderness  for  approximately  130 
miles  to  the  west  and  northwest,  following  the  Roanoke 
River  certainly  as  far  as  the  present  Northampton  County. 

In  late  July  and  early  August,  1585,  Grenville,  who  had 
brought  this  colony  over,  returned  to  Plymouth.  Lane  and 
his  men  expected  to  receive  supplies  and  perhaps  reinforce- 


206  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

ments  early  the  following  spring.  Their  expectations  of  early 
relief,  however,  were  not  met  and  on  June  1, 1586,  Sir  Francis 
Drake  stopped  by  Roanoke  after  an  expedition  against  the 
Spanish  in  the  West  Indies.  He  intended  merely  to  pay  a  visit, 
but,  seeing  Lane's  plight,  he  agreed  to  leave  supplies  and  a 
ship  for  use  in  further  explorations.  Lane  was  inclined  to 
accept  this  offer  and  continue  to  wait  for  more  substantial 
relief  from  home.  A  severe  storm,  however,  drove  some  of 
Drake's  ships  to  sea  and  the  colony  decided  not  to  risk  their 
lives  further.  They  accepted  the  opportunity  to  return  home 
with  Drake. 

Within  a  month  after  the  colony's  departure  the  expected 
relief  arrived  in  the  form  of  a  fleet  of  three  ships  commanded 
by  Grenville.  Failing  to  find  the  colony,  Grenville  left  fifteen 
or  eighteen  men  "furnished  plentifully  with  all  manner  of 
provisions  for  two  years"  and  returned  home.  We  have  evi- 
dence suggesting  the  names  of  only  two  of  these  men  whose 
fate,  like  that  of  the  Lost  Colony,  is  not  known. 

The  next  visit  to  our  shores  by  Englishmen  is  perhaps  too 
well  known  to  require  more  than  passing  mention.  It  was  to 
deposit  the  Lost  Colony  at  Roanoke.  The  colonists  sailed 
from  Portsmouth  on  April  26,  1587,  travelled  by  the  southern 
route,  and  arrived  on  July  16.  Among  them  were  91  men,  17 
women,  and  9  "boys  and  children."  Governor  John  White, 
much  against  his  better  judgment,  returned  to  England  with 
the  fleet  on  August  27.  Two  children  were  born  to  the  colon- 
ists between  July  16  and  August  27,  bringing  the  total  to  119 
persons  plus  the  governor.  Here  again,  however,  for  several 
reasons  it  is  impossible  to  be  absolutely  certain  of  the  total. 
White  says  his  list  is  of  those  "which  safely  arrived  in  Vir- 
ginia, and  remained  to  inhabite  there."  Included,  however, 
are  White  himself,  Fernandez  the  pilot,  George  How  who 
was  killed  by  Indians  before  White  sailed,  and  Thomas 
Smith  who  is  recorded  in  White's  journal  as  having  died  en 
route  to  England.  The  name  of  Thomas  Harris  occurs  twice 
and  we  do  not  know  whether  there  were  actually  two  persons 
of  the  same  name  or  whether  White  made  an  error  and  re- 
corded it  twice. 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  207 

The  final  English  visit  to  Roanoke  direct  from  the  mother 
country  came  three  years  later  when  White  at  last  was  able 
to  return  to  search  for  his  friends  and  relatives.  This,  too,  is 
now  a  well  known  part  of  North  Carolina  history  and  needs 
no  elaboration  here. 

I  think  it  might  be  well  to  tell  you  now  about  a  problem 
which  plagued  me  not  only  in  the  initial  phase  of  my  re- 
search, but  is  one  which  is  still  not  solved.  That  is  one  of 
names.  Surnames  had  descended  somewhat  regularly  from 
father  to  son  for  less  than  two  hundred  and  fifty  years  and, 
indeed,  English  records  on  into  the  eighteenth-century  con- 
tain instances  of  men  without  surnames  or  merely  indi- 
vidual descriptive  names.  A  middle  name  was  excessively 
rare  indeed.  In  fact  the  very  earliest  instance  I  have  been 
able  to  discover  of  the  use  of  a  middle  name  occurred  just 
ten  years  before  the  Lost  Colony.4 

Spelling,  of  course,  was  not  standardized.  We  all  have 
heard  of  the  numerous  ways  Sir  Walter,  himself,  spelled 
Raleigh. 

There  was  not  a  great  variety  of  surnames  among  the 
Roanoke  colonists  and  explorers,  and  there  were  even  fewer 
Christian  names.  Several  men  and  one  woman  are  identified 
by  only  one  name— Captain  Aubrey,  Captain  Boniten,  Chap- 
man, Coffar,  and  so  on,  which  are  surnames.  But  some  are 
recorded  only  as  Daniel  and  Robert,  for  example.  Forty- two 
family  names  among  all  the  known  colonists  and  explorers, 
1584-1590,  are  borne  by  from  two  to  four  individuals.  I  think 
this  is  an  unusually  large  number  in  view  of  the  fact  that  we 
have  the  names  of  some  278  Roanokers. 

Inadequate  identification  in  the  records  can  be  blamed  for 
some  of  the  confusion  over  names.  For  example,  among  the 
men  who  remained  a  year  with  Ralph  Lane  was  a  Master 
Allen;  later  one  Morris  Allen  was  a  Lost  Colonist.  Were  they 
the  same  person?  Haunce  Walters  was  another  of  Lane's 
men;  four  years  afterwards  John  White  tells  us  that  Haunce, 

4  George  B.  Millet,  The  First  Book  of  the  Parish  Registers  of  Madron  in 
the  County  of  Cornwall  (Penzance:  Beare  and  Son,  1877),  29.  Marriages: 
Jan.  19,  1577/8  "Richard,  the  sonne  of  Sampson  John  Richard,  and  Grace 
Harvey." 


208  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

the  Surgion,  was  with  him  searching  for  the  Lost  Colonists. 
Was  this  the  same  person?  There  are  other  cases  of  possible 
confusion  of  names  which  make  it  impossible  to  draw  up  a 
list  and  say,  without  reservation,  just  who  was  who. 

Well,  I  plugged  away  at  the  problems  and,  in  the  mean- 
time, with  the  encouragement  of  Paul  Green  (who  first  sug- 
gested it  to  me),  Inglis  Fletcher,  Hugh  Lefler,  and  several 
others,  including,  of  course,  Dr.  Crittenden,  I  applied  for  a 
Guggenheim  Fellowship  to  pursue  the  project  to  what  I 
trusted  would  be  a  conclusion.  In  due  course  the  news  I  had 
been  hoping  for  did  come  and  early  last  spring  I  sailed  for 
England. 

Before  going  into  the  detail  as  to  what  I  found  you  might 
be  interested  to  know  where  I  worked.  The  British  Museum 
in  London  kept  me  busy  all  day  long  for  the  better  part  of 
two  months,  while  the  Public  Record  Office,  the  London 
Guild  Hall,  the  Westminster  Guild  Hall,  and  the  University 
of  London  Library  were  all  useful  for  special  searches.  Somer- 
set House  where  ancient  wills,  inventories  of  estates,  and 
other  legal  records,  dating  back  literally  hundreds  of  years, 
are  kept  proved  exceedingly  fascinating  and  worthwhile  as  a 
place  for  research.  The  Institute  of  Historical  Research, 
housed  at  the  University  of  London,  however,  proved  to  be 
the  most  convenient  historical  reference  library  I  have  ever 
encountered.  So  far  as  I  could  tell  from  my  limited  experi- 
ence, they  have  everything  in  the  way  of  printed  source 
material  which  is  essential  for  research  in  English  and  early 
American  history.  It  is  nothing  short  of  a  treasure  house  for 
the  researcher  and  I  especially  enjoyed  it  because  attendants 
are  present  only  to  help  when  called  upon.  Each  researcher 
gets  his  own  books,  uses  them  where  he  pleases  in  the  build- 
ing, and  the  Institute  is  open  from  early  morning  until  late 
at  night. 

Several  names  among  the  Roanokers  looked  Scottish  so  I 
made  a  brief  visit  to  Edinburgh  for  a  look  at  some  of  the 
records  there.  However,  I  found  nothing  which  seemed  to 
indicate  that  I  was  on  the  right  trail  so  I  gave  up  that  pursuit. 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  209 

Incidentally,  I'd  like  to  comment  that  I  find  historical  re- 
search somewhat  like  hunting  in  the  woods.  When  you  start 
out  you  never  know  what  you'll  see.  Perhaps  there  are  tracks 
to  follow  but  they  may  lead  into  a  deep  gulley  or  into  a 
thicket.  Some  tracks  may  lead  you  to  others,  often  trails  cross, 
but  sooner  or  later,  if  you're  lucky,  you  find  your  game.  It 
may  not  be  the  deer  you  were  seeking,  but  a  rabbit  or  a 
squirrel  is  game! 

This  is  by  way  of  saying  that  I  didn't  go  about  this  research 
in  a  pre-planned  way.  I  just  followed  where  the  trail  led.  As 
has  been  suspected  all  along,  most  of  the  Roanoke  colonists 
seem  to  have  come  either  from  London  or  from  the  west  of 
England— Devon  and  Cornwall,  principally.  The  public  li- 
brary of  Exeter  in  Devon  proved  to  be  a  most  fruitful  place 
for  research.  I  was  particularly  delighted  with  a  marvelous 
manuscript  index  which  is  now  there.5  It  is  made  on  3  x  5  slips 
and  filed  in  something  over  300  standard  library  file  drawers. 
Included  are  persons,  places,  things,  and  events  of  southwest 
England.  The  amazing  sources  indexed  are  impossible  for 
me  to  list.  Among  them,  however,  are  manuscripts  in  the 
British  Museum  and  the  Public  Record  Office;  various  parish 
registers;  files  of  newspapers  and  periodicals  located  all  over 
England;  collections  of  various  sorts  owned  by  local  and 
regional  libraries,  historical  organizations,  municipal  corpora- 
tions, churches,  and  even  individuals.  The  entry  cards  even 
contain  tempting  bits  of  information  extracted  from  the 
sources  so  they  really  amount  to  more  than  just  an  index.  I 
must  say  I  never  heard  of  such  a  wonderful  guide  to  this  type 
material  in  this  country  and  doubt  that  there  is  another  any- 
where. Harvard  University  has  microfilmed  sections  of  the 
index  which  are  of  interest  to  certain  scholars  there.  This 
index  is  largely  the  work  of  one  man  who  devoted  a  lifetime 
to  it  prior  to  his  death  in  the  early  1940's.  Since  then,  and 
occasionally  before,  other  interested  individuals  have  con- 
tributed slips  to  it,  however.  Sometimes  I  found  clippings 
from  newspapers  pasted  on  the  slips  and  in  a  few  instances 

5  This  is  known  officially  as  the  Burnett-Morris  Index. 


210  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

there  were  even  whole  articles  from  magazines  folded  up  to 
fit  the  file  and  inserted  in  the  proper  alphabetical  place. 

Really,  it's  impossible  for  me  to  sing  the  praises  of  this 
index  too  highly.  Suffice  it  to  say  I  spent  numerous  delightful 
days  filling  my  note  cards  from  it! 

The  Devon  and  Exeter  Institution,  also  in  Exeter,  proved 
to  be  an  inspiring  place  to  visit.  In  appearance  it  is  more  like 
a  private  club  than  a  library  or  historical  society,  but  when 
I  explained  my  purpose  I  was  welcomed  to  its  collections. 

I  was  distressed  in  Exeter  to  discover  that  Nazi  bombs  had 
destroyed  practically  all  of  the  early  records  formerly  in  the 
Devonshire  Records  Office.  I  felt  the  loss  all  the  more  keenly 
because  in  London  I  had  discovered  a  calendar  of  the  Devon- 
shire manuscripts  and  among  them  were  numerous  choice- 
looking  documents  which  I  hoped  would  give  me  more  infor- 
mation on  the  Roanokers.  This  was  undoubtedly  the  most 
serious  loss  of  records,  so  far  as  my  own  research  was  con- 
cerned, that  I  encountered. 

In  Plymouth  the  superb  local  history  collection  in  the 
public  library  was  quite  useful.  The  library  has  recently 
moved  into  new  quarters  since  its  old  building  was  burned 
out  in  the  blitz.  I  also  took  advantage  of  my  stay  in  Plymouth 
to  use  the  files  of  the  Western  Morning  News  newspaper  in 
its  office  there  to  follow  up  some  "leads"  from  the  index  in 
Exeter. 

From  both  Exeter  and  Plymouth  I  visited  small  outlying 
towns  to  examine  parish  registers  or  to  visit  houses  which  I 
think,  with  a  reasonable  degree  of  certainty,  were  the  homes 
of  Roanoke  colonists.  From  Plymouth  I  also  went  out  into 
the  county  of  Cornwall  where,  in  Truro,  I  used  manuscripts 
in  the  Cornwall  Records  Office.  I  might  add  in  passing  that 
in  England  there  are  many  counties  with  outstanding  archives 
offices.  The  one  at  Truro  was  just  being  re-established  in  new 
quarters  after  being  moved  from  Bodmin.  Those  in  which  I 
worked  were  staffed  by  intelligent  and  eager  young  people 
who,  without  exception,  proved  to  be  most  helpful.  They  all 
seemed  genuinely  interested  in  my  research  and  when  I  ex- 
plained that  I  once  worked  in  our  State  Archives  they  were 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  211 

extremely  eager  to  "talk  shop."  I  suppose  it  is  only  to  be 
expected  in  England  that  these  people  can  read  with  facility 
the  curious  and  strange  ( at  least  it  still  seems  so  to  me )  hand- 
writing of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries.  Passages 
in  manuscripts  which  seemed  extremely  difficult  to  me  and 
over  which  I  might  have  to  puzzle  for  hours  in  transcribing, 
they  nearly  always  were  able  to  read  right  off  as  easily  as  the 
morning's  newspaper. 

While  still  in  London  I  undertook  to  establish  contact  with 
likely  sources  of  information  throughout  England  which  I 
might  investigate  more  carefully  when  I  was  touring  around 
researching.  From  current  books  of  the  Who's  Who  type, 
particularly  Burke's  Landed  Gentry,  I  noted  the  names  and 
addresses  of  living  members  of  families  whose  names  were 
represented  among  the  Roanoke  colonists  and  explorers  and 
whose  genealogies,  as  best  I  could  determine,  were  known 
back  to  that  time.  To  these  people,  and  there  were  simply 
hundreds  of  them,  I  wrote  brief  letters  explaining  my  project 
and  telling  them  about  the  colonists  whose  surnames  they 
bore.  Almost  without  exception  I  received  prompt  replies. 
I  must  admit  that  most  of  them  had  never  heard  of  Roanoke 
Island,  but  they  were  very  much  intrigued  with  the  idea  that 
an  ancestor  might  have  been  such  an  early  American  colonist. 
I  was  pleasantly  surprised  at  the  number  of  these  people- 
there  must  have  been  at  least  twenty-five— who  sent  me  manu- 
script family  records,  some  of  them  dating  from  the  early 
1600's,  with  the  request  that  I  use  them  as  long  as  desired 
and  then  return  them  when  I  had  finished.  In  one  case  a  lady 
on  the  coast  of  Cornwall  replied  for  her  husband  who  was 
then  at  sea.  She  did  not  know  for  certain  whether  the  family 
was  descended  from  David  Williams,  who  had  remained 
with  Ralph  Lane  for  a  year,  but  she  did  know  about  the 
Roanoke  settlements.  A  nephew  of  hers  who  now  lives  in 
Greensboro,  she  told  me,  was  graduated  from  the  University 
of  North  Carolina  a  few  years  ago.  I  have  not  pursued  this 
lead  to  its  end,  but  the  idea  that  a  descendant  of  one  of  Lane's 
men  might  now  be  living  in  North  Carolina  certainly  fasci- 


212  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

nates  me.  Sometimes  I'm  tempted  to  drop  this  clue  for  fear 
I  will  learn  that  this  Tar  Heel  is  not  a  descendant. 

After  I  had  been  working  in  London  for  several  months 
I  began  to  see  something  of  a  regional  pattern  in  so  far  as  the 
location  of  families  was  concerned.  Frequently,  in  the  six- 
teenth century,  persons  bearing  a  specific  family  name  seemed 
to  be  concentrated  in  a  small  area  rather  than  scattered 
througout  the  country  as  later.  This  fact  suggested  the  pos- 
sible value  of  another  batch  of  letters.  By  using  Crockford's 
Clerical  Directory6  I  determined  the  present-day  names  of 
the  Church  of  England  parishes  in  which  these  families  had 
been  centered.  A  letter  to  the  local  vicar  explaining  my  work 
and  asking  for  information  from  his  parish  records  almost 
without  fail  brought  me  interesting  information.  In  many 
cases  either  the  vicar  or  his  wife  very  kindly  searched  the 
registers  for  me  and  gave  me  the  information  I  was  seeking. 
In  others  I  was  told  that  there  was  no  entry  for  the  name  or 
names  I  was  seeking  or  that  the  registers  for  that  period  did 
not  exist.  Sometimes  I  was  told  that  the  registers  were  avail- 
able, but  that  the  search  would  be  too  time-consuming  to  be 
undertaken  just  then.  In  these  cases  it  was  necessary  for  me 
either  to  see  the  records  myself,  engage  someone  locally  to 
make  a  careful  search,  or  accept  the  nearly-always-offered 
suggestion  that  a  search  would  be  made  later  as  time  per- 
mitted. When  I  found  it  necessary  to  accept  the  latter  course, 
I  gave  my  Chapel  Hill  address  and  now,  many  months  later, 
I  receive  an  occasional  report  from  a  faithful  parish  priest  or 
his  clerk. 

During  the  time  I  was  in  England  I  was  so  busy  searching, 
following  fresh  leads,  and  making  notes  (to  say  nothing  of 
writing  letters!)  that  I  seldom  stopped  to  take  stock  of  just 
what  I  was  finding.  I  felt  like  I  imagine  a  cow  must  feel  when 
let  into  a  new  pasture  in  the  spring.  I  was  busy  eating  all 
the  grass  I  could  hold,  expecting  later  to  lie  down  and  digest 
it  at  leisure. 

That's  what  I've  been  doing  the  past  few  weeks  and  I'd 
like  to  share  with  you  some  of  my  findings.  By  no  means  are 

0 Crockford's  Clerical  Directory  (Oxford:   University  Press,  1956). 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  213 

they  all  conclusive.  I  still  have  much  more  work  to  do  in  dig- 
ging up  material,  and  more  decisions  to  make  on  the  basis  of 
what  I  have  found  and  perhaps  will  still  find. 

Among  the  nearly  280  colonists  and  explorers  who  came 
to  Roanoke  and  vicinity  during  the  six  years,  it  seems  that 
twenty-two  were  not  English-born.  Three  others  have  foreign- 
sounding  names,  but  I  have  been  unable  to  establish  them  as 
being  foreign.  These  are  Shaberdge,  Skevelabs,  and  Smolkin. 
Nine  nationalities  are  represented  by  the  twenty-two:  Ger- 
man, Spanish,  Portuguese,  French,  Irish,  Scottish,  Danish, 
Flemish,  and  Welsh.  The  Germans  seem  to  have  been  mining 
specialists  who  had  worked  in  the  tin  mines  of  Cornwall  and 
elsewhere  in  England.  The  Spanish  and  Portuguese  repre- 
sentatives were  pilots;  the  Dane,  Martin  Laurentson,  was  a 
member  of  Grenville's  expedition  in  1585.  A  letter  from 
Frederik  II  of  Denmark  to  Queen  Elizabeth  tells  us  that 
Laurentson  "intends  to  devote  his  attention  to  the  art  of  naval 
warfare"  and  Frederik  requested  that  he  be  put  in  the  charge 
of  a  skilled  naval  officer  for  that  purpose.  Except  for  the  Irish, 
Welsh,  and  Scotsmen,  the  other  foreign-born  elements  ap- 
pear to  have  been  residents  of  England  for  at  least  several 
years.  These  people  were  about  evenly  divided  among  the 
various  expeditions.7 

Of  the  whole  number  of  people  coming  to  Roanoke,  only 
fourteen  made  the  voyage  over  more  than  once,  so  far  as  the 
records  show.8  As  has  been  stated  already,  however,  we  do 
not  have  complete  lists  of  all  the  colonists  and  explorers  and 

7R.  E.  G.  Kirk  and  Ernest  F.  Kirk,  Returns  of  Aliens  Dwelling  in  the 
City  and  Suburbs  of  London  from  the  Reign  of  Henry  VIII  to  that  of 
James  I  (Aberdeen:  The  Huguenot  Society  of  London,  4  volumes,  1900- 
1908),  passim,  hereinafter  cited  as  Kirk  and  Kirk,  Aliens;  Quinn,  Roa- 
noke Voyages,  passim;  Israel  Abrahams,  "Joachim  Gaunse:  A  Mining 
Incident  in  the  Reign  of  Queen  Elizabeth,"  The  Jewish  Historical  Society 
of  England,  Transactions  (1899-1901),  IV,  83-103;  A.  L.  Rowse,  Tudor 
Cornwall,  Portrait  of  a  Society  (London:  Jonathan  Cape,  1941),  55; 
George  Grant-Francis,  The  Smelting  of  Copper  in  the  Swansea  District 
(London:  Henry  Sotheran  &  Co.,  1881),  40-57;  William  Page  (ed.),  Let- 
ters of  Denization  and  Acts  of  Naturalization  for  Aliens  in  England,  1509- 
1603  (Lymington:  The  Huguenot  Society  of  London,  1893),  89,  116,  and 
passim. 

8  Philip  Amadas,  Arthur  Facy,  John  Facy,  Simon  Fernandez,  William 
Irish,  Edward  Kelly,  James  Lacy,  Roger  Large,  Edward  Spicer,  Edward 
Stafford,  John  Taylor,  Hance  Walter  (assuming  that  he  and  Haunce  the 
Surgeon  were  the  same  person) ,  John  White,  John  Wright. 


214  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

it  is  entirely  possible  that  this  figure  is  too  low.  John  White 
came  the  maximum  number  of  times— five.  Simon  Fernandez 
came  three  times,  and  Philip  Amadas  came  twice.  Only  two 
of  the  Lost  Colonists,  however,  had  been  to  Roanoke  before. 
Seven  of  the  men  who  spent  a  year  with  Ralph  Lane  returned 
for  a  second  time.  In  1590  when  John  White  returned  to 
relieve,  and  as  it  turned  out,  to  search  for  the  colony  he  had 
left  three  years  before,  he  had  with  him  six  other  men  who 
had  been  to  Roanoke  before. 

There  isn't  time  for  me  to  go  into  much  detail  concerning 
the  information  I  found  of  a  more  or  less  personal  nature  con- 
cerning the  278  colonists  and  explorers.  In  a  large  number  of 
cases,  however,  I  was  able  to  find  in  parish  registers  such 
information  as  dates  of  christenings,  marriages,  and  burials 
for  persons  of  the  same  names  and  at  about  the  right  time, 
but  as  yet  I  cannot  say  that  I  have  actually  identified  them  as 
Roanokers.  The  Lost  Colonists,  I  suspect,  are  of  more  general 
interest  so  I  will  try  to  include  more  of  them  in  my  examples 
which  follow  in  rough  alphabetical  order. 

Marke  Bennet  and  William  Berde  both  Lost  Colonists,  are 
described  in  contemporary  records  as  a  husbandman9  and  a 
yoeman,10  respectively.  Richard  Berry,  a  member  of  the  same 
group,  was  described  as  a  "gentleman"  and  was  a  muster 
captain  in  1572.11 

Logically  enough  among  Lane's  men  who  stayed  a  year 
there  was  a  shoemaker— John  Brocke.12  Francis  Brooke,  treas- 
urer of  the  1585  expedition,  seems  later  to  have  been  a  naval 
captain  who  commanded  several  privateer  vessels.13  And 
John  Fever  was  a  basket-maker14— a  useful  occupation  in  the 
colony,  no  doubt,  with  corn  to  be  carried  and  fish  weirs  to  be 
made. 


9  Essex  Records  Office  Q/SR  201/68;  Q/SR  296/41. 

10 Joseph  Foster,  London  Marriage  Licences,  1521-1869  (London:  B. 
Quaritch,  1887),  col.  132,  hereinafter  cited  as  Foster,  London  Marriage 
Licences. 

u  Burnett-Morris  Index  extracting  information  from  H.  Walrond, 
Militia,  11. 

12  Kirk  and  Kirk,  Aliens,  III,  361. 

13  Quinn,  Roanoke  Voyages,  II,  742 ;  I,  190. 

14  Kirk  and  Kirk,  Aliens,  II,  73. 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  215 

William  Brown  is  a  common  name,  but  one  of  that  name 
was  a  London  goldsmith  prior  to  1587  when  the  name  appears 
on  the  roll  of  the  Lost  Colony.15  Anthony  Cage,  another  1587 
colonist,  had  been  sheriff  of  Huntington  in  1585.16  Two  other 
Lost  Colonists,  James  Hynde  and  William  Clement,  accord- 
ing to  contemporary  manuscripts  now  in  the  Essex  Records 
Office,17  had  been  in  prison  together  in  Colchester  Castle 
near  London,  a  general  jail,  for  stealing.  Perhaps  to  be  de- 
scribed as  "at  the  other  end  of  the  ladder,"  was  Thomas  Ellis, 
of  the  Lost  Colony,  also.  Before  leaving  his  home  in  Exeter 
he  had  been  a  member  of  the  vestry  of  his  parish  church,  St. 
Petrock,  which  still  stands  on  the  main  business  street  of 
Exeter.18 

Henry  Greene,  a  member  of  the  very  first  expedition,  the 
one  headed  by  Amadas  and  Barlowe,  was  a  graduate  of 
Corpus  Christi  College,  Cambridge,  and  it  has  been  suggested 
that  he  is  of  the  same  family  as  the  ancestors  of  General 
Nathanael  Greene  of  Revolutionary  War,  and  especially  Guil- 
ford Court  House,  fame.19 

One  of  Lane's  men,  Rowland  Griffin,  was  convicted  and 
sent  to  prison  in  1594  for  robbery.20  On  the  other  hand,  John 
Harris,  a  member  of  the  same  expedition,  was  knighted  in 
1603  at  the  coronation  of  James  I.21 

There  seem  to  have  been  at  least  two  college  professors 
among  the  Roanokers.  Thomas  Luddington,  one  of  Lane's 
men,  was  a  fellow  of  Lincoln  College,  Oxford  ( and,  incident- 
ally, afterwards  Preacher  to  the  City  of  Lincoln)22  while 
Thomas  Harris,  a  Lost  Colonist,  was  a  fellow  of  Corpus 

15  Foster,  London  Marriages  Licences,  col.  203. 

"Robert  Lemon  (ed.),  Calendar  of  State  Papers,  Domestic,  of  the  Reign 
of  Elizabeth,  1581-1590  (London:  Longman,  Green,  Longman,  Roberts, 
and  Green,  1865),  274,  hereinafter  cited  as  Calendar  of  State  Papers. 

17  ASS  35/24/T/6;  ASS  35/24/T/4. 

18  Burnett-Morris  Index  extracting  information  from  R.  Dymond,  His- 
tory, 68. 

19  Venn  and  Venn,  Alumni  Cantabrigienses,  II,  255.  Robert  Halstead, 
Succinct  Proofs  of  the  House  of  Greene  that  Were  Lords  of  Drayton  (No 
place:   Printed  for  Private  Distribution,  1896),    [v]. 

20  Essex  Records  Office  ASS  35/36/T/21;  ASS  35/37/H/39. 

21  William  A.  Shaw,  Knights  of  England  (London:  Sherratt  and  Hughes, 
2  volumes,  1906),  II,  114,  hereinafter  cited  as  Shaw,  Knights. 

22  Historical  Manuscripts  Commission,  lUth  Report,  Appendix,  Part  VIII, 
the  Manuscripts  of  Lincoln  .  .  .  Corporation.  (London:  Her  Majesty's 
Stationery  Office,  1895),  75,  78,  79. 


216  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Christi  College,  Cambridge,  from  1579  to  1586.  He  held  the 
master's  degree  from  the  same  college.23 

Thomas  Hewet  may  have  been  the  Lost  Colonists'  lawyer. 
At  any  rate  he  held  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Civil  Law  from 
Oxford.24  Robert  Holecroft,  "of  Westminster,  co.  Middlesex, 
gentleman,"  may  have  held  a  similar  post  in  Lane's  colony. 
He  later  appeared  in  court  representing  several  Thames 
watermen,  as  dock  and  river  workers  were  called.25 

It  is  also  possible  that  one  of  Lane's  men  did  a  bit  of  re- 
cruiting for  his  alma  mater.  Both  William  White  and  Richard 
Wildye  were  graduates  of  Brasenose  College,  Oxford,  and  we 
find  that  young  Thomas  Hulme,  a  member  of  the  same  expe- 
dition, entered  the  same  college  the  year  following  his  return 
home.  Hulme  later  studied  law.  Another  young  man  in  the 
same  group,  Richard  Ireland,  entered  Christ  Church,  Oxford, 
two  years  later  and  eventually  was  Headmaster  of  West- 
minster School.20 

There  probably  was  some  reason  for  Lane  to  bring  along  a 
customs  official,  but  off  hand  I  haven't  discovered  it.  Anyway, 
Christopher  Marshall  is  described  as  "one  of  the  Waiters  in 
the  port  of  London,"  and  Waiter  in  those  days  meant  customs 
official.27 

Lost  Colonist  William  Nicholes  may  have  been  a  tailor.  A 
"clothworker"  of  that  name  was  married  in  London  in  1580 
and  in  1590  we  find  the  grant  of  a  license  to  someone  else  "to 
occupy  the  trade  of  a  clothier  during  the  minority  of  George 
Nicholles,  son  of  Wm.  Nicholles." 28 

George  Raymond,  who  came  over  in  1585,  was  a  captain  in 
the  Royal  Navy  at  the  time  of  the  Spanish  Armada  threat.  In 
1591  when  he  sailed  on  an  expedition  to  the  West  Indies  he 
was  described  as  a  "gentleman  captain  and  privateer  pro- 
moter."29 


23  Venn  and  Venn,  Alumni  Cantabrigienses,  II,  313. 

24  Foster,  Alumni  Oxonienses,  II,  700. 

25  Essex  Records  Office  Q/SR  134/22,  24. 
28  Foster,  Alumni  Oxonienses,  passim. 

27  Calendar  of  State  Papers,  43. 

28  Foster,  London  Marriage  Licences,  col.  974.  Calendar  of  State  Papers, 
681. 

29  Julian  S.  Corbett,  Drake  and  the  Tudor  Navy    (London:   Longmans, 
Green  and  Co.,  2  volumes,  1899),  II,  150,  hereinafter  cited  as   Corbett, 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  217 

Anthony  Rowse,  another  member  of  Lane's  expedition,  had 
been  a  member  of  Parliament  the  previous  year  and  after- 
wards was  sheriff  of  Cornwall  for  several  years.  He  was 
knighted  in  1603  and,  at  the  death  of  Drake,  was  executor  of 
his  estate.30  Here  again  another  extreme  may  be  cited.  Rich- 
ard Sare,  of  the  same  expedition,  is  described  in  contemporary 
records  simply  as  a  laborer.31  (I  have  my  own  personal 
opinion  as  to  which  man  was  more  valuable  in  the  wilds  of 
the  New  World. ) 

John  Spendlove,  later  a  Lost  Colonist,  was  described  on  a 
1585  muster  list  as  a  "gentleman"  and  reported  present  with 
his  horse.32 

John  Stukely  who  came  over  in  1585  was  Grenville's  broth- 
er-in-law and  the  father  of  Sir  Lewis  Stukely  who  had  an  ugly 
part  in  the  final  downfall  and  death  of  Sir  Walter  Raleigh.33 

John  Twyt,  one  of  Lane's  men,  appears  as  a  London 
apothecary  in  1580.34 

Both  Benjamin  and  John  Wood  who  came  in  1584  with 
Amadas  and  Barlowe  later  enjoyed  high  positions.  Benjamin 
had  an  interesting  career  at  sea  and  was  a  noted  navigator 
and  captain.  He  has  a  place  in  the  annals  of  British  naval 
history  for  his  attempt  to  reach  China.  He  is  known  to  have 
arrived  at  the  Malay  Peninsula  but  was  later  lost  at  sea.35 
John  had  already  been  a  muster  captain  and  after  returning 
home  became  one  of  the  "Jurates"  of  the  town  and  port  of 

Drake  and  the  Tudor  Navy;  Kenneth  R.  Andrews,  "The  Economic  Aspects 
of  Elizabethan  Privateering"  (unpublished  Ph.  D.  thesis,  University  of 
London,  1951),  262,  hereinafter  cited  as  Andrews,  "Privateering." 
/°Quinn,  Roanoke  Voyages,  I,  119,  123,  194;  John  L.  Vivian,  The  Visita- 
tions of  Cornwall,  Comprising  the  Heralds*  Visitations  of  1530,  1573  &  1620 
(Exeter:  W.  Pollard  &  Co.,  1887),  412-413;  Hazel  Matthews,  "Personnel 
of  the  Parliament,  1584-1585"  (unpublished  masters  thesis,  University  of 
London,  1948),  194. 
81  Essex  Records  Office,  Q/SR  185/72. 

83  Historical  Manuscripts  Commission,  The  Manuscripts  of  the  Earl 
Cowper,  K.  G.,  Preserved  at  Melbourne  Hall  (London:  Printed  for  Her 
Majesty's  Stationery  Office,  3  volumes,  1888-1889),  Appendix,  Part  I,  6. 

88  A.  L.  Rowse,  Sir  Richard  Grenville  of  the  Revenge  (London:  Jonathan 
Cape,  1949),  270. 

84  Foster,  London  Marriage  Licences,  col.  1372. 

35 William  Foster,  England's  Quest  of  Eastern  Trade  (London:  A.  &  C. 
Black,  Ltd.,  1933),  138-142;  Kenneth  R.  Andrews,  "New  Light  on  Hakluyt," 
The  Mariner's  Mirror,  XXXVII  (1951),  305,  hereinafter  cited  as  Andrews, 
"New  Light  on  Hakluyt." 


218  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Sandwich.  He  was  knighted  in  1603  at  the  coronation  of 
James  I.36 

Several  of  the  Roanokers  are  "famous"  enough  to  be  re- 
corded in  standard  biographical  works,  especially  the  Dic- 
tionary of  American  Biography  and  the  Dictionary  of  Nation- 
al Biography.  Amadas  and  Barlowe  are  examples  of  this  and 
we  need  not  make  further  mention  of  them. 

Thomas  Cavendish  is  nearly  always  given  special  mention 
in  accounts  of  the  Roanoke  colonists  and  it  is  generally  im- 
plied that  he  is  famous  and  widely  known.  Perhaps  so,  but 
I  had  to  "read  up"  on  him  to  get  the  facts.  His  chief  claim  to 
fame  is  based  on  the  fact  that  he  sailed  around  the  world 
in  1586,  the  year  after  he  visited  Roanoke.  For  Grenville's 
voyage  to  Roanoke  in  1585  he  supplied  and  commanded  a 
ship,  perhaps  as  a  sort  of  training  period  for  his  circumnavi- 
gation. In  1591  he  sailed  again  on  what  was  to  have  been 
a  second  voyage  around  the  world,  but  he  died  at  sea  in 
June  of  the  following  year.37 

Marmaduke  Constable,  a  member  of  Lane's  expedition  of 
1585-1586,  might  be  said  to  have  been  famous  on  a  local 
scale.  I  cite  him  here  merely  as  an  example,  of  which  there 
are  others,  of  representatives  of  prominent  families  who  came 
to  Roanoke.  Marmaduke  entered  Caius  College,  Cambridge, 
in  1581,  so  he  must  have  joined  Lane  when  he  was  fresh  out 
of  college.  He  is  described  as  a  "gentleman"  and  eventually 
succeeded  his  father  as  local  squire,  married  a  neighbor's 
daughter,  and  left  descendants  who  still  live  at  the  same 
place.  Our  Marmaduke  is  buried  in  York  Minster,  one  of 
the  "must"  cathedrals  on  all  lists  for  tourists  of  England 
to  visit.38 

Next  in  alphabetical  order  comes  Sir  Francis  Drake.  He, 
too,  is  well  known  and  is  still  one  of  England's  greatest 

38  Burnett-Morris  Index  extracting  information  from  H.  Walrond,  Militia, 
11;  W.  Bruce  Bannerman,  The  Visitations  of  Kent  (London:  Harleian  So- 
ciety, 1924),  Part  2,  59;  Shaw,  Knights,  II,  109. 

87  Leslie  Stephen  and  Sidney  Lee  (eds.),  The  Dictionary  of  National 
Biography  (Oxford:  University  Press,  21  volumes,  1949-1950),  III,  1267- 
1272,  hereinafter  cited  as  Dictionary  of  National  Biography. 

88  Venn  and  Venn,  Alumni  Cantabrigienses,  I,  380;  John  Venn,  Bio- 
graphical History  of  Gonville  and  Caius  College  (Cambridge:  University 
Press,  3  volumes,  1897-1901),  I,  110.  His  will  is  in  the  York  Registry,  vol- 
ume 30,  fol.  597. 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  219 

heroes.  His  home  is  now  a  museum  and  his  famous  drum, 
on  display  there,  is  said  to  be  heard  at  any  time  when 
England  is  in  danger.  The  famous  bowl  with  which  he  is 
said  to  have  been  playing  on  the  Hoe  at  Plymouth  when 
the  Spanish  Armada  approached  is  also  there.  Incidentally, 
his  home,  Buckland  Abbey  near  Plymouth,  had  earlier  be- 
longed to  the  Grenville  family  and  it  is  believed  to  have 
been  the  birthplace  of  Sir  Richard.39 

Edward  Gorges  was  a  cousin  of  Sir  Ferdinando  Gorges, 
Lord  Proprietor  of  the  Colony  of  Maine,  and  his  mother  and 
Sir  Walter  Raleigh  were  first  cousins.  Edward  was  a  graduate 
of  Magdalen  College,  Oxford,  and  came  to  Roanoke  in  1585 
with  Grenville.  He  later  was  employed  by  Queen  Elizabeth 
as  a  personal  messenger  to  Henry  IV  of  France,  and  he  was 
knighted  by  her  successor,  James  I.  He  is  buried  in  St. 
Margaret's  Church,  Westminster,  not  far  from  Sir  Walter 
Raleigh.40 

Thomas  Hariot,  mathematician  and  astronomer,  is  too  well 
known  for  his  scientific  report  on  the  newfound  land  of 
Virginia  to  require  further  identification.  It  is  worth  noting, 
however,  that  a  mathematical  study  of  his  embodies  inven- 
tions which  gave  algebra  its  modern  form  and  that  he  used 
telescopes  simultaneously  with  Galileo.  Dean  John  W.  Shirley 
of  State  College  is  writing  a  biography  of  Hariot  which  un- 
doubtedly will  contain  much  to  delight  and  surprise  all  who 
are  interested  in  this  period  of  history. 

Sir  Richard  Grenville,  another  famous  Englishman  who 
is  remembered  for  a  brilliant  career  at  sea,  was  also  a  mem- 
ber of  Parliament  before  visiting  Roanoke.  He  and  Raleigh 
were  cousins,  and  like  Cavendish  he  died  at  sea. 

Abraham  Kendall,  who  remained  a  year  with  Lane's  col- 
ony, was  a  veteran  navigator  and  renowned  mathematician. 
He  commanded  a  ship  in  1578  in  Frobisher's  fleet,  and  1594- 
1595  was  in  the  West  Indies.  Several  recent  studies  have 
been  made  of  his  contributions  to  navigation  and  now,  as  in 

89  Crispin  Gill,  Buckland  Abbey  (Plymouth:  Underhill,  Ltd.,  1956), 
passim. 

40  Raymond  Gorges,  The  Story  of  a  Family  Through  Eleven  Centuries 
(Boston:  Privately  printed,  1944),  79-95. 


220  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

his  lifetime,  he  is  "extolled  for  his  mathematical  skill."  Sir 
Robert  Dudley,  for  whom  Kendall  once  worked,  considered 
him  one  of  the  most  expert  mariners  produced  by  England. 
He  is  buried  in  Central  America.41 

Ralph  Lane  has  been  frequently  "written  up"  but  is  still 
not  clearly  understood.  His  temper  seems  to  have  been  the 
cause  of  his  near-downfall  on  more  than  one  occasion,  and 
it  appears  that  he  was  not  able  to  get  along  with  his  fellow- 
men.  He  is  believed  to  have  served  in  Parliament  in  1558 
and  again  in  1562.  It  is  definitely  known  that  he  was  sheriff 
of  Kerry  in  Ireland  just  prior  to  sailing  with  Grenville  and 
that  he  was  knighted  in  1593.  He  was  occupied  with  various 
military  and  naval  assignments  throughout  most  of  his  adult 
life.  In  1603  he  died  in  Dublin  where  he  is  buried.42 

Jacob  Whiddon,  who  was  with  Grenville  in  1585  when 
he  brought  over  Ralph  Lane  and  his  colony,  was  a  trusted 
servant  and  follower  of  Sir  Walter  Raleigh.  Raleigh  spoke 
of  him  as  "a  man  most  valiant  and  honest."  Whiddon  was 
sent  out  by  Raleigh  to  explore  the  Orinoco  River  and  he  was 
with  Raleigh  on  his  voyage  to  South  America  in  1595.  He 
died  and  was  buried  on  the  Island  of  Trinidad  in  the  West 
Indies.43 

David  Williams,  who  remained  a  year  with  Lane's  colony, 
was  a  young  Welsh  lawyer  recently  called  to  the  bar  and 
later  an  outstanding  London  lawyer  and  judge.  He  served 
in  Parliament  for  one  year  immediately  prior  to  coming  over 

41  Andrews,  "New  Light  on  Hakluyt,"  307;  Eva  G.  R.  Taylor,  "Instruc- 
tions to  a  Colonial  Surveyor  in  1582,"  The  Mariner's  Mirror,  XXXVII 
(1951),  62;  Alexander  Brown,  The  Genesis  of  the  United  States  (Boston: 
Houghton,  Mifflin  and  Company,  2  volumes,  1890),  II,  934. 

42  Historical  Manuscripts  Commission,  The  Manuscripts  of  the  Right 
Honourable  F.  J.  Savile  Foljambe,  of  Osberton  (London:  Her  Majesty's 
Stationery  Office,  1897),  29,  34,  47,  51-53;  Corbett,  Drake  and  the  Tudor 
Navy,  II,  301,  302,  329,  353;  Historical  Manuscripts  Commission,  Calendar 
of  the  Manuscripts  of  the  Most  Honourable  the  Marquis  of  Salisbury 
.  .  .  (London:  Her  Majesty's  Stationery  Office,  16  volumes,  1883-1933), 
II,  68;  VII,  310-313. 

43  Andrews,  "Privateering,"  343 ;  Dictionary  of  National  Biography,  XXI, 
4-5.  There  are  a  number  of  interesting  references  to  Whiddon  in  the 
Burnett-Morris  Index.  In  1588,  for  example,  he  was  captain  of  Raleigh's 
ship,  the  "Roebuck,"  and  may  have  taken  part  in  the  abortive  effort  by 
John  White  to  relieve  the  1587  colony. 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  221 

and  for  three  more  years  after  he  returned.  In  1603  he  was 
knighted.44 

I  have  my  doubts  about  the  identification  of  John  Jones 
of  the  Lost  Colony  with  Dr.  John  Jones,  an  outstanding 
Welsh  physician,  but  I'd  like  to  tell  you  one  point  in  favor 
of  it.  The  Welshman  was  a  most  prolific  writer  of  medical 
books  but  his  last  known  place  of  residence  was  in  1573 
although  he  published  a  book  in  1579.  Might  not  such  an 
intellectually  curious  physician  have  been  anxious  to  visit 
the  New  World? 45 

Now,  before  approaching  the  Lost  Colonists  as  individuals, 
let's  consider  some  figures  concerning  them.  There  were 
eighty  single  men  (or  at  least  men  without  wives  along). 
There  were  eleven  families  consisting  of  husband  and  wife 
alone  and  two  families  with  one  child  each.  There  were 
apparently  four  men  who  brought  their  sons,  or  perhaps 
they  were  younger  brothers.  There  were  six  single  women 
and  three  children  with  no  apparent  relatives  among  the 
other  colonists.  Incidentally,  all  the  children  were  boys  and, 
judging  from  a  remark  made  by  John  White,  one  of  the 
children  with  his  mother  was  so  young  that  he  was  still 
nursing  at  her  breast.46  Two  children  were  born  in  August, 
1587,  after  the  colonists  reached  Roanoke— Virginia  Dare 
and  a  Harvey  child. 

I  think  it  shows  remarkable  courage  or  else  extreme  ignor- 
ance and  indifference  that  such  a  group  should  have  done 
what  they  did.  Imagine  sailing  on  a  ship  of  120  tons  or  less 
( the  "Queen  Elizabeth"  today  is  83,000  tons )  with  nine  chil- 
dren, at  least  one  of  whom  was  an  infant,  and  two  pregnant 


44 


Dictionary  of  National  Biography,  XXI,  389-390;  Shaw,  Knights,  II, 
114.  A  portrait  of  Williams  was  in  storage  when  I  was  in  England  since 
the  home  of  its  owner  was  being  repaired.  It  is  expected  that  it  will  be 
available  for  photographing  sometime  in  1957. 

45  Venn  and  Venn,  Alumni  Cantabrigienses,  II,  485. 

*eOn  June  22,  1587,  according  to  White's  account,  "at  an  Island  called 
Santa  Cruz,  .  .  .  some  of  our  women  and  men,  by  eating  a  small  fruit 
like  greene  Apples,  were  f earefull  troubled  with  a  sudden  burning  in  their 
mouthes  ....  Also  a  child  by  sucking  one  of  the  womens  breasts,  had  at 
that  instant  his  mouth  set  on  such  aburning,  that  it  was  strange  to  see  how 
the  infant  was  tormented."  Richard  Hakluyt,  The  Principal  Navigations, 
Voyages,  Traffiques  &  Discoveries  of  the  English  Nation  (New  York:  E.  P. 
Dutton  &  Co.,  1926),  VI,  197. 


222  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

women.  The  voyage  lasted  just  ten  days  short  of  three 
months. 

There's  probably  nothing  to  be  gained  from  trying  to  guess 
why  these  people  came  over.  I've  found  evidence  that  many 
of  them,  not  only  among  the  Lost  Colonists  but  among  the 
other  colonists  and  explorers,  were  apparently  related  by 
marriage.  Some  were  undoubtedly  friends  or  acquaintances 
because  they  were  near  neighbors.  Edward  Kelly  and  Thomas 
Wise,  for  instance,  both  members  of  Lane's  colony,  lived 
about  2?2  miles  from  each  other  in  Devon.47  Some  were 
employed  by  the  same  person— Atkinson,  Fernandez,  and 
Russell,  for  example,  are  all  spoken  of  as  being  in  the  service 
of  Sir  Francis  Walsingham.48  Four  others  are  known  to  have 
served  in  the  same  military  unit,  and,  as  previously  cited, 
two  were  in  jail  together.  Quinn  sets  forth  a  number  of  them 
who  were  from  London,  particularly  a  group  working  on 
the  Thames  River. 

The  single  women  who  came  with  the  Lost  Colony,  how- 
ever, pose  something  of  a  problem.  Two  women  have  sur- 
names almost  identical  with  those  of  two  of  the  single  men 
and  I  suspect  that  they  actually  were  husbands  and  wives 
with  the  discrepancy  in  spelling  explained  by  the  fact  that 
names  were  often  spelled  in  various  ways,  as  I  have  already 
suggested.  Audry  T-a-p-p-a-n  and  Thomas  T-o-p-a-n,  and 
Joan  Warren  and  Thomas  Warner,  they  are.  As  further 
evidence  in  the  latter  case  I  have  found  that  one  Thomas 
Warner  married  a  Johanna  Barnes  in  1584  and  that  he  was 
a  mariner.49  A  certain  controversial  event  in  North  Carolina 
history  rests  on  slimmer  documentary  evidence  than  this! 

Let's  look  at  some  of  the  other  and  more  obviously  single 
women,  however. 


47  Charles  Worthy,  Devonshire  Wills:  A  Collection  of  Annotated  Testa- 
mentary Abstracts  (London:  Bemrose  &  Sons,  Ltd.,  1896),  410;  W.  G. 
Hoskins,  Devon  (London:  Collins,  1954),  433.  The  Wise  home  since  1937 
has  been  used  as  a  school.  In  that  year  "the  contents  of  the  house,  the 
accumulation  of  more  than  300  years  of  uninterrupted  ownership,  were 
sold  and  dispersed." 

43  Quinn,  Roanoke  Voyages,  I,  170 ;  James  A.  Williamson,  Age  of  Drake 
(London:  Adam  and  Charles  Black,  1952),  230. 

49  Foster,  London  Marriage  Licences,  col.  1416. 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  223 

Agnes  Wood.  In  1549  one  Robert  Woode  of  St.  Bride's 
Church,  London,  to  which  at  least  one  other  member  of  the 
colony  also  belonged,  married  Johanna  Toppam.  Was  our 
Agnes  their  daughter  and  therefore  related  to  the  Tappans? 50 
Or  was  she  perhaps  the  Agnes  Traver  who  married  John 
Wood  in  London  in  1577? 51  John  Wood  had  come  to  Roanoke 
in  1584.  There  may  have  been  some  reason  for  his  wife  to 
come. 

Jane  Pierce.  In  Ireland  Henry  Piers,  who  died  in  1623, 
had  been  married  to  Jane  Jones.52  Could  Jane  Pierce  have 
been  their  daughter  and  related  to  Griffin,  Jane,  and  John 
Jones  who  were  also  among  the  Lost  Colonists?  Another 
interesting  possibility  also  exists.  In  1568  one  Jone  Pierse,  a 
Portuguese,  registered  as  an  alien  in  London.  She  was  the 
sister '  of  Simon  and  Fornando  and  a  tenant  of  Frauncis 
White's.53  Simon,  Fornando,  and  White  all  sound  familiar 
when  spoken  in  connection  with  the  Roanokers. 
Jane  Mannering.  All  I  can  find  is  that  Jane  was  a 
common  given  name  in  the  Mainwaring  family  of  Peover  and 
Newton  and  that  the  grandmother  of  Humfrey  Newton,  an- 
other of  the  Lost  Colonists,  was  named  Katherine  Main- 
waring.54  Were  Jane  and  Humfrey  related? 

As  to  the  other  single  women  I  haven't  even  a  far-fetched 
clue.  Maybe  they  were  looking  for  husbands  either  among 
their  unmarried  fellow-colonists  or  perhaps  they  already  had 
husbands  among  the  15  to  18  men  left  at  Roanoke  by  Gren- 
ville  the  year  before  and  they  were  coming  to  join  them. 

Why  would  there  have  been  three  boys  with  no  apparent 
relatives  among  the  Lost  Colonists?  I  have  two  clues  and  a 
guess. 

Thomas  Humfrey.  There  was  a  Richard  Humfrey 
among  Lane's  colonists  who  stayed  a  year.  Perhaps  young 

60  Foster,  London  Marriage  Licences,  col.  1500. 

a  Foster,  London  Marriage  Licences,  col.  1498. 

62  Dictionary  of  National  Biography,  XV,  1155. 

MKirk  and  Kirk,  Aliens,  III,  385. 

64  R.  Mainwaring  Finley,  A  Short  History  of  the  Mainwaring  Family 
(London:  Griffith  Farran  Okeden  &  Welsh,  1890),  53;  J.  P.  Rylands,  The 
Visitations  of  Cheshire  in  the  Year  1580  (London:  Harleian  Society, 
1882),  passim;  J.  P.  Earwaker,  East  Cheshire:  Past  and  Present  (London: 
Printed  for  the  Author,  2  volumes,  1877-1880),  I,  127. 


224  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Thomas  was  his  son  or  brother  who  liked  what  he  heard 
from  the  earlier  colonist. 

Thomas  Smart.  There  had  been  a  colonist  with  the 
very  same  name  with  Lane.  The  obvious  conclusion  is  to  say 
that  this  boy  was  his  son.  But  why  did  he  come?  Did  he 
think  his  father  might  still  be  here? 

William  Wythers.  There  were  two  members  of  the 
Taylor  family  among  the  Lost  Colonists  and  two  others  had 
been  here  with  Lane.  One  of  the  latter  returned  in  1590 
with  White.  In  1592  in  London  one  Robert  Taylor  married 
Elizabeth  Wythers.55  There  may  have  been  some  prior  con- 
nection or  at  least  acquaintance  among  the  members  of  the 
two  families. 

We  have  always  been  disappointed,  of  course,  that  John 
White  was  unable  to  prolong  his  search  for  the  Lost  Colony 
when  he  returned  in  1590.  This  feeling  becomes  even  stronger 
when  we  realize  that  he  had  with  him  three  men  whose 
surnames  were  the  same  as  members  of  the  Lost  Colony. 
There  must  have  been  real  grief  in  their  hearts  when  they 
had  to  turn  away  with  doubt  still  clouding  their  minds. 
Robert  Coleman  was  with  White  and  among  the  colonists 
were  Thomas  Colman  and  his  wife;  Henry  Millett  undoubt- 
edly hoped  to  find  Michael  Myllet;  and  John  Taylor,  who 
surely  knew  the  country  well  from  his  stay  of  a  year  with 
Lane,  must  have  been  deeply  moved  to  have  to  turn  away 
without  finding  Clement  and  Hugh  Taylor,  and  perhaps  the 
boy,  William  Wythers,  who  might  also  have  been  a  relative. 

If  we  had  relatives  at  a  lonely  outpost,  say  near  the  South 
Pole,  and  the  sending  of  supplies  to  them  depended  upon  the 
speedy  defeat  of  an  enemy  who  threatened  to  invade  our 
shores,  I  dare  say  we'd  buy  War  Bonds  till  our  last  penny 
was  gone.  In  England  there  survives  a  list  of  persons  who 
subscribed  towards  the  defense  of  the  country  at  the  time 
of  the  threatened  attack  by  the  Spanish  Armada.56  I  have 
checked  this  list  against  the  list  of  family  names  among  the 

65  Foster,  London  Marriage  Licences,  col.  1320. 

58  T.  C.  Noble,  The  Names  of  Those  Persons  Who  Subscribed  Towards 
the  Defence  of  this  Country  at  the  Time  of  the  Spanish  Armada,  1588,  and 
the  Amounts  Each  Contributed  (London:  Alfred  Russell  Smith,  1886). 


Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers  225 

Roanokers  and  believe  I  have  come  across  some  interesting 
evidence. 

Thirty-eight  men  and  one  woman  with  the  same  family 
names  as  the  colonists  contributed  from  £25  to  £100  each. 
This  represents  an  enormous  sum  of  money.  Of  these  names 
only  nine  were  represented  among  the  colonists  and  explorers 
before  1587.  But  twenty-nine  contributors  had  the  same 
family  names  as  Lost  Colonists  and  fifteen  had  the  very  same 
first  name  as  well,  making  me  think  that  in  these  fifteen  cases, 
at  least,  it  was  the  father  of  a  colonist  who  contributed  so 
generously. 

After  working  with  the  names  of  these  early  colonists  for 
several  years  I've  begun  to  imagine  what  some  of  them  looked 
like.  There  are  portraits  or  engravings  of  Raleigh,  Drake, 
Cavendish,  Grenville,  and  perhaps  a  few  of  the  others  who 
are  fairly  well  known.  I  also  discovered  that  portraits  of 
Edward  Gorges  and  David  Williams  exist  and  that  a  portrait 
at  Trinity  College,  Oxford,  may  be  of  Thomas  Hariot.57 

One  phase  of  my  study  which  I  have  yet  had  only  an  op- 
portunity to  think  about  is  to  consider  any  possible  relation- 
ships which  may  have  existed  between  the  Roanokers  and 
the  settlers  at  Jamestown  twenty  years  or  so  later.  One  in- 
stance of  a  possibility,  I  will  cite,  however.  John  Pory,  sec- 
retary of  the  Virginia  colony,  came  down  into  what  is  now 
Gates  County  in  1622.  I  had  often  wondered  just  why  he 
made  the  journey  and  I  have  now  discovered  that  his  sister 
was  married  to  a  man  named  Ellis  and  that  Thomas  and 
Robert  Ellis,  the  latter  a  boy,  were  among  the  Lost  Colonists. 
I'd  like  to  establish  that  a  relationship  existed  between  the 
various  Ellises  concerned. 

Finally,  I  think  my  most  exciting  find  was  that  Virginia 
Dare  had  a  brother— at  least  a  half-brother.  His  name  was 
John  Dare.  He  was  an  illegitimate  son  of  Ananias  Dare  and 

67  The  Gorges  portrait  recently  was  sold  by  a  descendant  and  I  have  as 
yet  been  unable  to  locate  it.  For  a  statement  on  the  Williams  portrait  see 
note  44,  above.  The  Hariot  portrait  was  published  in  Stefan  Lorant,  The 
New  World  (New  York:  Duell,  Sloan  &  Pearce,  1946),  154,  and  accepted 
without  question.  For  a  report  on  the  possible  identification  of  this  portrait 
as  Hariot,  see  Jean  Robertson,  "Some  Additional  Poems  by  George  Chap- 
man," The  Library,  XXII  (September-December,  1941),  172-176. 


226  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

the  name  of  his  mother  appears  not  to  be  recorded.  He  was, 
nevertheless,  acknowledged  by  his  father  and  bore  the  name 
Dare.  Under  English  law,  an  unaccounted  for  absence  of 
seven  years  is  necessary  for  a  ruling  of  presumed  death.  A 
relative  of  young  John  Dare's,  therefore,  in  1594  petitioned 
that  John  be  given  his  father's  property.  Ananias,  the  records 
show,  was  a  member  of  St.  Bride's  Church,  Fleet  Street, 
London,  which  still  exists,  near  and  almost  in  the  shadow 
of  St.  Paul's  Cathedral.  In  1597  young  Dare's  petition  was 
granted.  At  that  time  it  is  obvious  that  he  was  over  ten  years 
of  age.58 1  attempted  to  leave  no  stone  unturned  to  trace  him, 
but  the  only  John  Dare  I  could  find  was  one  mentioned  in  a 
manuscript  of  1622  in  the  Essex  Records  Office  relating  to 
one  John  Dare  who  then  was  a  surveyor.  If  this  was  Ananias's 
son,  at  that  time  he  would  have  been  around  36  years  of  age. 
A  nineteenth-century  Dare  family  lived  in  Essex  but  the 
records  of  it  now  in  the  county  archives  threw  no  light  on 
my  problem. 

As  I  have  intimated,  my  research  is  not  completed  and 
many  of  my  decisions  are  tentative.  I  intend  to  continue 
searching  for  the  answers  to  the  many  questions  which  have 
been  asked  for  a  long  time  about  the  Roanoke  colonists  and 
explorers. 

68  Records   of   the   Prerogative    Court   of   Canterbury,   Administrations, 
April,  1594,  and  June,  1597,  in  Somerset  House,  London. 


NORTH  CAROLINA  FICTION,  DRAMA,  AND  POETRY, 

1955-1956 

By  C.  Hugh  Holman 

I  have  been  asked  to  talk  about  the  books  of  fiction,  drama, 
and  poetry  which  were  entered  in  the  competitions  this  year 
for  the  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  Award  for  fiction  (including  the 
drama),  the  Roanoke-Chowan  Cup  for  poetry,  and  the 
AAUW  Award  in  juvenile  literature.  I  stand  before  you  a 
mixture  of  pride  and  humility— of  pride  that  I  have  been 
asked  to  talk  to  you  about  these  books  and  of  humility  be- 
cause I  feel  keenly  my  inadequacy  to  judge  them  properly. 
This  sense  of  my  inadequacy  will  prevent  my  attempting  to 
make  any  final  critical  judgments  of  these  books. 

My  approach  to  literature  is  in  the  tradition  of  a  compara- 
tively remote  examination,  and  this  tradition  of  essentially 
historical  judgment  has  two  advantages  both  of  which  are 
lost  to  me  today:  One  is  that  dead  writers  are  much  less 
restive  than  living  ones;  the  other  is  that  that  most  destruc- 
tive and  authoritative  of  critics,  Time,  winnows  out  the 
chaff  from  the  true  wheat  if  we  wait  long  enough.  To  be 
confronted  with  a  living  body  of  writing,  still  warm  from 
the  minting  mind  of  its  creators,  and  to  be  confronted  with 
it  in  such  protean  aspects  is  a  sobering  (and,  I  may  add,  a 
very  pleasant)  experience.  Without  acceding  to  the  some- 
times snide  remarks  of  writers  and  readers  about  critics  and 
teachers,  I  am  still  very  much  aware  of  the  danger  that  I 
may  lay  the  dead  hand  of  historical  scholarship  upon  the 
living  body  of  these  books,  and  this  I  certainly  do  not  wish 
to  do.  I  shall,  therefore,  confine  most  of  my  remarks  to  some 
facts  that  I  think  interesting  and  some  tendencies  that  I  think 
I  detect  in  North  Carolina  writing. 

Twenty-one  volumes  were  entered  in  these  competitions. 
Three  are  collections  of  short  stories,  six  are  novels,  two 
are  plays,  eight  are  poetry,  and  two  are  juveniles.  These 
twenty-one  books  were  written  by  twenty  authors,  all  but 

[227] 


228  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

two  of  whom  are  residents  of  North  Carolina  at  the  present 
time.  Three  of  the  books  came  from  Chapel  Hill,  and  two 
each  came  from  Asheville,  Durham,  and  Greensboro;  the 
others  originated  at  widely  scattered  points  over  the  State. 

Seven  of  the  books  were  published  by  "old-line"  trade 
publishers  with  national  reputations— such  companies  as 
Dodd,  Mead  and  Company,  Houghton  Mifflin  Company,  and 
the  Vanguard  Press.  The  University  of  North  Carolina  Press 
published  one  entry,  a  volume  of  short  stories.  Jonathan 
Williams,  of  Asheville,  published  two  of  the  volumes,  pro- 
ducing in  them  interesting  and  remarkably  attractive  exam- 
ples of  modern  book  design.  Four  were  published  locally 
by  their  authors,  and  the  remaining  seven  books  were  the 
products  of  smaller  publishers  outside  the  State. 

The  short  story  collections  represent  so  well  the  variety 
and  richness  of  the  year's  offerings  in  fiction  that  I  shall  say 
a  little  more  about  them  than  I  shall  have  time  to  say  about 
the  other  books.  Mrs.  Frances  Gray  Patton's  collection,  A 
Piece  of  Luck,  continues  her  urbane  and  charming  way  of 
making  high  comedy  of  the  routine  elements  of  life,  of  wittily 
playing  with  the  raw  materials  of  middle-class  Durham,  and 
of  investing  them,  as  the  best  comedy  always  does,  with 
unique  perceptions  of  serious  truth.  She  writes  in  one  of  the 
great  traditions  of  the  South,  although  in  this  day  of  Gothic 
symbolism,  time-eaten  Doric  columns,  and  unnatural  family 
relationships  in  the  Southern  novel,  we  tend  to  forget  it. 
This  is  the  tradition  of  ironic  comedy,  of  witty  realism,  a 
tradition  in  which,  as  that  glorious  exemplifier  of  it,  Ellen 
Glasgow,  said,  ".  .  .  the  creative  writer  .  .  .  resort  [si  to 
imagination  rather  than  ...  be  overwhelmed  by  emotion."  \ 

The  collection  of  short  stories  by  the  late  William  T.  Polk, 
The  Fallen  Angel,  is  drawn  largely  from  that  other  body  of 
material,  the  folkways  and  the  folk  humor  of  the  essentially 
frontier  Southern  culture,  a  tradition  sharply  opposed  to  the 

1  Ellen  Glasgow,  A  Certain  Measure  (New  York,  1943),  150,  hereinafter 
cited  Glasgow,  A  Certain  Measure. 


N.  C.  Fiction,  Drama,  and  Poetry  229 


basically  Tidewater  art  which  Mrs.  Patton  practices.  Mr. 
Polk's  stories  and  sketches  preserve  excellently  the  homely 
and  rich  sense  of  place  and  people  and  patois  which  was  his, 
and  record  with  loving  artistry  his  sympathetic  vision  of  a 
ribald  and  extravagant  people. 

In  one  sense  both  Mrs.  Patton  and  Mr.  Polk  are  profession- 
al writers— professional  in  the  sense  of  dedication  to  a  craft, 
of  accomplishment  in  it,  and  of  recognition  for  that  accomp- 
lishment. Theirs  is  the  sure  control  and  the  happy  ease  of  the 
professional.  The  third  book  of  short  stories  is  by  a  different 
type  of  writer,  and  a  type  more  widely  represented  in  these 
twenty-one  books  than  is  the  professional.  The  Story  of  Six 
Loves  is  by  an  amateur,  Richard  Carroll  Johnson.  He  is  an 
amateur  in  the  sense  that  this  volume  is  his  first  published 
work,  that  he  is  very  young,  and  in  the  truest  meaning  of 
the  word,  he  is  clearly  a  lover  of  the  craft  he  is  beginning  to 
practice  in  these  six  thematically  related  stories. 

Of  the  six  novels  the  one  which  has  received  the  greatest 
amount  of  attention  outside  the  state  is  Green  Pond  by  Evan 
Brandon  of  Gastonia.  This  book  is  large  in  theme,  in  plot, 
in  concept,  and  in  treatment.  It  sweeps  the  reader  through 
the  history  of  a  North  Carolina  town  from  the  Civil  War 
to  the  present  and,  through  a  series  of  dramatic  exchanges 
among  Gawd,  Gabriel,  Satan,  and  Beelzebub  on  the  action 
of  the  story,  it  makes  explicit  Mr.  Brandon's  intention  that 
we  should  view  the  loves,  hates,  passions,  despairs,  and  tri- 
umphs of  Green  Pond's  citizens  as  elements  in  a  thematic 
assertion  of  the  prevailing  goodness  in  the  world.  Mr.  Bran- 
don writes  in  a  poetically  rhetorical  style  that  sometimes 
reminds  us  of  Thomas  Wolfe,  but  the  social  scope  and  the 
objectivity  of  his  novel  free  it  from  any  sense  of  major  in- 
debtedness. Even  with  its  cosmic  action  and  its  universal 
theme,  it  remains  a  striking  piece  of  social  realism. 

In  Mij  Lord  Monleigh  Jan  Cox  Speas  of  Greensboro  takes 
us  out  of  North  Carolina  and  into  Scotland  in  1745.  Then, 
in  a  sense,  she  brings  us  home  again  by  giving  us  in  fine 
swashbuckling  style  a  historical  novel  about  the  Rebellion 
that  sent  many  Highlanders  to  this  State. 


230  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Paul  C.  Metcalf  in  Will  West  has  produced  the  most  frank- 
ly experimental  of  the  year's  fictional  works.  A  richly  imagina- 
tive symbolic  record  of  the  land,  told  in  a  series  of  poetic 
interior  monologues  of  a  Cherokee  Indian,  Will  West,  this 
novel's  action  suggestively  traces  backward  the  long,  violent 
history  of  our  southern  earth.  Although  lacking  in  the  firm- 
ness of  fully  realized  dramatic  action,  Will  West  is  a  power- 
ful piece  of  writing  by  a  man  of  sensibility  and  power. 

Two  novels  are  concerned  with  medicine.  Agnes  Lucas 
Phillips  in  One  Clear  Call  has  written  a  narrative  about  a 
nurse  from  the  beginning  of  her  career  through  her  course  of 
training.  Dr.  J.  Allen  Hunter  in  Dear  Doctor  Dick  has  pro- 
duced a  character  sketch  of  a  small-town  physician  and  inter- 
larded it  with  popular  poems  which  the  physician  loved. 

Julia  Canaday's  Big  End  of  the  Horn  is  an  account  of  her 
early  life  and  an  evocative  picture  of  North  Carolina  around 
the  turn  of  this  century.  It  presents  a  "full  dress"  portrait, 
done  in  love  and  reverence,  of  her  father,  James  P.  Canaday. 

In  a  sense  the  two  books  entered  in  the  AAUW  Juvenile 
competition  can  properly  be  mentioned  along  with  the  novels, 
for  both  of  them  are  long  fictional  narratives,  surpassing  in 
scope  and  seriousness  some  of  the  fiction  aimed  more  directly 
at  adults.  Manly  Wade  Wellman  in  To  Unknown  Lands  takes 
his  young  readers  back  in  time  to  the  fifteenth  century  and 
across  ocean  and  jungle  to  Yucatan  and  the  romantic  mys- 
teries of  Aztec  civilization.  Julia  Montgomery  Street  in 
Fiddlers  Fancy  invites  her  youthful  readers  to  the  warm  and 
folksy  charm  of  our  western  mountains  in  a  delightful  piece 
of  local  color  writing. 

Both  the  dramatic  offerings  are  historical.  Lucy  M.  Cobb's 
A  Gift  for  Penelope  is  a  one-act  vignette  of  Blackbeard's 
swaggering  cruelty.  Paul  Green's  Wilderness  Road  employs 
the  devices  of  the  symphonic  drama  to  present  an  account 
of  a  young  idealist  striving  against  ignorance,  superstition, 
and  prejudice  in  a  Kentucky  community  just  before  and 
during  the  Civil  War.  Mr.  Green  has  called  his  drama  "a 
parable  for  modern  times,"  and  certainly  its  hero  and  the 


N.  C.  Fiction,  Drama,  and  Poetry  231 

pathetic  action  which  bodies  forth  his  idealism  speak  oblique- 
ly but  clearly  of  many  current  problems  in  the  South. 

Of  the  eight  authors  who  contributed  this  year's  poetry, 
two  present  their  works  from  the  vantage  point  of  established 
national  reputations— Helen  Bevington,  of  Duke  University, 
and  Charles  Olson,  of  Black  Mountain  College.  The  re- 
maining six  from  vantage  points  of  lesser  renown  present 
their  poetic  records  of  experience.  Poetry,  after  all,  is  just 
that— a  peculiar  language— the  language  of  imagery  caught 
in  the  tensions  of  form— used  to  express  uniquely  personal 
visions  of  experience.  The  bulk  of  these  poems  reflect  the 
visions  of  experience  which  are  their  basis  with  sincerity 
and  directness  and  usually  with  what  William  Dean  Howells 
has  called  "that  indefinable  charm  which  comes  from  good 
amateur  work  in  whatever  art."2  There  is  in  much  of  this 
verse  a  tendency  toward  moralizing,  a  willingness  to  say 
again  what  has  been  often  thought  and  often  expressed,  a 
reluctance  to  submit  the  poet's  vision  to  the  test  of  new  or 
varying  forms.  These  are,  perhaps,  serious  objections;  and 
yet  I  am  reminded  of  Stevenson's  words,  "...  a  poet  has 
died  young  in  the  breast  of  the  most  stolid," 3  and  it  is  good 
to  have  this  evidence  that  among  these  neighbors  of  ours 
the  poet  neither  died  nor  lapsed  into  inarticulateness. 

Each  of  these  poets  has,  with  varying  degrees  of  success, 
imprisoned  his  vision  of  experience  in  the  loving  bondage  of 
form.  John  Mahoney  has  sung  his  Catholic  vision  in  meta- 
physical verse.  Ruth  Hash  Williams  has  sung  her  evangelical 
vision  in  traditional  hymn  measures.  Julia  Montgomery  Street 
has  used  blank  verse  to  make  solemn  music  on  a  Salem 
Christmas  Eve.  Edith  Deaderick  Erskine  in  a  mixture  of 
dramatic  poems  and  epigrammatic  quatrains  has  sung  of 
people  and  human  actions.  Lena  Mearle  Shull  has  made 
music  from  our  mountain  speech,  customs,  and  wisdom. 
Marjorie  Craig  has  used  various  standard  forms  to  give  her 

2  William  Dean  Howells,  A  Hazard  of  New  Fortunes  (New  York:  Every- 
man's Library  Ed.,  1952),  212. 

8  Robert  Louis  Stevenson,  "The  Lantern-Bearers,"  Across  the  Plains  with 
other  Memories  and  Essays,  The  Works  of  Robert  Louis  Stevenson  (New 
York:  The  Thistle  Edition,  1924),  XV,  241. 


232  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

view  of  her  world,  and,  although  she  is  most  consistently 
good  in  the  sonnet  form,  I  would  share  with  you  one  of  her 
epigrams: 

By  the  smoke-tree's  nest  loud  screams  the  Jay. 

Below  a  lean  cat  prowls  for  prey. 

I  cry, 

"0  Fate,  be  kind !" 

And  Fate,  without  an  eyebrow's  twitch, 

Replies, 

"To  which?" 

Charles  Olson's  Anecdotes  of  the  Late  War,  sl  poetic  broad- 
side, is  the  most  experimental  of  the  offerings.  In  free  verse 
patterns,  it  employs  irony  as  its  major  weapon.  Its  conclu- 
sion displays  its  method  well: 

What  he  said  was,  in  that  instance 
I  got  there  first 
with  the  most  men 

Grant  didn't  hurry. 
He  just  had  the  most. 

More  of  the  latter  died. 

In  charming  contrast  is  the  disciplined  wit  of  Helen 
Bevington,  whose  A  Change  of  Sky  makes  serious  fun  of 
foreign  travel,  our  North  Carolina,  books,  poetry,  and  authors. 
From  the  insouciance  of  her  quatrain: 

"Marriage  is  a  great  improver," 
Wrote  Miss  Jane  Austen,  who  was  moved 
By  the  connubial  bliss  about  her 
To  stay  forever  unimproved, 

to  her  wry  observations  on  North  Carolina: 

It's  a  debatable  land.  The  winds  are  variable, 
Especially  winds  of  doctrine — though  the  one 
Prevailing  breeze  is  mild,  we  say,  and  southerly. 
We  have  a  good  deal  of  sun  .... 


N.  C.  Fiction,  Drama,  and  Poetry  233 

And  nobody  says,  of  the  region  down  by  Ellenton, 
That  winds  are  gathering  there,  or  that,  on  the  whole, 
They  threaten  ill.  Yet,  in  the  imagination, 
Fear  is  another  shoal, 

she  sings  her  thoughts  with  gallant  grace.  And  in  turning 
from  this  cursory  glance  at  these  books,  I  would  quote  Mrs. 
Bevington  again,  as  she  defends  the  value  of  the  poetical: 

.  .  .  Surely  you  and  I 
Have  known  its  rectitude,  its  guileless  air, 
Its  light  and  lovely  virtue,  known  lifelong 
But  unlamenting. — Od's  Life!  Must  one  swear, 
Inquires  the  poet,  to  the  truth  of  song  ? 

In  looking  at  these  twenty-one  books  by  North  Carolinians 
certain  observations  about  the  literature  of  our  State  have 
occurred  to  me,  which  I  wish  to  pass  on  to  you. 

The  first  is  that  North  Carolina  writing,  if  these  books 
are  representative,  has  a  healthy  regionalism.  Most  of  these 
books  are  firmly  grounded  in  a  sharply  realized  sense  of 
place.  The  people,  the  customs,  the  speech  of  North  Carolina 
predominantly  constitute  the  raw  materials  of  these  stories, 
plays,  and  poems;  and  even  when,  as  is  the  case  with  Paul 
Green's  play,  the  locale  is  not  North  Carolina,  the  problems 
discussed  and  the  attitudes  taken  are  distinctly  ours. 

I  call  this  a  healthy  regionalism,  because  it  seems  to  me 
in  the  main  to  escape  that  use  of  the  quaint  and  eccentric 
that  is  characteristic  of  local  color  writing,  that  unhappy 
school  of  the  uncommon  common  man  with  his  carefully 
misspelled  dialect  and  his  folksy  charm,  a  form  of  writing 
unkindly  but  justly  called  the  "I  swan"  school.  Most  other 
southern  writers  who  have  chosen  the  calmer,  homelier 
themes  which  seem  to  be  characteristic  of  North  Carolina 
fiction  (at  least  last  year)  have  fallen  into  the  trap  of  such 
local  color  writing.  But,  as  Marjorie  Kinnan  Rawlings  once 
said,  ".  .  .  many  of  the  greatest  books  of  all  time  are  regional 
books,  in  which  the  author  has  used,  for  his  own  artistic  pur- 
pose, a  background  that  he  loved  and  deeply  understood.  .  .  . 


234  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  best  writing  is  implicit  with  a  profound  harmony  be- 
tween the  writer  and  his  material.  .  .  ."  4  And  it  is  this  use 
of  material,  not  because  it  is  local  or  southern,  but  because 
it  is  imaginatively  available  and  artistically  negotiable  to  the 
writer  which  seems  to  me,  very  happily,  to  characterize  a 
good  deal  of  the  writing  in  this  State. 

My  other  observation  is  that,  with  the  certain  exception  of 
Paul  Metcalf  s  Will  West,  the  probable  exception  of  John 
Mahoney's  Parousia,  and  the  possible  exception  of  Charles 
Olson's  Anecdotes  of  the  Late  War,  (all  North  Carolina 
writers  by  adoption  rather  than  by  birth)  these  are  hopeful 
and  optimistic  books.  In  some  cases  this  optimism  is  the  prod- 
uct of  the  comic  spirit,  as  it  is  with  Mrs.  Patton  and  Mrs. 
Bevington.  In  some  cases,  it  is  apparently  the  expression  of  a 
religious  confidence,  as  it  is  in  much  of  the  poetry.  In  some 
cases,  it  finds  expression  through  oblique  reformist  social 
themes,  as  it  does  in  Paul  Green's  "parable  for  modern  times." 
In  some  cases,  it  is  the  product  of  a  philosophical  position,  as 
it  is  in  Evan  Brandon's  Green  Fond,  which  concludes  with 
Gawd  asserting:  "I  never  created  any  badness.  Only  good- 
ness. It's  certain  that  the  chillun  all  comes  into  the  ole  world 
alack  and  they  all  goes  out  alack.  I  make  em  that  way  in  the 
beginnin." 

This  optimistic  attitude  is  noteworthy  because  it  runs 
counter  to  the  main  currents  of  American  writing  today  and 
particularly  because  it  runs  counter  to  the  main  currents  of 
the  best  southern  writing  of  our  generation.  As  Ellen  Glasgow 
observed  a  few  years  ago,  "...  it  is  significant  that,  for  the 
first  time  in  its  history,  the  South  is  producing  ...  a  literature 
of  revolt.  Consciously  or  unconsciously,  the  aesthetic  sense 
[of  the  South]  ...  is  rejecting  the  standards  of  utility  in  art 
and  of  fundamentalism  in  ideas." 5  But  the  pessimism  implicit 
in  such  a  literature  as  she  describes  and  explicit  in  many 
of  the  leading  writers  of  the  South  is  hardly  present  at  all 

*  Marjorie  Kinnan  Rawlings,  "Regional  Literature  of  the  South,"  College 
English,  I  (February,  1940),  385.  See,  too,  Donald  Davidson's  "Regionalism 
in  American  Literature,"  American  Review,  V  (April,  1935),  48-61. 

5  Glasgow,  A  Certain  Measure,  147. 


N.  C.  Fiction,  Drama,  and  Poetry  235 

in  these  books.  A  similar  contrary  motion  in  much  the  same 
terms  was  characteristic,  too,  of  Thomas  Wolfe,  and  led  mis- 
taken northern  critics  to  declare  of  this  "Yea-sayer"  that  he 
was  southern  only  by  accident  of  birth.  I  think  we  may  safely 
conclude  that  this  optimistic  attitude  is  significantly  char- 
acteristic of  North  Carolina  writing.  There  is,  I  believe,  his- 
torical reason  for  the  fact. 

The  development  of  a  serious  literary  culture  in  North 
Carolina  came  late.  It  is,  in  fact,  almost  a  twentieth-century 
phenomenon.  At  the  time  when  the  Tidewater  regions  of 
the  South  were  formulating  the  Plantation  Tradition  in  litera- 
ture, with  its  tragic  backward  looking,  North  Carolinians 
were  engaging  to  no  marked  degree  in  literary  expression  of 
any  sort;  they  were,  in  fact,  living  and  thinking  largely  out- 
side the  complex  of  ideas  and  attitudes  that  made  the  creation 
of  the  Plantation  Tradition  possible;  they  were  celebrating 
the  Populist  Movement  and  the  ideal  of  public  education. 
Furthermore,  this  State  has  accepted  from  its  beginnings  the 
basic  assumptions  of  the  industrial  New  South  idea,  a  view 
of  man  and  society  which  rests  on  the  confident  belief  in 
social  perfectibility  and  progress  and  which  denies,  some- 
times tacitly  and  often  openly  and  directly,  as  Mr.  Green's 
Wilderness  Road  does,  the  assumptions  of  that  other  militant 
southern  view,  doctrinaire  Agrarianism.  Robert  B.  Heilman 
has  provocatively  suggested  that  the  tragic  strength  of  much 
contemporary  southern  writing  results  from  the  fact  that 
"the  South  ...  is  the  only  section  of  the  United  States  which 
knows  through  poignant  experience  that  defeat  is  possible/' 
This  quality,  which  he  calls  "the  Southerner's  discipline  of 
tragedy/'  accounts  for  the  dark  visions  of  writers  like  Robert 
Penn  Warren  and  William  Faulkner.6  And  it  is  this  quality 
which  seems  most  lacking  in  North  Carolina  thinking  and 
writing.  Here,  and  almost  nowhere  else  in  the  South,  has 
the  New  South  movement  with  its  sociological  attitudes  and 
its  perfectibilitarian  inclinations  found  expression  in  literature 

•Robert  B.  Heilman,  "The  Southern  Temper,"  in  Southern  Renascence: 
The  Literature  of  the  Modern  South,  edited  by  Louis  D.  Rubin,  Jr.,  and 
Robert  D.  Jacobs   (Baltimore,  1953),  3-13. 


236  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

as  well  as  in  law  and  statistical  tables  and  social  deeds.  And 
this  has  been  true  of  North  Carolina  literature  largely,  I  be- 
lieve, because  the  acceptance  of  the  New  South  assumptions 
has  been  more  pervasive  and  complete  in  this  State  than  it  has 
in  our  neighboring  states.  At  its  worst  this  tendency  has  given 
our  writing  a  too  easy  optimism  and  a  surface  cheerfulness;  it 
has  made  us  too  uncritical  of  the  machine  age  and  too  com- 
placent about  our  values.  At  its  best  it  has  made  us  intolerant 
of  social  evils,  impatient  with  the  status  quo,  and  it  has  given 
us  warm  and  cogent  books  that  assert  a  deeply  humanitarian 
view  of  human  society. 

I  have  presented  these  tentative  judgments  and  opinions 
in  the  uncomfortable  knowledge  that  good  art  more  accurate- 
ly measures  its  critics  than  its  critics  measure  it.  If  my  judg- 
ments seem  to  you,  as  well  they  may,  perversely  wrong  and 
strangely  blind  to  the  light,  then  I  would  like  to  leave  you  a 
weapon  to  use  against  me  in  the  witty  words  of  Mrs.  Bev- 
ington : 

Fanny  Burney  told  her  son, 

"Never,  my  child,  call  anyone 

A  fool." — The  boy  replied  the  more 

Amazed :  "Then,  what's  the  word  made  for?" 


NORTH  CAROLINA  NON-FICTION  BOOKS,  1955-1956 

By  H.  Broadus  Jones 

"Some  books  are  to  be  tasted,  others  swallowed,  and  some 
few  chewed  and  digested."  Applying  the  Baconian  dictum, 
as  a  member  of  the  Mayflower  Board  of  Award  I  have  been 
feasting  for  several  months  at  the  Mayflower  table  d'hote, 
tasting  ad  libitum,  swallowing  without  ill  consequences,  and 
digesting  at  leisure.  Altogether  there  were  thirty-eight  dishes 
provided,  dainty  enough  for  the  most  finicky  appetite  and 
substantial  enough  for  the  most  exacting  gourmand. 

Four  weeks  ago,  after  I  had  written  a  note  to  the  manage- 
ment expressing  my  appreciation  of  the  cuisine  and  my 
opinion  as  to  some  of  the  best  of  many  good  dishes,  I  got  a 
request  from  Raleigh:  "Tell  us  more  about  what  you  had  for 
dinner  and  how  you  liked  it."  Actually  the  request  was  to 
make  a  talk  of  twenty-five  or  thirty  minutes  in  this  luncheon 
session  concerning  the  volumes  that  have  been  considered 
for  the  Mayflower  Award. 

Now  that  I  am  here  to  comply  with  this  invitation  while 
you  relax  as  comfortably  as  possible,  I  am  like  the  Old  Woman 
who  lived  in  a  shoe:  I  have  so  many  books  I  don't  know  what 
to  do.  Three  things  I  must  not  do:  make  the  Old  Woman's 
horrible  mistake;  give  you  any  hint  as  to  the  winner  (a  secret 
that  is  quite  safe  with  me,  because  I  have  not  yet  heard  who 
has  won  the  award);  attempt  to  render  critical  evaluations 
of  thirty-eight  volumes  at  the  bomber  speed  of  forty-one 
seconds  per  volume. 

My  function  on  this  occasion  is  like  that  of  the  person  who 
displays  a  baker's  products  in  a  show  window.  There  they 
are  beyond  the  glass— an  intriguing  array  of  pies,  some  with 
and  some  without  meringue;  cakes  of  various  kinds,  colors, 
shapes,  and  sizes,  so  enticing  that  they  might  easily  start  a 
stampede  from  the  street  through  the  plate  glass;  loaves,  rolls, 
doughnuts,  all  fresh  from  the  oven  with  that  savory  odor 
that  comes  straight  through  the  glass. 

[237  ] 


238  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Here  are  the  books—thirty-eight  non-fiction  volumes  by 
North  Carolina  writers,  crowding  one  another  on  this  three- 
foot  shelf,  which  I  hope  you  are  able  to  see  in  imagination- 
books  which  probably  represent  more  than  threescore  and 
ten  years  of  labor.  Most  of  them  are  substantial  volumes, 
ranging  all  the  way  from  the  600  pages  by  a  distinguished 
scholar  and  author  well  past  the  threescore  and  ten  to  that 
little  volume  of  forty-six  pages  by  a  college  sophomore. 

Viewed  from  the  distance  of  a  few  feet,  it  is  a  colorful  and 
attractive  shelf.  The  jackets  provide  the  external  color,  all 
within  the  bounds  of  good  taste,  each  distinctly  individual 
and  appropriate  to  the  purpose  and  contents  of  the  volume. 
The  variety  of  colors  within  the  covers,  I  assure  you,  is  even 
more  attractive  than  the  external  display. 

Glancing  along  this  row  of  books,  you  see  the  names  of  such 
presses  as  Rinehart,  Crowell,  Doubleday,  Bobbs-Merrill, 
Cornell,  Louisiana  State  University,  Abingdon,  Vantage, 
Broadman,  Morrow,  Edwards  and  Broughton  of  Raleigh, 
Blair  of  Winston-Salem,  and  other  publishers  here  at  home, 
with  the  names  University  of  North  Carolina  and  Duke  Uni- 
versity appearing  most  frequently. 

Let  us  see  now  what  we  can  do  to  get  the  books  out  of  this 
comfortable  order,  or  disorder,  observing  some  of  the  prin- 
ciples applied  by  a  hostess  in  seating  her  guests  at  the  dinner 
table. 

Well,  here  they  are  in  the  new  arrangement— the  best  that 
I  can  do,  since  authors  are  notoriously  careless  about  writing 
according  to  types.  With  a  good  deal  of  shoving  and  straining 
I  have  got  them  into  four  groups,  arranged  from  the  highest 
to  the  lowest  according  to  the  number  of  inches  occupied  on 
the  shelf,  the  measurements  made  with  precision  according 
to  the  best  traditions  of  scholarship,  as  follows: 

I.  History— 15  volumes,  17  inches  of  shelf. 

I.  Biography,  travel,  and  sketches— 10  volumes,  9  inches. 

III.  Christianity— r7  volumes,  5%  inches. 

IV.  Miscellaneous— 6  volumes,  4Va  inches. 


N.  C.  Non-Fiction  Books  239 

Taking  the  last  group  first,  we  find  three  volumes  concerned 
with  matters  of  law  and  government.  The  Government  and 
Administration  of  North  Carolina,  by  Robert  S.  Rankin,  Pro- 
fessor of  Political  Science  and  Chairman  of  the  Department, 
Duke  University,  devotes  more  than  four  hundred  pages  to 
"governmental  machinery  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina  and 
the  manner  in  which  that  machinery  functions."  It  is  a  valu- 
able book  for  everyone  interested  in  American  state  govern- 
ment, especially  for  "government  officials  and  voters,  editors 
and  writers,  teachers  and  students,  taxpayers'  groups  and 
chambers  of  commerce."  Laic  and  the  Press,  a  revision  of  the 
1954  edition,  by  William  C.  Lassiter,  is  an  invaluable  volume 
for  the  newspaperman  or  woman  in  North  Carolina.  Military 
Justice  in  the  Armed  Forces  of  the  United  States,  by  Robinson 
O.  Everett,  former  Commissioner  of  the  United  States  Court 
of  Military  Appeals,  is  considered  "an  important  contribution 
to  the  criminal  law  of  the  military  establishment,"  useful  to 
both  the  military  and  the  civilian  lawyer,  and  valuable  as  a 
textbook  for  students. 

Other  People's  Lives,  by  Rosalie  Massengale,  is  a  compact 
brochure  of  study  outlines,  one  of  the  series  of  Library  Ex- 
tension Publications  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina. 
Raymond  J.  Jeffreys,  author  of  Must  They  Sell  Apples  Again? 
describes  his  book  as  "a  compilation  of  facts,  figures  and  in- 
formation, presenting  the  justice  and  need  of  a  Service  Pen- 
sion, based  on  age  alone,  for  the  veterans  of  World  War  I." 
Harry  L.  Golden,  in  his  volume,  Jewish  Roots  in  the  Caro- 
linas,  concludes  that  "this  most  Gentile'  section  of  America 
has  provided  the  most  favorable  'atmosphere'  the  Jewish 
people  have  ever  known  in  the  modern  world." 

In  the  next  group,  under  the  head  of  "Christianity,"  I  have 
placed  seven  volumes:  The  Secret  of  Happiness,  by  Billy 
Graham,  this  being  an  exposition  of  the  Beatitudes  in  ten 
brief  chapters;  Come  Unto  Me,  by  Julian  Butler,  Jr.,  a  college 
sophomore  from  Laurinburg,  a  little  book  of  thirty-one  de- 
votions intended  for  the  use  of  young  people;  Paths  of  Shin- 
ing Light,  by  Vera  Idol,  Professor  of  English,  High  Point 
College,  a  beautiful  little  volume  of  nineteen  inspirational 


240  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

and  devotional  talks  or  meditations,  beginning  with  "Roads" 
and  concluding  with  "God's  World,"  with  illustrative  photo- 
graphs interspersed;  Thinking  About  God,  by  Robert  Lee 
Middleton,  twenty-five  "devotional  meditations  entreating 
you  to  'draw  night  to  God,  and  he  will  draw  night  to  you' "; 
The  Prayers  of  Jesus,  with  Meditations  and  Verse  for  Devo- 
tional Use,  by  Ralph  Spaulding  Cushman  of  Raleigh;  Chris- 
tian Eschatology  and  Social  Thought,  by  Ray  C.  Petry,  Pro- 
fessor of  Church  History,  Duke  University;  The  Pastor  s 
Hospital  Ministry,  by  Richard  K.  Young,  Director  of  Pastoral 
Care,  North  Carolina  Baptist  Hospital,  in  charge  of  training 
students  and  pastors  in  counseling  at  Bowman  Gray  School  of 
Medicine  of  Wake  Forest  College,  and  also  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Pastoral  Care  at  Southeastern  Theological  Seminary. 
The  first  five  of  these  volumes,  ranging  from  about  45  to  125 
pages,  are  devotional  and  inspirational. 

Dr.  Petry's  book  could  be  placed  also  in  the  category  of 
history,  as  indicated  by  the  sub-title:  "A  historical  essay  on 
the  social  implications  of  some  selected  aspects  in  Christian 
eschatology  to  A.  D.  1500."  As  a  study  in  Christianity  it  is  a 
work  of  mature  scholarship,  embodying  the  best  standards  of 
research,  organization,  and  style.  Dr.  Young's  book  is  especi- 
ally valuable  for  professional  guidance  in  a  limited  area  of 
pastoral  responsibility  and  interesting  for  general  readers. 

The  nine  volumes  grouped  under  the  heading  "Biography, 
Travel,  and  Sketches,"  run  the  range  from  Daniel  Boone  in 
North  Carolina,  by  George  H.  Maurice  (the  smallest  volume 
of  the  thirty-eight,  consisting  of  nineteen  interesting  pages 
of  text,  maps,  and  photographs )  to  George  W.  Cable,  A  Biog- 
raphy, by  Arlin  Turner  (the  largest  of  the  volumes  in  this 
group,  consisting  of  about  400  pages,  including  fifteen  pages 
of  bibliography  and  nineteen  pages  of  index ) . 

Dr.  Turner,  who  is  Professor  of  American  Literature  at 
Duke  University  and  managing  editor  of  the  quarterly, 
American  Literature,  presents  vividly,  interestingly,  and  thor- 
oughly one  of  the  most  striking  figures  on  the  American 
literary  scene,  thus  fulfilling  a  need  that  has  long  been  recog- 
nized. The  volume  satisfies  the  rigid  requirements  of  scholar- 


N.  C.  Non-Fiction  Books  241 

ship  and  yet  keeps  within  the  range  of  appeal  to  the  average 
reader. 

Next  is  a  volume  entitled  Charles  E.  Maddry,  An  Auto- 
biography, which  the  author  tells  us  was  an  undertaking  of 
ten  years,  completed  in  the  midst  of  a  busy  and  crowded  life. 
This  book  is  of  interest  not  only  because  it  gives  the  story  of 
Dr.  Maddry's  rich  and  active  career  over  a  period  of  eighty 
years,  but  also  because  it  is  a  valuable  cross  section  of  church 
history,  particularly  of  Southern  Baptist  mission  work.  In 
the  volume  appear  many  notable  persons  whom  the  reader 
may  claim  or  recall  as  valued  friends,  among  them  the  late 
Dr.  R.  T.  Vann. 

A  book  that  has  received  much  attention  from  reviewers 
and  has  become  nationally  known  is  My  Brother  Adlai,  by 
Elizabeth  Stevenson  Ives,  assisted  by  Hildegarde  Dolson,  a 
professional  writer.  This  is  a  biography  of  much  charm, 
simply  and  clearly  written— a  good  portrait  by  a  devoted  sister 
of  a  brilliant  man. 

We  turn  now  to  the  volumes  of  travel  and  sketches  in  this 
group.  If  you  are  in  the  holiday  mood,  you  may  take  off  with 
Ali-Mat  in  Ali-Mat  Takes  Off,  by  Mrs.  Alice  Clarke  Mathew- 
son,  for  a  152-page  adventure  to  Europe,  Africa,  Alaska,  the 
Gulf  Stream  for  a  Christmas  cruise,  and  South  of  the  Border, 
concluding  with  "Characters  You  Meet  on  a  Sightseeing  Bus 
Across  the  Continent."  After  this  interesting  but  strenuous 
adventure,  if  you  have  a  hankering  for  the  "good  old  days" 
of  pioneer  life,  you  can  taper  off  and  calm  down  by  turning 
back  time  to  the  year  1912-1913  for  a  94-page  visit  with  A 
Country  Doctor  in  the  South  Mountains,  the  author  and  the 
doctor  being  Benjamin  Earle  Washburn  of  Rutherfordton, 
who  will  entertain  you  with  twenty-two  stories  and  sketches 
of  his  own  adventures  as  a  young  physician,  of  the  people,  of 
diseases  and  local  remedies,  moonshine  liquor,  and  the  dawn 
of  better  days. 

While  your  appetite  is  whetted  for  unusual  experiences, 
you  should  go  on  over  to  Wilkes  and  neighboring  counties 
for  a  visit  with  The  Parson  of  the  Hills,  who  is  Charles  A. 
Keys,  known  as  the  "Boy  Preacher"  from  the  age  of  four  or 


242  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

five  and  later  as  "Sledgehammer  Charlie"  when  he  tangled 
with  moonshiners,  whose  respect  he  won  and  retained  while 
he  thundered  against  their  sinful  ways.  You  will  leave  the 
Parson  with  increased  respect  and  enthusiasm  for  home  mis- 
sions, perhaps  reflecting  that  Dr.  Washburn  was  also  engaged 
in  the  same  work  whether  he  knew  it  or  not. 

Since  we  are  already  in  the  highlands  and  on  the  prowl, 
let's  get  into  the  shadow  of  Old  Smoky  at  Sylva  to  begin 
Roaming  the  Mountains  with  John  Parris.  After  attaining 
distinction  as  a  newspaper  man  at  home  and  abroad,  the 
author  ( John  Parris )  has  been  living  in  his  native  town,  and 
since  February  of  1955  he  has  been  writing  for  the  Citizen- 
Times  his  popular  and  widely-read  column,  "Roaming  the 
Mountains,"  from  which  this  volume  of  246  pages  and  some 
seventy  selected  stories  and  sketches  is  made.  The  volume 
provides  good  entertainment,  affecting  with  compelling  nos- 
talgia one  who  is  "native  here  and  to  the  manner  born"  and 
giving  others  an  urge  to  strike  out  for  the  highlands. 

Back  down  from  the  mountains  in  time  for  the  meeting  of 
the  State  Literary  and  Historical  Association,  we  find  as- 
sembled Tar  Heel  Writers  I  Have  Known,  thirty-five  of  them 
presented  by  Bernadette  Hoyle  of  Smithfield  with  her  facile 
pen  and  handy  camera  in  an  attractive  volume  of  215  pages 
—interviews  which  previously  appeared  in  The  News  and 
Observer.  "More,"  said  Oliver  Twist  on  one  occasion,  and 
so  say  I. 

Coming  up  last  in  this  group  is  one  whose  ancestors  did 
not  come  over  in  the  Mayflower,  Tecumseh,  Vision  of  Glory, 
by  Glenn  Tucker,  who  has  followed  Tecumseh's  trail  with  all 
the  skill  and  cunning  of  one  of  James  Fenimore  Cooper's 
Indians.  As  a  biography  this  book  portrays  vividly  and  con- 
vincingly a  man  of  great  talent  and  noble  aims,  of  iron  will 
and  dauntless  courage,  of  great  firmness  but  not  without 
mercy.  The  book  is  also  history— a  valuable  contribution  to 
American  history,  presenting  vividly  and  in  clear  perspective 
the  climactic  conflict  between  the  Indians  and  the  newcomers. 
In  fact,  in  my  first  sketch  I  placed  this  volume  in  the  history 
group,  having  as  much  trouble  about  putting  Tecumseh  in 


N.  C.  Non-Fiction  Books  243 

his  place  as  his  enemies  had  nearly  a  century  and  a  half  ago. 
Anyhow,  how  can  one  separate  history  and  the  biography 
of  a  great  leader  of  his  people? 

Of  the  fifteen  books  grouped  under  the  head  of  history, 
eight  are  devoted  to  local  history:  Greensboro,  North  Caro- 
lina, by  Ethel  Stevens  Arnett  "under  the  direction  of  Walter 
Clinton  Jackson";  Colonial  Bath,  by  Herbert  R.  Paschal; 
"Zeb's  Black  Baby':  Vance  County,  by  Samuel  Thomas 
Peace;  Here  Will  I  Dwell,  The  Story  of  Caldwell  County, 
by  Nancy  Alexander;  They  Passed  This  Way,  A  Personal 
Narrative  of  Harnett  County,  by  Malcolm  Fowler;  A  History 
of  Moore  County,  1747-1847,  by  Blackwell  P.  Robinson;  The 
Living  Past  of  Cleveland  County,  by  Lee  B.  Weathers;  and 
Buncombe  to  Mecklenburg— Speculation  Lands,  by  Sadie 
Smathers  Patton  (a  publication  of  the  Western  North  Caro- 
lina Historical  Association ) . 

These  volumes  vary  greatly  in  purpose,  scope,  and  method, 
but  all  are  important  in  capturing  and  preserving  local  history 
for  interested  citizens  and  for  the  future  historian.  The  first 
one  in  this  list  entitled  Greensboro,  a  volume  of  nearly  500 
pages,  is  a  record  of  important  events  and  movements  for 
more  than  two  hundred  years,  particularly  since  1807,  when 
a  legislative  act  was  passed  creating  Greensboro.  It  is  a  well- 
made  and  well-written  volume,  extensively  illuminated  with 
photographs.  The  Living  Past  of  Cleveland  County  is  the 
work  of  a  veteran  newspaper  man  who  has  been  editor  and 
publisher  of  The  Shelby  Daily  Star  for  forty-five  years.  He  has, 
of  course,  seen  the  history  evolving,  has  recorded  it  day  by 
day  through  the  years,  and  in  the  development  of  his  own 
town  and  county  has  had  a  great  part.  The  history  of  the 
county  becomes  state  history  and  in  a  way  extends  beyond 
state  lines  because  of  some  of  the  persons  here  portrayed. 

Turning  from  the  local  histories,  we  come  next  to  Agri- 
cultural Developments  in  North  Carolina,  1783-1860,  by 
Cornelius  Oliver  Cathey  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina, 
this  being  Volume  38  in  the  James  Sprunt  Studies  in  History 
and  Political  Science,  published  under  the  direction  of  the 
Departments  of  History  and  Political  Science  of  the  Univer- 


244  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

sity  of  North  Carolina.  One  does  not  have  to  be  engaged  in 
agricultural  work  in  order  to  read  with  interest  this  valuable 
contribution  to  history  and  in  order  to  understand  why  the 
author  arrives  at  the  conclusion  "that  nothing  significant  oc- 
curred in  American  agriculture  during  the  time  which  was 
not  reflected  in  parallel  or  corresponding  developments  in 
North  Carolina,"  and  that  North  Carolina  had  a  significant 
part  in  revolutionary  changes. 

The  Religious  Press  in  the  South  Atlantic  States,  1802-1865: 
An  Annotated  Bibliography  with  Historical  Introduction  and 
Notes,  by  Henry  Smith  Stroupe,  Professor  of  History,  Wake 
Forest  College,  appears  as  Series  XXXII  of  Historical  Papers 
of  Trinity  College  Historical  Society,  Duke  University.  As 
stated  in  the  Preface,  "The  portion  of  this  book  entitled  His- 
torical Introduction'  narrates  briefly  the  founding  of  the  lead- 
ing periodicals,  explains  why  they  were  started,  and  analyzes 
their  problems,  their  objectives,  and  their  relations  with  each 
other.  The  attitude  of  the  press  toward  several  notable  events 
is  described."  A  carefully  annotated  bibliography,  for  which 
future  investigators  will  be  grateful,  occupies  about  one 
hundred  pages  of  the  volume. 

History  of  North  Carolina  Baptists,  Volume  II,  by  the  late 
George  Washington  Paschal,  is  a  continuation  of  the  work 
which  Dr.  Paschal  began  many  years  ago  under  the  authori- 
zation of  the  Baptist  State  Convention  of  North  Carolina, 
Volume  I  (1633-1805)  having  been  published  in  1930.  Like 
the  other  publications  by  Dr.  Paschal,  including  the  three- 
volume  history  of  Wake  Forest  College,  this  work  is  based 
upon  thorough  investigation,  and  the  presentation  is  quite 
full,  with  adequate  annotation.  Among  other  values,  it  is  a 
source  book  for  any  future  writers  of  the  Baptist  history  of 
the  same  time  and  area. 

Providence  of  Wit  in  the  English  Letter  Writers,  by  Wil- 
liam Henry  Irving  of  Duke  University,  who  is  the  author  of 
John  Gay's  London  and  of  John  Gay:  Favorite  of  the  Wits, 
"reviews  the  history  of  the  Familiar  Letter  as  an  art  form  in 
seventeenth-    and   eighteenth-century    England,"    giving    a 


N.  C.  Non-Fiction  Books  245 

"view  of  the  whole  art  of  letter- writing  as  a  phase  in  the 
history  of  English  literature." 

The  University  in  the  Kingdom  of  Guatemala,  by  John 
Lanning  of  Duke  University,  is  a  most  thorough  work  of 
specialized  scholarship,  pursued  with  support  from  the  Gug- 
genheim Foundation  and  the  backing  of  the  Duke  University 
Council  on  Research,  the  American  Council  of  Learned  So- 
cieties, and  the  Social  Science  Research  Council. 

Gray  Fox:  Robert  E.  Lee  and  the  Civil  War,  by  Burke 
Davis  of  Greensboro  Daily  Netos,  author  of  several  books, 
including  They  Called  Him  Stonewall,  narrates  with  dramatic 
and  climactic  effect  the  role  of  "one  of  the  great  tragic  figures 
of  American  history"  through  the  tragic  era.  The  national 
recognition  which  this  book  has  received  is  well  deserved. 

Ben  Franklins  Privateers,  A  Naval  Epic  of  the  American 
Revolution,  by  William  Bell  Clark  of  Brevard,  makes  its  time- 
ly appearance  in  connection  with  the  commemoration  of  the 
250th  anniversary  of  the  birth  of  Franklin.  The  author,  who 
has  written  five  other  books  on  maritime  affairs,  dating  from 
1929  to  1953,  tells  a  captivating  story  in  which  Franklin  ap- 
pears "as  a  much-harrassed  Minister  Plenipotentiary,  a  persis- 
tent humanitarian,  an  unwilling  judge  of  the  admiralty,  and  a 
frequently  exasperated  gentleman." 

There  you  have  it— the  display  of  North  Carolina  non- 
fiction  books  of  the  past  year,  figuratively  seen  through  a 
glass,  perhaps  darkly— an  interesting  and  valuable  collection 
in  which  we  can  take  great  pride— a  collection  in  which  it  is 
easy  to  find  volumes  worthy  of  the  Mayflower  Award  and 
capable  of  bringing  honor  to  the  tradition. 

It  is  such  an  attractive  shelf  that  I  should  like  to  keep  the 
books  just  as  they  are,  as  a  memorial  of  a  notable  year  of 
literary  work  in  North  Carolina,  just  as  I  should  like  to  be 
able  to  see  somewhere  in  a  shelf  the  products  of  each  year 
from  1905  when  the  first  Patterson  cup  was  awarded  to  John 
Charles  McNeill  down  to  the  present.  But  I  suppose  we  shall 
have  to  classify  in  library  style  and  then  distribute,  perhaps 
lose  in  the  stacks,  these  volumes  which  are  really  most  con- 
genial and  sociable. 


246  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Let  me  conclude  with  a  quotation  from  the  address  "To  the 
Great  Variety  of  Readers"  which  stands  as  the  preface  to  the 
first  folio  of  Shakespeare's  plays,  1623,  over  the  signatures  of 
John  Heminge  and  Henrie  Condell,  fellow  actors  of  Shakes- 
peare: 

"Well!  It  is  now  publique,  and  you  wil  stand  for  your  privi- 
ledges  wee  know:  to  read  and  censure.  Do  so,  but  buy  it  first. 
That  doth  best  commend  the  Booke,  the  Stationer  saies.  Then, 
how  odde  soever  your  braines  be,  or  your  wisdomes,  make  your 
license  the  same,  and  spare  not.  .  .  .  But  whatever  you  do,  Buy!" 
At  least,  let  me  add,  read ! 


LIFE  AND  LITERATURE 

By  Gilbert  T.  Stephenson 

Returning  to  North  Carolina  in  1950,  after  an  absence  of 
twenty-one  years,  I  have  been  impressed  ever  since  by  the 
cultural  progress  of  our  State  during  that  interval.  It  is  mani- 
fest in  every  field  of  culture:  in  the  extraordinary  enlarge- 
ment and  development  of  our  institutions  of  higher  educa- 
tion; in  the  wealth  of  creative  literature  flowing  from  the  pens 
of  our  writers;  in  the  works  of  our  artists,  such  as  those 
recently  on  exhibit  in  Plymouth  and  Winston-Salem;  in  the 
composition  of  our  dramatists  and  musicians  and  in  the  an- 
nual concert  tour  of  our  North  Carolina  Symphony  Orchestra; 
in  the  accomplishments  of  the  ten  cultural  societies  in  session 
here  this  week;  and,  lastly,  in  the  opening  of  our  State  Art 
Museum,  with  its  paintings  by  Rubens  and  Rembrant,  and 
other  masterpieces  of  art. 

On  this  background  of  cultural  progress  and  this  occasion 
of  emphasis  upon  literature,  I  should  like  to  speak  on  Litera- 
ture and  Life  with  special  reference  to  North  Carolina. 
Furthermore,  I  hope  that  it  will  not  be  amiss  for  me  to  draw 
most  of  my  illustrations  from  the  northeastern  section  of  our 
State  with  whose  literature  and  life  I  am,  by  nativity  and 
residence,  the  most  familiar. 

Literature  is  the  body  of  imaginative  and  interpretive 
writing  expressed  in  drama,  essay,  fiction,  history,  and  poetry, 
as  distinct  from  business,  economic,  instructional,  profes- 
sional, scientific,  and  technical  writing.  However,  I  should 
hope  to  find  a  good  deal  of  literary  merit  in  the  latter  group 
of  writings. 

Life  includes  all  that  Jesus  included  when  he  said,  "I  came 
that  they  may  have  life,  and  have  it  abundantly/'  He  must 
have  meant  infinitely  more  than  physical  existence  and  length 
of  days  on  earth.  He  must  have  included  emotional,  mental, 
sentimental,  social,  and  spiritual  life  as  well,  for  all  of  these 
elements  are  essential  to  abundant  life. 


[247] 


248  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Of  literature  and  life  in  North  Carolina  so  defined  I  shall 
try  to  make  only  two  points. 

The  first  point  is  that  in  every  section  of  our  State  there 
is  literary  material  awaiting  appropriation  and  literary  talent 
awaiting  development. 

Almost  every  day,  for  example,  The  News  and  Observer 
publishes  on  its  editorial  page  "Today's  N.  C.  Poem."  These 
poems  come  from  the  farms  as  well  as  the  towns  and  cities  of 
our  State. 

One  morning  last  spring  the  day's  poem,  entitled  "Around 
My  Back  Door,"  was  by  one  of  my  neighbors,  a  farmer's  wife. 
In  part  it  went  as  follows: 

Around  my  back  door  are  memories  so  dear 
How  children  played  and  there  was  no  fear 
From  childhood  to  youth  they  ran  in  and  out 
With  laughter  and  joy  and  a  merry  shout. 

As  years  have  passed  to  adults  they  have  grown 
From  around  my  back  door  they  all  have  gone 
To  seek  fame  and  fortune  in  this  big,  wide  world 
With  families  of  their  own,  both  boys  and  girls. 

Well,  listen,  here  they  come  from  far  and  near, 
'Tis  grandchildren's  voices  now  I  hear; 
"Hi,  Grandma,"  they  are  calling  with  merry  glee, 
"Know  you're  surprised  this  group  to  see." 

Again  there  are  children  with  laughter  so  gay 
So  around  my  back  door  I  want  them  to  stay. 

Not  being  a  poet,  I  cannot  evaluate  these  lines  as  poetry. 
But,  being  a  grandfather  whose  grandchildren  recently  played 
where  our  children  played  only  a  few  years  ago,  I  fully  share 
my  neighbor's  sentiment.  What  is  poetry  but  sentiment 
aflame! 

A  few  weeks  ago,  for  another  example,  Roy  Parker,  Jr., 
Editor,  The  Bertie  Ledger- Advance,  began  a  column,  "Things 
cultural  seem  to  pop  from  the  strangest  places  in  Roanoke- 
Chowan,  .  .  ."  and  then  went  on  to  describe  an  eighty-three- 
year-old  artist  he  had  discovered  near  Lewiston  in  Bertie 


Life  and  Literature  249 

County  and  to  predict  that  he  might  make  authentic  additions 
in  the  field  of  art  in  which  Grandma  Moses  is  the  acknowl- 
edged leader. 

Material  for  literature  as  well  as  art  is  to  be  found  in  every 
nook  and  cranny  of  our  State— in  fact,  wherever  there  is  life. 
Life  comes  before  literature  and  supplies  the  material  for 
the  writer. 

Of  the  thirty-five  Tar  Heel  Writers  I  Know  in  Bernadette 
Hoyle's  recent  volume  by. that  title,  note  how  many  of  them 
found  their  material  at  or  near  their  own  door-steps.  Mebane 
Holoman  Burgwyn  has  found  hers  in  her  native  county  of 
Northampton  and  much  of  it  in  that  part  of  the  county  known 
as  Occoneechee  Neck  on  the  Roanoke  River.  Inglis  Fletcher 
has  found  the  material  for  her  historical  novels  in  the  Albe- 
marle and  Cape  Fear  sections  of  our  State.  Bernice  Kelly 
Harris  has  found  hers  in  her  native  county  of  Wake  and  her 
adopted  county  of  Northampton.  Ovid  Williams  Pierce  and 
William  T.  Polk  each  found  his  in  his  native  countv,  one 
Halifax  and  the  other  Warren. 

When  I  think  of  the  wealth  of  literary  material  at  our 
door-steps  I  am  reminded  of  the  Jules  Verne  story  of  the  ship 
at  sea  signalling  another  ship,  "Water,  water,  we  die  of  thirst," 
only  to  receive  the  answer,  "Cast  down  your  buckets  where 
you  are."  The  distressed  vessel  was  in  fresh  water  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Amazon  but  did  not  know  it.  To  the  aspiring 
young  writer  anywhere  in  our  State  in  search  of  material,  I 
would  say  "Cast  down  your  bucket  where  you  are." 

With  all  this  literary  material  and  literary  talent  all  around 
us,  I  think  that  it  would  be  well  for  the  members  of  our 
Association  to  encourage  and  aid  in  the  organization  of  re- 
gional literary  groups  for  rural  areas  as  well  as  for  towns  and 
cities. 

Typical  of  the  kind  of  organization  I  have  in  mind  is  the 
Roanoke-Chowan  group.  It  began  nine  years  ago  as  an  in- 
formal organization  of  artists,  musicians,  writers,  and  other 
persons  on  either  side  of  the  Roanoke  and  Chowan  rivers 
who,  although  not  artists,  nor  musicians,  nor  writers  them- 


250  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

selves,  were  genuinely  interested  in  creative  work  in  cultural 
fields. 

Every  year  since  then  the  group  has  met  in  one  after 
another  member's  home.  One  year  the  emphasis  has  been 
upon  art;  the  next,  upon  literature;  and  some  year  in  the  near 
future,  we  hope,  it  will  be  upon  music.  At  our  1956  meeting 
the  emphasis  was  upon  art;  at  our  1957  meeting,  with  the 
Roy  Parkers  (Senior  and  Junior)  for  hosts,  it  will  be  upon 
literature. 

The  interest  of  the  members,  instead  of  fagging  after  the 
first  flush  of  enthusiasm,  has  increased  year  by  year.  Our 
1956  meeting  was  in  the  home  of  Frith  and  Mrs.  Winslow  of 
Plymouth.  After  an  appropriate  address  on  "Art"  by  Robert 
Lee  Humber,  Mr.  Winslow,  himself  an  artist  of  distinction, 
gave  an  exhibit  of  paintings  by  local  artists  that  would  have 
done  credit  to  any  group  of  artists  anywhere.  Among  the 
paintings  were  those  by  Francis  Speight,  a  native  of  Bertie, 
now  an  artist  of  national  reputation,  connected  with  the  Phil- 
adelphia Academy  of  Fine  Arts.  Every  year  he  returns  to 
attend  and  participate  in  our  meetings. 

The  aim  of  our  group  is  not  only  to  promote  fraternity 
among  our  local  artists,  musicians,  and  writers  who  already 
have  achieved  recognition  and,  some  of  them,  distinction  in 
their  respective  fields  but  also  to  discover  and  encourage 
young  people  in  our  section  who  have  manifested  interest, 
talent,  and  aspiration  in  one  or  another  of  these  fields.  In- 
deed, we  are  active  talent-scouts.  This  year  we  discovered 
a  talented  young  artist  now  studying  under  Francis  Speight 
in  Philadelphia.  Another  year  we  may  discover  a  young  writer 
who  some  day  may  rank  alongside  Wake  County's  Lucy 
Daniels. 

Would  it  not  be  worth  while  for  the  members  of  our 
Association,  coming  as  they  do  from  every  section  of  our 
State,  to  take  the  initiative  in  encouraging  and  aiding  in  the 
organization  of  literary  groups  similar  in  purpose  to  the 
Roanoke-Chowan  group?  In  our  towns  and  cities  it  is  not  dif- 
ficult to  reach  these  talented  young  people,  and  in  several 
towns  and  cities  over  the  State  they  already  are  members  of 


Life  and  Literature  251 

creative- writers'  groups.  The  young  people  about  whom  I  am 
concerned  are  those  in  our  rural  areas.  I  hope  that  it  never 
can  be  said  of  any  spot  in  our  State: 

Perhaps  in  this  neglected  spot  is  laid 
Some  heart  once  pregnant  with  celestial  fire; 
Hands  that  the  rod  of  empire  might  have  swayed, 
Or  waked  to  ecstasy  the  living  lyre. 

The  other  point  that  I  wish  to  make  about  literature  and 
life  in  North  Carolina  is  that  our  writers  are  under  a  social 
obligation  to  present  and  interpret  our  life  as  a  whole  rather 
than  certain  facts  about  us. 

One  day  in  a  classroom  a  bright  young  student  asked  Alfred 
North  Whitehead,  "What  is  reality?"  Perhaps  he  asked  the 
question  in  the  same  bantering  spirit  in  which  Pilate  asked 
Jesus,  "What  is  truth?"  Professor  Whitehead's  prompt  and 
crisp  answer  was,  "Whatever  counts  and  has  consequences." 
By  this  definition  there  is  reality  in  literature  in  that  it  does 
count  and  it  does  have  consequences. 

In  literature  there  is  basic  difference  between  being  true 
to  life  as  a  whole  and  being  true  to  only  given  facts  of  life. 
Life  is  more  than  the  sum  of  its  parts. 

Go  with  me  to  Warren  Place,  our  home  in  Northampton 
County.  Let  me  show  you  the  charred  and  rotting  remains 
of  a  century-old  oak  which  had  been  the  pride  of  our  place 
until  the  fall  of  1954  when  it  fell,  a  victim  of  Hurricane  Hazel. 
Describe  this  object  of  death  and  decay  with  perfect  fidelity. 
You  will  be  true  to  that  tragic  fact,  but  you  will  not  be  true  to 
Warren  Place,  for  life  and  growth  predominate  there.  Already 
the  remains  of  the  old  oak  are  almost  hidden  by  vegetation 
climbing  up  and  over  them. 

On  Highway  95  between  Lawrence  and  Leggett  in  Edge- 
combe County  there  is  the  most  dilapidated  mule-stable  I 
ever  saw.  It  is  a  masterpiece  of  dilapidation.  I  pass  it  at  least 
four  times  a  month.  Every  time  I  think  how  a  critic  of  the 
South  might  make  capital  for  his  purpose  by  photographing, 
describing,  and  publicizing  this  stable.  If  he  did  so,  he  would 
be  true  to  that  one  ugly  fact,  but  how  untrue  he  would  be  to 
that  prosperous  and  generally  well-kept  section. 


252  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Not  long  ago  I  went  into  a  neighbor's  garden  to  see  his 
roses. 

The  roses  red  upon  my  neighbor's  vine 

Are  owned  by  him,  but  they  are  also  mine, 

His  was  the  cost,  and  his  the  labor,  too, 

But  mine  as  well  as  his  the  joy,  their  loveliness  to  view. 

Near  the  entrance  there  was  a  gorgeous  red  rose  in  full  bloom. 
I  counted  forty-five  sharp,  ugly  thorns  beneath  the  rose 
reaching  all  the  way  down  the  stem  almost  to  the  ground. 
If  I  were  to  describe  the  thorns  onlv,  I  would  be  true  to  one 
fact,  but  how  untrue  I  would  be  to  my  neighbor's  garden. 
That  rose  and  its  companions  dominated  the  scene,  hid  the 
thorns,  and  made  the  garden  a  place  of  beauty. 

Photography  at  its  best  in  true  to  fact;  portraiture,  to  life. 
In  a  single  portrait  an  artist  catches  and  portrays  the  char- 
acter and  spirit  of  his  subject  as  a  photographer  cannot  in 
a  thousand  photographs.  Art  is  the  expression  of  human  per- 
sonality; photography,  the  capture  of  physical  likeness. 

The  news  columns  of  our  papers  aspire  to  be  true  to  fact, 
self -restrained  onlv  by  The  New  York  Times  standard,  "All 
the  News  That's  Fit  to  Print."  The  editorial  columns  aim  to 
be  true  to  life. 

Go  out  among  our  neighbors.  Look  for  their  imperfections 
only  and  describe  them  faithfully.  We  shall  be  true  to  certain 
facts  about  them,  but  not  true  to  them.  Their  goodness  far 
exceeds  their  badness.  "There  is  so  much  bad  in  the  best  of  us 
and  so  much  good  in  the  worst  of  us  that  it  ill  behooves  any 
of  us  to  talk  about  the  rest  of  us." 

Even  in  a  writer's  conscientious  aim  to  be  true  to  life  as 
well  as  fact  it  is  possible  for  him  to  be  one-sided  in  his  presen- 
tation and  interpretation. 

There  are  writers  of  fiction  and  history,  including  biography 
and  autobiography  even,  who  call  themselves  and  who  wish 
to  be  known  as  realists.  Realism  in.  literature  is  defined  as 
fidelity  to  nature  or  to  real  life,  representation  without  ideal- 
ization, and  adherence  to  actual  fact.  These  writers  seem  to 
think  that  to  be  realistic  they  must  describe  only  the  bad  and 


Life  and  Literature  253 

the  ugly.  There  are  columnists  of  whom  it  has  been  said  that 
they  are  so  accustomed  to  calling  attention  to  and  playing 
up  the  bad  side  of  life  that,  even  when  they  find  something 
they  like,  they  describe  it,  not  as  being  good,  but  only  as  not 
being  bad.  Instead  of  acclaiming  the  presence  of  goodness, 
they  only  admit  the  absence  of  badness. 

Some  people  who  postively  dislike  this  kind  of  literature 
call  these  writers  by  ugly  names,  such  as  "muckrakers,"  and 
some  of  the  writers  nonchantly  call  themselves  "debunkers." 
Name-calling  never  makes  converts.  These  writers,  many  of 
whom  have  distinguished  literary  talent,  should,  in  some 
kindly  and  convincing  way,  be  made  to  understand  that 
authentic  realism  includes  the  good  and  the  beautiful  as  well 
as  the  bad  and  the  ugly,  the  rose  as  well  as  the  thorns. 

There  is  no  better  field  from  which  to  draw  an  illustration 
of  the  social  obligation  of  writers  than  that  of  current  inter- 
racial relations. 

In  our  State  we  are  in  the  midst  of  readjustment  of  inter- 
racial relationships  with  regard  to  public  education  that  is 
comparable  with  the  readjustment  with  regard  to  suffrage  of 
about  a  half -century  ago.  Upon  the  maintenance  throughout 
this  whole  current  period  of  good  interracial  relations  will 
depend,  in  large  measure,  the  ultimate  and  proper  readjust- 
ment of  interracial  relationships.  By  relations  I  mean  how 
the  two  races  feel  towards  each  other;  by  relationships,  how 
they  deal  with  each  other. 

Basically,  the  relations  between  the  races  in  North  Caro- 
lina, certainly  in  my  part  of  the  State  wherein  the  colored 
people  outnumber  the  white  by  nearly  three  to  one,  are  good. 
Interracial  antagonisms  are  not  normal  nor  typical  anywhere 
in  our  State.  When  or  if  they  ever  should  degenerate  into 
violence  or  threats  of  violence,  such  an  unfortunate  event 
would  be  legitimate  news  because  it  would  be  abnormal  and 
atypical.  In  that  case  all  that  we  could  ask  of  our  newsmen 
would  be  that  they  restrict  their  reports  to  "news  that's  fit  to 
print." 

But  we  have  the  right  to  expect  of  our  columnists,  our  edi- 
tors, our  essayists,  and  our  novelists  that,  in  the  discharge 


254  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

of  their  obligations  to  society,  they  strive  at  all  times  to  be 
true  to  interracial  relations  as  a  whole.  It  would  be  well  for 
each  of  them,  after  he  had  drafted  his  column,  his  editorial, 
his  essay,  or  his  novel,  to  read  it  back  and  ask  himself,  "Is 
this  true  to  life  as  a  whole  or  true  only  of  particular  facts?", 
and  not  publish  it  until  he  had  brought  the  two  fidelities  into 
harmony. 

The  point  that  I  am  making  now  is  well  expressed  in  this 
sentence  which  has  appeared  repeatedly  in  The  Progressive 
Farmer  as  lately  as  October,  1956,  "If  each  person  of  each 
race  each  day  would  now  say  some  kind  thing  or  do  some  kind 
act  to  some  person  of  the  other  race,  it  will  help  to  preserve 
a  spirit  of  peace  and  friendship  in  which  all  problems  may  be 
gradually  worked  out." 

Spare  us  one-sided,  and  that  the  ugly-sided,  realism  in  the 
literature  of  interracial  relations.  We  need  Negro  writers,  as 
well  as  white  ones,  with  literary  talent,  such  as  that  possessed 
by  J.  Saunders  Redding,  winner  of  the  Mayflower  Cup  in 
1943,  to  present  the  better,  not  the  worse,  side  of  interracial 
relations.  From  our  Negro  writers  there  should  come  counter- 
parts of  Mebane  Burgwyn's  Lucky  Mischief  and  Moonflower 
and  Bernice  Harris's  Janey  Jeems.  Such  writers,  regardless 
of  race,  help  to  maintain  the  climate  of  friendliness  in  which 
alone  interracial  relationships  ever  can  be  adjusted  or  read- 
justed onto  a  permanently  sound  basis. 

In  the  discharge  of  this  and  of  all  its  other  obligations  to 
society,  literature  always  must  be  in  close  partnership  with 
life.  Life  supplies  the  material  for  creative  writing;  literature, 
the  inspiration  of  abundant  living. 


ONE  HUNDRED  YEARS  AGO 
By  Roy  F.  Nichols 

The  world  today  is  tremendously  complex.  So  much  is 
happening  in  so  many  places  which  affects  the  vital  interests 
and  even  the  survival  of  so  many  people  that  mankind  must 
keep  up  with  events  and  understand  their  significance  if  it 
is  to  have  wisdom  enough  to  keep  civilization  from  destruc- 
tion. Therefore  communication  of  accurate  knowledge  is  of 
greatest  importance.  For  this  purpose  we  have  the  press,  the 
radio,  and  television.  Headlines,  commentators,  and  colum- 
nists have  tremendous  influence.  So  much  of  life  seems  to  be 
easily  condensed  into  slogans  or  crisp  newsflashes,  which  in 
today's  hurry  control  thought  and  opinion.  But  such  means 
also  control  the  thinking  of  people  elsewhere  and  often  to  the 
injury  of  the  United  States. 

A  few  such  headlines  chosen  at  random  are  as  follows : 

Isthmus  Route  Closed 
England  and  France  Humiliated 
Russian  Menace  in  Near  East 
Cuban  Danger 
Chinese  Belligerence 

These  headlines,  however,  are  not,  as  it  might  appear, 
taken  from  today's  press  or  broadcasts.  They  are  such  as 
appeared  in  the  American  press  one  hundred  years  ago.  They 
are  chosen  as  reminders,  in  the  first  place  of  the  fact  that 
conditions  long  ago  bore  some  resemblance  to  those  of  this 
day  and  generation  and  more  particularly  to  serve  as  a  re- 
minder of  significant  failure  of  a  century  ago,  a  failure  of 
communication  which  can  teach  a  significant  lesson  today. 

A  century  ago,  the  people  living  in  the  eighteen-fifties, 
like  those  of  this  generation,  were  dwelling  in  the  shadow 
of  wars,  for  in  fact,  there  were  three  that  were  just  past, 
pending,  or  impending:  the  Mexican  War,  the  Crimean  War, 
and  the  war  between  the  Union  and  the  Confederacv  which 
was  to  come  as  the  disastrous  climax  of  these  ten  years. 

[255  ] 


256  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  decade  had  begun  with  such  promise.  California  had 
been  acquired,  gold  had  been  discovered,  and  a  new  world 
had  been  opened  to  the  United  States  in  the  Pacific.  This 
promise  had  of  course  produced  problems.  The  fact  of  the 
nation's  acquisition,  California,  meant  that  ways  had  to  be 
discovered  to  get  there.  Also,  the  extension  of  interest  to  the 
Pacific  meant  that  trade  facilities  were  ripe  to  be  developed 
to  enable  the  republic  to  promote  its  new  advantage.  The 
question  of  travel  to  California  involved  such  matters  as  the 
status  of  Cuba,  proper  transportation  routes  over  the  several 
isthmuses,  and  the  building  of  a  transcontinental  railroad. 
Operation  in  any  of  these  fields  invited  private  enterprise, 
government,  and  diplomacy. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  decade,  the  Government's  partici- 
pation in  these  matters  was  in  significant  part  directed  by  a 
distinguished  son  of  North  Carolina,  William  A.  Graham. 
A  native  of  Lincoln  County,  Graham  became  a  member  of 
the  Class  of  1824  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina.  As  a 
law  student  of  the  distinguished  jurist,  Thomas  Ruffin,  he  had 
established  himself  at  Hillsboro  in  practice,  and  within  a 
short  time  became  a  Whig  politician  who  served  as  United 
States  Senator  and  Governor.  In  1850,  when  President  Fill- 
more organized  his  new  administration,  he  invited  Governor 
Graham  to  serve  as  Secretary  of  the  Navy.  As  such,  he  was 
much  concerned  in  advancing  communication  and  in  enlarg- 
ing American  commercial  interests.  He  played  a  significant 
part  in  developing  the  coast  survey,  in  exploring  the  Amazon, 
and  in  opening  up  Japan.  He  glimpsed  the  possibilities  of 
his  office  almost  immediately  for  he  had  been  only  a  few 
days  in  office  when  he  wrote  his  wife  that  he  was  concerned 
with  "war  steamers,  mail  steamers,  squadrons  in  the  East 
Indies,  and  on  the  coast  of  Africa,  with  the  wonderful  changes 
produced  by  the  addition  of  our  Pacific  possessions  in  the 
commerce  of  the  world." 

The  Government  was  also  concerned  with  building  com- 
munication routes  across  the  isthmuses  of  Panama,  Nicaragua, 
and  Tehuantepec  in  Mexico.  Some  American  capitalists 
joined  with  British  associates  in  developing  Panama.  The 


One  Hundred  Years  Ago  257 

redoubtable  Commodore  Vanderbilt  undertook  to  establish  a 
route  over  Nicaragua  and  rival  American  enterprises  fought 
lobby  and  diplomatic  battles  for  the  privilege  of  developing 
Tehuantepec. 

While  all  this  was  going  on,  it  became  necessary  for  the 
nation  to  participate  in  the  election  of  1852.  Over  this  event 
more  shadows  of  the  Mexican  War  were  cast.  One  of  the  inci- 
dents of  that  conflict  had  been  the  propensity  of  the  generals 
to  fight  more  among  themselves  than  with  the  Mexicans.  The 
war  was  conducted  under  the  Democratic  administration  of 
President  James  K.  Polk  (another  North  Carolinian),  who 
to  his  chagrin  realized  that  the  commanders  of  his  victorious 
armies  were  Whigs.  In  order  to  redress  the  balance  and  per- 
haps to  retrieve  some  of  the  glory  for  his  own  party,  he  sup- 
plied these  Whig  generals,  Scott  and  Taylor,  with  a  large 
number  of  Democratic  associates  as  major  and  brigadier 
generals.  In  the  lofty  altitudes  of  the  Mexican  plateau,  these 
generals  did  not  forget  politics.  In  fact,  the  altitude  may  have 
stimulated  their  arguments.  At  any  rate,  Scott  succeeded  in 
quarreling  with  a  number  of  his  associates  who  eventually 
returned  to  the  lowlands  with  at  least  one  firm  idea,  and  that 
was  that  any  political  ambitions  which  Scott  might  have 
should  be  scotched.  As  1852  approached,  however,  it  became 
increasingly  likely  that  Scott  would  be  the  Whig  nominee. 
Four  years  before,  the  party  had  won  with  Taylor,  and  there 
seemed  every  indication  that  they  might  wish  to  try  it  again. 

The  possibility  of  Scott's  nomination  aroused  several  of 
the  Democratic  generals  who  joined  forces  with  political 
allies  and  eventually  nominated  a  Mexican  War  brigadier 
general,  Franklin  Pierce  of  New  Hampshire.  The  campaign 
which  followed  resulted  in  the  defeat  of  Scott  and  Secretary 
of  the  Navy  Graham,  who  had  been  nominated  for  Vice 
President,  by  Pierce  and  his  running-mate.  This  opened  the 
way  for  Pierce  and  a  group  of  associates  to  try  and  duplicate 
the  success  of  the  Polk  administration. 

On  the  eve  of  his  inauguration,  Pierce's  morale  was  shat- 
tered by  the  horrible  death  of  his  little  son  before  his  eyes  in 
a  railroad  accident.  When  he  came  to  take  office,  he  leaned 


258  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

particularly  upon  Mexican  War  associates  and  certain  ex- 
uberant publicists  known  as  "Young  America."  He  and  his 
associates  were  determined  to  advance  American  interests, 
acquire  new  territory,  develop  transportation  and  trade,  open 
new  vistas  in  the  Pacific,  and  defy  British  interference  in 
American  activities.  He  called  to  his  side  another  son  of 
North  Carolina,  James  Cochran  Dobbin. 

Dobbin,  a  lawyer  from  Fayetteville,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1832,  had  been  a  delegate  to  the  Democratic  Na- 
tional Convention  of  1852.  At  a  crucial  moment  in  the  con- 
vention, he  had  let  loose  a  burst  of  eloquence  which  had 
swept  the  convention  off  its  feet  and  impelled  the  nomination 
of  Pierce.  Dobbin  now  became  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  as  had 
Graham  before  him.  He  joined  wholeheartedly  in  the  an- 
nouncement which  Pierce  made  in  his  inaugural  that  "Amer- 
ican citizens  shall  realize  that  upon  every  sea  and  on  every 
soil  where  our  enterprise  may  rightfully  seek  the  protection 
of  our  flag,  American  citizenship  is  an  inviolable  panoply 
for  the  security  of  American  rights."  Pierce  set  out  promptly 
to  protect  Vanderbilt  against  the  British  in  Nicaragua,  to 
secure  from  Mexico  a  further  cession  of  land  to  enable  a 
southern  Pacific  railroad  to  be  built  to  California,  to  promote 
the  accession  of  Cuba,  and  to  develop  American  interests 
more  extensively  in  the  Pacific. 

It  was  one  thing,  however,  to  have  such  grandiloquent 
plans.  It  was  quite  another  to  put  them  into  effect.  Pierce  had 
constructed  his  administration  as  a  coalition  of  all  factions  in 
his  party.  This  meant  a  variety  of  views  and  methods  of 
operation.  To  manage  the  whole  series  of  projects,  he  had 
placed  the  veteran  William  L.  Marcy  at  the  head  of  the  State 
Department.  But  he  probably  took  as  much  advice  from 
Caleb  Cushing,  his  Attorney-General,  who  was  much  more 
expansive  and  flag-waving  in  his  approach.  Cushing  had  been 
down  in  Mexico  as  a  political  general  and  his  attitudes  were 
not  diplomatic  in  the  fashion  of  Marcy's— guided  by  the 
veteran  State  Department  clerks,  well  versed  in  protocol. 
Jefferson  Davis,  the  Secretary  of  War7  likewise  was  a  Mexican 


One  Hundred  Years  Ago  259 

War  veteran  and  expansive.  He  too,  was  Pierce's  close  con- 
fidant. 

In  appointing  the  diplomats,  Cushing  and  Davis  had  more 
to  say  about  who  was  to  represent  the  United  States  probably 
than  Marcy  did.  And  what  a  group  of  flag  wavers  received 
letters  of  credence.  Caution's  veteran,  James  Buchanan,  it 
was  true,  was  to  represent  the  United  States  at  London,  but 
he  was  to  be  accompanied  by  Dan  Sickles  as  Secretary  of 
Legation  and  George  N.  Sanders  as  Consul  at  London,  two 
boisterous  spokesmen  of  Young  America.  Pierre  Soule,  former 
French  radical,  was  to  go  to  the  reactionary  court  of  Spain. 
There  he  was  to  seek  opportunity  to  advance  our  interest  in 
Cuba— perhaps  to  the  extent  of  intrigue  in  Spanish  financial 
and  political  circles,  even  to  the  point  of  revolution.  Across 
the  sea  in  Cuba  itself,  American  filibusters  such  as  General 
Quitman  might  be  given  the  nod  to  aid  in  the  "liberation" 
of  the  Island.  Soule,  the  bizarre  "statesman,"  was  a  guest  at 
the  White  House  several  times  in  the  spring  of  1853,  and  his 
personality  and  deportment  led  a  discerning  kinswoman  of 
Mrs.  Pierce  to  record  in  her  diary,  "I  think  he  will  be  Minister 
to  Spain  but  fear  Pierce  and  his  cabinet  will  have  reason  to 
regret  it."  She  was  right.  Solon  J.  Borland  of  Arkansas  was 
sent  down  to  Nicaragua  to  be  on  the  watch  to  protect  trans- 
isthmus  transit  interests,  particularly  Vanderbilt's  line,  against 
the  hostile  "free-city"  of  Greytown  where  British  antagonists 
were  believed  to  be  operating.  A  warship  under  the  redoubt- 
able Captain  Hollins  was  to  be  within  call  instructed  by 
Dobbin  to  look  after  the  Commodore's  property.  James  Gads- 
den, a  South  Carolina  railroad  man,  was  commissioned  to 
Mexico  to  secure  the  territory  needed  to  build  a  southern 
transcontinental  railroad  and  to  look  after  American  Tehuan- 
tepec  trans-isthmus  concessions.  William  L.  Cazneau,  and  of 
course  with  him,  the  irrepressible  Mrs.  Jane  McManus  Storms 
Cazneau,  was  sent  to  Santo  Domingo  to  be  on  the  lookout  for 
a  coaling  station  in  the  West  Indies. 

Advantage  in  the  Pacific  was  likewise  part  of  the  Pierce 
doctrine.  The  Hawaiian  Islands,  China,  and  Japan  were 
points  of  focus.  In  the  fair  islands  of  the  mid-Pacific,  the 


260  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

reigning  Kamehameha  had  been  nervous  about  his  independ- 
ence and  feared  French  motives.  Of  late  years  he  had  been 
looking  to  British  or  United  States  aid,  even  annexation.  Also 
certain  American  maritime  operators  were  eager  to  secure 
the  islands.  This  appealed  to  Pierce  and  a  lookout  was  to  be 
maintained  for  opportunity.  China  at  this  time  was  torn  by 
civil  war  on  the  eve  of  the  scheduled  date  for  the  revision  of 
the  treaty  of  1844.  Evidently  this  would  be  an  opportune  time 
for  securing  important  new  concessions  from  the  Manchu 
goverment  harassed  by  the  Taiping  forces.  An  outstanding 
statesman  must  be  sent  out,  and  Polk's  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury,  Robert  J.  Walker,  was  selected  to  be  the  man.  But 
he  was  hard  to  get.  Finally  after  much  persuasion  he  accepted 
and  even  went  so  far  as  to  draw  his  "outfit"  (which  cost  the 
sum  of  $9,000 )  which  was  supplied  diplomats  to  enable  them 
to  readjust  their  affairs  in  anticipation  of  departure  for  distant 
shores.  Then  at  long  last  his  wife's  health  caused  him  to  de- 
cline. Robert  McLane,  next  chosen,  did  not  arrive  in  China 
until  the  dawn  of  1854.  His  efficient  efforts  were  slow  to  bear 
fruit.  In  the  meantime  word  was  awaited  of  the  naval  expe- 
dition to  Japan  organized  by  Secretary  Graham. 

Pierce's  foreign  policy  was  not  to  be  quite  as  flamboyant 
as  the  character  of  many  of  these  ministers  might  suggest 
because,  after  all,  Marcy  and  his  clerks  were  to  write  the 
instructions.  They  were  phrased  in  the  proper  words  of  diplo- 
matic caution  and  not  always  as  the  envoys  wished.  Soule 
was  probably  not  in  sympathy  with  the  colorless  phrases 
directing  him  to  caution,  and  Buchanan  almost  stayed  home 
because  of  the  limits  set  upon  him.  When  approached  by 
Pierce  to  take  the  British  mission,  Buchanan  had  requested 
that  the  full  control  of  British  negotiations,  including  both 
Central  American  limits,  United  States  interest  in  Canada, 
and  the  fisheries,  be  entrusted  to  him  at  London.  This  Pierce 
readily  promised.  However,  such  was  not  in  accordance  with 
Marcy's  judgement,  for  he  believed  the  time  was  ripe  to 
settle  Canadian  affairs  in  Washington.  Buchanan  to  his  dis- 
appointment learned  that  he  was  to  be  entrusted  only  with 
Central  America.  He  had  to  yield  but  with  some  bitterness. 


One  Hundred  Years  Ago  261 

Thus  after  a  summer  of  toil  the  foreign  policy  was  some- 
what equivocally  projected  with  radical  envoys  and  con- 
servative instructions  representing  the  curious  coalition  think- 
ing of  the  Administration.  At  first  there  was  some  slight 
success,  strangely  enough  in  Mexico.  Marcy  had  sent  a  South 
Carolina  railroad  promoter  down  there,  primarily  to  buy  land 
suitable  for  an  overland  railroad  line  to  the  Pacific  in  what 
are  now  Arizona  and  New  Mexico.  Gadsden  was  instructed 
to  show  no  partiality  to  two  promoters  of  a  transit  route  over 
the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec,  each  of  whom  claimed  a  grant 
of  a  right  of  way.  P.  A.  Hargous  and  A.  G.  Sloo,  each  had 
negotiated  with  Mexico.  The  latter  seemingly  had  won  out 
as  the  Mexicans  had  repudiated  Hargous  in  Sloo's  favor,  and 
the  Fillmore  Administration  had  secured  an  acknowledgment 
of  his  claim  in  a  treaty.  But  Hargous  had  friends  who  were 
potent  and  Pierce  and  Marcy  did  not  wish  to  favor  either. 
Senator  Benjamin  was  backing  the  Hargous  claim,  while 
Senator  Slidell  was  agent  for  Sloo.  Gadsden  was  to  be  neutral. 

The  new  minister  found  upon  his  arrival  in  Mexico  that 
what  the  United  States  wanted  could  be  had  for  money,  so 
he  asked  for  authorization  to  spend.  Pierce  immediately  sent 
down  a  confidential  messenger  with  authorization  to  ne- 
gotiate for  purchase.  Quite  in  line  with  the  peculiar  notions 
of  propriety  then  obtaining,  Pierce  chose  C.  L.  Ward,  an 
officer  of  the  Hargous  interests,  to  carry  the  confidential  in- 
structions. Upon  arrival  he  worked  hard  to  secure  an  ac- 
knowledgment of  Hargous'  demand  for  indemnity,  and  after 
complicating  things  for  Gadsden,  succeeded  in  inserting  such 
a  clause  in  Gadsden's  treaty  of  purchase. 

When  this  treaty  arrived  in  January,  1854,  Pierce  and  his 
advisors  were  disappointed  in  the  small  acquisition,  and  the 
President  was  indignant  at  the  inclusion  of  the  Hargous 
interest.  So  the  Hargous  claim  was  taken  out,  then  the  Senate 
put  it  back.  However,  this  was  no  answer  for  the  Senators 
then  rejected  the  treaty.  Slidell  and  Senator  Rusk  of  Texas, 
supporters  of  the  Sloo  claim,  returned  to  the  fray,  got  their 
pet  project  inserted  in  the  treaty,  whereupon  the  Senate 
accepted  it.  Pierce,  still  exercised  that  his  diplomacy  was 


262  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

made  the  football  of  interests,  was  nevertheless  prevailed 
upon  to  accept  the  document,  and  it  was  to  be  the  law  of  the 
land.  This  slight  success,  however,  was  all  for  the  present  as 
lowering  war  clouds  were  about  to  let  loose  their  floods  and 
the  Crimean  War  broke  out  in  Europe. 

Russia  then,  as  now,  was  seeking  to  expand  in  the  Near 
East  and  toward  a  warm  water  port.  Her  movements  seemed 
to  endanger  Turkey  and  British  interests  in  India.  Russia  also 
found  the  accession  of  Napoleon  III  to  the  revived  imperial 
throne  in  France  not  to  her  liking,  and  the  parvenu  Napoleon 
III  sensed  in  the  Czar  a  formidable  enemy.  Consequently, 
it  was  only  a  matter  of  time  before  conflict  broke  out,  and  in 
1854,  two  years  after  the  final  accession  of  Napoleon  III,  the 
conflict  came.  Before  long  it  involved  Great  Britain,  France, 
Turkey,  Italy,  and  Russia.  Such  a  general  European  war  was 
immediately  seized  upon  by  the  Pierce  administration  as 
offering  an  unusual  opportunity.  The  American  diplomats  had 
felt  for  some  time  that  British  and  French  interests  were 
united  in  frustrating  American  interests  in  all  parts  of  the 
world.  Now  these  allies  were  engaged  in  a  war,  which,  for 
the  time  being  at  least,  seemed  to  command  their  undivided 
attention  and  resources.  So  therefore,  the  President  and  his 
Secretary  of  State  redoubled  their  efforts,  diplomats  were 
instructed  to  proceed  to  negotiate  more  vigorously  for  Cuba, 
for  Hawaii,  and  now  for  Alaska.  Filibusters  were  even  en- 
couraged to  operate  in  Cuba  and  in  Nicaragua. 

Events  in  America  seemed  to  be  marching  in  step  to  en- 
courage aggressive  action.  The  Spanish  authorities  in  Cuba 
outraged  an  American  vessel,  the  "Black  Warrior."  Quitman 
sought  to  press  forward  with  his  filibustery  expedition  to  aid 
the  Cubans  to  liberate  themselves.  Captain  Hollins  failing 
to  get  satisfaction  for  "British"  abuse  to  Vanderbilt's  agents 
and  the  destruction  of  his  property,  blew  Greytown  off  the 
map.  Then  a  Texas  promoter,  Col.  Kinney,  began  to  plan  to 
enlist  American  "agricultural  emigrants"  to  settle  on  some 
land  he  had  "bought"  in  Nicaragua.  Some  near  to  Pierce  were 
not  unfriendly.  Likewise,  another  American  adventurer,  Wil- 
liam Walker,  with  some  help  from  Vanderbilt's  associates, 


One  Hundred  Years  Ago  26 


Q 


undertook  to  go  to  Nicaragua  at  the  invitation  of  a  political 
faction  to  restore  a  peace  which  would  probably  be  advan- 
tageous to  the  transit  transportation  over  Nicaragua  in  com- 
petition with  Panama. 

It  was  at  this  point  that  a  third  son  of  North  Carolina 
played  a  role.  Dobbin  had  a  political  friend,  John  H.  Wheeler, 
born  in  Hertford  County  but  educated  in  Washington,  D.  C. 
Wheeler  divided  his  time  between  his  birthplace  and  the  Na- 
tional Capital.  He  took  part  in  State  politics  and  wrote  North 
Carolina  history.  Now  Dobbin  and  he  agreed  that  he  should 
have  a  political  office  and  pressed  Pierce  to  make  him  a  judge 
in  Kansas.  That  post,  however,  went  to  another  and  Wheeler's 
disappointment  was  solaced  by  his  designation  as  Minister 
to  Nicaragua.  For  Borland  had  returned  home  permanently 
disfigured  by  a  scar  on  his  face  made  by  a  broken  bottle 
heaved  at  him  while  he  was  endeavoring  to  save  an  American 
whom  the  Nicaraguans  claimed  to  be  a  murderer.  Wheeler 
went  down  literally  in  the  wake  of  Hollins'  bombardment  of 
Greytown.  First  he  must  take  testimony  regarding  the  damage 
which  Hollins  had  inflicted  on  local  property.  This  situation 
was  not  auspicious  for  the  local  population  was  unfriendly 
and  menacing.  As  he  reported  it,  he  spent  "two  terrible 
months,  never  safe  for  an  hour,"  even  beset  by  a  snake  in  his 
bedroom. 

When  he  got  to  the  capital,  for  a  time,  things  were  easier, 
but  Kinney  and  William  Walker  soon  made  diplomacy  more 
difficult.  When  the  latter  arrived  in  September,  1855,  he 
quickly  overshadowed  Kinney  and  became  the  grey-eyed 
man  of  destiny.  He  soon  stirred  up  greater  civil  strife  and 
Wheeler  shortly  found  himself  embroiled  on  Walker's  side, 
then  he  attempted  some  political  refereeing  which  brought 
him  humiliation.  By  Christmas  he  received  a  decided  rebuke 
from  Marcy  for  favoring  Walker  and  when  the  Nicaraguan- 
Walker  government  learned  that  they  were  not  recognized 
by  the  United  States,  they  refused  to  deal  with  Wheeler  any 
longer.  He  then  undertook  some  difficult  travel  and  on  the 
journey  his  son  was  accidentally  shot  and  almost  killed.  Mean- 
while, the  republic  was  invaded  by  its  neighbors  and  as  the 


264  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

fortunes  of  war  fluctuated,  those  of  Wheeler  got  worse.  His 
health  suffered  and  finally  there  was  a  tragedy  that  was  al- 
most fatal.  He  was  lying  sick  unto  death  as  the  city  was  being 
ravaged  by  the  invaders.  A  number  of  women  had  fled  to  his 
legation  for  safety,  the  enemy  was  firing  on  his  house  and 
banging  on  the  door.  The  women  were  screaming  in  his  sick 
room  and  preparing  for  suicide  rather  than  fall  into  the  hands 
of  the  lusting  soldiers.  However,  just  at  this  dreadful  moment, 
Walker  rescued  the  city,  the  women  were  saved,  and  Wheeler 
pulled  through.  However,  he  had  had  enough.  So  had  the 
State  Department,  for  he  had  ceased  to  represent  Marcy's 
policy  but  followed  that  of  Walker,  even  defending  him  for 
depriving  Vanderbilt  of  his  franchise.  Had  it  not  been  for 
Dobbin's  protection,  he  probably  would  have  been  dismissed. 
At  it  was,  he  was  allowed  to  come  home  and  at  length  resign. 
Wheeler's  unfortunate  experience  was  one  of  the  accumulat- 
ing evidences  that  all  of  the  spread  eagle  diplomacy  might  in 
the  end  come  to  naught. 

As  Pierce  and  his  associates  saw  the  structure  of  their  hopes 
tumbling  down  about  them,  they  sought  to  discover  the 
reason.  It  was  not  difficult  for  them  to  reach  the  conclusion 
that  their  efforts  were  being  frustrated  by  a  co-ordinated  plan 
devised  by  Great  Britain  and  France  to  curb  their  prospects 
in  the  West  Indies,  in  the  Isthmuses,  and  even  in  Hawaii. 
Despite  the  fact  that  these  powers  were  engaged  in  a  des- 
perate European  conflict,  they  were  believed  to  have  time  and 
energy  sufficient  to  spare  so  that  they  could  circumvent  the 
United  States  in  its  efforts  to  spread  enlightenment  and 
liberty. 

Marcy  became  convinced  that  his  major  problem  was  to 
bring  Great  Britain  to  terms.  He  first  sought  to  settle  the 
Canadian  fisheries  dispute  by  entering  into  a  shrewd  horse- 
trading  venture  which  resulted  in  a  package  treaty  involving 
both  fisheries  and  Canadian  trade  on  a  reciprocity  basis.  In 
this  he  succeeded.  But  the  second  problem,  that  of  Anglo- 
American  spheres  of  influence  in  the  Isthmus  region,  was 
made  more  difficult  and  much  complicated  by  the  destruction 


One  Hundred  Years  Ago  265 

of  Greytown  by  Dobbin's  naval  officer  and  the  ventures  of 
Kinney  and  William  Walker. 

Then  came  a  break.  The  British  Minister  at  Washington 
was  caught  violating  our  neutrality  laws  in  his  efforts  to 
recruit  volunteers  for  the  British  Army  during  the  Crimean 
War.  This  was  an  opportunity  which  Marcy  sought  to  use  to 
greatest  advantage  to  force  Great  Britain  to  accept  American 
definition  of  the  limits  of  her  interests  in  the  Isthmus  region. 
But  if  this  advantage  were  to  be  pressed,  American  hands 
must  be  clean.  So  the  Pierce  Administration  must  enforce 
its  neutrality  laws  against  its  own  citizens  too.  Therefore, 
these  filibustery  expeditions  could  no  longer  be  worked.  The 
task  forces  to  Nicaragua  and  Cuba  must  be  stopped.  Col. 
Kinney  must  be  dropped,  Quitman  persuaded  to  remain  at 
home,  and  Walker  ignored  and  denied  recognition,  even 
though  Wheeler  must  be  rebuked  and  at  length  recalled. 

Then  everything  seemed  to  go  wrong.  Civil  war  so  rocked 
Nicaragua  that  Walker  got  into  even  deeper  trouble  and  the 
Nicaragua  transit  route  was  closed,  it  developed,  indefinitely. 
Soule's  efforts  in  the  direction  of  Cuba,  even  when  enforced 
at  Ostend  by  our  Ministers  at  London  and  Paris,  resulted  in 
the  sorry  fiasco  of  the  Ostend  Manifesto,  which  left  us  even 
further  away  from  Cuba  and  which  poured  oil  on  the  fire  of 
American  politics,  to  the  violent  discomfiture  of  Pierce. 

Our  negotiations  for  a  coaling  station  in  the  West  Indies 
failed.  A  riot  on  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  resulted  in  the  de- 
struction of  property  of  the  Panama  railroad  and  revealed  a 
hatred  of  Americans  by  the  people  and  government  of  New 
Grenada,  which  was  disillusioning  and  humiliating.  Our  ef- 
forts to  acquire  Hawaii  and  Alaska  failed.  Continued  civil 
war  in  China  was  endangering  hoped  for  concessions  there. 
The  one  success  in  the  Far  East,  the  opening  of  Japan,  had 
been  the  result  of  the  planning  of  Fillmore  and  Secretary 
Graham. 

The  Pierce  Administration  itself  had  but  one  triumph  in 
the  Pacific,  and  this  a  most  peculiar  one.  The  destruction  of 
soil  fertility  particularly  in  some  parts  of  the  South  called  for 
fertilizer.  The  most  popular  type  was  guano  from  the  various 


266  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

bird  rookeries  on  barren  islets  in  the  Caribbean  and  the 
Pacific.  American  interests  had  been  trying  to  get  some  con- 
cessions to  purchase  at  the  British  operated  Lobos  Islands 
off  the  shores  of  Peru,  but  with  little  success.  Then  Senator 
Benjamin  came  to  Marcy  with  a  "discovery/'  There  was  much 
guano  on  the  Galapagos  Islands,  far  off  the  shores  of  Ecuador. 
So  instructions  were  sent  off  in  care  of  Benjamin  to  the  Amer- 
ican Minister  in  Ecuador  to  get  the  concession.  A  treaty  was 
achieved  whereby  such  privileges  were  granted  in  return  for 
a  generous  loan— and  then  it  turned  out  the  whole  "discovery" 
was  a  hoax;  there  was  no  guano  on  the  Galapagos.  Other 
efforts  were  made  in  the  Caribbean,  but  this  only  got  us  into 
difficulties  with  Venezuela  and  rival  American  enterprises  cut 
each  others  throats. 

It  was  at  this  point  that  American  guano  operators  be- 
thought themselves  of  islets  in  distant  Polynesia.  So  Dobbin 
agreeably  sent  out  the  Navy  to  establish  discoverer's  rights 
and  Congress  passed  the  Guano  Act  which  Pierce  signed  in 
August,  1856,  providing  machinery  for  American  operators 
to  establish  claims  which  the  United  States  would  be  able  to 
protect.  The  United  States  has  some  of  those  islets  yet, 
notably  Howland,  Baker,  and  Jarvis. 

Little  had  been  accomplished.  The  Gadsden  Purchase  had 
been  achieved.  At  long  last  Britain  did  make  some  conces- 
sions under  the  pressure  of  our  indignation  at  the  violation  of 
our  neutrality.  But  the  resulting  Dallas-Clarendon  agreement 
eventually  failed  of  ratification.  The  acquisition  of  new  areas 
dedicated  to  liberty  by  the  United  States  had  made  an  almost 
infinitesimal  beginning,  slight  recompense  for  four  years  of 
ardent  toil  and  constant  frustration.  The  decade  that  had 
started  out  so  gloriously  had  bogged  down  by  1857,  at  least 
as  far  as  diplomatic  success  was  concerned,  and  might  be 
termed  a  rather  dismal  failure. 

Today  the  historian  from  the  vantage  point  of  a  hundred 
year's  perspective  asks  the  question:  Why  this  failure?  What 
were  the  causes  of  this  frustration?  The  contemporary  idea 
was  of  course  to  blame  it  upon  Great  Britain.  Britain  and 
France  were  in  a  combination  to  frustrate  the  free  United 


One  Hundred  Years  Ago  267 

States.  It  is  apparent  now,  of  course,  that  a  good  part  of  this 
failure  came  from  the  shadow  of  the  third  war— the  war 
which  was  to  come.  American  government  was  confused  by 
the  growing  sectional  tension.  Most  of  the  advances  which 
Pierce  wished  to  make  would  have  been  advantageous  to  the 
South,  and  consequently  the  enemies  of  the  South  opposed 
them.  However,  there  is  a  more  subtle  and  less  apparent 
cause  which,  in  the  light  of  present  day  situations,  it  may 
be  profitable  to  stress.  And  that  was  the  reputation  which 
the  United  States  then  had  in  the  eyes  of  some  people,  and 
of  which  citizens  of  the  United  States  and  their  government 
seem  to  have  been  utterly  oblivious. 

The  chief  minister  of  Queen  Victoria,  Palmerston,  put  it  as 
follows  in  a  letter  which  he  wrote  to  his  colleague  Clarendon: 
"These  Yankees  are  most  disagreeable  fellows  to  have  to  do 
with  about  any  American  question.  They  are  on  the  spot, 
strong,  deeply  interested  in  the  matter,  totally  unscrupulous 
and  dishonest,  and  determined  somehow  or  other  to  carry 
their  point  .  .  .  [they]  are  such  Rogues  and  such  ingenious 
Rogues  .  .  .  [that  even  if  the  present  question  were  settled! 
some  new  cavils  would  be  found  or  .  .  .  by  the  indirect  agency 
of  such  men  as  Walker  and  his  followers  some  independent 
State  would  ...  be  established  in  Central  America  ...  in 
short,  Texas  over  again." 

These  words,  had  they  been  read  by  any  American,  would 
undoubtedly  have  been  shocking.  Pierce  and  his  associates 
and  probably  most  of  the  citizens  of  the  republic  thought  of 
themselves  as  high-minded  and  progressive  men  who  were 
earnest  in  their  efforts  to  improve  the  lot  of  mankind  by 
advancing  the  ideals  of  democracy,  and  by  proclaiming  lib- 
erty. Yet  here  was  the  head  of  probably  the  most  powerful 
government  in  the  world  who  had  the  benefit  of  the  best 
secret  service  and  intelligence  forces  then  existent,  who  un- 
equivocally declared  that  we,  particularly  our  government, 
were  "rogues."  Seemingly  we  had  failed  completely  in  our 
effort  to  communicate  our  high  idealism  and  our  lofty  pur- 
pose together  with  our  concern  for  the  welfare  of  mankind. 
We  were  completely  misunderstood. 


268  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

It  was  but  one  of  the  failures  of  those  bitter  ten  years.  The 
decade  of  the  1850's  which  began  so  auspiciously  with  great 
opportunity  and  with  the  demonstration  of  the  nation's  great 
capacity  to  avoid  danger  by  compromise,  indeed,  as  we  know, 
proved  to  be  the  decade  of  the  nation's  greatest  failure.  It 
ended  in  the  disastrous  conflict  between  the  Union  and  the 
Confederacy.  But  this  great  failure  is  not  of  immediate  con- 
cern in  this  discussion,  rather  that  other  failure  of  this  decade, 
which  in  view  of  the  nation's  present  international  situation 
should  be  of  great  moment  to  all.  This  failure  is  the  failure 
to  communicate,  illustrated  by  Palmerston's  attitude  just 
quoted. 

Palmerston's  opinion  illustrates  so  clearly  that  in  the  1850's 
the  United  States  failed  to  communicate  its  message  of  hope 
and  idealism.  Today  there  is  too  much  evidence  that  the 
nation  is  again  failing  to  communicate  the  message  of  democ- 
racy to  the  nations.  In  the  1850's  we  were  younger,  less  ma- 
ture, but  vigorous  in  our  faith  in  the  righteousness  of  our 
purpose,  in  our  manifest  destiny  to  offer  hope  and  freedom  to 
those  who  were  living  under  the  rule  of  government  which 
in  most  part  was  repressive  and  decadent.  Even  enlightened 
England,  more  nearly  like  the  republic  in  spirit  than  the  other 
more  despotic  governments,  could  not  seemingly  compre- 
hend. Now,  a  hundred  years  later,  we  still  have  the  message. 
We  still  believe  in  it  intensely.  Furthermore,  we  have  reached 
maturity  and  should  possess  wisdom.  The  world  needs  this 
message  probably  more  than  it  did  a  century  ago.  But  again, 
the  nation  is  not  getting  its  message  across.  Why? 

In  the  first  place,  the  United  States  is  now  facing  not  a 
declining  monarchial  system  but  a  younger  ideation,  enthusi- 
astic and  on  the  march.  The  United  States,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  showing  signs  of  too  great  self-satisfaction,  a  pride  in  its 
achievements  which  is  justified  by  their  magnitude  but  never- 
theless blinding  and  enervating.  The  people  are  not  suffici- 
ently alert— just  as  a  hundred  years  ago  they  were  not  percep- 
tive, neither  are  they  now.  Those  of  other  ideations  are  more 
ingenious,  have  greater  enthusiasm  and  drive.  They  perceive 
the  nation's  weakness  and  capitalize  it.  They  know  the  United 


One  Hundred  Years  Ago  269 

States  thinks  it  can  do  anything  with  its  money  and  therefore 
neglects  to  go  out  into  the  missionary  field  preaching  the 
gospel  of  example.  The  United  States  buys  tractors— it  is  not 
skillful  in  distributing  tracts  or  in  preaching  by  example. 

To  improve  the  nation's  capacity  to  communicate  the  mes- 
sage of  democracy,  at  least  two  things  are  needed.  The  people 
of  the  United  States  and  those  who  bear  rule  over  them  need 
more  critical  knowledge  of  the  current  situation  and  greater 
perception  of  the  significance  of  their  knowledge.  Too  many 
attitudes  and  opinions  are  acquired  by  the  easy  means  of 
listening  to  or  reading  the  views  of  only  one  program,  one 
commentator,  one  columnist,  one  newspaper  or  one  periodi- 
cal. It  is  essential  to  listen  to  or  read  a  greater  variety  of 
reports.  It  is  only  in  this  way  that  the  people  will  be  able  to 
find  out  and  to  perceive  the  opinions  which  other  people  have 
about  the  United  States,  to  learn  how  hostile  in  many  cases 
they  really  are,  how  based  upon  misunderstanding  of  national 
motives.  By  this  knowledge  and  perception  can  the  nation 
correct  these  views  and  avoid  making  the  mistakes  which 
serve  to  re-enforce  them  among  those  who  might  otherwise 
be  our  friends. 

Liberty,  freedom,  democracy— the  things  we  believe  in  so 
thoroughly— should  be  contagious.  The  nation  should  be  pro- 
claiming them  so  vigorously  that  their  great  power  would  be 
compelling.  But  this  can  be  done  not  so  much  by  spending 
money,  which  to  man)7  today  seems  to  be  the  answer  to 
every  problem,  but  by  ministering  to  the  spiritual  needs  of 
mankind,  by  preaching  by  example,  by  sharing  friendship 
and  understanding,  and  the  powerful  example  of  sincere  and 
consistent  operation  of  uncorrupted  democracy. 


NORTH  CAROLINA  BIBLIOGRAPHY,  1955-19561 

By  William  S.  Powell 

Bibliography  and  Libraries 

Bahnsen,  Jane  Cutler,  comp.  Lawson's  history  of  North  Caro- 
lina, by  John  Lawson :  Index,  1951  edition,  Garrett  and  Massie, 
Publishers.  Chapel  Hill,  University  of  North  Carolina  Library, 
1956.  36  p.  $.50  pa. 

Clark,  Thomas  D.,  ed.  Travels  in  the  South,  a  bibliography.  Vol. 
I,  1527-1783,  Vol.  II,  1750-1825.  Norman,  University  of  Okla- 
homa Press,  1956.  $20.00. 

Crandall,  Marjorie  Lyle.  Confederate  imprints,  a  check  list 
based  principally  on  the  collection  of  the  Boston  Athenaeum. 
Boston,  Boston  Athenaeum,  1955.  2  vols.  $15.00. 

Downs,  Robert  Bingham.  Books  that  changed  the  world.  Chi- 
cago, American  Library  Association,  1956.  200  p.  $2.25. 

Pullen,  William  Russell.  A  check  list  of  legislative  journals 
issued  since  1937  by  the  states  of  the  United  States  of  America. 
Chicago,  American  Library  Association,  1955.  59  p.  $2.00  pa. 

Rowan  Public  Library.  Salisbury,  N.  C.  The  State,  subject 
index,  1933  through  1952.  Raleigh,  The  State,  1956.  168  p. 

Spence,  Thomas  Hugh,  Jr.  The  Historical  Foundation  and  its 
treasures.  Montreat,  Historical  Foundation  Publications,  1956. 
174  p.  il.  $2.50. 

Stroupe,  Henry  Smith.  The  religious  press  in  the  South  Atlan- 
tic States,  1802-1865 ;  an  annotated  bibliography  with  histori- 
cal introduction  and  notes.  Durham,  Duke  University  Press, 
1956.  (Historical  papers  of  the  Trinity  College  Historical 
Society,  ser.  32)  viii,  172  p.  $4.50  pa. 

Philosophy  and  Religion 

Butler,  Julian,  Jr.  "Come  unto  Me"  .  .  .  devotions  for  youth. 
Clinton,  S.  C,  Jacobs  Brothers,  1956.  56  p.  $1.50. 

Cox,  Daisy  Kelly.  A  history  of  the  Methodist  Church,  Jones- 
boro  Heights,  Sanford,  North  Carolina.  Durham,  The  Author, 
1955.  109  p.  il. 

Cushman,  Ralph  Spaulding.  The  prayers  of  Jesus,  with  medi- 
tations and  verse  for  devotional  use.  New  York,  Abingdon 
Press,  1955.  125  p.  $1.75. 

Eaton,  William  Richard.  History  of  the  Raleigh  Baptist  As- 


1  Books  dealing  with  North  Carolina  or  by  North  Carolinians  published 
during  the  year  ending  August  31,  1956. 

r  uTo  i 


North  Carolina  Bibliography  271 

sociation  of  North  Carolina.  Zebulon,  Raleigh  Baptist  Associa- 
tion, 1955.  83  p.  pa. 

Graham,  William  Franklin.  The  secret  of  happiness,  Jesus' 
teaching  on  happiness  as  expressed  in  the  Beatitudes.  Garden 
City,  Doubleday,  1955.  117  p.  il.  $1.95. 

Henderlite,  Rachel.  A  call  to  faith.  Richmond,  John  Knox 
Press,  1955.  217  p.  $3.00. 

Idol,  Vera.  Paths  of  shining  light.  New  York,  Abingdon  Press, 
1956.  Ill  p.  il.  $2.50. 

Lumberton,  N.  C.  First  Baptist  Church.  The  First  Baptist 
Church,  Lumberton,  North  Carolina,  one  hundred  years  of 
Christian  witnessing,  1855-1955.  Lumberton,  1955.  92  p.  il. 

Paschal,  George  Washington.  History  of  North  Carolina  Bap- 
tists .  .  .  volume  2.  Raleigh,  The  General  Board,  North  Carolina 
Baptist  Convention,  1955.  viii,  597  p.  $5.00. 

Petry,  Ray  C.  Christian  eschatology  and  social  thought .  .  .  New 
York,  Abingdon  Press,  1956.  415  p.  $5.00. 

Saunders,  Jason  Lewis.  Justus  Lipsius,  the  philosophy  of  Re- 
naissance stoicism.  New  York,  Liberal  Arts  Press,  1955.  xviii, 
228  p.  $4.05. 

Sill,  James  B.  Historical  sketches  of  churches  in  the  Diocese  of 
Western  North  Carolina  Episcopal  Church.  Asheville,  Church 
of  the  Redeemer,  1955.  207  p.  il.  $3.50. 

Smith,  Hilrie  Shelton.  Changing  conceptions  of  original  sin, 
a  study  in  American  theology  since  1750.  New  York,  Scribner, 
1955.  242  p.  $3.50. 

Southern  Baptist  Convention  Summer  Assembly.  The  Ridge- 
crest  story.  Nashville,  Broadman  Press,  1955.  64  p.  il.  $1.00. 

Economics  and  Sociology 

Bumgarner,  Willis  Clifton.  Guidebook  for  wildlife  protec- 
tors. Chapel  Hill,  Institute  of  Government,  1955.  (Its  Guide- 
book series,  September,  1955)  196  p.  $2.00. 

Cheek,  Roma  Sawyer.  Sleeping  "Tar  Heels."  Durham,  1956. 
95  p.  $1.25  pa. 

Debnam,  Waldemar  Eros.  Then  my  old  Kentucky  home,  good 
night!  Raleigh,  1955.  135  p.  $1.00  pa. 

Esser,  George  Hyndman.  Statutory  limits  on  city  license  taxes 
in  North  Carolina.  Chapel  Hill,  Institute  of  Government,  1956. 
87  p.  $2.00. 

Hassell,  Allene  B.  Personal  analysis  and  future  planning. 
Winston-Salem,  Hunter  Publishing  Co.,  1956.  xiv,  414  p.  il. 

Hayman,  Donald  Bales.  Salaries,  working  hours,  vacation,  and 
sick  leave  of  county  employees  in  North  Carolina.  Chapel  Hill, 
Institute  of  Government,  1956.  49  p.  $1.00. 


272  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Howell,  Almonte  Charles.  The  Kenan  professorships.  Chapel 
Hill,  University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1956.  xv,  343  p.  il. 
$10.00. 

Jeffreys,  Raymond  John.  Life  will  begin  at  100.  Columbus, 
Ohio,  Capitol  College  Press,  1955.  239  p. 

Klingberg,  Frank  Wysor.  The  Southern  Claims  Commission. 
Berkeley,  University  of  California  Press,  1955.  ix,  261  p.  $3.50. 

McLeod,  John  Angus.  From  these  stones :  Mars  Hill  College,  the 
first  hundred  years.  Mars  Hill,  Mars  Hill  College,  1955.  291 
p.  il.  $3.00. 

McMahon,  John  Alexander.  Public  school  budget  law  in  North 
Carolina.  Chapel  Hill,  Institute  of  Government,  1956.  (Its 
Guidebook  series,  February,  1956)  60  p.  $1.50. 

New  South  (Atlanta).  Changing  patterns  in  the  New  South, 
a  unique  record  of  the  growth  of  democracy  in  the  South  in 
the  last  decade,  from  the  pages  of  the  Southern  Regional 
Council's  publication  New  South.  Atlanta,  Southern  Regional 
Council,  1955.  116  p.  $.50  pa. 

North  Carolina.  Council  of  Civil  Defense.  Natural  disaster 
relief  plan.  Raleigh,  1955.  49  p.  pa. 

North  Carolina.  University.  Committee  on  per  Capita  In- 
come in  North  Carolina.  Studies  of  per  capital  income  in 
North  Carolina.  No  place,  1956.  Various  paging,  pa. 

North  Carolina.  University.  Educational  Research  Bureau. 
Cooperative  project  for  school  improvement  and  leadership 
development.  Chapel  Hill,  1955.  378  p. 

North  Carolina.  University.  Institute  for  Research  in 
Social  Science.  Recreation  for  the  aging  in  North  Carolina. 
Chapel  Hill,  1956.  217  p. 

Rankin,  Robert  Stanley.  The  government  and  administration 
of  North  Carolina.  New  York,  Crowell,  1955.  xiv,  429  p.  11. 
$4.95. 

Reddick,  De  Witt  Carter.  Church  and  campus,  Presbyterians 
look  to  the  future  from  their  historic  role  in  Christian  higher 
education.  Richmond,  John  Knox  Press,  1956.  178  p.  il.  $1.00 
pa.,  $2.00  cloth. 

Robinson,  Blackwell  Pierce.  The  history  of  escheats.  Chapel 
Hill,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1955.  62  p.  pa. 

Rutland,  Robert  Allen.  The  birth  of  the  Bill  of  Rights,  1776- 
1791.  Chapel  Hill,  University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1955. 
vi,  243  p.  $5.00. 

Spurlock,  Clark.  Education  and  the  Supreme  Court.  Urbana, 
University  of  Illinois  Press,  1955.  xv,  252  p.  $3.75. 

Stover,  John  F.  The  railroads  of  the  South,  1865-1900,  a  study 
in  finance  and  control.  Chapel  Hill,  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina Press,  1955.  xviii,  310  p.  $5.00. 


North  Carolina  Bibliography  273 

Swanson,  Ernst  Werner.  Public  education  in  the  South  today 
and  tomorrow,  a  statistical  survey  edited  by  Ernst  W.  Swan- 
son  and  John  A.  Griffin.  Chapel  Hill,  University  of  North 
Carolina  Press,  1955.  xiv,  137  p.  $5.00. 

Ware,  Charles  Crossfield.  A  history  of  Atlantic  Christian 
College.  Wilson,  N.  C,  Atlantic  Christian  College,  1956.  248 
p.  il.  $4.00. 

Science 

Carson,  Rachel  Louise.  The  edge  of  the  sea.  Boston,  Houghton 

Mifflin,  1955.  276  p.  il.  $3.95. 
Dudley,  Ruth  Hubbell.  My  hobby  is  collecting  sea  shells  and 

coral.  New  York,  Hart  Book  Co.,  1955.  127  p.  il.  $2.95. 
Hickerson,  Thomas  Felix.  Beam  deflection  when  I  is  constant 

or  variable.  [Chapel  Hill?],  The  Author,  1955.  100  p.  $3.50. 
North  Carolina.  Council  of  Civil  Defense.  State  of  North 

Carolina  Long-range  Hurricane  Rehabilitation  Project.  Ra- 
leigh, 1955.  64  p.  il.  pa. 
Pearl,  Richard  Maxwell.  Rocks  and  minerals.  New  York, 

Barnes  &  Noble,  1956.  275  p.  il.  $1.95. 
Reinemund,  John  Adam.  Geology  of  the  Deep  River  coal  field, 

North  Carolina.  Washington,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office, 

1955.  v,  159  p.  il.  $4.25. 
Tannehill,  Ivan  Ray.  The  hurricane  hunters.  New  York,  Dodd, 

Mead,  1955.  271  p.  il.  $3.00. 

Applied  Science  and  Useful  Arts 

Gross,  Herbert  Henry.  Exploring  near  and  far.  Chicago,  Follett 
Publishing  Co.,  1955.  288  p.  il.  $3.12. 

Hoffmann,  Margaret  Jones.  Sew  easy!  For  the  young  be- 
ginner. New  York,  Dutton,  1956.  93  p.  il.  $2.75. 

Mills,  Lois.  Three  together,  the  story  of  the  Wright  brothers 
and  their  sister.  New  York,  Follett  Publishing  Co.,  1955.  160 
p.  il.  $3.16. 

Snow,  Edward  Rowe.  Famous  lighthouses  of  America.  New 
York,  Dodd,  Mead,  1955.  314  p.  il.  $4.00. 

Wilmington,  N.  C.  Ministering  Circle.  Favorite  recipes  of  the 
Lower  Cape  Fear.  Wilmington,  1955.  184  p.  il.  $2.25  pa. 

Fine  Arts 

Friedman,  Albert  B.  The  Viking  book  of  folk  ballads  of  the 
English-speaking  world.  New  York,  Viking  Press,  1956.  xxxv, 
473  p.  $4.95. 

Langstaff,  John  M.  Frog  went  a-courtin'.  New  York,  Har court, 
Brace,  1955.  unpaged.  $2.50. 


274  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Logan,  William  A.  Road  to  Heaven,  twenty-eight  Negro  spirit- 
uals. University,  University  of  Alabama  Press,  1955.  38  p. 
$1.50  pa. 

North  Carolina.  Museum  of  Art.  Catalogue  of  paintings,  in- 
cluding three  sets  of  tapestries,  by  W.  R.  Valentiner.  Raleigh, 
1956.  90  p.  il.  $1.50  pa. 

Poetry 

Bay  Leaves  no.  3:  Prize  poems,  Poetry  Day  contests  .  .  .  1954- 

1955.  [West  Asheville],  Poetry  Council  of  North  Carolina, 

1956.  28  p.  Order  from  C.  A.  Shull,  Box  6252,  Asheville,  N.  C. 
$1.00  pa. 

Bevington,  Helen  Smith.  A  change  of  sky,  and  other  poems.2 

Boston,  Houghton  Mifflin,  1956.  144  p.  $3.50. 
Craig,  Marjorie.  The  known  way.  Francestown,  N.  H.,  Golden 

Quill  Press,  1955.  80  p.  $2.50. 
Eaton,  Charles  Edward.  The  greenhouse  in  the  garden.  New 

York,  Twayne  Publishers,  1955.  64  p.  $2.75. 
Hewitt,  Andrew.  Pickapot,  and  other  poems.  Charlotte,  Peak 

&  Pine  Press,  1956.  unpaged,  il.  $2.50. 
Holmes,  Edison  Parker.  Nothin'  ain't  no  good.  Winston-Salem, 

Clay  Printing  Co.,  1955.  123  p.  il. 
Huffman,  Minna  R.  Come  into  my  garden,  and  other  poems, 

with  monthly  garden  reminders.  Durham,  Religion  &  Health 

Press,  1955.  58  p.  $1.00  pa. 
Hutchins,  James  Hill.  My  native  town.  New  Bern,  New  Bern 

Historical  Society  Foundation,  1955.  unpaged,  il.  pa. 
Morris,  Robert.  Hurricane.  Chapel  Hill,  Old  Well  Publishers, 

1956.  13  p.  $1.00  pa. 
Mullis,  Nellie  Hughes.  Wings  of  Gold.  Dallas,  Story  Book 

Press,  1956.  [copyright  1955]  48  p.  $2.50. 
Sieber,  Herman  Alexander.  Something  the  West  will  remem- 
ber. Chapel  Hill,  Old  Well  Publishers,  1956.  18  p.  $1.00  pa. 
Weaver,  Guy.  Rime  thoughts  and  jingle  smiles.  Asheville,  Bilt- 

more  Press,  1955.  70  p. 

Drama 

Blythe  LeGette.  Voice  in  the  wilderness.  A  play  with  music, 
song,  dance  and  pantomime.  Staged  in  commemoration  of  the 
200th  anniversary  of  the  establishment  of  Presbyterianism  in 
the  region  of  Old  Mecklenburg.  Charlotte,  William  Loftin, 
1955.  87  p.  il.  $1.90. 


Winner  of  the  Roanoke-Chowan  Awarcl  for  poetry,  1956. 


North  Carolina  Bibliography  275 

Green,  Paul  Eliot.  Wilderness  Road,  a  symphonic  outdoor 
drama.  New  York,  French,  1956.  166  p.  il.  $3.00. 

Walser,  Richard  Gaither,  ed.  North  Carolina  drama,  with 
plays  by  William  Norment  Cox  [and  others]  and  two  comedies 
by  Paul  Green.  Richmond,  Garrett  &  Massie,  1956.  229  p. 
$4.00. 

Literature,  Other  Than  Poetry,  Drama  or  Fiction 

Duffey,  Frank  M.  The  Early  Cuadro  de  Costumbres  in  Colom- 
bia. Chapel  Hill,  University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1956. 
(University  of  North  Carolina  Studies  in  the  Romance  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures,  no.  26)  116  p.  $2.50  pa. 

Hogan,  Helen  B.  Books  as  windows  to  your  world.  Chapel  Hill, 
University  of  North  Carolina  Library,  1956.  (Library  exten- 
sion publication,  vol.  21,  no.  3)  30  p.  $.50  pa. 

Morrah,  Dave.  Heinrich  Schnibble,  and  even  more  tales  mein 
Grossfader  told.  New  York,  Rinehart,  1955.  Ill  p.  il.  $1.50. 

Sillynyms.  New  York,  Rinehart,  1956.  93  p.  il.  $1.50. 

Fiction3 

Angell,  Polly.  Andy  Jackson :  long  journey  to  the  White  House. 
New  York,  Aladdin  Books,  1956.  192  p.  il.  $1.75.  Juvenile. 

Brandon,  Evan.  Green  Pond.  New  York,  Vanguard  Press,  1955. 
506  p.  $4.75. 

Brucker,  Margaretta.  A  doctor  for  Barbara  by  Margaret  Howe 
[pseud.]  New  York,  Avalon  Books,  1956.  224  p.  $2.50. 

Creole,  Ellis.  Big  doin's  on  Razorback  Ridge.  New  York,  Nelson, 
1956.  125  p.  $2.75.  Juvenile. 

FORBUS,  Ina  B.  The  magic  pin.  New  York,  Viking  Press,  1956. 
138  p.  il.  $2.50.  Juvenile. 

Hargrove,  Marion.  The  girl  he  left  behind ;  or,  All  quiet  in  the 
Third  Platoon.  New  York,  Viking  Press,  1956.  191  p.  $2.95. 

Hunter,  Joshua  Allen.  Dear  Doctor  Dick,  the  story  of  a  small- 
town physician.  New  York,  Exposition  Press,  1955.  53  p.  $2.50. 

Johnson,  Richard  Carroll.  A  story  of  six  loves.  New  York, 
Pageant  Press,  1955.  52  p.  $2.00. 

Koch,  Dorothy  Clarke.  Gone  is  my  goose.  New  York,  Holiday 
House,  1956.  unpaged,  il.  $2.25.  Juvenile. 

Kroll,  Harry  Harrison.  Summer  gold.  Philadelphia,  Westmin- 
ster Press,  1955.  176  p.  $2.75.  Juvenile. 

Martin,  Frances  Gardiner.  Pirate  Island.  New  York,  Harper, 
1955.  215  p.  il.  $2.75.  Juvenile. 

Miller,  Helen  Topping.  Her  Christmas  at  the  Hermitage.  New 
York,  Longmans,  Green,  1955.  89  p.  $2.50. 


By  a  North  Carolinian  or  with  the  scene  laid  in  North  Carolina. 


276  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Slow  dies  the  thunder.  Indianapolis,   Bobbs-Merrill, 


1955.  310  p.  $3.50. 
Moore,  Bertha  B.  Summer  on  Breezy  Hill,  by  Betsy  McCurry 

[pseud.].  Grand  Rapids,  Zondervan  Publishing  House,  1955. 

57  p.  il.  $1.00. 
Mozingo,  Edgar.  Mama's  little  rascal.  New  York,  Exposition 

Press,  1955.  104  p.  $3.00. 
Patton,  Frances  Gray.  A  piece  of  luck. 4  New  York,  Dodd, 

Mead,  1955.  248  p.  $3.00. 
Phillips,  Agnes  Lucas.  One  clear  call,  a  novel  about  nursing. 

New  York,  Exposition  Press,  1955.  120  p.  $3.00. 
Polk,  William  Tannahill.  The  fallen  angel,  and  other  stories. 

Chapel  Hill,  University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1956.  180  p. 

$3.00. 
Slaughter,  Frank  Gill.  The  scarlet  cord,  a  novel  of  the  woman 

of  Jericho.  Garden  City,  Doubleday,  1956.  352  p.  $3.95. 
Speas,  Jan  Cox.  My  Lord  Monleigh.  Indianapolis,  Bobbs-Merrill, 

1956.  309  p.  $3.75. 

Street,  Julia  Montgomery.  Fiddler's  fancy. 5  Chicago,  Follett, 

1955.  157  p.  $2.50.  Juvenile. 
Turner,  Orren  Jack.  Lightly  lies  the  earth.  New  York,  Vantage 

Press,  1955.  304  p.  $3.50. 
Wellman,   Manly  Wade.   Flag  on  the  levee.  New  York,   I. 

Washburn,  1955.  209  p.  il.  $2.75. 
— To  unknown  lands.  New  York,  Holiday  House,  1956. 

202  p.  il.  $2.75.  Juvenile. 

Young  Squire  Morgan.  New  York,  I.  Washburn,  1956. 


172  p.  il.  $2.75.  Juvenile. 

Genealogy 

Allison,  Charles  Walter.  Reverend  John  Tillett  family  histo- 
ry. Charlotte,  Observer  Printing  House,  1955.  194,  64,  171  p. 
il.  $15.00. 

Bass,  Ivan  Ernest.  Bass  family  history:  Esau  Bass  (Revolu- 
tionary soldier)  his  brother,  Jonathan  Bass,  and  their  de- 
scendants. Washington,  1955.  449  p.  il.  $10.00. 

Craig,  Marjorie.  Family  records  of  Henrietta  Alberta  Ratliffe 
and  Jasper  Newton  Craig.  Reidsville,  The  Author,  1955.  un- 
paged. 

Davidson,  Chalmers  Gaston.  Gaston  of  Chester.  Based  chiefly 
on  the  notes  and  records  preserved  by  Judge  Arthur  Lee 
Gaston.  [Davidson?  N.  C,  1956].  146  p.  il. 


*  Winner  of  the  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  Award  for  fiction,  1956. 
D  Winner  of  the  AAUW  Award  to  juvenile  literature,  1956. 


North  Carolina  Bibliography  277 

Getzendaner,  Georgia  Belle,  comp.  George  Washington  Pat- 
terson family  history.  West  Hartford,  Conn.,  Chedwato  Serv- 
ice, 1956.  73  p.  $2.25  pa. 

McKoy,  Henry  Bacon.  The  McKoy  family  of  North  Carolina 
and  other  ancestors  including  Ancrum,  Berry,  Hailing,  Hasell, 
Usher.  Greenville,  S.  C,  1955.  198  p.  il. 

McNair,  James  Birtley.  McNair,  McNear,  and  McNeir  genealo- 
gies. Supplement,  1955.  Los  Angeles,  The  Author,  1955.  457  p. 
$9.75. 

Morris,  Whitmore.  A  Morris  family  of  Mecklenburg  County, 
North  Carolina.  [San  Antonio?  1956].  128  p.  $4.00. 

Shaw,  Jessie  Owen.  The  Johnsons  and  their  kin  of  Randolph. 
Washington,  1955.  214  p.  il.  $10.00. 

Stone,  Dolly  Mary.  Samuel  Stone  and  his  wife  Mary  Ann 
Chunn.  San  Antonio,  Naylor  Co.,  1955.  87  p.  $5.00. 

Wyatt,  Lillian  Reeves.  The  Reeves,  Mercer,  Newkirk  families. 
[Jacksonville?  Fla.,  1956].  374  p.  il.  $5.00. 

History  and  Travel 

Alexander,  Nancy.  Here  will  I  dwell.  (The  story  of  Caldwell 
County.)  Lenoir,  Nancy  Alexander,  1956.  230  p.  il.  $5.00. 

Bridgers,  Emily.  Africa:  South  of  the  Sahara.  Chapel  Hill, 
University  of  North  Carolina  Library,  1955.  (Library  exten- 
sion publication,  vol.  21,  no.  1)  44  p.  $.50  pa. 

Cathey,  Cornelius  Oliver.  Agricultural  developments  in  North 
Carolina,  1783-1860.  Chapel  Hill,  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina Press,  1956.  (The  James  Sprunt  studies  in  history  and 
political  science,  v.  38)  229  p.  $2.50  pa. 

Curtis,  Robert  S.  The  history  of  livestock  in  North  Carolina. 
Raleigh,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  N.  C.  State  College, 
1956.  (Its  Bulletin  401)  116  p.  il.  pa. 

Dill,  Alonzo  Thomas.  Governor  Tryon  and  his  palace.  Chapel 
Hill,  University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1955.  xiii,  304  p.  il. 
$5.00. 

Ferguson,  Thomas  Wiley.  Home  on  the  Yadkin.  Winston-Salem, 
Clay  Printing  Co.,  1956.  242  p.  il. 

Fowler,  Malcolm.  They  passed  this  way:  a  personal  narrative 
of  Harnett  County  history.  No  place,  Harnett  County  Centen- 
nial, Inc.,  1955.  167  p.  il.  $2.00  pa. 

Isbell,  Robert  Lee.  The  world  of  my  childhood.  Lenoir,  News- 
Topic,  1955.  208  p.  il.  $2.25. 

Jeffreys,  Raymond  J.  Must  they  sell  apples  again?  Columbus, 
Capitol  College  Press,  1956.  101  p.  il. 

Knight,  Ken,  ed.  North  Carolina  travelbook.  Winston-Salem, 
Collins  Co.,  1956.  105  p.  il.  pa. 


278  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Lefler,  Hugh  Talmage.  History  of  North  Carolina.  New  York, 
Lewis  Historical  Publishing  Co.,  1956.  4  vols.  il.  $87.00. 

Mathewson,  Alice  Clarke.  Ali-Mat  takes  off.  Raleigh,  Forest 
Hills  Distributors,  [1956?].  152  p.  $2.75. 

Parris,  John  A.  Roaming  the  mountains  with  John  Parris. 
Asheville,  Citizen-Times  Publishing  Co.,  1955.  246  p.  $2.50. 

Paschal,  Herbert  Richard,  Jr.  A  history  of  colonial  Bath. 
Raleigh,  Edwards  &  Broughton  Co.,  1955.  69  p.  il.  $2.50. 

Patton,  Sadie  Smathers.  Buncombe  to  Mecklenburg — specula- 
tion lands.  Forest  City,  Western  North  Carolina  Historical 
Association,  1955.  vi,  47  p.  $2.00  pa. 

Peace,  Samuel  Thomas.  "Zeb's  black  baby,"  Vance  County, 
North  Carolina,  a  short  history.  Henderson,  1955.  457  p.  il. 
$5.00. 

Robinson,  Blackwell  Pierce.  A  history  of  Moore  County, 
North  Carolina,  1747-1847. 6  Southern  Pines,  Moore  County 
Historical  Association,  1956.  viii,  270  p.  il.  $7.50. 

Quattlebaum,  Paul.  The  land  called  Chicora,  the  Carolinas 
under  Spanish  rule,  with  French  intrusions,  1520-1670. 
Gainesville,  University  of  Florida  Press,  1956.  153  p.  il.  $3.75. 

Quinn,  David  Beers.  The  Roanoke  voyages,  1584-1590,  docu- 
ments to  illustrate  the  English  voyages  to  North  America 
under  the  patent  granted  to  Walter  Raleigh  in  1584.  London, 
Hakluyt  Society,  1955.  2  vols.  il.  $22.00. 

Roberts,  Elliott.  One  river — seven  states,  TVA-State  relations 
in  the  development  of  the  Tennessee  River.  Knoxville,  Bureau 
of  Public  Administration,  University  of  Tennessee,  1955.  (The 
University  of  Tennessee  record.  Extension  series,  vol.  31,  no. 
1)  vii,  100  p.  $1.50  pa. 

Savage,  Henry.  River  of  the  Carolinas :  the  Santee.  New  York, 
Rinehart,  1956.  435  p.  il.  $5.00. 

Snell,  John  Leslie,  Jr.  The  meaning  of  Yalta,  Big  Three  diplo- 
macy and  the  new  balance  of  power.  Baton  Rouge,  Louisiana 
State  University  Press,  1956.  xiii,  239  p.  il.  $3.75. 

Stephenson,  Wendell  Holmes.  The  South  lives  in  history, 
Southern  historians  and  their  legacy.  Baton  Rouge,  Louisiana 
State  University  Press,  1955.  163  p.  $3.50. 

Territory  of  the  United  States,  South  of  the  River  Ohio. 
Governor,  1790-1796.  The  Blount  journal,  1790-1796,  the 
proceedings  of  government  over  the  Territory  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  South  of  the  River  Ohio,  William  Blount, 
esquire,  in  his  executive  department  as  governor.  Nashville, 
Benson  Printing  Co.,  1955.  vii,  157  p.  $3.00. 


a  Winner  of  an  Award  of  Merit  from  the  American  Association  for  State 
and  Local  History,  1956. 


North  Carolina  Bibliography  279 

Tucker,    Glenn.    Tecumseh,    vision    of    glory.7    Indianapolis, 

Bobbs-Merrill,  1956.  399  p.  $5.00. 
Washburn,  Benjamin  Earle.  A  country  doctor  in  the  South 

Mountains.  Asheville,  Stephens  Press,  1955.  94  p.  il.  $2.00. 
Weathers,  Lee  Beam.  The  living  past  of  Cleveland  County,  a 

history.  Shelby,  Star  Publishing  Co.,  1956.  269  p.  il.  $4.00. 

Autobiography  and  Biography 

Burnham,    George.    Billy    Graham,    a    mission  accomplished. 

Westwood,  N.  J.,  Revell,  1955.  158  p.  $2.00. 
Chambers,  William  Nisbet.  Old  Bullion  Benton,  Senator  from 

the  new  West :  Thomas  Hart  Benton,  1782-1858.  Boston,  Little 

Brown,  1956.  517  p.  il.  $6.00. 
Coe,  Jeffrey.  The  picture  story  of  Daniel  Boone.  New  York, 

Wonder  Books,  Inc.,  1956.  64  p.  il.  $.25  pa.  Juvenile. 
Davis,  Burke.  Gray  Fox,  Robert  E.  Lee  and  the  Civil  War.  New 

York,  Rinehart,  1956.  466  p.  il.  $6.00. 
Hedden,  Worth  Tuttle.  Two  and  three  make  one,  by  Winifred 

Woodley  [pseud.]  New  York,  Crown  Publishers,  1956.  167  p. 

$2.75. 
High,  Stanley.  Billy  Graham,  the  personal  story  of  the  man, 

his  message,  and  his  mission.  New  York,  McGraw-Hill,  1956. 

274  p.  il.  $3.95. 
Hayward,  Arthur  Lawrence.  The  book  of  pirates.  New  York, 

Roy  Publishers,  [1956?].  239  p.  il.  $2.75. 
Hoyle,  Bernadette.  Tar  Heel  writers  I  know.  Winston-Salem, 

John  F.  Blair,  Publisher,  1956.  viii,  215  p.  il.  $4.00. 
Ives,  Elizabeth  Stevenson.  My  brother  Adlai,  by  Elizabeth 

Stevenson  Ives  and  Hildegarde  Dolson.  New  York,  Morrow, 

1956.  308  p.  il.  $4.00 
Lemmon,  Kathleen.  House  in  the  Woods,  a  biographical  sketch 

of  Juliette  and  Crosby  Adams.  Asheville,  Inland  Press,  1956. 

89  p.  $2.75. 
McBride,  Robert  Martin.  Portrait  of  an  American  loyalist, 

James  Cotton  of  Anson  County,  North  Carolina.  Nashville, 

Tenn.,  1954.  64  p.  pa. 
Massengale,  Rosalie.  Other  people's  lives.  Chapel  Hill,  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  Library,  1956.  (Library  extension  pub- 
lication, vol.  21,  no.  2)  42  p.  $.50  pa. 
Maurice,  George  H.  On  the  trail  of  Daniel  Boone  in  North 

Carolina.  Eagle  Springs,  N.  C,  The  Author,  1955.  19  p.  il. 

$1.25. 
North  Carolina  Federation  of  Music  Clubs.  North  Carolina 

Musicians,  a  selective  handbook.  Chapel  Hill,  University  of 


7  Winner  of  the  Mayflower  Award,  1956. 


280  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

North  Carolina  library,  1956.  (Library  extension  publication, 
vol.  21,  no.  4)  82  p.  $1.50  pa.,  $3.00  cloth. 

Peele,  Herbert.  Mr.  Albemarle,  some  quotations  from  Herbert 
Peele's  editorials  and  Peelings,  compiled  by  his  wife,  Kate. 
Winston-Salem,  Collins  Co.,  1955.  205  p.  il.  $5.00. 

Shackford,  James  Atkins.  David  Crockett,  the  man  and  the 
legend.  Chapel  Hill,  University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1956. 
xiv,  338  p.  $6.00. 

Smathers,  Frank.  The  last  pioneer  of  Western  North  Caro- 
lina. Coral  Gables,  Fla.,  Glade  House,  1956.  42  p.  il. 

Wolfe,  Thomas.  Letters,  Collected  and  edited,  with  an  intro- 
duction and  explanatory  text,  by  Elizabeth  Nowell.  New  York, 
Scribner,  1956.  xviii,  797  p.  $10.00. 

New  Editions  and  Reprints 

Duncan,  Norvin  C.  People,  places,  things.   [Asheville?  1955]. 

96  p.  il.  pa. 
Jarrell,  Randall.  Poetry  and  the  age.  London,   Faber  and 

Faber,  1955.  240  p.  $2.52. 
Jones,  Hugh.  The  present  state  of  Virginia,  from  whence  is 

inferred  a  short  view  of  Maryland  and  North  Carolina.  Edited 

with   an  introduction  by  Richard  L.   Morton.   Chapel   Hill, 

University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1956.  xiv,  295  p.  il.  $5.00. 
Kincaid,  Robert  Lee.  The  Wilderness  road.  Harrogate,  Tenn., 

Lincoln  Memorial  University  Press,  1955.  392  p.  il.  $4.00. 
Lassiter,  William  Carroll.  Law  and  press,  the  legal  aspects  of 

news  reporting,  editing  and  publishing  in  North  Carolina. 

Raleigh,  Edwards  &  Broughton,  1956.  xvi,  262  p.  $7.50. 
Myren,   Richard  Albert.   Investigation   of  arson,  and  other 

unlawful  burnings.  Chapel  Hill,  Institute  of  Government,  1956. 

(Its  Guidebook  series,  May,  1956)  90,  14  p.  $1.50  pa. 
Newman,  William  S.  The  pianist's  problems  .  .  .  New  York, 

Harper,  1956.  xiv,  168  p.  il.  $3.00. 
North    Carolina.   University.    Institute   of   Government. 

Notary  public  guidebook.  Chapel  Hill,  Institute  of  Govern- 
ment, 1956.  (Its  Guidebook  series,  May,  1956)  82  p.  il.  $2.00 

pa. 
Patton,  Frances  Gray.  Good  morning,  Miss  Dove.  New  York, 

Pocket  Books,  Inc.,  1956. 165  p.  $.25  pa. 
London,  Victor  Gollancz,  Ltd.,  1956.  217  p. 

il.  $1.50. 
Pierce,  Ovid  Williams.  La  plantation.  Roman  traduit  de  Tamer- 

icain  par  Hubert  Audigier.  Paris,  Librairie  Plon,  1955.  254  p. 
Richardson,   Ethel   Park.   American   mountain   songs.   New 

York,  Greenberg,  1956  [copyright  1955]  120  p.  il.  $3.50. 


North  Carolina  Bibliography  281 

Sieber,  Herman  Alexander.  In  this  the  Marian  year.  Chapel 

Hill,  Old  Well  Publishers,  1956.  27  p.  il.  $1.75  pa.,  $3.00  cloth. 
Slaughter,  Frank  Gill.  The  song  of  Ruth,  a  love  story  from 

the  Old   Testament.   New  York,   Permabooks,   1955.   288   p. 

$.35  pa. 
Street,  James  Howell.  Drengen  og  Lady.  Copenhagen,  Thor- 

kild  Becks  Forlag,  1955.  219  p. 
Tracy,  Don.  Roanoke  renegade.  New  York,  Pocket  Books,  Inc., 

1955.  346  p.  $.35  pa. 
Wolfe,  Thomas.  La  ragnatela  e  la  roccia.  Verona,  Mondadori, 

1955.  707  p. 


BOOK  REVIEWS 

The  Papers  of  Willie  Person  Mangum.  Edited  by  Henry  Thomas 
Shanks.  Volume  V,  1847-1894.  (Raleigh:  State  Department  of 
Archives  and  History.  1956.  Pp.  xxxvii,  812.  Illustrations, 
errata,  and  index.  $3.00.) 

This  is  the  final  volume  of  the  Mangum  papers.  About  half 
of  the  volume  is  taken  up  by  letters  to  Mangum  and  members 
of  his  family,  written  previous  to  Mangum's  death  in  1861. 
His  wife  and  two  daughters  resided  during  these  years  at 
Walnut  Hall,  established  on  the  Mangum  ancestral  estate  in 
Orange  (now  Durham)  County;  another  daughter  was  mar- 
ried and  lived  on  a  plantation  in  Randolph  County;  while  his 
only  son,  William  Preston  Mangum,  divided  his  time  amongst 
the  home,  two  academies,  a  short  stay  in  Washington  with 
his  father,  attendance  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina, 
and  service  in  the  Confederate  army  prior  to  his  death  from 
a  wound  received  in  the  First  Battle  of  Manassas.  Six  years 
of  the  period  constituted  Mangum's  final  term  as  Senator  in 
his  thirty  year  span  of  almost  unbroken  service  in  the  United 
States  Congress.  He  lapsed  into  bad  health  following  a  severe 
fall  in  1851,  retired  from  the  Senate  in  1853,  and  spent  his 
declining  years  at  Walnut  Hall. 

The  net  result  of  the  foregoing  circumstances  coupled  with 
fortunate  preservation  and  skillful  editing  is  a  series  of  in- 
teresting and  historically  useful  documents.  Mangum's  finan- 
cial and  professional  interests  in  the  law  and  the  close  attach- 
ment of  the  family  to  the  soil  meant  that  the  usual  family 
and  personal  greetings  were  interspersed  with  bits  of  infor- 
mation revealing  much  of  the  agrarian  life  of  the  period.  He 
and  members  of  his  family  were  intellectually  alert  and  alive 
to  the  educational  currents  of  the  day.  These  letters,  there- 
fore, furnish  an  excellent  cross  section  picture  of  social  and 
economic  conditions  as  well  as  some  incidental  facts  con- 
erning  Mangum's  role  as  an  elder  Whig  statesman. 

Most  of  the  latter  half  of  the  volume  is  made  up  of  several 
of  Mangum's  speeches  in  Congress.  It  is  the  humble  opinion 

[282] 


Book  Reviews  283 

of  this  reviewer  that  these  speeches  are  of  questionable  worth 
for  publication  as  original  historical  sources.  Most  of  them 
are  already  available  in  the  Register  of  Debates  and  Con- 
gressional Globe,  they  contain  numerous  typographical  errors 
and  have  been  subjected  to  relatively  little  by  way  of  edi- 
torial embellishment.  Seventeen  pages  devoted  to  reminis- 
cences of  Mangum's  descendants  furnish  some  interesting 
anecdotes  that  may,  as  the  editor  hopefully  suggests  (p. 
746  n ) ,  stimulate  further  research  in  the  career  of  a  significant 
figure  in  the  politics  of  North  Carolina  and  the  nation. 

Paul  Murray. 

East  Carolina  College, 

Greenville. 


Agricultural  Developments  in  North  Carolina,  1783-1860.  Vol- 
ume XXXVIII  of  the  James  Sprunt  Studies  in  History  and 
Political  Science.  By  Cornelius  Oliver  Cathey.  (Chapel  Hill: 
The  University  of  North  Carolina  Press.  1956.  Pp.  v,  229. 
$2.50.) 

Historians  may  add  this  volume  to  their  shelf  of  state  agri- 
cultural histories  for,  in  spite  of  Professor  Cathey's  modest 
disclaimer  that  he  has  not  attempted  to  record  the  history 
of  North  Carolina's  agriculture  in  the  ante-bellum  period,  he 
comes  very  close  to  doing  just  that.  The  volume  fills  a  basic 
need  in  a  field  that  is  worthy  of  much  careful  study.  Professor 
Cathey  states  that  his  interest  was  first  drawn  to  the  field  by 
Professor  Fletcher  M.  Green,  of  the  University  of  North 
Carolina.  Over  the  past  several  years,  nearly  every  piece  of 
historical  research  relating  to  the  agricultural  history  of 
North  Carolina  has  carried  a  similar  acknowledgment. 

Professor  Cathey  compromises  the  historian's  dilemma  of 
a  chronological  or  topical  organization  in  his  work  by  discus- 
sing colonial  agricultural  in  his  first  chapter;  post-Revolution- 
ary changes  to  1820  in  his  second;  land-holding,  labor,  and 
agricultural  implements  from  1783  to  1860  in  his  next  two; 
agricultural  reform  from  1820  to  1860  in  his  fifth;  and  devel- 


284  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

opments  respecting  major  commodities  from  1820  to  1860  in 
his  next  four.  The  concluding  chapter  is  an  excellent  summary 
of  agricultural  progress  from  1783  to  1860. 

The  outstanding  impression  left  by  the  volume  is  that 
North  Carolina  was,  like  other  states,  moving  away  from  a 
partially  self-sufficient  agriculture  towards  a  commercial  agri- 
culture throughout  the  period  studied.  Not  every  farmer  made 
immediate  changes,  yet  every  development  that  was  chang- 
ing the  nation's  agriculture  was  paralleled  in  North  Carolina. 
Leading  agricultural  reformers,  for  example,  were  emphasiz- 
ing intensive  rather  than  extensive  cultivation  on  both  the 
national  and  state  scene.  The  author  states  that  because  of 
the  conservatism,  superstition,  and  ignorance  of  many 
farmers,  reform  moved  very  slowly.  It  might  also  be  noted 
that  intensive  agriculture  carried  on  far  from  transportation 
facilities  and  markets  was  not  economically  feasible.  With 
allowances  for  these  inadequacies,  it  seems  obvious  from  this 
study  that  North  Carolina  farmers  were  moving  at  about  the 
same  pace  as  those  of  other  states. 

Professor  Cathey  concludes  that  by  1860  the  foundations 
of  a  better  agriculture  had  been  firmly  established  in  every 
community  in  the  State.  It  may  be  hoped  that  the  author  will 
continue  his  researches  and  prepare  a  companion  volume  on 
the  agriculture  of  North  Carolina  from  1860  to  the  present. 

Wayne  D.  Rasmussen. 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


Sherman's  March  through  the  Carolinas.  By  John  G.  Barrett. 
(Chapel  Hill:  The  University  of  North  Carolina  Press.  1956. 
Pp.  viii,  325.  $6.00.) 

Sherman  always  considered  his  march  from  Savannah  to 
Coldsboro  the  greatest  achievement  of  his  military  career, 
and  was  convinced  that  it  had  been  "an  important  factor  in 
.  .  .  the  glorious  triumph  of  the  Union  cause."  Americans 
since  have  argued  about  the  need  and  responsibility  for  the 


Book  Reviews  285 

damage  inflicted  by  Sherman's  "bummers,"  military  critics 
have  disagreed  over  the  influence  of  the  campaign  on  the 
outcome  of  the  war,  but  not  until  the  appearance  of 
Shermans  March  through  the  Carolinas  has  anyone  made  a 
detailed  study  of  this  controversial  chapter  in  the  Civil  War. 

It  is  not  a  pretty  story.  Correctly  interpreting  the  campaign 
as  an  application  of  what  today  is  called  "total  war"  rather 
than  a  grandiose  raid,  Dr.  Barrett  does  not  gloss  over 
Sherman's  imperfections  and  the  many  incidents  of  brutality 
and  indiscriminate  destruction.  Yet  he  does  not  join  the  Con- 
federate partisans.  He  understands  Sherman,  his  intense  con- 
viction that  the  South  had  to  be  taught  it  had  acted  in  error, 
and  his  desire  to  bring  the  war  to  a  quick  end  and  just  end; 
he  admires  him  for  his  "refusal  to  be  bound  by  orthodox 
strategy  and  stubborn  military  tradition."  Above  all,  he  ap- 
preciates the  fact  that,  aside  from  the  question  whether 
Sherman's  devastating  march  actually  had  an  appreciable 
effect  upon  Lee's  surrender  (Dr.  Barrett  believes  that  it  did 
not ) ,  Sherman's  policies  were  not  always  in  harmony  with  the 
goal  he  sought— "a  more  perfect  peace." 

The  author  has  attacked  without  fear  or  favor  such  per- 
plexing problems  as  the  burning  of  Columbia,  the  battle  of 
Bentonville,  and  the  prolonged  negotiations  between  Sherman 
and  Johnston.  His  fully  documented  narrative  is  never  with- 
out interest  (readers  will  enjoy  especially  his  account  of 
Kilpatrick's  frustrating  experience  at  Monroe's  Cross-Roads) 
and  can  be  regarded  as  the  best  book  on  the  subject. 

Jay  Luvaas. 
Duke  University, 
Durham. 


A  History  of  Atlantic  Christian  College:  Culture  in  Coastal 
Carolina.  By  Charles  Crossfield  Ware.  (Wilson:  Atlantic 
Christian  College.  1956.  Pp.  248.  Appendices,  bibliography, 
index,  and  illustrations.  $4.00.) 

A  History  of  Atlantic  Christian  College  is  more  than  the 
title  indicates,  for  Dr.  Ware  not  only  gives  the  history  of  this 


286  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

four-year,  coeducational  college,  founded  in  Wilson  in  1902 
by  the  Disciples  of  Christ,  but  gives  in  the  first  chapter  a 
brief  history  of  early  education  in  the  State,  beginning  in 
1708  when  North  Carolina  had  its  first  professional  teacher 
of  record,  Charles  Griffin,  of  the  "Parish  of  Pascotank,"  a 
"reader"  and  ad  interim  minister.  Co-incidentally,  the  author 
has  given  much  of  the  history  of  the  Disciples  of  Christ 
church,  which  he  is  ably  qualified  to  do,  since  for  nearly 
forty  years  he  has  been  gathering  the  Carolina  Discipliana 
Library,  now  housed  at  the  college  at  Wilson. 

Dr.  Ware  says  in  the  Foreword:  "...  the  administration  of 
Atlantic  Christian  College  wanted  me  to  write  a  factual  his- 
tory of  the  institution— to  give  an  authentic  story  of  its  back- 
ground and  its  fifty-four  years  of  activity."  This  book  could 
easily  have  been  just  that  and  no  more,  but,  in  addition,  it  is 
a  gripping  and  scholarly  story.  The  struggle  of  this  college, 
faced  at  all  times  with  financial  difficulties  and  uncertainties, 
affected  by  wars  and  depression,  to  survive  and  carry  out  its 
object,  "the  dissemination  of  knowledge,  religious,  scientific, 
and  practical  ...  to  meet  the  requirements  of  advancing 
Christian  civilization  and  enlightenment"  becomes  very  real 
and  important  to  the  reader.  The  book  contains  a  number  of 
illustrations,  some  of  documents  prior  and  relating  to  the 
founding,  some  of  the  presidents,  trustees,  and  college  groups 
and  buildings.  There  is  an  appendix  giving  a  roster  of  the 
presidents,  faculty,  and  trustees. 

Dr.  Ware,  a  native  of  Kentucky  and  a  graduate  of  Tran- 
sylvania College,  has  been  a  resident  of  North  Carolina  since 
1910  and  has  served  as  Executive  Secretary  of  the  Tar  Heel 
Disciples  for  nearly  forty  years.  He  is  at  present  Curator  of 
the  Carolina  Discipliana  Library,  composed  of  10,000  vol- 
umes, providing  a  splendid  historical  research  center  for 
eastern  North  Carolina.  His  experience  and  associations  have 
eminently  prepared  him  for  this  splendid  job  which  is  well 
done. 

Dr.  Ware's  previously  published  works  include:  "A  History 
of  the  Disciples  of  Christ  in  North  Carolina,"  1927;  "Barton 


Book  Reviews  287 

Warren  Stone— Pathfinder  of  Christian  Union,"  1932;  "Tar 
Heel  Disciples,"  1942;  "Christians  Reveille"  (play),  1944; 
and  "Rountree  Chronicles,"  1947. 

J.  D.  Messick. 

East  Carolina  College, 

Greenville. 


Stories  Old  and  New  of  the  Cape  Fear  Region.  By  Louis  Toomer 
Moore.  (Wilmington:  Privately  published.  1956.  Pp.  xv,  261. 
$5.00.) 

For  a  pleasant  evening  or  two  of  entertaining  reading 
there  is  much  in  this  book  to  be  recommended.  If  spread  out 
over  a  longer  period,  perhaps  kept  near  at  hand  and  read 
from  occasionally,  it  might  be  even  more  enjoyable  since 
there  is  a  certain  amount  of  repetition,  perhaps  unavoidable 
in  a  book  of  this  type.  It  is  a  book  of  stories— tales  and  tradi- 
tions—and must  be  accepted  as  such  rather  than  as  a  local 
history  in  spite  of  the  author's  use  of  such  a  phrase  as  "glam- 
orous tradition  of  fact"  in  support  of  many  of  his  statements. 

In  narrative  form  the  author  gives  us  much  history  of  the 
Lower  Cape  Fear  region,  however.  In  addition  to  fact  there 
are  fancy,  humor,  and  at  times  tragedy  to  characterize  the 
nearly  sixty  sketches  which  make  up  the  book.  For  the  most 
part  they  deal  with  the  colonial  period  (which  the  author 
on  page  134  has  taken  the  liberty  to  extend  to  about  1806) 
and  the  era  of  the  Civil  War  although  a  few  bring  us  up  to 
fairly  recent  times.  Some  of  the  stories  will  be  familiar  to 
readers  of  the  Sunday  feature  sections  of  many  Tar  Heel 
newspapers  —  "Sacred  Painting  Found  on  Pirate  Ship," 
"Moore's  Creek  Battle— Mary  Slocum's  Ride,"  and  "Governor 
Dudley's  Remark  to  Governor  Butler"  among  them. 

The  sketches  are  of  uneven  quality  and  appeal  and  often 
are  marked  by  verbose  sentences.  The  author  is  a  good  story- 
teller, nevertheless,  and  has  added  much  to  our  understand- 


288  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

ing  of  the  local  scene  by  keeping  alive  these  traditional  tales 
of  the  past. 

William  S.  Powell. 

University  of  North  Carolina, 
Chapel  Hill. 


Ocracoke.  By  Carl  Goerch.   (Raleigh:  Privately  printed.  1956. 
Pp.  223.  Pen  drawings.  $3.00.) 

The  highly  loquacious  and  literarily  prolific  Carl  Goerch 
has  produced  another  chatty,  informal  volume  about  the 
State.  In  this  work  on  Ocracoke  the  genial  Mr.  Goerch  covers 
the  island  from  north  to  south  and  inside  out.  His  fascination, 
lasting  over  a  quarter  of  a  century,  is  obvious.  Starting  with 
its  location,  he  delves  into  every  phase  of  life— animal,  vege- 
table and  human— on  the  island.  He  reaches  back  into  history 
to  tell  the  story  Edward  Teach,  of  memorable  storms  and 
famous  wrecks,  and  the  island's  part  in  wars  and  early  settle- 
ment. He  comments  on  the  latest  developments— the  coming 
of  paved  roads  and  the  advent  of  the  federal  government  in 
form  of  the  National  Park  Service  now  that  Ocracoke  is  part 
of  a  national  seashore  recreational  area. 

Subjects  encompassed  by  Mr.  Goerch' s  nimble  pen  include 
romance  (including  advice  to  single  young  girls),  a  square 
dance,  a  funeral  and  the  island's  burial  association,  the  re- 
nowned wild  ponies,  the  only  Negro  family,  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  "I"  (known  far  and  wide  as  "Oi").  In  matters  of 
speech  he  falls  into  the  general  error  of  other  publicists  who 
imagine  that  certain  localisms  exist  only  in  the  area  under 
their  inspection.  Undoubtedly  there  is  a  distinctive  flavor 
about  Ocracokers'  lingo,  but  some  of  the  expressions  Mr. 
Goerch  believes  native  to  the  island  are  found  generally  in 
North  Carolina— "I  don't  fault  you,"  "ain't  fittin',"  "cam"  for 
calm,    and    slick    tor    calm. 

Following  the  free-wheeling  style  which  resembles  his 
famed  radio  delivery,  Mr.  Goerch  gives  Ocracoke  the  "once 
over  lightly"  treatment.  He  has  produced  no  definitive  study, 
weighted  down  with  sociological  gobbledygook  and  statisti- 


Book  Reviews  289 

cal  tables.  ( He  is  invariably  entertaining  if  not  deeply  pene- 
trating. One  wonders,  for  example,  if  there  is  not  more  drama 
than  he  suspects  in  the  only  Negro  family  on  Ocracoke.) 
Mr.  Goerch's  Ocracoke  is  personal,  direct,  appealing— and 
successful  in  that  he  creates  a  burning  desire  in  the  reader 
to  visit  and  see  for  himself  this  interesting  "oiland." 

Holley  Mack  Bell. 
Greensboro. 


Stub  Entries  to  Indents  Issued  in  Payment  of  Claims  Against 
South  Carolina  Growing  Out  of  the  Revolution.  Book  K. 
Edited  by  Wylma  Anne  Wates.  (Columbia:  South  Carolina 
Archives  Department.  1956.  Pp.  viii,  60.  $2.50.) 

Another  in  the  series  of  volumes  of  indent  stub  entries 
being  published  by  the  South  Carolina  Archives  Department, 
Book  K  is  similar  in  format  and  general  content  to  Book  G-H 
reviewed  by  this  writer  in  The  North  Carolina  Historical 
Review,  XXXIII  (April,  1956),  261-262.  It  achieves  the 
objectives  announced  by  the  editor  for  the  series  and  main- 
tains the  standard  set  by  the  preceding  volume.  The  293 
entries  are  for  the  period  from  August,  1784,  to  January, 
1785.  They  encompass  a  variety  of  items  that  the  reader 
would  expect  to  find  in  such  a  collection.  Of  passing  interest 
are  payments  for  such  goods  and  services  as:  "two  duffill 
Blankets  impressed"  (No.  1);  "1183lb.  Indico  supplied"  (No. 
14);  "making  swords"  (Nos.  135  and  141);  "Medicine  and 
attendance  paid  doct.  Maryan  by  said  Joshua  Jones  when 
[he]  was  wounded  by  the  Enemy  in  riding  Express  to  Gov- 
ernor Rutledge"  (No.  53);  "the  Valuation  of  the  ship  James 
her  tackle  and  apparrell— she  having  been  sunk  to  Obstruct 
the  passage  into  Cooper  River  by  Order  of  His  Excellency 
Governor  Rutledge"  (Nos.  59-61);  and  "twenty  days  Service 
on  board  the  Hibernia  as  Flag-Master  to  negotiate  an  Ex- 
change of  prisoners  in  Charlestown"  (No.  90). 

Lawrence  F.  Brewster. 

East  Carolina  College, 

Greenville. 


290  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  Historie  of  Travell  into  Virginia  Britania  (1612)  by 
William  Strachey,  gent.  Edited  by  Louis  B.  Wright  and 
Virginia  Freund.  (London:  Printed  for  the  Hakluyt  Society 
by  Robert  Maclehose  and  Co.,  Ltd.  The  University  Press, 
Glasgow.  1953.  Pp.  xxxii,  221.  Introduction,  maps,  appendices, 
and  index.  $7.50.) 

William  Strachey  was  the  secretary  for  the  Jamestown 
Colony  and  spent  three  years,  1609-1612,  in  the  New  World. 
The  Historie  of  Travell  into  Virginia  Britania  (1612)  repre- 
sents a  draft  from  his  notes  and  includes  excerpts  from 
Hakluyt,  Gosnold,  John  Smith,  and  others.  It  was  first  pub- 
lished by  the  Hakluyt  society  in  1849.  The  present  edition  is 
intended  to  be  an  exact  transcript  of  a  manuscript  at  Prince- 
ton University. 

In  the  introduction  the  editors  present  a  history  of  the 
existing  manuscripts,  and  an  account  of  Strachey  and  his 
work  in  relation  to  the  attitudes  and  interests  of  his  day.  They 
point  out  the  sections  of  Strachey's  work  that  were  borrowed 
from  earlier  writers. 

Strachey  presents  a  justification  for  colonization  and  an 
argument  for  England's  right  to  settle  the  New  World.  In 
their  review  in  the  introduction  the  editors  say  that  the  most 
original  portions  of  the  manuscript  are  those  dealing  with  the 
Indians.  Strachey  gives  the  location  of  various  Indian  groups 
and  discusses  something  of  their  trade  relations  with  the 
colonists,  and  the  economic,  social,  political,  and  religious 
aspects  of  Indian  life,  along  with  a  list  of  the  plants  and 
animals  utilized  by  them.  It  is  in  this  respect  that  the  re- 
viewer feels  that  the  book  will  be  of  considerable  interest 
to  anthropologists  and  archaeologists  who  are  interested  in 
constructing  a  picture  of  Indian  culture. 

The  appendix  contains  a  vocabulary  of  Indian  words  which 
would  be  of  particular  interest  for  anthropologists  who  are 
specialists  in  Algonquian  linguistics.  It  also  has  a  statement 
by  Reverend  James  A.  Geary,  professor  of  Celtic  languages 
and  comparative  linguistics  at  the  Catholic  University  in 
Washington,  D.  C, 


Book  Reviews  291 

Strachey's  Historie  is  the  most  recent  of  several  books 
edited  by  Louis  B.  Wright  that  are  transcripts  of  early  Amer- 
ican documents.  In  making  this  manuscript  available  to  the 
anthropologists  and  students  of  early  American  history  who 
otherwise  could  not  have  read  it,  the  editors  are  to  be  con- 
gratulated. 

Stanley  South. 

State  Department  of  Archives  and  History, 

Mt.  Gilead. 


Auraria:  The  Story  of  a  Georgia  Gold-Mining  Town.  By  E. 
Merton  Coulter.  (Athens:  The  University  of  Georgia  Press. 
1956.  Pp.  x,  149.  $3.00.) 

In  1829  gold  was  discovered  in  the  Cherokee  Nation  of 
Georgia  and  thousands  of  miners  flocked  into  the  region.  The 
Georgia  state  government  extended  its  authority  over  the 
region  and  distributed  the  land  by  lottery  in  1832.  One  center 
of  the  mining  activity  was  given  the  name  of  Auraria.  It  be- 
came temporarily  the  seat  of  government  of  Lumpkin  County 
and  within  a  year  had  a  population  of  above  one  thousand. 
Here  were  established  several  stores,  taverns  or  hotels,  and 
tailor  shops,  two  churches,  a  bank,  a  tin  shop,  a  newspaper, 
and  a  post  office;  and  the  mining  town  was  connected  by 
stage  coach  lines  with  the  leading  cities  of  Georgia  and 
South  Carolina.  A  rival  mining  center  developed  at  Dah- 
lonega  which  became  the  permanent  seat  of  county  govern- 
ment. Lawyers,  doctors,  merchants,  and  business  enterprises 
moved  from  Auraria  to  Dahlonega;  and  after  a  United  States 
Mint  was  established  in  Dahlonega  in  1838  Auraria  lost  its 
early  importance.  When  the  Georgia  miners  migrated  to  the 
California  gold  fields  in  1849  Auraria  became  another  of  the 
dead  towns  of  Georgia. 

Professor  Coulter  writes  an  interesting  and  worthwhile 
account  of  this  Georgia  mining  town.  After  a  brief  account  of 
the  discovery  of  gold  and  the  establishment  of  Auraria  he 
devotes  a  chapter  each  to  "Merchants,  Bankers,  Lawyers, 
Barbers,     Doctors/'     "Editor,     Preachers,     Schoolmasters," 


292  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

"Crime/'  "Social  Life,"  "Government  and  Politics,"  "Auraria 
Versus  Dahlonega,"  and  "The  Dissolution  of  Auraria."  This  is 
excellent  social,  local  history,  but  it  is  broader  than  the  de- 
scription implies.  For  instance  the  merchants  of  Auraria  im- 
ported all  sorts  of  fine  goods  from  such  faraway  cities  as 
Charleston,  Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  and  New  York.  The 
book  also  treats  of  general  problems,  including  frontier  life, 
Indian  removal,  the  nullification-state  rights  controversy, 
Georgia  state  politics,  the  Texas  Revolution,  and  the  contri- 
butions of  Auraria  miners  to  the  California  gold  fields. 

I  would  offer  one  major  criticism  of  the  book:  namely, 
Professor  Coulter  goes  too  far  afield  in  his  account  of  Auraria. 
For  instance,  much  of  his  material  on  runaway  slaves  and 
education  does  not  apply  to  Auraria.  Again  much  of  the  de- 
scriptive matter  on  stray  horses  is  trivial  detail.  One  might 
also  question  the  accuracy  of  Professor  Coulter's  statement 
(p.  ix)  that  Auraria  was  the  first  gold-mining  town  in  Amer- 
ica. Some  of  the  gold-mining  towns  in  North  Carolina  were 
established  earlier  and  had  a  larger  population  than  Auraria. 

Professor  Coulter  has  discovered  a  complete  file  of  the 
Western  Herald,  published  in  Auraria  during  1833-1834.  This 
newspaper  is  the  main  source  for  much  of  his  story,  and 
heretofore  was  not  known  to  be  extant.  This  reviewer  cannot 
excuse  Professor  Coulter  for  not  making  known  to  his  readers 
the  location  of  this  file  so  that  they  might  make  use  of  it  in 
their  researches. 

Fletcher  M.  Green. 
The  University  of  North  Carolina, 
Chapel  Hill. 


John  Filson  of  Kentucke.  By  John  Walton.  (Lexington :  Univer- 
sity of  Kentucky  Press.  1956.  Pp.  xiv,  130.  Illustrations,  index, 
and  pocket  map.  $4.00.) 

Although  he  tried  desperately  and  in  many  ventures  from 
the  time  of  his  youth  in  Pennsylvania  until  his  death  in  Ohio, 
John  Filson  was  a  successful  man,  perhaps,  in  only  two 


Book  Reviews  293 

respects:  his  promotion  of  the  settlement  of  Kentucky  and  his 
idealizing  of  Daniel  Boone  as  a  frontier  American.  His  map 
of  Kentucky  and  his  book,  The  Discovery,  Settlement  and 
Present  State  of  Kentucke,  both  printed  in  1784,  were  classics 
and  aided  immeasurably  in  attracting  settlers  to  Kentucky. 
In  eulogizing  Boone,  Filson  also  helped  create  a  national 
hero.  As  a  farmer,  as  a  school  teacher,  as  a  land  speculator, 
the  latter  on  a  relatively  small  scale,  Filson  was  a  financial 
failure.  Still,  his  life  was  very  interesting  and  adventuresome. 
He  was  associated,  although  not  too  intimately,  with  intrepid 
men  who  were  opening  up  a  great  continent;  through  his 
writings  and  his  map  he  stirred  men  to  move  westward;  he 
was  a  sort  of  press  agent  for  Boone;  accordingly,  he  made 
contributions  unmatched  by  thousands  of  his  contemporaries. 
He  failed  to  make  a  "good  living"  perhaps,  because  he  as- 
pired to  the  "grand  manner."  Seeking  the  grandiose,  he  lost 
the  ordinary  as  well  as  his  life. 

Professor  Walton  has  written  a  little  book  which  surveys 
and  interprets  the  discoverable  phases  of  Filson's  life 
( 1753—? ) .  Another  biography  on  the  subject  is  not  necessary. 
Walton  is  both  a  genealogist  and  historian,  one  who  knows 
where  to  leave  off  folklore  and  genealogy  and  turn  to  dis- 
cernable  history.  Most  of  his  pages  are  written  in  a  straight- 
forward style;  some  are  filled  with  conjectures;  others  include 
charmingly  penned  interpretations  about  incidents  and  people 
associated  with  the  Filson  story,  sometimes  closely,  some- 
times remotely  and  vaguely.  Walton  himself  has  indeed 
had  an  intriguing  adventure  in  his  research  and  writing  of 
Filson's  biography.  Materials  utilized  in  preparing  the  book 
were  widely  scattered,  but  he  seems  to  have  tracked  down  the 
existing  materials  on  his  subject.  The  result  is  an  interesting 
and  informative  one.  The  reproduction  of  Filson's  famous 
map  of  Kentucky,  inserted  in  a  cover  pocket  of  Walton's  book, 
is  alone  worth  the  price  of  the  volume. 

Weymouth  T.  Jordan. 
Florida  State  University, 
Tallahassee,  Florida. 


294  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Cherokees  of  the  Old  South.  By  Henry  T.  Malone.  (Athens:  The 
University  of  Georgia  Press.  1956.  Pp.  xiii,  238.  $4.50.) 

This  study  of  Cherokee  transition  from  "forest"  people  to 
agrarian  nationhood  relates  the  story  of  the  rise  and  fall  of 
the  Cherokee  Republic.  In  1785  the  United  States  declared 
its  intention  "to  lead  the  Cherokees  to  a  greater  degree  of 
civilization."  As  game  disappears  in  the  Cherokee  nation, 
under  Federal  stimulus  agriculture  advances.  Most  of  the 
tribesmen  resist  Jefferson's  invitation  to  go  west,  and  a  strong 
leadership  of  mixed  breed  descendants  of  eighteenth-century 
traders  takes  over. 

These  leaders  achieved  prosperity  in  lands,  slaves,  and 
goods.  They  opposed  white  encroachment  and  sought  literacy 
for  their  children  by  encouraging  the  mission  schools.  They 
developed  constitutional  government,  enfranchised  all  adult 
male  Cherokees,  and  founded  the  planned  capital  city  of 
New  Echota.  To  counter  hostile  propaganda  they  established 
an  English  language  newspaper  which  demonstrated  Chero- 
kee cultural  progress  by  printing  articles  in  Sequoyah's 
Cherokee  syllabary.  Eventually  the  republic  falls  before  the 
Georgia  assault  and  the  Jacksonian  determination  to  force 
it  out. 

Malone  seeks  and  generally  achieves  scholarly  impartiality. 
He  recognizes  that  the  Cherokees  attained  a  "peculiarly 
mixed"  red  and  white  culture  in  which  the  missionary  efforts 
failed  to  capture  the  core  of  Indian  society.  Though  primarily 
concerned  with  the  "progressives,"  Hicks  and  Ross  and  their 
associates,  as  pictured  in  the  mission  records,  he  indicates 
"nativist"  distrust  of  this  leadership.  His  views  of  the  situation 
might  have  been  enriched,  however,  had  he  consulted  the 
Payne  Papers,  Newberry  Library,  Chicago.  Most  Cherokees 
lived  in  unfloored  cabins  in  the  woods  without  benefit  of 
plows  and  spinning  wheels.  While  the  enlightened  sought 
white  doctors,  in  the  country  shamanism  prevailed.  Cere- 
monial dances  continued,  and  in  quiet  places  sacred  fires 
burned  all  year.  The  ancient  prestiges,  the  dark  look,  and 
ostracism  as  social  and  political  weapons  still  held.  Path- 


Book  Reviews  295 

killer,  the  Fire  King,  was  "broken"  and  Doublehead,  the 
orator,  assassinated  by  "progressives." 

Though  some  of  these  matters  are  relegated  to  notes  in  the 
excellent  appendix,  Professor  Malone's  well-documented  pre- 
sentation redresses  the  partisanship  of  previous  works  and 
will  not  soon  be  superseded. 

D.  H.  Corkran. 

Roosevelt  University, 

Chicago,  Illinois. 


The  Peculiar  Institution :  Slavery  in  the  Ante-Bellum  South.  By 
Kenneth  M.  Stampp.  (New  York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf.  1956.  Pp. 
xi,  436.  $5.75.) 

Insight  into  the  character  of  this  new  study  of  American 
Negro  slavery  is  afforded  by  the  prefactory  statement:  -'. . .  the 
historian's  .  .  .  knowledge  of  the  present  is  clearly  a  key  to  his 
understanding  of  the  past.  Today  we  are  learning  much  from 
the  natural  and  social  sciences  about  the  Negro's  potentiali- 
ties and  the  basic  irrelevance  of  race,  and  we  are  slowly 
discovering  the  roots  and  meaning  of  human  behavior.  .  .  . 
I  have  assumed  that  the  slaves  were  merely  ordinary  human 
beings,  that  innately  Negroes  are  after  all,  only  white  men 
with  black  skins,  nothing  more,  nothing  less.  This  gives  quite 
a  new  and  different  meaning  to  the  bondage  of  black  men." 

Thus  does  the  author,  a  forty-four-year-old  native  of  Wis- 
consin, professor  of  American  history  at  the  University  of 
California  and  author  of  two  books  about  the  Civil  War, 
declare  himself  an  advocate  and  a  practitioner  of  historical 
relativism.  Most  present  day  historians  probably  agree  with 
him  as  to  the  appropriateness  and  value  of  each  generation 
rewriting  history  in  the  light  of  its  own  knowledge  and  ex- 
perience. At  least  they  would  concur  in  the  recent  statement 
of  a  Harvard  scholar  that  relativism  is  something  that  his- 
torians have  decided  they  must  live  with. 

Ulrich  B.  Phillips,  whose  American  Negro  Slavery,  pub- 
lished in  1918,  first  treated  "the  peculiar  institution"  with 


296  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

scholarly  comprehensiveness,  approached  the  subject  in  an 
intellectual  atmosphere  heavily  charged  with  Social  Darwin- 
ism. The  Social  Darwinists  preached  the  gospel  of  Anglo- 
Saxon  supremacy  and  assumed  the  innate  inferiority  of  color- 
ed peoples.  They  held,  in  the  words  of  William  Graham 
Sumner,  that  "nothing  is  more  certain  .  .  .  than  that  inequality 
is  a  law  of  life.  No  two  persons  were  ever  born  equal.  They 
differ  in  physical  characteristics  and  in  mental  capacity." 

The  Peculiar  Institution  is  revisionary  not  only  with  respect 
to  basic  assumptions  about  race,  but  also  with  regard  to  many 
other  important  points.  Professor  Stampp  attempts  more  than 
any  other  general  historian  of  slavery  to  explore  the  attitudes 
of  Negroes  toward  their  bondage.  His  findings  indicate  much 
less  of  contentment  on  the  part  of  slaves  than  is  suggested  in 
the  writings  of  Phillips,  L.  C.  Gray,  and  their  contemporaries. 

While  admitting  great  diversity  in  different  regions  and 
among  individual  owners,  in  general  he  pictures  slavery  as  a 
considerably  less  humane  institution  than  previously  repre- 
sented. Pie  rejects  the  idea  that  slavery  was  by  its  very  nature 
an  unprofitable  system.  Rather,  he  holds,  when  properly  ad- 
ministered, it  was  much  less  costly  than  free  labor.  The  evi- 
dence that  he  marshals  to  show  the  ever-increasing  profitable- 
ness and  expansion  of  slavery,  and  the  growing  conviction 
of  its  usefulness  as  a  mode  of  social  control,  casts  serious 
doubt  on  the  often  repeated  claim  that,  left  alone,  the  insti- 
tution would  have  died  a  natural  death. 

Using  material  much  of  which  was  not  available  to  Phillips' 
generation,  Stampp  investigates  with  unprecedented  thor- 
oughness slavery  as  it  existed  on  levels  below  the  plantation. 
Among  the  farmers,  as  among  the  planters,  he  finds  great 
variation  of  practice,  though  he  concludes  that  in  general 
bondsmen  who  worked  side  by  side  with  their  owners  ex- 
perienced less  of  cruelty  than  those  who  toiled  under  over- 
seers hired  by  absentee  owners. 

The  Peculiar  Institution  is  based  on  a  vast  amount  of  re- 
search in  both  published  and  manuscript  sources.  Especially 
good  use  is  made  of  Helen  Catterali's  monumental  compila- 


Book  Reviews  297 

tion,  Judicial  Cases  Concerning  American  Slavery  and  the 
Negro. 

Professor  Stampp  evidences  a  desire  to  be  scrupulously 
fair  in  his  judgments.  His  organization  is  logical,  his  narrative 
lean,  and  his  style  appealing. 

The  Peculiar  Institution  is  a  book  of  rare  merit,  bearing  out 
fully  the  exceptional  promise  demonstrated  by  the  author  in 
his  prior  volumes. 

Bell  I.  Wiley. 
Emory  University, 
Emory  University,  Ga. 


Rebel  Brass,  The  Confederate  Command  System.  By  Frank  E. 
Vandiver.  (Baton  Rouge:  Louisiana  State  University  Press. 
1956.  Pp.  xvii,  143.  $3.00.) 

Professor  Frank  E.  Vandiver  of  Rice  Institute  has  in  a  mere 
126  pages  given  a  forceful  and  clear  account  of  the  failings 
of  the  Confederate  command  system.  (Command  is  used  here 
in  the  broadest  sense  to  include  both  military  and  civil  leader- 
ship.) The  author  has  not  attempted  a  definitive  study 
of  the  subject.  Some  questions  are  left  unanswered.  It 
is  his  hope,  however,  that  this  incompleteness  will  stimulate 
historical  criticism  in  a  relatively  untouched  field  of  study. 

Throughout  the  Civil  War  the  South  was  handicapped  in 
its  war  effort  by  a  "split  personality."  Founded  on  principles 
of  state  sovereignty,  the  Confederacy  found  it  exceedingly 
difficult  to  wage  a  war  which  called  for  strong  nationalism. 
Preparations  for  conflict  were  made  in  terms  of  the  Mexican 
War,  as  Confederate  leaders  failed  to  realize  that  Fort  Sum- 
ter marked  the  beginning  of  a  total  war  which  called  for  the 
abandonment  of  old  techniques  and  concepts.  Sorely  needed 
but  never  created  was  a  centralized  agency  to  unify  military 
operations  and  to  co-ordinate  the  civil  with  the  military  ef- 
forts. What  unity  of  program  there  was  came  from  the  Presi- 
dent and  his  Secretaries  of  War  and  Navy. 

The  sketches  of  Davis  and  Secretary  of  War  Randolph  are 
especially  revealing.  The  President  is  pictured  as  a  constitu- 


298  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

tionalist  attempting  to  lead  a  revolution  and  the  Secretary  as 
a  cabinet  member  of  considerable  ability  not  given  his  proper 
due  by  historians.  The  author  points  out  that  it  was  Randolph, 
almost  alone,  who  was  responsible  for  focusing  Davis'  atten- 
tion on  the  West  and  for  this  reason  he  deserves  a  high  place 
in  the  southern  political  heirachy. 

Since  Professor  Vandiver  is  an  acknowledged  expert  in  the 
field  of  logistics,  his  conclusion  demands  the  close  attention, 
if  not  acceptance,  of  all  serious  students  of  the  Civil  War.  He 
wrote,  "With  a  solid  unifying  direction  to  whip  all  the  erring 
elements  of  supply  into  line,  Confederate  logistics  might  well 
have  been  completely  successful.  And  had  all  of  the  economic 
and  human  resources  of  the  South  been  managed  for  a  total 
war  effort,  the  Rebels  could  have  won  the  War." 

A  select  bibliography,  index,  and  map  showing  the  Con- 
federate military  departments  add  to  the  value  of  this  volume. 

John  G.  Barrett. 

Virginia  Military  Institute, 

Lexington,  Virginia. 


A  Guide  to  Early  American  Homes — South.  By  Dorothy  and 
Richard  Pratt.  (New  York:  McGraw-Hill  Book  Company, 
Inc.  Trade  Department.  1956.  Pp.  viii,  227.  Preface,  illustra- 
tions, and  index.  $6.95.) 

In  1950  Bichard  Pratt,  for  twenty  years  architectural  and 
garden  editor  of  The  Ladies  Home  Journal,  and  his  wife, 
Dorothy,  published  A  Treasury  of  Early  American  Homes 
and  five  years  later  issued  a  second  volume  with  the  same 
title.  These  books,  beautifully  illustrated  with  colored  photo- 
graphs, are  considered  as  classic  examples  of  their  kind  by 
many  authorities  as  well  as  garden  club  members  and  arm- 
chair travelers.  Due  to  an  irrestible  mental  comparison  of  the 
books,  their  newest,  smaller  in  size  (  as  well  as  in  price )  and 
minus  the  colored  pictures,  tends  at  first  to  disappoint  the 
reader.  This  is,  however,  prior  to  a  growing  awareness  of  the 
meticulous  care,  the  careful  editing,  and  the  wealth  of  infor- 


Book  Reviews  299 

mation  in  these  sometimes  thumb-nail  sketches  in  the  newer 
volume. 

Here  in  half  and  quarter-pages  the  following  information 
is  given:  the  name  of  the  house,  approximate  date  it  was 
built,  its  relation  or  accessibility  to  the  nearest  town,  seasons, 
days,  and  hours  the  houses  are  open,  fees  charged,  present 
residents  (many  are  privately  owned),  the  historical  or  patri- 
otic organization  sponsoring  restoration,  and  individual  out- 
standing features.  In  addition  to  nationally  known  shrines 
such  as  Mount  Vernon,  Monticello,  and  The  Hermitage, 
hundreds  of  houses  in  Alabama,  Arkansas,  Delaware,  the 
District  of  Columbia,  Florida,  Georgia,  Kentucky,  Louisiana, 
Maryland,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  North  Carolina,  South  Caro- 
lina, Tennessee,  Virginia,  and  West  Virginia  are  featured. 

Each  state  has  an  introductory  section  describing  the  types 
of  architecture,  the  furnishings  of  the  homes,  and  other  essen- 
tial information  in  sufficient  detail  to  render  annual  pilgrim- 
ages or  unplanned  trips  equally  rewarding.  The  restoration 
projects  at  Old  Salem  and  Tryon  Palace  will  interest  North 
Carolina  readers  as  well  as  the  observations  about  the  varied 
types  of  architecture  found  in  the  State.  The  charms  of  old 
Natchez,  New  Orleans,  and  Charleston,  the  splendor  of  re- 
stored Williamsburg,  and  the  uniqueness  of  the  coquina- 
walled  houses  in  Florida  are  vividly  depicted  in  this  well- 
written  guide. 

This  volume  with  its  companion,  A  Guide  to  Early  Ameri- 
can Homes— North,  makes  available  descriptions  of  more  than 
1,000  open  houses  and  700  private  ones.  The  attractive  format 
and  entire  book  merit  praise.  It  is  the  polished  and  authorita- 
tive result  of  expert  craftsmen  working  enthusiastically  as  a 
team  on  an  enjoyable  project,  and  may  be  used  as  a  source 
book  by  researchers  with  confidence. 

Elizabeth  W.  Wilborn. 
State  Department  of  Archives  and  History, 
Raleigh. 


300  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Wilson:  The  New  Freedom.  By  Arthur  S.  Link.  (Princeton, 
N.  J.:  Princeton  University  Press.  1956.  Pp.  xiv,  504.  Illus- 
trations. $7.50.) 

Professor  Link's  The  Road  to  the  White  House,  the  first 
volume  of  his  biography  of  Wilson,  appeared  in  1947.  The 
Neiv  Freedom  is  his  second  volume.  In  both  books  the 
scholarship  is  sound,  the  research  meticulous,  the  writing 
objective,  the  narrative  interesting.  The  author  began  his 
research  on  Wilson  while  a  graduate  student  at  Chapel  Hill 
almost  twenty  years  ago.  Since  that  time  he  has  spent  all  of 
his  spare  time  on  the  Wilson  Era.  His  books  show  that  he 
has  spent  his  time  well. 

The  Road  to  the  White  House  dealt  with  Wilson  from  his 
birth  in  1856  to  his  election  to  the  Presidency  in  1912.  The 
New  Freedom  treats  only  two  years  of  Wilson's  career- 
November,  1912  to  November,  1914.  Little  of  significance 
has  escaped  Professor  Link's  watchful  eye.  In  fact,  the  author 
mentions  Wilson's  love  for  his  cousin  in  this  volume  (p.  25) 
but  not  at  all  in  volume  one,  though  the  romance  occurred  in 
1879-1881. 

One  reads  that  Wilson's  "Seven  Sisters,"  were  enacted  by 
the  New  Jersey  legislature  to  control  big  business  and  prevent 
monopolies,  but  soons  learns  that  the  laws  were  temporary 
remedies,  not  permanent  reforms.  Moreover,  Wilson,  as  the 
author  states,  was  decisively  defeated  on  the  constitutional 
convention  issue  and  the  jury  reform  question.  Wilson  en- 
deavored to  hold  the  reigns  of  control  in  New  Jersey  long 
after  he  left  Trenton  for  Washington.  Eventually  conditions 
on  the  national  stage  forced  him  to  accept  the  bosses  in  New 
Jersey. 

For  this  reviewer,  Mr.  Link  is  at  his  best  in  characterization. 
His  chapter,  "The  President  of  the  United  States,"  is  one  of 
the  most  penetrating  sketches  of  Wilson  ever  written.  The 
treatment  of  the  Wilson  circle  is  very  good.  The  author  usu- 
ally has  a  brief  sentence  or  phrase  that  he  uses  as  the  key 
to  the  personality  being  presented.  Many  will  be  interested 
to  learn  that  Colonel  House  and  Mrs.  Wilson  decided  in  1916 
to  eliminate  Secretary  Josephus  Daniels  and  Joe  Tumulty 


Book  Reviews  301 

from  the  inner  circle;  Mrs.  Wilson  was  to  oust  the  latter  while 
House  would  force  Daniels  out. 

Wilson  controlled  Congress  so  well  from  1913  to  1917  that 
it  was  necessary  for  him  to  appeal  to  the  people  over  the  heads 
of  the  members  of  Congress  only  once.  There  were  several 
important  issues  stubbornly  contested  in  the  halls  of  Congress 
during  these  years— the  tariff,  the  currency,  and  the  trust 
issues.  In  the  Federal  Reserve  Act,  Wilson  gave  the  American 
people  the  best  type  of  responsible  leadership. 

In  foreign  affairs  the  writer  contends,  and  accurately  so, 
that  the  New  Freedom  was  "marked  more  by  contradiction 
and  failure  than  by  consistency  and  success."  Although  Wil- 
son had  visions  of  the  New  World  republics  living  in  peace 
there  were  contradictions  between  his  professions  and  his 
practices.  The  novice,  Wilson,  who  was  ignorant  of  the  intri- 
cacies of  diplomacy,  certainly  forced  England  to  accept  his 
conclusions  in  regard  to  Huerta.  Candid  with  England,  Wil- 
son was  not  as  frank  with  the  Amerian  people  as  he  might 
have  been. 

Many  books  have  been  written  about  Wilson  and  down 
through  the  years  others  will  be  added  to  the  list.  Certainly 
foremost  among  those  written  in  this  generation  will  be  Pro- 
fessor Link's.  It  will  place  Mr.  Link  among  the  best  bio- 
graphical writers  of  his  time. 

George  C.  Osborn. 
University  of  Florida, 
Gainesville,  Florida. 


HISTORICAL  NEWS 

Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden,  Director  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History,  spoke  on  January  8  to  the 
provisional  members  of  the  Junior  League  of  Raleigh  on 
"The  History  of  Raleigh."  On  January  10  Dr.  Crittenden  and 
Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton,  Historic  Sites  Superintendent,  attended 
the  meeting  of  the  Charles  B.  Ay  cock  Birthplace  Commis- 
sion in  Goldsboro  at  which  time  reports  were  made  on  the 
present  status  of  the  project  and  it  was  voted  to  seek  an 
additional  appropriation  from  the  General  Assembly.  On 
January  11  Dr.  Crittenden  talked  to  the  Caswell-Nash  Chap- 
ter of  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  on  "The 
History  of  Raleigh."  On  January  23  he  and  Mr.  Tarlton  met 
in  the  Johnston  County  Courthouse  with  a  large  group  of 
citizens  representing  Johnston,  Sampson,  and  Harnett  coun- 
ties to  discuss  the  preservation  of  Bentonville  Battleground. 
This  group,  which  was  later  incorporated  as  The  Bentonville 
Battleground  Association,  Inc.,  decided  to  launch  a  movement 
to  purchase  and  preserve  a  portion  of  the  Battleground,  scene 
of  the  largest  battle  ever  fought  on  North  Carolina  soil.  Dr. 
Crittenden  attended  a  meeting  of  the  Council  of  the  American 
Association  of  Museums  in  New  York  on  January  25.  He  at- 
tended a  meeting  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Tryon 
Palace  Commission  in  New  Bern  on  January  29  and  a  joint 
meeting  of  the  Executive  Committee  and  the  Garden  Com- 
mittee on  the  following  day.  He  gave  an  illustrated  talk  on 
"Historic  Houses  in  North  Carolina"  to  the  Colonel  Robert 
Rowan  Chapter  of  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution 
which  met  on  February  12  in  the  Fayetteville  Woman's  Club. 
Dr.  Crittenden  attended  a  meeting  of  the  Long-Range  Plan- 
ning Committee  of  the  National  Trust  for  Historic  Preserva- 
tion in  Washington  on  February  21.  He  and  Mr.  Tarlton  met 
with  The  Bentonville  Battleground  Association,  Inc.,  at  the 
Bentonville  Community  House  on  March  1  where  plans  for 
future  work  were  discussed  and  reports  on  pledges  were 
made. 


[302  ] 


Historical  News  303 

Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton,  Historic  Sites  Superintendent,  Mr. 
Norman  C.  Larson,  Historic  Site  Specialist,  and  Mrs.  Dorothy 
R.  Phillips  of  the  staff  of  the  Hall  of  History  made  a  trip  to 
Bentonville  Battleground  on  January  2  to  photograph  the 
battlefield.  On  January  11  Mr.  Tarlton  made  a  survey  of 
the  Town  of  Bath  in  order  to  recommend  a  program  for  the 
preservation  of  various  historic  structures  there.  He  was  inter- 
viewed by  Mr.  Sam  Beard  of  Radio  Station  WPTF  on  NBC's 
"Monitor"  program  on  January  18  in  a  discussion  of  Ocracoke 
Island.  On  January  22  he  visited  Morrow  Mountain  State 
Park  with  Mr.  Thomas  W.  Morse  to  inspect  the  Kron  House 
and  to  make  recommendations  concerning  its  restoration.  Mr. 
Tarlton  attended  a  meeting  on  January  25  of  a  group  repre- 
senting the  Bertie  County  Historical  Association  and  partici- 
pated in  a  discussion  of  ways  and  means  to  preserve  "Hope," 
birthplace  of  Governor  David  Stone.  On  February  1  Mr. 
Tarlton  presented  a  slide-lecture  program,  "Historic  Houses 
of  North  Carolina,"  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Architects  held  in  Chapel  Hill.  This  group  is  cele- 
brating the  one-hundreth  anniversary  of  their  organization. 
Mr.  Tarlton  talked  on  February  25  to  the  Beaufort  County 
Historical  Society  and  Colonial  Bath,  Inc.,  on  preserving 
historic  houses  in  Bath. 

Mr.  Stanley  South,  Historic  Site  Specialist  of  the  Town 
Creek  Indian  Mound,  and  Mr.  Joffre  Coe,  Professor  of  Archae- 
ology at  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  appeared  on  Feb- 
ruary 14  on  Channel  4,  WUNC-TV,  in  a  30-minute  program 
about  the  Town  Creek  Indian  Mound. 

On  January  9  and  10  Mrs.  Joye  E.  Jordan,  Museum  Ad- 
ministrator of  the  Department  of  Archives  and  History  and 
Miss  Barbara  McKeithan  of  the  staff  of  the  Hall  of  History, 
made  a  trip  to  New  Bern  to  make  recommendations  concern- 
ing the  disposal  of  artifacts  which  were  excavated  on  the 
site  of  Tryon  Palace.  On  January  17-18  Mrs.  Jordan  attended 
the  council  meeting  of  the  Southeastern  Museums  Conference 
which  was  held  in  Gainesville,  Florida.  On  January  22  she 
made  a  talk  on  "North  Carolina  Quilt  Patterns"  to  the  Junior 


304  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Committee  of  the  Caswell-Nash  Chapter  of  the  Daughters 
of  the  American  Revolution;  and  on  March  1  she  repeated 
the  talk  to  the  members  of  the  Caswell-Nash  Chapter. 

Mrs.  Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder,  Records  Center  Super- 
visor of  the  Division  of  Archives  and  Manuscripts,  has  com- 
pleted her  237-page  typewritten  "Records  in  North  Carolina/' 
a  compilation  of  North  Carolina  public  laws  relating  to  rec- 
ords. Thus  for  the  first  time  the  Department  has  in  concise 
form  the  laws  regarding  the  records  of  state  and  local  govern- 
ment units.  Although  the  compilation  is  not  available  for  dis- 
tribution, interested  persons  may  consult  the  office  copies 
at  the  Department.  On  January  28  Mrs.  Blackwelder  led  a 
discussion  on  domestic  relations  courts  at  the  Institute  of 
Religion  held  at  the  United  Church  in  Raleigh. 

Mrs.  Rachel  R.  Robinson  began  temporary  leave  on  March 
1  and  is  being  replaced  by  Miss  Ruth  Haines,  a  winter  history 
graduate  of  Meredith  College.  Mrs.  Suzanne  G.  Bell  has  been 
employed  temporarily  in  the  Records  Center  to  replace  Mrs. 
Betty  W.  Hunter  who  resigned  in  February. 

Among  the  more  important  accessions  by  the  Division  of 
Archives  and  Manuscripts  during  the  past  quarter  were  the 
following:  map  of  Albemarle  River  by  James  Lancaster,  1679, 
positive  photocopy  from  the  original  in  the  John  Carter  Brown 
Library;  Charles  M.  Hines  Papers,  ten  feet  of  microfilm  from 
the  original  papers,  mostly  deeds  from  Dobbs  and  Lenoir 
counties;  "Palatine  Settlers  on  the  Neuse  and  Trent  Rivers, 
1710/'  typewritten  article  by  Mrs.  Lillian  F.  Wood  of  New 
Bern;  general  correspondence  and  other  official  papers  of 
Governor  Luther  H.  Hodges,  November,  1954,  through  De- 
cember, 1955;  "A  Plan  of  the  Town  of  Haywoodsborough," 
drawn  by  Jonathan  Lindy,  1799,  photocopy  courtesy  of  Mrs. 
E.  M.  Chappell  of  Durham;  and  microfilm  copy  of  1890 
special  census  schedule  of  Union  veterans  and  widows  in 
North  Carolina. 

Mrs.  Elizabeth  House  Hughey,  State  Librarian,  was  the 
speaker  at  a  staff  meeting  held  in  the  Assembly  Room  of  the 


Historical  News  305 

Department  of  Archives  and  History  in  January.  A  film,  "Your 
National  Archives,"  was  presented  at  a  similar  meeting  in 
February. 

Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden,  Director,  and  Mr.  H.  G.  Jones, 
State  Archivist,  appeared  before  the  General  Assembly's 
Joint  Appropriations  Committee  on  February  28  and  re- 
quested funds  for  four  additional  employees  for  the  Archives 
Division.  The  recommendations  of  the  Advisory  Budget  Com- 
mission had  included  no  increase  in  funds  for  the  manuscripts 
section.  Dr.  Crittenden  and  Mr.  Jones  pointed  out  that  no 
new  employees  had  been  added  to  the  Archives  staff  in  the 
past  ten  years,  whereas  services  during  the  past  twenty  years, 
1936-1956,  had  increased  per  biennium  as  follows:  visitors 
2,999  to  5,398;  mail  research  3,000  to  5,500;  photocopies  and 
microfilm  prints  0  to  6,789;  microfilm  0  to  3,042  feet;  and 
lamination  0  to  12,946  pages. 

The  Department  of  Archives  and  History  has  collaborated 
with  WRAL-TV  in  its  "Our  Heritage"  series  of  monthly  tele- 
casts with  the  following  programs:  January,  "Settlements  in 
North  Carolina";  February,  "Social  Life  and  Amusements"; 
and  March,  "Education  in  North  Carolina."  On  April  21  the 
final  program  of  this  series  will  be  telecast  and  will  describe 
various  phases  of  the  practice  of  medicine  in  North  Carolina, 
emphasizing  the  early  methods. 

On  March  20  the  Department  presented  a  program  of 
North  Carolina  Folklore  to  the  Sir  Walter  Cabinet.  The  pro- 
gram consisted  of  a  discussion  of  native  folklore,  the  singing 
of  folk  songs,  the  telling  of  folk  tales,  and  a  demonstration 
of  "play-party"  games.  Mr.  Norman  Larson  acted  as  narrator, 
Mr.  Douglas  Franklin  sang,  the  dancers  were  Misses  Jean 
Denny,  Ann  Kilby,  Barbara  McKeithan,  and  Mary  Whitaker, 
and  Mesdames  Betsy  Moss  and  Bessie  Bowling.  Hostesses 
for  the  occasion  were  Mrs.  Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder  and 
Mrs.  Grace  B.  Mahler.  Following  the  program  a  coffee  hour 
was  held. 


306  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  Department  held  an  exhibit  opening  in  the  Hall  of 
History  as  the  first  ceremony  of  the  two-day  inaugural  pro- 
gram of  Governor  Luther  H.  Hodges.  Featured  were  the 
gowns  of  ten  wives  of  former  governors,  from  Richard  Cas- 
well, first  governor  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina,  1776-1780, 
and  again  1784-1787,  through  William  B.  Umstead,  1953- 
1954.  Present  for  the  occasion  were  governor's  wives  Mrs. 
O.  Max  Gardner,  Mrs.  J.  C.  B.  Ehringhaus,  Mrs.  J.  M. 
Broughton,  and  Mrs.  Luther  H.  Hodges,  together  with  a  large 
number  of  members  of  the  Sir  Walter  Cabinet. 

On  Washington's  Birthday,  February  22,  a  state-wide 
meeting  of  the  Sons  of  the  American  Revolution  ended  with 
a  banquet  at  the  Woman's  Club  in  Raleigh  held  in  combina- 
tion with  the  Colonel  Polk  and  Caswell-Nash  chapters  of  the 
Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution.  Mr.  J.  A.  Kellen- 
berger,  Treasurer  of  the  Tryon  Palace  Commission,  spoke  on 
the  reconstruction  of  Tryon  Palace.  The  local  chapter  of  the 
Sons  of  the  American  Revolution  presented  Distinguished 
Citizens  Awards  to  Mrs.  J.  A.  Kellenberger  of  Greensboro, 
President  of  the  Tryon  Palace  Commission;  Mr.  John  Sprunt 
Hill  of  Durham  ( accepted  by  Mr.  Watts  Hill  in  the  absence 
of  his  grandfather);  and  Mr.  H.  Smith  Richardson  of  Greens- 
boro. 

Dr.  Fletcher  M.  Green,  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
History  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  announces  the 
following  news  items:  Dr.  James  L.  Godfrey  has  been  elected 
Vice-President  of  the  Society  for  French  Historical  Studies. 
On  February  26  he  gave  a  lecture  to  the  Charlotte  League  of 
Women  Voters  on  "Suez:  Oil  and  Water."  He  read  papers 
at  the  Duke  Commonwealth-Study  Center  Seminar  on  Feb- 
ruary 18  and  April  1,  on  the  following  topics:  "The  Labor 
Government  and  the  Commonwealth,  1945-1951,"  and  "Politi- 
cal and  Constitutional  Developments  in  the  Gold  Coast."  Dr. 
Hugh  T.  Lefler  spoke  to  the  New  Comers  Club  of  Chapel  Hill 
on  February  13  on  "Historic  Places  in  North  Carolina."  Dr. 
George  V.  Taylor  read  a  paper  before  the  Society  for  French 
Historical  Studies  in  New  York  on  February  1  on  "Social 


Historical  News  307 

Classification  of  French  Businessmen  in  the  Eighteenth  Cen- 
tury." Mr.  Leon  Helguera,  doctoral  candidate  in  history,  is  an 
Instructor  in  Social  Science  at  North  Carolina  State  College 
for  the  Spring  Semester,  1957.  Dr.  Green  gave  two  lectures  in 
Milledgeville,  Georgia,  on  February  26.  He  gave  an  address 
to  the  Assembly  of  the  Georgia  State  College  for  Women  on 
"The  Incidence  of  Greatness  in  Georgia,"  and  addressed  the 
Old  Capital  Historical  Society  on  'James  Habersham,  Co- 
lonial Builder  of  Georgia." 

The  Trinity  College  Historical  Society  met  on  February  12 
at  the  Union  Building  at  Duke  University  with  Dr.  Frontis 
W.  Johnston,  Professor  of  History  at  Davidson  College,  as 
principal  speaker.  Dr.  Johnston  spoke  on  "The  Politics  of 
Zebulon  B.  Vance." 

Dr.  Philip  Africa,  Head  of  the  History  Department  of 
Salem  College,  announces  an  addition  to  the  faculty  there: 
Miss  Mildred  I.  Byers  of  Greensboro,  who  is  presently  com- 
pleting her  work  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  at  Radcliffe,  will  begin 
her  teaching  duties  in  September. 

Mr.  Robert  O.  Conway,  formerly  of  Waynesville,  has  joined 
the  staff  of  Old  Salem,  Inc.,  as  director  of  publicity.  Mr. 
Conway,  a  native  of  Ashland,  Ky.,  has  also  worked  in  Ohio 
and  Virginia.  Old  Salem,  a  Moravian  congregation  town, 
settled  in  1766,  is  now  being  restored  and  preserved  in  pres- 
ent-day Winston-Salem. 

The  Moravian  Music  Foundation,  Inc.,  of  which  Mr. 
Donald  M.  McCorkle  is  Executive  Director,  announces  the 
fourth  Early  American  Moravian  Music  Festival  and  Seminar 
(under  the  auspices  of  the  Moravian  Church  in  America, 
Northern  Province)  to  be  held  at  the  Moravian  College, 
Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania,  from  June  23  to  June  30.  Dr.  Trior 
Johnson,  Music  Director  of  the  Cincinnati  Symphony  Or- 
chestra, will  be  Director  of  the  annual  event. 

Dr.  Charles  Crossfield  Ware,  Curator  of  the  Carolina  Dis- 
cipliana  Library  at  Atlantic  Christian  College  in  Wilson,  is 
the  editor  of  a  pamphlet,  "Onslow's  Oldest  Church,"  which 


308  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

was  released  in  December,  1956.  The  history  of  a  number  of 
the  earlier  churches  is  briefly  given,  as  well  as  lists  of  minis- 
ters including  biographical  sketches  of  the  Mulkey  preachers. 
This  family  had  four  successive  generations  of  ministers.  This 
pamphlet  is  another  in  a  series  being  issued  by  the  Historical 
Commission  of  the  North  Carolina  Disciples  of  Christ. 

Dr.  J.  E.  Hodges,  Maiden,  President  of  the  North  Carolina 
Society  of  County  and  Local  Historians,  presided  at  a  busi- 
ness meeting  of  that  group  in  Chapel  Hill  on  February  3.  The 
principal  business  discussed  was  the  planning  of  tours  to 
historic  sites  to  be  sponsored  in  1957. 

The  Department  of  Archives  and  History  has  received  a 
copy  of  an  article,  "Origin,  Early  History  and  Revival:  His- 
torical Society  of  North  Carolina,"  which  appeared  in  the 
Salisbury  Sunday  Post,  October  21,  1956.  This  article,  which 
was  prepared  by  Dr.  Archibald  Henderson  of  Chapel  Hill,  was 
originally  delivered  by  Dr.  Henderson  at  a  meeting  of  the 
society  at  Duke  University. 

The  quarterly  meeting  of  the  Carteret  County  Historical 
Society  was  held  in  Morehead  City  on  January  19  with  the 
President,  Mr.  Thomas  Respess,  presiding.  Principal  speaker 
for  the  evening  was  Miss  Amy  Muse  whose  paper,  "Crime  and 
Punishment  in  Carteret  County,"  covered  records  beginning 
in  1835.  Officers  elected  for  the  year  include  Mr.  Respess  who 
was  re-elected  President;  Mrs.  T.  T.  Potter,  Secretary;  Miss 
Amy  Muse,  Curator;  and  Mr.  F.  C.  Salisbury,  Treasurer.  The 
April  meeting  of  the  society  will  be  held  at  the  home  of 
Misses  Mary  and  Georgia  Whitehurst. 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Reaufort  County  Historical 
Society  was  held  February  25  at  the  Glebe  House  in  Rath. 
This  organization  which  was  begun  in  1955  has  at  present 
85  members.  Officers  are:  Mr.  Edmund  H.  Harding,  Presi- 
dent;  Miss  Adeline  Mayo,  Secretary;  and  Mr.  Fred  Mallison, 
Historian.  The  meeting  was  held  jointly  with  Colonial  Rath, 
Inc.,  in  order  that  all  persons  interested  in  the  restoration  of 
the  Town  of  Rath  might  attend. 


Historical  News  309 

The  Journal-Patriot  ( North  Wilkesboro )  carried  in  its  issue 
for  February  4  a  brief  history  of  the  Wilkes  County  Historical 
Association.  Organized  in  1954,  this  group  has  as  its  officers 
for  the  year:  Mr.  T.  E.  Story,  President;  Mr.  Fred  Gilreath, 
Vice-President;  Mrs.  Winnie  Duncan,  Secretary-Treasurer; 
Mrs.  Lawrence  Critcher,  Curator;  and  Mrs.  W.  R.  Absher, 
Mr.  Thomas  Ferguson,  Mr.  Roland  Potter,  Mr.  R.  O.  Poplin, 
and  Mrs.  W.  M.  Barber  as  Directors.  One  of  the  aims  of  the 
society  is  to  acquire  and  present  information  on  subjects 
relative  to  Wilkes  County.  The  article  written  by  Mr.  Story 
listed  a  number  of  subjects  available  for  study. 

Mrs.  W.  B.  Beasley,  Secretary  of  the  Johnston  County  His- 
torical Society,  is  the  author  of  an  article  on  the  Mitchener 
family  of  Johnston  County  which  was  published  in  The 
Smithfield  Herald,  January  11.  The  article  presents  a  brief 
sketch  of  this  prominent  family  from  its  emigration  from 
Pennsylvania  to  North  Carolina  down  to  the  present  day. 

The  Gaston  County  Historical  Bulletin,  official  organ  of 
the  county  historical  society,  carried  the  following  articles  in 
its  fall  issue:  history  of  early  Gaston  County,  Hoffman  gene- 
alogy, list  of  the  members  of  the  county  historical  society, 
and  a  story  of  relics  of  interest  in  the  John  C.  Pasour  home 
near  Dallas. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Plemmons,  President  of  Appalachian  State 
Teachers  College,  and  Miss  Ora  Blackmun,  retired  Asheville 
teacher,  presented  the  program  to  the  members  of  the 
Western  North  Carolina  Historical  Association  at  the  winter 
meeting  held  at  the  Biltmore  School  on  January  26.  Dr.  Plem- 
mons read  a  paper,  "Asheville  as  a  Health  Resort,"  and  Miss 
Blackmun  gave  a  paper,  "Along  the  Trading  Paths,  1700- 
1743."  Mr.  George  Jar  vis,  principal  of  the  Biltmore  School, 
extended  a  welcome  and  Mrs.  Sadie  Smathers  Patton  of 
Hendersonville  presided  at  the  meeting.  A  nominating  com- 
mittee composed  of  Mr.  Alfred  McLean,  Mrs.  Mary  Jane 
McCrary,  and  Miss  Ruth  Greenlee  was  appointed  and  re- 
quested to  report  at  the  April  meeting  when  officers  for  1957- 


310  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

1958  will  be  elected.  Miss  Cordelia  Camp  gave  a  report,  Mr. 
Bruce  C.  Harding  of  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  spoke  briefly,  and  Mr. 
George  W.  McCoy  introduced  the  speakers. 

The  Forest  History  Foundation,  Inc.,  2706  West  7th  Blvd., 
St.  Paul  16,  Minnesota,  desires  information  on  the  location 
of  materials  on  forest  history.  Persons  knowing  of  any  records, 
diaries,  correspondence,  photographs,  and  the  like  that  are 
not  in  suitable  depositories  are  asked  to  notify  the  Founda- 
tion. Mr.  Bruce  C.  Harding  of  the  Foundation  states  that  the 
Foundation  is  not  a  collecting  agency  itself,  but  that  it  does 
help  in  placing  materials  in  local  or  regional  depositories 
which  will  process  and  make  the  information  available  to 
scholars. 

The  University  of  North  Carolina  Press  has  released  the 
information  that  Dr.  Michihiko  Hachiya,  Director  of  the 
Hiroshima  Communications  Hospital  and  author  of  Hiroshima 
Diary,  and  Dr.  Warner  Wells,  Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery 
at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  Medical  School  in  Chapel 
Hill,  and  translator  of  the  bestseller,  have  donated  their 
royalties  from  the  sale  of  the  book  to  establish  the  Hiroshima 
Yurin  Scholarship  Foundation.  The  book,  published  by  the 
University  Press  in  August,  1955,  was  the  first  eye-witness 
account  of  the  bombing  of  Hiroshima  and  the  aftermath.  The 
fund,  which  will  be  used  by  orphans  to  attend  Japanese  high 
schools,  has  been  accepted  by  the  Japanese  nation  and  has 
received  world-wide  publicity. 

The  Albert  J.  Beveridge  Award  in  American  History,  es- 
tablished by  the  American  Historical  Association,  announces 
its  annual  competition  with  May  1  as  the  dead  line  for  the 
acceptance  of  manuscripts.  Manuscripts  in  the  field  of  Ameri- 
can history  (United  States,  Latin  America,  and  Canada), 
may  be  written  covering  any  period  from  1492  to  the  present. 
Dr.  John  Hope  Franklin  is  Chairman  and  applications  may 
be  filed  with  him  at  the  Department  of  History,  Brooklyn 
College,  Brooklyn  10,  New  York. 


Historical  News  311 

Books  received  during  the  last  quarter  include:  Joseph 
Charles,  The  Origins  of  the  American  Party  System 
(Williamsburg,  Virginia:  The  Institute  of  Early  American 
History  and  Culture,  1956);  Robert  A.  Lively,  Fiction 
Fights  the  Civil  War— An  Unfinished  Chapter  in  the  Literary 
History  of  the  American  People  (Chapel  Hill:  The  University 
of  North  Carolina  Press,  1957);  LeGette  Blythe,  James  W. 
Davis:  North  Carolina  Surgeon  (Charlotte:  William  Loftin 
Publishers,  1957);  Bernhard  A.  Uhlendorf,  Revolution  in 
America.  Confidential  Letters  and  Journals,  1776-1784,  of 
Adjutant  General  Major  Baurmeister  of  the  Hessian  Forces 
(New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey:  Rutgers  University  Press, 
1957);  Louis  B.  Wright,  The  Cultural  Life  of  the  American 
Colonies,  1607-1763  (New  York:  Harper  and  Brothers,  Pub- 
lishers, 1957);  Thomas  W.  Ferguson,  Home  on  the  Yadkin 
(Winston-Salem:  Clay  Printing  Company,  1956);  Harry  R. 
Stevens,  The  Early  Jackson  Party  in  Ohio  (Durham:  Duke 
University  Press,  1957 ) ;  James  A.  Servies,  A  Bibliography  of 
John  Marshall  (Washington,  D.  C:  United  States  Commis- 
sion for  the  Celebration  of  the  Two  Hundreth  Anniversary  of 
the  Birth  of  John  Marshall,  1956);  Paul  Quattlebaum,  The 
Land  Called  Chicora.  The  Carolinas  Under  Spanish  Rule 
with  French  Intrusions,  1520-1670  (Gainesville:  University 
of  Florida  Press,  1956);  Clement  Eaton,  Henry  Clay  and  the 
Art  of  American  Politics  (Boston  and  Toronto:  Little,  Brown 
and  Company,  1957  [The  Library  of  American  Biography, 
edited  by  Oscar  Handlinl ) ;  Worth  S.  Ray,  Index  and  Digest 
to  Hathaway  s  North  Carolina  Historical  and  Genealogical 
Register,  with  Genealogical  Notes  and  Annotations.  Part  I, 
The  Lost  Tribes  of  North  Carolina  and  Worth  S.  Ray, 
Colonial  Granville  County  and  Its  People.  Part  II,  The  Lost 
Tribes  of  North  Carolina,  An  Index  to  Names  (Baltimore, 
Maryland:  Southern  Book  Company,  1956,  Reprints);  Francis 
B.  Dedmond,  Lengthened  Shadows:  A  History  of  Gardner- 
Webb  College,  1907-1956  (Boiling  Springs:  Gardner- Webb 
College,  1957 ) ;  J.  Carlyle  Sitterson,  Studies  in  Southern  His- 
tory. In  Memory  of  Mbert  Ray  Newsome,  1894-1951.  By  His 
Former  Students   (Chapel  Hill:   The  University  of  North 


312  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Carolina  Press,  1957.  Volume  39.  The  James  Sprunt  Studies 
in  History  and  Political  Science);  Warren  W.  Hassler,  Jr., 
General  George  B.  McClellan:  Shield  of  the  Union  (Baton 
Rouge:  Louisiana  State  University  Press,  1957);  Charles 
Grier  Sellers,  Jr.,  James  K.  Polk,  Jacksonian,  1795-1843 
(Princeton,  New  Jersey:  Princeton  University  Press,  1957); 
and  George  F.  Scheer  and  Hugh  F.  Rankin,  Rebels  and  Red- 
coats (Cleveland  [Ohio]  and  New  York:  The  World  Pub- 
lishing Company,  1957). 


CONTRIBUTORS  TO  THIS  ISSUE 


Dr.  Richard  W.  Griffin  is  Associate  Professor  of  History 
and  Director  of  Manuscript  Collection  at  Athens  College, 
Athens,  Alabama. 

Mr.  Diffee  W.  Standard  is  Research  Assistant  at  the  Insti- 
tute for  Research  in  Social  Science,  and  a  graduate  student, 
at  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill. 

Dr.  John  W.  Parker  is  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
English  at  Fayette ville  State  Teachers  College,  Fayetteville. 

Mr.  Richard  Walser  is  Associate  Professor  of  English  at 
North  Carolina  State  College,  Raleigh. 

Mr.  William  Stevens  Powell  is  Assistant  Librarian,  North 
Carolina  Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina  Library, 
Chapel  Hill. 

Dr.  C.  Hugh  Hohnan  is  Professor  of  English  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill. 

Dr.  PI.  Broadus  Jones  is  Professor  of  English  and  Head 
of  the  Department  at  Wake  Forest  College,  Winston-Salem. 

Dr.  Gilbert  T.  Stephenson  is  retired  Director,  Trust  Re- 
search Department,  Graduate  School  of  Banking,  American 
Bankers  Association,  and  resides  at  Warren  Place,  Pendleton. 

Dr.  Roy  F.  Nichols  is  Vice-Provost  and  Dean  of  the  Grad- 
uate School  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia. 


[313] 


THE 
NORTH  CAROLINA 
HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Volume  XXXIV 


JULY  1957 


Number  3 


Published  Quarterly  By 
State  Department  of  Archives  and  History 

Corner  of  Edenton  and  Salisbury  Streets 
Raleigh,  N.  C. 


THE  NORTH  CAROLINA  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Published  by  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History 

Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Christopher  Crittenden,  Editor 
David  LeRoy  Corbitt,  Managing  Editor 

ADVISORY  EDITORIAL   BOARD 
Walter  Clinton  Jackson  Hugh  Talmage  Lefler 

Frontis  Withers  Johnston  George  Myers  Stephens 


STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ARCHIVES  AND  HISTORY 

EXECUTIVE  BOARD 

McDaniel  Lewis,  Chairman 

Gertrude  Sprague  Carraway  Josh  L.  Horne 

Fletcher  M.  Green  William  Thomas  Laprade 

Clarence  W.  Griffin  H.  V.   Rose 

Christopher  Crittenden,  Director 


This  review  ivas  established  in  January,  192)+,  as  a  medium  of  publica- 
tion and  discussion  of  history  in  North  Carolina.  It  is  issued  to  other 
institutions  by  exchange,  but  to  the  general  public  by  subscription  only. 
The  regular  price  is  $3.00  per  year.  Members  of  the  State  Literary  and 
Historical  Association,  for  which  the  annual  dues  are  $5.00,  receive  this 
publication  without  further  payment.  Back  numbers  may  be  procured  at 
the  regular  price  of  $3.00  per  volume,  or  $.75  per  number. 


COVER — Biltmore  House,  near  Asheville,  was  designed  by 
Richard  Morris  Hunt  and  landscaped  by  Frederic  Law  Olmsted, 
Sr.  and  was  completed  in  1895  for  George  W.  Vanderbilt.  In 
1892  Vanderbilt  appointed  Gifford  Pinchot  superintendent  of 
the  Biltmore  Forest  where  Pinchot  instituted  the  first  large-scale 
reforestation  project  in  the  United  States.  See  pages  346-357. 


The  North  Carolina 
Historical  Review 

Volume  XXXIV  July,  1957  Number  3 

CONTENTS 

JOHN  LAWSON'S  ALTER-EGO-DR.  JOHN 

BRICKELL  313 

Percy  G.  Adams 

THE  DUGGER-DROMGOOLE  DUEL 327 

Henry  W.  Lewis 

GIFFORD  PINCHOT  AT  BILTMORE 346 

Harold  T.  Pinkett 

THE  IDEA  OF  A  COTTON  TEXTILE  INDUSTRY  IN 
THE  SOUTH,  1870-1900 358 

Herbert  Collins 

SIMMS'S  VIEWS  ON  NATIONAL  AND  SECTIONAL 

LITERATURE,  1825-1845 393 

John  C.  Guilds 

TRYON'S  "BOOK"  ON  NORTH  CAROLINA 406 

Edited  by  William  S.  Powell 

BOOK  REVIEWS 416 

Ferguson's  Home  on  the  Yadkin — By  H.  G.  Jones ; 
Blythe's  James  W.  Davis:  North  Carolina  Surgeon — By 
Clarence  E.  Gardner,  Jr.;  Ray's  Index  and  Digest  to 
Hathaway' 's  North  Carolina  Historical  and  Genealog- 
ical Register  and  Colonial  Granville  County  and  Its 
People — By  H.  G.  Jones ;  Horn's  The  Decisive  Battle  of 
Nashville — By  William  T.  Alderson;  Vanstory's  Geor- 
gia's Land  of  the  Golden  Isles — By  Sarah  McCulloh 
Lemmon ;  Wiley's  The  Road  to  Appomattox — By  Frank 


Entered  as  second  class  matter  September  29,  1928,  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  under  the  act  of  March  3,  1879. 

[i] 


E.  Vandiver;  Rowse's  True  Discourse  of  the  Present 
State  of  Virginia — By  William  S.  Powell;  Hassler's 
General  George  B.  McClelland.  Shield  of  the  Union — By 
John  G.  Barrett ;  Stevens's  The  Early  Jackson  Party  in 
Ohio — By  William  S.  Hoffmann ;  Wright's  The  Cultural 
Life  of  the  American  Colonies,  1607-1763 — By  Richard 
Walser;  Charles's  The  Origins  of  the  American  Party 
System — By  V.  0.  Key,  Jr.;  and  Franklin's  From 
Slavery  to  Freedom:  A  History  of  American  Negroes 
— By  William  S.  Hoffmann. 

HISTORICAL  NEWS 432 


CiU 


The  North  Carolina 
Historical  Review 

Volume  XXXIV  July,  1957  Number  3 

JOHN  LAWSON'S  ALTER-EGO-DR.  JOHN  BRICKELL 

By  Percy  G.  Adams 

Eighteenth-century  commentators  on  America  were,  of 
course,  notorious  for  plagiarizing  each  other,  but  one  of  the 
strangest  and  most  successful  literary  thefts  committed  by 
any  of  them  was  that  perpetrated  by  Dr.  John  Brickell  in 
1737  when  he  published  The  Natural  History  of  North 
Carolina.  The  case  has  been  a  strange  one  because  it  was  so 
flagrant  and  the  victim  so  well  known.  It  has  been  successful 
because  for  over  two  hundred  years  Dr.  Brickeirs  book  has 
been  an  important  source  of  information  about  early  America, 
and  that  in  spite  of  a  warning  published  early  in  the  nine- 
teenth century.  Perhaps  the  warning  should  be  restated. 

Little  is  known  of  Dr.  Brickell  except  that  in  the  1730\s 
he  resided  for  several  years  on  the  coast  of  North  Carolina 
before  returning  to  live  in  England  and  publish  his  Natural 
History.1  Of  the  book,  more  is  known.  Although  the  Journal 
des  Sciences  in  Paris  carried  a  notice  of  it  in  April,  1739,  an- 
nouncing that  it  was  written  "Par  M.  Jean  Bricknell  lsic\, 
Docteur  en  Medecine,"  the  London  periodicals  seemed  to 
ignore  it,  even  though  its  list  of  subscribers  included  the 
name  of  one  who  at  the  time  was  reviewing  such  books  for 
The  Gentleman's  Magazine  —  Samuel  Johnson.  However, 
by  the  end  of  the  century,  The  Natural  History  of  North 
Carolina  had  gradually  attained  popularity.  For  example,  ten 
years  after  its  publication  it  was  not  used  by  Emanuel  Bowen 
in  his  A  Complete  System  of  Geography,  which  depended  on 

1  Some  biographical  information  is  to  be  found  in  the  preface  to  the  1911 
Raleigh  edition,  edited  by  J.  Bryan  Grimes,  hereinafter  cited  as  Grimes, 
BriekelVs  Natural  History.  All  references  in  this  paper  will  be  to  this  1911 
edition. 

[313] 


314  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Harriss,  Purry,  and  Archdale  for  information  on  Carolina; 
but  in  1771  it  was  an  important  source  for  A  New  System  of 
Geography,  compiled  by  D.  Fenning  and  J.  Colly er.2 

The  early  nineteenth  century  provides  three  interesting 
references  to  Dr.  Brickell's  book.  Andre  Michaux,  the 
younger,  in  his  description  of  the  trees  of  the  United  States, 
used  it  twice,  but  both  times  with  some  reluctance.3  Jacob 
Bigelow  in  the  North  American  Review,  in  an  article  entitled 
''Botany  of  the  United  States,"  said  of  it,  "the  most  complete 
work  of  this  kind  is  Brickell's  Natural  History  of  North 
Carolina.''4  But  shortly  after  these  two  writers  had  enhanced 
the  reputation  of  the  book,  Jared  Sparks  attempted  to  annihi- 
late it.  In  1826,  in  an  article  on  "Materials  for  American 
History,"  Sparks,  after  a  two-page  discussion  of  John 
Lawson's  History  of  Carolina,  had  this  to  say  in  a  footnote: 

A  book  was  published  in  Dublin  in  the  year  1737,  entitled 
Natural  History  of  North  Carolina,  by  John  Brickell,  M.D., 
which  is  remarkable  for  being  an  almost  exact  verbal  transcript 
of  Lawson's  History,  without  any  acknowledgment  on  the  part 
of  the  author  or  even  a  hint  that  it  is  not  original.  Periods  and 
paragraphs  are  transposed;  parts  are  occasionally  omitted,  and 
words  and  sentences  here  and  there  interpolated ;  but,  as  a  whole, 
a  more  daring  piece  of  plagiarism  was  never  executed.  The  fact 
that  the  volume  was  published  by  subscription  only  19  years 
after  Lawson's  History  is  presumptive  evidence,  perhaps,  that 
this  latter  work,  for  reasons  now  unknown,  had  become  so  rare, 
as  to  render  a  detection  of  the  plagiarism  improbable.5 

Such  an  accusation,  made  by  such  a  noted  scholar,  would 
ordinarily  be  enough  to  cause  students  and  historians  to  be 

2  Published  in  London  in  two  volumes.  In  the  treatment  of  Virginia, 
Carolina,  Georgia,  and  Florida,  references  to  and  quotations  from  Brickell 
are  often  used. 

3  Michaux's  work  was  translated  into  English  as  The  North  American 
Sylva  (Philadelphia,  1817),  in  three  volumes,  and  went  through  many 
editions.  For  the  use  of  Brickell,  see  I,  157,  and  II,  222. 

4  North  American  Review,  New  Series,  IV  (July,  1821),  102. 

5  North  American  Review,  New  Series,  XIV  (October,  1826),  288-289. 
Sparks  was  incorrect  in  his  opinion  that  Lawson's  book  was  a  rare  item.  It 
was  first  published  as  A  New  Voyage  to  Carolina,  in  John  Stevens'  A  New 
Collection  of  Voyages  and  Travels  (London,  1708,  1711),  republished  sep- 
arately in  1709,  and  as  The  History  of  Carolina,  in  1714  and  1718 ;  trans- 
lated into  German  in  1712,  it  was  reissued  in  that  language  in  1722.  The 
latest  edition,  that  of  Frances  Latham  Harriss,  is  called  Lawson's  History 
of  North  Carolina  (Richmond:  Garrett  and  Massie,  1937,  Second  Printing, 
1952).  In  the  present  paper  all  references  to  Lawson  are  made  to  the  1937 
edition  and  are  hereinafter  cited  as  Harriss,  Lawson's  History. 


Lawson's  Alter-Ego  315 

very  careful  in  using  The  Natural  History;  and,  in  fact,  for 
nearly  a  century  it  was  almost  completely  avoided.  But  Jared 
Sparks  was  not  permanently  successful  in  his  attack,  perhaps 
for  two  reasons.  First,  he  put  his  accusation  in  a  footnote, 
apparently  believing  it  unimportant  because  he  knew  of  so 
many  such  examples  of  plagiarism.  And  second,  he  provided 
no  specific  evidence. 

But  whatever  the  reason,  he  was  unsuccessful,  for  in  1911 
Dr.  John  Brickell's  Natural  History  of  North  Carolina  was 
republished  in  Raleigh  with  a  preface  that  defended  Brick- 
ell,  calling  his  book  the  "Most  interesting  of  early  histories 
of  the  state."  Here  is  the  defense  almost  in  full: 

Dr.  Brickell's  history  is  the  best  description  we  have  of  the 
natural,  social,  and  economic  conditions  in  the  Colony  of  North 
Carolina,  but  its  merits  have  been  obscured  and  its  value  largely 
depreciated  by  careless  and  unjust  reviewers. 

Jared  Sparks  and  others  charged  him  with  plagiarizing  Law- 
son.  Of  this  Dr.  Stephen  B.  Weeks  says : 

"These  statements  are  only  partially  correct  and  do  grave  in- 
justice to  Brickell.  He  acknowledges  in  his  preface  that  his  work 
is  a  'compendious  collection  of  most  things  yet  known  in  that 
part  of  the  world.'  But  it  is  a  good  deal  more  than  a  slavish  re- 
print of  Lawson.  It  is  further  increased  almost  one-half  in 
bulk  .  .  .  his  'Journal  of  a  thousand  Miles  Travel'  ...  is  not 
used  by  Brickell. 

"Brickell  took  the  book  of  Lawson,  reworked  it  in  his  own 
fashion,  extended  or  curtailed,  and  brought  it  to  his  time.  The 
effect  of  his  professional  training  is  seen  everywhere,  for  there 
is  hardly  a  description  of  a  plant  or  animal  which  does  not  have 
some  medical  use  attached  to  it.  His  work  is  fuller,  more  syste- 
matic, and  seems  more  like  that  of  a  student;  Lawson's  work 
seems  more  like  that  of  a  traveler  and  observer.  There  is,  besides, 
much  more  relating  to  the  social  conditions  of  the  Colony  in 
Brickell,  who  has  a  section  on  'The  religion,  houses,  raiment, 
diet,  liquors,  firing,  diversions,  commodities,  languages,  diseases, 
curiosities,  cattle,  etc.,'  while  Lawson  sticks  close  to  the  natural, 
economic,  and  Indian  history  of  the  Province." 

As  more  evidence  that  The  Natural  History  was  original,  the 
twentieth-century  editor  pointed  to  that  part  which  tells  of  a 
trip  Brickell  claimed  to  have  made  among  the  Indians:  "His 
description  of  this  journey  is  most  interesting,  and  though 
overdrawn,  is  a  distinct  contribution  to  our  history  of  the 
habits  of  the  North  Carolina  Indians." 


316  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Apparently  this  defense  in  the  prefatory  note  to  the  1911 
edition  succeeded  in  restoring  Brickeirs  reputation.  At  least, 
the  book  was  now  more  easily  available  and  became  a  pop- 
ular source  work.  One  noted  writer,  while  describing  Lawson 
as  "the  first  historian  of  North  Carolina,"  echoed  the  state- 
ment that  The  Natural  History  was  "by  no  means  a  slavish 
reproduction";  and  in  1937  a  history  of  North  Carolina,  while 
making  only  limited  use  of  Lawson,  referred  frequently  to 
Brickell.6  A  year  later,  in  his  Reference  Guide  to  the  Litera- 
ture of  Travel,  G.  E.  Cox  repeated  Sparks'  charge,  saying, 
but  without  the  evidence,  that  Brickell's  material  was  "stolen" 
from  Lawson.7  Nevertheless,  in  1946  an  article  called  "Travel- 
ler's Tales  of  Colonial  Natural  History"8  depended  heavily 
upon  Brickell  but  made  no  mention  whatever  of  Lawson. 
An  important  collection  of  early  documents  reprinted  in  1948, 
entitled  North  Carolina  History  Told  hy  Contemporaries, 
prefaced  its  selection  from  Brickell  with  this  statement: 

One  of  the  most  interesting  accounts  of  the  social  and  economic 
life  of  the  colony  is  found  in  The  Natural  History  of  North 
Carolina,  written  by  Dr.  John  Brickell  of  Edenton  about  1731 
and  published  in  Dublin  in  1743.  Although  he  copied  much  from 
Lawson's  A  New  Voyage  to  Carolina,  he  went  far  beyond  that 
writer  and  gave  detailed  descriptions  of  many  things  not  even 
mentioned  by  Lawson.9 

And  in  1954  the  latest  history  of  North  Carolina  made  ex- 
tensive use  of  the  Doctor  but  included  no  comment  on  his 
connection  with  Lawson.10  But  perhaps  the  best  evidence  for 
the  success  of  the  1911  apology  is  to  be  found  in  the  pages  of 
The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  where  at  least  six 
articles  published  since  1926  contain  important  references 

aC.  M.  Andrews,  The  Colonial  Period  of  American  History  (New  York, 
1934),  III,  258;  and  Guion  G.  Johnson,  Ante-Bellum  North  Carolina 
(Chapel  Hill,  1937),  48,  97,  738-739,  747,  753,  hereinafter  cited  Johnson, 
Ante-Bellum  North  Carolina. 

7  G.  E.  Cox,  Reference  Guide  to  the  Literature  of  Travel  (Seattle,  1935- 
1938),  II,  103. 

8  James  R.  Masterson,  in  Journal  of  American  Folklore,  LIX  (January- 
March,  April-June,  1946),  51-67,  174-188. 

8  Hugh  T.  Lefler  (ed.),  North  Carolina  History  Told  by  Contemporaries 
(Chapel  Hill,  1948),  61-65. 

10  Hugh  T.  Lefler  and  Albert  R.  Newsome,  North  Carolina,  The  History 
of  a  Southern  State  (Chapel  Hill,  1954),  hereinafter  cited  as  Lefler  and 
Newsome,  North  Carolina. 


Lawson's  Alter-Ego  317 

to  The  Natural  History.11  Of  all  these  twentieth-century  books 
and  articles  that  used  Brickell,  only  one  mentioned  Jared 
Sparks'  charge,  and  the  author  of  that  one,12  having  no  access 
to  a  copy  of  Lawson,  was  unable  to  compare  the  two  books 
in  question. 

But  they  must  be  compared  in  order  to  show  how  easy  it 
is  to  give  John  Brickell  credit  for  something  which  he  did  not 
originate.  It  is  best,  perhaps,  to  begin  with  the  1911  defense, 
which  can  be  reduced  to  three  points:  1)  Because  of  his 
"professional"  training,  Dr.  BrickelFs  Natural  History  is  more 
"systematic"  than  Lawson's  History  and  more  replete  with 
information  about  the  medical  properties  of  the  flora  and 
fauna  described;  2)  His  work  is  bigger  than  Lawson's  by 
one-half,  containing,  for  example,  "much  more"  on  social 
conditions  in  North  Carolina;  and  3)  The  account  of  his  trip 
to  the  Indians  "is  a  distinct  contribution." 

As  for  the  first  defense,  Dr.  Brickeli's  "system"  was  hardly 
original.  Lawson,  after  a  preface  and  an  introduction,  began 
with  his  'Journal  °f  a  thousand  miles  travel  among  the 
Indians  from  South  to  North  Carolina,"  a  section  which 
Brickell  omitted— for  the  time  being.  But  if  we  start  on  page 
61  of  Lawson's  History  and  page  1  of  The  Natural  History, 
we  find  that  the  two  books  follow  almost  exactly  the  same 
order,  even  to  the  sub-sections.  There  are  two  differences: 
Brickell  added  the  essay  entitled  "The  Religion,  Houses, 
Raiment,  ...  of  North  Carolina"  and  waited  until  the  big 
final  section  on  the  red  man  to  include  the  account  of  his 

u  W.  Neil  Franklin,  "Agriculture  in  Colonial  North  Carolina,"  The  North 
Carolina  Historical  Review,  III  (October,  1926),  539-575,  hereinafter  cited 
as  Franklin,  "Agriculture  in  Colonial  North  Carolina";  Charles  Christopher 
Crittenden,  "Inland  Navigation  in  North  Carolina,"  The  North  Carolina 
Historical  Review,  VIII  (April,  1931),  145-155,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Crittenden,  "Inland  Navigation";  Douglas  L.  Rights,  "The  Buffalo  in  North 
Carolina,"  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  IX  (July,  1932),  242-250; 
Julia  Cherry  Spruill,  "Virginia  and  Carolina  Homes  before  the  Revolu- 
tion," The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  XII  (October,  1935),  320- 
341,  and  "Southern  Housewives  before  the  Revolution,"  XIII  (January, 
1936),  25-47,  hereinafter  cited  Spruill,  "Southern  Housewives  before  the 
Revolution";  Alonzo  Thomas  Dill,  "History  of  Eighteenth  Century  New 
Bern,"  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  XXII-XXIII  (January, 
1945— October,  1946),  in  eight  parts,  1-21,  152-175,  293-319,  460-489,  47-78, 
142-171,  325-359,  495-535,  hereinafter  cited  as  Dill,  "Eighteenth  Century 
New  Bern";  and  Wendell  H.  Stephenson,  "John  Spencer  Bassett  as  a 
Historian  of  the  South,"  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  XXV 
(July,  1948),  289-318,  hereinafter  cited  Stephenson,  "Bassett  as  a  His- 
torian." 

"Franklin,  "Agriculture  in  Colonial  North  Carolina,"  539-575. 


318 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


thousand  miles  travel  among  the  Indians.  Here  are  the  two 
tables  of  contents,  with  the  page  numbers: 


Lawson 
Preface 
Introduction 
Journal  of  a  thousand 

miles (1-61) 

A  Description  of 

North  Carolina  . . .  (61-75) 
A  Description  of  the 

Corn  of  Carolina  .  .  (75-80) 
The  Present  State 

of  Carolina   (80-90) 

Of  the  Vegetables 

of  Carolina   (90-118) 

The  Beasts 

of  Carolina   (118-140) 

Birds  of  Carolina  .  (140-159) 

The  Fish   (159-172) 

The  Present  State 

of  Carolina (172-179) 

An  Account  of  the 

Indians  of  North 

Carolina  , (179-260) 


Brickell 
Preface 

(No  title  in  Brickell,  but  the 
contents  fit  the  corresponding 

title  in  Lawson.) (1-14) 

The  Corn  of  North 

Carolina (14-27) 

The  Present  State  of 

North  Carolina  . .  .  (27-35) 
The  Vegetables  of 

North  Carolina  .  .  (57-107) 

Of  the  Beasts (107-171) 

Of  the  Birds (171-215) 

Of  the  Fish  of 

North  Carolina  .  (215-251) 
Further  Observations 

on  the  Present 

State  of  North 

Carolina (251-277) 

An  Account  of  the 

Indians  of  North 

Carolina (277-409) 


Although  his  table  of  contents  was  not  original,  Dr.  Brick- 
ell did  include  more  medical  lore  than  is  to  be  found  in 
Lawson,  as  the  1911  apology  claimed.  However,  he  often 
reported  old  wives  tales,  as  when  he  said  of  ".  .  .  Black- 
mackred  flies  .  .  .  The  powder  of  these  insects  and  their  Juice 
cures  Baldness. "  And  of  the  Moth,  ".  .  .  An  Oil  made  of  them 
is  said  to  cure  Deafness,  Warts,  and  the  Leprosy.  .  .  ." 13  Many 
more  such  examples  could  be  given,  especially  from  the 
section  on  animal  life.  The  original  and  worthwhile  medical 
information  is  found  in  such  paragraphs  as  that  on  the  "Ipe- 
cacuana" 14  and  in  a  four-page  sub-section  on  the  diseases  of 
North  Carolina— from  the  ague  to  stomach  ache  to  whooping 
cough— all  of  which  the  Doctor  told  about  in  some  detail,  and 
for  which  he  prescribed  either  his  favorite  remedy  or  that 

13  Grimes,  Brickell' s  Natural  History,  160. 

14  Grimes,  BrickelVs  Natural  History,  21.  This  plant,  not  mentioned  by 
Lawson,  was  apparently  one  of  the  many  North  American  substitutes  for 
the  tropical  Ipecacuanha. 


Lawson's  Alter-Ego 


319 


of  the  colonists.15  But  usually  he  was  not  original,  invariably 
transcribing  the  many  medical  uses  furnished  by  his  prede- 
cessor, as  the  following  quotations  will  show: 


.  .  .  The  Vertues  of  Sassafras 
are  well  known  in  Europe. 
This  Wood  sometimes  grows 
to  be  above  two  Foot  over, 
and  is  very  durable  and  last- 
ing, used  for  Bowls,  Timbers, 
Post  for  Houses,  and  other 
Things  that  require  standing 
in  the  Ground.  'Tis  very  light, 
It  bears  a  white  Flower,  which 
is  very  cleansing  eaten  in  the 
Spring  with  other  Sallating. 
The  Berry,  when  ripe,  is 
black;  'tis  very  oily,  Carmin- 
ative and  extremely  prevalent 
in  Clysters  for  the  Colick.  The 
Bark  of  the  Root  is  a  Specific 
to  those  afflicted  with  the 
Gripes.  The  same  in  Powder, 
and  a  Lotion  made  thereof,  is 
much  used  by  the  Savages  to 
mundify  old  Ulcers,  and  for 
several  other  Uses,  being  high- 
ly esteemed  among  them. 


The  Sassafras  is  very  com- 
mon, and  grows  large,  its 
Wood  being  sometimes  above 
two  Feet  over,  'tis  durable  and 
lasting  for  Bowls,  Timber 
Posts  for  Houses,  and  other 
things  that  require  standing 
in  the  Ground,  notwithstand- 
ing it  is  very  brittle  and  light, 
it  hath  a  pleasant  smell.  The 
Leaves  are  of  two  sorts,  some 
long  and  smooth,  the  others 
indented  about  the  edges  (es- 
pecially those  growing  at  the 
top  of  the  Branches)  some- 
times like  those  of  the  Fig- 
tree,  it  bears  a  small  white 
flower,  which  is  cleansing  to 
the  Blood,  if  eaten  in  the 
Spring  with  other  Salating; 
it  likewise  bears  a  small  Ber- 
ry, which  when  ripe,  is  black 
and  very  oily,  Carminative, 
and  extremely  prevalent  in 
Coughs:  The  Bark  and  Root 
help  most  Diseases  proceeding 
from  Obstructions,  and  of  sin- 
gular use  in  Diets  for  the 
French  Pox,  it  strengthens 
the  whole  Body,  cures  Barren- 
ness, and  is  a  Specifick  to 
those  afflicted  with  the  Gripes, 
or  defluctions  of  Rheum;  the 
same  in  Powder,  and  strong 
lotions  being  made  thereof,  is 
much  used  by  the  Savage  In- 
dians, to  mundify  old  Ulcers, 
and  several  other  uses ;  it  is  a 
beautiful  and  odoriferous 
Ever-green,  makes  a  delight- 
ful and  fragrant  Fire,  but 
very  sparkling.16 


15  Grimes,  BrickelVs  Natural  History,  46-50. 

"Harriss,  Lawson's  History,  96;  Grimes,  BrickelVs  Natural  History,  76. 


320  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  Natural  History  is  almost  entirely  unoriginal  in  its 
order  and  seldom  original  in  its  medical  lore,  but  it  would 
seem  to  contain  a  great  deal  of  new  matter  of  some  sort;  for 
—to  consider  the  second  defense  of  the  1911  preface— it  is 
over  half  again  as  long  as  Lawson's  History.  But  on  inspec- 
tion one  discovers  that  Brickeli's  additions  are  largely  embel- 
lishment. The  material  on  the  sassafras,  quoted  above,  offers 
a  key  to  the  problem.  There,  by  furnishing  new  facts  about 
the  shape  of  the  leaves,  about  the  kind  of  fire  made  by  the 
wood,  and  about  how  the  plant  cured  the  French  Pox  and 
barrenness,  the  Doctor  was  able  to  make  twenty  lines  out  of 
eleven.  Throughout  his  book  he  was  usually  content  with 
Lawson's  words  or  with  some  sort  of  embellishment,  supply- 
ing only  two  original  sections  of  any  length.  The  first  of  these, 
the  part  called  "Of  the  Religion,  Houses,  ,  .  ."  is  twenty-two 
pages  long  and  contains  the  "much  more"  material  on  social 
conditions.  But  even  here  almost  one-fourth  is  based  on 
Lawson.17  Another  original  section,  about  the  same  length, 
is  that  which  contains  information  on  insects.  Whereas  Law- 
son  had  dismissed  them  in  a  few  words,  Brickell  went  into 
detail  on  such  creatures  as  bees,  butterflies,  wasps,  grass- 
hoppers, crickets,  fire-flies,  ants,  spiders,  weevils,  and  mos- 
quitoes,18 all  of  which,  it  should  be  noted,  could  be  found  in 
Europe  as  well  as  in  America.  In  addition  to  these  some 
thirty-five  pages  which  can  not  be  attributed  to  Lawson, 
Brickell  provided  a  few  facts  in  other  parts  of  his  book.  For 
example,  he  increased  Lawson's  one  page  on  whales  to  five, 
found  four  kinds  of  owls  not  listed  by  his  predecessor, 
changed  four  varieties  of  woodpeckers  to  five,  and  told  of 
seeing  twenty-four  runaway  Negroes  hanged  in  Virginia.19 
By  a  rough  but  generous  estimate,  all  of  the  additions  amount 
to  no  more  than  sixty  pages  out  of  a  total  of  409. 

But  after  we  have  discovered  these  parts  not  taken  from 
Lawson,  we  have  still  another  problem  to  deal  with  in  con- 
sidering the  length  of  the  two  books:  Since  Lawson's  trip 

17  After  reading  Grimes,  Brickeli's  Natural  History,  35-56,  compare  with 
Harries,  Lawson's  History,  14,  82-90. 

u  Grimes,  Brickeli's  Natural  History,  153-171 ;  Harriss,  Lawson's  History, 
139. 

*•  Grimes,  Brickeli's  Natural  History,  178,  187-188,  215-220,  357;  Harriss, 
Lawson's  History,  149-150,  162-163. 


Lawson's  Alter-Ego  321 

among  the  Indians  was  recounted  in  a  sixty-page  Journal 
and  Brickell's  journey  required  only  six  in  the  telling,  what 
happened  to  the  other  fifty-four  pages?  The  answer  is  that 
the  later  writer  did  make  use  of  his  predecessor's  journal  by 
taking  from  it  much  of  the  information  about  Indian  life- 
tribes,  burial  customs,  foods,  sex,  etc.— and  putting  it  in  his 
last  chapter,  the  "Account  of  the  Indians  of  North  Carolina," 
which  is  considerably  longer  than  Lawson's  chapter  with  the 
same  title.  For  example,  in  order  to  describe  the  feast  of  the 
"Waxsaw"  Indians  at  the  Harvest  of  Corn  and  to  give  the 
names  and  locations  of  the  Sapona  Indians,  the  "Toteras," 
and  the  "Keyawees,"  Brickell  had  to  glean  his  facts  from  the 
journal  of  Lawson,  who  had  actually  traveled  among  those 
tribes.20 

The  third  defense  advanced  by  the  1911  preface  is  that 
the  "journal"  of  Dr.  Brickell's  trip  among  the  Indians,  made, 
it  is  said,  in  1730,  is  a  "distinct  contribution"  to  history.  The 
six  pages  of  this  account  tell  how  ten  white  men  and  two 
Indian  guides  made  a  remarkably  easy  journey,  saw  beauti- 
ful scenery,  found  abundant  game,  and  had  a  delightful  time. 
To  give  an  idea  of  their  idyllic  existence,  the  author  told  of  a 
typical  night's  "camp  out"  and  then  added,  "It  would  not  be 
proper  to  trouble  the  Reader  with  the  Adventures  of  each 
Day.  .  .  .  Let  it  suffice  to  inform  them,  that  after  fifteen  Days 
Journey,  we  arrived  at  the  foot  of  the  Mountains,  having 
met  with  no  Human  Specie  all  the  way." 21  Lawson,  it  must 
be  noted,  had  traveled  in  the  same  direction  thirty  years  be- 
fore and  had  encountered  numerous  Indian  tribes  and  vil- 
lages. On  arriving  at  the  "Mountains,"  Brickell's  party  was 
discovered  by  "Iroquois"  scouts,  whose  "King"  sent  an  "Am- 
bassador .  .  .  painted  as  red  as  Vermillion"  to  find  out  if  the 
party  was  for  peace  or  for  war.  Lawson,  in  similar  fashion, 
had  told  how,  while  he  was  visiting  with  the  'Waxsaws,"  the 
King  of  the  Saponas  had  sent  an  "Ambassador  .  .  .  painted 
with  Vermillion  all  over  his  Face.  .  .  ." 22  The  Iroquois  King 
entertained  his  visitors  in  the  "State  House,"  just  as  Lawson's 
Waxhaw  King  had  done.  Both  Brickell  and  Lawson  slept  on 

"  Grimes,  Brickell's  Natural  History,  332  ff .,  343 ;  Harriss  Lawson's  His- 
tory,  34  ff.,  44-45. 
21  Grimes,  Brickell's  Natural  History,  387-393. 
29  Grimes,  Brickell's  Natural  History,  389 ;  Harriss,  Lawson's  History,  32. 


322  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

"benches"  covered  with  animal  skins,  and  both  were  privi- 
leged to  see  dances  performed  and  games  played  in  their 
honor.23  The  only  original  fact  supplied  by  Brickell  is  his 
insistence  on  having  given  copious  supplies  of  rum  to  the 
Indians.  Perhaps  the  best  bit  of  evidence  against  his  having 
made  a  trip  is  the  claim  that  the  Indians  he  visited  were 
Iroquois,  who,  he  said,  were  ".  .  .  very  powerful,  and  continu- 
ally at  War,  wandering  all  over  the  Continent  betwixt  the 
two  Bays  of  Mexico  and  St.  Lawrence."2*  The  Iroquois  were 
not  known  to  go  so  far  south,  although  their  relatives,  the 
Tuscaroras  had— years  before  this  supposed  trip— been  moved 
north  to  increase  the  Five  Nations  to  Six.  It  would  seem  then 
that  Dr.  Brickell's  journey  among  the  Indians  was  as  spurious 
as  were  many  others  of  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  cen- 
turies—one by  John  Lederer  in  the  same  territory,  others  by 
Lahontan  and  Hennepin  in  the  Mississippi  region,  and  an- 
other by  Chateaubriand  in  the  Gulf  Coast  country.23 

Since  invented  trips  were  so  common  among  early  travel 
writers,  perhaps  Dr.  Brickell  may  be  forgiven  for  borrowing 
his  journey  from  John  Lawson.  And  a  very  lenient  reader 
might  agree  with  him  that  his  book  is  a  "compendious  col- 
lection" of  facts  about  North  Carolina,  even  though  six- 
sevenths  of  the  compendium  is  collected  from  John  Lawson. 
But  probably  the  most  partial  of  readers  should  hesitate  to 
approve  of  Dr.  Brickell's  being  so  unimaginative  as  to  adopt 
some  of  John  Lawson's  own  experiences,  narrating  them 
almost  word  for  word,  even  to  the  use  of  the  first  person  pro- 
noun. Here  are  two  examples: 

Yet  I  knew  an  European  Man  I    knew    an    European    Man 

that  had  a  Child  or  two  by  one  that      lived      many      Years 

of  these  Indian  Women,  and  amongst  the  Indians,  and  had 

afterwards  married  a  Chris-  a  Child  by  one  of  their  Wom- 

28  Grimes,  Brickell's  Natural  History,  391 ;  Harriss,  Lawson's  History, 
30,  34-36. 

21  Grimes,  Brickell's  Natural  History,  389. 

86  For  Lederer's  second  journey,  the  last  part  of  which  he  took  alone  and 
the  stories  of  which  contain  his  "prettiest  fable,"  see,  for  one  discussion, 
J.  B.  Brebner,  Explorers  of  North  America  (New  York,  1933),  274-275; 
for  Lahontan  and  Hennepin,  see  any  one  of  a  number  of  historians,  such 
as  Jared  Sparks,  Parkman,  and  Father  Delanglez;  and  for  Chateaubriand, 
see  Gilbert  Chinard,  L'Exotisme  americain  dan  I'oeuvre  de  Chateaubriand 
(Paris,  1918).  These  four  men  actually  travelled  in  North  America  but  all 
of  them  pretended  to  have  done  more  than  they  actually  did. 


Lawson's  Alter-Ego 


323 


tian,  after  which  he  came  to 
pass  away  a  Night  with  his 
Indian  Mistress ;  but  she  made 
Answer  that  she  then  had  for- 
got she  ever  knew  him,  and 
that  she  never  lay  with  an- 
other Woman's  Husband,  so 
fell  a  crying  and  took  up  the 
Child  she  had  by  him,  and 
went  out  of  the  Cabin  (away 
from  him)  in  great  Disorder. 


en,  having  bought  her  as  they 
do  their  Wives,  and  after- 
wards married  a  Christian. 
Sometimes  after  he  came  to 
the  Indian  Town,  not  only  to 
buy  Deer-Skins,  but  likewise 
to  pass  away  a  Night  with  his 
former  Mistress  as  usual,  but 
she  made  answer,  That  she 
then  had  forgot  that  she  ever 
knew  him,  and  that  she  never 
lay  with  another  Woman's 
Husband;  so  fell  a  crying, 
took  up  the  Child  she  had  by 
him,  and  went  out  of  the  Cab- 
in in  great  Disorder,  although 
he  used  all  possible  means  to 
pacifie  her,  by  offering  her 
presents  of  several  Toys  and 
Rum,  but  all  to  no  purpose, 
for  she  would  never  see  him 
afterwards,  or  be  reconciled.26 


.  .  .  two  Families  of  the  Ma- 
chapunga  Indians,  use  the 
Jewish  Custom  of  Circumcis- 
ion, and  the  rest  do  not,  nei- 
ther did  I  ever  know  any 
others  amongst  the  Indians 
that  practiced  any  such 
things,  and  perhaps,  if  you  ask 
them,  what  is  the  Reason  they 
do  so,  they  will  make  you  no 
manner  of  Answer;  which  is 
as  much  as  to  say,  I  will  not 
tell  you.  Many  other  Customs 
they  have,  for  which  they  will 
render  no  Reason  or  Account. 


There  are  some  few  of  them 
that  use  the  Jewish  Custom  of 
Circumcision,  though  this 
kind  of  Practice  is  but  seldom 
used  amongst  them;  I  never 
knew  but  two  Families  in  all 
the  Nations  of  Indians  I  have 
conversed  with,  that  were  so; 
the  Reason  whereof  I  could 
never  learn,  notwithstanding 
I  was  very  intimate  with 
them,  and  have  often  urged 
them  to  give  me  an  account 
on  that  Head,  but  could  get  no 
manner  of  Answer,  which 
with  them  is  as  much  as  to 
say,  /  will  not  tell  you.  They 
have  many  other  strange  Cus- 
toms amongst  them,  that  they 
will  render  no  Reason  for,  or 
give  any  Account  of  to  the 
Europeans.27 

28  Harriss,  Lawson's  History,  199 ;  Grimes,  BrickelVs  Natural  History,  299. 
87  Harriss,  Lawson's  History,  223 ;  Grimes,  BrickelVs  Natural  History,  368. 


324  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  point  is  that  Brickell  made  use  of  almost  everything  in 
Lawson,  sometimes  attempting  to  cover  his  theft  by  a  slight 
rearrangement  of  words  or  by  shifting  some  bit  of  informa- 
tion from  one  part  of  the  book  to  another;  but  very  often— 
as  in  these  two  instances— he  was  so  bold  as  to  use  his  source 
without  any  pretense  at  hiding  his  tracks.  Furthermore,  the 
quotations  demonstrate  clearly  how  one  book  can  be  half 
again  as  long  as  the  other,  for  Lawson's  160  words  were  in- 
creased to  260  by  the  later  writer. 

However,  Dr.  Brickell's  lack  of  originality  is  not  our  pri- 
mary concern;  what  is  important  is  that  his  plagiarizing  has 
caused  scholars  to  give  him  credit  for  much  that  was  the  work 
of  another  man.  One  article,  "Agriculture  in  Colonial  North 
Carolina,"  quoted  Brickell  many  times;  but  almost  every  time 
the  reference  should  have  been  to  Lawson.28  Another,  "Inland 
Navigation  in  North  Carolina,  1763- 1789,"  gave  credit  to 
both  Lawson  and  Brickell  for  information  about  the  periauger 
and  the  cypress  tree,  when  the  information  was  originated 
by  Lawson,  and  gave  credit  only  to  Brickell  for  the  statement 
—first  made  by  Lawson— that  in  North  Carolina  both  sexes 
were  adept  at  handling  the  canoe.29  One  full-length  history, 
while  referring  on  two  occasions  to  something  original  in 
Brickell— on  Negro  slaves  and  on  the  excessive  drinking  of 
the  white  settlers— sometimes  attributed  to  Brickell  facts 
that  had  been  taken  from  Lawson,  as  in  the  description  of  the 
"Yaws"— Lawson's  "Pox"— or  when  telling  of  Indian  super- 
stitions and  Indian  magic.30  Another  book  includes  a  four- 
page  selection  from  Brickell,  a  little  over  half  of  which  is 
from  one  of  the  two  original  sections  in  The  Natural  History. 
However,  the  rest  is  found  in  Lawson,  for  example,  this  para- 
graph on  exports,  which  was  stolen  almost  word  for  word. 

'"Franklin,  "Agriculture  in  Colonial  North  Carolina,"  561,  and  then 
compare  Grimes,  Brickell's  Natural  History,  16-17,  with  Harriss,  Lawson's 
History,  277;  see  Franklin,  "Agriculture  in  Colonial  North  Carolina,"  357, 
and  then  compare  with  Grimes,  Brickell's  Natural  History,  15,  and  with 
Harriss,  LawsorCs  History,  76. 

28  See  Crittenden,  "Inland  Navigation,"  148  ff.,  and  then  compare, 
Grimes,  Brickell's  Natural  History,  32,  with  Harriss,  Lawson's  History,  86. 

80  See  Johnson,  Ante-Bellum  North  Carolina,  14,  48,  738-739 ;  then  com- 
pare Grimes,  Brickell's  Natural  History,  10,  48,  370,  with  Harriss,  Lawson's 
History,  14,  19-20,  and  88-89. 


Lawson's  Alter-Ego 


o^o 


Our  Produce  for  Exportation 
to  Europe  and  the  Islands  in 
America,  are  Beef,  Pork,  Tal- 
low, Hides,  Deer-Skins,  Furs, 
Pitch,  Tar,  Wheat,  Indian- 
Corn,  Peas,  Masts,  Staves, 
Heading,  Boards  and  all  sorts 
of  Timber  and  Lumber  for 
Madera  and  the  West-Indies, 
Rozin,  Turpentine  and  sever- 
al sorts  of  Gums  and  Tears, 
with  some  medicinal  Drugs, 
are  here  produced;  Besides 
Rice  and  several  other  foreign 
Grains,  which  thrive  very 
well.  Good  Bricks  and  Tiles 
are  made  and  several  sorts  of 
useful  Earths,  as  Bole,  Ful- 
ler's-Earth,  Oaker  and  Tobac- 
co-pipe-Clay, .  .  . 


The  produce  of  this  Country 
for  Exportation  to  Europe 
and  the  Islands,  are  Beef, 
Porke,  Tallow,  Hides,  Deer- 
Skins,  Furs,  Wheat,  Indian- 
Corn,  Pease,  Potatoes,  Rice, 
Honey,  Bees-wax,  Myrtle-wax, 
Tobacco,  snake-root,  Turpen- 
tine, Tar,  Pitch,  Masts  for 
Ships,  Staves,  Planks  and 
Boards  of  most  sorts  of  Tim- 
ber, Cotton,  and  several  sorts 
of  Gifms,  Tears,  with  some 
medicinal  Drugs;  Bricks  and 
Tile  are  made  here,  likewise 
several  useful  Earths,  such  as 
Bole,  Fullers-Earth,  Tobacco 
Pipe  Clay.  .  .  .^ 


And  finally,  the  latest  and  best  history  of  North  Carolina, 
while  it  prefers  Lawson's  information  on  Indians  and,  from 
Brickell,  obtains  original  facts  about  slaves,  sometimes  gives 
perhaps  too  much  credit  to  the  Doctor.  Here,  for  example, 
is  its  account  of  early  North  Carolina  birds: 

The  whole  Carolina  region  was  teeming  with  birds  and  wild 
fowl  especially  turkeys  "in  flocks  of  500  or  more,"  pheasants, 
quail,  wild  geese,  ducks,  and  wild  pigeons  so  numerous  that, 
according  to  Dr.  John  Brickell,  they  would  fly  "one  flock  after 
another  for  above  a  quarter  of  an  Hour  together."  .  .  ,32 

Now,  compare  the  following  passages  on  wild  turkeys  and 
wild  pigeons,  which  show  that  Lawson,  and  not  Brickell, 
originated  the  information: 


I  have  seen  about  five  hun- 
dred in  a  Flock.  .  .  . 


You  shall  see  fiwe  hundred  or 
more  of  them  in  a  flock  to- 
gether. .  .  ,33 


"Harriss,  Lawson* s  History,  83;  Grimes,  Brickell' s  Natural  History,  65 

Letter  and  Newsome,  North  Carolina,  71. 
"  Harriss,  Lawson's  History,  156;  Grimes,  BrickelVs  Natural  History  181. 


326  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

These    Pigeons,    about    Sun-         After    Sunrise    I    have    seen 
Rise,  when  we  were  preparing         them  fly,  one  Flock  after  an- 
to    march    on    our    Journey         other,  for  above  a  quarter  of 
would  fly  by  us  in  such  vast         an  Hour  together.34 
Flocks    that    they    would    be 
near  a  Quarter  of  an  Hour  be- 
fore they  were  all  passed  by. 

Elsewhere  in  the  same  history  we  find  this  statement:  "Law- 
son  and  Brickell,  contemporary  writers,  observed  that  "Mar- 
riages were  early  and  frequent,  most  houses  being  full  of 
little  ones/ f"  Here  is  what  the  two  sources  say: 

The  Women  are  very  fruitful,  The  Women  are  very  fruitful, 
most  Houses  being  full  of  Lit-  most  Houses  being  full  of  Lit- 
tle Ones.  tie  Ones. . .  ,35 


Is  it  a  matter  of  an  agreement  between  two  authors?  Or  is  it 
a  matter  of  a  literary  theft? 36 

The  warning  of  Jared  Sparks,  repeated  brief y  by  G.  E.  Cox, 
should  be  stated  again,  perhaps  in  this  way:  Although  his- 
torians need  not  stop  using  Dr.  John  Brickell  entirely,  they 
should  be  very  careful  in  giving  him  credit  for  anything,  since 
six-sevenths  of  his  material  was  taken  from  John  Lawson,  a 
first-rate  narrator  and  observer  whose  reputation  would  be 
even  greater  if  it  had  not  suffered  because  of  the  over-long 
life  of  his  alter-ego. 

"Harriss,  Lawson's  History,  148;  Grimes,  BrickelVs  Natural  History,  186. 

35  Harriss,  Lawson's  History,  85;  Grimes,  BrickelVs  Natural  History,  31. 

80  There  are  other  examples  of  what  would  seem  to  be  an  overrating  of 
Dr.  Brickell:  Stephenson,  "Bassett  as  a  Historian,"  listing  Brickell  and 
Lawson  side  by  side  as  providing  "substantial  contemporary  evidence"  of 
early  North  Carolina,  305;  Dill,  "Eighteenth  Century  New  Bern,"  speaking 
of  "The  naturalist  Brickell,"  462,  468;  and  Spruill,  "Southern  Housewives 
before  the  Revolution,"  27,  quoting  Grimes,  BrickelVs  Natural  History,  10, 
30,  on  the  hospitality  of  southern  women  when  she  should  be  have  quoted 
Harriss,  Lawson's  History,  63. 


THE  DUGGER-DROMGOOLE  DUEL 

By  Henry  W.  Lewis 

In  the  earliest  decades  of  the  [nineteenth]  century  and  onward 
to  its  middle  "the  duello"  was  the  recognized  custom  of  the  best 
people  from  New  York  to  the  utmost  limits  of  the  then  Union. 
.  .  .  The  death  of  Gen.  Hamilton  at  the  hands  of  Burr  was  the 
first  blow  severe  enough  to  change  public  opinion  so  far  as  to 
make  it  not  absolute  social  and  political  ruin  to  refuse  to  fight. 1 

With  these  words  Warner  Lewis,  signing  himself  as  "Mon- 
itor," 2  introduced  his  story  of  the  duel  between  Daniel 
Dugger  and  George  C.  Dromgoole  to  the  readers  of  the 
Brunswick  Gazette  of  Lawrenceville,  Virginia,  on  January  19, 
1893.  The  account  is  sufficiently  interesting  to  be  made  gen- 
erally available,  and  its  authenticity  in  detail  has  been  so 
generally  attested  by  later  research  that  it  can  be  relied  upon 
as  an  accurate  record. 

The  action  took  place  in  1837  in  the  middle  Roanoke  River 
Valley— in  Brunswick  County,  Virginia,  and  its  neighboring 
county  of  Northampton  in  North  Carolina.  It  was  here  that 
the  seeds  of  Methodism  had  found  such  favorable  soil.  One 
of  the  earliest  circuit  riders  assigned  to  the  territory  was 
Edward  Dromgoole,  an  Irish  convert,  who  came  into  the  area 
about  1775  as  a  bachelor  but  soon  married  a  Virginia  girl, 

1  [Joseph]  Warner  Lewis,  "Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel ;  A  Local  Incident  of 
Fifty  Years  Ago,"  Brunswick  Gazette  (Lawrenceville,  Virginia),  January 
19,  1893.  Unless  otherwise  identified,  all  quotations  in  this  paper  are  taken 
from  this  newspaper  article  which  Lewis  signed  with  the  pen  name 
"Monitor." 

2 Lewis  (1833-1900)  was  the  son  of  Dr.  Henry  Lewis  (1792-1879)  and 
Frances  Gibbons  (Stuart)  Lewis  (1801-1861)  of  Lawrenceville,  Virginia. 
See  John  Bennett  Boddie  (ed.),  Southside  Virginia  Families  (Redwood 
City,  California:  Pacific  Coast  Publishers,  1955),  317,  and  Alumni  Di- 
rectory, University  of  North  Carolina  (Durham,  North  Carolina:  Seeman 
Printery,  1954),  530,  hereinafter  cited  as  Alumni  Directory.  In  the  Confed- 
erate Army  Lewis  attained  the  rank  of  captain.  Later  he  lived  in  his  home 
town  as  a  bachelor  newspaperman,  and  according  to  tradition,  served  as 
good  companion  for  hunters,  good  company  for  the  ladies,  and  raconteur 
par  excellence.  He  edited  the  weekly  Brunswick  Advocate  (Lawrenceville, 
Virginia)  for  its  entire  life,  1874-1879.  See  Lester  J.  Cappon,  Virginia 
Newspapers,  1821-1935  (New  York:  University  of  Virginia  Institute  of 
Research  in  the  Social  Sciences,  Monograph  Number  22,  1936),  110,  herein- 
after cited  as  Cappon,  Virginia  Newspapers. 

[  327  ] 


328  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Rebecca  Walton.3  With  a  good  education,  a  powerful  voice, 
and  a  great  zeal,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Dromgoole  preached  through- 
out the  Roanoke  River  country.  His  home  plantation  called 
"Canaan"  lay  in  the  midst  of  his  flock  in  southern  Brunswick 
County.4  His  youngest  child  was  George  Coke  Dromgoole, 
one  of  the  principals  in  the  celebrated  duel. 

George  C.  Dromgoole  was  born  in  Brunswick  County, 
May  15,  1797.  He  attended  the  University  of  North  Carolina 
(1813-1814)  and  William  and  Mary  College  (1817-1818; 
1819-1820),  and  he  studied  law.  In  1823  he  was  elected  to 
the  Virginia  House  of  Delegates  from  Brunswick,  and  with 
one  brief  interlude  he  continued  to  hold  legislative  positions 
until  his  death.  From  1823  through  1826  he  was  a  member  of 
the  House  of  Delegates;  from  1826  until  1835  he  served  in 
the  Virginia  Senate.  It  is  worth  noting  that  in  1829  Dromgoole 
was  a  delegate  to  the  Virginia  Constitutional  Convention,  and 
that  in  1832  his  fellow  senators  picked  him  to  preside  over 
their  deliberations.  On  March  4,  1835,  Dromgoole  began  his 
first  term  as  a  Democratic  member  of  Congress,  the  position 
he  occupied  when  the  present  narrative  begins.5 

These  are  the  biographical  facts  about  the  man  of  whom 
Monitor  wrote: 

No  man  born  within  the  limits  of  Brunswick  County  ever 
filled  so  large  a  place  in  the  estimation  of  its  people  as  George  C. 
Dromgoole.  Indeed  there  was  but  one  in  the  Congressional  Dis- 
trict he  so  long  represented  who  in  any  way  ranked  as  his  peer, 


3 Jane  Morris,  Adam  Symes  and  His  Descendants  (Philadelphia:  Dor- 
rance  and  Company,  1938),  175,  hereinafter  cited  as  Morris,  Adam  Symes. 

4  Within  a  few  miles  of  the  Dromgoole  plantation  stood  the  Thomas 
Eaton  place  near  the  ferry  of  that  name.  Several  members  of  the  Harrison, 
Mason,  Robinson,  and  Beasley  families  lived  on  nearby  plantations.  Down 
the  Roanoke  from  the  Eaton  place  (but  in  Northampton  County)  stood 
"Mt.  Rekcut,"  home  of  Thomas  Goode  Tucker;  still  lower  down  the  river 
near  Gaston  stood  "Belmont,"  home  of  William  Wyche  Wilkins  and  his 
sons,  Edmund  and  William  Webb  Wilkins.  Most  of  these  families  played 
some  part  in  the  story. 

5  Biographical  Directory  of  the  American  Congress  1774-194,9  (Washing- 
ton: United  States  Government  Printing  Office,  1950),  1104,  hereinafter 
cited  as  Biographical  Directory.  See  also  A  Provisional  List  of  Alumni, 
Grammar  School  Students,  Members  of  the  Faculty,  and  Members  of  the 
Board  of  Visitors  of  the  College  of  William  and  Mary  in  Virginia,  from 
1693  to  1888  (Richmond:  Division  of  Purchase  and  Printing,  1941),  16; 
and  Alumni  Directory,  242. 


The  Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel  329 

and  he  [Judge  James  H.  Gholson],  did  not  approach  very  near 
to  those  gifts  and  attainments  that  go  to  make  up  a  mighty 
tribune  of  the  people.  .  .  .6 

In  the  year  1837  an  entertainment  was  given  at  the  hotel  in 
Lawrenceville.  The  intelligence  and  character  of  the  county  were 
present.  It  was  purely  a  social  gathering.  Politics  was  tacitly 
forbid;  for  political  feeling  was  running  high,  and  strange  to 
say,  though  the  issues  were  then  of  a  sentimental  character  com- 
pared to  subsequent  periods,  the  bitterness  was  as  intense  as 
when  the  interests  of  nearly  half  the  country  were  at  stake. 7 

Gen.  Dromgoole  was  among  those  present  at  the  entertain- 
ment. The  hotel  was  under  the  management  of  Daniel  Dugger, 
Esq.,  both  its  proprietor  and  keeper.  Mr.  Dugger  was  an  unam- 
bitious man,  of  fine  character  and  average  ability,  and  many 
lovable  traits.  He  had  been  a  rich  young  man  and  was  still  of 
fair  fortune,  but  was  embarrassed  as  many  young  men  of  that 
day  were  by  his  connection  with  and  love  of  the  "turf,"  and  was 
at  the  time  of  which  we  write,  the  owner  and  breeder  of  the 
celebrated  race  horse  Wagner.8 

On  this  special  evening  [Mr.  Dugger]  was  at  the  head  of  his 
table  and  carving  a  fowl.  Some  ill-advised  guest  addressed  to 
him  a  political  question.  The  decanter  had  circulated  rapidly, 
and  Gen.  Dromgoole  who  sat  immediately  at  Mr.  Dugger's  right 

6  "The  exception  that  we  note  was  [General  Dromgoole's]  sometime  rival 
for  popular  favor,  Judge  James  Harvey  Gholson,  also  a  native  of  Bruns- 
wick County,  and  who  while  wanting  in  the  accurate  parliamentary  acumen 
and  political  information,  superb  command  of  language  and  resonant 
voice,  was  more  than  [Dromgoole's]  equal  in  purely  personal  attractions, 
and  elegance  of  deportment,  exquisite  culture  in  the  highest  branches  of 
English  and  classical  literature,  and  those  lighter  graces  which  so  adorn 
and  beautify  social  life."  Gholson  (1798-1848)  served  in  the  Virginia  House 
of  Delegates  (1827-1831)  and  in  the  22,  23,  and  24  Congresses.  Later  he 
served  as  circuit  court  judge  for  Brunswick  County.  Although  Monitor 
gives  his  middle  name  as  "Harvey"  other  authorities  show  it  as  "Herbert." 
See  Biographical  Directory,  1205. 

"In  forming  an  estimate  now,  from  what  we  remember  of  the  past,  we 
would  say  that  had  Gen.  Dromgoole  lived  to  attain  his  full  stature  he 
would  have  been  'primus  inter  pares'  in  an  arena  with  Calhoun,  Webster, 
Clay  and  Benton,  and  that  Judge  Gholson  as  a  representative  of  his  county 
would  have  graced  any  court  of  any  age.  Both  died  before  they  had  reached 
the  zenith  of  their  promised  fame.  The  one  a  martyr  to  conjugal  duty  and 
the  other  a  victim  to  the  public  sentiment  of  the  times — for  we  hold  that 
though  he  lived  [for  ten]  years  afterwards,  that  the  perfect  fruition  of  a 
matured  manhood  was  marred  by  the  incident  and  its  consequences  .  .  . 
in  the  career  of  Geo.  C.  Dromgoole  we  propose  to  narrate." 

7  Here  Monitor  wrote  as  a  Confederate  veteran. 

8  Presumably  Monitor  based  his  statement  about  Dugger's  ownership  of 
Wagner  on  local  information  that  he  believed  to  be  correct.  When  Dugger's 
personal  property  was  inventoried  shortly  after  his  death  in  1837  no  men- 
tion was  made  of  this  horse,  although  the  inventory  lists  other  horses, 
Brunswick  County  (Virginia)  Will  Book  13,  561-567.  This  does  not  mean 
that  Monitor's  information  was  incorrect,  but  it  probably  indicates  that 
Dugger  had  disposed  of  this  particular  horse  prior  to  the  duel. 


330  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

hand  and  who  had  drunk  freely,  said  (before  Mr.  Dugger  could 
reply)  in  a  loud  voice,  showing  complete  intoxication — 

"Dugger,  Damn  Dugger  as  a  political  mentor!  Why  he  is 
below  infamy  and  beneath  contempt!" 

These  words  had  scarcely  passed  [General  Dromgoole's]  lips 
when  Mr.  Dugger  struck  him  fiercely  across  the  face  with  his 
open  right  hand,  knocking  him  from  his  chair  and  half  across 
the  room,  and  then  threw  at  him  the  carving  fork  as  he  tried  to 
rise.9  Their  friends  intervened  and  raised  Gen.  Dromgoole  to 
his  feet.  He  seemed  dazed  and  unconscious  of  what  had  occurred, 
and  asked  for  his  spectacles  which  had  fallen  from  his  face.  He 
was  very  near  sighted  and  wore  glasses  always.  The  matter  was 
easily  adjusted  by  their  friends,  and  the  next  morning  they 
drank  together  a  glass  of  wine.  The  matter  was  supposed  to  be 
ended,  and  as  "inter  pocula,"  to  be  forgotten — such  then  was  the 
custom  among  fierce  convivialists  of  the  day.  The  rising  sun 
dispelled  the  deeds  and  darkness  of  the  wine  cup  and  the  night. 

Departing  from  Monitor's  account,  it  is  pertinent  to  notice 
a  portion  of  Chapter  VIII  of  the  duellists'  Code  of  Honor:10 

5.  Intoxication  is  not  a  full  excuse  for  insult,  but  it  will 
greatly  palliate.  If  it  was  a  full  excuse,  it  might  well  be  counter- 
feited, to  wound  feelings  or  destroy  character. 

Dromgoole's  fondness  for  the  bottle  seems  to  have  been  a 
matter  of  general  knowledge  and  of  considerable  concern  to 
those  interested  in  his  career.  When  elected  to  preside  over 
the  Virginia  Senate  some  five  years  before  the  incident  at 
Bugger's  hotel,  Dromgoole's  friend  and  contemporary,  John 

9  The  Scaevola  (Tarboro),  for  November  17,  1837  (hereinafter  cited  as 
Scaevola),  reported,  "We  have  not  been  informed  what  cause  led  them  to 
resort  to  this  expedient  form  but  expect  it  grew  out  of  some  political  mis- 
understanding which  could  not  be  adjusted  otherwise."  This  supposition 
was  closer  to  the  facts  than  Stephen  B.  Weeks'  statement  that  "This  duel 
arose  from  a  supposed  insult  given  by  Dugger  in  the  presence  of  ladies." 
See  Weeks,  "The  Code  in  North  Carolina,"  Magazine  of  American  History, 
XXVI  (December,  1891),  453,  hereinafter  cited  as  Weeks,  "The  Code  in 
North  Carolina." 

10  John  Lynde  Wilson,  The  Code  of  Honor;  or  Rules  for  the  Government 
of  Principals  and  Seconds  in  Personal  Difficulties  (Charleston,  South  Caro- 
lina, 1838),  17;  reprinted  in  The  Code  of  Honor;  Its  Rationale  and  Uses 
(Charleston,  South  Carolina,  1878),  a  pamphlet  bound  in  Volume  14  of  the 
"Dawson  Pamphlets"  in  the  Library  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina, 
44.  Hereinafter  these  two  publications  will  be  cited  as  Wilson,  Code  of 
Honor  and  Dawson  Pamphlet. 


The  Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel  331 

Y.  Mason,11  then  serving  his  first  term  in  Congress,  wrote 
the  General  from  Washington: 

I  compliment  you  on  the  high  compliment  which  our  brethren 
of  that  most  excellent  body,  the  Senate,  have  paid  you,  in  placing 
you  in  the  Chair.  Permit  [me] ,  my  dear  friend,  to  ask  you  to  be 
somewhat  more  circumspect  in  your  convivial  enjoyments  than 
you  have  been. 

A  Destiny,  of  which  any  man  may  justly  be  proud,  awaits  you 
if  you  will  temper  your  social  feelings  with  discretion — You 
will  excuse  this  Lecture  and  attribute  the  suggestions  to  that 
pure,  disinterested  friendship,  which  I  bear  you — 12 

In  a  few  weeks  the  campaign  for  [election  to  the  26th]  Con- 
gress opened.  It  was  conducted  with  great  bitterness.  The  Whig 
party  had  no  champion  able  to  cope  with  the  "Brunswick  Lion," 
as  Gen.  Dromgoole  was  then  called,  before  the  people. 

The  party  papers  seized  hold  of  the  unfortunate  private  broil 
with  Mr.  Dugger,  and  used  it  unsparingly.  The  "Brunswick 
Lion"  after  all  was  but  a  poltroon  and  a  craven.  "He  had  been 
bearded  in  his  den,  and  had  his  jaws  slapped,  and  was  wanting 
in  manhood  to  resent  an  insult  so  great  and  so  infamous.  Could 
a  man  who  would  tamely  submit  to  such  an  indignity  be  en- 
trusted to  protect  the  rights  of  a  brave  and  proud  people  ?  If  he 
would  not  protect  his  own  rights  would  he  protect  theirs?"  were 
some  of  the  things  said,  besides  many  more  of  a  kindred  kind. 

The  Whig  party  became  exultant  and  vaunting,  the  Democrats, 
snarling  and  sour,  and  bets  were  made  and  taken  that  Dromgoole 
would  not  fight,  and  if  he  did,  that  Dugger  would  kill  him. 

Gen.  Dromgoole  was  then  in  command  of  one  of  the  militia 
brigades  of  the  State.  In  a  few  weeks  several  of  his  staff  officers 
sent  in  their  resignations  and  wrote  significant  letters.  Some- 
thing had  to  be  done.  He  at  once  addressed  a  polite  note  to  Mr. 
Dugger  telling  him  that  the  partisan  press  was  taking  unfair 
advantage,  and  making  use  of  an  unfortunate  private  and  per- 
sonal difficulty  to  injure  him  politically,  and  asking  Mr.  Dugger 
to  publish  a  card  putting  the  matter  in  its  proper  light. 

Under  the  advice  of  his  friends  Mr.  Dugger  sent  no  formal 
reply.  Such  an  opportunity  to  get  rid  of  so  able  an  advocate  of 

"Mason  (1799-1859)  had  at  that  time  served  in  the  Virginia  House  of 
Delegates  (1823-1827)  and  in  the  Virginia  Senate  (1827-1831),  and,  when 
he  wrote  the  letter  quoted,  was  a  member  of  the  Twenty-Second  Congress. 
Dumas  Malone  (ed.K  Dictionary  of  American  Biography  (New  York,  21 
volumes,  1933—),  XII,  369-370;  Biographical  Directory,   1511. 

12  Letter,  John  Y[oung]  Mason  to  George  C.  Dromgoole,  December  24, 
1832,  Edward  Dromgoole  Papers,  Southern  Historical  Collection,  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  Library,  Chapel  Hill,  hereinafter  cited  as  Edward 
Dromgoole  Papers. 


332  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

the  Democracy  was  not  to  be  foregone.  In  an  unfortunate  hour 
he  harkened  to  their  counsel.  Mr.  Dugger,  however,  stated  infor- 
mally to  the  bearer  of  the  note,  "that  he  was  not  the  curator  of 
Gen.  Dromgoole's  reputation,  or  the  guardian  of  his  honor.  That 
a  wanton  insult  had  been  offered  him  at  his  own  table.  At  the 
moment  he  had  shown  all  proper  resentment.  Farther  satisfac- 
tion he  had  foregone  for  reasons  well  known  to  Gen.  Dromgoole. 
That  while  he  did  not  desire  to  disguise  any  of  the  incidents  of 
the  occasion,  and  would  make  private  explanations  when  asked, 
he  still  less  desired  [that]  their  disgraceful  broil  should  become 
any  more  public  than  it  already  was,  and  that  he  declined  to 
make  any  statement  about  it  for  public  use.  That  Gen.  Dromgoole 
could  make  any  statement  he  pleased,  and  he  was  ready  even 
before  hand  to  accept  it  as  a  verity,  and  would  vouch  for  the 
truth  of  anything  he  would  say.  That  he  presumed  that  Gen. 
Dromgoole  was  amply  able  to  settle  with  anyone  who  might 
question  any  statement  made.  That  he  was  content  as  matters 
stood,  and  that  Gen.  Dromgoole  must  right  any  wrong  that 
others  had  or  might  do  him." 13 

A  peremptory  demand  that  [Dugger]  comply  followed.  This 
was  treated  with  contemptuous  silence.  A  challenge  then  fol- 
lowed at  once.  It  was  promptly  accepted. 

The  1838  Code  of  Honor,  in  general,  outlines  with  some 
precision  most  of  the  steps  Monitor  described.  Among  other 
directions,  it  provides  in  Chapter  III: 

2.  Upon  the  acceptance  of  the  challenge,  the  seconds  make  the 
necessary  arrangements  for  the  meeting  in  which  each  party  is 
entitled  to  a  perfect  equality.  .  .  ,14 

This  seems  to  have  been  the  case  in  the  Dugger-Dromgoole 
affair.  Monitor  wrote: 

Mr.  [Hiram]  Haines,  the  editor  of  a  Democratic  paper  in 
Petersburg, 15  acted  for  Gen.  Dromgoole.  W.  H.  E.  Merritt  was 

13  Commenting  on  this  course  of  conduct,  Monitor  wrote :  "That  Mr.  Dug- 
ger had  the  right  to  act  in  this  way,  few  will  deny;  but  was  it  generous 
to  a  former  friend?  The  conclusion  proved  that  [Dugger]  was  lending 
himself  against  his  better  nature,  to  his  friends  for  a  partisan  purpose. 
That  purpose  was  to  ruin  the  political  standing  of  Geo.  C.  Dromgoole. 
From  this  standpoint  is  Mr.  Dugger  an  object  of  sympathy?  We  trow  not." 

"Wilson,  Code  of  Honor,  11;  Dawson  Pamphlet,  39. 

w The  Scaevola  identified  Haines  as  "late  editor  of  The  Constellation" 
intending  presumably  to  point  out  that  his  paper  was  inactive  at  the 
moment.  Cappon  identifies  the  paper  as  The  American  Constellation,  a  tri- 
weekly Democratic  paper  established  May  24,  1834,  by  Haines  in  Peters- 
burg, Virginia,  and  states  that  the  last  known  issue  was  dated  December  21, 
1838.  Only  random  issues  of  the  paper  have  survived.  For  a  short  time  in 
1839  Haines  edited  another  Petersburg  paper  called  Peep  o'Day.  See 
Cappon,  Virginia  Newspapers,  148,  151. 


The  Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel  333 

the  advising  friend,  and  T.  Goode  Tucker,  a  young  lawyer  who 
had  [until  that  year]  resided  in  Lawrenceville,  represented  Mr. 
Dugger  as  a  field  second. 

Under  the  Code,  once  the  seconds  had  been  selected,  they 
took  over  all  negotiations.  The  principals  were  required  to 
remain  strictly  aloof.  It  is  with  this  understanding  that  one 
should  examine  the  letter  Haines  wrote  to  Dromgoole,  his 
principal,  on  October  12,  a  day  or  two  after  the  challenge 
had  been  accepted.  Writing  from  Petersburg  to  the  General 
who  by  that  time  had  returned  to  his  Congressional  duties  in 
Washington,  Haines  said: 

My  Dear  Friend. 

I  this  day  received  a  note  from  Mr.  T.  Goode  Tucker  relative 
to  the  arrangements  for  the  final  meeting  between  his  friend 
Mr.  Daniel  Dugger  and  my  friend  Geo.  C.  Dromgoole,  some  time 
called  "General."  Mr.  Tucker  proposes  that  the  meeting  shall 
take  place  near  Gaston,  No.  Ca.16  Agreed  to.  He  proposes  that 
the  usual  weapons  (pistols  of  course)  shall  be  used.  Agreed  to. 
He  proposes  further,  that  Mr.  D.  wanting  some  further  time  to 
settle  his  worldly  affairs  desires  until  the  1st  of  November  to 
arrange  them.  Agreed  to— inasmuch  as  I  had  given  Mr.  Dugger 
a  verbal  assurance  that  such  time  should  be  given.  .  .  ,17 

What  were  these  "worldly  affairs"  Mr.  Dugger  had  to  attend 
to?  They  take  on  a  somewhat  less  solemn  air  in  Monitor's 
account: 

Mr.  Dugger  availed  himself  of  his  right  under  the  "Code  of 
Honor,"  and  postponed  the  meeting  for  three  weeks.  He  was  on 
the  eve  of  starting  to  New  York  to  attend  the  celebrated  contest 
between  the  horses  Henry  and  Eclipse. 18 


16  The  plantation  ("Canaan")  General  Dromgoole  inherited  from  his 
father  was  located  within  eight  miles  of  Gaston,  Morris,  Adam  Symes, 
180-181. 

"Letter,  H[iram]  Haines  to  George  C.  Dromgoole,  October  12,  1837, 
Edward  Dromgoole  Papers. 

18  Here  Monitor  made  the  kind  of  error  that  would  have  embarrassed  him. 
Henry  and  Eclipse  ran  at  the  Union  Course  on  Long  Island  on  May  27, 
1823.  The  race  Dugger  probably  attended  was  the  one  at  Camden,  New 
Jersey,  on  October  26,  1837,  in  which  Boston  beat  Betsy,  Andrew,  and 
Tipton.  See  Henry  William  Herbert,  Frank  Forester's  Horse  and  Horse- 
manship of  the  United  States  and  British  Provinces  of  North  America 
(New  York:  Stringer  and  Townsend,  1857),  I,  183,  277. 


334  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Monitor  next  recounted  that,  "Mr.  Tucker  acting  for  Mr. 
Dugger  demanded  all  his  rights  under  the  'Code,'  and  drew 
up  the  cartel."  This  seems  to  be  a  reference  to  what  an  anno- 
tated edition  of  the  Code  calls  the  "Terms  of  Meeting." 19 
If  Monitor  is  correct  on  the  point,  there  is  evidence  that  these 
Virginia  duellists  were  somewhat  behind  the  times  in  their 
procedures,  for  the  1838  Code  says: 

The  old  notion  that  the  party  challenged  was  authorized  to  name 
the  time,  place,  distance  and  weapon,  has  been  long  since  ex- 
ploded, nor  would  a  man  of  chivalric  honor  use  such  a  right  if 
he  possessed  it.  .  .  .20 

Just  what  provisions  this  cartel  contained  is  not  entirely  clear. 
Haines  wrote  Dromgoole: 

On  Saturday  morning  I  expect  to  leave  for  Gaston  on  a  visit 
to  Mr.  T[ucker],  to  arrange  definitively  day,  hour  &  ground. 

21 
•    •    • 

It  must  have  been  during  this  visit  that  Mr.  Tucker  presented 
the  cartel  to  Haines. 

The  third  article  of  this  agreement  was  that  they  should  fire 
until  one  or  the  other  should  be  "killed,  mortally  wounded  or  so 
disabled  as  to  be  unable  to  fire." 

Mr.  Haines  on  behalf  of  Gen.  Dromgoole  protested  against 
these  terms  as  unusual  and  murderous.  His  protest  was  without 
effect,  for  there  was  a  latent  opinion  among  Mr.  Dugger's  friends 
that  Gen.  Dromgoole  was  wanting  in  spirit.  It  was  a  most  unfor- 
tunate opinion. 

Notice  another  portion  of  Haines'  letter  to  his  principal: 

So  soon  as  Congress  adjourns  repair  to  Petersburg  (notifying 
me  of  the  night  of  your  arrival)  and  I  will  meet  and  conduct  you 
to  my 

"snug  fire-side  and  a  jorum." 

I  wish  to  initiate  you  a  little  in  the  mysteries  of  a  "prelim- 
inary," which  your  adversary  and  his  friend  must  attend  to  for 
themselves.22 


19  Dawson  Pamphlet,  39. 

20  Wilson,  Code  of  Honor,  12;  Dawson  Pamphlet,  40. 

21  Letter,  Haines  to  Dromgoole,  October  12,  1837. 

22  Letter,  Haines  to  Dromgoole,  October  12,  1837. 


The  Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel  335 

On  its  face  this  part  of  Haines'  letter  conveys  very  little 
meaning.  But  Monitor's  next  statement  may  be  illuminating: 

Haines  availed  himself  of  the  long  interval  to  teach  his  friend 
the  use  of  his  weapon.  He  became  very  expert,23  for  the  bloody 
terms  of  his  antagonist  left  that  the  only  way  out  of  the  diffi- 
culty. He  desired  to  disable,  not  to  kill  his  former  friend,  if 
possible. 

Mr.  Dugger  never  seemed  to  realize  and  appreciate  the  respon- 
sibility of  the  event  he  was  to  face,  or  else  he  was  one  of  those 
quiet  but  determined  men  who  are  careless  of  danger.  .  .  . 

The  meeting  was  arranged  to  take  place  on  the  border  of  North 
Carolina,  at  a  place  two  miles  west  of  Gaston,  and  about  half  a 
mile  from  Mr.  Tucker's  residence. 

Although  Monitor  often  visited  this  neighborhood  he  is 
wrong  in  his  statement  of  distances.  No  spot  can  be  both  two 
miles  from  the  site  of  old  Gaston  and  half  a  mile  from  Tuck- 
er's plantation.  "Mount  Rekcut,"  as  Tucker  called  his  place, 
lies  in  Northampton  some  four  miles  below  Eaton's  Ferry 
and  about  five  or  six  miles  above  Gaston  by  water.  Stephen 
B.  Weeks'  account  more  accurately  says  the  meeting  place 
was  six  miles  from  Gaston. 24  The  evidence  is  undisputed 
about  the  duel  having  taken  place  on  Tucker's  property. 

Selection  of  a  site  in  North  Carolina  is  not  to  be  explained 
by  its  having  had  less  stringent  laws  against  duelling  than 
did  Virginia.25  Convenience  for  the  principals  and  the  rela- 
tive remoteness  from  general  curiosity  must  have  been  the 
controlling  factors  in  the  choice  of  the  Roanoke  River  site. 

23  Shortly  after  the  duel  one  of  Dromgoole's  political  advisers  in  Bruns- 
wick County  wrote  him  as  follows:  "Myself  alone,  as  far  as  I  have  heard, 
is  the  only  one  who  think  you  should  not  have  met  your  assailant  in  fair  or 
equal  combat.  The  disparity  was  too  wide — and  he  only  was  urged  to  the 
field  by  a  party  who  cared  not  a  groat  for  him,  but  wished  only  to  use  him 
to  destroy  you.  .  .  ."  Letter,  R.  R.  Brown  to  George  C.  Dromgoole.  Decem- 
ber 2,  [mistakenly  written  "Novr"  in  the  letter]  1837,  Edward  Dromgoole 
Papers.  Just  what  was  this  wide  disparity?  Was  Dugger  an  older  man? 
Probably  not.  A  poorer  shot?  Monitor  seems  to  take  a  contrary  view.  Or 
was  this  a  reference  to  Dromgoole's  acquired  proficiency  with  smooth  bore 
and  hair-trigger  pistols? 

24  Weeks,  "The  Code  in  North  Carolina,"  453. 

25  North  Carolina  had  first  enacted  anti-duelling  laws  after  Richard 
Dobbs  Speight  was  killed  in  1802.  The  North  Carolina  Code  of  1837  re- 
enacted  the  prohibition,  Weeks,  "The  Code  in  North  Carolina,"  443-444. 
See  Guion  Griffis  Johnson,  Ante  Bellum  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill, 
North  Carolina:  University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1937),  43-45. 


336  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  day  selected  for  the  meeting  was  Monday,  November 
6. 26  ".  .  .  Mr.  Dugger  reached  Mr.  Tucker's  about  two  days 
before  the  appointed  time,  coming  direct  from  New  York. 
He  brought  neither  surgeon  nor  weapons." 

On  the  eve  of  the  appointed  day,  Dr.  W.  W.  Wilkins, 27  a 
physician  residing  near  Gaston,  received  a  note  from  Dr.  F.  W. 
Harrison, 28  asking  him  to  put  aside  all  engagements  and  meet 
him  at  Mr.  Alex.  Harrison's.  He  did  so,  and  on  reaching  the  place 
found  Gen.  Dromgoole,  Mr.  Haines  and  Dr.  Harrison.  Dr. 
Harrison  took  him  aside  and  told  him  why  he  sent  for  him: 
That  Mr.  Dugger  was  at  Mr.  Tucker's  and  that  he  knew  Dr. 
Wilkins  to  be  a  personal  friend  of  both  parties,  and  a  political 
compatriot  [Whig]  of  Mr.  Dugger;  that  unaided  the  responsi- 
bility was  too  much  for  him  to  bear,  and  asked  his  professional 
assistance,  as  Mr.  Dugger  had  brought  no  surgeon  with  him. 
Dr.  Wilkins  made  some  inquiries  looking  to  peace,  but  found 
matters  had  gone  too  far  to  be  stopped. 

The  next  morning  the  three  gentlemen  [Dromgoole,  Haines, 
and  Dr.  Harrison]  in  a  carriage,  and  Dr.  Wilkins  in  his  gig, 
repaired  to  the  designated  place.  In  a  few  minutes  Messrs. 
Dugger  and  Tucker  came  on  the  ground  with  a  wagon  in  which 
there  was  a  bed,  for  either  party  that  might  require  it. 

The  place  selected  was  a  level  plateau  on  the  banks  of  the 
Roanoke  River,  as  smooth  as  a  carpet  and  covered  with  a  green 
sward. 

Mr.  Haines  was  in  the  ballroom  dress  of  the  period — lace 
ruffles  at  his  bosom  and  at  his  hands,  silk  stockings  and  pumps. 

The  parties  greeted  each  other  with  a  stern  and  polite  civility. 
Messrs.  Haines  and  Tucker  conferred  together  for  a  few  minutes 
and  agreed  upon  the  ground  and  stuck  up  the  pegs.  The  distance 
was  ten  paces,29  which  they  stepped  off  together.  They  then, 
in  the  presence  of  each  other,  loaded  the  pistols,  two  pairs  of 
which  Mr.  Haines  and  Gen.  Dromgoole  had  brought.  Mr.  Dugger 


^Scaevola,  November  17,  1837. 

27  See  footnote  39,  below. 

28  Frederick  William  Harrison  of  Eastville,  Virginia  (a  post  office  in 
either  Brunswick  or  Greensville  county),  received  an  A.B.  degree  from  the 
University  of  North  Carolina  in  1825,  a  M.A.  in  1832,  Alumni  Directory,  377. 

"Chapter  III  of  the  Code  states:  "5.  The  usual  distance  is  from  ten  to 
twenty  paces,  as  may  be  agreed  upon,  and  the  seconds  in  measuring  the 
ground  usually  step  three  feet."  A  footnote  in  the  annotated  edition  reports 
that  "Tape  line  is  used,"  Wilson,  Code  of  Honor,  12;  Dawson  Pamphlet,  40. 
Weeks'  statement  that  "the  parties  stood  four  paces  apart"  can  hardly  be 
credited,  Weeks,  "The  Code  in  North  Carolina,"  453. 


The  Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel  337 

came  unprovided.  A  coin  was  tossed  for  word  and  position.30 
Mr.  Tucker  won  the  word  and  Mr.  Haines  the  position. 

The  combatants  took  their  positions  and  the  seconds  handed 
each  a  pistol.  Mr.  Tucker  placed  himself  midway  between  the 
combatants  and  some  yards  out  of  the  line  of  fire.  Mr.  Haines 
advanced  to  the  remaining  case  of  loaded  pistols,  and  taking 
one  in  each  hand  placed  himself  in  a  similar  position  and  oppo- 
site to  Mr.  Tucker,  and  announced  how  the  word  would  be  given, 
in  a  clear  and  distinct  voice.31 

"Gentlemen,  are  you  ready?  If  prepared,  keep  silence.  If  not, 
speak.  Fire !-one-two-three.  Stop!  with  an  interval  of  about  a 
second  between  words."  This  explanation  he  followed  with  the 
declaration — 

"Should  either  of  you  fire  before  the  word  'fire,'  or  after  the 
word  'stop/  he  falls  by  my  hand." 32 

Both  men  were  as  cool  as  a  summer's  morn.  Mr.  Tucker  gave 
the  word.  There  was  but  one  report  as  heard  by  those  present. 
There  was  a  commingled  report  as  heard  by  those  at  a  little 
distance,  and  who  suspected  what  was  taking  place.  Who  fired 
the  first  shot  is  not  known. 

As  the  smoke  lifted  Mr.  Dugger  was  seen  to  stoop  forward, 
and  then  pitch  heavily  face  foremost  to  the  ground.  The  two 
surgeons  advanced  and  turned  him  over.  His  face  was  colorless 
and  his  lips  blue.  Gen.  Dromgoole  had  tried  to  shatter  his  pistol 
hand  or  break  his  arm.  The  charge  of  powder  was  probably  not 
sufficient  as  the  bullet  was  two  inches  too  low,  hitting  him  in  the 
arm  pit, 33  and,  from  subsequent  developments,  not  making  the 
usual  penetration  from  such  perfect  weapons.34 

30  "After  all  the  arrangements  are  made,  the  seconds  determine  the  giving 
of  the  word  and  the  position  by  lot,  and  he  who  gains  has  the  choice  of  the 
one  or  the  other,  and  selects  whether  it  be  the  word  or  position,  but  cannot 
have  both."  Wilson,  Code  of  Honor,  12;  Dawson  Pamphlet,  40. 

31  "When  the  principals  are  posted,  the  second  giving  the  word,  must 
tell  them  to  stand  firm  until  he  repeats  the  giving  of  the  word,  in  the 
manner  it  will  be  given  when  the  parties  are  at  liberty  to  fire."  Wilson, 
Code  of  Honor,  13;  Dawson  Pamphlet,  41. 

32  "Each  second  has  a  loaded  pistol,  in  order  to  enforce  a  fair  combat 
according  to  the  rules  agreed  on;  and  if  a  principal  fires  before  the  word 
or  time  agreed  on,  he  [the  second]  is  at  liberty  to  fire  at  him,  and  if  such 
second's  principal  fall,  it  is  his  duty  to  do  so."  Wilson,  Code  of  Honor,  13; 
Dawson  Pamphlet,  41.  Here  it  will  be  observed  that  the  participants  in  the 
Dugger-Dromgoole  affair  departed  from  the  procedure  prescribed  by  Wilson. 
Only  one  of  the  seconds  held  a  weapon  during  the  meeting,  and  that  second 
held  two  loaded  pistols. 

"^  Accounts  of  the  wound  are  in  general  agreement.  The  contemporary 
newspaper  report  said,  "Mr.  Dugger  received  the  ball  of  his  antagonist  in 
the  axilla  of  his  right  side."  Scaevola,  November  17,  1837.  Weeks  wrote 
"Dugger  received  the  ball  in  his  side  about  three  inches  below  the  arm-pit," 
"The  Code  in  North  Carolina,"  453. 

34  Of  the  weapons  Monitor  wrote :  "I  saw  these  pistols  many  years  after. 
They  were  the  most  beautiful  weapons  I  ever  saw.  They  belonged  to  Gen. 
Whittaker  of  North  Carolina  and  were  mounted  with  gold.  I  suppose  they 
must  have  cost  several  hundred  dollars.  They  had  two  sets  of  barrels,  one 
carrying  an  oz.,  and  the  other  an  V2  oz.  ball." 


338  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Mr.  Haines  stepped  up  in  front  of  Gen.  Dromgoole,  folded  his 
arms  and  stood  in  a  position  to  shield  him  from  a  view  of  his 
dying  adversary,  for  Mr.  Dugger  had  been  mortally  wounded. 

Mr.  Tucker  assisted  by  the  surgeons  started  to  remove  Mr. 
Dugger  to  the  wagon  and  bed.  When  about  midway,  General 
Dromgoole  gently  put  away  Mr.  Haines  and  called  to  Dr.  Wilkins, 
"Is  he  badly  hurt?" 

Dr.  Wilkins  replied — "I  fear  he  is,  sir.  I  do  not  think  he  will 
live  to  get  to  the  house." 

Upon  receiving  this  information,  Gen.  Dromgoole  exclaimed 
in  his  deep  and  resonant  voice — "I  regret  it  exceedingly!  I 
regret  it  exceedingly!" 

Gen.  Dromgoole  and  Mr.  Haines  then  left  the  field. 

Under  the  code  to  which  the  parties  had  resorted,  and  the 
cartel  of  the  challenged  party,  Mr.  Tucker  should  have  notified 
Mr.  Haines  of  his  principal's  [Dugger's]  condition.  By  failing  to 
do  so,  he  left  the  quarrel  open  for  renewal  upon  the  original 
cause.35  Had  [Mr.  Tucker  kept  Mr.  Haines  informed],  even  had 
Mr.  Dugger  survived,  it  would  have  been  a  finality,  the  terms 
would  have  been  complied  with.  (Mr.  Dugger  lived  twenty-one 
days,36  and  there  were  hopeful  periods.  During  one  of  these  he 
sent  to  ask  some  concessions  from  Gen.  Dromgoole.  Gen.  Drom- 
goole did  not  comply  and  was  notified  that  should  he,  Dugger, 
survive,  the  fight  would  be  renewed.)  37 

Haines  complained  bitterly  that  Tucker  did  not  inform  him  of 
Dugger's  condition,  charging  him  with  a  violation  of  his  own 
compact.  A  quarrel  ensued.  Haines  challenged  Tucker,  who 
declined  to  meet  him  on  the  grounds  that  he  was  not  his  social 
equal.  Even  his  friends  regarded  the  position  as  untenable. 
[Tucker]  had  waived  all  such  rights  when  he  consented  to  act 
with  [Haines]  as  Gen.  Dromgoole's  second  and  peer.  A  paper 
warfare  followed.  It  was  severe  and  sarcastic,  but  not  scurrilous 
or  abusive.  The  following  from  the  pen  of  the  journalist  [Haines] 
is  about  the  severest  thing  said:  "All  good  and  honorable  men 
cannot  but  regret  the  death  of  so  pure  a  gentleman  and  so  gallant 
a  man  as  Daniel  Dugger.  He  was  all  that  a  man  could  or  ought 
to  be — most  cruelly,  he  had  been  made  the  victim  of  false  friends 


35  This  seems  to  be  a  legalistic  interpretation  of  the  Code's  provisions. 
It  is  possible,  however,  that  the  "Terms  of  Meeting"  agreed  to  by  the 
parties  contained  more  specific  language  on  the  point  than  did  the  subse- 
quently printed  Code. 

36  On  this  point  there  is  no  reason  to  question  Monitor's  accuracy.  The 
Scaevola  on  November  17  (eleven  days  after  the  duel)  said,  "The  wound 
is  desperate  but  not  considered  mortal."  Weeks'  statement  that  Dugger 
"lived  until  the  next  morning"  is  in  error,  "The  Code  in  North  Carolina," 
453. 

37  This  seems  unusual  in  the  light  of  the  Code's  provision  that,  "If  after 
a  fire  either  party  be  touched,  the  duel  is  to  end  .  .  .  ."  Wilson,  Code  of 
Honor,  13;  Dawson  Pamphlet,  41. 


The  Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel  339 

for  their  own  bad  ends ;  but  for  Tom  Tucker,  he  reminds  me  of 
a  grandiloquent  magpie  chattering  over  the  torn  plumage  of  a 
dead  eagle." 

Having  quoted  Mr.  Haines'  newspaper  communication, 
Monitor  felt  it  wise  to  add: 

We  would  have  omitted  this  as  too  severe  upon  an  old  and  very 
dear  friend,  but  he  himself  [Tucker],  laughingly  told  it  to  us 
and  suggested  that  at  a  suitable  time  we  should  have  printed  all 
the  incidents  he  had  related,  and  thus  preserve  one  of  the  legends 
of  our  county. 

Of  Mr.  Haines  we  know  very  little,  and  of  his  subsequent  his- 
tory nothing.  He  had  formerly  been  the  keeper  of  a  "coffee 
house"  in  Petersburg.  At  the  time  of  which  we  speak,  he  was 
the  editor  of  a  Democratic  paper  of  that  city.  The  position  he 
filled  towards  Gen.  Dromgoole,  and  his  conduct  in  it,  bespeak 
the  gentleman,  and  a  man  of  political  prominence.  Throughout 
he  exhibited  conduct  and  character.  He  has  been  described  as  a 
tall  fine  looking  man,  with  a  military  bearing.  In  this  hostile 
meeting  his  deportment  was  rigidly  polite  and  formal. 

Haines  and  the  General  remained  on  close  terms.  Among 
the  surviving  Dromgoole  papers  can  be  found  a  number  of 
letters  written  by  Haines  from  Petersburg  in  the  years  follow- 
ing the  duel.  His  newspaper,  The  Constellation,  seemed  con- 
stantly in  difficulties  of  a  financial  nature.  Even  in  his  letter 
to  Dromgoole  about  arrangements  for  the  duel  Haines  could 
not  resist  telling  the  General  about  his  own  personal  affairs: 

I  am  happy  to  say  to  you  that  my  health  is  fine,  my  spirits  light 
as  a  feather  and  my  hopes  high  for  a  speedy  and  satisfactory 
adjustment  of  my  pecuniary  affairs — for  the  renovation  of  my 
paper  and  for  the  triumph  of  those  principles  it  is  our  mutual 
pride  and  pleasure  to  advocate.38 

"Of  the  other  participants"  in  the  affair  on  Roanoke  River, 
Monitor  wrote,  "we  know  more.  ..." 

The  gentleman  who  was  the  involuntary  witness,  and  present 
for  humanity's  sake,  we  knew  from  our  childhood.  Dr.  W.  W, 
Wilkins  had  been  professionally  educated  in  France,  and  subse- 

38  Letter,  H[iram]  Haines  to  George  C.  Dromgoole,  October  12,  1837, 
Edward  Dromgoole  Papers. 


340  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

quently  studied  the  post-graduate's  course  in  the  schools   of 
Paris.  He  was  a  most  accomplished  gentleman.  .  .  ,39 

William  Henry  Embry  Merritt,  the  Whig  whom  Monitor 
called  "the  advising  friend"  to  Dugger,  died  in  1884,  "and  in 
the  eighty-fourth  year  of  his  age.  .  .  ." 


40 


When  more  than  eighty  he  said  to  [Monitor],  that  he  had 
frequently  canvassed  with  himself  the  advice  he  had  given  Mr. 
Dugger,  and  that  he  could  find  nothing  in  it  for  which  to  reproach 
himself.  It  was  true  that  his  friend  had  fallen.  For  that  he 
sorrowed  exceedingly ;  but  there  were  times  in  the  lives  of  most 
men  when  sacrifices  had  to  be  made,  and  guided  by  the  lights 
given,  it  was  best  to  accept  the  lesser,  when  one  of  two  evils 
was  inevitable.  . .  .41 

One  of  the  most  puzzling  of  the  participants  was  Thomas 
Goode  Tucker.  At  the  University  of  Virginia  he  had  been  a 
college  mate  of  Edgar  Allan  Poe.  Later  he  wrote  an  account 
of  Poe's  college  days  that  has  been  much  relied  on  by  the 

39  William  Webb  Wilkins  (1803-1858),  son  of  William  Wyche  Wilkins 
(1768-1840)  and  Elizabeth  (Raines)  Wilkins  (1776-1811),  before  studying 
in  Paris,  attended  the  University  of  North  Carolina  (1817-1818),  Yale 
(A.B.,  1822),  and  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  (M.D.,  1825).  In  1829  he 
married  Mary  Ann  Beasley.  His  second  wife,  to  whom  he  was  married  in 
1841,  was  Monitor's  older  sister,  Louisa  Gray  Lewis.  "The  life  of  a  country 
physician  proved  distasteful  to  him,  and  he  abandoned  it  early  as  he  had 
ample  means,"  wrote  Monitor.  "He  died  in  Lawrenceville  .  .  .  although  he 
then  lived  in  Richmond.  He  is  still  remembered  as  a  tall  and  handsome 
man,  seclusive  in  his  habits  and  tastes,  perfect  in  his  business  dealings 
and  relations  with  his  fellows,  somewhat  reticent,  but  a  very  prince  in 
politeness  and  a  king  at  the  dinner  table."  See  Wilkins  Papers,  Southern 
Historical  Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina  Library,  Chapel  Hill, 
and  Dr.  Wilkins's  medical  fee  book  in  the  Manuscript  Collection,  Duke 
University  Library,  Durham. 

40  "He  belonged  to  a  type  that  has  passed  away.  Educated  when  boys 
were  made  to  study,  he  preserved  his  knowledge  and  taste  for  the  classics. 
In  the  quietude  of  his  own  home  he  was  oftener  seen  with  a  Latin  or  Greek 
author  in  his  hand  than  some  book  of  the  period.  The  writer  [Monitor] 
heard  one  of  the  principal  men  of  the  county,  now  long  past  the  meridian 
of  life,  say  that  he  had  known  him  all  his  life  and  never  saw  him  angry. 
.  .  .  By  those  who  knew  him  best,  it  was  said,  that  the  feeling  of  fear  he 
never  knew,  and  occasions  that  inspired  terror  in  others  left  him  placid 
and  unruffled."  In  the  Manuscript  Collection  of  the  Duke  University 
Library  there  are  a  number  of  letters  and  papers  concerning  Merritt  and 
his  family. 

41  It  hardly  seems  possible  that  such  a  man  as  Monitor  describes  Merritt 
to  have  been  could  have  been  the  person  of  whom  Dromgoole's  political 
advisor,  R.  R.  Brown,  wrote:  "[Dugger]  only  was  urged  to  the  field  by  a 
party  who  cared  not  a  groat  for  him,  but  wished  to  use  him  to  destroy  you. 
There  is  a  gang  in  &  around  Lawrenceville  as  I  have  said  who  would  glory 
in  your  downfall  .  .  .  .  "  Letter,  R.  R.  Brown  to  George  C  Dromgoole, 
December  2,  1837,  Edward  Dromgoole  Papers. 


The  Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel  341 

poet's  biographers.42  Until  shortly  before  the  duel  Tucker 
lived  in  Lawrenceville  and  practiced  law,  but  by  1837,  hav- 
ing come  into  some  substantial  property,  he  had  moved  to  a 
new  plantation  on  the  Roanoke  River  in  Northampton  Coun- 

In  the  heat  of  the  aftermath  of  the  duel,  when  Haines  had 
challenged  Tucker  and  Tucker  had  refused  to  meet  him,  and 
Haines  had  lashed  out  at  Tucker  in  the  newspapers,  Dr. 
Edward  Dromgoole,  the  General's  brother,  reported  to  the 
absent  congressman: 

On  Monday  week  I  attended  Brunswick  Court.  Things  so  far  as 
I  could  learn  were  peaceable,  and  it  was  thought  by  some  of  your 
friends  that  Mr.  Haynes  [sic]  last  communication  would  shut 
the  mouth  of  the  Magpie  who  had  taken  shelter  under  the  plu- 
mage of  a  Dead  Eagle.  The  Magpie  I  fear  is  no  Gentleman  (this 
between  us).  . .  ,43 

Yet  it  is  of  this  same  "magpie,"  Mr.  Tucker,  that  Monitor 
wrote: 

When  fate  endowed  him  with  fortune,  she  deprived  us  of  a 
lawyer,  a  statesman  and,  had  opportunity  served,  a  soldier,  to 
make  a  perfect  specimen  of  the  country  gentleman  and  literary 
voluptuary.  At  eighty,  with  every  faculty  as  bright  as  at  forty, 
he  was  ready  to  discuss  any  question  of  politics,  science,  litera- 
ture or  law ;  or  at  the  blast  of  the  horn  in  the  morning,  to  mount 
"Lord  Elgin,"  his  thoroughbred  stallion,  and  keep  pace  with  his 
hounds,  the  pedigree  of  each  known  for  twenty  generations.  The 
most  pacific  of  men,  he  believed  in  the  "Code"  and  was  a  terror 
to  that  monster,  the  neighborhood  bully.  A  believer  in  caste,  his 
hospitality  was  too  strong  for  his  prejudice,  and  [he]  was  a 
democrat  in  his  home.  In  fact  he  was  a  mass  of  the  most  delight- 
ful anomalies  and  curious  incongruities.  While  the  green  grass 
grows  and  the  water  runs  and  the  sound  of  the  horn  is  heard  on 
the  hill,  let  him  be  remembered  by  all  men  of  kindred  tastes  and 
gentlemanly  instincts. 


42  "Edgar  Allan  Poe  while  a  Student  at  the  University  of  Virginia," 
referred  to  by  Hervey  Allen  in  Israfel  (New  York:  Farrar  and  Rinehart, 
single  volume  edition,  1934),  126-127,  as  being  Mr.  Tucker's  "too  complete 
memories." 

43  Letter,  Edward  Dromgoole  [Jr.]  to  George  C.  Dromgoole,  March  6, 
1838,  George  C.  Dromgoole  Papers,  Manuscript  Collection,  Duke  Univer- 
sity Library. 


342  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

"It  was  from  these  gentlemen,"  wrote  Monitor,  "that  we 
learned  the  circumstances  of  the  duel  as  narrated,  and  should 
they  be  printed,  a  promise  will  be  fulfilled." 

But  what  of  Daniel  Dugger  the  victim?  Monitor  could 
only  say, 

Mr.  Dugger  passed  away  before  we  were  capable  of  a  personal 
knowledge.  But  we  have  known  many  who  knew  him  well.  He 
was  a  quiet  and  unassuming  man  of  excellent  sense,  and  a  very 
warm,  lovable  and  loving  disposition.  He  had  the  respect  of  all 
in  every  relation  of  life :  In  that  of  husband,  parent,  friend  and 
citizen.  His  death  begat  a  lifelong  antagonism  on  the  part  of 
many  former  friends  of  Gen.  Dromgoole.  He  left  several  sons, 
but  what  has  become  of  his  family  generally,  we  do  not  know. 

It  is  odd  that  Monitor  should  have  been  ignorant  on  this 
point  when,  as  matters  happened,  he  was  never  far  from 
Dugger's  sons  himself.  On  the  day  the  duel  was  fought,  No- 
vember 6,  1837,  Dugger  executed  a  holographic  will  in  the 
form  of  a  letter  to  his  wife.  ( It  is  interesting  to  speculate  on 
why  he  waited  until  the  day  of  the  meeting  before  he  did 
this. )  He  spoke  of  the  confusion  of  his  business  affairs,  his  af- 
fection for  his  family,  and  his  eagerness  to  insure  the  security 
and  education  of  his  children.44  Writing  in  1891,  Stephen  B. 
Weeks  stated  that  after  Dugger's  death  General  Dromgoole 
"supported  the  widow  of  Mr.  Dugger  and  educated  his  two 
sons,  the  late  Macon  T.  Dugger  and  the  late  Captain  John  E. 
Dugger  of  Warrenton.  .  .  .  " 45 

Whether  or  not  the  support  came  from  Dromgoole,  it  is 
true  that  Captain  John  Edward  Dugger  was  graduated  from 
the  University  of  North  Carolina  in  1857  and  his  brother, 
Macon  Tucker  Dugger,  in  1858.  It  is  also  true  that  Captain 
Dugger  taught  school  privately  in  Warrenton  and  died  there 
in  1887. 46 


44  This  letter  was  admitted  to  probate  in  January,  1838,  as  Dugger's 
will  and  is  recorded  in  Brunswick  County  (Virginia)  Will  Book  13  at 
page  204. 

46  Weeks,  "The  Code  in  North  Carolina,"  453. 

46  Alumni  Directory,  244.  See  also  Lizzie  Wilson  Montgomery,  Sketches 
of  Old  Warrenton  (Raleigh,  North  Carolina:  Edwards  and  Broughton, 
1924),  193,  240-241. 


The  Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel  343 

Now  finally,  what  of  the  subsequent  career  of  George  C. 
Dromgoole  himself?  What  effect  did  the  duel  produce  on  his 
political  ambitions? 

As  soon  as  possible  after  the  duel  it  appears  that  General 
Dromgoole  returned  to  his  duties  in  Washington.  Whether 
he  resorted  to  the  bottle  is,  of  course,  a  matter  of  conjecture, 
but  the  letters  he  began  to  receive  from  the  district  make  it 
clear  that  this  possibility  had  not  been  overlooked  by  his  con- 
stituents. One  of  his  Democratic  supporters  living  in  Bruns- 
wick, R.  R.  Brown,  spoke  with  a  sharpness  that  rings  with 
truth.  Less  than  a  month  after  the  duel  and  only  a  few  days 
after  Dugger's  death  Brown  wrote  Dromgoole: 

Take  care  of  yourself  &  your  friends  here  will  take  care  of  you 
— There  is  a  strong  current  against  you  &  the  Whigs  will  turn 
every  thing  growing  out  of  your  late  unfortunate  affair  to  your 
prejudice,  especially  those  in  and  around  Lawrenceville.  No 
person  can  possibly  blame  you  for  your  course,  for  all  admit  you 
were  bound  to  do  what  you  did  do.  Myself  alone,  as  far  as  I 
have  heard,  is  the  only  one  who  think  you  should  not  have  met 
your  assailant  in  fair  or  equal  combat.  The  disparity  was  too 
wide — and  he  only  was  urged  to  the  field  by  a  party  who  cared 
not  a  groat  for  him,  but  wished  only  to  use  him  to  destroy  you — 
There  is  a  gang  in  &  around  Lawrenceville  as  I  have  said  who 
would  glory  in  your  downfall,  &  they  have  already  predicted 
you'l  [sic]  destroy  yourself  by  intemperance.  You  must  keep 
cool  during  this  cession  [sic]  of  Congress.  You  must  take  an  ac- 
tive part  in  all  important  questions  &  you  must  make  speeches. 
Then  &  not  till  then  will  the  people  here  be  satisfied  with  you  as 
their  representative.  Take  care  of  yourself  while  in  Washington. 
For  your  indiscretions  are  sent  back  to  the  district.  I  write 
frankly  but  not  more  so  than  sincerely.  Let  me  hear  from  you 
often.47 

Dromgoole  answered  Brown's  letter  promptly,  pledging 
himself  to  a  course  of  personal  conduct  calculated  to  improve 

*7  Beneath  Brown's  signature  on  this  letter  is  written  "Novr  2nd  1837" 
but  the  postmark  was  "White  Plains,  Va.  8  Dec.  1837."  White  Plains  is 
a  crossroads  in  southern  Brunswick  County.  The  "late  unfortunate  affair" 
was  fought  on  November  6,  1837.  Thus  it  seems  plain  that  Brown  made  a 
common  mistake  in  dating  his  letter.  It  should  have  been  dated  "December 
2."  See  letter,  R.  R.  Brown  to  George  C.  Dromgoole,  December  2,  1837, 
Edward  Dromgoole  Papers. 


344  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

his  political  position.  On  December  29,  Brown  again  ad- 
dressed the  General: 

...  I  have  nothing  new  to  give  you — farther  than  to  impress 
upon  you  the  necessity  not  only  for  yourself  personally,  but  to 
give  satisfaction  &  confidence  in  you  to  your  party  in  the  District 
that  you  strictly  adhere  to  the  advice  in  my  letter  to  you  which 
you  acknowledged  to  have  rec'd  on  the  18th  Inst.  If  you  adhere 
rigidly  to  the  course  laid  down  in  your  letter  to  me  there  will  be 
a  reaction  in  the  district  in  your  favor  that  no  man  will  be  able 
to  contend  with  you.  Your  best  friends  had  begun  to  dispair  of 
you  and  it  will  depend  wholly  upon  yourself  this  winter  whether 
you  continue  to  represent  this  district  if  you  wish  it.48 

In  the  Congressional  elections  of  1838  Dromgoole  was  re- 
elected. This  is  fair  testimony  of  his  behavior  and  its  effect 
in  the  district.  In  1840  he  declined  to  run,  but  he  was  re- 
elected in  1842,  1844,  and  1846,  despite  some  evidence  that 
as  late  as  1843  he  was  still  unable  to  withstand  the  lures  of 
the  bottle.  (He  is  supposed  to  have  taken  the  "Temperance 
Vow"  that  year  at  the  instigation  of  the  distinguished  Thomas 
Ritchie,49  but  whether  he  was  able  to  keep  it  remains  unre- 
ported.) We  know  that  he  died  on  April  17,  1847,  just  a 
month  short  of  his  fiftieth  birthday,50  and  we  have  Monitor's 
word  for  the  fact  that  his  fellow  citizens  felt  "the  perfect 
fruition"  of  General  Dromgoole's  "manhood  was  marred"  by 
his  duel  with  Dugger,  that  he  was  "a  victim  to  the  public 
sentiment  of  the  times." 

"We  boast  of  our  civilization,"  wrote  Monitor,  "and  speak 
of  the  'duello'  as  suicide  and  murder.  We  dare  not  gainsay 
the  saint  as  against  the  sinner,  even  if  the  day  still  be  distant 

48  Letter,  R.  R.  Brown  to  George  C.  Dromgoole,  December  29,  1837, 
Edward  Dromgoole  Papers. 

"Letter,  Thomas  Ritchie  to  Edward  Dromgoole,  May  30,  1848,  Edward 
Dromgoole  Papers.  Pertinent  portions  of  this  letter  to  General  Dromgoole's 
nephew  and  administrator  read  as  follows:  ".  .  .  may  I  ask  the  favor  of 
you  to  look  for  a  letter  which  I  addressed  to  [General  Dromgoole]  in 
January  or  February  of  1843  or  '44,  probably  the  former  year.  It  relates 
to  the  delicate  subject  of  his  habits,  and  nothing  but  my  profound  respect 
for  Gen.  Dromgoole  could  have  prompted  me  to  write  it.  The  General  had 
the  good  sense  to  appreciate  my  motives — for  within  10  or  14  days  after 
I  had  written  it,  he  informed  me  by  letter  that  he  had  taken  the  Temperance 
Vow.  .  .  ." 

50  See  p.  328,  n.  5  above. 


The  Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel  345 

when  the  lion  will  lie  down  with  the  lamb.  A  custom  recog- 
nized by  such  men  [as  the  participants  in  this  affair]  to  keep 
the  world  pliant  to  the  touch  of  honor  cannot  be  all  bad.  .  .  ." 
Monitor  would  probably  have  agreed  with  the  verdict  of 
his  South  Carolina  contemporary  who  wrote, 

.  .  .  the  duello  was  the  aesthetic  mode  of  settling  all  difficulties 
among  gentlemen.  The  stringent  laws  of  the  present  day  have 
pretty  well  put  an  end  to  this  mode  of  wiping  out  insults,  and 
the  Code  can  now  only  be  bought  in  some  old  bookstore.  The 
silver-mounted,  smooth  bore  duelling  pistols  have  given  way  to 
the  rifled  barreled  revolvers,  and  quick  snap  shooting  on  the 
street  [has]  superseded  the  old  fashioned  ten  paces :  "fire — one, 
two,  three,  stop" ;  and  handshaking,  if  alive,  and  a  champagne 
supper  to  cement  the  treaty  of  peace.  The  formality  of  a  chal- 
lenge is  now  out  of  fashion  and  the  hip-pocket  is  now  inserted 
in  every  man's  trousers.  Both  methods  are  barbarous,  but  I  am 
inclined  to  think  that  the  old  time  method  was  the  least  so,  as 
it  gave  one  time  to  make  his  will  and  hope  for  an  apology.  .  .  .51 


51  Arney  R.  Childs  (ed.),  Rice  Planter  and  Sportsman,  The  Recollections 
of  J.  Motte  Alston,  1821-1909  (Columbia,  South  Carolina:  University  of 
South  Carolina  Press,  1953),  21. 


GIFFORD  PINCHOT  AT  BILTMORE 

By  Harold  T.  Pinkett 

The  estate  acquired  and  developed  by  George  W.  Vander- 
bilt  at  Biltmore  in  western  North  Carolina  is  a  historic  site  in 
the  annals  of  American  forestry  mainly  because  of  the  pio- 
neering work  of  two  eminent  foresters,  Gifford  Pinchot  and 
Carl  A.  Schenck.  The  activities  of  Schenck,  the  first  resident 
forester  on  the  estate  and  founder  of  the  first  forest  school  in 
the  United  States,  have  been  described  recently  in  an  in- 
formative and  provocative  book  entitled  The  Biltmore  Story.1 
However,  the  work  of  Pinchot  at  Biltmore  which  blazed  the 
trail  for  Schenck  has  been  mentioned  only  briefly  or  errat- 
ically in  accounts  of  American  forestry  and  local  history.  His 
own  accounts,  though  informative,  lack  some  important  de- 
tails. 2 

On  February  2,  1892,  Pinchot  arrived  at  Biltmore  to  begin 
an  urgent  and  unique  experiment.  In  a  contract  with  George 
W.  Vanderbilt,  providing  an  annual  salary  of  $2,500,  he  had 
agreed  to  make  a  plan  for  th,e  management  of  Biltmore  For- 
est and  to  superintend  the  preparation  of  an  exhibit  of  this 
forest  for  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  to  be  held  at 
Chicago.3  He  had  been  selected  for  this  job  apparently  on 
the  recommendation  of  Frederick  Law  Olmsted,  the  famous 
landscape  architect,  who  was  Vanderbilt's  principal  adviser 
in  the  planning  of  the  Biltmore  Estate.  The  preparation  of  a 
management  plan  for  an  American  forest  in  1892  was  a  task 
to  be  undertaken  without  any  precedent  and  with  little  rele- 
vant information.  Yet  it  was  a  project  urgently  needed  to 
demonstrate  the   practicality    of  scientific   forestry   in   the 

1  Carl  A.  Schenck,  The  Biltmore  Story:  Recollections  of  the  Beginning 
of  Forestry  in  the  United  States  (American  Forest  History  Foundation: 
St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  1955.  Pp.  224). 

2  See  Gifford  Pinchot,  Breaking  New  Ground  (New  York,  1947),  47-69, 
hereinafter  cited  as  Pinchot,  Breaking  New  Ground;  and  Biltmore  Forest 
(Chicago,  1893.  Pp.  49),  hereinafter  cited  as  Pinchot,  Biltmore  Forest. 

3  Agreement  between  Pinchot  and  Vanderbilt,  January  25,  1892,  Gifford 
Pinchot  Manuscripts,  Library  of  Congress,  Washington,  D.  C,  hereinafter 
cited  as  Pinchot  Manuscripts. 

[346] 


GlFFORD  PlNCHOT  AT  BlLTMORE  347 

United  States  and  to  broaden  the  movement  for  the  preser- 
vation of  American  forests.  Fortunately,  it  was  a  task  to 
which  Pinchot  could  bring  some  unique  training  and  valu- 
able experience. 

After  graduating  from  Yale  University  in  1889  Pinchot 
became  the  first  American  to  choose  forestry  as  a  profession. 
He  did  so  despite  the  advice  of  government  officials  and  edu- 
cators who  considered  scientific  forest  management  in  the 
United  States  as  something  beyond  the  realm  of  practical 
affairs.  Since  there  was  hardly  any  organized  instruction  in 
forestry  in  America  he  studied  this  subject  in  France,  Ger- 
many, and  Switzerland  during  1889  and  1890.  This  European 
study  was  guided  largely  by  Sir  Dietrich  Brandis,  founder  of 
forestry  in  British  India  and  perhaps  the  greatest  forester 
of  his  time.  Sir  Dietrich,  who  had  obtained  some  familiarity 
with  American  forest  conditions  through  correspondence  and 
reports,  was  immediately  impressed  by  Pinchot's  earnestness 
and  readily  consented  to  show  him  the  way  to  scientific 
forestry. 

Returning  home  in  December,  1890,  young  Pinchot  found 
his  country  without  a  single  acre  of  public  or  private  land 
under  systematic  forest  management.  He  observed  some 
public  spirited  citizens  protesting  against  the  ruthless  de- 
struction of  forests  by  lumbermen  and  other  timber  users. 
He  admired  their  efforts  to  preserve  a  great  natural  resource 
but  considered  their  protest  virtually  futile,  since  it  often  ap- 
peared directed  toward  stopping  the  essential  practice  of 
lumbering  rather  than  regulating  it  and  assuring  its  future. 
The  job  was  not  to  stop  the  ax,  as  he  saw  it,  but  rather  to 
control  its  use.4 

The  first  opportunity  to  make  practical  use  of  his  training 
came  in  January,  1891,  when  he  was  hired  by  the  firm  of 
Phelps,  Dodge  and  Company  to  make  a  preliminary  examina- 
tion of  its  white  pine  and  hemlock  lands  in  Pennsylvania 
and  report  on  the  possibility  of  practicing  forestry  on  them. 
Shortly  thereafter  he  accompanied  B.  E.  Fernow,  the  Federal 
Government's  chief  forester,  on  a  trip  to  examine  timberlands 

*  Pinchot,  Breaking  New  Ground,  29. 


348  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

in  Mississippi  and  Arkansas.  A  few  months  later  he  was  on 
another  inspection  trip  for  Phelps,  Dodge  and  Company 
which  carried  him  to  the  West  Coast  and  Canada.  Within 
six  months  after  his  return  from  Europe  he  had  seen  some- 
thing of  forests  in  thirty-one  states  and  Canada  and  had  act- 
ually examined  them  in  nine  states.  Such  was  his  preparation 
for  the  task  at  Biltmore. 

When  Pinchot  arrived  at  the  Biltmore  Estate  in  1892,  the 
developing  of  this  property,  which  was  to  make  it  one  of 
America's  most  luxurious  country  residences,  had  already 
begun.  Under  the  architectural  direction  of  Richard  M.  Hunt 
the  massive  limestone  walls  of  Biltmore  House  were  rising 
as  if  to  challenge  the  grandeur  of  nearby  mountains.  The 
estate  lying  southeast  of  Asheville  stretched  six  miles  along 
the  banks  of  the  French  Broad  River  and  covered  more  than 
7,000  acres.  Through  its  northeast  corner  ran  the  Swannanoa 
River  toward  its  junction  with  the  French  Broad.  Broken, 
hilly  land  alternated  with  broad  alluvial  bottoms  of  the  two 
rivers. 

By  1892  much  forest  land  around  the  site  selected  for  Bilt- 
more House  had  begun  to  be  consolidated  into  a  large  holding 
as  a  result  of  Vanderbilt's  purchases  from  a  number  of  small 
landholders.  These  persons  compelled  by  economic  necessity 
to  exploit  fully  their  scantily  productive  lands  had  resorted 
to  destructive  practices.  They  had  cut  most  of  the  trees  which 
could  be  used  or  sold  as  fuel,  fence  wood,  or  saw  logs.  Thus 
the  best  species  had  been  removed  and  the  inferior  ones 
had  remained  to  seed  the  ground  and  perpetuate  their  kind. 
Moreover,  in  accordance  with  a  long-established  practice  the 
small  landholders  had  burned  the  woods  each  year  under 
the  belief  that  better  pasturage  was  thus  obtained  the  fol- 
lowing year.  In  this  way  much  of  the  fertility  of  the  soil  had 
been  destroyed.  Young  trees  which  grew  up  in  many  places 
had  been  cut  back  year  after  year  by  the  grazing  of  cattle. 
Thus  Pinchot  on  his  arrival  at  Biltmore  found  the  condition 
of  a  large  part  of  the  forest  "deplorable  in  the  extreme. "  The 
timber  stands  that  survived  these  destructive  practices  were 
dominated  by  varied  species  of  oak,  shortleaf  pine,  and  chest- 


GlFFORD  PlNCHOT  AT  BlLTMORE  349 

nut.  Most  of  the  stands  were  broken  and  irregular  and  varied 
greatly  in  size  and  age.5 

Although  he  was  given  a  free  hand  to  inaugurate  manage- 
ment of  the  Biltmore  Estate's  forest,  subject  only  to  Vander- 
bilt's  control,  Pinchot's  work  was  affected  inevitably  by  con- 
siderations of  the  general  purpose  of  the  estate  as  a  country 
residence  with  its  gardens,  farms,  deer  park,  and  roads.  His 
management  was,  therefore,  subject  to  checks  in  instances 
where  silvicultural  measures  were  considered  to  conflict  with 
landscape,  farming,  recreational,  or  other  estate  purposes. 
Despite  these  restrictions,  the  young  forester  began  work 
at  Biltmore  with  the  hope  and  zeal  of  a  missionary.  His  de- 
cision to  undertake  the  work,  he  declared,  was  largely  in- 
fluenced by  the  often  expressed  opinion  of  Sir  Dietrich 
Brandis  that  forest  management  in  the  United  States  must 
begin  through  private  enterprise  and  his  own  feeling  that 
the  Chicago  exposition  would  present  a  good  opportunity 
to  make  known  the  beginning  of  "practical  forestry." 6  If  for- 
est management  could  be  made  profitable  at  Biltmore,  it 
could  be  made  so  in  almost  any  part  of  the  Southern  Appa- 
lachians. Indeed  his  hope  led  him  to  assert:  "The  more  I 
know  of  the  conditions  the  more  thoroughly  satisfied  I  am 
that  if  Biltmore  forest  is  a  success,  I  need  not  fear  to  under- 
take the  management  of  any  piece  of  forest  land  that  I  have 
seen  in  the  United  States."  7 

Compilation  of  detailed  data  concerning  forest  conditions 
on  the  estate  was  Pinchot's  first  step.  This  was  facilitated  by 
an  extensive  topographical  survey  of  the  property  which  had 
already  been  made.  The  survey  had  divided  the  estate  into 
squares  of  500  feet.  The  squares  were  used  as  units  of  de- 
scription and  pertinent  silvicultural  data  were  recorded  in 
a  card  catalogue.  Using  this  information  Pinchot  divided 
the  forest  area  into  ninety-two  compartments,  averaging 
about  forty-two  acres  each  and  delimited  by  ridges,  streams, 
hollows,  or  roads.    For  management  purposes  he  grouped 


5  Pinchot,  Biltmore  Forest,  10-14. 

6  Pinchot  to  Sir  Dietrich  Brandis,  February  2,  1892,  Pinchot  Manuscripts. 

7  Pinchot  to  Sir  Dietrich  Brandis,  March  5,  1892,  Pinchot  Manuscripts. 


350  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

these  compartments  into  three  blocks,  one  situated  west  of 
the  French  Broad  River  and  two  east  of  it.8 

The  general  purposes  of  the  pioneering  forestry  work  at 
Biltmore  were  to  promote  the  profitable  production  of  timber, 
provide  a  nearly  constant  annual  yield,  and  improve  the  con- 
dition of  the  forest.  The  effort  to  accomplish  these  purposes 
began  with  so-called  "improvement  cuttings"  in  parts  of  the 
forest  where  old  trees  were  sufficiently  numerous  and  the 
younger  ones  sufficiently  vigorous  to  enable  profitable  lumb- 
ering. In  these  cuttings  Pinchot  had  to  instruct  his  forest  as- 
sistants and  woods  crews  to  fell  timber  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  least  harm  would  come  to  the  future  forest.  This 
point  of  view,  which  emphasized  regard  for  future  use  as 
well  as  for  immediate  profit,  was  new  in  American  lumber- 
ing. Demonstration  and  acceptance  of  the  value  of  this  new 
view  were  important  for  the  successful  introduction  of  scien- 
tific forestry  into  the  United  States  and  establishment  of  the 
idea  that  the  fight  for  forest  preservation  in  the  1890's  was 
not  necessarily  incompatible  with  the  profitable  use  of  forests. 

Although  Pinchot  was  convinced  of  the  scientific  propriety 
and  educational  value  of  careful  timber  cuttings,  he  was  by 
no  means  certain  that  the  timber  produced  by  them  could 
compete  successfully  with  that  provided  by  traditional  lumb- 
ering methods.  Early  in  his  work  he  was  disturbed  by  the 
doubtful  outlook  for  immediate  "money  returns"  from  the 
forest.  He  stated:  "There  is  so  much  good  lumber  in  the 
mountains,  it  is  comparatively  so  cheap  and  our  own  is  so 
distinctly  poor,  that  we  shall  certainly  be  unable  to  do  more 
than  supply  a  little  inferior  sawn  lumber  and  some  fire  wood 
for  the  local  market  and  engage  in  the  wood-distilling  in- 
dustry/'9 Moreover,  his  hopes  were  not  raised  any  higher 
by  this  gloomy  opinion  of  the  Federal  Government's  chief 
forester:  "If  you  can  make  forestry  profitable  at  Biltmore 
within  the  next  ten  years,  I  shall  consider  you  the  wisest 
forester  and  financier  of  the  age.' 


10 


8  Pinchot,  Biltmore  Forest,  22  ff . 

9  Pinchot  to  Sir  Dietrich  Brandis,  February  25,  1892.  Pinchot  Manuscripts. 

10  B.  E.  Fernow  to  Pinchot,  September  19,  1892,  Records  of  the  Forest 
Service,  National  Archives,  Washington,  D.  C,  hereinafter  cited  as  Records 
of  the  Forest  Service. 


GlFFORD  PlNCHOT  AT  BlLTMORE  351 

During  his  first  two  years  at  Biltmore  Pinchot  was  fortunate 
in  finding  a  ready  market  for  cordwood  and  sawed  lumber 
on  the  estate  itself  where  large  quantities  of  wood  were  need- 
ed for  the  kilns  of  the  brickworks,  maintenance  of  a  branch 
railroad  running  to  Biltmore  House,  and  various  construc- 
tion projects.  Because  of  this  situation  the  forestry  work  by 
the  end  of  1893  showed  a  favorable  financial  balance.  Dur- 
ing that  year  receipts  for  wood  and  lumber  sold  and  the 
value  of  wood  on  hand  amounted  to  $11,324.19.  Expenses 
for  the  work  (exclusive  of  his  own  salary)  amounted  to 
$10,103.63.n  Thus  Pinchot  was  able  to  announce  "a  balance 
of  $1,220.56  on  the  side  of  practical  Forestry— conservative 
lumbering  that  left  a  growing  forest  behind  it." 12  These  cut- 
tings were  continued  for  several  years  thereafter  and  pro- 
duced annually  about  3,000  cords  of  firewood.  This  wood  was 
sold  in  competition  with  that  taken  by  neighboring  farmers 
from  their  lands  with  traditional  lumbering  methods  and 
brought  a  fair  margin  of  profit  above  the  cost  of  cutting  and 
hauling.  Meanwhile,  the  general  condition  of  the  forest 
showed  steady  improvement.  The  good  results  of  the  cut- 
tings, however,  were  doubtless  made  possible  to  some  extent 
by  the  exclusion  of  cattle  from  the  forest  land  and  the 
adoption  of  fire  prevention  methods.13 

The  forest  experiment  at  Biltmore  was  first  given  consider- 
able publicity  in  an  exhibit  and  pamphlet  prepared  by  Pin- 
chot in  connection  with  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition 
at  Chicago  in  1893.  The  Biltmore  Forest  Exhibit  at  this  af- 
fair appears  to  have  been  the  first  formal  illustration  of 
scientific  forestry  ever  made  in  the  United  States.  With  the 
use  of  large  photographs  and  maps  it  showed  the  nature  of 
the  woodland  and  its  improvement  under  scientific  manage- 
ment. With  models  of  well-managed  European  forests,  it 
showed  plans  of  future  work.  The  pamphlet  described  the 
physical  characteristics  of  Biltmore  Forest,  forestry  practices 

11  Report  of  Pinchot's  forest  assistant,  C.  L.  Whitney,  January  10,  1894, 
Pinchot  Manuscripts. 

12  Pinchot,  Breaking  New  Ground,  54. 

13  Overton  W.  Price,  "Practical  Forestry  in  the  Southern  Appalachians," 
Yearbook  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  1900  (Washing- 
ton, 1901),  364. 


352  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

inaugurated  in  it,  and  receipts  and  expenditures  for  the  first 
year's  work.  The  exhibit  and  pamphlet  evoked  much  favor- 
able comment.  Vanderbilt  praised  his  young  forester  and 
authorized  him  to  order  and  distribute  10,000  copies  of  the 
pamphlet  "for  the  good  of  the  [forestry]  cause/'14  An  edi- 
torial in  Garden  and  Forest,  the  most  influential  forest  maga- 
zine in  America  during  the  1890's,  asserted  that  the  Biltmore 
pamphlet  marked  "what  must  be  considered  a  most  important 
step  in  the  progress  of  American  civilization,  as  it  records  the 
results  of  the  first  attempt  that  has  been  made  on  a  large  scale 
in  America  to  manage  a  piece  of  forest  property  on  the 
scientific  principles  which  prevail  in  France,  Germany,  and 
other  European  countries."15 

The  Chicago  exposition  of  1893  also  gave  America's  first 
native-born  forester  an  opportunity  to  publicize  the  forest 
resources  of  North  Carolina  and  the  need  for  their  protec- 
tion. From  the  beginning  of  his  work  in  this  state  Pinchot 
had  been  favorably  impressed  by  these  resources.  He  had 
told  Sir  Dietrich  Brandis: 

North  Carolina  happens  to  be  so  situated  that  the  Northern 
and  Southern  floras  meet  within  the  State.  There  is  no  other 
state  in  the  union  where  so  many  of  the  valuable  kinds  of  trees 
are  found.16 

A  belt  of  poplar  on  lands  of  the  Cherokee  Indians  near 
Waynesville  was  described  as  "the  finest  strip  of  deciduous 
forest"  that  he  had  seen.17  Thus  J.  A.  Holmes,  State  Geologist, 
and  possibly  other  state  officials  had  no  difficulty  in  persuad- 
ing Pinchot  to  prepare  a  state  forestry  exhibit  for  the  ex- 
position. The  exhibit  prepared  made  a  good  impression.18 
From  this  work  a  lasting  friendship  developed  between  Pin- 
chot and  Holmes  which  led  to  their  important  collaboration 

14  Vanderbilt  to  Pinchot,  October  11,  1893.  Pinchot  Manuscripts. 

15  Garden  and  Forest,  VII   (February  21,  1894),  71. 

16  Pinchot  to   Sir   Dietrich   Brandis,   February  25,   1892,   Pinchot  Manu- 
scripts. 

17  Pinchot  to  B.   E.  Fernow,  February  14,  1893,  Records  of  the  Forest 
Service. 

"J.  A.  Holmes  to  Pinchot,  September  19,  1893.  Pinchot  Manuscripts. 


GlFFORD  PlNCHOT  AT  BlLTMORE  353 

in  the  movement  that  eventually  brought  the  establishment 
of  national  forests  in  the  Southern  Appalachians. 

So  far  the  Biltmore  forest  work  had  been  confined  mainly 
to  timber  cutting  operations.  In  the  spring  of  1895,  however, 
Pinchot  directed  the  planting  near  Biltmore  House  of  seed- 
lings of  yellow  poplar,  black  cherry,  tulip  tree,  black  walnut, 
and  a  few  other  species.  Due  largely  to  unfavorable  weather 
conditions  this  planting  project  was  a  failure.  However,  other 
species  planted  on  the  estate  with  similar  methods  in  later 
years  grew  to  maturity  and  definitely  showed  the  practicality 
of  large-scale  reforestation  by  private  forest  owners.  The  re- 
sults of  this  work  became  the  object  of  special  study  by  the 
Appalachian  Forest  Experiment  Station  during  1921  and 
1922. 19  Meanwhile  Pinchot  collected  seeds  from  many  parts 
of  the  world  for  the  Biltmore  Arboretum  which  was  planned 
"not  merely  to  make  a  botanical  collection,  but  to  show  the 
value  of  trees  as  elements  both  in  scenery  and  in  practical 
Forestry."  20  It  was  to  include  300  acres  of  100  of  the  most 
valuable  and  hardy  forest  species  at  Biltmore.  In  a  few  years 
the  arboretum  actually  came  to  possess  the  most  complete 
collection  of  forest  flora  in  the  southeastern  United  States 
and  had  more  woody  plants  than  the  world  famous  Royal 
Botanical  Gardens  in  London.  Despite  Pinchot's  pleas  for 
its  continuance,  however,  Vanderbilt  failed  to  make  perman- 
ent provision  for  the  arboretum. 

While  Pinchot  was  experimenting  with  scientific  forestry 
on  the  Biltmore  Estate,  he  began  to  examine  large  forest 
tracts  near  the  estate  which  his  rich  employer  sought  for  use 
as  a  vast  game  preserve  and  camping  ground.  This  work 
brought  him  to  the  Pink  Beds,  a  great  valley  tract  of  unusual 
natural  beauty  covered  by  thickets  of  the  laurel  and  rhodo- 
dendron whose  pinkish  blossoms  gave  the  site  its  name.  He 
was  certain  the  area  would  be  ideal  for  hunting  and  camping 
and  with  the  exclusion  of  cattle  and  fire  would  offer  promise 
for  scientific  forestry.    There  were  virgin  stands  of  yellow 

M  See  Ferdinand  W.  Haasis,  Forest  Plantations  at  Biltmore,  North  Caro- 
lina (U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Miscellaneous  Publication  No.  61. 
Washington,  D.  C,  1930.  Pp.  30).  

20  Pinchot,  Breaking  New  Ground,  55. 


354  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

poplar,  hemlock,  hickory,  black  walnut,  beech,  and  a  good 
number  of  seed-bearing  trees.  In  the  spring  of  1894  another 
survey  trip  carried  him  to  a  large  mountainous  tract  north- 
east of  the  Pink  Beds  which  was  covered  with  a  mature 
growth  of  chestnut,  oak,  and  yellow  poplar  more  beautiful 
than  any  he  had  seen  in  North  Carolina.  The  reckless  lum- 
berman's ax  had  never  threatened  its  primeval  splendor. 
Pinchot  realized  that  here  another  fruitful  field  for  forest 
management  could  be  established  and  immediately  made 
tentative  plans  for  such  an  undertaking.  Included  in  the 
plans  were  an  estimate  of  readily  removable  timber,  recom- 
mendation of  a  fence  law  against  forest  trespassers,  employ- 
ment of  forest  guards,  and  the  building  of  fire  lines  and  trails. 
Most  of  these  proposals,  though  new  to  American  lumber- 
ing in  1894,  in  a  few  years  were  to  become  standard  elements 
in  American  forest  management  plans. 

The  tracts  beyond  the  Biltmore  Estate  examined  by  Pin- 
chot were  purchased  early  in  1895  and  Vanderbilt  consolidat- 
ed them  to  form  the  Pisgah  Forest.  This  woodland  began  at 
the  headwaters  of  the  French  Broad  River  and  extended 
southward  over  some  100,000  acres.  Close  examination  of 
its  mature  timber  had  convinced  Pinchot  that  extensive  cut- 
ting would  facilitate  natural  reproduction  of  the  trees.  There- 
fore, he  made  a  plan  designed  to  enable  the  harvesting  of 
the  mature  forest  crop  and  at  the  same  time  to  let  in  vital 
light  for  the  growth  of  seedlings— the  basis  for  future  crops. 
Vanderbilt  approved  the  plan  and  cutting  was  begun  under 
it  in  October,  1895.  Here  was  perhaps  the  first  systematic 
attempt  in  American  lumbering  to  secure  the  natural  repro- 
duction of  a  forest  area.  Although  it  did  not  produce  im- 
mediate financial  profit,  it  pointed  the  way  to  more  rational 
use  and  protection  of  forest  resources.  By  1914  the  site  of 
Pinchot's  logging  operations  in  Pisgah  Forest  was  described 
as  one  having  a  silvicultural  condition  "unequaled  elsewhere 
in  the  Southern  Appalachians."  A  young  growth  of  "remark- 
able density"  had  sprung  up  under  the  old  trees.  There  was 
virtual  restoration  of  primeval  forest  conditions.21   By  1930 

*  Overton    W.    Price,    "George    W.    Vanderbilt,    Pioneer    in    Forestry," 
American  Forestry,  XX  (June,  1914),  422. 


GlFFORD  PlNCHOT  AT  BlLTMORE  355 

a  new  forest  crop  was  ready  for  commercial  logging.  Mean- 
while the  hope  of  Pinchot,  J.  A.  Holmes,  and  others  had  be- 
come a  reality  with  the  acquisition  in  1916  of  this  great  forest 
tract  by  the  United  States  Government  to  form  the  Pisgah 
National  Forest.  In  a  letter  offering  the  forest  for  Govern- 
ment purchase  Mrs.  George  W.  Vanderbilt  aptly  described 
its  historic  importance:  "I  wish  earnestly  to  make  such  dis- 
position of  Pisgah  Forest  as  will  maintain  in  the  fullest  and 
most  permanent  way  its  national  value  as  an  object  lesson 
in  forestry,  as  well  as  its  wonderful  beauty  and  charm." 22 

In  general  Pinchot  doubtless  enjoyed  his  experience  at 
Biltmore  and  considered  it  highly  profitable.  This  experience 
was  not,  however,  without  some  disappointment  and  conflict. 
The  scientific  value  of  his  work  was  not  always  fully  appre- 
ciated by  the  owner  of  the  Biltmore  Estate.  Thus  early  in 
1895  he  complained: 

The  scientific  value  of  this  place  does  not  seem  to  appeal  to  Mr. 
Vanderbilt  as  much  as  it  did,  nor  as  far  as  I  can  see  does  he 
realize  at  all  the  ways  in  which  a  useful  result  in  this  direction 
is  to  be  obtained.  In  a  word,  Biltmore  is  taking  its  position  in  his 
mind  as  his  own  pleasure  ground  and  country  seat  with  very 
secondary  reference  to  its  usefulness  in  other  directions.23 

This  complaint  contrasted  sharply  with  his  opinion  of  the 
owner  of  the  estate  in  1892:  "Mr.  Vanderbilt  recognizes  as 
fully  as  I  do  the  educational  value  of  the  work  and  is  disposed 
to  do  everything  to  give  that  side  of  it  prominence  and 
force." 24  Some  of  the  later  feeling  probably  grew  from  Vand- 
erbilt's  lack  of  interest  in  expanding  and  continuing  the  ar- 
boretum project.  The  feeling  was  attributable,  Pinchot 
thought,  to  some  of  Vanderbilt's  advisers  whom  he  considered 
"men  incapable  of  appreciating  the  scientific  point  of  view." 25 
One  of  the  advisers  he  had  in  mind  was  probably  Charles 
McNamee,  general  manager  of  the  estate,  with  whom  he  had 

22  Edith  S.  Vanderbilt  (Mrs.  George  W.  Vanderbilt)  to  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture,  May  1,  1914,  Records  of  the  Forest  Service. 

23  Pinchot  to  Sir  Dietrich  Brandis,  January  24,  1895.  Pinchot  Manuscripts. 

24  Pinchot  to  Sir  Dietrich  Brandis,  February  2,  1892.  Pinchot  Manuscrips. 

25  Pinchot  to  Sir  Dietrich  Brandis,  January  24,  1895.  Pinchot  Manuscripts. 


356  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

conflict  in  getting  approval  for  forestry  expenditures.  More- 
over, in  establishing  management  over  Vanderbilt's  vast  for- 
est domain  he  sometimes  had  to  challenge  the  trespassing 
of  mountaineers  who  farmed,  grazed  cattle,  hunted,  fished, 
and  "stilled"  now  and  then  within  its  boundaries. 

Pinchot's  direct  supervision  of  the  forestry  work  in  Bilt- 
more  and  Pisgah  Forests  ended  in  1895.  By  that  time  he  felt 
that  the  work  had  expanded  to  the  extent  of  requiring  the 
service  of  a  full-time-resident  forester.  New  ventures  in 
other  parts  of  the  United  States  were  claiming  much  of  his 
time.  He  had  been  making  examinations  of  extensive  forest 
tracts  in  the  Adirondack  Mountains,  maintaining  an  office  in 
New  York  City  as  a  "consulting  forester,"  and  furnishing  ad- 
vice on  New  Jersey's  forest  problems.  Thus  on  his  recom- 
mendation Vanderbilt  in  the  spring  of  1895  hired  a  well- 
trained  German  forester,  Carl  A.  Schenck,  to  have  immediate 
supervision  of  the  forestry  work.  Pinchot  kept  general  di- 
rection of  the  work.  Despite  some  differences  of  opinion 
concerning  particular  silvicultural  methods  best  suited  for 
American  forests  the  two  foresters  co-operated  in  planning 
and  directing  the  Biltmore  and  Pisgah  operations.  This  co- 
operation, however,  was  replaced  a  few  years  later  by  distrust 
and  hostility  when  Pinchot  questioned  the  advisability  of 
continuing  the  Biltmore  Forest  School  founded  by  Schenck.26 
Meanwhile  Pinchot's  service  to  Vanderbilt  came  to  an  end 
in  1898  with  his  appointment  as  Forester  in  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture. 

By  1898  the  Biltmore  Estate  had  become  widely  known  as 
a  center  of  forestry.  College  graduates  increasingly  were 
seeking  training  and  experience  in  its  woodlands  and  forest 
school.  It  had  become  a  mecca  for  advocates  of  scientific 
forestry  and  forest  preservation.  Bernhardt  Ribbentrop,  In- 
spector General  of  Forests  of  the  Government  of  India,  made 
a  visit  to  Biltmore  in  1895  and  called  Pinchot's  work  "a 
wonderful  good  operation— a  perfect  piece  of  work."27  The 
following  year  Secretary  of  Agriculture  Sterling  J.  Morton, 

26  Pinchot  to  Vanderbilt,  July  20,  1903,  Records  of  the  Forest  Service. 

27  Pinchot,  Breaking  New  Ground,  67. 


GlFFORD  PlNCHOT  AT  BlLTMORE  357 

the  father  of  Arbor  Day,  took  "great  satisfaction  in  going  over 
the  Forestry  work"  on  the  estate.28  During  the  same  year  R. 
H.  Warder,  Superintendent  of  Cincinnati's  Park  Department 
examined  this  work  and  lauded  it  as  "a  practical  example  to 
the  whole  country." 29 

Today  the  Biltmore  Estate,  owned  by  grandsons  of  George 
W.  Vanderbilt,  is  still  being  managed  as  a  forest  holding. 
Successful  reforestation  and  timber  cutting  are  carried  on 
under  the  direction  of  a  full-time  forester.  This  first  and 
continuing  American  example  of  successful  scientific  forestry 
has  helped  to  influence  an  increasing  number  of  private  for- 
est owners  to  adopt  what  Pinchot  demonstrated  at  Biltmore 
to  be  practical  and  profitable— the  management  of  forests 
for  continuous  timber  crops.  More  significant  is  the  fact  that 
his  work  in  the  Biltmore  and  Pisgah  forests  was  an  important 
milestone  in  the  march  of  progress  toward  a  national  program 
for  the  protection  and  rational  use  of  American  forests— a 
program  that  was  destined  to  include  all  natural  resources. 
Furthermore,  his  pioneering  efforts  in  the  woodlands  of 
North  Carolina  heralded  the  leadership  that  he  was  to  assume 
in  the  epochal  conservation  movement. 

28  Morton  to  R.  W.  Furnas,  March  12,  1896,  Records  of  the  Office  of  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture,  National  Archives,  Washington,  D.   C. 

^Warder  to  Charles  A.  Keffer,  September  12,  1896,  Records  of  the 
Forest  Service. 


THE  IDEA  OF  COTTON  TEXTILE  INDUSTRY 
IN  THE  SOUTH,  1870-1900 

By  Herbert  Collins 

In  spirit,  scope,  and  success  the  cotton  mill  movement  that 
arose  in  the  South  after  1870  became  a  project  in  which  all 
segments  of  the  community  eventually  participated.  Nothing 
like  it  had  previously  occurred  on  such  a  scale  and  in  so  short 
a  time.  It  seemed  at  moments  as  though  "every  town  or 
village  of  any  size  .  .  .  had  determined  to  have  a  cotton  mill 
of  its  own." *  A  growing  inventory  of  original  ideas  and 
schemes  begged  to  be  realized.  The  times  were  auspicious 
for  business  prosperity  and  industrial  expansion.  Politicians 
were  warned  not  to  distract  business  from  its  pursuits  by 
appeals  to  agrarian,  sectional,  or  partisan  causes.  There  were 
many  advocates  of  industry,  but  none  put  the  matter  more 
eloquently  than  did  Henry  W.  Grady.  "We  have  sowed 
towns  and  cities  in  the  place  of  theories,"  he  told  the  New 
England  Society  when  he  addressed  them  at  Delmonico's 
in  New  York  City  on  December  21,  1886,  "and  put  business 
above  politics.  .  .  .  We  have  established  thrift  in  city  and 
country.  We  have  fallen  in  love  with  work." 2  But  in  the  broad- 
est sense  a  new  civilization  was  being  made  by  individual 
men  thinking  out  ideals  and  working  up  objectives  which 
aimed  at  the  progress  of  the  whole  community.  These  ideals 
and  objectives  were  so  related  to  the  realities  of  life  that  they 
eventually  were  able  to  influence  most  effectively  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  time. 

In  1870  an  immigration  convention  meeting  in  Charleston 
resolved  that  "A  new  era  is  upon  us.  The  policies  attending 
the  institutions  of  the  past  no  longer  control  our  actions."3 
It  was  expected  that  henceforth  agricultural  exclusiveness 

1  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  LXXIII    (September  7,  1901),  6. 

2  Joel  C.  Harris,  Life  of  Henry  W.  Grady,  Including  His  Writings  and 
Speeches   (New  York,  1890),  88. . 

3  Proceedings  of  the  Immigration  Convention  Held  at  the  Academy  of 
Music,  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  May  3  to  5,  1870  (Charleston,  1870), 
32-33,  hereinafter  cited  as  Proceedings  of  Immigration  Convention. 

[358] 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  359 

would  be  subordinated  to  manufacturing  industries  in  which 
manual  labor  would  be  respected.  Joseph  B.  Killebrew,  a 
Commissioner  for  the  Tennessee  Bureau  of  Agriculture,  de- 
clared that  the  doctrine  of  the  association  of  labor  and  ser- 
vility had  ceased  to  be  taught  by  1874  and  suggested  that 
labor  is  the  true  index  of  civilization.4  The  end  of  slavery, 
Daniel  R.  Goodloe,  the  North  Carolina  abolitionist  and  journ- 
alist, predicted  would  infuse  "new  elements  into  southern 
life  and  new  ideas  into  individual  enterprise/'5  Those  who 
shared  this  opinion  also  advocated  the  abandonment 
of  old  routines  in  order  to  diversify  industry  and  de- 
velop natural  resources.6  A  general  spirit  of  improvement 
associated  with  a  constantly  growing  demand  and  inquiry  for 
improved  breeds  of  stock,  implements  and  machinery,  and 
methods  of  farming  came  to  prevail.  Inducements  to  manu- 
facturers, investors,  mineral  prospectors,  and  immigrants  were 
marshalled.  In  1871  Governor  Todd  R.  Caldwell  of  North 
Carolina  proposed  an  internal  improvement  program  with 
such  features  as  a  geological  survey,  capital  accumulation 
and  investment,  and  solicitations  to  immigrants.7  "What 
North  Carolina  needs  is  people,"  P.  F.  Duffy  wrote.  His 
editorials  in  the  Greensboro  Patriot  were  consistently  on  the 
side  of  regional  development,  and  he  went  on  to  claim  that 
the  rich  lands,  genial  climate,  and  mineral  resources  "are 
things  strangers  know  little  about."8 

4  Joseph  B.  Killebrew,  Introduction  to  the  Resources  of  Tennessee  (Nash- 
ville, 1874),  391. 

5  Daniel  R.  Goodloe,  Resources  and  Industrial  Conditions  of  the  Southern 
States.  Extracts  from  the  Report  of  the  United  States  Commissioner  of 
Agriculture  for  the  Year  1865   (Washington,  D.  C,  1866),  103. 

a  Edwin  de  Leon,  "The  New  South",  Harper's  New  Monthly  Magazine, 
XLVIII  (1874),  270;  hereinafter  cited  as  de  Leon,  "The  New  South"; 
Alexander  H.  H.  Stuart,  "Facts  Worth  Thinking  About,"  The  Virginias, 
II  (1881),  51;  Z.  B.  Vance,  "All  About  It,"  The  Land  We  Love,  VI  (1869), 
365;  Cassius  M.  Clay  cited  in  W.  H.  Gannon,  The  Land  Owners  of  the 
South  and  the  Industrial  Classes  of  the  North  (Boston,  1882),  19;  Atticus 
G.  Haygood,  The  New  South  (Oxford,  Ga.,  1880),  14,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Haygood,  The  New  South. 

7  Greensboro  Patriot,  November  30,  1871,  November  27,  1872,  July  18, 
1877;  North  Carolina  Board  of  Immigration,  North  Carolina:  Its  Resources 
and  Progress  and  its  Attractions  and  Advantages  as  a  Home  for  Immi- 
grants (Raleigh,  1875),  32;  North  Carolina  Handbook  (Raleigh,  1879), 
159;  The  News  and  Observer,  (Raleigh),  April  23,  1881,  hereinafter  cited 
as  The  News  and  Observer;  Donoho,  Duncan  and  Co.,  An  Appeal  from  the 
South  to  the  North  (Boston,  n.d.),  11-12. 

8  Greensboro  Patriot,  January  12,  1871.  Also  see  W.  J.  Barbee,  The 
Cotton  Question  (New  York,  1866),  249;  J.  B.  Lyman,  Cotton  Culture 
(New  York,  1868),  140-141. 


360  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

As  if  a  new  Eldorado  had  been  discovered,  the  South  was 
lavishly  described  by  residents  and  visitors  who  reiterated 
apocalyptically  the  promise  of  a  "New  South."  A  salubrious 
climate,  year-round  farming,  railroad  facilities,  raw  materials, 
and  ubiquitous  launching  of  new  factory  enterprises  were 
catalogued  with  tourist  enthusiasm.  "The  South  is  in  a 
thorough  and  long  transition/'  a  Georgian  announced  with 
the  accompanying  prediction  that  "industries,  trade  and  man- 
ufactories are  to  be  founded  and  everywhere  multiplied."9 
Always  it  was  reported  that  Southerners  were  in  love  with 
their  own  plans.  "No  one  is  more  loth,"  Edward  King  report- 
ed after  his  tour,  "than  the  Southerner  to  admit  the  impossi- 
bility of  its  thorough  redemption."  10  Any  derogatory  refer- 
ence to  the  past  was  less  painful,  Edward  Atkinson  observed, 
than  "the  expression  of  doubt  as  to  the  immediate  capacity  of 
the  Southern  people  to  do  any  kind  of  work  in  the  manufac- 
turing or  mechanic  arts."  u  He  spoke  from  experience,  for  his 
statements  were  frequently  scrutinized  for  whatever  encour- 
agement he  had  to  offer  or  to  dispute  his  doubts.  And  Henry 
W.  Grady,  who  knew  his  people  well  enough  to  advertise  their 
virtues,  thought  that  nothing  "so  appeals  to  Southern  pride 
as  to  urge  the  possibility  that  in  time  the  manufacture"  of 
the  cotton  crop  "shall  be  a  monopoly  of  the  cotton  belt." 12 
The  regional  optimism  and  great  expectations  of  future  de- 
velopment reported  by  Carl  Schurz  after  his  visit  in  1885 
were  confirmed  the  next  year  by  another  traveller  who  wrote 
that  "The  Southern  ego  brightens  and  the  Southern  face 
beams  with  hope,  as  the  future  of  the  South  is  discussed." 13 
Indeed,  the  prediction  made  in  1867  by  Zebulon  B.  Vance, 
the  wartime  Governor  of  North  Carolina,  that  "with  progress 

9  John  C.  Reed,  The  Old  and  the  New  South  (New  York,  1876),  21,  24, 
hereinafter  cited  as  Reed,  Old  and  New  South. 

10  Edward  King,  The  Great  South  (Hartford,  1875),  792. 

11  Edward  Atkinson,  "Significant  Aspects  of  the  Cotton  Exposition," 
Scribner's  Magazine,  XXIII   (1882),  564. 

12  Henry  W.  Grady,  "Cotton  and  Its  Kingdom,'*  Harper's  New  Monthly 
Magazine,  LXIII  (1881),  730,  hereinafter  cited  as  Grady,  "Cotton  and  Its 
Kingdom." 

13  Frederic  Bancroft  (ed.),  Speeches,  Correspondence  and  Political  Papers 
of  Carl  Schurz  (New  York,  6  vols.,  1913),  IV,  379,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Bancroft,  Carl  Schurz;  Alexander  K.  McClure,  The  South:  Its  Industrial, 
Financial  and  Political  Condition  (Philadelphia,  1886),  31,  hereinafter 
cited  as  McClure,  The  South. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  361 

in  the  arts  and  sciences,  will  come  also  a  fantastic  variety  of 
philanthropy,  religion,  politics,  and  morals," 14  seemed  on 
the  verge  of  fulfillment. 

A  writer  for  the  Memphis  Bulletin  claimed  in  1866  that 
southerners  paid  too  much  attention  to  politics,  and  too  little 
to  the  improvement  of  their  country.15  Hinton  Rowan  Help- 
er's famous  dictum  that  the  South  was  dependent  upon  the 
North  for  a  galaxy  of  commodities  that  could  easily  have 
been  manufactured  in  the  South  was  resuscitated.  If  the 
expenditures  that  went  to  pay  for  commodities  manufactured 
in  the  North  "were  applied  to  the  building  of  manufactures 
in  our  midst,"  an  editor  explained,  "in  a  little  while  we  would 
not  only  have  a  home  supply  but  would  be  shipping  abroad 
instead  of  purchasing  at  enormous  prices  to  meet  our  own 
wants." 16  Eventually  there  were  visions  of  not  only  a  textile 
industry,  but  machine  and  tool,  locomotive,  carriage,  furni- 
ture, and  agricultural  equipment  industries.17 

The  succession  of  Rutherford  B.  Hayes  to  the  Presidency  of 
the  United  States  propelled  the  discussion  of  the  idea  of  man- 
ufacturing industries  by  inciting  political  protests  as  well  as 
economic  threats.  One  protestation  began, 

Unwritten  history  will  yet  proclaim  that  disfranchisement  of 
the  people  in  the  declaration  that  Mr.  Rutherford  B.  Hayes  was 
President  for  the  next  four  years,  was  done  in  the  days  of  our 
political  degradation.  .  .  .  Our  mines  must  be  delved.  Our  water 
power  must  be  improved.  Our  fields  must  be  cultivated.  .  .  . 
Labor  must  be  made  honorable,  and  our  forests  must  be  made  to 
contribute  their  quota  to  our  coming  prosperity.  .  .  .  Railroads 
must  be  built;  immigrants  must  be  invited.  .  .  .  The  hum  of 
spindles,  the  ring  of  the  anvil,  the  rattle  of  the  loom  must  be 
heard. 18 

There  was  rejoicing  in  the  fact  that  political  frustrations  were 
drawing  attention  to  the  importance  of  manufacturing  enter- 
prise. Political  discussions  of  economic  affairs  were  often  sil- 

14  Vance,  "All  About  It,"  367. 

15  Cited  in  De  Bow's  Review,  n.  s.,  II  (1866),  642-644. 

16  Greensboro  Patriot,  May  14,  28,  1873. 

17  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  August  10,  1881,  July  8.  1882. 

18  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  March  10,  1877. 


o 


62  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


enced  on  the  grounds  that  every  politician  was  the  deadly 
enemy  of  business  prosperity.  Those  who  had  suffered  during 
the  industrial  and  financial  depression  of  1873-1879  were  re- 
assured that  they  could  "rightfully  demand  that  politics  shall 
give  way  to  peace  and  that  politicians  shall  give  way  to  the 
interests  of  business." 19 

The  defeat  of  Winfield  S.  Hancock  in  the  presidential  elec- 
tion of  1880  set  the  critics  of  political  action  new  conditions 
for  insisting  on  economic  development.  Atticus  G.  Haygood 
sermonized  that  political  success  may  enrich  a  few  place- 
hunters,  "but  it  will  bring  little  reward  to  the  masses  of  the 
people."20  He  prescribed  work,  self-denial,  civil  order,  and 
the  blessing  of  God  for  his  people.  The  president  of  the 
Louisville  and  Nashville  Railroad  contended  that  politics  had 
benefited  the  South  but  little.21  The  lesson  of  James  A.  Gar- 
field's victory  meant  more  spindles,  more  banks,  more  people 
employed.  To  the  editors  of  The  News  and  Observer  it  meant 
forsaking  national  politics,  building  factories,  and  promoting 
industrial  education.  "We  must  make  money— it  is  a  power 
in  this  practical  business  age." 22  Political  quiet,  the  New 
York  Herald  editorialized,  had  taken  the  place  of  political 
turmoil,  and  industrial  activity  was  superceding  industrial 
stagnation.23  Southern  editors  vehemently  supported  this 
view.  The  Register  (Columbia,  S.  C.)  declared:  "If  we  have 
lost  the  victory  on  the  field  of  fight  we  can  win  it  back  in 
the  workshop,  in  the  factory,  in  an  improved  agriculture  and 
horticulture,  in  our  mines  and  in  our  school  houses."  24  The 
New  Orleans  Times-Democrat  predicted  the  commercial  and 
manufacturing  "New  South  .  .  .  will  control  the  political  and 
material  affairs  of  the  South."25  The  almost  universally  ex- 
pressed conviction  of  southerners  by  1882  was  to  leave  na- 
tional politics  to  others  so  as  to  give,  as  one  traveler  reported 

M Observer  (Raleigh),  May  22,  1879,  hereinafter  cited  Observer;  Greens- 
boro Patriot,  July  18,  1877. 

20  Haygood,  The  New  South,  15. 

21  New  York  Herald,  July  8,  1881. 

22  The  News  and  Observer,  November  9,  11,  1880. 

23  New  York  Herald,  June  7,  1881. 

24  Cited   in    Broadus    Mitchell,    The   Rise    of   Cotton   Mills   in   the   South 
(Baltimore,  1921),  90,  hereinafter  cited  Mitchell,  Rise  of  Cotton  Mills. 

25  Mitchell,  Rise  of  Cotton  Mills,  91. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  363 

it,  "all  their  strength  to  work,  education,  the  development 
of  natural  resources,  and  the  improvement  of  the  condition 
of  the  laboring  classes."26 

The  election  of  Grover  Cleveland  closed  an  era.  "The 
Solid  South  is  back  in  the  Union,"  the  Daily  Charlotte  Ob- 
server declared.27  The  political  battle  appeared  to  have  been 
won  on  the  farms  and  in  the  factories,  and,  although  the 
South's  candidate  won,  there  was  to  be  no  respite  from  busi- 
ness, work,  factory  construction,  and  resources  development. 
In  Carl  Schurz's  appraisal  that  "the  public  mind  may  hence- 
forth rest  in  the  assurance  that  the  period  of  the  rebellion  is 
indeed  a  thing  of  the  past," 28  there  was  general  concurrence. 
"Former  political  issues,"  a  historian  afterwards  wrote,  "were 
to  be  relegated  to  oblivion  with  former  methods  of  manufac- 
ture, of  transportation,  of  business.  .  .  ,"29  These  elections, 
however,  were  the  critical  occasions  which  enabled  the  cotton 
mill  crusaders  to  reveal  their  catechism.  The  admission  of  the 
Boston  Journal  of  Commerce  that  a  new  era  had  commenced 
"which  may  be  properly  denominated  the  new  and  prosper- 
ous South,"30  was  not  enough.  There  were  other  issues  on 
which  to  make  the  North  yield;  such  as,  the  establishment 
of  a  competitive  textile  industry  in  the  South. 

"The  discussion  of  advantages  of  one  section  of  the  country 
over  another,  in  the  manufacture  of  cotton  goods,"  a  publicist 
observed,  "had  had  the  effect  of  developing  interesting  and 
instructive  facts,  from  which  there  is  much  to  be  expected 
in  stimulating  renewed  and  extended  efforts  towards  building 
up  manufacturing  industry."81  Even  when  De  Bow's  Com- 
mercial Review  served  the  interests  of  southern  economic  dis- 
course, it  was  realized  that  the  subject  of  cotton  mills  would 
require  factual  support.  Subsequently  it  became  a  part  of 
wisdom  to  learn  how  regional  resources  could  be  most  profit- 

26  "Studies  in  the  South,"  Atlantic  Monthly,  L  (1882),  102. 

27  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  November  8,  13,  1884. 

28  Bancroft,  Carl  Schurz,  IV,  399. 

29  Edwin  E.  Sparks,  National  Developments,  1877-1885  (New  York,  1907), 
351. 

Cited  in  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  July  15,  1881. 
Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  February  7,  1878. 


30 

31 


364  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

ably  utilized.32  Quick  to  perceive  that  the  campaign  to  estab- 
lish a  textile  industry  was  producing  a  permanently  valuable 
regional  inventory,  the  editors  of  the  New  York  Commercial 
and  Financial  Chronicle  remarked  in  1876  that  southerners 
were  "accumulating  ideas  of  economy,  which,  in  the  end, 
must  inevitably  not  only  lead  to  individual  profit,  but  show 
to  the  world  the  wonderful  capabilities  of  that  richly  favored 
section."  33  Writing  in  retrospect  in  1896,  Carroll  D.  Wright, 
whose  administrative  duties  as  statistician  and  labor  econom- 
ist brought  him  into  intimate  contact  with  industrial  develop- 
ments, recalled  how  the  prospecting  of  the  region  had  quietly 
led  to  the  ascertainment  of  the  stores  of  mineral  wealth,  and 
to  the  demonstration  of  the  various  openings  for  future  com- 
mercial enterprise.34 

What  the  cotton  mill  proposals  lacked  in  documentary  uni- 
ty, they  retrieved  in  volubility  which  the  newspapers  diligent- 
ly fostered.  The  press  urged  industrialization  upon  those  who 
had  capital  to  invest.  Economic  surveys  were  sponsored,  and 
every  manufacturing  project  was  joyfully  hailed.  Sometimes 
the  editorial  workers  were  praised  for  "working  up  a  spirit 
of  the  enterprise  which  we  long  needed,"  as  one  admirer 
expressed  his  appreciation.35  Frequently  the  press  presented 
itself  with  accolades  for  participating  promptly  and  eagerly 
in  the  vanguard  of  the  cotton  mill  movement.36  The  editors 
liked  to  cast  themselves  in  the  role  of  inculcators  of  "not  only 
the  necessity,  but  the  absolute  duty  we  all  owe  to  the  State 
to  encourage  home  enterprises.  .  .  ." 3T  The  editor  of  the 
Raleigh  News  embodied  in  a  letter  to  a  mill  owner  in  1877 
what  was  to  become  the  chief  function  of  the  press  in  nour- 
ishing the  spirit  of  investigation  and  enterprise.   The  letter 

32  James  D.  B.  De  Bow,  The  Industrial  Resources  of  the  Southern  and 
Western  States  (New  Orleans,  3  vols.,  1852),  II,  114-115;  The  News  and 
Observer,  December  14,  1880;  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  July  29,  1881. 

33  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  XXIII    (1876),  270. 

34  Carroll  D.  Wright,  "The  New  Industrial  South,"  Scientific  American 
Supplement,  XLI   (1896),  16918. 

35  Silas  N.  Martin,  "Wilmington  Cotton  Mills,"  Our  Living  and  Our 
Dead,  III  (1875),  644,  hereinafter  cited  as  Martin,  "Wilmington  Cotton 
Mills." 

38  Greensboro'  Patriot,  July  18,  1877;  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  December 
1,  1881. 

"Greensboro  Patriot,  May  21,  1873. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  365 

is  a  magnificent  piece  of  the  huckster's  art  before  advertising 
became  respectable.  He  proposed  to  insert  in  his  newspaper 
a  sketch  of  a  factory.  The  information  for  such  copy  the  hon- 
ored owner  was  expected  to  supply  and  finance.  His  object 
was  "to  show  the  world  what  we  are  doing  .  .  .  and  to  give 
some  idea  of  the  water  power  of  the  State."  38 

When  Robert  Somers,  an  English  journalist,  traveled 
through  the  South  in  1871  he  remarked  that  "A  very  general 
desire  is  evinced  in  all  parts  of  the  country  for  the  establish- 
ment of  cotton  factories. " 39  He  had  before  him  concrete  in- 
stances of  enthusiasm  translated  into  actual  manufacturing 
enterprises.  Although  the  number  of  cotton  mills  had  fallen 
off  between  1840  and  1870,  capitalization  had  more  than 
doubled,  and  totaled  over  eleven  million  dollars.  Four  years 
later  one  hundred  and  eighty-seven  mills  were  operating 
over  480,000  spindles.  By  1880  even  the  statistics  seemed 
to  effervesce;  capitalization  exceeded  seventeen  million  dol- 
lars. The  total  number  of  spindles  increased  to  over  five- 
hundred  thousand  in  spite  of  the  total  number  of  mills  hav- 
ing declined.40  The  same  census  figures  that  first  brought 
southern  textile  development  to  the  attention  of  the  nation 
persuaded  the  New  York  Herald  that  such  progress  suggested 
"the  very  important  inquiry  whether  the  South  had  not  at 
last  set  out  upon  that  course  which  in  time  must  lead  to  the 
achievement  of  one  of  the  great  possibilities  that  nature  put 
within  its  reach." 41 

As  the  paramont  inducement  to  industrialization,  the  nat- 
ural resources  of  the  South  had  perennially  constituted  the 
leading  argument  of  cotton  mill  campaigners.  The  proximity 
of  the  cotton  fiber,  the  power  of  the  Piedmont  waterpower 
sites,  the  availability  of  lumber  and  minerals,  the  rural  coun- 
tryside with  its  inhabitants,  and  the  climate  were  orchestrat- 

38  Johnstone  Jones  to  Morgan-Malloy,  May  11,  1877,  Morgan-Malloy 
Correspondence,  George  Washington  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  University 
Library,  Durham,  hereinafter  cited  Morgan-Malloy  Correspondence. 

39  Robert  Somers,  The  Southern  States  Since  the  War,  1870-1871  (New 
York  and  London,  1871),  91,  hereinafter  cited  as  Somers,  Southern  States. 

*°  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  XIX  (1874),  515;  Edward 
Stanwood,  "Cotton  Manufactures,"  Census  Reports,  ix,  Twelfth  Census  of 
the  United  States,  1900  Manufactures,  Part  III  (Washington,  D.  C,  1902), 
54-59,  hereinafter  cited  as  Stanwood,  "Cotton  Manufactures." 

aNew  York  Herald,  June  7,  1881. 


366  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


42 


ed  over  and  over  again  for  local  and  national  audiences. 
Not  only  did  local  publicists  and  governmental  boards  and 
commissions  scour  the  region  for  material  inducements  and 
statistical  documentation,  but  northerners  willingly  partici- 
pated as  did  Alexander  K.  McClure  when  in  1886,  after  sur- 
veying the  minerals,  crops,  climate,  and  water  power  of  the 
Carolinas,  he  predicted  "the  momentous  meaning  of  a  New 
South,  with  sectional  tranquility  assured."43  After  1880  in- 
quiries from  the  North  as  well  as  business  trips  to  the  South 
by  New  England  manufacturers  were  avidly  announced.  In 
the  absence  of  business  bureaus  and  industrial  site  engineers, 
the  railroads  issued  pamphlets  promoting  the  water  power, 
agricultural  production,  mineral  deposits,  timberlands,  and 
the  ever-present  cotton  mills.44 

The  desire  for  cotton  mills  that  Robert  Somers  observed 
in  1871  never  waned.  Ten  years  later  Henry  W.  Grady  wrote 
that  "each  factory  established  is  an  argument  for  others."45 
This  happy  contagion  suggested  to  the  editors  of  the  Com- 
mercial and  Financial  Chronicle  that  if  only  a  small  percent- 
age of  the  cotton  mills  ever  came  to  fruitation  "there  is  an 
almost  unlimited  number  of  projects  which  .  .  .  will  largely 
swell  the  number  of  southern  cotton  mills  within  the  next  few 
years."46  Accomplishments  and  recognition  that  accompan- 
ied them,  however,  could  never  truly  indicate  the  effort  and 
imagination  that  went  into  the  South's  adventure  in  indust- 
rialization. "We  may  perhaps  be  on  the  eve  of  great  changes," 
the  North  Carolina  Press  Association  was  told  in  1881,  "for 
if  we  do  not  originate  them,  many  causes  combine  to  draw 

^Proceedings  of  Immigration  Convention,  29;  Daily  Charlotte  Observer, 
February  3,  March  21,  April  13,  1877;  N.  Dumont  (ed.),  Proceedings  of 
the  Convention  of  Northern  Residents  of  the  South  (Charlotte,  N.  C,  1879), 
43-44,  hereinafter  cited  as  Dumont,  Proceedings;  Grady,  "Cotton  and  Its 
Kingdom,"  726-727,  731-732;  G.  F.  Swain,  "Report  on  the  Water  Power  of 
the  South  Atlantic  Watershed,"  Reports  on  the  Water  Power  of  the  United 
States,  Part  I  (Washington,  D.  C,  1885),  passim;  D.  A.  Tompkins,  "Future 
of  Cotton  Manufacturing  in  the  South,"  Transactions  of  the  New  England 
Cotton  Manufacturers'  Association,  60:242;  Times-Democrat  (New  Orleans, 
La.),  hereinafter  cited  as  Times  Democrat,  September  1,  1885. 

43  McClure,  The  South,  37. 

44  The  News  and  Observer,  January  5,  1881 ;  Daily  Charlotte  Observer, 
July  29,  1881,  April  7,  1886;  Manufacturers'  Record,  VI  (1884),  296; 
XXIII   (1893),  398. 

46  Grady,  "Cotton  and  Its  Kingdom,"  730. 

"Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  LXIX    (September  9,   1899),  6. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  367 

southward  the  interests  of  the  northern  manufacturers." 4T 
But  the  task  of  originating  the  great  changes  required  much 
more  than  local  patriotism.  "I  tell  you  plainly,"  a  champion 
of  industrialization  declared  from  the  rostrum,  "that  we  may 
talk  ourselves  blind  about  our  natural  resources  ...  as  long 
as  we  do  not  improve  our  opportunities  ourselves."48 

The  awakening  of  the  South  to  the  possibilities  of  economic 
overhaul  and  innovation  through  industrialization  eventuat- 
ed in  the  financing,  constructing,  and  operating  of  cotton 
mills  with  a  verve  that  only  faith  can  import  to  a  secular 
movement.  A  witness  to  the  cotton  mill  movement  recalled 
how  conviction  over-came  the  timidity  that  a  frank  canvass 
of  economic  facilities  might  have  prompted.49  In  an  analysis 
of  the  textile  industry  for  the  United  States  census,  Edward 
Stanwood  pointed  out  that  "more  mills  have  been  erected 
which  their  projectors  would  not  have  erected  had  they  stud- 
ied the  matter  carefully  before  entering  upon  the  experi- 
ment." 50  It  is  not,  however,  the  certainty  of  success,  but  its 
possibility,  that  maintains  adventure.  A  meticulous  inquiry 
would  have  dampened  the  enthusiasm  of  civic  benefactors 
and  businessmen.  When  the  small  cotton  mill  was  financed 
and  constructed  with  civic,  welfare,  and  pecuniary  considera- 
tions uppermost  in  the  thoughts  and  plans  of  promoters  ad- 
venture rather  than  rational  planning  were  the  order  of  the 
day.  "The  cotton  mill  was  looked  upon  as  a  dynamo  to  effect 
changes  in  all  departments  of  life  in  a  community," 51  a 
participant  reminisced.  Those  who  sometimes  had  only  cau- 
tion to  offer  actually  came  empty-handed. 

There  was  something  irresistible  about  a  cotton  factory. 
In  1883  a  representative  of  the  Bibb  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany of  Macon,  Georgia,  regarded  the  wildcat  erection  of 
cotton  mills  unfavorably.   "Makeshift  industrial  organization 

"Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  July  13,  1881. 

48  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  May  7,  1879.  Also  see  the  Observer,  April 
13,  1879;  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXXI   (1897),  333. 

49  Mitchell,  Rise  of  Cotton  Mills,  129. 

60  Stanwood,  "Cotton  Manufactures,"  29. 
51  Mitchell,  Rise  of  Cotton  Mills,  130. 


368  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

predicated  upon  the  advantages  of  the  South  over  the  North 
have  cut  profits  and  broken  the  spell  of  the  advantages."52 
But  it  was  apparently  too  early  to  talk  of  breaking  the  spell, 
or  of  following  advice  to  avoid  building  small  mills  in  every 
local  community.  "This  country  is  getting  so  full  of  mills," 
a  manufacturer  complained  in  1892,  "as  to  keep  cotton  be- 
yond any  reasonable  shipping  price. "  He  charged  that  his 
competitors  were  foolishly  reckless  in  "  'grabbing'  all  the  cot- 
ton in  sight,"  so  that  the  cotton  market  ceased  to  be  a  cheap 
source  for  raw  materials.53  However,  there  was  scarcely  a 
town  that  could  not  accumulate  $50,000  to  $100,000  for  a 
cotton  factory.  The  association  of  farmers,  merchants,  bank- 
ers, and  professional  men  with  cotton  mill  projects  lent  an 
aura  of  confidence  and  prestige  to  speculative  enterprises.54 
The  editor  of  the  Laurinburg  Exchange  (N.  C.)  wrote  to  a 
textile  manufacturer  in  1891: 

We  are  making  an  earnest  effort  to  get  up  a  cotton  factory 
here  and  want  to  get  all  good  men  into  it  we  can.  I  know  of  no 
man  I  had  rather  would  take  some  stock  in  it  than  yourself. 
Your  experience  enables  you  to  know  whether  or  not  there's 
money  in  the  business.  Of  course  I  have  no  idea  a  factory  here 
would  hurt  your  business,  as  there  is  room  for  more  factories  in 
this  country.  We  want  the  benefit  of  your  capacity  and  experi- 
ence, and  let  me  hope  to  hear  from  you  taking  some  stock  in  this 
attempted  enterprise.55 

After  the  turn  of  the  century  the  realization  that  southern 
mills  were  competing  against  each  other  tended  to  restrain 
impetuosity,  and  mills  were  no  longer  constructed  merely  for 
the  sake  of  having  them.  But  before  that  was  to  happen  the 
invention  of  financial  plans  became  the  necessary  invocation 
for  a  successful  enterprise. 

62  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  January  21,  1883. 

53  Schenck  Letter  Book,  October  4,  October  13,  November  22,  1892,  George 
Washington  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  University,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Schenck  Letter  Book;  Atlanta  Constitution  (Atlanta,  Ga.),  November  14, 
1881,  hereinafter  cited  as  Atlanta  Constitution;  Commercial  and  Financial 
Chronicle,  XLI   (1885),  293. 

51  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVIII  (1895),  36;  Mitchell,  Rise  of  Cotton 
Mills,  131;  News  and  Courier  (Charleston,  S.  C.),  April  5,  1883,  herein- 
after cited  as  News  and  Courier;  Savannah  Morning  News  (Georgia), 
cited  in  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  July  9,  1884. 

66  J.  D.  Bundy  to  Morgan-Malloy,  April  16,  1891,  Morgan-Malloy  Cor- 
respondence. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  369 

The  heralding  of  cotton  mill  projects  was  accompanied  by 
no  lack  of  insistence  on  public  support  as  instanced  in  pro- 
posals for  tax  exemption  legislation  to  encourage  the  launch- 
ing of  new  industrial  enterprises.56  Legislative  support  was 
not,  however,  the  only  hinge  on  which  the  search  for  factory 
sites  was  considered  to  turn.  Other  inducements  of  a  public 
nature  were  enlisted,  especially  the  ability  of  a  community 
to  present  itself  attractively  to  prospective  investors.  The 
vicinity  of  Jamestown  on  the  Deep  River  in  North  Carolina 
was  advertised  in  1871  as  equipped  with  water  power,  rail- 
road facilities,  cheap  labor,  salubrious  climate,  and  a  textile 
mill.  Guilford  County  in  the  same  state  was  described  as 
"always  remarkably  free  from  infectious  diseases"  and  al- 
ready attracting  the  attention  of  investors.57  The  criteria  for 
selecting  a  factory  site  multiplied  to  the  extent  that  a  local 
railroad,  an  increasing  population,  natural  resources,  church- 
es and  schools,  and  existing  cotton  mills  became  standard 
features  in  the  publicity  of  rural  communities  bent  on  attract- 
ing industries.58 

The  boundaries  of  cotton  mill  construction  were,  neverthe- 
less, still  remote  in  1900.  Joseph  B.  Killebrew,  who  was  now 
an  immigration  agent  for  the  Nashville,  Chattanooga  and  St. 
Louis  Railroad,  requested  at  that  time  a  book  "that  will  give 
the  most  information  to  persons  .  .  .  who  may  desire  to  erect 
cotton  factories."  He  wanted  any  book  that  Daniel  A.  Tomp- 
kins, who  had  acquired  a  reputation  as  an  engineer  and  mill 
architect,  had  written  which  would  help  to  answer  industrial 
inquiries  involving  investments  up  to  $500,000.59  But  the 
epitomy  of  such  enthusiasm  was  reported  by  George  Gunton, 
a  labor  editor  and  social  economist,  after  he  was  mistaken 
for  a  prospective  investor  looking  for  a  site  on  which  to  build 
a  mill.  The  man  in  error  insisted,  Gunton  reported,  "I  should 

58  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  October  10,  1873,  June  29,  1879;  Greensboro 
Patriot,  January  31,  1877;  Observer,  February  16,  1879;  The  News  and 
Observer,  February  15,  1881;  Manufacturers'  Record,  VI   (1884),  106. 

57  Greensboro  Patriot,  August  24,  1871,  July  2,  1873. 

68  Observer,  July  26,  September  12,  1877;  Dumont,  Proceedings,  83; 
Manufacturers'  Record,  IX   (1886),  325;  XVI   (1889),  15. 

59  J.  B.  Killebrew  to  D.  A.  Tompkins,  April  2,  1900,  Daniel  A.  Tompkins 
Correspondence,  folio  19,  Southern  Historical  Collection,  University  of 
North  Carolina  Library,  Chapel  Hill. 


370  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

go  to  his  town  and  he  would  raise  fifty  thousand  dollars  and 
the  town  would  give  ten  years  exemption  from  taxes,  and  if 
need  be  the  land  to  build  the  factory  on.  .  .  ." 60 

Sometimes  the  initiative  was  taken  by  individuals  or  small 
groups  of  investors.  The  Pacolet  Manufacturing  Company  in 
South  Carolina  was  organized  in  1883  with  a  Spartanburg 
businessman,  a  millowner,  and  a  Rhode  Island  textile  special- 
ist associated  in  the  initial  capital  subscription  which  the 
community  was  urged  to  regard  as  safe  for  lesser  investors.61 
The  Newberry  Cotton  Manufacturing  Company  grew  out  of 
a  canvass  of  the  local  community,  a  subscription  to  the  capi- 
tal stock  by  a  northern  investor,  credit  for  the  purchase  of 
machinery  extended  by  a  northern  manufacturer,  and  the 
promise  of  additional  machinery  from  a  neighboring  cotton 
mill  in  exchange  for  capital  stock  in  the  new  enterprise.62  Oc- 
casionally the  organizers  hailed  the  launching  of  their  own 
enterprises  as  was  the  case  when  J.  M.  Odell  and  J.  W.  Can- 
non issued  the  laconic  message  announcing  the  founding  of 
the  Cannon  Manufacturing  Company:  "Capital  stock  is  $75,- 
000,  with  the  privilege  of  increasing  same  to  $400,000.  We 
will  manufacture  cotton  warps.  Capacity  4,000  spindles,  and 
will  commence  work  on  building  at  once."  63  Anxious  to  have 
a  cotton  factory  built  in  their  vicinity,  the  citizens  of  San- 
ford,  North  Carolina,  agreed  to  subscribe  as  much  as  $125,- 
000  if  they  could  get  "a  man  or  set  of  men  that  understand 
the  business  to  furnish  the  balance  of  capital  and  run  the 
business."  64 

The  financial  convenience  and  the  popular  connotations 
derived  from  bringing  the  local  citizenry  into  a  cotton  mill 
project  had  been  detected  in  1873  by  an  alert  editor  who 
saw  in  charitable  orders,  trade  unions,  the  Patrons  of  Hus- 
bandry, and  similar  voluntary  associations  the  analogy  and 
principle  for  organizing  cotton  mills.  "No  scheme  can  be 
successfully  inaugurated  and  carried  through  without  organi- 

80  George  Gunton,  "Factory  Conditions  in  the  South,"  Lecture  Bulletin 
of  the  Institute  of  Social  Economics,  III   (1900),  345-346. 
61  News  and  Courier,  April  5,  1883. 
82  News  and  Courier,  May  1,  1883. 
"Manufacturers'  Record,  XII   (1887),  192. 
"Manufacturers'  Record,  XII  (1887),  426. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  371 

zation  of  some  sort,"  he  wrote,  and  then  proceeded  to  wonder 
why  organizations  could  not  be  established  for  the  purpose 
of  encouraging  and  building  up  local  industries.65  "One  thing 
that  retards  the  development  of  the  manufacturing  interests 
of  many  places,"  the  Savannah  Morning  News  reasoned,  "is 
a  want  of  appreciation  of  the  value  and  power  of  cooperation 
and  the  inauguration  of  manufacturing  enterprises  by  many 
small  stockholders/'66  Although  the  varieties  of  organizing 
strategy  were  numerous,67  in  so  many  cases  they  embraced 
the  conviction  that  cotton  mills  constituted  engines  of  pro- 
gress and  virtue.  A  letter  to  a  textile  manufacturer  stated, 

Your  presence  here  is  earnestly  solicited  on  Saturday  next  to 
confer  with  our  people  who  are  making  a  strong  effort  to  estab- 
lish a  Cotton  Mill  at  this  place.  .  .  .  Our  people  are  in  earnest 
and  are  subscribing  liberally.  And  we  hope  to  organize  as  soon 
as  a  good  number  of  shares  is  subscribed.  Come  over  and  you  can 
do  us  a  great  amount  of  good.  Your  views  as  a  practical  man 
are  earnestly  solicited. 68 

The  rallying  of  the  small  investors  through  installment  pur- 
chase of  mill  securities  conferred  on  the  corporation  the 
badge  of  civic  virtue.  This  came  about  as  the  idea  spread  that 
investments  in  cotton  mills  could  be  paid  for  in  small  weekly 
or  monthly  installments.  "Heretofore  small  investors,"  the 
prospectus  for  a  Virginia  cotton  mill  claimed,  "have  not  gen- 
erally been  able  to  share  in  the  large  profits  made  by  cotton 
mills."69  In  addition  to  encouraging  habits  of  thrift  and  the 
accumulation  of  investment  capital,  "The  money  of  the  oper- 
ative," an  editor  virtuously  observed,  "is  thus  by  indirection 
invested  in  the  very  industry  which  offered  the  work  to  the 
laboring  classes."  70  No  one  was  unqualified  to  enter  the  ranks 
of  the  business  community.   Next  to  commercial  integrity 

65  Greensboro  Patriot,  May  28,  1873. 

66  Cited  in  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  July  9,  1885. 

6TSee  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  May  1,  2,  6,  1877;  Carolina  Watchman 
(Salisbury),  December  10,  1885,  hereinafter  cited  as  Carolina  Watchman; 
The  News  and  Observer,  December  17,  1880,  January  5,  1881;  Manufac- 
turers' Record,  V  (1884),  315. 

68  H.  M.  Millan  to  Mark  Malloy,  October  26,  1892,  Morgan-Malloy  Cor- 
respondence. 

68  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVIII    (1895),  22. 

70  The  News  and  Observer,  May  13,  1881;  C.  B.  Spahr,  "The  New  Fac- 
tory Towns  of  the  South,"  Outlook,  LXI  (1899),  516. 


372  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

mutual  support  and  co-operation  were  considered  vital  to  the 
development  of  a  community.  Whatever  plan  a  community 
decided  to  select,  the  principle  behind  the  effort  usually  ac- 
quired the  respectability  co-operation  and  association  could 
impart.  The  method  of  paying  for  subscriptions  through  small 
assessments  secured  the  building  of  cotton  mills  at  locations 
where  they  could  not  otherwise,  from  lack  of  capital,  have 
been  started.  The  novelty  of  the  savings  technique,  the  wide 
base  of  ownership,  and  the  opportunity  for  partial  operations 
until  the  subscription  was  fully  taken,  recommended  the  co- 
operative savings  plans.  Yet,  the  most  worthy  recommenda- 
tion resided  in  the  belief  that  capital  could  be  amassed  with- 
out dispatching  a  committee  to  the  North  to  beg  for  sub- 
scriptions.71 

The  task  of  launching  a  factory  enterprise  almost  immedi- 
ately acquired  a  redemptionary  justification.  The  fusion  of 
community  welfare  and  associative  effort  became  a  rallying 
point  for  the  boosters  of  industrialization  who  could,  in  addi- 
tion to  natural  resources,  freight  savings,  labor  supply,  and 
climate,  point  to  a  congenial  citizenry.  "Home  people  are 
better  off,"  Daniel  A.  Tompkins  argued,  "for  being  put  into  a 
position  of  proprietors. " 72  He  transformed  the  gospel  of  eco- 
nomic independence  and  industrial  development  into  an 
immediately  attainable  goal  by  popularizing  the  idea  of  com- 
munity savings.  Between  1892  and  1896  he  elaborated  a  plan 
to  demonstrate  the  fact  that  any  ordinary  town  had  within 
itself  the  resources  to  establish  a  cotton  factory.73  Where 
accumulated  capital  is  scanty,  he  believed,  outside  capital 
will  be  reluctant  to  enter.  Only  systematic  savings  could 
create  a  precedent  for  industrialization.  "The  South  is  full  of 
towns  in  which  the  subject  of  manufacturing  is  being  agitated 
where  the  only  idea  is  to  get  somebody  from  somewhere  else 

71  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVIII  (1895),  22;  XXIX  (1896),  105;  Com- 
mercial and  Financial  Chronicle,  LXXI   (September  8,  1900),  6-7. 

72 Manufacturers'  Record,  XXIX  (February  7,  1896),  21. 

178  D.  A.  Tompkins,  "Capital  for  New  Cotton  Factories,"  Manufacturers' 
Record,  XXI  (1892),  8;  "Easy  Way  to  Build  a  Cotton  Factory",  Manufac- 
turers' Record,  XXII  (1892),  254;  A  Plan  to  Raise  Capital  for  Manufactur- 
ing (New  York,  1894),  hereinafter  cited  as  Tompkins,  A  Plan  to  Raise 
Capital;  "Cooperative  Cotton  Mills,"  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVII 
(1895),  51. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  373 

to  come  to  the  town  to  build  a  factory,"  he  complained.74 
Tompkins  had  heard  too  much  about  climate  which  was  no 
substitute  for  capital,  knowledge,  and  adventure.  It  remained 
for  local  people  to  establish  the  conditions  that  would  beckon 
to  more  substantial  capital  resources  and  to  more  experienced 
management.  The  double  idea  of  spreading  industrial  pro- 
prietorship widely  through  the  community  and  creating  capi- 
tal resources  at  home  through  savings  plans  was  the  message 
he  brought  to  inspired  communities.  Others  relayed  compar- 
able messages  far  and  wide.  From  Mississippi  in  1897  came 
the  promise  that  "If  citizens  of  every  community  that  desires 
a  factory  would  get  together  and  effect  a  proper  organization 
.  .  .  they  could  easily  succeed."75  This  was  repeatedly  pro- 
claimed, and  no  one  ever  seemed  to  tire  of  hearing  it  again. 

The  straw  men  of  the  cotton  mill  crusaders  were  the  "out- 
siders," the  "Northern  Capitalists,"  and  the  "New  England 
Manufacturers."  At  times  they  were  viewed  as  indispensable 
to  industrialization;  at  other  times  they  were  discouraged 
from  venturing  their  capital.  No  inspirational  idea,  however, 
was  ever  nurtured  in  an  environment  uncomplicated  by  con- 
tradictions. The  believers,  at  least,  liked  to  imagine  that  they 
were  doing  the  job  themselves,  as  in  many  cases  they  did. 
But  one  of  the  firmest  articles  of  faith  was  to  get  the  investor 
to  want  to  risk  his  money  before  anyone  formally  solicited 
him.  Once  the  profitableness  of  manufacturing  cotton  textiles 
was  discovered,  the  imminent  transfer  of  the  New  England 
textile  industry  was  alternately  predicted  and  demanded.76 
Yet,  long  before  southerners  recognized  that  in  the  sources 
of  investment  capital  resided  one  of  the  chief  means  of  indus- 
trial development,  northern  tourists  had  expressed  similar 
ideas. 

"The  southern  masses  cannot  but  be  stimulated,"  William 
E.  Dodge  prophesied  in  1865,  "by  contact  with  the  enterprise 
of  the  East  and  North  which  now  will  naturally  be  attracted 


74  Tompkins,  A  Plan  to  Raise  Capital,  3. 

75  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXXI    (1897),  333. 

76 


Manufacturers'  Record,  V  (1884),  683;  XXVII  (1895),  54;  Greensboro 
Patriot,  May  28,  September  17,  1873;  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  December 
16,  1881. 


374  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

to  the  South.77  The  following  year,  before  a  Philadelphia 
audience,  William  D.  Kelley,  the  Pennsylvania  abolitionist, 
politician  and  lecturer,  prescribed  subsoil  ploughs,  steam 
engines,  and  manufacturing  machinery  for  the  regeneration 
of  the  South.78  Whitelaw  Reid  believed  that  the  openings 
which  the  South  presented  for  northern  capital  and  industry 
were  unsurpassed.79  Not  only  was  the  South  ripe  for  new 
business  enterprises,  but  Sidney  Andrews  reported  to  northern 
newspapers  from  the  scene  that  he  had  heard  "much  expres- 
sion of  a  desire  for  an  influx  of  Northern  energy  and  Northern 
capital,"80  which  John  T.  Trowbridge  confirmed  after  his 
tour.81  In  1876  John  C.  Reed,  a  southerner,  gave  credence  to 
tourist  opinion  by  reiterating  earlier  claims  that  northern 
investors  constituted  "the  most  powerful  agency  in  introduc- 
ing the  much-needed  higher  type  of  industrial  organiza- 
tion." 82  But  these  predictions  failed  to  materialize.  The  final 
estimate  of  the  situation,  however,  came  from  Rutherford  B. 
Hayes.  He  wrote  in  his  Acceptance  Letter  to  the  Republican 
National  Convention, 

The  welfare  of  the  South  depends  upon  the  attractions  it  can 
offer  to  labor  and  immigration  and  to  capital,  but  laborers  will 
not  go  and  capital  will  not  be  invested  when  the  constitution  and 
the  laws  are  set  in  defiance,  and  distraction,  apprehension  and 
alarm  take  the  place  of  peace-loving  and  law-abiding  social 
life.83 

Ironically  it  was  the  very  success  of  his  candidacy  that  im- 
pelled so  many  to  undertake  the  industrial  development  of 
the  South  themselves. 


77  William  E.  Dodge,  The  Influence  of  the  War  on  Our  National  Pros- 
perity  (New  York,  1865),  29. 

n  William  D.  Kelley,  Speeches,  Addresses  and  Letters  on  Industrial  and 
Financial  Questions  (Philadelphia,  1872),  182,  hereinafter  cited  as  Kelley, 
Speeches  and  Addresses. 

79 Whitelaw  Reid,  After  the  War:  A  Southern  Tour  (Cincinnati,  1866), 
578. 

80  Sidney  Andrews,  The  South  Since  the  War  (Boston,  1866),  320. 

81  John  T.  Trowbridge,  The  South:  A  Tour  of  Its  Battlefields  and  Ruined 
Cities,  A  Journey  Through  the  Desolated  States  and  Talks  with  the  People 
(Hartford,  Conn.,  1866),  583. 

82  Reed,  Old  and  New  South,  21. 

83  Daily  Times  (Columbus,  Ga.),  July  13,  1876. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  375 

Occasionally  a  cautious  invitation  was  issued  to  northern 
capitalists,  as  in  1869  when  the  Alabama  Commission  of 
Industrial  Resources,  after  reviewing  the  inducements  for 
industries,  pointed  to  the  influx  of  investment  capital  as  a 
worthy  objective  in  any  manufacturing  campaign.84  A  New 
England  manufacturer,  who  had  joined  a  South  Carolina 
mill,  observed  in  1880  that  if  "Northern  capitalists  only  thor- 
oughly understood  the  condition  of  affairs  here,  a  great  deal 
of  capital  would  be  invested  in  this  State."  85  The  Georgia 
Commissioner  of  Land  and  Immigration,  without  extending 
a  persuasive  invitation,  identified  the  lack  of  capital  as  the 
major  obstacle  to  the  utilization  of  the  inducements  for  a 
local  factory  economy.86  The  local  publicists  and  the  tourists 
often  vied  with  each  other  to  advertise  the  South  as  an  in- 
vestors paradise  or  to  announce  that  outside  capital  was 
already  appearing.  When  Carl  Schurz  returned  from  his  tour 
he  confirmed  the  lively  desire  to  excite  interest  in  industrial 
development  and  to  attract  northern  capital,  enterprise,  and 
immigration.87 

But  the  prophesy  that  the  surplus  capital  and  industry  of 
the  North  would  become  inseparably  interwoven  with  the 
"New  South"  grew  stale.  The  managers  of  industrialization 
had  already  discovered  local  means  of  capital  accumulation 
and  investment.  Although  northern  capital  did  eventually 
find  its  way  into  southern  industries  through  the  participation 
in  financial  schemes  of  commission  merchants,  machinery 
manufacturers,  and  New  England  cotton  mill  owners,  the 
very  availability  of  local  funds  served  the  propagandistic 
tactics  of  the  cotton  mill  publicists.  Enthusiasm  is  not,  how- 
ever, a  statistical  phenomenon.  The  idea  of  a  cotton  textile 
industry  was  just  as  strong  an  incentive  to  industrialization 
as  the  precise  source  of  the  investment  capital.  The  patience 
and  stamina  of  the  campaigners,  nevertheless,  seemed  inex- 

84  Alabama  Commissioner  of  Industrial  Resources,  A  Few  Remarks  About 
Her  Resources,  and  the  Advantages  She  Possesses  as  Inducements  to 
Immigration  (Montgomery,  1869),  8-9. 

85  J.  K.  Blackman,  The  Cotton  Mills  of  South  Carolina,  Their  Names, 
Locations,  Capacity  and  History  (Charleston,  1880),  14,  hereinafter  cited 
as  Blackman,  Cotton  Mills. 

saNew  York  Tribune,  June  13,  1881. 
87  Bancroft,  Carl  Schurz,  IV,  379. 


376  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

haustible.  As  inquiries  with  a  view  to  locating  factories  were 
recorded,  it  remained  necessary  to  believe  "that  capital  will 
come  South  at  no  distant  day  to  seek  investment." 88 

Another  article  of  faith  was  to  anathematize  northern 
capital.  In  1873  the  Daily  Sun  (Columbus,  Ga.)  reported 
how  the  capital  for  a  local  factory  was  raised  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  and  how  local  money  and  brains  were  restoring  the 
ruins  of  the  war.89  Several  years  later  another  editor  charged: 
"We  have  gotten  on  without  the  confidence  and  capital  of 
the  North  until  we  almost  know  how  to  live  without  it." 90  A 
chamber  of  commerce  orator  warned  his  audience  that  "With 
all  our  natural  advantages,  we  shall  continue  to  be  the  over- 
seers and  agents  of  others"  as  long  as  factories  languish  for 
want  of  capital  which  will  be  long  in  coming  "unless  we  first 
begin  by  helping  ourselves." 91  The  weighing  of  the  advisabil- 
ity of  inviting  outside  capital  was  less  a  sign  of  hesitancy 
than  a  monologue  on  who  should  perform  the  feat  of  indus- 
trial development  first.  The  promoters  of  manufacturing 
industries  did  not  disparage  northern  capital.  They  merely 
wanted  to  demonstrate  that  cotton  mills  could  be  successfully 
organized  and  managed  by  home  folks.  "We  simply  want  to 
advertize  to  the  world,"  the  Atlanta  Constitution  editorialized, 
"that  Atlantans  have  the  fullest  confidence  in  Atlanta,  and 
that  we  ask  no  man  to  put  his  money  where  we  have  been 
afraid  to  risk  our  own." 92  The  gyrations  of  local  patriotism 
seemed  never  to  become  uncoiled,  for  in  1897  one  could  still 
hear  that  "If  the  Southern  people  want  factories  among  them, 
the  quickest  and  surest  way  to  get  them  is  to  go  to  work  and 
build  them  ourselves,  and  show  to  the  world  that  we  are  not 
dependent  on  anybody  for  anything." 93 

The  response  of  New  Englanders  had  been  anticipated  as 
something  delicious.  The  Boston  Journal  of  Commerce  bowed 
gracefully  to  the  fact  "that  there  is  no  better  field  today  for 
the  investment  of  capital  than  is  offered  by  cotton  mills  in 

88  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  June  9,  1881,  April  7,  1884. 

89  Cited  in  Greensboro  Patriot,  September  12,  1873. 

90  Observer,  February  9,  1878. 

01  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  April  6,  1879. 

92  Cited  in  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  March  7,  1882. 

93  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXXI   (1897),  333. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  377 

the  South."94  Chiming  in,  the  Commercial  and  Financial 
Chronicle  reported  that  during  several  years  preceding  1896 
"A  feature  of  the  development  of  cotton  manufacturing  in 
the  South  .  .  .  has  been  the  prominence  therein  of  New  Eng- 
land millowners." 95  The  movement  of  investment  capital  into 
southern  mills  further  stimulated  the  local  promoters  to  a 
greater  realization  that  the  opportunities  in  their  vicinity 
would  eventually  turn  the  pending  competition  with  the  New 
England  textile  industry  into  a  rout. 

"It  is  the  North  which  the  South  has  always  in  view  when 
it  sighs  for  more  and  more  cotton  factories,"96  an  English 
traveler  remarked  after  a  sojourn  in  Georgia  during  1870. 
Adulation  for  thrift,  work,  and  enterprise  often  reminded  the 
advocates  of  industry  of  the  happy  side  of  New  England 
civilization.  But,  if  advice  were  ever  to  mean  anything,  the 
terms  laid  down  by  William  D.  Kelley  that  "the  South  must 
be  regenerated,  and  we  of  the  North  must  do  it," 97  were  very 
unlikely  to  win  approval.  The  factories,  schools,  and  busi- 
nesses of  New  England  suggested  instead  models  southerners 
were  implored  not  to  feel  ashamed  to  imitate.  Benjamin  H. 
Hill  idealized  the  Puritan  virtues  and  advised  his  people,  in 
defense  of  his  Athens  speech,  to  do  the  many  things  "which 
these  very  derided  Northern  people  have  done."  98  For  the 
editor  of  The  News  and  Observer,  the  maxim  "Learn  from 
the  enemy,"  justified  the  study  of  New  England  savings  banks. 
In  a  more  humorous  mood,  Henry  Watterson  wrote: 

If  proselytism  be  the  supremest  joy  of  mankind,  New  England 
ought  to  be  supremely  happy.  It  is  at  length  the  aim  of  the 
Southron  to  out- Yankee  the  Yankee,  to  cut  all  the  edges,  and 
repair  his  losses  by  the  successful  emulation  of  Yankee  thrift. " 


94  Cited  in  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVIII    (1895),  166. 

95  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  LXIII    (1896),  935-936. 

96  Somers,  Southern  States,  91. 

97  Kelley,  Speeches  and  Addresses,  183. 

98  B.    J.    Hill,    Jr.,    Senator   Benjamin   H.    Hill    of    Georgia:    His    Life, 
Speeches,  and  Writings  (Atlanta,  1893),  333,  343. 

99  The  News  and  Observer,  January  5,  1881 ;  Henry  Watterson,  "Oddities 
of  Southern  Life,"  Scribner's  Magazine,  XXIII    (1882),  895. 


378  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Against  the  voices  of  moderation,  however,  were  arrayed  the 
excited  voices  of  hostility.  They  spoke  of  dictating  to  the 
markets  of  the  world,  and  forever  terminating  contributions 
"to  the  enrichment  of  hostile  sections."  10° 

Future  industrial  prominence  was  measured  in  1870  by  the 
extent  to  which  New  England  manufacturers  dismantled  their 
mills  and  either  migrated  or  engaged  in  other  branches  of 
manufacturing.  The  report  of  the  Saluda  Cotton  Mills  in 
South  Carolina  enumerated  the  proximity  of  cotton,  tractable 
labor,  and  a  local  demand  for  yarns  and  sheeting  as  detri- 
mental to  established  manufacturers  in  the  North.  To  this  was 
added  the  claim  that  wage  rates,  living  costs,  a  shorter  work- 
ing year,  and  the  expense  of  shipping  raw  cotton  to  New 
England  were  depressing  northern  mills  rather  than  any 
contraction  in  the  flow  of  risk  capital  following  the  Panic  of 
1873.101  The  South  was  also  described  as  a  refuge  from  "those 
disruptions  of  social  order  which  unfortunately  threaten  to  be 
a  source  of  perpetual  danger"  in  New  England.102  And  the 
prospectus  for  a  cotton  mill  in  Wilmington,  North  Carolina, 
suggested  that  the  absence  of  "society  combinations"  such  as 
breed  discontent  and  turbulence  among  millhands,  would 
transform  distant  competitors  into  collaborators  in  industrial 
development.103  Lay-offs,  reduced  production,  wage  cuts,  and 
the  threats  of  strikes  in  Fall  River  in  1878  contributed  addi- 
tional ammunition  to  fire  in  the  industrial  competition  be- 
tween the  sections.  A  survey  of  American  industrial  develop- 
ment expressed  at  the  time  the  folly  of  ignoring  the  anxiety 
felt  on  the  subject  of  the  possible  dismantlement  of  factories 
manufacturing  coarse  cotton  goods  in  New  England.104  The 
fact  that  New  England  mills  were  mature,  commercially 
experienced,  securely  financed,  but  nevertheless  plagued  by 
large    inventories,    falling   prices,    and    restless    operatives, 

100  Greensboro  Patriot,  September  17,  1873. 

101  Greensboro  Patriot,  February  26,  1873,  October  28,  1874,  January  6, 
1875;  North  Carolina  Handbook   (Raleigh,  1879),  157. 

102  "It  will  be  many  years  before  the  discouraging  elements  that  have 
reached  such  ascendancy  in  the  North  obtain  any  potency  in  the  South." 
Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  February  24,  1885;  North  Carolina  Handbook, 
160. 

103  Martin,  "Wilmington  Cotton  Mills,"  644. 

104  New  York  Herald,  May  12,  1878. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  379 

further  documented  the  case  for  the  South  eclipsing  all  com- 
petitors. Textile  analysts,  nevertheless,  warned  against  a 
premature  belief  in  the  industrial  growth  of  the  South  imme- 
diately contributing  to  decadence  elsewhere.  The  future 
eminence  of  the  southern  textile  industry  was  not  doubted, 
but  it  was  difficult  to  imagine  the  New  England  mills  becom- 
ing branch  offices.105 

The  yearly  tabulation  of  new  mills  became  a  difficult  chore. 
There  were  periodic  resumptions  of  building  projects,  expan- 
sions of  established  mills,  and  the  starting  up  of  mills  that 
seemed  to  be  dead.  But  always  there  was  a  net  increase  in 
the  number  of  mills  in  operation.  By  the  end  of  the  century 
there  were  over  four-hundred  mills  housing  more  than  four 
million  spindles  and  over  one-hundred  thousand  looms.106 
Edward  Atkinson,  who  certainly  was  never  indifferent  about 
southern  industrialization,  came  quite  close  in  his  review  of 
the  Census  of  1880  to  making  a  correct  prediction  about  the 
course  of  industrial  development.  His  appraisal  revealed  the 
prevailing  outlook  of  his  time  which  may  not  have  accounted 
for  what  happened,  but  which  certainly  justified  men  believ- 
ing in  what  they  were  doing.  "If  the  future  changes  in  popu- 
lation, wealth,  and  conditions  of  the  different  sections  of  the 
country/'  he  wrote,  "shall  in  the  future  cause  the  increase  of 
spindles  ...  it  will  simply  be  the  greater  evidence  that 
natural  laws  are  paramount."107  There  was  never  any  hesi- 
tancy about  appropriating  the  doctrine  of  the  laws  of  nature 
which  were  then  being  extended  to  account  for  biological 
and  social  evolution.108  But  the  logic  of  such  reasoning  re- 
quired someone  to  qualify  for  extinction,  and  the  unfit  vehe- 
mently protested  against  their  candidacy.  The  Rhode  Island 
Judiciary  Committee  listened  in  1885  to  a  complaint  that 

105  Observer,  May  21,  1879;  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  January  6,  1884; 
Commercial  and  Financial   Chronicle,   XXXIX    (1884),   284:    XLI    (1885) 
293. 

106  Stanwood,  "Cotton  Manufactures,"  54-59 ;  Commercial  and  Financial 
Chronicle,  LXXI   (September  8,  1900),  7. 

107  Edward  Atkinson,  "Report  on  the  Cotton  Manufactures  of  the  United 
States,"  Report  on  the  Manufactures  of  the  United  States  at  the  Tenth 
Census  (Washington,  D.  C,  1883),  12. 

108 "  .  .  .  natural  immutable  laws  seem  to  have  forever  fixed  the  Piedmont 
belt  as  the  one  pre-eminently  fit  section  for  the  manufacture  of  cotton 
goods."  Albert  Phenis  in  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXXI   (1897),  5. 


380  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

"The  number  of  spindles  has  been  greatly  increased  during 
the  past  two  years— especially  in  the  South,  with  only  one 
object  ...  to  beat  the  Northern  mills."109  Some  northern 
manufacturers  thought  it  might  be  prudent  for  southerners 
to  begin  with  the  manufacture  of  shoes  or  some  other  com- 
modity. At  one  time  Edward  Atkinson  proposed  the  advis- 
ability of  establishing  a  marmalade  industry  as  preferable  to 
textiles.110 

On  numerous  occasions  between  1879  and  1898  Edward 
Atkinson  insisted  that  it  would  be  more  to  the  advantage  of 
the  South  to  improve  the  handling  of  cotton  than  to  engage 
in  the  manufacture  of  textiles.  He  was  convinced  that  the 
South  lacked  the  capital,  machinery,  and  trained  labor  nec- 
essary for  an  industry  in  which  mechanization  is  worth  more 
than  tractable  labor,  depression  a  test  of  management,  and 
the  margin  of  profit  small  in  comparison  with  the  initial 
investment.111  In  1880  he  proposed  an  exhibition  devoted  to 
tools,  methods,  products,  and  processes  related  to  the  produc- 
tion and  use  of  cotton.  His  proposal  materialized  in  the 
Atlanta  International  Cotton  Exposition,  the  first  of  a  series 
in  southern  industrial  showmanship,  which  had  already  been 
proposed  by  the  Mississippi  Valley  Cotton  Planter's  Associa- 
tion. As  far  as  Atkinson  was  concerned,  the  primary  objective 
of  the  Exposition  was  to  bring  into  common  knowledge  and 
use  the  various  machines  and  tools  for  the  cultivation  and 
preparation  of  cotton  prior  to  its  being  sold  or  spun.112  But 
the  Exposition  involved  the  much  larger  idea  of  wiping  out, 
as  its  Director  claimed,  "all  the  remains  of  sectionalism,  and 
in  opening  up  a  knowledge  of  the  South  to  capital,  labor, 
invention,  and  commerce." 113  The  Exposition  turned  out  to 

109  Manufacturers'  Record,  VII   (1885),  105. 

110 "Studies  in  the  South,"  Atlantic  Monthly,  XLIX  (1882),  746;  E. 
Atkinson,  "Future  Situs  of  the  Cotton  Manufacture  of  the  United  States," 
Popular  Science  Monthly,  XXXVI    (1890),  306. 

1X1  Atlanta  Constitution,  November  4,  1881;  New  York  Tribune,  May  30, 
1881. 

112  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  XXXI  (1880),  25;  New  York 
Herald,  August  18,  1880;  H.  I.  Kimball,  International  Cotton  Exposition. 
Report  of  the  Director-General  (New  York,  1882),  227-228,  hereinafter 
cited  as  Kimball,  International  Cotton  Exposition;  E.  Atkinson  to  H.  B. 
Loring,  August  6,  1881,  New  York  Herald,  August  13,  1881. 

m  Kimball,  International  Cotton  Exposition,  139. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  381 

be  a  preview  of  the  industrial  potentialities  of  the  South.  It 
drew  from  every  part  of  the  country  thousands  of  visitors. 
They  were  already  indoctrinated  with  the  idea  that  agricul- 
tural specimens  and  machinery  were  glamorous  spectacles  to 
behold  in  the  midst  of  fountains  and  ferns.  In  spite  of  the 
general  applause  and  the  rich  prognostications  in  favor  of  the 
South,  Atkinson  adhered  to  his  first  thoughts.  In  1893  he 
wrote  that  the  South  needed  fewer  cotton  mill  booms  and 
the  planting  of  more  legumes.114 

The  New  England  Cotton  Manufacturers'  Committee  was 
fully  aware  of  everything  the  Exposition  symbolized,  but  in 
the  use  of  agricultural,  mineral,  and  timber  resources  they 
found  the  promise  of  a  vastly  greater  number  of  customers 
for  their  industrial  output  than  they  expected  to  find  com- 
petitors in  textile  manufacturing.115  Carroll  D.  Wright  stated 
the  matter  quite  frankly  before  the  Norfolk  Club.  He  foresaw 
New  England  industries  becoming  the  beneficiaries  of  a  rapid 
industrial  development  in  the  South.  But  before  New  England 
could  profitably  participate  in  the  exploitation  of  southern 
economic  wealth  some  modifications  in  the  quality  of  textile 
production  would  need  to  occur  in  factories  with  antiquated 
machinery.116  Edward  Atkinson  thought  that  the  steady  en- 
largement of  spinning  and  weaving  facilities  in  New  England 
should  dispel  the  belief  that  there  was  any  fear  of  upstarts 
elsewhere.117  Nevertheless,  the  eventual  supremacy  of  the 
South  in  coarse  yarns  and  fabrics  was  already  being  granted 
by  observers  and  being  seized  by  investors.  "New  England  is 
now  being  forced  to  witness,"  the  Chicago  Independent 
World  admitted,  "the  not  very  encouraging  spectacle  pre- 
sented by  her  migrating  factories."  118  Industrial  prospecting 
commenced  quite  actively  after  1880  with  the  result  that 
many  visitors  negotiated  to  transfer  production.  The  Southern 
Cotton  Manufacturers'  Association  announced  in  1883  that 
cotton  mills  were  so  well  established  that  the  region  con- 

^  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXIII  (1893),  337. 
^Kimball,  International  Cotton  Exposition,  183. 
116  Boston  Daily  Advertiser,  January  25,  1886. 

117 New  York  Tribune,  May  30,  1881;  H.  F.  Williamson,  Edward  Atkinson: 
The  Biography  of  an  American  Liberal  (Boston,  1934),  172-173. 
"*  Cited  in  Greensboro  Patriot,  April  6,  1883. 


382  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review    < 

trolled  the  market  for  coarse  cotton  goods  and  regulated 
prices  even  in  New  England.  Not  only  did  the  publicists  talk 
themselves  into  believing  in  their  own  pre-eminence,  but 
they  were  always  warning  their  rivals  that  the  New  England 
textile  industry  would  momentarily  move  to  the  South.119 
"New  England  mills  will  be  forced,"  the  New  York  Herald 
observed,  "to  surrender  to  the  South  the  manufacture  of 
coarse  cotton  goods  .  .  .  and  bend  their  attention  to  fine 
fabrics  which  require  more  skilled  labor.120  And  a  southern 
periodical,  as  if  to  make  the  triumph  complete,  announced 
the  impending  transfer  not  only  of  textile,  but  iron,  wood, 
and  leather  industries  too.121 

Richard  H.  Edmonds,  who  has  served  as  editor  and  speaker 
in  the  cause  of  southern  industrialization  with  distinction, 
tried  to  persuade  the  New  England  Cotton  Manufacturers' 
Association  in  1895  that  it  would  be  far  better  to  foster  the 
migration  of  the  textile  industry  than  to  remain  where  they 
were  as  unequal  competitors.122  It  was  believed  that  what 
was  just  a  skirmish  over  coarse  cotton  goods  would  become 
a  rout  whenever  the  New  England  competitors  could  be 
forced  to  shift  the  regional  base  of  their  operations.  The 
Boston  Manufacturers'  Gazette  was  willing  to  comply.  It 
proposed  abandoning  the  coarse  goods  trade,  replacing  obso- 
lete machinery  with  improved  equipment  suitable  to  making 
fabrics  not  influenced  by  southern  competition,  and  export- 
ing the  cast-off  machinery  to  the  South.  "This  building  of 
cotton  mills  in  the  South",  the  commentator  wrote,  "by  exist- 
ing corporations  in  this  State  is  a  movement  of  relief  from 
Southern  competition.  .  .  ,"123  By  the  end  of  the  century  all 
the  early  predictions  were  exceeded.  The  textile  industry  in 

119  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  December  23,  1881,  October  31,  1883,  Novem- 
ber 17,  1883,  January  11,  1885;  Observer,  May  17,  1878;  The  News  and 
Observer,  January  5,  1881;  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  LX  (1895), 
501. 

120  New  York  Herald,  March  28,  1883. 

121  Industrial  South  cited  in  Greensboro  Patriot,  April  6,  1883. 

122  R.  H.  Edmonds,  "Cotton  Manufacturing  Interests  of  the  South," 
Transactions  of  the  New  England  Cotton  Manufacturers'  Association, 
Vol.  59:196-197. 

123  Cited  in  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVII  (1895),  23.  "Our  own  opinion 
has  been  and  is  that  Northern  manufacturers  stay  at  home  because  they 
are  free  from  Southern  competition.  .  .  ."  Observer,  April  13,  1879. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  383 

the  United  States  witnessed  a  shift  in  regional  location,  a 
mechanical  overhaul,  a  heavy  influx  of  investment  capital,  a 
widening  of  domestic  and  foreign  markets,  and  rapid  alter- 
ations in  consumer  fashions.  The  alarm  felt  in  the  North  that 
southern  competition  would  become  so  strong  and  assertive 
as  to  endanger  the  stability  and  future  prospects  of  the  cotton 
industry  in  that  section  was  protracted  and  made  tantalizing 
as  the  rivalry  was  periodically  intensified  by  business  de- 
pressions. 

The  languishing  of  the  New  England  cotton  mills  in  1870 
was  interpreted  to  mean  the  possible  immunity  of  the  same 
industry  in  the  South  to  depression.124  But  the  textile  industry 
was  largely  an  idea  then  and  negligible  in  the  economy  of 
cotton  manufacturing  in  the  United  States.  Nevertheless, 
between  1870  and  1873  the  consumption  of  baled  cotton 
increased  almost  twenty-five  million  pounds,  and  it  was  re- 
ported that  cotton  manufacturing  had  passed  beyond  the 
point  of  experiment.125  When  financial  derangements  else- 
where were  producing  a  decrease  in  the  consumption  of 
cotton  many  mills  in  the  South  were  making  profits.  "In  the 
South,"  the  annual  review  of  the  Commercial  and  Financial 
Chronicle  for  1876-1877  pointed  out,  "manufacturing  busi- 
ness has  .  .  .  been  rather  more  satisfactory  than  in  the 
North.  .  .  .  That  section  just  now  presents  a  more  hopeful 
condition  than  any  other  portion  of  the  country." 126  At  the 
Atlanta  Cotton  Exposition  the  fact  that  the  South  came 
through  the  Panic  of  1873  and  its  aftermath  unscathed 
seemed  proper  information  to  disseminate  among  inquisitive 
visitors.127 

The  chief  disturbance  to  industrial  stability  in  the  South 
came  from  a  redundancy  of  cotton  mills,  flimsily  financed, 
amateurishly  staffed,  and  competing  with  each  other.  When 
factories  temporarily  suspended  production  there  were 
doubts  about  the  possibility  of  recuperation  and  renewed 

^Proceedings   of  hnmigration  Convention,   30. 

125  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle, UN  11   (1873),  346;  XIX   (1874), 
287. 

139  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  XXV   (1877),  251. 
127  Kimball,  International  Cotton  Exposition,  222. 


384  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

growth.  But  the  doubters  were  often  the  very  ones  who  had 
been  taken  in  by  extravagant  statements  to  suppose  that  no 
depression  however  severe  could  ever  affect  the  South.  The 
shock  of  business  contraction  impressed  upon  some  prospec- 
tive investors  the  desirability  of  a  good  site,  adequate  machin- 
ery, and  careful  management.  Unrestricted  cotton  mill  build- 
ing intermittently  tended  to  break,  the  spell  of  local  advan- 
tages. Involved  in  this  predicament  were  uninitiated  man- 
agers overburdened  with  initial  expenditures  viewing  busi- 
ness circumstances  as  favorable  when  no  basis  for  such 
estimates  existed.128  In  Atlanta  depression  was  viewed  as  a 
blessing  by  producing  a  precarious  situation  which  only  a 
rationalization  of  production  and  management  could  sur- 
mount.129 This  relationship  between  depression  and  indus- 
trialization in  an  undeveloped  region  had  been  noticed  by  a 
manufacturer  as  early  as  1873.  He  wrote: 

This  will  be  a  close  year  on  Manufactures  unless  well  man- 
aged .  .  .  the  eastern  factorys  are  stopped  or  running  on  short 
time  which  will  reduce  the  stock  of  goods  on  the  market  &  cause 
a  greater  demand.  ...  I  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  .  .  .  that 
the  present  is  a  favorable  time  for  manufacturers  who  have  the 
means  to  run.130 

The  interplay  of  fluctuating  cotton  prices  and  southern 
competition  kept  the  New  England  industry  jittery.  When 
cotton  prices  rose,  the  mills  could  not  afford  to  produce  at 
prevailing  yarn  and  cloth  prices;  when  the  price  of  cotton 
fell,  the  southern  manufacturers  flooded  the  markets  with 
finished  goods.  When  many  northern  manufacturers  were 
curtailing  production  in  a  state  bordering  on  despair,  stocks 
in  the  South  were  neither  auctioned  nor  limited  by  produc- 

™ Manufacturers'  Record,  VI  (1884),  263;  XXIII  (1893),  197;  Commer- 
cial and  Financial  Chronicle,  XXXIX  (1884),  284;  Daily  Charlotte  Ob- 
server, February  2,  1883  (statement  by  H.  P.  Hammett) ;  January  21, 
1883   (statement  by  J.  F.  Hanson)  ;  Mitchell,  Rise  of  Cotton  Mills,  154. 

126  Manufacturers'  Record,  VI  (1885),  779. 

"°  E.  M.  Holt  to  J.  W.  White,  October  27,  October  30,  1873,  James  W. 
White  Correspondence,  George  Washington  Flowers  Collection,  Duke  Uni- 
versity. Also  see,  M.  F.  Foster,  "Southern  Cotton  Manufacturing,"  Trans- 
actions of  the  New  England  Cotton  Manufacturers'  Association,  Vol.  68: 
168-169;  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  XLI  (1885),  293;  XLV 
(1887),  326. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  385 

tion  curtailments,  but  sold  at  handsome  profits.  The  depres- 
sion shock  absorbers  were  believed  to  be  the  panoply  of 
advantages  that  had  always  been  hawked  as  well  as  the 
inability  of  New  England  mills  to  abandon  coarse  cotton 
goods  fast  enough.131  The  vitality  of  the  New  England  branch 
of  the  industry  was  never  permanently  diverted  by  contrac- 
tions in  business.  Yet  the  old  belief  was  supported  once  again 
in  1899  by  the  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle  when  it 
noted  that  southern  "Growth  during  the  time  of  business 
depression  has  been  marvelous,  and  it  is  still  at  the  full  tide 
of  development.' 


132 


So  very  much  was  expected  of  cotton  mills.  They  were 
even  expected  to  work  a  moral  and  material  revolution  in  the 
lives  of  people  who  had  not  yet  been  introduced  into  the 
complexities  of  urban  and  industrial  life.  A  cotton  factory 
became  "that  long  hoped  for  enterprise,"  as  one  promoter 
eulogized,  "to  which  those  who  have  at  heart  the  welfare  of 
the  community  so  anxiously  look  forward."  133  The  builders 
of  cotton  mills  were  sometimes  characterized  as  public  bene- 
factors. The  cotton  mills  were  likened  to  a  panacea  for  the 
rural  poor.  An  employer  reasoned: 

When  by  education  the  minds  of  the  laboring  people  have  been 
so  trained  that  they  can  do  a  day's  work  in  ten  hours  then  it 
would  be  well  to  make  a  ten  hours  a  day,  but  at  present  there 
are  so  many  poor  people  living  on  farms  or  who,  in  other  occu- 
pations, lead  a  very  precarious  life,  it  is  time  they  ought  to  be 
allowed  employment  on  any  terms.134 

There  is  a  degree  of  exaggeration  in  the  explanation  that 
southern  industrial  pioneers  carried  their  traditional  planta- 
tion relations  with  labor  into  the  cotton  mills,  and  took  for 

m  Manufacturers*  Record,  XVI  (1889),  15-16;  Commercial  and  Financial 
Chronicle,  XLVII   (1888),  308;  XLIX   (1889),  326;  LI   (1890),  327-328. 
133  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  LXIX   (September  9,  1899),  6. 

133  Daily  Charlotte  Observer,  May  29,  1879. 

134  Seventh  Annual  Report  of  the  North  Carolina  Bureau  of  Labor  Sta- 
tistics (Raleigh,  1893),  67-68. 


386  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


135 


granted,  the  old  dependent  and  subservient  status  of  labor. 
It  was  a  tenet  of  industrial  psychology  at  the  time  that  an 
employer  was  responsible  for  more  than  the  means  of  sub- 
sistence of  those  he  employed.  "He  holds,"  as  Carroll  D. 
Wright  expressed  the  theory,  "their  moral  well-being  in  his 
keeping." 136  Millowners  were  encouraged  to  provide  mental 
and  religious  instruction  on  the  grounds  that  "an  investment 
in  the  affections  of  those  employed  is  always  as  good  as  any 
money  put  in  machinery.  .  .  ,"137  At  one  factory  in  North 
Carolina  workers  who  earned  between  forty  and  fifty  cents 
a  day  sometimes  were  fined  fifteen  cents  for  "carelessness  on 
work"  or  ten  cents  for  "bad  conduct."138  Cotton  mills  were 
also  expected  to  furnish,  in  addition  to  employment,  the 
facilities  for  physical,  mental  and  moral  training.  One  mill 
superintendent  thought  that  "Southern  people  peculiarly 
need  the  employment  afforded  by  cotton  manufacture,"  and 
another  meliorist  described  mill  work  as  beneficial  for  the 
intelligence  of  operatives  who  would  always  be  "subject  to 
elevating  social  influences"  in  a  factory  environment.139  In- 
stead of  considering  factories  as  economic  organizations,  the 
guardians  of  the  millhands  portrayed  the  factories  as  the 
shelters  of  a  moral  rescue  society.  The  novelty  of  factories 
and  the  efforts  to  make  factory  employment  genteel  called 
for  a  benignancy  that  was  not  without  precedence  in  the 
textile  industry.  Edwin  de  Leon's  description  of  the  life  of 

135  See  Elliott  D.  Smith,  Technology  and  Labor  (New  Haven,  1939),  195; 
A.  Berglund,  and  Others,  Labor  in  the  Industrial  South  (Charlottesville, 
Va.,  1930),  19-20.  There  is  a  marked  difference  between  plantation  pater- 
nalism and  industrial  paternalism.  Any  perusal  of  the  literature  on  indus- 
trial recruiting  in  the  South  during  this  period  [See  for  example  A.  Kohn, 
The  Cotton  Mills  of  South  Carolina  (Columbia,  S.  C,  1907),  22-23]  will 
suggest  that  entrepreneurs  were  inventing  industrial  labor  practices  that 
anticipated  in  so  many  ways  (although  the  motivation  was  not  the  same) 
the  job  security  and  welfare  benefits  incorporated  in  subsequent  principles 
of  management. 

338  Carroll  D.  Wright,  Some  Ethical  Phases  of  the  Labor  Question  (Bos- 
ton, 1903),  152. 

137 First  Annual  Report  of  the  North  Carolina  Bureau  of  Labor  Statis- 
tics (Raleigh,  1887),  140. 

138  Morgan-Malloy  Cotton  Mill,  "Time  Book,  1889-1890,"  George  Wash- 
ington Flowers  Collection,  Duke  University. 

138  Carolina  Watchmen,  November  9,  1876;  Henry  V.  Meigs  quoted  in 
de  Leon,  "The  New  South,"  413;  Henry  V.  Meigs  to  Editor,  New  York 
Herald,  December  6,  1880;  Blackman,  Cotton  Mills,  22-23. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  387 

cotton  millhands  revealed  the  meliorists'  assumptions  when 
he  wrote: 

Their  hours  are  usually  from  7  a.m.  to  6  p.m.,  with  an  interval 
at  mid-day  of  half  an  hour  for  dinner.  Attached  to  some  of  the 
mills  are  residences  for  the  operatives,  but  a  majority  of  the 
instances  they  board  themselves,  thus  avoiding  some  of  the  sup- 
posed demoralizing  effects  of  colonization.  Thus  far  it  is  certain 
that  no  moral  miasma  has  been  generated  in  the  South  by  the 
introduction  of  this  species  of  labor.140 

Since  the  industry  was  introduced  into  an  agrarian  society 
at  a  time  when  farmers  were  hard  pressed,  cotton  mill  con- 
ditions were  often  considered  better  than  those  on  the  farms. 
"The  hands  we  have  are  persons  who  failed  to  make  a  good 
living  on  the  farm,"  was  the  simple  story  told  by  countless 
observers.141  The  decision  to  migrate  to  the  factories  was 
accompanied  by  numerous  applications  from  families  restive 
under  the  vicissitudes  of  farming.  Their  letters  have  all  the 
poignancy  of  immigrant  mail. 

I  write  you  for  to  know  if  yould  could  give  me  a  job.  I  have 
made  by  my  mind  to  go  to  a  cotton  mill  &  would  like  to  have  a 
job  with  you  as  you  have  been  recommended  to  me  as  a  good 
place  I  am  about  29  years  old  have  a  boy  about  10  years  old  a 
girle  that  will  soon  be  large  enough  to  go  in  a  mill.142 

The  South  offered  its  population  as  the  most  treasured 
asset  any  people  can  possess  in  a  cause  so  well  intentioned. 
"Our  operatives  are  admitted  to  be  remarkably  frugal,  indus- 
trious, easily  taught  and  controlled,"  an  advertisement  stated 
in  1870,  "and  we  have  an  unemployed  class  of  many  thou- 
sands from  which  to  draw  in  the  future."  143  What  recom- 
mended these  people  was  that  they  worked  for  low  wages, 
were  tractable,  never  went  on  strike,  and  readily  learned  the 

140  de  Leon,  "The  New  South,"  414. 

141  First  Annual  Report  of  North  Carolina  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics, 
91,  149;  Fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  North  Carolina  Bureau  of  Labor 
Statistics  (Raleigh,  1890),  34;  Fifth  Annual  Report  of  the  North  Carolina 
Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  (Raleigh,  1891),  130,  171. 

142  Morgan-Malloy  Correspondence,  letter  from  George  Wallace,  Novem- 
ber 27,  1889.  There  are  many  comparable  letters  scattered  abundantly 
through  the  collection  during  the  next  ten  years. 

143  Proceedings  of  Immigration  Convention,  29. 


388  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

routine  of  factory  work.  Sometimes  a  traveler  added  to  the 
advertisement  that  the  "poor  whites"  make  industrious  and 
faithful  operatives.  After  they  entered  the  factories,  they 
were  considered  capable  of  acquiring  the  highest  skill  re- 
quired in  manufacturing  cotton  goods.144  "They  are  docile," 
Richard  H.  Edmonds  taunted  a  New  England  audience  in 
the  difficult  year  of  1895,  "not  given  to  strikes,  and  as  a  class 
are  anxious  to  find  work  and  willing  to  accept  much  lower 
wages  than  northern  operatives."145  Their  backwardness  in 
joining  unions,  demanding  wage  increases  and  reductions  in 
hours,  or  supporting  compulsory  school  attendance  laws  was 
viewed  as  a  major  source  of  advantage  over  older  industrial 
sections  as  well  as  a  leading  target  of  criticism.146  Textile 
circles  charged  that  until  labor  conditions  were  equalized  by 
regulatory  legislation  of  child  labor,  hours,  and  working  con- 
ditions, cotton  manufacturing  in  the  United  States  would  be 
unbalanced  in  favor  of  the  South.147  This  was  corroborated 
by  the  reaction  of  a  North  Carolina  manufacturer  to  the  intro- 
duction of  a  Nine  Hour  Labor  Law  when  he  wrote: 

I  guess  the  poor  fellow  wants  to  head  off  &  stop  northern  capital 
which  threatens  to  come  south  &  build  cotton  mills  in  N.  C.  A 
sweet  set  these  Solons  of  ours.148 

It  was  the  Southerners  who  were  engrossed  in  the  agitation 
for  cotton  mills;  and  outside  attention,  although  periodically 
proffered,  did  not  reach  any  significant  peak  until  the  last 

144  Report  of  the  Saluda  Cotton  Mills,  Greensboro  Patriot,  February  26, 
1873;  Observer,  February  6,  1878;  Bancroft,  Carl  Schurz,  IV,  377;  Manu- 
facturers' Record,  XXIII    (1893),  197. 

145  Edmonds,  "Cotton  Manufacturing  Interests  of  the  South,"  199-200. 
148  W.   C.   Lovering  to  Labor   Committee  of  the   Massachusetts   General 

Court,  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXIII  (1893),  292;  Boston  Commercial 
Bulletin  cited  in  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVII  (1895),  239. 

147  Statements  by  D.  M.  Thompson  of  Corliss  Engine  Co.,  Manufacturers' 
Record,  XXVII  (1895),  4;  XXXI  (1897),  219;  Commercial  and  Financial 
Chronicle,   LIII    (1891),   350. 

148  Schenck  Letter  Book,  January  28,  1895.  During  the  month  of  Septem- 
ber, 1898,  J.  F.  Schenck  wrote  the  following  in  the  Letter  Book:  "Provi- 
dence can  bestow  no  greater  blessing  upon  our  factory  community  than  is 
already  bestowed  than  to  forever  deliver  them  from  the  influence  of  labor 
agitators,  and  from  the  influence  of  all  other  agitators  whose  main  object 
is  to  stir  up  dissatisfaction  and  prejudice."  Also  see,  Gunton's  Magazine, 
XXI  (1901),  50;  American  Federationist,  IX   (1902),  19-20. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  389 

decade  of  the  nineteenth  century.  A  manufacturer  reminisced 
in  1895: 

We  felt  no  danger  from  the  south  until  1880.  ...  In  that  year  I 
called  the  attention  of  my  stockholders  to  .  .  .  the  South.  Then 
the  cloud  was  no  bigger  than  a  man's  hand.  ...  In  1889  and 
again  in  1891  I  spoke  of  it  to  my  stockholders ;  but  since  1891  it 
has  been  useless  to  point  it  out,  for  everyone  could  see  it.149 

What  they  saw  was  the  emergence  of  a  new  competitor  un- 
burdened with  investments  in  out-moded  machinery  and 
uncommitted  to  friends  and  associates  in  non-automatic  ma- 
chinery manufacture.  Southern  mills  were  already  abandon- 
ing the  practice  of  buying  cast-off  machinery  and  were  begin- 
ning to  install  automatic  equipment  that  did  not  need  the 
attention  of  craft  or  industrial  conscious  workers.  Further- 
more, they  saw  upstart  competitors,  unencumbered  by  regu- 
latory industrial  labor  practices  sanctioned  by  custom  and 
law,  flaunting  an  industrial  reserve  army  of  docile,  dutiful, 
and  native  workers.  A  scissors  movement  was  occurring  in 
which  New  England  manufacturers  felt  that  southern  em- 
ployment practices  and  New  England  social  legislation  were 
cutting  them  to  shreds.150 

Investigating  committees  from  legislatures,  factories,  trade 
associations,  labor  organizations,  and  social  service  societies 
agreed  that  climate,  tax  and  freight  rates,  the  proximity  of 
cotton,  coal  and  water  resources,  building  costs,  and  a  local 
labor  supply  all  favored  a  vigorous  textile  industrialization. 

149  Statement  by  Jefferson  Coolidge  cited  by  E.  Porritt,  "The  Cotton  Mills 
of  the  South,"  New  England  Magazine,  XII  (1895),  578,  hereinafter  cited 
as  Porritt,  "The  Cotton  Mills  of  the  South."  A  southern  interpretation  was 
expressed  at  the  time  by  R.  H.  Edmonds:  "So  long  as  the  cotton  manu- 
facturing business  of  the  South  was  handled  exclusively  by  Southern  peo- 
ple, it  attracted  only  moderate  attention  throughout  New  England,  but 
when  several  of  the  strongest  cotton  mill  companies  of  Massachusetts 
decided  that  it  was  necessary  to  build  large  mills  in  the  South  in  order  to 
hold  their  trade,  cotton  mill  investors  throughout  New  England  commenced 
to  study  the  advantages  of  the  South  for  this  industry."  Latham,  Alexan- 
der and  Co.,  Cotton  Movements  and  Fluctuations,  1890-1895,  XXII  (1895), 
45.  See  above,  note  123. 

150  Report  on  Southern  tour  of  the  Arkwright  Club,  Manufacturers'  Rec- 
ord, XXVII  (1895),  179-180;  Transactions  of  the  New  England  Cotton 
Manufacturers'  Association,  Vol.  63,  384-385;  Report  of  the  Committee  on 
Southern  Competition  of  the  Arkwright  Club  (Boston,  1897),  3-5;  Thomas 
T.  Smith,  The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  of  Fall  River,  Massachusetts  (New 
York,  1944),  86-103. 


390  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

They  also  discovered  that  the  new  automatic  machinery  re- 
quired less  experienced  workers,  who  incidently  worked 
longer  hours  in  factories,  where  two  and  three  shifts  pre- 
vailed, for  wages  that  were  lower  than  prevailing  rates  in 
New  England.  Trade  unions  and  the  use  of  the  strike  had 
little  precedent  in  the  South  and  the  occurrence  of  such 
practices  was  scanty  and  infrequent.  Policies  regulating 
hours,  employment  of  women  and  children,  night  work,  and 
school  attendance,  that  were  current  in  New  England,  were 
either  absent  or  somewhere  in  the  remote  future.151 

The  calculated  approval  that  came  from  the  Arkwright 
Club  and  its  member  manufacturing  concerns  slighted  the 
entire  edifice  upon  which  the  textile  industry  had  been  built 
in  the  South.  It  was  to  the  millhands  and  the  legislatures  of 
the  South  that  the  out-maneuvered  manufacturers  attributed 
their  plight.  At  home  they  threatened  to  equalize  conditions 
themselves  in  their  own  factories.  They  tried  to  persuade  their 
legislatures  to  amend  regulatory  labor  laws.  Many  petitioned 
legislatures  for  increases  in  capitalization  with  a  view  to 
opening  branch  plants  in  the  South.  They  damned  the  trade 
unions,  while  their  competitors  prodded  them  on  with  the 
cry:  "We  have  no  labor  agitators."  So  real  did  the  exodus  of 
cotton  mills  from  New  England  become  that  the  only  escape 
seemed  to  lie  in  the  encouragement  of  trade  unions  in  the 
South  or  the  enactment  of  national  labor  legislation  in  order 
to  establish  equality  between  the  sections.152  In  the  midst  of 
all  this  furore  perhaps  Daniel  E.  Tompkins  best  represented 
southern  reaction  to  the  final  triumph  against  the  New  Eng- 
land giants.  He  wrote: 

Southern  towns  that  want  mills  should  reflect  upon  the  fact  that 
the  advantages  of  the  South  have  been  proven  by  Southern  mills 
built  with  Southern  money  by  Southern  men  ...  I  don't  want 


151  Times-Democrat,  September  1,  1885;  Porritt,  "The  Cotton  Mills  of 
the  South,"  575-576;  W.  C.  Lovering,  "Report  to  the  New  England  Textile 
Club,"  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVI    (1895),  392-393. 

162 Post  (New  York),  cited  in  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVII  (1895), 
131;  Daily  Citizen  (Lowell,  Mass.)  cited  in  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXIX 
(1896),  178;  Arkwright  Club  Report,  5-6;  Boston  Advertiser  cited  in  Manu- 
facturers' Record,  XXVII  (1895),  33;  Congressional  Record,  (55  Cong.,  2 
Sess.),  XXI,  pt.  i,  806-807. 


Cotton  Textile  Industry  391 

to  see  any  advantages  that  we  have  developed  in  our  system  of 
manufacture  destroyed  by  the  transplanting  of  New  England 
mills,  ideas,  organizations,  etc.,  bodily  to  the  South.153 

But  in  some  quarters  the  process  of  mill  building,  spindle 
and  loom  installation,  and  labor  recruitment  was  expected 
to  precipitate  a  labor  shortage  and  a  rise  in  wage  rates.  It 
was  also  difficult  to  imagine  the  permanent  postponement  of 
unionization.  The  ascendance  of  social  legislation  throughout 
the  nation  was  not  expected  to  be  indefinitely  resisted  in  the 
South.  With  such  assurances,  the  feeling  prevailed  in  New 
England  that,  however  immediately  serious  the  southern 
contentions  concerning  its  human  resources  appeared,  or  how 
vociferously  local  manufacturers  rationalized  the  place  of 
southern  millhands  in  their  liquidation,  the  peculiar  sectional 
arrangements  that  made  these  human  resources  weapons  in 
the  hands  of  southern  businessmen  could  never  remain  per- 
manent fixtures  in  the  industry.154  For  some  it  was  comforting 
to  look  forward  to  statutory  hours  of  work,  labor  shortages, 
and  trade  unions,  but  as  one  Massachusetts  manufacturer 
complained:  "What  do  I  care  if  between  the  time  legislation 
reaches  the  southern  mills  and  the  present  time,  my  business 
is  ruined?" 155 

The  cotton  mill  development  movement  and  its  consumma- 
tion left  its  critics  aghast  and  shifted  the  center  of  textile 
production  in  the  United  States  to  the  South.  It  was  con- 
spicuously the  product  of  individual  initiative  and  community 
enthusiasm.  Men  trusted  each  other  with  somewhat  more 
than  they  could,  at  the  moment,  do  well.  The  situations  they 
were  inventing  became,  therefore,  training  grounds  for  free 
individuals.  Cotton  mills  were  something  people  wanted.  Had 
they  inquired  into  the  long-run  circumstances  favoring  their 
success  they  might  never  have  noticed  them;  they  might  even 
have  lost  interest  in  the  search.  And  having  waited  and  not 

153  Manufacturers'  Record,  XXVII    (1895),  34-35. 

154  Commercial  and  Financial  Chronicle,  LXVII  (September  10,  1898), 
3-4;  LXIX  (September  9,  1899),  4-5;  Boston  Transcript  cited  in  Manufac- 
turers' Record,  XXXI   (1897),  24. 

155  Cited  in  Porritt,  "The  Cotton  Mills  of  the  South,"  578. 


392  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

acted,  the  very  conditions  they  would  have  been  studying 
might  have  been  denied  the  influence  of  their  actions.  This 
did  not  happen.  Nerved  by  the  vigor  to  adventure  beyond  the 
safeties  of  the  past  into  the  uncertainties  of  the  future,  the 
people  of  the  South  demonstrated  that  they  knew  something 
about  how  to  act  in  the  present.  This  was  preceded  and 
accompanied  by  endless  talk  which  played  no  small  part  in 
preparing  the  ground  for  men  of  action.  They  talked  and 
acted  like  Americans.156  There  was  confidence,  pride,  boast- 
fulness,  associated  effort,  and  rivalry.  It  was  not  enough  for 
the  campaigners  that  their  achievements  and  successes  be 
measured;  they  had  to  be  observed,  recorded,  applauded, 
and  envied. 


168  See  Ralph  B.  Perry,  Characteristically  American  (New  York,  1949), 
Ch.  I,  "The  American  Cast  of  Mind." 


SIMMS'S  VIEWS  ON  NATIONAL  AND  SECTIONAL 

LITERATURE,  1825-1845 

By  John  C.  Guilds 

When  did  American  literature  become  truly  national?  This 
question,  answered  variously  by  various  scholars,  can  prob- 
ably never  be  answered  to  the  satisfaction  of  all.  Almost  any 
decade  in  the  nineteenth  century  could  with  some  reason 
be  said  to  mark  the  beginning  of  a  distinctively  American 
literature.  Probably  most  scholarly  opinion  agrees  with  Pro- 
fessor Clarence.  Gohdes  that  American  literature  did  not 
become  truly  national  until  the  advent  of  the  local-color 
movement  in  the  1870's.1  Acceptance  of  this  theory  is,  in 
effect,  to  define  national  literature  as  the  composite  literature 
of  all  regions. 

National  literature  has  not  been,  and  is  not,  always  so 
defined,  however.  As  any  student  of  American  history  knows, 
nationalism  and  sectionalism  were  explosive  words  in  the 
literary,  economic,  and  political  North- South  controversy 
leading  up  to  the  Civil  War.  The  bitterness  of  this  contro- 
versy—and the  increasing  confusion  of  the  terms  nationalism 
and  sectionalism— is  nowhere  better  revealed  than  in  the 
magazines  of  the  Old  South.  Almost  without  exception  the 
editors  of  early  southern  literary  journals  proposed  to  pro- 
mote the  literature  of  both  their  country  and  their  section. 
By  the  1840's,  however,  it  seemed  (particularly  to  northern- 
ers )  that  most  southern  magazinists  were  advocating  a  "sec- 
tional" rather  than  a  "national"  literature;  and  the  cry,  "Pro- 
vincial!" was  shouted  at  many  a  southern  editor  by  many  a 
northern  critic.  Needless  to  say,  the  southerners  did  not  let 
the  shouts  go  unanswered. 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  discuss  the  problem  of 
nationalism  and  sectionalism  as  it  was  met  by  an  important 
magazine  editor  of  the  Old  South,  William  Gilmore  Simms, 
who  put  himself  on  record  as  both  nationalist  and  sectionalist 

1See  "The  Later  Nineteenth  Century,"  Arthur  Hobson  Quinn   (ed.),  The 
Literature  of  the  American  People  (New  York  [1951]),  639  ff. 

[393] 


394  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

in  literature  and  maintained  that  his  position  was  not  only 
logical,  but  inevitable. 

Simms  ranks  as  the  South's  most  tireless  advocate  of  a 
distinctive  American  literature.  Rising  from  an  inauspicious 
beginning  as  a  green,  outspoken  journalist  to  a  position  as  a 
recognized  spokesman  of  the  South,  he  remained  through- 
out his  editorial  career  an  ardent  and  faithful  champion  of 
"Americanism"  in  literature,  though  in  time  he  became  con- 
vinced that  he  could  best  serve  American  literature  by  en- 
couraging the  development  of  letters  in  his  own  section.  And 
if  the  South  possessed  anyone  equipped  to  serve  as  its  literary 
spokesman,  Simms  was  that  person.  Although  he  sometimes 
thought  that  his  efforts  to  promote  the  literature  of  his  section 
( and  of  his  country )  went  unappreciated,  probably  his  fame 
as  the  South's  "most  prominent  novelist"  and  "most  eminent 
author"2  gave  him  a  greater  prestige— a  greater  influence— 
than  that  attained  by  any  other  magazine  editor  of  the  Old 
South.  The  one  thing  that  Simms  worked  most  faithfully  for 
—the  one  thing  above  all  else  that  he  hoped  to  accomplish  in 
his  career  as  editor  of  literary  journals— was  the  advancement 
of  literature  in  the  South. 

But  if  Simms  was  admittedly  a  sectionalism  how  then  can 
he  be  termed  a  leading  proponent  of  a  distinctively  American 
literature?  Simms  himself  has  given  the  clearest  explanation; 
in  dedicating  The  Wigwam  and  the  Cabin  (1845)  to  his 
father-in-law,  he  wrote: 

One  word  for  the  material  of  these  legends.  It  is  local,  sec- 
tional— and  to  be  national  in  literature,  one  must  needs  be  sec- 
tional. No  one  mind  can  fully  or  fairly  illustrate  the  character- 
istics of  any  great  country ;  and  he  who  shall  depict  one  section 
faithfully,  has  made  his  proper  and  sufficient  contribution  to  the 
great  work  of  national  illustration. 3 

Thus,  according  to  Simms,  by  helping  the  South  to  create  its 
own  literature,  the  southern  man  of  letters  was  also  contrib- 
uting to  the  establishment  of  a  truly  national  literature,  be- 
cause to  be  national  a  literature  must  represent  all  sections. 

2 Southern   Literary   Messenger    (Richmond,    Va.),    IV    (August,    1838), 
529,  hereinafter  cited  as  Southern  Literary  Messenger. 
8  Redfield  edition  (New  York,  1856) ,  4. 


Simms's  Views  on  Literature  395 

The  process  by  which  Simms  arrived  at  this  conclusion, 
however,  was  gradual.  Throughout  his  life  he  worked  and 
fought  for  the  growth  of  a  distinctively  American  literature, 
but  his  struggle  to  achieve  this  end  went  through  several 
stages.  At  first,  though  both  the  Album  and  the  Southern 
Literary  Gazette  stated  that  their  chief  objective  was  the 
encouragement  of  local  writers,  Simms's  concern  was  mainly 
with  the  status  of  American  (rather  than  southern)  letters: 
like  Emerson  he  was  dismayed  at  his  country's  enslavement 
to  British  traditions.  Already  he  was  convinced  that  one  of 
the  chief  reasons  for  the  absence  of  a  worthy  literature  in 
America  was  the  continued  reliance  upon  England  for 
models.  He  pointed  out  that  America  could  never  establish  a 
literature  of  its  own  as  long  as  its  writers  imitated  the  British; 
he  praised  the  independence  of  American  authors  who  dealt 
with  native  themes  even  when  he  could  not  speak  highly  of 
their  genius,  and,  conversely,  he  called  to  task  those  who 
knowingly  or  unknowingly  echoed  the  British  even  when 
he  admitted  their  ability.  He  denounced  the  British  for  their 
want  of  discrimination  in  ridiculing  or  condemning  every- 
thing American;  he  deplored  American  public  taste,  assert- 
ing that  it  had  been  perverted  by  English  books  and  maga- 
zines, and  complained  that  his  countrymen  ignored  even 
the  best  American  work  until  it  had  been  praised  by  one 
of  the  British  journals.  As  a  means  of  ridding  themselves  of 
English  influence,  he  suggested  that  American  writers  take 
up  the  study  of  the  literature  of  Germany  to  see  how  that 
country  had   achieved  intellectual  independence.4 

Simms,  then,  had  early  raised  the  cry  that  after  1837  was 
heard  so  frequently  in  the  pages  of  the  Democratic  Review 
and  other  organs  of  the  "Young  America"  critics  in  New 

4  All  of  these  points  were  made  by  Simms  in  the  Southern  Literary 
Gazette  (Charleston,  S.  C),  1828-1829,  hereinafter  cited  as  Southern 
Literary  Gazette. 

5 John  Stafford,  The  Literary  Criticism  of  "Young  America":  A  Study 
in  the  Relationship  of  Politics  and  Literature,  1837-1850  (Berkeley  and  Los 
Angeles,  1952),  84,  calls  the  Young  Americans  "the  most  strenuous  advo- 
cates in  America"  of  a  new  and  distinctive  American  literature.  This 
reference  hereinafter  cited  as  Stafford,  The  Literary  Criticism  of  "Young 
America" 


396  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

York.5  In  his  two  early  Charleston  journals  ( in  the  Album  to 
a  much  lesser  degree  than  in  the  Southern  Literary  Gazette ) 
he  had  given  voice  to  the  movement  that  a  decade  later  such 
conservative  periodicals  as  the  North  American  Review,  the 
American  Quarterly,  the  New  England  Magazine,  and  the 
New  York  Review  were  to  regard  as  the  Democratic  Review's 
"radical"  idea— advocacy  of  a  national  literature  free  from 
slavish  imitation  of  the  British.6  It  was  only  natural,  then, 
that  at  the  first  opportunity  he  should  fall  into  line  with  the 
group  of  young  New  Yorkers— Evert  A.  Duyckinck,  William 
A.  Jones,  John  L.  O'Sullivan,  Parke  Godwin,  and  Cornelius 
Mathews— the  liberal-minded  Young  Americans  who  cham- 
pioned a  movement  in  literature  paralleled  in  politics  by  the 
trend  culminating  in  Jacksonian  democracy.7  Simms,  like  the 
Young  Americans,  stressed  democracy  as  an  incentive  to 
literature  because,  by  giving  free  rein  to  individual  expres- 
sion, it  favors  the  general  development  of  all  intellect.  Fur- 
thermore, he  was  convinced  of  the  value  of  the  competitive 
spirit;  literary  genius,  he  thought,  was  inspired  by  the  reali- 
zation that  recognition  could  be  won  through  merit  without 
the  benefits  of  wealth  or  rank: 

It  is  a  wondrous  impulse  to  the  individual,  to  his  hope,  his 
exertions  and  his  final  success,  to  be  taught  that  there  is  nothing 
in  his  way,  in  the  nature  of  the  society  in  which  he  lives.  That 
he  is  not  to  be  denied  because  of  his  birth  or  poverty,  because  of 
his  wealth  or  his  family.  That  he  stands  fair  with  his  comrades, 
with  no  social  if  no  natural  impediments — and  the  prize  is 
always  certain  for  the  fleetest  in  the  race. 8 

Simms  was  also  politically  allied  with  the  Young  Americans, 
almost  all  of  whom  were  Locofoco  Democrats;  on  August  15, 

8  Stafford,  The  Literary  Criticism  of  "Young  America"  5  and  passim. 

7  Simms  apparently  did  not  make  his  first  trip  to  New  York  until  1832, 
when  he  visited  James  Lawson.  He  perhaps  met  some  of  the  Young  Ameri- 
cans at  that  time,  though  he  mentioned  none  of  them  in  his  correspondence 
of  that  year.  He  and  Duyckinck,  particularly,  were  later  to  become  fast 
friends. 

6 Southern  and  Western  Monthly  Magazine  and  Review,  I  (Charleston, 
S.  C),  January,  1845,  11-12,  hereinafter  cited  Southern  and  Western 
Monthly. 


Simms's  Views  on  Literature  397 

1842,  he  wrote  to  George  Frederick  Holmes,  "...  I  am  an 
ultra- American,  a  born  Southron,  and  a  resolute  loco-f oco." 9 
Simms  never  ceased  to  be  chagrined  with  America's  tend- 
ency to  lean  upon  England  for  guidance  in  literary  taste  and 
standards;  he  regarded  this  bondage  to  "an  unnatural  mother 
&  natural  enemy"10  as  the  chief  threat  to  the  growth  of  a 
literature  that  was  characteristically  American.  In  explaining 
his  ill  will  toward  the  British  to  the  English-born  Holmes, 
Simms  asserted:  "Individually,  I  am  no  Anti- Anglican.  I  am 
only  so  in  a  purely  national  point  of  view,  and  in  reference 
to  national  interests  &  questions."11  The  extent  of  his  ani- 
mosity, however,  is  perhaps  best  revealed  in  a  letter  of  July 
15,  1845,  to  Evert  A.  Duyckinck,  in  which  he  suggested  that 
war  with  Great  Britian  was  the  surest  and  possibly  the  only 
way  for  America  to  gain  its  literary  independence.12  Several 
weeks  earlier  he  had  expressed  a  similar  attitude  toward  the 
British  in  a  letter  to  James  Lawson: 

His  [Edwin  Forrest's]  only  error  is  in  any  attempt  to  win 
favor  from  the  English.  No  American  can  hope  for  this.  They 
must  be  made  to  fear  us,  and,  it  is  through  our  scorn  and  our 


9  Mary  C.  Simms  Oliphant,  Alfred  Taylor  Odell,  and  T.  C.  Duncan 
Eaves  (eds.),  The  Letters  of  William  Gilmore  Simms  (Columbia,  S.  C,  5 
volumes,  1952-1956),  I,  319,  hereinafter  cited  as  Oliphant,  Odell,  and  Eaves, 
Simms  Letters.  John  W.  Higham,  "The  Changing  Loyalties  of  William 
Gilmore  Simms,"  Journal  of  Southern  History,  IX  (May,  1943),  210-223, 
greatly  over-simplifies  his  case  in  discussing  Simms's  changing  social  and 
political  views.  Higham  (p.  213)  states  that  in  1830  "Simms  was  utterly 
devoid  of  the  sectional  antagonism  which  was  rising  throughout  South 
Carolina";  by  1845,  however,  according  to  Higham,  Simms's  early  Unionism 
had  been  almost  completely  destroyed  by  strong  sectional  feelings.  Higham 
attributes  this  change  chiefly  to  Simms's  marriage  to  Chevillette  Eliza 
Roach,  only  child  of  a  large  landowner,  in  1836,  at  which  time  the  author 
supposedly  shifted  his  allegiance  from  the  mercantile  class  to  the  planter 
aristocracy.  Higham  overlooks  the  fact  that  Simms's  views  were  characteris- 
tic of  the  thinking  of  many  other  southerners — whether  living  in  the  country 
or  in  town  or  whether  planter  or  merchant — who  had  opposed  Nullification 
but  later  became  convinced  that  the  federal  government  was  hostile  to  the 
society  in  which  they  lived.  Even  Higham  grants,  however,  that  Simms's 
"literary  Americanism"  continued  for  a  while  after  his  "federal  nationa- 
lism" disappeared;  in  1845  Simms  "was  still  agitating  for  a  national 
literature,  but  antipathy  toward  the  North  was  weakening  his  enthusiasm 
.  .  ."  (p.  221).  In  1845  as  editor  of  the  Southern  and  Western  Simms  still 
retained  his  objectivity  in  treating  northern  authors. 

10  Simms  to  G.  F.   Holmes,  July  27,   1842,  Oliphant,  Odell,  and  Eaves, 
Simms  Letters,  I,  317. 

11  Letter  of  August  15,  1842,  Oliphant,  Odell,  and  Eaves,  Simms  Letters, 
I,  319. 

13  See  Oliphant,  Odell,  and  Eaves,  Simms  Letters,  II,  90. 


398  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

strength,  not  through  our  arts  conciliatory  that  a  people  so 
bigoted  in  self  will  ever  do  justice  to  that  other,  which  spring 
from  their  loins,  &  setting  up  for  themselves,  are  so  fast  treading 
on  their  heels. 13 

As  early  as  1828  Simms  the  "born  Southron"  felt  some 
antipathy  toward  the  North  even  while  Simms  the  "ultra- 
American"  joined  hands  with  northerners  in  combating  the 
detrimental  influence  of  England.  Already  political  differences 
between  North  and  South  were  making  southerners  aware  of 
other  distinctions  between  themselves  and  their  northern 
neighbors.14  Almost  for  the  first  time,  perhaps,  southerners 
were  conscious  of  being  a  minority— and  proud  southerners 
rebelled  at  many  northerners'  air  of  superiority  in  everything 
from  literature  to  morals.  This  growing  southern  animus 
toward  the  North  is  apparent  in  both  of  the  literary  journals 
founded  in  Charleston  in  1828.  In  the  prospectus  of  the 
Southern  Review  (1828-1832),  its  editors  stated: 

It  shall  be  among  our  first  objects  to  vindicate  the  rights  and 
privileges,  the  character  of  the  Southern  states,  to  arrest,  if 
possible,  that  current  which  has  been  directed  so  steadily  against 
our  country  generally,  and  the  South  in  particular ;  and  to  offer 
to  our  fellow  citizens  one  Journal  which  they  may  read  without 
finding  themselves  the  objects  of  perpetual  sarcasm,  or  of  affect- 
ed commiseration. 15 

The  Southern  Literary  Gazette16  reveals  Simms  likewise  as 
embittered  by  the  North's  condescending  attitude  toward 
his  section.  In  the  prospectus  issued  before  the  publication 
of  the  second  volume  of  the  Gazette,  Simms  spoke  of  the  con- 
tempt and  apathy  with  which  his  section's  intellectual  quali- 

13  Oliphant,  Odell,  and  Eaves,  Simms  Letters,  II,  83.  The  letter  is  dated 
June  27,  1845. 

14  For  an  excellent  analysis  of  the  growth  of  sectionalism  in  the  South, 
see  Charles  S.  Sydnor,  The  Development  of  Southern  Sectionalism,  1819- 
1848  (Baton  Rouge,  La.,  1948).  For  a  briefer  treatment  with  emphasis 
upon  literary  factors,  see  Jay  B.  Hubbell,  "Literary  Nationalism  in  the  Old 
South,"  American  Studies  in  Honor  of  William  Kenneth  Boyd  (Durham, 
1940),  175-220,  hereinafter  cited  as  Hubbell,  American  Studies. 

16  Quoted  in  Linda  Rhea,  Hugh  Swinton  Legare  (Chapel  Hill,  1934),  237. 
I  have  not  been  able  to  find  the  original. 

18  The  fact  that  a  large  portion  of  the  magazines  of  the  Old  South  carry 
the  word  Southern  in  their  titles  is  indicative  of  sectional  feelings.  See 
Frank  Luther  Mott,  A  History  of  American  Magazines,  1741-1850  (New 
York  and  London,  1930),  380. 


Simms's  Views  on  Literature  399 

ties  were  regarded.  Later  he  charged  that  southerners, 
"taunted  by  Englishmen  and  Northernmen," 1T  would  have  to 
work  hard  to  assure  themselves  of  representation  in  the  litera- 
ture of  America;  recognizing  the  dominance  of  northern  pub- 
lishing, he  stressed  the  importance  of  southern  writers  having 
their  works  published  in  the  South.  He  praised  Isaac  Harby 
as  a  pioneer  of  a  distinctively  southern  literature;  and,  per- 
haps most  significant  of  all,  so  unaccustomed  had  the  South 
become  to  consideration  from  the  North,  he  thanked  the 
New  York  Mirror  for  the  "novel  courtesy"  of  its  fair  treatment 
of  southern  literature  and  politics.18 

Through  the  years  Simms  became  more  and  more  alarmed 
about  the  South's  intellectual  vassalage  to  the  North.  By  the 
time  he  accepted  the  editorship  of  the  Magnolia:  or  Southern 
Apalachian  in  June,  1842,  political  developments  had  wid- 
ened the  gap  between  North  and  South.  Like  most  other 
southern  editors,19  Simms  directed  his  efforts  toward  weaning 
his  section  from  its  cultural  dependence  on  the  North.  Where- 
as in  the  1820,s  he  had  editorialized  largely  against  American 
imitation  of  British  literary  style  and  taste,  in  the  1840's— as 
editor  of  the  Magnolia  and  the  Southern  and  Western  Month- 
ly Magazine  and  Review—he  was  more  concerned  with  free- 
ing the  South  from  its  literary  bondage  to  the  North.  This 
generalization  holds  true  despite  the  fact  that  in  the  1820's 
Simms  was  already  speaking  against  Northern  domination  of 
American  literature  and  that  in  the  1840's  he  still  battled 
vigorously  for  American  freedom  from  intellectual  servility 
to  England. 

Perhaps  what  vexed  southerners  most  was  the  assumption 
by  some  Northern  critics  that  northern  literature  was  the 
American  literature  and  that  the  literature  of  the  South  was 
sectional  rather  than  national  in  character.  Early  in  1842 
Simms  pointed  out  that  the  "wise  men  of  the  East"  who 
frantically  shouted  "Sectional  literature!"  at  the  South  failed 

17 Southern  Literary  Gazette,  n.s.,  I  (June  1,  1829),  33-34. 

18 Southern  Literary  Gazette,  n.s.,  I  (August  1,  1829),  127. 
19  Perhaps  the  chief  exception  was  English-born  William  C.  Richards,  editor 
of  the  Orion,  who  had  little  sympathy  with  sectional  literature.   See,  for 
example,  Orion  (Penfield,  Ga.),  I   (July,  1842),  248. 


400  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

to  realize  that  magazines  published  in  New  York  or  Boston 
were  just  as  provincial  as  those  published  in  Charleston  or 
Savannah.  In  line  with  his  similar  views  on  national  literature, 
he  maintained  that  a  truly  national  magazine  must  assert 
the  character  of  its  people— must,  paradoxically,  then,  be 
sectional— because  a  magazine  of  one  section  could  not  pos- 
sibly fully  represent  the  needs  and  wants  of  the  people  of 
another  section.  Therefore,  a  magazine  editor  failed  to  be 
national  only  when  he  ceased  to  represent  faithfully  his  own 
section.20 

Simms,  then,  clearly  and  definitely  identified  national  with 
sectional  literature  even  before  he  wrote  the  preface  to  The 
Wigwam  and  the  Cabin— even  before  he  became  full  editor 
of  the  "sectional"  Magnolia;  in  fact,  from  this  distance  he 
appears  to  have  remained  remarkably  level-headed  amidst 
all  the  high  ranting  and  small  heckling  over  nationalism  and 
sectionalism  in  the  1840,s.  Later,  of  course,  the  movement 
for  "Americanism"  and  "Southernism"  was  reduced  to  ab- 
surdity by  the  uncritical  demands  of  "superficial  critics,"  to 
whom  (as  Timrod  said)  "it  meant  nothing  more  than  that 
an  author  should  confine  himself  in  the  choice  of  his  subjects 
to  the  scenery,  the  history,  and  the  traditions  of  his  own 
country."21  If  Simms  did  not  emphasize,  as  Timrod  later  did, 
that  true  nationalism  and  true  originality  depend  upon  the 
creation  of  an  individual  style,  tone,  and  spirit 22— or  if  he  did 
not  make  a  distinction,  as  Harris  later  did,  between  section- 

20  See  Magnolia:  or  Southern  Monthly  (Savannah,  Ga.),  IV  (April, 
1842),  251-252,  hereinafter  cited  as  Magnolia.  In  July,  1842,  when  the 
magazine  was  moved  from  Savannah,  Ga.,  to  Charleston,  S.  C.,  its  title 
became  the  Magnolia:  or  Southern  Apalachian  and  Simms,  who  had  been 
a  contributor  and  associate  editor,  became  editor. 

21  "Literature  in  the  South,"  Edd  Winfield  Parks  (ed.),  The  Essays  of 
Henry  Timrod  (Athens,  Ga.,  1942),  87,  hereinafter  cited  as  Parks,  Henry 
Timrod. 

22  Parks,  Henry  Timrod,  88.  Timrod  made  it  clear,  however,  that  he  was 
not  opposing  the  idea  that  authors  write  of  their  own  regions;  he  was 
"simply  protesting  against  a  narrow  creed"  which  insisted  upon  nationalism 
and  overlooked  everything  else.  Timrod  agreed  that  the  poet  or  novelist 
who  "shall  associate  his  name  with  the  South"  in  an  original  treatment  of 
Southern  scenery,  society,  or  history  "will  have  achieved  a  more  enviable 
fame  than  any  which  has  yet  illustrated  the  literature  of  America"  (Parks, 
Henry  Timrod,  90-91). 


Simms's  Views  on  Literature  401 

alism  and  localism23— his  writings  reveal  his  own  understand- 
ing of  these  principles.24  Almost  before  anyone  else,  he  seems 
to  have  defined  sectionalism  as  an  integral  part  of  nationalism 
—a  definition  with  which  both  Timrod  and  Harris,  despite 
their  carefully  stated  qualifications,  essentially  agreed.  Un- 
fortunately, however,  Simms's  critics  (chiefly  northerners) 
did  not  see  eye-to-eye  with  him  on  this  subject  and  much  pur- 
poseless quibbling  was  the  result,  despite  the  fact  that  all 
concerned  were  working  toward  the  same  end. 

One  may  ask  why  Simms  regarded  the  magazine  as  the 
best  medium  through  which  to  further  the  cause  of  southern 
and,  consequently,  American  literature.  How  could  the  maga- 
zine editor  accomplish  what  the  novelist  and  the  poet  could 
not?  The  South,  Simms  reasoned,  posed  a  peculiar  problem: 
in  a  "Letter  to  the  Editor  of  Wheler's  Magazine"  he  pointed 
out  the  particular  reasons  why  magazines—  a  benefit  to  any 
section  or  country— were  a  necessity  to  the  intellectual  awak- 
ening of  a  sparsely  settled  agricultural  region  like  the  South: 

The  very  sparseness  of  our  population,  which  renders  it  so 
difficult  a  matter  to  sustain  the  Periodical,  is  the  very  fact  that 
renders  its  existence  and  maintenance  so  necessary. — The  great 
secret  of  mental  activity,  in  most  countries,  is  the  denseness  of 
their  settlements, — the  size  and  frequency  of  their  great  cities, 
and  the  constant  attrition  of  rival  minds,  which  can  take  place 
nowhere  so  constantly  as  in  the  commercial  and  populous  marts. 
Wanting  in  these  fields  of  attrition  and  collision,  the  mind  of 
the  Southern  gentleman,  residing  on  his  plantation  and  secluded 
from  the  crowd,  is  apt  to  sink  into  languor  or  indifference.  Why 
should  he  indulge  in  studies  which  seem  unnecessary  to  his  situ- 
ation ?  Why  pore  over  volumes,  upon  the  merits  of  which  he  has 
no  one  to  provoke  him  to  discussion?  .  .  . 


23  "Literature  in  the  South,"  Julia  Collier  Harris  (ed.),  Joel  Chandler 
Harris,  Editor  and  Essayist:  Miscellaneous  Literary,  Political,  and  Social 
Writings  (Chapel  Hill,  1931),  45.  Harris  closely  followed  Simms  in  say- 
ing: "In  literature,  art  and  society,  whatever  is  truly  Southern  is  likewise 
truly  American;  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  what  is  truly  Northern. 
Literature  that  is  Georgian  or  Southern  is  necessarily  American,  and  in 
the  broadest  sense." 

24  Simms's  Revolutionary  romances,  for  instance,  are  no  less  national,  no 
less  American,  than  the  Revolutionary  historical  novels  of  Cooper  and 
Kennedy.  Simms  possesses  a  great  deal  of  essentially  "American"  pride, 
optimism,  and  faith  in  democratic  government.  As  a  critic  he  was  almost 
never  guilty  of  praising  an  American  (or  southern)  book  simply  because  it 
dealt  with  native  subject  matter. 


402  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

To  persons,  thus  secluded  by  their  modes  of  life,  even  where 
the  taste  for  letters  is  innate,  the  very  difficulty  in  procuring 
books,  which  cannot  be  transmitted  by  mail,  opposes  a  barrier 
to  that  constant  exercise  which  is  necessary  to  keep  up  and  to 
nourish  the  desire  for  literature.  Periodicals,  alone,  appear  cal- 
culated to  supply  these  deficiencies  to  counteract  these  discour- 
aging influences,  and  to  provide  that  gentle  stimulus  which 
keeps  the  mind  true  to  its  instincts  and  acquisitions,  while  fur- 
nishing new  food  for  its  progress.  .  .  . 25 

Simms  himself  asserted  many  times  that  his  section's  cul- 
tural enslavement  to  the  North  should  be  a  matter  of  shame 
to  every  patriotic  southerner;  yet  he  recognized  that  this 
literary  dependency  was  based  on  practical,  economic  mat- 
ters: the  North's  near  monopoly  of  the  publication  and  distri- 
bution of  books  and  magazines.  As  a  result,  since  southern 
books  were  sometimes  difficult  to  procure  even  in  the  South, 
the  best-intentioned  southerner  often  read  easily  accessible 
northern  publications  and  remained  almost  wholly  ignorant 
of  the  literature  of  his  own  region.  Moreover,  he  argued,  al- 
though the  South  was  following  the  lead  of  the  North,  the 
North  refused  even  the  best  works  published  in  the  South. 
In  his  opening  address  in  the  Southern  and  Western  Monthly 
Magazine  and  Review  Simms  made  this  dilemma  clear: 
".  .  .  no  periodical  of  the  country,  not  published  at  one  of 
the  great  cities  of  the  North,  could  possibly  hope  for  the 
countenance  of  the  public  in  their  vicinity.  Our  experience 
is  conclusive  on  this  head.  The  northern  press  claims  to 
supply  us  in  the  South  and  West  with  all  our  Literature,  and 
will  take  none  of  ours  in  return."26  Later  in  the  same  year 
(1845)  he  commented:  "We  have  it  from  good  authority, 
that  one  of  our  Southern  publishers,  seeking  to  establish  a 
Northern  agency  for  his  publication,  was  fairly  told  by  the 
house  to  which  he  addressed  himself,  that  the  people  of  the 
North  would  not  buy  Southern  periodicals."  2T 

Thus  with  some  reason  southerners  complained  that  their 
literature  was  never  given  a  fair  hearing— and  that  their 

^Wheler's  Magazine   (Athens,  Ga.),  n.s.,  I   (July,  1849),  1-2,  hereinafter 
cited  as  Wheler's  Magazine. 
28  Southern  and  Western  Monthly,  I    (January,  1845),  67. 
"Southern  and  Western  Monthly,  I  (May,  1845),  364. 


Simms's  Views  on  Literature  403 

achievement  in  letters  remained  largely  unknown  in  the 
North  and  only  slightly  less  so  at  home.28  It  was  in  helping  to 
correct  this  want  that  the  southern  magazine  hoped  to  per- 
form one  of  its  greatest  services;  because  books  were  "scarce, 
and  not  to  be  had  without  great  difficulty  and  expense"  by 
the  inhabitants  of  an  "almost  wholly  agricultural"  region, 
Simms  repeatedly  emphasized  that 

. . .  the  periodical  is  at  once  the  cheapest,  the  most  eligible,  and, 
perhaps,  the  most  useful  form,  in  which  Literature  may  yield 
them  its  advantages.  The  mail  brings  it  to  the  door  of  the  farmer, 
to  the  cottage  of  the  peasant,  to  the  stately  mansion,  enbosomed 
in  deep  forests,  of  the  lordly  and  secluded  planter.  It  is,  along 
with  the  newspaper,  the  chief  mode  by  which  he  communicates 
with  the  distant  world  without. 29 

Literary  journals,  then,  had  to  play  the  leading  role  in  the 
kindling  of  literary  interests  in  the  South.  These  journals, 
moreover,  must  be  southern— not  northern  or  British— though 
the  southern  magazine  must  necessarily  at  first  be  inferior 
both  in  typography  and  in  content.30  But  because  this  very 
inferiority  was  indicative  of  the  mental  apathy  of  the  South 
—because  a  superior  journal  was  a  product  of  the  intellectual 
stimulation  ( as  well  as  of  the  good  publishing  houses )  which 
the  South  lacked— the  well-meaning  and  patriotic  southerner 
owed  it  to  his  section  to  support  the  magazines  that  were 
attempting  to  rouse  his  people  from  their  slumber.  The  maga- 
zines must  promote  the  crusade,  not  the  crusade  the  maga- 
zines—thriving magazines  would  be  proof  that  the  crusade 
had  been  successful.31 


28  Of  course,  of  even  more  importance  to  southerners  was  the  fact  that 
the  North's  monopoly  of  the  book  trade  enabled  northern  publishers  to 
accept  only  those  southern  books  which  were  favorable  to  the  North,  and 
consequently  the  North  remained  ignorant  of  the  "essential  soundness  of 
the  Southern  cause"  in  other  matters.  See  Hubbell,  American  Studies,  198. 

"Wheler's  Magazine,  I  (July,  1849),  3. 

30  In  a  letter  to  P.  C.  Pendleton  published  in  the  Magnolia  for  April,  1841, 
Simms  spoke  of  the  scarcity  of  good  printers  and  the  total  absence  of  proof- 
readers in  the  South.  See  Magnolia,  III,  190.  Simms  did  not  advocate  that 
southerners  read  southern  magazines  to  the  exclusion  of  all  others.  In  fact, 
he  stressed  the  advantages  of  reading  journals  from  other  sections  and 
countries.  See  Wheler's  Magazine,  I  (July,  1849),  3-4. 

^Wheler's  Magazine,  I  (July,  1849),  4-5. 


404  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

But  as  Simms  himself  well  knew,  the  southern  magazine 
editor  who  wished  to  encourage  the  development  of  distinct- 
ly southern  literary  culture  was  often  defeated  by  the  very 
thing  he  hoped  to  overcome— his  section's  indifference  to  lit- 
erature. In  1841  in  the  first  of  his  letters  on  "Southern  Litera- 
ture" addressed  to  P.  C.  Pendleton,  then  editor  of  the 
Magnolia,  Simms  bluntly  stated  that  the  magazine  was 
doomed  to  failure.  Despite  Pendleton's  high  hopes  Simms 
pointed  out  that  excellent  contributors  and  capable  editors 
did  not  ensure  a  magazine's  success;  other  southern  journals 
had  possessed  these  and  had  failed.  Before  any  southern 
magazine  could  succeed,  Simms  maintained,  an  "intellectual 
appetite  among  our  people"  was  needed— that  appetite,  he 
added,  was  nowhere  apparent.32 

Simms  was  fully  aware  of  the  difficulties  he  faced  in  his 
later  efforts  to  establish  a  permanent  literary  journal  in  the 
South:  first-hand  experience  and  years  of  observation  had 
taught  him  much  about  running  a  southern  magazine.  Yet 
twice  within  a  span  of  three  years  he  assumed  the  editorship 
of  Charleston  magazines— the  Magnolia  in  1842  and  the 
Southern  and  Western  in  1845.  That  each  of  these  journals 
collapsed  after  only  one  year  of  publication— that  he  was 
never  able  to  found  a  permanent  literary  organ  for  his  section 
—that  he  was  vastly  underpaid  and  sometimes  not  paid  at  all 
—none  of  these  matters  shook  more  than  momentarily  the 
courageous  determination  with  which  he  struggled  for  the 
literature  of  his  state,  his  section,  and  his  country.  Without 
resorting  to  the  puffery  he  detested,  he  encouraged  Southern 
writers  in  their  efforts  to  create  a  distinctively  southern  litera- 
ture; he  resolutely  replied  to  northern  charges  against  his 
section  and  at  the  same  time  demanded  recognition  in  the 
North  for  southern  authors;  and  through  it  all,  he  seems 
never  to  have  lost  sight  of  the  fact  that  what  he  was  really 
working  for  was  the  development  of  an  American  literature. 
Both  the  Magnolia  and  the  Southern  and  Western  won  recog- 
nition as  leading  southern  literary  journals  though  never 
enough  paying  subscribers;  without  doubt  they  both  attained 

82  Magnolia,  III  (January,  1841),  1-3. 


Simms's  Views  on  Literature  405 

a  standard  of  excellence  above  that  of  most  of  the  monthly 
magazines  of  the  period.  Simms  had  fought  his  crusade 
and  in  one  sense  his  defeat  represented  a  victory:  he  had 
made  his  contribution  to  the  cause  of  American  letters  by 
faithfully  and  accurately  portraying  the  peculiar  characteris- 
tics that  distinguished  his  section.  Exactly  fifteen  years  after 
the  last  number  of  the  Southern  and  Western  had  been  issued, 
DeBows  Review  contained  a  comment  on  Simms  that  might 
well  apply  to  his  editorial  work  in  the  1840V. 

He  reflects  .  .  .  the  spirit  and  temper  of  Southern  civilization ; 
announces  its  opinions,  illustrates  its  ideas,  embodies  its  pas- 
sions and  prejudices,  and  betrays  those  delicate  shades  of 
thought,  feeling,  and  conduct,  that  go  to  form  the  character, 
and  stamp  the  individuality  of  a  people. 33 

Although  in  the  early  1830's  some  southerners  frowned 
upon  Simms  for  his  national  views  and  in  the  1840*8  north- 
erners generally  upbraided  him  for  his  sectional  views,  he 
at  all  times  considered  himself  a  proponent  of  both  national- 
ism and  sectionalism  because  to  his  eyes  the  two  forces  were 
not  opposed  but,  conversely,  were  too  closely  allied  to  be 
separated.  Fundamentally  his  outlook  remained  surprisingly 
steadfast  throughout  the  turbulent  decades  before  the  mid- 
century.  His  early  emphasis  on  American  literature  and  his 
later  emphasis  on  southern  literature  represent  changes  in 
degree,  not  in  position. 

38  Magnolia,  XXIX  (December,  1860),  708. 


TRYON'S  "BOOK"  ON  NORTH  CAROLINA 

Edited  by  William  S.  Powell 

A  forty-four  page  manuscript  letter  written  from  Bruns- 
wick by  Governor  William  Tryon  on  July  26,  1765,  to  his 
uncle,  Sewallis  Shirley,  forms  a  part  of  the  collection  of 
North  Caroliniana  of  the  late  Bruce  Cotten,  now  in  the  North 
Carolina  Collection  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina 
Library.  This  lengthy  letter,  which  Tryon  himself  referred 
to  as  a  "book,"  is  bound  in  full  calf  and  bears  the  bookplate 
of  the  Shirley  seat,  Ettington,  Warwickshire,  as  well  as  the 
plate  of  Sir  Evelyn  Shirley.  The  letter  remained  at  the  seat 
of  the  Shirley  family  until  about  1934  when  it  was  sold  to 
the  Rosenbach  Company  in  Philadelphia  from  which  Major 
Cotten  purchased  it.1 

Tryon  reached  North  Carolina  on  October  11,  1764,  to 
serve  as  lieutenant  governor  under  the  aging  and  ailing 
Arthur  Dobbs.  This  letter,  in  an  informal  and  chatty  tone, 
tells  us  of  the  personal  activities  of  Tryon  from  his  arrival 
through  the  first  nine  months  of  his  stay  in  the  province. 
Perhaps  the  account  of  his  tour  with  Mrs.  Tryon  from  Wil- 
mington northward  and  westward  to  the  Virginia  line  and 
Halifax  will  be  counted  the  most  interesting  part  of  the  letter. 
Not  to  be  passed  over,  however,  are  descriptions  of  his  house, 
news  of  his  staff  of  servants,  and  remarks  concerning  his 
salary.  All  in  all,  Tryon  has  given  us  an  interesting  and  valu- 
able glimpse  of  his  personal  life.  Evidence  of  his  wide  and 
detailed  knowledge  of  North  Carolina  after  so  short  a  time 
in  the  colony  will  perhaps  be  thought  remarkable. 

The  uncle  to  whom  the  letter  is  addressed,  Sewallis  Shirley 
( 1709-1765 ) ,  was  the  fourteenth  son  of  the  first  Earl  Ferrers 
and  brother  of  Tryon's  mother,  the  former  Lady  Mary  Shirley. 
Shirley  was  a  member  of  Parliament  ( 1742-1761 )  and  Comp- 
troller of  the  Household  to  Queen  Charlotte.  He  died  on 

1  Margaret  de  Bullet,  "A  Catalogue  of  the  Tar-Heel  Book-Shelves  of  Mr. 
Bruce  Gotten."  Unpublished  manuscript  in  the  North  Carolina  Collection, 
University  of  North  Carolina  Library,  IV,  358.  (Descriptive  notes  in  the 
Catalogue  are  by  Bruce  Cotten.) 

[406] 


Tryon's  "Book"  on  North  Carolina  407 

October  31,  1765,  probably  soon  after  receiving  this  letter 
from  his  nephew.2 

North  Carolina, 

Brunswick  on  Cape  Fear  River, 

July  ye  26th,  1765 

My  Dear  Sir: 

I  most  gratefully  received  the  happiness  you  conferred  on  me 
the  5th  Ins  :*  by  your  letter  bearing  date  the  12th  of  Feby  last, 
accompanied  with  a  most  acceptable  present,  a  Gold  Box  with 
the  Picture  of  an  invariable  friend,  as  well  to  my  family,  as  my- 
self. You  could  not  have  sent  me  a  more  acceptable  present ;  and 
for  which  you  have  my  most  sincere  acknowledgements. 

Your  particular  detail  of  your  affectionate  and  steady  conduct 
in  adjusting  the  intricate  state  of  the  affairs  of  my  Mother,  and 
the  agreement  she  has  entered  into  with  my  Brother  for  the  sale 
of  my  Hobby  Horse  Henbury,3  gives  me  great  satisfaction  from 
the  evident  necessity  of  such  a  proceeding.  Your  good  offices  on 
this,  and  every  other  occasion  claim  as  they  merit,  more  than  I  am 
able  to  repay  you.  However,  I  shall  ever  retain  a  lively  and  affec- 
tionate regard  for  the  author  of  them. 

I  will  now  endeavour  from  memory  to  give  you  a  rough  sketch 
of  my  Proceedings  in  this  Country  since  my  arrival  in  it,  you 
must  not  expect  to  have  the  unities  preserved.  My  Landing4  in 
this  Province  was  on  the  11th  of  Octr  last,  soon  after  finding  the 
Gover"  determined  to  stay  the  Winter  here.  I  repaired  to  Wil- 
mington, 15  Miles  higher  up  the  River  than  Brunswick.  About 
the  Middle  of  Dec1"  I  took  with  Mrs.  Tryon  and  Mr.  Elwin5  her 
Cousin,  a  Tour  through  part  of  this  Province.  We  kept  the  Sea 
Board  Road  for  two  hundred  &  40  Miles,   (that  is  never  being 


2  Burke's  Genealogical  and  Heraldic  History  of  the  Peerage,  Baronet- 
age, and  Knightage  (London,  1949),  754;  W.  S.  Lewis  and  Warren  H. 
Smith,  (eds.)  Horace  Walpole's  Correspondence  with  Madame  Du  Deffand 
and  Wiart  (New  Haven,  1939),  V,  397;  VI,  513;  W.  S.  Lewis  and  Ralph 
S.  Brown,  Jr.  (eds.),  Horace  Walpole's  Correspondence  with  George  Mon- 
tagu (New  Haven,  1941),  I,  113-114;  The  Gentleman's  Magazine,  XXXV 
(November,  1765),  539. 

3  A  hobby  horse  was  a  small  or  middle-sized  horse  or  a  pony.  James  A.  H. 
Murray  (ed.),  A  New  English  Dictionary  on  Historical  Principles  (Oxford, 
1888-1928,  10  vols.),  V,  316,  hereinafter  cited  as  Murray,  A  New  English 
Dictionary. 

*  For  details  of  Tryon's  arrival  off  the  North  Carolina  coast  and  his 
landing  in  the  Cape  Fear  see  Alonzo  T.  Dill,  Jr.,  Governor  Tryon  and  His 
Palace   (Chapel  Hill,  1955),  79-80. 

5  Fountain  Elwin  was  Tryon's  private  secretary.  He  returned  to  England 
in  1767.  William  L.  Saunders  (ed.),  The  Colonial  Records  of  North  Caro- 
lina (Raleigh,  1886-1890,  Vols.  1-10),  VII,  134,  547,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Saunders,  Colonial  Records. 


408  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

farther  from  the  Sea  than  Sixty  or  eighty  Miles)  till  I  came  to 
the  Virginia  Line  which  is  in  36°  30'  North  Lat.  This  from  Wil- 
mington kept  me  on  a  North  and  North  East  Course  from  the 
Virginia  and  Carolina  dividing  line  (where  we  struck  it,  was 
forty  Miles  North  of  Edenton.)  We  took  a  West  Course  to  Hali- 
fax 70  Miles  to  the  Westward  of  Edenton  and  from  thence,  took 
a  South  and  South  West  Course  back  to  Wilmington  where  we 
arrived  the  Middle  of  Feby.  This  Journey  was  accomplished 
with  more  ease  and  better  accommodations  than  I  could  possibly 
have  expected  to  have  experienced,  and  I  found  the  Gentlemen 
very  ready  in  giving  the  hospitality  their  Plantat  [ions]  afforded. 
The  Tour  was  five  Hundred  Measured  Miles  and  upwards.  The 
whole  of  the  Journey  to  the  Virginia  Line  is  Sandy,  flat  and  for 
the  most  part  covered  with  Pine  Trees  tho'  to  the  Northward 
you  go  over  some  Oak  Land,  yet  Sandy  Soil.  The  Roads  over  the 
Swamps,  called  Pocosons,  are  all  made,  which  Swamps  are 
covered  with  tall  Cypress  Trees  some  of  six  feet  in  Diameter, 
and  Seventy  feet  in  height  before  they  shoot  a  Branch,  with  Bay 
Trees  and  Red  and  White  Cedar  Trees ;  with  a  variety  of  other 
Aquatilis  which  I  am  unacquainted  with.  These  swamps  when 
cleared  and  drained  produce  fine  Rice  or  Indian  Corn  or  1 
believe  Indigo,  but  this  Province  is  not  yet  sufficiently  inhabited, 
to  have  cleared  any  great  quantity  of  these  Pocosons. 

I  saw  no  large  parcel  of  Rich  Land  that  laid  dry,  till  I  took 
the  Course  Westward  from  the  Northward  of  this  Province. 
Near  Halifax  there  are  fine  Rich  lands  of  clay  and  loamy  texture 
and  by  the  thickness  of  the  Corn  Stalks  of  the  last  Season,  I 
could  perceive  the  goodness  of  the  Earth.  About  twenty  Miles 
Westward  of  Halifax,  I  was  carried  to  See  a  Situation  called 
Mount  Gallant 6  which  was  the  first  Hill  I  had  seen  that  was  high 
enough  to  over  look  the  woods  of  this  Wild  Forest.  The  Soil 
here  they  told  me  was  very  good  tho'  in  dry  weather  pulverises 
as  light  as  snuff,  and  when  wet  will  stick  to  your  Shoes  like 
Marie,  it  is  of  a  Reddish  Cast.  Under  this  Hill  is  the  first  prin- 
cipal falls  on  the  Roanoke  River,  they  are  wildly  pleasing  to  the 
Eye,  not  from  the  height  of  the  Falls,  but  from  the  appearance 
of  a  course  of  a  River  two  Miles  across  interrupted  irregularly 
with  Rocky  Stones  so  as  to  Stop  the  Navigation  for  any  thing  but 
Canoes,  and  those  not  safe  unless  under  the  conduct  of  a  dex- 
terous Negroe.  This  and  the  Neighboring  Hills  were  the  only  ones 
that  have  given  me  an  opportunity  of  over  looking  in  an  Hori- 
zontal line  the  Woods.  In  our  return  from  Halifax  in  less  than 
twenty  Miles  we  got  again  into  Sandy  Pine  Land,  and  continued 


6  Mount  Gallant  is  located  on  the  northeast  side  of  the  Roanoke  River, 
approximately  twenty  miles  northwest  of  Halifax,  on  Henry  Mouzon  and 
others,  An  Accurate  Map  of  North  and  South  Carolina  (London,  1775). 


Tryon's  "Book"  on  North  Carolina  409 

it  to  Wilmington  the  distance  from  which  is  180  Miles.  I  re- 
mained quiet  at  Wilmington  till  March,  when  Lord  Adam 
Gordon7  came  into  this  Province,  a  visit  that  gave  me  no  small 
joy,  as  he  was  not  only  a  particular  friend,  but  had  the  addi- 
tional merit  of  being  the  first  person  I  had  seen,  even  of  my 
personal  acquaintance  since  I  left  London.  I  was  accompanying 
him  as  far  as  Newburn  in  this  Province,  when  My  trusty  servant 
George,  who  now  lies  dangerously  ill  of  a  Putrid  fever  and  is 
in  a  Raving  fit,  at  this  instant,  over  took  me  with  an  account  of 
Governor  Dobbs's  Death  the  28th  of  March  last.  I  was  then  within 
Twenty  Six  Miles  of  Newbern  and  74  from  Wilmington.  This 
Event  obliged  me  to  quit  my  friend,  who  proceeded  through  Vir- 
ginia to  the  Northern  Colonies,  and  is  to  sail  from  New  York  in 
Octr  Next  for  Falmouth  in  the  Packet.  I  reached  Wilmington  the 
30th  of  March  and  to  my  surprize  found  they  had  buried  the 
Governor  and  for  want  of  a  Clergy,  the  Funeral  Service  was  per- 
formed by  a  Majestrate  of  Peace.8  The  usual  Steps  on  this  Event 
being  taken,  I  called  an  assembly  at  Newbern,  the  place  in  my 
opinion  at  present,  the  most  convenient  for  holding  the  genl 
assembly.  We  met  the  3d  of  May.  The  Journals  will  be  the  History 
of  our  Works.9  I  was  sore  at  the  time,  as  you  will  hear  by  the 
letter  I  wrote  Our  worthy  Friend  at  the  Gov:  but  as  I  carried 
the  Material  Points ;  particularly  the  Clergy  Bill,10  I  shall  forget 
what  is  over,  and  wait  for  more  at  our  next  meeting  which  is 
the  27th  of  Nov:  I  left  Newbern  the  End  of  May  and  got  to 
Brunswick  the  1st  of  June  to  the  House  the  late  Govr  lived  in11 
the  furniture12  we  brought  from  England,  and  for  want  of  Room 
when  we  began  to  be  very  busy  in  opening  and  unpacking  half 
we  could  not  put  up  in  our  house  at  Wilmington. 


7  An  officer  of  the  Sixty-sixth  Regiment  of  Foot  stationed  at  this  time 
in  the  West  Indies.  A  journal  of  his  tour  in  1764  and  1765  in  America  and 
the  West  Indies  is  in  Newton  D.  Mereness  (ed.),  Travels  in  the  American 
Colonies   (New  York,  1916),  365-453. 

8  For  a  brief  account  of  Dobbs'  death  and  funeral  based  on  a  report  in 
The  South  Carolina  Gazette  for  April  27,  1765,  see  E.  Lawrence  Lee,  Jr., 
"The  History  of  Brunswick,  North  Carolina,"  unpublished  masters  thesis, 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1951,  42,  hereinafter  cited  as  Lee,  "The  His- 
tory of  Brunswick." 

9  This  session  lasted  from  May  3  through  May  18.  The  journals  are  re- 
printed in  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VII,  41-88. 

10  See  Chapter  I,  "Laws  of  North  Carolina,  1765,"  in  Walter  Clark  (ed.), 
The  State  Records  of  North  Carolina  (Winston,  1895-1905,  Vols.  11-26), 
XXIII,  660-662,  hereinafter  cited  as  Clark,  State  Records. 

11  Dobbs'  house  was  the  former  residence  of  Captain  John  Russell  and  the 
fifty-five  acre  tract  on  which  it  was  located,  joining  the  northern  boundary 
of  the  town  of  Brunswick,  was  called  Russellborough.  Dobbs  had  occupied 
the  house  since  1758.  Lee,  "The  History  of  Brunswick,"  40-41. 

12  An  inventory  of  Tryon's  furniture  which  was  lost  when  fire  destroyed 
his  home  in  New  York  on  December  29,  1773,  will  be  found  in  New  York 
History,  XXVI  (July,  1954),  300-309.  Undoubtedly  a  large  part  of  this 
furniture  had  been  brought  to  North  Carolina  in  1764. 


410  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

As  you  are  acquainted  with  Mrs  Tryons  Neatness  you  will  not 
wonder  that  we  have  been  pestered  with  scouring  of  Chambers 
White  Washing  of  Cielings,  Plaisterers  Work,  and  Painting  the 
House  inside  and  out.  Such  is  the  Sickness  and  indolence  of  the 
Workmen  in  this  Hot  Climate  that  I  shall  not  I  am  persuaded 
get  rid  of  these  nuisances  this  month.  This  House  which  has  so 
many  assistances  is  of  an  oblong  Square  Built  of  Wood.  It  meas- 
ures on  the  out  Side  Faces  forty  five  feet  by  thirty  five  feet,  and 
is  Divided  into  two  Stories,  exclusive  of  the  Cellars  the  Parlour 
Floor  is  about  five  feet  above  the  Surface  of  the  Earth.  Each 
Story  has  four  Rooms  and  three  light  Closets.  The  Parlour  below 
&  the  drawing  Room  are  20  x  15  feet  each;  Ceilings  low. 
There  is  a  Piaza  Runs  Round  the  House  both  Stories  of  ten  feet 
Wide  with  a  Ballustrade  of  four  feet  high,  which  is  a  great 
Security  for  my  little  girl.13  There  is  a  good  Stable  and  Coach 
Houses  and  some  other  Out  Houses,  if  I  continue  in  this  House, 
which  will  depend  on  Capt.  Dobbs"  14  Resolution  in  the  manner 
he  disposes  of  his  Effects  here,  I  shall  &  must  build  a  good 
Kitchen,  which  I  can  do  for  forty  Pounds  Sterling  of  30f  x  40f — 
The  garden  has  nothing  to  Boast  of  except  Fruit  Trees.  Peaches, 
Nectrs  Figgs  and  Plumbs  are  in  perfection  and  of  good  Sorts.  I 
cut  a  Musk  Melon  this  week  which  weighed  17%  Pounds.  Apples 
grow  extremely  well  here  I  have  tasted  excellent  Cyder  the  Pro- 
duce of  this  Province.  Most  if  not  all  kinds  of  garden  greens  and 
Pot  herbs  grow  luxuriant  with  us.  We  are  in  want  of  nothing 
but  Industry  &  skill,  to  bring  every  Vegetable  to  a  greater 
perfection  in  this  Province.15  Indian  Corn,  Rice,  and  American 
Beans  (Species  of  the  Kidney  Bean)  are  the  grain  that  is  Culti- 
vated within  a  hundred  and  fifty  Miles  of  the  Sea  Board  at  which 
distance  to  the  Westward  you  begin  to  perceive  you  are  ap- 
proaching high  ground,  and  fifty  Miles  farther  you  may  get  on 
tolerable  high  Hills.  The  Blue  Mountains  that  Cross  our  Province 
I  imagine  lay  three  Hundred  Miles  from  the  Sea.  Our  Settle- 
ments are  carried  within  one  Hundred  Miles  of  them.  In  less 
than  twenty  years  or  perhaps  in  half  the  time  inhabitants  may 
Settle  at  the  foot  of  these  Mountains.  In  the  Back  or  Western 
Counties,  more  industry  is  observed  than  to  the  Eastward,  the 
White  People  there  to,  are  more  numerous  than  the  Negroes. 


13  Margaret  Tryon  (1761-1791).  Marshall  DeLancey  Haywood,  Governor 
William  Tryon,  and  His  Administration  in  the  Province  of  North  Carolina, 
1765-1771    (Raleigh,  1903),  201,  203. 

14  Tryon  did  not  finally  purchase  Russellborough  from  Captain  Edward 
Brice  Dobbs,  the  late  governor's  son,  until  February  2,  1767.  Lee,  "The 
History  of  Brunswick,"  43. 

15  In  March  Tryon  had  sent  to  the  Moravian  settlement  "to  get  all  kinds 
of  seeds  .  .  .  for  the  plantation  which  [he]  wishes  to  lay  out."  Adelaide  L. 
Fries  (ed.),  Records  of  the  Moravians  in  North  Carolina  (Raleigh,  1922), 
I,  301. 


Tryon's  "Book"  on  North  Carolina  411 

The  Calculation  of  the  Inhabitants  in  this  Province  is  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty  Thousand  White  &  Black,  of  which  there  is  a 
great  Majority  of  White  People.  The  Negroes  are  very  numerous 
I  suppose  five  to  one  White  Person  in  the  Maritime  Counties, 
but  as  you  penetrate  into  the  Country  few  Blacks  are  employed, 
merely  for  this  Simple  reason,  that  the  poorer  Settlers  coming 
from  the  Northward  Colonies  sat  themselves  down  in  the  back 
Counties  where  the  land  is  the  best  but  who  have  not  more  than 
a  sufficiency  to  erect  a  Log  House  for  their  families  and  procure 
a  few  Tools  to  get  a  little  Corn  into  the  ground.  This  Poverty 
prevents  their  purchasing  of  Slaves,  and  before  they  can  get 
into  Sufficient  affluence  to  buy  Negroes  their  own  Children  are 
often  grown  to  an  age  to  work  in  the  Field,  not  but  numbers  of 
families  in  the  back  Counties  have  Slaves  some  from  three  to 
ten,  Whereas  in  the  Counties  on  the  Sea  Coast  Planters  have 
from  fifty  to  250  Slaves.  A  Plantation  with  Seventy  Slaves  on  it, 
is  esteemed  a  good  property.  When  a  man  marries  his  Daughters 
he  never  talks  of  the  fortune  in  Money  but  20  30  or  40  Slaves  is 
her  Portion  and  possibly  and  agreement  to  deliver  at  stated 
Periods,  a  Certain  Number  of  Tarr  or  Turpentine  Barrels,  which 
serves  towards  exonerating  the  charges  of  the  Wedding  which 
are  not  grievous  here. 

I  suppose  you  will  expect  to  be  informed  what  return  is  Made 
for  the  expence  of  Supporting  such  a  Number  of  Slaves  in  the 
Province.  Their  chief  employ  is  in  the  Woods  &  Fields,  Sowing, 
and  attending  and  gathering  in  the  Corn.  Making  of  Barrels, 
Hoops,  Staves,  Shingles,  Rails,  Posts  and  Pails,  all  which  they 
do  to  admiration,  Boxing  of  Pine  Trees  to  draw  off  the  Turpen- 
tine, Making  of  Tarr  kills  which  is  a  good  deal  after  our  Manner 
of  making  a  Charcoal  Pitt,  excepting  they  have  a  Subterran- 
eous passage  to  draw  off  the  Tarr  as  the  fire  forces  it  from  the 
Lightwood  in  the  Kiln.  Lightwood  I  understand  to  be  as  follows. 
When  a  Tree  has  been  blown  down  or  Cut.  The  Turpentine  that 
is  in  the  tree,  in  a  few  years  retires  to  all  the  knotty  parts  of  the 
said  Tree.  These  they  Cut  up  in  small  strips  and  will  form  a 
Tarkiln  so  large  that  when  set  on  Fire,  will  run  from  6,  7,  8  or 
1000  Barrels  of  Tar.  These  splinters  are  so  loaded  with  Bitumen 
that  they  will  burn  like  a  Candle ;  it  is  a  usual  thing  to  carry  a 
Torch  of  Light  Wood  at  night  as  you  Europeans  do  flam  beaus. 
The  above  are  the  articles  we  export  Beside  Deer  Skins,  Barrels 
of  Pork,  Beef,  Bees  Wax,  Tallow  &tc.  Great  Quantity  of  Lumber 
is  Shipped  to  the  West  Indies.  We  have  in  the  Creeks  and 
Branches  of  this  River  of  Cape  Fear  from  36  to  40  Saw 
mills,16  each  with  two  Saws,  and  upon  an  honest  Medium,  each 


"For  a  description  of  the  saw  mills  on  the  Cape  Fear  at  this  time  see 
Charles  C.  Crittenden,  The  Commerce  of  North  Carolina,  1763-1789  (New 
Haven,  1936),  64-65. 


412  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Mill  Saws  two  hundred  Thousand  feet  of  Timber.  They  could  do 
a  thousand  more  but  most  of  them  in  the  Summer  Months  are 
obliged  to  lay  Still  for  want  of  Water.  This  Article  would  make  a 
fine  remittance  to  Great  Britain  if  a  Bounty  was  allowed  on  the 
importation.  The  Pine  (as  Mr  Hawks17  the  Master  Builder  I 
took  over  with  me  from  England,  and  who  is  a  very  able  Worthy 
man)  says  is  Vastly  Superior  to  the  Norway  the  Norway  [sic'} 
Pine,  for  the  Decking  of  Ships,  as  it  is  more  Solid  and  filled  with 
Turpentine  which  makes  it  very  durable.  He  is  Positive  that  a 
Ship's  Deck  laid  of  the  yellow  Pine  of  this  Province  will  last  at 
least  as  long  as  two  decks  of  the  Norway  Pine.  The  Shingles 
made  for  Exportation  are  made  of  Cypress,  and  are  Sold  the 
best  at  9s  Sterling  per  Thousand.  I  shall  now  say  no  more  at 
present  of  the  Produce  of  this  Country  Its  Naval  Stores  &tc. 
but  return  to  some  private  occurences  of  my  own  family.  As  to 
Health  Mrs  Tryon  and  the  little  girl  have  enjoyed  a  very  happy 
share  of  it.  As  to  Myself  I  cannot  say  so  much,  having  been 
sharply  disciplined  with  a  Billeous  disorder  in  my  Stomach  and 
Eruptions  of  the  Rash  kind,  on  my  Legs,  this  I  got  over  the 
latter  end  of  April  last.  About  a  Month  since  I  had  a  return  tho' 
not  so  Violent,  a  Strong  Emetic  was  administered  which  handled 
me  very  Severely,  however  it  effected  the  cure,  and  I  have  Sup- 
ported the  heats  very  well  since.  The  Thermometer  (made  by 
Adams18)  was  in  June  in  a  Cool  passage  at  88°=0'  at  the  high- 
est, and  this  Month  it  has  been  from  79  to  87° — 0'.  The  day  after 
I  wrote  my  last  letter  of  June  to  Ld  H  19  the  glass  in  twenty  hours 
sunk  from  87°=0'  to  71° — 30'.  Which  great  change  caused  much 
Sickness  in  in  [sic]  the  Province.  If  I  was  to  Muster  my  family 
I  should  not  be  able  to  return  many  fit  for  Duty.  The  Lad  we  took 
from  Norfolk,  a  sailor  I  have  made  my  groom  and  a  little  French 
Boy  I  got  here,  is  all  the  Male  Servants,  well,  Le  Blanc,  Cuisinier ; 
&  Turner,  the  Farmer,  have  both  fevers  and  are  taking  the 
bark.20  Georges  Senses  just  returned  with  some  favorable  Symp- 
toms and  lastly  the  girl  we  took  from  my  Farm  has  been  so  ill 
that  she  has  done  an  hours  work  these  two  months.  I  sent  her 
last  week  to  a  Plantation  on  the  Sea  Side,  for  a  change  of  Scene, 
and  air,  She  is  getting  better.  These  are  inconveniences  I  am 
told  every  newcomer  must  experience  in  this  Colony  they  term 


17  John  Hawks,  subsequently  the  architect  of  "Tryon's  Palace."  Alonzo  T. 
Dill,  Jr.,  "Tryon's  Palace,"  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  XIX  (April, 
1942),  122. 

18  George  Adams,  "mathematical  instrument  maker  to  George  III." 
Dictionary  of  National  Biography   (London,  1885-1900,  63  vols.),  I,  97. 

19  This  could  refer  to  Lord  Halifax,  Lord  Hillsboro,  or  Lord  Hyde,  all  of 
whom  are  later  mentioned  by  name. 

20  Bark  of  the  cinchona  tree,  from  which  quinine  is  procured,  was  for- 
merly ground  into  a  powder  and  taken  as  a  febrifuge.  Murray  A  New 
English  Dictionary,  I,  672. 


Tryon's  "Book"  on  North  Carolina  413 

it  a  seasoning.  Surely  it  has  a  little  too  much  of  the  Kian  Pepper 
in  it.  We  have  been  drove  to  very  short  Commons,  and  the  Cooks 
being  sick  deprived  us  of  our  Baker.  We  often  sent  to  Brunswick 
Town  (about  20  families  in  it)  to  beg  our  Bread,  as  there  is  none 
for  Sale  that  can  be  eat  nearer  than  Wilmington  fifteen  Miles 
off,  either  by  Land  or  Water.  I  shall  do  better  when  I  get  my 
family  on  their  Legs  again.  As  I  have  purchased  a  yard  full  of 
fowls,  have  some  good  Hams  and  occasionally  get  a  Bit  of  Mutton 
or  Beef  I  reckon  My  Situation  here  is  more  out  of  the  way  for 
buying  provisions  than  any  Corner  of  the  Province,  but  hold  it 
to  be  as  healthy  as  any  in  the  Province,  being  within  sight  of 
one  of  the  Sea  Inlets  at  the  distance  of  five  Miles,  tho'  to  the  Bar 
of  the  River  where  the  Vessels  go  over,  is  fifteen  Miles,  which 
makes  us  half  way  between  the  Bar  and  Wilmington.  As  I  am 
desirous  of  not  showing  myself  particularly  partial  to  any  par- 
ticular Spot  of  the  Country  or  people,  I  have  hired  three  other 
houses.  One  at  Wilmington  to  be  at  when  I  hold  the  Land 
Office,21  which  is  twice  a  year,  One  at  Newbern,  where  I  hold 
the  Genl  Assembly  and  the  Courts  of  Chancery,22  and  a  Small 
Villa  within  three  Miles  of  Newbern,  for  the  purpose  of  raising 
a  little  Stock  and  Poultry  for  use  of  the  family.  I  imagine  you 
will  say  Tryon  will  certainly  ruin  himself,  but  my  good  Friend 
Houses  are  not  so  convenient  nor  so  high  priced  as  in  Britain. 
The  Rent  of  these  four  Houses  with  Six  Hundred  and  forty  acres 
to  the  Newbern  Villa  amount  to  near  130  £  Sterg.  I  have  Sixty 
acres  of  land  belonging  to  this  House  all  sand,  except  about  15 
acres  of  Salt  Marsh,  use  less  at  present  from  neglect  &  Weeds. 
I  must  now  confine  myself  to  my  particular  Situation  in  a  Po- 
litical View.  I  have  been  at  great  charges  both  of  labor  and  ex- 
pence  in  getting  my  family  into  this  Province,  and  after  many 
tedious  disappointments  Collected  them  more  together  than  ever 
they  have  been  yet,  and  as  I  think  there  is  a  large  Field  for  good 
offices,  If  the  People  are  reasonable  I  am  persuaded,  I  could 
render  His  Majesty  as  much  Service  in  this  Colony  as  in  any 
other  more  settled. 

If  the  climate  continues  to  agree  with  Mrs  Tryon  and  little  one 
I  shall  be  content  to  Act  as  the  Political  Physician,  but  if  they 
will  neither  take  my  Pills,  or  follow  my  Prescriptions  I  shall 
desire  another  Doctor  may  be  called  in,  and  that  Physician  retire 
who  will  never  give  his  attendance  for  the  consideration  of  the 


21  As  governor,  Tryon  was  an  official  of  the  Land  Office  which  was  respon- 
sible for  certifying  and  recording  land  grants  in  the  colony.  Charles  Lee 
Raper,  North  Carolina,  A  Study  in  English  Colonial  Government  (New 
York,  1904),  101-124,  hereinafter  cited  as  Raper,  A  Study  in  English 
Colonial  Government. 

23  The  governor,  sitting  in  council  with  at  least  five  members,  could  act 
as  a  Court  of  Chancery  to  hear  and  decide  all  cases  in  equity.  Raper,  A 
Study  in  English  Colonial  Government,  150-151. 


414  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Fee.  As  to  the  Emoluments  for  the  Govr  they  arise  from  Licences 
for  Public  Houses  and  Marriages  if  by  License  Special,23  Fee  for 
putting  the  Seal  of  the  Province  to  letters  Testimonial,  letters 
of  Administration  Registers  for  Ships  &tc.  All  which  by  the 
Estimate  the  Governor  gave  me  some  time  before  his  Death 
amounts  to  about  400£  Sts  and  the  Fees  on  the  Warrants  for 
Surveying  the  Lands  and  Patents  for  granting  them  (which 
business  is  done  in  the  Land  Office)  amount  to  between  3£  and 
400£  Sterg  which  last  is  a  donation  of  the  Crown  to  the  Governor 
so  that  the  Province  gives  the  Govr  400£  per  Ann :  Which  he  is 
obliged  to  Collect  from  at  least  forty  or  fifty  different  hands,  in 
which  Number  there  must  be  some  deficiencies.  The  County 
Clerks  account  with  the  Govr  for  most  of  these  Fees.  I  do  not 
See,  or  believe  the  Province  in  a  Situation  capable  of  adding 
any  considerable  addition  to  the  Fees,  and  I  am  persuaded,  their 
inclination  is  as  slack  as  their  ability  is  weak  for  such  a  step. 
Therefore,  the  Gov1*  of  this  Province  must  live  in  a  Mean  and 
shabby  Manner,  if  it  was  not  for  the  Salary  allowed  from  home 
to  him.  I  hope  you  and  my  friends  have  been  very  busy  in  pro- 
curing My  Commission  as  Governor,  passing  the  Offices24  as  soon 
as  possible.  I  was  determined  you  see  when  I  took  pen  in  hand  to 
say  what  I  might  have  subdivided  into  Six  letters.  I  have  from 
the  heat  of  the  Weather  found  myself  in  such  a  State  of  Indo- 
lence, that  I  have  been  perpetualy  moving  from  one  room  to  the 
other,  tho'  motion  makes  us  hotter,  and  never  able  to  Settle  to 
reading  or  any  business.  I  have  wrote  this  long  letter  yesterday 
Evening  and  this  Morning.  I  was  up  at  4  o'clock.  We  ride  most 
days,  Morning  or  Evening.  Mrs  Tryon  fortunately  has  two  horses 
which  carry  her  very  safely. 

Say  Every  thing  for  me  to  Lord  Halifax25  &  L'Hillsborough26 
that  is  proper  and  grateful;  particularly  make  my  very  affec- 


23  A  1741  law  regulating  the  issuance  of  marriage  licenses  was  in  force 
at  this  time.  The  governor's  fee  for  each  license  amounted  to  twenty 
shillings.  Clark,  State  Records,  XXIII,  158-161. 

24  There  were  four  methods  of  appointing  colonial  officials  and  all  required 
that  certain  documents  be  recorded  in  one  or  more  offices  in  England. 
Tryon's  term  "passing  the  offices"  refers  to  this  step.  For  details  concern- 
ing the  appointment  of  colonial  officers  see  Charles  M.  Andrews,  Guide  to 
the  Materials  American  History,  to  1783  in  the  Public  Record  Office  of 
Great  Britain   (Washington,  1912),  I,  233-236. 

23  George  Montagu  Dunk,  second  Earl  of  Halifax,  first  lord  of  the  admir- 
alty and  (until  he  was  dismissed  in  July  1765 — the  very  month  in  which 
this  letter  was  written)  high  in  the  administration  of  George  Grenville. 
Dictionary  of  National  Biography,  XVI,  199-201. 

26  Wills  Hill,  Earl  of  Hillsborough,  a  relative  of  Tryon's  wife.  As  presi- 
dent of  the  board  of  trade  and  plantations  he  was  influential  in  Tryon's 
appointment  as  lieutenant  governor  of  North  Carolina.  He  resigned  this 
position  in  July,  1765 — again,  the  very  month  in  which  this  letter  was 
written.  Dictionary  of  National  Biography,  LVII,  276;  XXVI,  427-429. 


Tryon's  "Book"  on  North  Carolina  415 

tionate  Complts  to  Ld  Hyde.27  Communicate  some  contents  to  him 
of  this  book.  He  knows  he  is  my  Sheet  Anchor.28  I  expect  ample 
amends  for  the  trouble  I  give  you  to  read  this  Manuscript.  I 
think  you  promised  to  send  me  the  Monthly  Gazetes,29  I  have 
received  none.  Pray  remember  us  all  to  every  body  that  inquires 
after  us.  I  have  received  a  handsome  cheerful  letter  from  My 
friend  Hotham30  and  also  from  Leland  both  whom  I  regard.  I 
shall  be  most  happy  if  in  your  next  letter  you  tell  me  you  have 
recovered  your  appetite  and  in  better  health;  a  Circumstance  I 
am  very  Solicitous  about.  Mrs  Tryon  joins  with  me  very  Sincerely 
in  our  wishes  for  your  health  &tc. 

I  am  Dr  Sr 

Most  cordially  yours, 
W  Tryon 


27  Thomas  Villiers,  first  Baron  Hyde,  a  member  of  the  privy  council  and 
joint  postmaster-general.  Dictionary  of  National  Biography ,  LVIII,  352-353. 

28  "That  on  which  one  places  one's  reliance  when  everything;  else  has 
failed."  A  sheet-anchor,  formerly  always  the  largest  of  a  ship's  anchors, 
was  used  only  in  an  emergency.  Murray,  A  New  English  Dictionary,  VIII, 
670. 

29  Tryon  probably  was  referring  to  such  popular  monthly  publications  as 
The  Gentleman's  Magazine,  British  Magazine;  or,  Monthly  Repository  for 
Gentlemen  and  Ladies,  Candid  Review  and  Literary  Repository,  etc.,  of 
which  there  were  many.  See  R.  S.  Crane  and  F.  B.  Kaye,  A  Census  of 
British  Newspapers   and  Periodicals,   1620-1800    (Chapel    Hill,   1927). 

30  Perhaps  Beaumont  Hotham  (1737-1814),  a  member  of  the  bar  then 
practicing  in  the  chancery  courts.  Dictionary  of  National  Biography, 
XXVII,  403-404. 


BOOK  REVIEWS 

Home  on  the  Yadkin.    By   Thomas    W.    Ferguson.    (Winston- 
Salem:  Clay  Printing  Company.  1956.  Pp.  242.  Illustrations.) 

This  little  book  is  too  opinionated  to  be  history,  too  factual 
to  be  fiction,  too  carelessly  written  and  printed  to  be  a  work 
of  art,  and  too  localized  in  interest  to  be  read  widely.  It  is, 
nevertheless,  what  the  author,  in  his  own  words,  set  out  to 
write:  ".  . .  while  intended  to  be  more  for  local  interest  with  a 
description  of  The  Valley,  family  histories,  customs,  habits 
and  provincialisms  of  its  people,  the  author  also  discusses 
at  length,  politics,  governmental  processes,  schools,  churches, 
religion,  intoxicating  beverages,  prohibition,  A.B.C.  Stores, 
roads,  conservation  of  natural  resources,  flood  control,  the 
Grange  and  Agriculture." 

Mr.  Ferguson  is  a  life-long  resident  of  the  upper  Yadkin 
and  his  story  concerns  the  valley  from  Wilkesboro  toward 
Blowing  Rock,  with  special  attention  to  the  area  immediately 
around  the  community  of  Ferguson  ( formerly  known  as  Ken- 
dall and  Yellow  Hill).  A  farmer  by  occupation  as  well  as 
conviction,  he  has  written  his  reminiscences  in  a  conversa- 
tional manner  that  often  captures  the  excitement  of  an  autumn 
'possum  hunt,  the  youthful  anticipation  of  calling  up  a  doodle- 
bug, and  the  discomfort  of  a  straw  tick.  The  author's  interest 
in  the  land  and  its  people,  his  devotion  to  the  New  Deal  and 
the  Grange,  and  his  opposition  to  alcohol,  mosquitoes,  Army 
engineers,  and  Republicans,  figure  prominently  in  the  story. 
Mr.  Ferguson's  liberal  political  views  do  not  include  support 
for  the  proposed  Yadkin  flood  control  dam,  a  scheme  which 
he  feels  would  destroy  "a  goodly  portion  of  both  Wilkes  and 
Caldwell  [counties]." 

The  reader  may  find  some  of  the  author's  ideas  more  amus- 
ing than  practical,  but  he  will  admire  the  courage  of  express- 
ing them.  Mr.  Ferguson  suggests,  for  example,  that  the  way 
to  do  away  with  the  liquor  problem  is  to  abolish  all  prohibi- 
tions and  taxation  so  that  alcohol  will  cease  to  be  a  luxury. 
Result:  both  the  psychological  and  economic  attractions  will 

[416  ] 


Book  Reviews  417 

be  eliminated,  and  it  will  become  unprofitable  to  produce. 
Nor  will  there  be  common  agreement  that  "ninety-five  per 
cent  of  the  world's  progress  has  emanated  from  this  minority 
[Christian]  group.  The  other  five  per  cent  has  no  doubt  been 
due  to  the  association  with  Christian  people  and  Christian 
principles." 

Mr.  Ferguson  is  at  his  best  in  describing  local  color  inci- 
dents—as, for  example,  when  Cousin  Ben  Ferguson  wrote  a 
recruiting  officer  in  1898  that  he  was  "ready  to  go  to  Cuba, 
hell,  or  anywhere  else."  But  perhaps  the  choicest  gem  is  the 
author's  assumption  that  "we  on  our  little  planet,  the  earth, 
have  as  much  or  more  intelligence  than  any  other  planet  in 
the  universe,  otherwise  they  would  have  communicated  with 
us  before  this  time." 

Home  on  the  Yadkin  will  be  a  delightful  reading  experience 
for  those  who  are  more  interested  in  life  in  the  valley  than  in 
the  literary  or  historical  merits  of  the  book. 

H.  G.  Jones. 

State  Department  of  Archives  and  History, 

Raleigh. 


James  W.  Davis:  North  Carolina  Surgeon.  By  LeGette  Blythe. 
With  a  Foreword  by  Johnson  J.  Hayes.  (Charlotte:  William 
Loftin  Publishers.  1957.  Pp.  ix,  227.  Index.) 

This  is  the  story  of  one  of  North  Carolina's  most  colorful 
and  successful  contemporary  surgeons.  Drawing  freely  from 
correspondence,  published  tributes,  documents,  and  the 
memories  of  many  who  knew  him,  LeGette  Blythe  has  writ- 
ten an  authoritative  biography  in  the  same  interesting  narra- 
tive style  that  has  made  his  historical  and  biblical  novels  so 
successful. 

It  is  the  story  of  a  man  who  dedicated  his  life  to  a  purpose 
first  expressed  as  a  youth,  "I'm  going  to  be  a  doctor  and  have 
a  hospital  and  operate  on  a  lot  of  folks,  and  get  rich,  too!" 

It  is  the  story  of  a  surgeon  who  performed  a  prodigious 
number  of  operations  and  of  a  shrewd  business  man  and 


418  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

organizer  who  built,  staffed,  and  equipped  a  200-bed  modern 
hospital  and  clinic  in  Statesville,  without  the  aid  of  local  or 
governmental  subsidy. 

It  is  the  story  of  a  man  of  boundless  energy  and  strong 
convictions  who  believed  firmly  in  the  virtues  of  self  disci- 
pline, hard  work,  and  individual  enterprise.  He  hated  idleness 
and  waste.  He  expressed  himself  strongly  on  the  evils  of 
alcohol  and  cigarettes.  And  in  national  politics,  he  abhorred 
the  practices  of  the  New  Deal  and  was  a  staunch  and  vocal 
Taft  Republican  in  the  center  of  Democratic  North  Carolina. 

Critics  might  have  questioned  the  indications  for  some  of 
his  operations.  Others  who  worked  with  him  might  have 
complained  that  the  Chief  took  all  the  work  and  left  nothing 
for  the  associate.  Undoubtedly,  in  the  relentless  pursuit  of 
his  singleness  of  purpose  and  in  the  expression  of  his  convic- 
tions, he  trod  on  the  toes  of  others.  Yet  they  were  few  com- 
pared to  the  thousands  who  loved  and  respected  him  for  a 
lifetime  devoted  to  his  profession. 

Clarence  E.  Gardner,  Jr. 

School  of  Medicine, 

Duke  University, 

Durham. 


Index  and  Digest  to  Hathaway' s  North  Carolina  Historical  and 
Genealogical  Register.  Compiled  and  edited  by  Worth  S.  Ray. 
(Baltimore:  Southern  Book  Company.  1956.  $10.00.  [Re- 
print].) 

Colonial  Granville  County  and  Its  People.  Compiled  and  edited 
by  Worth  S.  Ray.  (Baltimore:  Southern  Book  Company.  1956. 
$7.50.   [Reprint].) 

In  1947,  Worth  S.  Ray  published  The  Lost  Tribes  of  North 
Carolina,  a  combination  of  four  titles  that  were  also  printed 
separately.  This  work  was  an  offset  reproduction  from  type- 
script which,  while  bringing  together  a  wealth  of  genealogi- 
cal data,  at  the  same  time  taxed  the  patience  and  eyesight 
of  readers.  Some  portions  were  unreadable,  others  almost  so. 


Book  Reviews  419 

The  Southern  Book  Company,  a  specialist  in  genealogical 
works,  has  now  reproduced  the  first  two  parts  of  the  Ray 
volume  —  Index  and  Digest  to  Hathaway  s  North  Carolina 
Historical  and  Genealogical  Register  and  Colonial  Granville 
County  and  Its  People.  Inasmuch  as  the  reproduction  is  an 
offset  from  the  1947  edition,  the  same  handicap  accompanies 
the  reprints.  In  fairness  to  the  Southern  Book  Company,  how- 
ever, it  should  be  said  that  in  general  an  excellent  job  of 
reproduction  has  been  done,  considering  the  quality  of  the 
original  pages. 

Parts  III  and  IV  of  The  Lost  Tribes,  published  separately 
in  1947,  under  the  titles  Mecklenburg  Signers  and  Their 
Neighbors  and  Old  Albemarle  and  Its  Absentee  Landlords, 
are  still  available  in  the  original  editions. 

In  the  preface  to  The  Lost  Tribes,  Mr.  Ray  wrote,  "The 
book  contains  many  errors,  as  nearly  all  good  books  do,  but 
I  will  never  live  long  enough  to  re-write  it,  so  I  am  sending  it 
out  into  the  world  just  as  it  is.  Future  writers  may  correct 
them  later."  The  errors  and  omissions  remain,  but  long- 
suffering  genealogists  will  benefit  from  the  new  publication 
of  the  two  parts  under  review.  Hathaway's  Register,  pub- 
lished in  1900,  1901,  and  1903,  contains  a  vast  accumulation 
of  historical  data  gathered  chiefly  from  the  Albemarle  coun- 
ties. Although  Rays  index  to  the  Register  omits  many  names, 
it  nevertheless  fills  a  need  realized  for  almost  half  a  century. 

Colonial  Granville  County  does  not  purport  to  be  a  history 
of  old  Granville,  but  it  nevertheless  brings  together  informa- 
tion that  cannot  be  found  in  any  other  published  source. 
Family  lines  and  biographical  sketches  are  particularly  valu- 
able. The  reader  should  not  assume,  however,  that  Mr.  Ray 
exhausted  his  sources.  For  instance,  only  about  a  hundred 
marriage  bonds— a  fraction  of  the  total— are  abstracted,  and 
even  fewer  wills  are  included.  Thus,  while  finding  the  little 
book  useful,  the  researcher  will  still  need  to  do  most  of  his 
work  in  the  manuscript  records  of  the  county. 

H.  G.  Jones. 

State  Department  of  Archives  and  History, 
Raleigh. 


420  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  Decisive  Battle  of  Nashville.  By  Stanley  F.  Horn.  (Baton 
Rouge :  Louisiana  State  University  Press.  1956.  Pp.  xviii,  181. 
Maps  and  illustrations.  $3.00.) 

Of  all  the  battles  of  the  Civil  War,  the  Battle  of  Nashville 
has  been  called  the  most  perfect.  It  was  a  model  in  strategy 
and  execution— a  textbook  battle— and  it  marked  the  end,  for 
all  practical  purposes,  of  the  Army  of  Tennessee.  That  army 
was  a  rugged  fighting  force  that  had  been  cursed  with  incred- 
ibly poor  leadership  through  most  of  the  war.  It  had  its  peak 
under  General  Joseph  E.  Johnston  in  the  campaign  to  Atlanta, 
but  Johnston  was  not  sufficiently  aggressive  to  satisfy 
Jefferson  Davis,  who  replaced  him  with  the  less  experienced 
and  less  able  John  B.  Hood.  Hood  responded  with  the  aggres- 
sive action  that  the  Confederate  President  desired,  but  with- 
out success  and  with  a  loss  in  men  that  the  Army  of  Tennessee 
could  ill  afford.  Forced  to  surrender  Atlanta,  Hood  led  his 
army  on  a  quick  march  back  into  Tennessee  in  a  desperate 
attempt  to  capture  Shermans  bases  of  supply  and  menace 
Kentucky,  Ohio,  and  points  North.  Failing  in  that,  he  planned 
to  move  through  Cumberland  Gap  to  the  aid  of  Lee  in 
Virginia. 

Hood's  planning  was  basically  sound,  but  his  execution 
was  poor.  He  delayed  too  long  in  crossing  the  Tennessee 
River,  blundered  in  allowing  General  Schofield  to  elude  him 
at  Spring  Hill,  and  then  in  a  pique  of  anger  fought  the  use- 
less and  costly  Battle  of  Franklin.  At  this  point  he  forgot,  or 
decided  to  ignore,  his  original  campaign  alternative.  Instead 
of  trying  to  join  Lee,  he  led  his  decimated  army  to  the  out- 
skirts of  Nashville  and  entrenched. 

Behind  the  strong  fortifications  of  the  city  General  George 
H.  Thomas,  the  "Rock  of  Chickamauga,"  slowly  and  method- 
ically built  up  his  forces  and  planned  his  strategy  for  the 
forthcoming  battle.  Unhurried,  despite  threats  and  pleas  from 
Lincoln  and  Grant,  he  finally  moved  out  against  the  Confed- 
erates on  December  15  with  a  great  flanking  movement  that, 


Book  Reviews  421 

by  the  following  night,  had  crumpled  the  Army  of  Tennessee 
and  sent  it  in  flight  for  the  safety  of  the  Tennessee  River. 

It  is  this  battle  that  Mr.  Horn  describes,  and  no  one  can 
tell  it  better.  Completely  familiar  with  every  part  of  the 
battlefield,  Mr.  Horn  makes  the  battle  come  alive  with  his 
vivid  descriptions  of  the  action,  and  he  makes  it  intelligible 
to  the  modern  reader  through  his  happy  device  of  describing 
it  in  terms  of  present-day  streets,  houses,  and  subdivisions. 
The  addition  of  several  fine  maps,  pictures  of  Nashville's 
fortifications,  and  a  dust  cover  on  the  inside  of  which  is  a 
map  of  the  city  showing  the  location  of  markers  erected  by 
the  Tennessee  Historical  Commission  to  describe  the  battle, 
make  the  book  a  valuable  addition  to  every  Civil  War  library. 

Mr.  Horn  has  produced  the  best  and  probably  the  defini- 
tive history  of  the  Battle  of  Nashville.  But  he  has  tried  to  do 
still  more.  He  has  attempted  to  show  that  Nashville  was 
"the  decisive  battle  of  the  war";  and  it  is  this  interpretation 
that  will  draw  most  criticism  of  the  book.  If,  as  the  author 
maintains,  the  decisive  battle  of  a  war  is  one  in  which  the 
contrary  event  would  have  changed  the  future  drama  of  the 
world,  can  Nashville  claim  the  distinction  over  the  bloodbath 
at  Franklin,  which  many  believe  dictated  the  result  of  the 
Battle  of  Nashville— or  over  the  repulse  at  Gettysburg  of 
Lee's  northern  invasion— or  over  the  surrender  of  Atlanta  with 
its  crucial  boost  of  northern  morale  at  a  citical  point— or  over 
the  Confederate  defeat  at  Antietam  when  British  recognition 
of  the  Southern  nation  apparently  hung  in  the  balance? 

Many  readers  will  disagree  with  Mr.  Horn's  closely  rea- 
soned argument  for  the  decisiveness  of  the  battle,  but  most 
will  finish  the  book  with  a  feeling  that  the  author  has  done 
an  incomparably  fine  job  of  describing  a  battle  that  was  more 
important  than  it  has  generally  been  considered  by  historians 
of  the  Civil  War. 

William  T.  Alderson. 

Tennessee  State  Library  and  Archives, 

Nashville,  Tenn. 


422  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Georgia's  Land  of  the  Golden  Isles.  By  Burnette  Vanstory. 
Athens:  University  of  Georgia  Press.  1956.  Pp.  xi,  202.  Illus- 
trations. $3.75.) 

In  this  pleasant  little  book,  Mrs.  Vanstory  has  recreated 
the  atmosphere  of  leisurely  plantation  luxury  on  the  famed 
Sea  Islands  of  Georgia  and  the  adjoining  coast.  After  pre- 
senting an  overview  of  the  islands  from  Ossabaw  to  Cumber- 
land, she  then  describes  each  separately.  Extensive  research 
is  evident  in  the  descriptions  of  aboriginal  life,  early  settlers, 
wars  with  the  Spaniards,  and  events  of  both  the  Revolution- 
ary War  and  the  War  of  1812.  The  thread  of  her  story  con- 
tinues on  to  the  present;  and  all  the  islands  are  once  more 
considered  in  a  concluding  chapter. 

The  style  is  warm  and  flowing,  informal  but  not  chatty, 
and  spiced  with  family  anecdotes  and  legends.  The  author 
has  fortunately  not  succumbed  to  what  must  have  been  a 
great  temptation  to  overburden  her  narrative  with  genealog- 
ical data.  Although  many  family  histories  are  given  in  some 
detail,  this  is  almost  essential  inasmuch  as  most  of  the  islands 
were  owned  by  single  families  during  the  pre-Civil  War 
period. 

The  most  interesting  sections  are  those  dealing  with  pre- 
Revolutionary  history.  One  wishes  Mrs.  Vanstory  had  dwelt 
longer  on  this  aspect.  The  book's  gravest  fault— although 
some  might  call  it  an  asset— is  its  exteme  romanticism.  One 
becomes  slightly  wearied  by  the  excessive  number  of  moon- 
light boat  rides,  balls,  faithful  retainers,  and  an  atmosphere 
drenched  with  the  perfume  of  flowers  and  filled  with  the 
melodious  song  of  birds.  The  twentieth-century  houseparties 
of  northern  millionaires  seem  a  travesty  on  the  past,  as  well 
as  dull.  A  more  critical  and  realistic  approach  by  the  author 
would  have  provided  a  more  substantial  contribution  to  the 
literature  of  Georgia  history. 

Sarah  McCulloh  Lemmon. 
Meredith  College, 
Raleigh. 


Book  Reviews  423 

The  Road  to  Appomattox.  By  Bell  Irvin  Wiley.  (Memphis,  Tenn. : 
Memphis  State  College  Press.  1956.  Pp.  x,  121.  $4.00.) 

Few  historians  are  as  qualified  as  Professor  Wiley  to  specu- 
late on  the  causes  of  Confederate  defeat.  His  interest  in  the 
common  soldier  in  gray  and  in  the  plain  people  behind  the 
lines  has  given  him  a  deep  understanding  of  the  wartime 
mind  of  the  South.  In  these  three  lectures  (originally  pre- 
sented as  the  J.  P.  Young  Lectures  in  American  History  at 
Memphis  State  College),  he  advances  some  theories  about 
the  things  that  beat  the  Confederates. 

The  first  lecture  is  devoted  to  Jefferson  Davis.  In  a  chari- 
table portrait  of  the  Confederate  President,  Dr.  Wiley  de- 
fends him  against  many  of  the  charges  made  by  his  contem- 
poraries and  by  later  historians,  but  is  forced  to  conclude 
that  Davis'  "record  as  President  leaves  more  to  condemn 
than  to  praise"  (p.  42).  In  the  second  lecture,  dealing  with 
"the  waning  of  the  Southern  will,"  the  author  draws  on  his 
knowledge  of  the  little  people  to  sketch  the  ups  and  downs 
of  Confederate  morale.  High  at  the  beginning,  morale  sagged 
in  early  1862,  revived  later  that  year,  plummeted  with  the 
disasters  of  July,  1863,  and  continued  down  to  the  nadir 
of  1865.  Author  Wiley's  analysis  of  factors  affecting  morale  is 
extremely  good.  Lecture  three  deals  with  "failures  that  were 
fatal,"  and  here  the  author  theorizes  that  disharmony  among 
the  people  and  leaders  was  one  of  the  worst  failures.  An- 
other which  hurt  morale  was  the  inadequate  system  of  public 
information.  No  central  propaganda  agency  kept  the  war 
aims  before  the  people  and  soon  they  wondered  why  they 
were  fighting.  Rigid  political  and  economic  views  fashioned 
another  failure  by  making  it  difficult  for  the  government  to 
be  flexible  in  formulating  war  policy.  State  rights  and  cotton 
dominance  kept  the  South  agricultural  and  local  in  the  face 
of  desperate  need  for  centralization  and  industry.  The  last 
failure  considered,  and  one  which  Dr.  Wiley  thinks  vital,  is 
that  of  Confederate  judgment.  Southerners  misjudged  for- 
eign attitudes  on  slavery  and  underestimated  the  dedication 
of  the  North  to  the  Union. 


424  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Some  of  Dr.  Wiley's  "exploratory"  and  "tentative"  views 
are  bound  to  stir  up  some  disagreement  among  his  readers. 
Some  will  not  agree  with  his  evaluation  of  Davis,  others  will 
quarrel  with  certain  conclusions  on  morale  factors,  and  still 
others  will  wish  to  delete  some  things  from  his  list  of  failures 
and  to  add  many  others.  Whatever  the  opinion,  though,  the 
reader  will  be  stimulated  to  reaction  and  will  enjoy  the  book. 

Frank  E.  Vandiver. 

The  Rice  Institute, 

Houston,  Texas. 


General  George  B.  McClellan.  Shield  of  the  Union.  By  Warren 
W.  Hassler,  Jr.  (Baton  Rouge:  Louisiana  State  University 
Press.  1956.  Pp.  xvi,  350.  $6.00.) 

Shortly  after  the  close  of  the  Civil  War  Robert  E.  Lee  was 
asked  to  name  the  ablest  general  he  had  faced  during  the 
conflict.  Without  hesitation  he  answered:  "McClellan  by 
all  odds!"  Professor  Warren  W.  Hassler,  Jr.,  in  the  present 
volume,  Shield  of  the  Union,  presents  considerable  historical 
justification  for  Lee's  statement.  It  is  the  author's  contention 
that  McClellan,  contrary  to  the  views  of  many  writers,  was 
more  than  just  an  "able  organizer,  drillmaster,  and  disciplin- 
arian." He  was,  in  addition,  "a  soldier  of  superior  strategic 
and  tactical  ability.  .  .  ." 

With  exceptional  clarity  Professor  Hassler  describes  both 
the  Peninsula  and  Antietam  campaigns.  The  bloody  fighting 
which  marked  these  early  stages  of  the  war  reveal  McClellan 
as  a  far  cry  from  the  commander  charged  by  his  contem- 
poraries as  being  stupid,  incompetent,  and  even  disloyal. 

Equally  clear  and  scholarly  is  the  treatment  of  the  political 
pressures  of  the  day  which  had  a  direct  bearing  on  military 
events.  The  author  shows  considerable  skill  in  interweaving 
the  political  and  military  stories,  thus  giving  the  reader  an 
intelligible  and  convincing  picture  of  the  tremendous  handi- 
caps under  which  McClellan  labored.  "Political  enmity 
toward  him  was  largely  his  undoing."  As  a  Democrat  hated 


Book  Reviews  425 

by  the  Radical  Republicans  and  at  odds  with  the  adminis- 
tration, the  General  was  destined  for  political  sacrifices. 

Shield  of  the  Union  is  an  extremely  fine  piece  of  work  in 
defense  of  McClellan  and  helps  bring  the  controversial 
General  into  a  truer  focus.  However,  Professor  Hassler  is 
open  to  the  criticism  of  riding  his  thesis  a  little  too  hard. 
There  is  no  denying  that  McClellan  was  a  talented  officer 
l)ii t  it  must  always  be  remembered  that  he  failed  before 
Richmond  and  gained  no  more  than  a  debatable  draw  at 
Antietam.  It  is  highly  questionable  whether  "Little  Mac" 
could  have  done  Grant's  job  in  1864-1865. 

John  G.  Barrett. 

Virginia  Military  Institute, 

Lexington,  Va. 


The  Early  Jackson  Party  in  Ohio.  By  Harry  R,  Stevens.  (Dur- 
ham: The  Duke  University  Press.  1957.  Pp.  xi,  187.  $4.50.) 

In  this  short  book  Dr.  Harry  Stevens,  an  Assistant  Professor 
of  History  at  Duke  University,  attempts  to  tell  the  story  of 
the  election  of  1824  in  Ohio.  He  begins  with  a  biographical 
sketch  of  the  Irish  revolutionary  and  educator,  Moses 
Dawson,  and  then  jumps  to  a  bitter  congressional  election 
between  William  Henry  Harrison  and  James  W.  Gazlay.  He 
then  begins  to  cite  letters  in  which  prominent  Ohioans  dis- 
cuss the  presidential  prospects  of  the  various  candidates. 

Stevens'  chief  efforts  are  devoted  to  showing  how  this  feel- 
ing for  one  candidate  was  actually  transferred  into  a  party 
organization.  The  advocates  of  DeWitt  Clinton,  led  by  Ethan 
Allen  Brown,  organized  early  but  soon  folded.  Most  of  the 
Congressmen  were  active  politicians  and  generally  worked 
for  Henry  Clay.  John  McLean  was  active  for  John  C.  Calhoun, 
until  Pennsylvania  developments  caused  the  South  Carolin- 
ian's withdrawal.  Certain  politicians,  professing  to  resent 
Southern  domination,  attempted  to  appeal  to  all  opponents 


426  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

of  slavery  to  support  John  Quincy  Adams.  Little  support 
came  to  Crawford,  and  as  the  Calhoun  and  Clinton  cam- 
paigns failed,  several  editors  and  politicians  began  to  praise 
Jackson.  Moses  Dawson,  then  an  editor,  was  active  for  Jack- 
son, and  Congressman  Gazlay,  in  spite  of  great  personal 
animosity  toward  Dawson,  espoused  the  Jackson  cause. 
Stevens  constantly  reminds  us  that  there  was  little  connection 
between  state  and  local  tickets  and  the  national  alignment. 

In  monotonous  detail  in  every  county  where  local  commit- 
tees were  formed,  Stevens  tries  to  trace  the  actual  formation 
of  a  party  for  each  of  the  three  main  candidates.  Although 
hundreds  of  names  are  listed  as  leaders  of  one  of  the  candi- 
dates, the  author  fails  to  show  any  significance  as  to  why 
they  acted.  The  pattern  shows  editors  announcing  their  sup- 
port of  one  candidate  and  of  men  holding  meetings,  passing 
resolutions,  and  sometimes  selecting  electors.  On  the  whole 
there  seemed  little  co-operation  beyond  county  limits.  In 
the  election  Clay's  ticket  received  19,255  votes,  Jackson's 
ticket,  18,489,  and  Adams'  ticket,  12,280.  Jackson's  strength 
was  great  where  his  county  organizations  existed,  but  the 
Hero  of  New  Orleans  had  less  of  a  state-wide  organization 
than  Clay.  Stevens  fails  to  find  much  reason  why  people 
favored  individual  candidates,  and  usually  accepts  at  face 
value  the  assertions  of  politicians  that  they  favored  one  can- 
didate because  he  was  best  for  the  country.  He  does  believe 
that  the  Jacksonians  were  the  most  national  of  the  parties, 
but  he  fails  to  find  any  economic  cleavage  between  the 
groups. 

The  Ohio  story  may  be  interesting,  but  this  reviewer  looks 
in  vain  to  find  significant  determinants  in  political  divisions 
of  the  western  state.  Although  the  author  has  undoubtedly 
done  much  research,  to  one  interested  in  the  Jackson  party 
the  results  of  his  labors  prove  disappointing. 

William  S.  Hoffmann. 

Appalachian  State  Teachers  College, 

Boone. 


Book  Reviews  427 

The  Cultural  Life  of  the  American  Colonies,  1607-1763.  By  Louis 
B.  Wright.  (New  York:  Harper  &  Brothers.  1957.  Pp.  xiv, 
292.  $5.00.) 

Of  the  forty-odd  volumes  of  the  New  American  Nation 
Series  launched  by  Harper,  this  is  the  seventh  to  appear. 
Dealing  with  various  periods  of  history  and  frequently  over- 
lapping each  other  intentionally,  they  will  supplant  the 
valuable  but  now  passe  old  series. 

In  this  book  Dr.  Wright  goes  at  it  with  might  and  main. 
Agriculture,  trade,  national  origins,  religion,  education,  libra- 
ries, literary  productions,  music  and  drama,  architecture, 
science,  and  the  press— all  these  eleven  aspects  of  colonial 
times  come  off  neatly  packaged  in  eleven  chapters.  There  is 
ample  evidence  of  wide  study  and  extensive  reading.  A  useful 
bibliography  at  the  end  of  the  book  attests  the  author's  indus- 
try. 

If  there  is  little  here  of  which  the  earnest  student  of  earlv 
American  culture  is  not  already  aware,  at  least  it  is  well  to 
have  it  in  such  a  convenient  and  concise  arrangement.  For 
the  old  boys,  this  compendium  may  serve  as  a  handv  refer- 
ence in  spite  of  the  inadequate  and  capricious  index.  For  the 
college  student,  it  will  doubtless  appear  on  many  lists  of 
parallel  reading. 

With  so  many  dates,  names,  facts,  quotations,  and  conclu- 
sions, one  might  expect  some  new  lights  on  our  colonial  fore- 
bears, but  such  is  not  the  case.  With  humor  Dr.  Wright 
reminds  us  many  times  that  the  Puritans  were  interested 
in  more  than  religion— an  admonition  which  is  hardly  neces- 
sary anv  longer.  Following  his  predecessors,  American  his- 
tory still  begins  in  1607  (poor  Roanoke!).  Virginians  and 
New  Englanders  still  dominate  the  scene,  though  occasion- 
allv  Pennsvlvanians  and  South  Carolinians  are  allowed  brief 
entrance.  "Culture,"  when  not  in  cities,  is  for  the  most  part 
on  vast  plantations. 

On  every  occasion,  University  of  North  Carolina-trained 
Dr.  Wright  mentions  North  Carolina  only  in  passing.  The 


428  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

colony  was  peopled  by  "simple  folk"  (p.  20 ) ,  "was  the  most 
backward  of  the  colonies  in  matters  of  education"  (p.  114), 
was  called  a  "hell  of  a  hole"  by  a  preacher  in  1721  (p.  115). 
William  Byrd  gets  page  after  page  after  page,  John  Lawson 
twelve  lines.  Dr.  Thomas  Brav  established  libraries  in  Marv- 
land  and  South  Carolina,  but  presumably  none  at  Bath.  A 
man  named  James  Parker  founded  "the  Constitutional  Cour- 
ant  in  1765  at  Woodbridge,  New  Jersey"  (!);  there  is  not 
even  the  barest  mention  of  James  Davis  and  1751  and  New 
Bern. 

All  this  drives  home  one  inescapable  conclusion:  Tar  Heels 
are  still  delinquent  in  writing  their  own  history.  From  the 
Colonial  Records  and  the  vast  data  in  the  Southern  Historical 
Collection  at  Chapel  Hill— from  these  two  alone— a  cultural 
history  of  colonial  North  Carolina  could  be  spelled  out  which 
would  astound  even  authorities  like  Dr.  Wright.  Meanwhile, 
novelist  Inglis  Fletcher  has  the  field  to  herself. 

Richard  Walser, 

North  Carolina  State  College, 

Raleigh. 


The  Origins  of  the  American  Party  System.  By  Joseph  Charles. 
(Williamsburg:  The  Institute  of  Early  American  History  and 
Culture.  1956.  Pp.  viii,  147.  $2.50.) 

This  slight  but  meaty  volume  consists  of  three  chapters  from 
the  author's  doctoral  dissertation  on  the  party  origins  of  Jefer- 
sonian  democracy,  a  work  characterized  as  a  "brilliant  piece 
of  original  analysis"  by  Frederick  Merk  in  his  brief  foreword. 
This  posthumous  publication  makes  generally  available  parts 
of  the  thesis,  which  the  author  regarded  as  unfinished  and 
hoped  to  be  able  sometime  to  refine  and  strengthen.  The 
published  essays  deal  with  "Hamilton  and  Washington," 
"Adams  and  Jefferson,"  and  "The  Jay  Treaty." 

Of  necessity,  the  selected  chapters  do  not  build  into  a  fully 
rounded  exposition  of  the  origins  of  the  party  system.    Yet 


Book  Reviews  429 

they  contain  insights  most  suggestive  to  the  political  scientist 
concerned  with  the  theory  of  parties.  Mr.  Charles  viewed 
deterministic  explanations  of  party  origins  with  reserve.  Al- 
though well  aware  of  economic  and  other  such  influences, 
his  general  view  is  that  the  political  factor  in  the  system  may 
be  to  a  substantial  extent  independent  of  the  supposed  de- 
terminants. Party  cleavages  were  to  a  degree  man-made. 
The  management  of  the  great  issues  of  the  1790s  plowed  a 
furrow  that  set  off  one  group  of  partisans  against  another; 
the  managed  impact  of  the  issues,  not  latent  and  predetermin- 
ed cleavages,  fixed  the  party  division.  Once  built  up  the 
party  groupings  became  entities  with  a  life  of  their  own  to 
be  understood  by  their  own  inner  dynamics,  not  as  puppets 
propelled  by  abstract,  external  forces. 

The  speculative  passages  are  worth  pondering,  but  they 
do  not  make  up  the  bulk  of  the  essays  which  center  on  their 
subjects.  From  these  pages  Hamilton  emerges  not  so  much 
the  saviour  of  the  financial  integrity  of  the  country  as  a  tire- 
less advocate  of  the  propertied  classes  and  of  a  powerful 
state  who  "seems  never  to  have  asked  himself  how  powerful 
a  state  could  be  if  it  were  not  based  on  the  loyalty,  affections, 
and  best  interests  of  all  of  its  citizens"  (p.  36).  In  the  de- 
velopment of  the  party  system  Washington,  subject  to  man- 
agement by  those  around  him,  does  not  appear  at  his  best. 
Adams'  great  contribution  to  the  creation  of  parties  came  in 
his  policy  of  resistance  to  those  Federalist  leaders  not  indis- 
posed toward  war  with  France,  a  tactic  that  gave  time  for 
the  formation  of  a  new  party  and  helped  create  circumstances 
favorable  to  its  peaceful  succession  to  power.  The  Republi- 
can party  itself  was  not  a  creation  of  Jefferson.  Rather,  "a 
widespread  popular  movement  recognized  and  claimed  him 
as  its  leader."  These  and  other  such  points,  persuasively  argu- 
ed, make  the  book  of  interest  to  historians  of  the  period. 

V.  O.  Key,  Jr. 

Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 


430  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

From  Slavery  to  Freedom :  A  History  of  American  Negroes.  By 
John  Hope  Franklin.  (New  York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf.  1956. 
Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  Pp.  xv,  639.  Illustra- 
tions, bibliographical  notes,  and  index.  $5.50  text,  $7.50  trade.) 

This  book  could  have  been  entitled  History  of  the  United 
States  with  Emphasis  on  Negroes.  One  may  quarrel  with 
Franklin  over  such  points  as  his  oversimplification  of  the 
Compromise  of  1850  or  his  overemphasis  on  the  organized 
underground  railroad.  Yet  his  book  is  about  as  accurate  as 
one  can  expect  in  a  general  work.  Most  of  the  better  known 
secondary  studies  are  mentioned  in  the  bibliographical  notes, 
and  there  is  nothing  particularly  startling  in  the  interpreta- 
tions. Except  for  brief  accounts  of  early  Negro  Kingdoms, 
Latin  American  bondmen,  and  an  excellent  chapter  on  the 
Negro  in  Canada,  there  is  little  new  to  the  American  his- 
torian. Yet  it  is  the  sort  of  book  every  instructor  should  rec- 
ommend to  students. 

The  book  is  a  synthesis.  Especially  well  done  is  the  de- 
scription of  plantation  slavery.  The  status  of  the  free  Negro 
is  adequately  described.  The  philosophy  of  Booker  T.  Wash- 
ington is  interestingly  discussed.  Reconstruction  is  explained 
as  part  of  a  national  economic  revolution. 

Dr.  Franklin  is  a  Negro.  For  the  first  three-quarters  of 
the  book  one  is  impressed  with  his  detachment  and  objectivi- 
ty. Yet  when  he  reaches  the  Twentieth  Century  a  note  of 
bitterness  is  present.  This  part  of  the  book  reads  like  a 
special  plea  for  justice,  and  one  feels  the  Negro's  outrage 
and  determination  to  continue  the  fight  for  equal  rights. 
Until  a  reader  reaches  the  last  chapter  he  senses  that  Frank- 
lin and  Negroes  in  general  were  filled  more  with  despair  than 
with  hope.  But  many  significant  things  happened  after  1947; 
segregation  ended  in  many  areas  and  the  Supreme  Court 
declared  school  segregation  unconstitutional.  Franklin  him- 
self gained  acclaim  in  the  historical  profession.  In  his  last 
chapter,  written  in  1956,  the  author  records  these  national 
developments,  and,  although  realizing  that  the  battle  is  not 
yet  won,  he  expresses  satisfaction. 


Book  Reviews  431 

As  in  the  case  of  most  revised  general  works  little  has  been 
added.  It  is,  however,  a  worthwhile  study.  It  shows  that  the 
high  reputation  which  Franklin  enjoys  among  the  profession 
is  not  merely  a  sign  of  his  colleagues'  liberalism  but  is  a  well- 
deserved  tribute  to  his  scholarly  work. 

William  S.  Hoffmann. 

Appalachian  State  Teachers  College, 

Boone. 


HISTORICAL  NEWS 

The  Executive  Board  of  the  Department  of  Archives  and 
History  met  on  May  8  with  the  following  members  present: 
Mr.  McDaniel  Lewis,  Chairman,  Miss  Gertrude  Carraway, 
Dr.  Fletcher  M.  Green,  Mr.  Clarence  W.  Griffin,  and  Mr. 
Josh  L.  Home.  Present  also  were  Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden, 
Director  of  the  Department;  Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt,  Head  of  the 
Division  of  Publications;  Mrs.  Joye  E.  Jordan,  Museum  Ad- 
ministrator; Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton,  Historic  Sites  Superintend- 
ent; Mr.  H.  G.  Jones,  State  Archivist;  and  Mrs.  Fannie  M. 
Blackwelder,  Records  Center  Supervisor.  The  Board  author- 
ized Dr.  Crittenden  to  file  a  report  with  Governor  Luther 
H.  Hodges  and  the  Council  of  State  to  instigate  proceedings 
to  acquire  the  Zebulon  B.  Vance  Birthplace  property.  The 
Director  and  the  division  heads  presented  reports  of  the  ac- 
tivities of  the  Department  since  the  last  meeting.  A  report 
was  also  made  on  Senate  Bill  55  amending  Chapter  371, 
Public  Laws  of  North  Carolina,  relative  to  counties  appro- 
priating non-tax  revenues  to  local  historical  societies;  and 
Senate  Bill  56  amending  the  basic  act  of  the  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  Chapter  121  of  the  General  Statutes, 
and  authorizing  the  setting  up  of  a  committee  on  the  dis- 
posal of  historical  records  that  have  no  administrative  or 
historical  value  or  importance. 

On  June  11  Governor  Luther  H.  Hodges  reappointed  Mr. 
Clarence  W.  Griffin  of  Forest  City  to  the  Executive  Board 
for  a  six-year  term  to  expire  March  31,  1963;  and  appointed 
Mr.  H.  V.  Rose  of  Smithfield  to  succeed  Mrs.  Sadie  Smathers 
Patton  of  Hendersonville,  for  a  term  of  six  years  to  expire 
the  same  date. 

Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden,  Director  of  the  Department 
of  Archives  and  History,  accompanied  by  Mrs.  Joye  E. 
Jordan,  Museum  Administrator,  attended  a  meeting  on 
March  7  of  the  Hillsboro  Garden  Club  to  aid  in  developing 
a  plan  for  a  historical  museum  there.  The  town  of  Hillsboro 
later  voted  the  sum  of  $250  to  be  used  for  the  proposed 

[432] 


Historical  News  433 

museum  which  is  to  be  established  in  the  old  courtroom.  On 
March  29  Dr.  Crittenden  attended  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  National  Trust  for  Historic  Preservation  in 
Washington,  D.  C,  at  which  time  those  present  approved  a 
long-range  plan  for  the  Trust  which  was  presented  by  a 
special  committee.  On  April  4  he  was  presented  a  "time  cap- 
sule" for  preservation  in  the  Department  by  representatives 
of  the  National  Education  Association  as  a  part  of  the  centen- 
nial celebration  of  the  group  which  was  concluded  by  a  re- 
ception held  with  the  North  Carolina  Education  Association 
which  also  celebrated  its  one-hundredth  anniversarv  this 
year.  Dr.  Crittenden  attended  the  organizational  meeting  of 
the  Wake  County  Historical  Society  on  April  9,  and  on  April 
19,  accompanied  by  Mrs.  Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder  and 
Mr.  H.  G.  Jones  of  the  Division  of  Archives  and  Manuscripts, 
met  with  the  Meredith  College  junior  history  majors  and 
their  faculty  advisors  to  discuss  the  Department's  internship 
course.  This  course,  presented  biennially,  offers  archival,  mu- 
seum, publications,  and  historic  sites  training  to  juniors  and 
seniors.  Dr.  Lillian  Parker  Wallace,  Head  of  the  History  De- 
partment at  Meredith,  led  the  discussion.  On  April  23  Dr. 
Crittenden  talked  on  the  "History  of  Raleigh"  to  the  Daugh- 
ters of  the  American  Revolution,  Junior  Group,  and  on  April 
26  attended  the  Historical  Society  of  North  Carolina  meeting 
at  Elon  College.  He  and  Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton  met  with  the 
Governor  Richard  Caswell  Memorial  Commission  on  March 
29,  at  which  time  the  group  discussed  the  request  for  appro- 
priations and  reached  an  agreement.  With  Mr.  H.  G.  Jones, 
Mrs.  Grace  Mahler,  and  Mrs.  Dorothy  R.  Phillips,  Dr.  Crit- 
tenden attended  the  May  10-11  regional  meeting  of  the 
North  Carolina  Literary  and  Historical  Association  in  Bertie 
County.  Dr.  Crittenden  is  Secretary  of  the  association  and  on 
May  11  made  a  speech  to  the  group  on  "The  Historic  Sites 
Program  of  North  Carolina." 

Mrs.  Joye  E.  Jordan,  Museum  Administrator,  and  Dr. 
Christopher  Crittenden  attended  the  twenty-fifth  anniver- 
sary celebration  of  the  Masonic  Museum  in  Greensboro  on 


434  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

March  13  and  on  April  5  Mrs.  Jordan  went  to  Goldsboro  to 
judge  the  Junior  Historian  Exhibits.  On  April  11  Mrs.  Jordan 
went  to  Warrenton  to  attend  the  garden  tour  which  empha- 
sized early  kitchens  and  on  April  16  assisted  the  Tar  Heel 
Junior  Historian  Club  of  Josephus  Daniels  Junior  High  School 
( Raleigh )  at  a  reception  for  their  parents  which  was  held  in 
the  Portrait  Gallery  of  the  Hall  of  History.  She  went  to  Wil- 
liamsburg, Virginia,  for  a  special  showing  of  eighteenth- 
century  textiles  and  wrought  iron,  May  1-2,  and  assisted  as 
hostess  at  a  meeting  on  May  16  of  the  Colonial  Dames  of  the 
Seventeenth  Century  held  in  the  Department  of  Archives  and 
History  Assembly  Room.  From  May  22  to  May  24  Mrs.  Jordan 
attended  the  meetings  of  the  American  Association  of  Mu- 
seums in  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  and  she  was  in  New  Bern  from 
May  27  to  May  29  for  the  meetings  of  the  Tryon  Palace  Com- 
mission. 

Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt,  Head  of  the  Division  of  Publications, 
attended  the  meeting  of  the  Historical  Society  of  North  Caro- 
lina which  met  on  April  26  at  Elon  College,  and  the  meeting 
of  the  Western  North  Carolina  Historical  Association  in  Ashe- 
ville  on  April  27  where  he  spoke  on  "Local  Historical  Socie- 
ties." On  the  evening  of  April  27  he  attended  the  meeting  of 
the  Western  North  Carolina  Press  Association  for  Weekly 
Newspapers  and  spoke  to  those  present  on  "Zebulon  B.  Vance 
—His  Birthplace  and  the  Publication  of  His  Papers."  He 
talked  to  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  at  Ruth- 
erfordton  on  April  29  on  the  "Department  of  Archives  and 
History  and  Its  Services  to  the  Public,"  and  in  the  evening 
addressed  the  Rutherford  County  Club  and  the  Forest 
City  Kiwanis  Club  at  a  joint  meeting  in  Forest  City  on  the 
"Educational  Phases  of  the  Work  of  the  Department  of 
Archives  and  History."  Mr.  Corbitt  was  guest  speaker  at  the 
April  30  meeting  of  the  Rotary  Club  in  Sylva  where  he  dis- 
cussed "Increased  Interest  in  the  History  of  North  Carolina," 
and  on  May  1  he  talked  to  the  history  class  at  Western  Caro- 
lina College,  Cullowhee,  on  "The  Publication  Program  of  the 
Department  of  Archives  and  History."  On  May  2  he  spoke 


Historical  News  435 

to  the  Cherokee  County  Historical  Society  at  Murphy  on 
"Legislation  in  Behalf  of  Local  Historical  Societies  and  Re- 
construction of  Fort  Butler,"  and  on  May  3  spoke  at  the  jun- 
ior high  school  in  the  same  town  on  "Learning  About  Your 
Community."  His  topic  at  the  Bakersville  meeting  of  the 
Mitchell  County  Historical  Society  on  May  4  was  "The  Im- 
portance of  Local  Historical  Societies,"  and  on  May  13  he 
went  to  Lexington  to  assist  in  the  organization  of  the  David- 
son County  Historical  Society.  He  spoke  to  the  Colonial 
Dames  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  on  May  16  on  "The  Early 
Settlements  in  North  Carolina." 

Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton,  Historic  Sites  Superintendent,  went  to 
Washington,  N.  C,  on  March  4  to  assist  in  presenting  an  ap- 
peal for  funds  for  the  restoration  of  Colonial  Bath  to  the 
Beaufort  County  Board  of  Commissioners.  He  spoke  on 
March  20  to  the  Johnston-Pettigrew  Chapter,  United  Daugh- 
ters of  the  Confederacy,  on  North  Carolina's  contribution  to 
the  Civil  War,  and  visited  Person's  Ordinary,  Littleton,  on 
March  25  to  discuss  with  the  local  committee  future  restora- 
tion procedures.  Mr.  Tarlton  represented  the  Department 
along  with  Mr.  Clarence  W.  Griffin,  member  of  the  Executive 
Board,  at  the  unveiling  of  a  historical  marker  on  March  29  at 
Dallas,  Gaston  County,  at  which  event  Dr.  William  C.  Friday, 
President  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  was  the  prin- 
cipal speaker.  Both  Mr.  Tarlton  and  Mr.  Griffin  also  spoke  at 
the  ceremonies.  On  April  3  Mr.  Tarlton  attended  the  execu- 
tive committee  meeting  of  the  North  American  Association  of 
Historic  Sites  Public  Officials  in  New  York  City,  and  he  repre- 
sented the  Department  on  April  8  at  unveiling  ceremonies 
of  a  highway  marker  honoring  James  Lytch  near  Laurinburg. 
He  attended  a  meeting  of  the  Historical  Halifax  Restoration 
Association  in  Halifax  on  April  12,  and  on  April  29  he  repre- 
sented the  Department  at  a  meeting  of  the  Forest  History 
Committee  of  North  Carolina  held  at  Duke  University. 

Mr.  Norman  Larson,  Historic  Site  Specialist,  presented  a 
slide-lecture  program  to  the  Northampton  County  Historical 
Society  held  in  Jackson  on  April  3  on  "Historic  Sites  in  North 


436  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Carolina,"  and  he  gave  the  same  program  to  the  Mt.  Airy 
Kiwanis  Club  on  April  12.  On  April  28  the  final  program  in 
the  first  series  of  telecasts  given  by  the  Department  in  col- 
laboration with  WRAL-TV  was  presented  on  the  subject, 
"Early  Medicine  in  North  Carolina,"  with  Mr.  Larson  serving 
as  narrator. 

On  April  12  Mr.  H.  G.  Jones,  State  Archivist,  spoke  at  the 
luncheon  meeting  of  the  Bloomsbury  Chapter,  Daughters  of 
the  Revolution,  at  the  Carolina  Country  Club  on  "Genealog- 
ical Source  Material  in  the  State  Archives."  He  attended  the 
Eleventh  Institute  in  the  Preservation  and  Administration  of 
Archives,  sponsored  jointly  by  the  National  Archives,  the 
Library  of  Congress,  the  Maryland  Hall  of  Records,  and  the 
American  University,  held  in  Washington  from  June  17  to 
July  12.  Dr.  Theodore  R.  Schellenberg,  Assistant  Archivist 
of  the  United  States,  was  Director  of  the  Institute. 

Mrs.  Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder  attended  the  Fourth 
Institute  on  Records  Management  in  Washington  from  June 
3  through  June  14.  The  course  was  directed  by  Dr.  Herbert 
E.  Angel,  Assistant  Archivist  of  the  United  States,  and  was 
sponsored  by  the  National  Archives  and  the  American  Uni- 
versity. 

Changes  in  personnel  in  the  Division  of  Archives  and  Man- 
uscripts are  as  follows:  Mrs.  Bessie  W.  Bowling  replaces 
Mrs.  Betty  Hunter;  Mrs.  Suzanne  G.  Bell  replaces  Mrs. 
Doris  Swann;  Mrs.  Elizabeth  J.  Hilbourn  returned  following 
a  leave  of  absence;  Mrs.  Elissa  H.  Green  resigned  effective 
May  31;  Miss  Rebecca  Knight  begins  work  June  1;  and  Mrs. 
Elizabeth  Lewis  Battle  Watkins  joined  the  staff  as  Laminator 
replacing  Mrs.  Sue  Griffin. 

The  following  manuscript  volumes  which  had  been  with- 
drawn from  public  use  because  of  deterioration  have  now 
been  laminated,  rebound,  and  made  available  for  use  by  the 
Division  of  Archives  and  Manuscripts:  Perquimans  Precinct 
Court  Minutes,  1688-1693;  Rutherford  County  Court  Min- 
utes, 1782-1786;  Richmond  County  Court  Minutes,  1786- 
1792;  and  Robeson  County  Court  Minutes,  1797-1806. 


Historical  News  437 

During  the  months  of  January,  February,  and  Mareh  the 
Search  Room  was  visited  by  664  researchers.  Reference  serv- 
ice  was  also  given  to  697  mail  inquiries  and  47  telephone 
calls.  These  figures  do  not  include  visitors  in  the  State  Ar- 
chivist's office,  or  mail  and  telephone  inquiries  answered  di- 
rectly from  the  office.  During  the  same  period  the  following 
copying  services  were  rendered:  700  photocopies,  117  micro- 
film prints,  87  certified  copies,  and  75  feet  of  microfilm.  The 
division  has  also  laminated  1,559  pages. 

The  North  Carolina  Literary  and  Historical  Association 
held  its  spring  regional  meeting  in  co-operation  with  the 
Bertie  County  Historical  Association,  May  10-11,  in  Windsor. 
The  program  included  tours  of  the  following  historic  places: 
"Hope,"  built  about  1770  and  birthplace  and  home  of  David 
Stone,  with  Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  Smith  as  hosts;  "Windsor 
Castle,"  originally  a  log  house  built  by  William  Gray  and 
rebuilt  in  1850  by  Patrick  Henry  Winston,  where  tea  was 
served  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Cola  Castelloe;  "Rosefield,"  erected 
in  1768  and  birthplace  of  William  Blount,  with  Mrs.  Moses 
B.  Gillam  and  Miss  Helen  Gillam  as  hostesses;  St.  Thomas 
Episcopal  Church;  "Avoca,"  with  a  side  trip  to  the  site  of  the 
"Nathaniel  Batts  House,"  believed  to  be  the  first  permanent 
home  of  a  white  man  in  what  is  now  North  Carolina;  "Scotch 
Hall,"  with  refreshments  served  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  W. 
Capehart;  and  "Mount  Gould." 

Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden,  Secretary,  presided  at  the  Fri- 
day afternoon  session  and  Mr.  A.  S.  Askew  presided  at  the 
Saturday  morning  session.  A  Friday  dinner  meeting  with  Mr. 
Gilbert  T.  Stephenson,  President,  presiding,  and  a  picnic 
lunch  at  Colerain  Beach  as  well  as  ceremonies  at  the  Confed- 
erate monument  were  features  of  the  meeting.  Speakers 
included  Dr.  W.  P.  Cumming  of  Davidson  College  who  spoke 
on  "The  Earliest  Permanent  Settlements  in  North  Carolina, 
circa  1650,"  with  emphasis  on  the  Nicholas  Comberford  Map 
drawn  300  years  ago;  Dr.  Herbert  R.  Paschal,  Jr.,  of  East 
Carolina  College,  who  spoke  on  "The  Tuscarora  Indians"; 
and  Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden  who  spoke  on  "The  Historic 
Sites  Program  of  North  Carolina." 


438  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  staff  of  the  Department  of  Archives  and  History  had 
as  a  special  feature  of  the  May  staff  meeting  a  film,  "The 
Battle  of  Gettysburg,"  which  was  produced  by  Metro- 
Goldwyn- Mayer  in  collaboration  with  the  Department  of  the 
Interior.  Special  consultant  for  the  movie  which  was  in  color 
was  Dr.  Walter  Coleman,  Superintendent  of  Gettysburg  Na- 
tional Military  Park. 

On  March  15  in  the  office  of  Governor  Luther  H.  Hodges 
the  first  copy  of  the  Public  Addresses,  Letters,  and  Papers  of 
William  Kerr  Scott,  Governor  of  North  Carolina,  1949-1953, 
was  presented  Senator  Scott  by  Governor  Hodges.  This  pub- 
lication, edited  by  David  Leroy  Corbitt,  Head  of  the  Division 
of  Publications,  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History, 
is  available  free  to  the  public  upon  application  to  Mr.  Cor- 
bitt, Box  1881,  Raleigh. 

The  Papers  of  William  Alexander  Graham,  Volume  I,  1825- 
1837,  is  also  ready  for  distribution  by  the  Department.  Edited 
by  Dr.  J.  G.  de  Roulhac  Hamilton,  it  is  the  first  of  several  in 
a  series  of  volumes  to  be  published  as  funds  become  avail- 
able. William  A.  Graham  was  born  in  Lincoln  County  and 
moved  to  Hillsboro  in  1826.  He  was  Governor,  1845-1849; 
Secretary  of  the  Navy,  1850-1852;  and  Confederate  States 
Senator,  1864-1865.  Any  person  interested  in  procuring  a 
copy  of  this  volume  should  apply  to  Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt,  Box 
1881,  Raleigh,  and  enclose  the  sum  of  $3.00. 

Two  maps  have  been  released  by  the  Division  of  Publica- 
tions and  are  available  for  five  cents  each.  One  is  an  outline 
map  of  the  State  and  the  other  a  copy  of  the  Civil  War  map 
in  Volume  I  of  Clark's  Histories  of  the  Several  Regiments 
and  Battalions  from  North  Carolina  in  the  Great  War,  1861- 
65.  Five  of  the  pamphlets  distributed  by  the  Division  have 
been  reprinted  and  may  be  purchased  as  follows:  Money 
Problems  of  Early  Tar  Heels  and  The  Nortli  Carolina  State 
Flag,  both  14-page  booklets  and  ten  cents  each;  Tar  Heel 
Tales,  34  pages;  The  War  of  the  Regulation  and  the  Battle 
of  Alamance,  May  16,  1771,  32  pages;  and  The  History  of 
the  Great  Seal  of  North  Carolina,  40  pages,  each  15  cents. 


Historical  News  439 

Dr.  Fletcher  M.  Green,  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
History  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  announces  the 
following  news  items:  Dr.  Harold  A.  Bierck  spoke  to  the  Pi 
Gamma  Mu  at  Elon  College  on  March  1  on  "What  Latin 
America  Means  to  the  United  States."  Dr.  James  R.  Caldwell 
contributed  an  essay,  "The  Churches  of  Granville  County, 
North  Carolina,  in  the  Eighteenth  Century,"  to  the  Studies 
in  Southern  History;  and  Dr.  Cornelius  O.  Cathey  contribut- 
ed "The  Impact  of  the  Civil  War  on  Agriculture  in  North 
Carolina"  to  the  same  publication.  Dr.  Elisha  P.  Douglass 
has  been  co-ordinator  and  a  participant  in  a  weekly  WUNC 
television  program  on  "Ideas."  He  will  spend  the  academic 
year,  1957-1958,  in  Germany  as  a  Fulbright  Lecturer.  Dr. 
James  L.  Godfrey  gave  two  lectures  at  Winthrop  College  on 
May  6  and  7.  He  addressed  the  Phi  Alpha  Theta  History 
Fraternity  on  "Some  Problems  for  the  Historian  in  Contem- 
porary History,"  and  his  subject  for  the  college  assembly 
was  "Great  Britain:  Post-war  Adjustments  and  Evaluation." 
He  is  the  author  of  "Recent  Political  and  Constitutional  De- 
velopment in  the  Gold  Coast,"  in  the  current  issue  of  the 
South  Atlantic  Quarterly.  Dr.  Fletcher  M.  Green  read  a 
paper,  "The  Origins  of  the  Credit  Mobilier,"  at  the  meeting 
of  the  Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Association  in  Lincoln, 
Nebraska,  on  May  2,  and  on  May  11  he  delivered  the  Annual 
Honors  Day  address  at  Mars  Hill  College  on  the  subject, 
"The  Incidence  of  Greatness  in  North  Carolina."  Dr.  Hugh 
T.  Lefler  addressed  the  March  meeting  of  the  Chapel  Hill 
chapter  of  the  A.A.U.W.  on  "Some  Problems  in  Writing 
North  Carolina  History,"  and  he  spoke  at  the  April  meeting 
of  the  Orange  County  unit  of  the  North  Carolina  Education 
Association  on  "Some  Landmarks  in  the  Educational  His- 
tory of  North  Carolina."  Dr.  Loren  C.  MacKinney  presented 
an  "Exhibit  of  Medieval  Anatomy  as  Seen  in  Manuscript 
Illustrations"  before  the  joint  annual  meeting  of  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Anatomists  and  the  sesqui-centennial  cele- 
bration of  The  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  on  April  19, 
and  on  May  7  he  read  a  paper,  "The  Spongia  Soporifera  in 
Medical  Surgery;  Was  it  ever  Used?"  at  the  meeting  of  the 


440  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

American  Association  for  the  History  of  Medicine.  He  is  the 
author  of  Bishop  Fulbert  and  Education  at  the  School  of 
Chartres  (South  Bend,  Ind.:  The  Medieval  Institute,  1957). 
Dr.  MacKinney  will  be  a  Visiting  Research  Professor  of  Med- 
ical History  at  the  1957  summer  session  at  the  University  of 
California  at  Los  Angeles.  Dr.  J.  Carlyle  Sitterson  is  the 
editor  of  Studies  in  Southern  History  in  Memory  of  Albert 
Ray  Newsome,  published  by  the  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina Press.  He  contributed  "Business  Leaders  in  Post-Civil 
War  North  Carolina,  1865-1900"  to  the  volume. 

Mr.  Marvin  R.  Farley,  Assistant  Professor  of  History  at 
Western  Carolina  College,  died  April  16,  a  victim  of  acci- 
dental drowning. 

News  items  from  East  Carolina  College  are  as  follows: 
Dr.  W.  E.  Marshall  will  succeed  Dr.  A.  D.  Frank  as  Head  of 
the  Department  of  Social  Studies  at  the  close  of  the  spring 
quarter.  Dr.  Frank  will  continue  teaching  for  some  time. 
New  faculty  members  who  will  begin  teaching  in  September 
are  Mr.  Charles  Price,  a  graduate  student  at  the  University 
of  North  Carolina;  Dr.  Ralph  Napp,  who  received  his  Ph.D. 
degree  from  the  University  of  Munich;  and  Dr.  Ruth  Keesey, 
who  received  her  Ph.D.  degree  from  Columbia  University. 

Mr.  Richard  Walser,  member  of  the  English  Department 
at  North  Carolina  State  College,  announces  that  he  plans  to 
use  the  Guggenheim  Fellowship  (1957-1958)  which  he  was 
recently  awarded  to  study  the  similarities  and  dissimilarities 
of  literary  interpretations  in  North  Carolina  writing. 

Dr.  Alice  B.  Keith  and  Dr.  Sarah  McCulloh  Lemmon  of 
Meredith  College  have  essays  included  in  the  University  of 
North  Carolina  publication,  Studies  in  Southern  History,  in 
Memory  of  Albert  Ray  Newsome,  edited  by  Dr.  J.  C.  Sitter- 
son.  Dr.  Keith's  essay  is  "William  Blount  in  North  Carolina 
Politics,  1791-1798,"  and  Dr.  Lemmon's  is  "Eugene  Talmadge 
and  the  New  Deal."  Dr.  Lillian  Parker  Wallace,  Head  of  the 
Department   of    History   at    Meredith,    was    elected   Vice- 


Historical  News  441 

President  ( and  program  chairman )  of  the  Association  of  So- 
cial Studies  Department  of  the  North  Carolina  Baptist  Col- 
leges. 

Dr.  Samuel  R.  Spencer,  Jr.,  Dean  of  Students  and  Pro- 
fessor of  History  at  Davidson  College,  has  resigned  to  accept 
the  Presidency  of  Mary  Baldwin  College  in  Staunton,  Vir- 
ginia. He  will  assume  his  duties  on  August  1,  1957. 

Dr.  Daniel  McFarland  of  Columbia  College,  Columbia, 
South  Carolina,  has  resigned  his  teaching  duties  to  become 
Head  of  the  Department  of  History  at  Atlantic  Christian 
College,  Wilson,  and  will  begin  work  on  September  1,  1957. 

The  following  news  items  relative  to  the  Department  of 
History  at  Duke  University  have  been  released:  Dr.  Paul  H. 
Clyde  was  a  Visiting  Scholar  at  the  University  of  Georgia, 
April  9-11.  Pie  also  lectured  at  Emory  University  and  Agnes 
Scott  College,  and  he  presented  a  paper  before  the  combined 
History  and  Political  Science  faculties  of  the  three  institu- 
tions. Dr.  Joel  Colton  has  been  awarded  a  Guggenheim  Fel- 
lowship and  will  spend  part  of  the  year  in  France  making  a 
study  of  Leon  Blum  and  twentieth-century  socialism.  Mr. 
Guy  R.  MacLean,  a  doctoral  candidate,  has  accepted  a  posi- 
tion at  Dalhousie  University,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia.  Mr.  Wil- 
lard  Badgette  Gate  wood,  Jr.,  has  completed  a  doctoral  dis- 
sertation on  "Eugene  Clyde  Brooks:  Educator  and  Public 
Servant."  Mr.  Carl  Cannon,  a  doctoral  candidate,  has  accept- 
ed a  position  in  the  Department  of  History  at  St.  Mary's 
Junior  College.  Dr.  Jay  Luvaas,  Director  of  the  George  Wash- 
ington Flowers  Memorial  Collection  in  the  Duke  University 
Library,  has  resigned  to  accept  a  position  in  the  Department 
of  History  at  Alleghany  College.  Dr.  Robert  Franklin  Durden 
has  published  James  Shepherd  Pike,  Republicanism  and  the 
American  Negro,  1850-1882;  and  Dr.  Harry  R.  Stevens  has 
published  The  Early  Jackson  Tarty  in  Ohio  and  has  read  a 
paper  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  Histo- 
rical Association  on  "Hugh  Glenn  and  Expansion  of  the  South- 
west Frontier,  1817-1822."  Dr.  John  R.  Alden  has  published 


442  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

"The  Military  Side  of  the  Revolution"  in  Manuscripts  ( winter, 
1957),  and  in  the  same  issue  his  doctoral  student,  Mr.  Don 
R.  Higginbotham,  published  "General  Daniel  Morgan:  His 
Character  as  Seen  in  His  Letters."  Dr.  John  Shelton  Curtiss 
has  published  The  Russian  Revolution  of  1917  in  the  Anvil 
Series  under  the  general  editorship  of  Dr.  Louis  L.  Snyder; 
Dr.  William  B.  Hamilton  has  been  named  editor  of  The 
South  Atlantic  Quarterly  to  succeed  Dr.  W.  T.  Laprade,  Pro- 
fessor Emeritus  of  History.  Dr.  Hamilton  will  return  to  Duke 
University  in  the  fall  from  a  leave  of  absence  to  study  and 
travel  in  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Africa,  and  England.  The 
Society  for  French  Historical  Studies  will  hold  its  annual 
meeting  at  Duke  and  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  Feb- 
ruary, 1958.  The  president  is  »Dr.  Harold  T.  Parker  of  Duke, 
and  the  vice-president  is  Dr.  James  L.  Godfrey  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina.  The  Duke  University  Common- 
wealth-Studies Center  is  again  conducting  a  summer  pro- 
gram for  qualified  social  scientists  whose  research  interests 
relate  to  the  British  Commonwealth.  The  program  will 
include  a  series  of  discussions  on  "Emergent  Canadian  Fed- 
eralism," which  will  be  led  by  five  distinguished  Canadian 
lecturers. 

Dr.  Henry  S.  S troupe,  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Social  Sciences  of  Wake  Forest  College,  announces  the 
division  of  the  department  into  two  departments  to  be  effec- 
tive September  1,  1957.  Dr.  .Stroupe  will  be  Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  History  and  other  members  of  that  depart- 
ment will  be:  Dr.  Percival  Perry,  Mr.  Forrest  W.  Clonts,  and 
Dr.  Wilfred  B.  Yearns,  Associate  Professors;  Dr.  David  L. 
Smiley,  Dr.  Lowell  R.  Tillett,  Dr.  Robert  Granville  Gregory, 
and  Dr.  Frank  Butler  Josserand,  Assistant  Professors;  and 
Mr.  John  Keith  Huckaby  and  Mr.  Thomas  Eugene  Mullen, 
Instructors. 

The  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Political  Science  will  be: 
Dr.  Claud  Henry  Richards,  Jr.,  Chairman,  and  Dr.  Roy 
Jumper,  Assistant  Professor. 


Historical  News  443 

The  Historical  Society  of  North  Carolina  held  its  spring 
meeting  at  Elon  College  on  April  26  with  Dr.  Christopher 
Crittenden,  President,  presiding.  Dr.  H.  H.  Cunningham  was 
in  charge  of  local  arrangements  and  dinner  was  served  in 
the  McEwen  Memorial  Dining  Hall.  Papers  were  read  by  Dr. 
Burton  Beers  of  North  Carolina  State  College,  Dr.  William 
S.  Hoffmann  of  Appalachian  State  Teachers  College,  Mr. 
William  S.  Powell  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina  Li- 
brary, and  Dr.  J.  Carlyle  Sitterson  of  the  University  of  North 
Carolina.  New  members  accepted  into  the  society  are  Dr. 
Percival  Perry  of  Wake  Forest  College,  Mr.  David  Stick  of 
Kill  Devil  Hills,  and  Mr.  James  S.  Brawley  of  Salisbury. 

The  second  annual  joint  meeting  of  the  Wayne,  Johnston, 
and  Sampson  County  historical  societies  was  held  in  the 
Goldsboro  High  School  April  7  with  separate  business  meet- 
ings by  each  group.  A  play,  "The  Vision  of  Charles  B.  Ay- 
cock,"  by  Mr.  John  Ehle,  given  by  the  Goldmasquers  and 
directed  by  Mr.  Daron  Ward,  was  presented  as  a  feature  of 
the  meeting.  Mr.  Henry  Belk  of  Goldsboro  introduced  Dr. 
D.  J.  Rose,  Chairman  of  the  Aycock  Memorial  Commission, 
who  reported  on  the  work  and  plans  for  the  restoration  of 
the  Charles  B.  Aycock  birthplace.  The  size  of  the  site,  an 
appropriations  request  presented  to  the  General  Assembly, 
and  funds  raised  by  the  three  counties  in  a  public  campaign 
were  topics  included  in  Dr.  Rose's  report.  The  Wayne  County 
society  elected  Mr.  Dan  Fagg,  Dean  of  Mount  Olive  College, 
as  President  to  succeed  Mrs.  C.  W.  Twiford.  Other  officers 
elected  were  Mr.  Hugh  Dortch  and  Mr.  Fitzhugh  Lee  as 
Vice-Presidents;  Mr.  Bruce  Duke,  Treasurer;  Mrs.  N.  A.  Ed- 
wards, Secretary;  and  Mr.  Eugene  Roberts,  Chaplain.  Tea 
was  served  to  those  attending  and  the  Junior  Historian  clubs 
of  Goldsboro  exhibited  displays  of  their  work  for  the  year. 
Members  of  the  staff  of  the  Department  of  Archives  and  His- 
tory who  attended  were  Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt,  Head  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  Publications,  and  Mr.  H.  G.  Jones,  State  Archivist. 


444  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  official  opening  of  the  "House  in  the  Horseshoe,"  or 
Alston  House,  in  Moore  County  as  a  state  historic  shrine  and 
major  restoration  took  place  with  an  open  house  and  informal 
program  held  in  front  of  the  house  on  April  6.  Mr.  James  A. 
Stenhouse,  President  of  the  North  Carolina  Society  for  the 
Preservation  of  Antiquities,  Representative  H.  Clifton  Blue, 
Judge  W.  A.  Leland  McKeithen,  and  Mrs.  Ernest  L.  Ives, 
all  of  whom  have  been  instrumental  in  the  restoration  pro- 
gram, participated  on  the  program.  A  portrait  of  Governor 
Benjamin  Williams,  painted  by  Mr.  William  Fields,  Fayette- 
ville  artist,  was  unveiled  in  the  "parlor"  of  the  house.  Gov- 
ernor Williams  purchased  the  house  as  his  retirement  home 
and  is  buried  nearby.  The  Moore  County  Historical  Asso- 
ciation is  to  operate  the  historic  site  under  the  general  super- 
vision of  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History. 
Members  of  the  Department  who  attended  the  ceremonies 
were  Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden,  Director,  Mr.  W.  S.  Tarl- 
ton,  Historic  Sites  Superintendent,  and  Mrs.  Joye  E.  Jordan, 
Museum  Administrator. 

The  North  Carolina  Society  of  County  and  Local  Histo- 
rians and  the  Currituck  County  Historical  Society  sponsored 
a  tour  of  the  county  on  April  7  with  the  following  places  of 
interest  visited:  the  old  Dey  homestead;  Enoch  Ferebee 
house;  the  Launch  wharf  and  shipyard;  Harrell  House,  which 
escaped  burning  in  1862  by  a  display  of  the  Masonic  em- 
blem; Providence  Baptist  Church,  established  in  1817;  Old 
Thad  Hall  Tavern;  and  about  75  other  sites.  Lunch  was 
served  at  the  Shawboro  Community  Ruritan  Building  and 
an  unexpected  feature  was  revealed  by  Mrs.  Alma  O.  Rob- 
erts and  Mr.  Ray  Etheridge— a  portion  of  the  original  Liberty 
Pole  from  which  the  first  flag  is  said  to  have  been  flown 
when  the  colonies  declared  their  independence  from  Great 
Britain.  The  relic  is  to  be  placed  in  the  proposed  museum  of 
the  Currituck  society. 

On  Mav  5  the  Societv  of  Countv  and  Local  Historians 
sponsored  a  tour  of  Bladen  County,  meeting  at  the  county 
courthouse  in  Elizabethtown.  Places  of  interest  visited  were: 


Historical  News  445 

Old  Brown  Marsh  Church;  Old  Trinity  Church;  Sallie  Salter 
Monument;  Tory  Hole,  site  of  the  Battle  of  Elizabethtown; 
Owen  Hill,  home  of  Governor  Owen;  Purdie  Home  and 
Cemetery;  Colonel  Robeson  home  and  tomb;  and  the  Beth 
Carr  Church.  A  picnic  lunch  was  enjoyed  by  those  partici- 
pating in  the  tour  at  the  Municipal  Building  in  Elizabeth- 
town. 

The  quarterly  meeting  of  the  Pasquotank  County  Historical 
Society  was  held  in  Christ  Church  Parish  House  in  Elizabeth 
City,  February  26,  with  the  President,  General  John  E.  Wood, 
presiding.  Miss  Olive  Aydlett,  Treasurer,  presented  a  finan- 
cial report  and  General  Wood  gave  the  presidential  report. 
The  society  voted  to  continue  the  entire  slate  of  officers  for 
another  year  as  follows:  General  Wood,  President;  Mr.  Bux- 
ton White,  Vice  President;  Mrs.  A.  L.  Pendleton,  Secretary; 
Mr.  F.  P.  Markham,  III,  Vice-Secretary;  and  Miss  Olive 
Aydlett,  Treasurer.  The  speaker  for  the  evening  was  Rev. 
Paul  K.  Ausley.  Plans  were  discussed  for  a  joint  meeting  to 
be  held  with  the  Camden,  Currituck,  and  Pasquotank  soci- 
eties as  well  as  interested  persons  from  Perquimans  County, 
in  an  effort  to  stimulate  interest  in  the  history  of  the  entire 
section  embraced  by  these  groups. 

The  Bladen  County  Historical  Society  was  organized  on 
March  8  in  Elizabethtown  with  the  following  officers  elected: 
Mr.  H.  H.  Clark,  President;  Mr.  Clifford  Crawford,  Vice- 
President;  Mrs.  Carl  Campbell,  Secretary-Treasurer;  and 
Miss  Amanda  Clark  and  Mrs.  Hobson  Sanderlin,  Historians. 

On  March  29  two  markers  were  erected  at  Dallas  in  Gas- 
ton County  in  honor  of  G.  M.  Dallas  for  whom  the  town  of 
Dallas— first  county  seat— was  named.  One  marker  was  placed 
at  the  courthouse  and  the  other  by  the  highway.  Dr.  William 
C.  Friday,  President  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina, 
Mr.  Clarence  W.  Griffin,  member  of  the  Executive  Board  of 
the  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  and  Mr.  W.  S. 
Tarlton,  Historic  Sites  Superintendent,  made  brief  addresses. 


446  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  event  was  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Dallas  Woman's 
Club,  the  Gaston  Comity  Historical  Society,  and  the  Major 
William  Chronicle  Chapter  and  the  William  Gaston  Chapter 
of  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution.  Mrs.  James 
Gribble  was  chairman  of  the  committee  in  charge  of  the 
marker  erection  and  Mrs.  E.  D.  Pasour  was  chairman  of  the 
steering  committee. 

The  Gaston  County  Historical  Bulletin  issued  for  the  last 
quarter  carried  articles  on  the  Abernathy  family  history, 
"Magnolia  Grove,"  and  a  report  on  the  work  of  members  of 
the  county  historical  society  who  are  collecting  material  for 
a  local  history. 

Mr.  William  A.  Parker  was  elected  President  of  the  Wake 
County  Historical  Society  at  its  organizational  meeting  held 
on  April  9  in  the  Assembly  Room  of  the  Department  of  Ar- 
chives and  History.  Other  officers  elected  were:  Dr.  Christo- 
pher Crittenden,  Vice-President;  Mrs.  Herbert  Norris,  Secre- 
tary; and  Mr.  Richard  Seawell,  Treasurer.  Members  of  the 
Executive  Council  are:  Mr.  R.  N.  Simms,  Mrs.  J.  M.  Brough- 
ton,  Miss  Elizabeth  Thompson,  Mrs.  Vance  Jerome,  Mr. 
Alfred  Purrington,  Mrs.  Edith  T.  Earnshaw,  Mrs.  Sprague 
Silver,  Mr.  William  Hatch,  and  Mr.  John  Burke  O'Donnell. 
The  constitution  and  by-laws  prepared  by  Mr.  John  H. 
Anderson  were  adopted  and  the  society  designated  March 
and  September  as  months  of  meeting.  Persons  joining  before 
the  September  meeting  will  be  considered  charter  members. 
Approximately  100  persons  attended  the  meeting  after  which 
refreshments  were  served  in  the  Portrait  Gallery  of  the  Hall 
of  Historv. 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  North  Carolina  Society  of  the 
Descendants  of  the  Palatines  was  held  on  April  18  in  New 
Bern  with  Jndge  R.  A.  Nunn,  President,  presiding.  Special 
guest  and  speaker  was  Professor  Hans  Gustav  Keller,  official 
of  the  National  Archives  and  teacher  at  the  University  of 
Bern,  Switzerland.  He  is  here  to  do  research  on  the  Swiss  im- 
migrants to  colonial  America  and  their  influence  on  the  Amer- 


Historical  News  447 

ican  way  of  life.  Mr.  Charles  R.  Holloman  was  also  a  special 
guest  and  spoke  briefly  to  the  group.  The  Palatine  History 
Award  was  presented  to  Jerry  Ball,  son  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  E. 
Ball  of  New  Bern,  whose  brother  and  sister  have  previously 
won  the  award.  Judge  Nunn  spoke  of  the  250th  anniversary 
celebration  to  be  held  in  1960,  and  Miss  Lucy  Cobb  of  Ra- 
leigh was  asked  to  write  a  pageant  for  that  occasion.  Mr. 
Mack  Lupton  introduced  the  speaker  and  a  paper  was  read 
on  Miss  Frances  Willis,  former  Ambassador  to  Switzerland. 

On  April  20  the  Carteret  County  Historical  Society  met  at 
the  home  of  Miss  Marv  Whitehurst  and  her  sisters  in  Glouces- 
ter.  President  Thomas  Respess  presided  and  papers  were 
presented  by  Miss  Josie  Pigott  on  "The  Graham  Academy" 
and  by  Mrs.  Nat  Smith  on  a  section  of  the  county  known  as 
'The  Straits."  Reports  were  made  and  the  group  was  invited 
to  meet  at  the  Ennett  Cottage  on  Bogue  Sound  for  the  July 
meeting  and  annual  watermelon  cutting. 

The  Pitt  County  Historical  Society  met  on  May  2  in  Green- 
ville and  plans  were  discussed  relative  to  the  publication  of 
a  county  history.  The  group  presented  the  General  Assembly 
with  a  request  that  legislation  be  enacted  establishing  a  com- 
mission to  make  plans  for  the  celebration  of  the  bi-centennial 
of  Pitt  County.  Since  the  meeting  of  the  society  the  General 
Assembly  has  passed  a  bill  establishing  the  Pitt  County  His- 
torical Commission  and  has  authorized  it  to  make  plans  for 
the  celebration  in  1960.  The  commission  is  composed  of  125 
members  specified  in  the  act  and  they  have  been  authorized 
to  elect  40  additional  members.  Forty-one  new  members 
joined  the  society  at  the  May  meeting. 

On  May  11  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Lower  Cape  Fear 
Historical  Society  was  held  in  Wilmington,  and  Dr.  B.  Frank 
Hall  was  elected  as  president.  Other  officers  elected  were: 
Mr.  Henry  MacMillan,  Vice-President;  Mrs.  Ida  B.  Kellam, 
Secretary;  Mr.  Ludlow  P.  Strong,  Treasurer;  and  Miss  Caro- 
lina D.  Flanner,  Mrs.  Boyd  D.  Quarles,  Mr.  Julien  D.  Martin, 


448  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Mr.  Davis  H.  Howes,  and  Mr.  Winston  Broadfoot  as  mem- 
bers of  the  board  of  directors.  Dr.  Paul  Murray  of  East  Caro- 
lina College  presented  a  paper,  "The  Contribution  of  County 
Historical  Societies  to  North  Carolina  History." 

Mrs.  Bettie  Sue  Gardner  of  Reidsville  won  highest  honors 
at  the  thirteenth  annual  Rockingham  County  Fine  Arts  Fes- 
tival held  in  the  Wentworth  High  School  on  May  10.  Mrs. 
Gardner  was  awarded  the  Lillian  Smith  Pitcher  Cup  for  her 
historical  map  of  Rockingham  County.  Mrs.  Gardner  was 
instrumental  in  the  founding  of  the  county  historical  society 
and  is  a  member  of  the  Greensboro  Writers  Club.  The  fes- 
tival, first  of  its  kind  in  the  State,  was  founded  by  Miss  Mari- 
anne R.  Martin  and  is  under  the  direction  of  an  association  as 
well  as  the  Rockingham  County  Library. 

Mr.  J.  V.  Moffitt,  Jr.,  was  elected  President  of  the  newly 
organized  Davidson  County  Historical  Association  which  met 
in  Lexington  on  May  13.  Other  officers  elected  were:  Mr. 
L.  A.  Martin,  First  Vice-President;  Mr.  H.  Cloyd  Philpott, 
Second  Vice-President;  Mr.  Walter  Brinkley,  Treasurer;  and 
Mr.  Wade  H.  Phillips,  Secretary.  A  constitution  and  by-laws 
were  adopted  by  the  group,  membership  dues  were  estab- 
lished, and  it  was  provided  that  persons  who  join  before  the 
next  quarterly  meeting  are  to  be  charter  members. 

The  McDowell  County  Historical  Association  held  its 
quarterly  meeting  on  May  18  and  elected  a  slate  of  officers  to 
begin  their  duties  in  September.  Those  elected  are:  Miss  Ruth 
M.  Greenlee,  President;  Mr.  M.  W.  Gordon,  Vice-President; 
and  Mrs.  Garland  Williams,  Secretary-Treasurer.  The  pro- 
gram centered  around  gold  mining  in  McDowell  and  sur- 
rounding counties. 

Mr.  Phil  R.  Carlton,  Jr.,  of  Greensboro,  President  of  the 
North  Carolina  Society,  Sons  of  the  American  Revolution, 
has  announced  the  appointment  of  nine  regional  vice- 
presidents  and  members  of  the  board  of  managers.  Those 
named  to  the  board  were  Mr.  John  G.  Bragaw,  Mr.  Collier 


Historical  News  449 

Cobb,  Jr.,  Judge  Francis  O.  Clarkson,  Mr.  John  Layman 
Crumpton,  Mr.  William  Arthur  Mitchiner,  Mr.  John  Yates 
Jordan,  Jr.,  Mr.  Clarence  W.  Griffin,  Mr.  J.  Hampton  Price, 
and  Dr.  Hugh  A.  Watson.  Officers  of  the  State  society  are 
Mr.  Carlton,  President;  Mr.  Victor  H.  Idol,  Vice-President- 
Mr.  William  A.  Parker,  National  Trustee;  Col.  Jeffrey  A. 
Stanback,  Historian;  Mr.  Frank  Parker,  Secretary-Treasurer; 
Mr.  Horace  B.  Lindsay,  Genealogist;  and  Dr.  A.  M.  Fountain, 
Chaplain. 

Mr.  George  W.  McCoy  of  Asheville  was  elected  President 
of  the  Western  North  Carolina  Historical  Association  at  the 
spring  meeting  held  in  the  Pack  Memorial  Library,  Asheville, 
on  April  27.  Judge  Owen  Gudger  was  presented  the  "Out- 
standing Historians'  Cup"  for  his  work  toward  the  preserva- 
tion of  history  during  the  past  year.  Dr.  Rosser  H.  Taylor  of 
Western  Carolina  College  was  elected  Vice-President  and 
Dr.  J.  J.  Stevenson  of  Brevard  College  was  elected  Secretary- 
Treasurer.  Mrs.  Virginia  Terrell  Lathrop  gave  a  paper  on 
"The  Journey  and  Writings  of  George  Lovick  Wilson,"  and 
Mrs.  Anne  Kendrick  Sharp  read  a  paper  on  "The  Cherokees 
and  the  Part  They  Played  in  the  War  Between  the  States." 
Mrs.  Sadie  S.  Patton,  President,  presided  at  the  business  ses- 
sion and  Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt  of  the  State  Department  of  Ar- 
chives and  History  spoke  briefly  to  the  group.  Mrs.  John  S. 
Forrest  presented  the  award  to  Judge  Gudger  and  Mr.  Albert 
S.  McLean  gave  the  report  of  the  nominating  committee.  Mr. 
Robert  Beard,  Farmers  Federation  Editor,  spoke  on  the  For- 
est History  Foundation  and  a  resolution  was  passed  to  send 
a  message  of  sympathy  to  Col.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Rockwell. 

The  Western  North  Carolina  Historical  Association's  His- 
tory Bulletin  for  April  has  the  following  items  of  interest:  A 
story  of  the  Cherokee  history  which  Mrs.  Margaret  Walker 
Freel  is  preparing,  a  resume  of  a  number  of  programs  pre- 
sented by  the  several  county  historical  societies  and  patriotic 
groups  in  the  area,  and  a  feature  story  on  Mrs.  Wilma  Dyke- 
man  Stokely  who  plans  to  continue  the  work  begun  on  a  non- 
fiction  book  about  the  mountain  people  of  North  Carolina 


450  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

and  Tennessee.  Mrs.  Stokely  began  the  study  after  being 
awarded  a  Guggenheim  Fellowship  which  expired  in  May. 

The  Institute  of  Early  American  History  and  Culture  has 
received  a  grant  of  $60,000  from  the  Lilly  Endowment,  Inc., 
to  promote  the  expansion  of  its  book  publication  program. 
An  annual  payment  of  $20,000  per  year  for  the  next  three 
years  will  assist  the  Institute  in  subsidizing  scholarly  publi- 
cations of  high  caliber  without  financial  obligation  to  authors. 
The  Institute,  sponsored  jointly  by  the  College  of  William 
and  Mary  and  Colonial  Williamsburg,  is  devoted  to  research 
and  publication  in  the  colonial,  Revolutionary,  and  early  na- 
tional periods  of  American  history. 

In  1958  the  Institute  of  Early  American  History  and  Cul- 
ture will  replace  its  annual  Book  Prize  with  a  newly-estab- 
lished Institute  Manuscript  Award  to  be  given  annually  for 
the  best  unpublished  work  in  early  American  history.  The 
amount  of  the  award  will  be  $500  and  assurance  of  publica- 
tion of  the  Award-winning  manuscript.  A  committee  chosen 
from  the  Council  of  the  Institute  will  judge  the  entries  in 
association  with  James  M.  Smith,  Editor  of  Publications.  To 
be  eligible  for  the  1958  Award,  manuscripts  must  be  sent 
before  December  31,  1957  to  the  Editor  of  Publications, 
Box  1298,  Williamsburg,  Virginia. 

The  annual  Book  Prize  of  the  Institute  of  Early  American 
History  and  Culture  has  been  awarded  to  I.  Bernard  Cohen 
of  Harvard  University  for  his  volume  on  Franklin  and 
Netoton:  An  Inquiry  into  Speculative  Newtonian  Experimen- 
tal Science  and  Franklins  Work  in  Electricity  as  an  Example 
Thereof  (American  Philosophical  Society,  1956). 

Five  new  members  were  elected  to  the  Council  of  the  Insti- 
tute of  Early  American  History  and  Culture  at  its  annual 
meeting  on  May  3,  1957:  Lyman  H.  Butterfield,  Editor  of 
The  Adams  Papers,  Massachusetts  Historical  Society;  Ed- 
mund S.  Morgan  of  Yale  University;  Richard  B.  Morris  of 
Columbia  University;  Max  Savelle  of  the  University  of  Wash- 
ington; and  Alan  Simpson  of  the  University  of  Chicago. 


1  Historical  News  451 

The  Chronicle,  official  organ  of  the  Bertie  County  Histori- 
cal Association,  carried  the  following  stories  in  its  May  issue: 
a  history  of  Aulander  by  Miss  Ella  Early,  comments  on  the 
Jamestown  celebration  by  Mr.  Holley  Mack  Bell,  excerpts 
from  Wheeler  s  Reminiscences,  and  a  story  about  the  gift  of 
a  coat  of  arms  to  the  association  from  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  E. 
Tyler  of  Roxobel. 

The  Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Association  announces 
the  inauguration  of  an  annual  award  of  $1,000  for  an  out- 
standing study  of  American  history— the  first  award  to  be 
made  in  April,  1959,  and  the  manuscript  to  be  selected  to  be 
published  by  the  University  of  Kentucky  Press.  Manuscripts 
will  be  accepted  for  the  first  judging  through  August  31, 
1958.  For  complete  information  apply  to  Dr.  Chase  C. 
Mooney,  History  Department,  Indiana  University,  Bloom- 
ington,  Ind.,  who  is  chairman  of  the  committee  conducting 
the  competition. 

Announcement  of  the  Joseph  F.  Loubat  Prizes  to  be  award- 
ed Columbia  University  in  the  spring  of  1958  has  been  made. 
These  awards  in  the  value  of  $1,200  and  $600  are  given  in 
recognition  of  the  best  works  printed  and  published  in  the 
English  language  on  the  history,  geography,  archaeology, 
ethnology,  philology,  or  numismatics  of  North  America  and 
are  awarded  every  quinquennial  period.  Further  information 
will  be  furnished  by  the  Secretary  of  Columbia  University, 
New  York  27,  New  York. 

Books  received  for  review  during  the  last  quarter  include: 
Wylma  Anne  Wates,  Stub  Entries  to  Indents  Issued  in  Pay- 
ment of  Claims  Against  South  Carolina  Growing  Out  of  the 
Revolution.  Books  C-F  (Columbia:  South  Carolina  Archives 
Department,  1957);  Robert  D.  Bass,  The  Green  Dragoon. 
The  Lives  of  Banastre  Tarleton  and  Mary  Robinson  (New 
York:  Henry  Holt  and  Company,  1957);  Donald  Davidson, 
Still  Rebels,  Still  Yankees  and  Other  Essays  (Baton  Rouge: 
Louisiana  State  University  Press,  1957);  A.  L.  Rowse,  A  True 


452  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Discourse  of  the  Present  State  of  Virginia.  By  Ralph  Hamor. 
Reprinted  from  the  London  Edition,  1615  (Richmond:  The 
Virginia  State  Library,  1957);  Mary  Lynch  Johnson,  A  His- 
tory of  Meredith  College  (Raleigh:  Meredith  College,  1956); 
Richard  Hofstadter,  William  Miller,  and  Daniel  Aaron,  The 
United  States.  The  History  of  a  Republic  ( Englewood  Cliffs, 
New  Jersey:  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  1957);  Roy  C.  Moose,  O. 
Henry  in  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill:  The  University  of 
North  Carolina  Library  [Library  Extension  Publication,  Vol- 
ume XXII,  No.  21,  1957);  Frank  E.  Vandiver,  Mighty  Stone- 
wall (New  York,  Toronto,  and  London:  McGraw-Hill  Book 
Company,  Inc.,  Trade  Book  Department,  1957);  George  C. 
Groce  and  David  H.  Wallace,  The  New-York  Historical  So- 
ciety's Dictionary  of  Artists  in  America,  1564-1860  (New 
Haven,  Conn.,  1957);  Robert  H.  White,  Messages  of  the  Gov- 
ernors of  Tennessee,  1845-1857,  Volume  IV  (Nashville:  The 
Tennessee  Historical  Commission,  1957);  Kenneth  Scott, 
Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  America  (New  York:  Oxford  Uni- 
versity Press,  1957);  Louis  R.  Wilson,  The  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1900-1930.  The  Making  of  a  Modern  Univer- 
sity (Chapel  Hill:  The  University  of  North  Carolina  Press. 
1957 ) ;  Oscar  Handlin,  Readings  in  American  History  ( New 
York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  1957);  Earl  Schenck  Miers,  When 
the  World  Ended.  The  Diary  of  Emma  LeConte  (New  York: 
Oxford  University  Press,  1957);  Mary  C.  Simms  Oliphant, 
Alfred  Taylor  Odell,  and  T.  C.  Duncan  Eaves,  The  Letters 
of  William  Gilmore  Simms,  Volume  V,  1867-1870  (Columbia: 
University  of  South  Carolina  Press,  1956);  Edward  Younger, 
Inside  the  Confederate  Government.  The  Diary  of  Robert 
Garlick  Hill  Kean  (New  York:  Oxford  University  Press, 
1957);  Clarence  Edwin  Carter,  The  Territorial  Papers  of  the 
United  States,  Volume  XXII,  The  Territory  of  Florida,  1821- 
1824  (Washington:  United  States  Government  Printing  Of- 
fice, 1956);  and  Monroe  F.  Cockrell,  Gunner  With  Stoneivall. 
Reminiscences  of  William  Thomas  Poague,  ...  A  Memoir 
Written  for  His  Children  in  1903  (Jackson,  Tennessee: 
McCowat-Mercer  Press,  Inc.,  1957). 


CONTRIBUTORS  TO  THIS  ISSUE 

Dr.  Percy  G.  Adams  is  Associate  Professor  of  English  at 
the  University  of  Tennessee,  Knoxville. 

Mr.  Henry  W.  Lewis  is  Assistant  Director  of  the  Institute 
of  Government  and  Research  Professor  in  Public  Law  and 
Government  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill. 

Dr.  Harold  T.  Pinkett  is  an  Archivist,  Natural  Resources 
Records  Division,  National  Archives,  Washington. 

Mr.  Herbert  Collins  is  Assistant  Professor  of  Social  Studies 
at  North  Carolina  State  College,  Raleigh. 

Dr.  John  C.  Guilds  is  an  Associate  Professor  of  English  at 
Texas  Technological  College,  Lubbock. 

Mr.  William  Stevens  Powell  is  Assistant  Librarian,  North 
Carolina  Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina  Library, 
Chapel  Hill. 


[  453  1 


THE 
NORTH  CAROLINA 
HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Volume  XXXIV 


OCTOBER  1957 


Number  4 


Published  Quarterly  By 
State  Department  of  Archives  and  History 

Corner  of  Edenton  and  Salisbury  Streets 
Raleigh,  N.  C. 


THE  NORTH  CAROLINA  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Published  by  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History 

Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Christopher  Crittenden,  Editor 
David  LeRoy  Corbitt,  Managing  Editor 

ADVISORY   EDITORIAL   BOARD 
Walter  Clinton  Jackson  Hugh  Talmage  Lefler 

Frontis  Withers  Johnston  George  Myers  Stephens 


STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  ARCHIVES  AND  HISTORY 

EXECUTIVE  BOARD 

McDaniel  Lewis,  Chairman 

Gertrude  Sprague  Carraway  Josh  L.  Horne 

Fletcher  M.  Green  William  Thomas  Laprade 

Clarence  W.  Griffin  Hershel  V.  Rose 

Christopher  Crittenden,  Director 


This  review  was  established  in  January,  192U,  as  a  medium  of  publica- 
tion and  discussion  of  history  in  North  Carolina.  It  is  issued  to  other 
institutions  by  exchange,  but  to  the  general  public  by  subscription  only.  The 
regular  price  is  $3.00  per  year.  Members  of  the  North  Carolina  Literary  and 
Histoi'ical  Association,  Inc.,  for  which  the  annual  dues  are  $5.00,  receive  this 
publication  without  further  payment.  Back  numbers  may  be  procured  at 
the  regular  price  of  $3.00  per  volume,  or  $.75  per  number. 


COVER — Scene  from  Kermit  Hunter's  outdoor  drama,  "Unto 
These  Hills,"  presented  annually  at  Cherokee  and  depicting  the 
beginning  of  the  removal  of  the  Indians  from  western  North  Car- 
olina, South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Tennessee,  and  Alabama  to  Indian 
Territory.  See  pages  455-466  for  an  article  dealing  with  Cherokee 
pre-history. 


The  North  Carolina 
Historical  Review 

Volume  XXXIV  October,  1957  Number  4 

CONTENTS 
CHEROKEE  PRE-HISTORY  455 

David  H.  Corkran 

COUNTERFEITING  IN  COLONIAL 

NORTH  CAROLINA 467 

Kenneth  Scott 

JOSEPH  SEAWELL  JONES  OF  SHOCCO- 

HISTORIAN  AND  HUMBUG 483 

Edwin  A.  Miles 

WOODROW  WILSON:  THE 

EVOLUTION  OF  A  NAME 507 

George  C.  Osborn 

CHILDHOOD  RECOLLECTIONS  OF  MY  FATHER  _._  517 

Mary  C.  Wiley 

BOOK  REVIEWS 530 

Sellers's  James  K.  Polk,  Jacksonian,  1795-18^3 — By  C.  W. 
Tebeau ;  Pike's  0.  Henry  in  North  Carolina — By  Thomas 
B.  Stroup;  Simpson's  The  Cokers  of  Carolina — By 
Thomas  D.  Clark;  Quattlebaum's  The  Land  Called 
Chicora:  The  Carolinas  under  Spanish  Rule  with 
French  Intrusions,  1520-1670 — By  Robert  H.  Woody; 
Easterby's  The  Colonial  Records  of  South  Carolina, 
Series  I,  Journal  of  the  Commons  House  of  Assembly, 
j September  10,  1745-June  17,  1746 — By  Henry  T. 
Malone ;  Oliphant's,  Odell's,  and  Eaves's  The  Letters  of 
William  Gilmore  Simms,  Volume  V,  1867-1870 — By  C. 

Entered  as  second  class  matter  September  29,  1928,  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  under  the  act  of  March  3,  1879. 

[i] 


Hugh  Holman ;  Wates's  Stub  Entries  to  Indents  Issued 
in  Payment  of  Claims  Against  South  Carolina  Growing 
Out  of  the  Revolution.  Books  C-F — By  William  S. 
Powell;  Servies's  A  Bibliography  of  John  Marshall — 
By  Gilbert  L.  Lycan;  Craven's  The  Legend  of  the 
Founding  Fathers — By  Herbert  R.  Paschal,  Jr. ;  Scott's 
Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  America — By  Hugh  T.  Lefler ; 
Scheer's  and  Rankin's  Rebels  and  Redcoats:  The  Living 
Story  of  the  American  Revolution — By  Robert  L. 
Ganyard;  Uhlendorf's  Revolution  in  America:  Confi- 
dential Letters  and  Journals,  1776-1784,  of  Adjutant 
General  Major  Bauermeister  of  the  Hessian  Forces — By 
Hugh  T.  Lefler ;  Bass's  The  Green  Dragoon:  The  Lives 
of  Banastre  Tarleton  and  Mary  Robinson — Hugh  F. 
Rankin ;  Vandiver's  Mighty  Stoneivall — By  William  B. 
Hesseltine;  Lively's  Fiction  Fights  the  Civil  War:  An 
Unfinished  Chapter  in  the  Literary  History  of  the 
American  People — By  Bell  I.  Wiley;  Roske's  and  Van 
Doren's  Lincoln's  Commando :  The  Biography  of  Com- 
mander W.  B.  Gushing,  U.S.N. — By  Winston  Broadf  oot ; 
Davidson's  Still  Rebels,  Still  Yankees,  and  Other  Es- 
says— By  Richard  Walser;  Hofstadter's,  Miller's,  and 
Aaron's  The  United  States:  The  History  of  a  Republic 
— By  Joseph  Davis  Applewhite;  Groce's  and  Wallace's 
The  New-York  Historical  Society's  Dictionary  of  Artists 
in  America,  156^-1860 — By  Elizabeth  W.  Wilborn; 
and  Swem's  The  Jamestown  350th  Anniversary  Histori- 
cal Booklets — By  Christopher  Crittenden. 

HISTORICAL  NEWS  562 


t  HI 


The  North  Carolina 

Historical  Review 

Volume  XXXIV  October,  1957  Number  4 

CHEROKEE  PRE-HISTORY 
By  David  H.  Corkran 

Of  late  years  a  growing  body  of  theory  dissociates  Cherokee 
pre-history  from  the  North.  For  lack  of  clearly  defined  evi- 
dence, Lilly  and  his  associates  question  the  old  idea  that  the 
Cherokees  were  builders  of  the  Ohio  Valley  mounds.1 
Kneberg,  relying  upon  the  possibility  of  a  connection  be- 
tween the  Cherokees  and  the  Yamassee,  though  making  a 
nod  toward  the  northeast,  develops  the  idea  that  the  Chero- 
kees were  shoved  into  the  Appalachians  from  a  more  south- 
erly home.2  Lighthall,  impressed  by  certain  similarities  be- 
tween Iroquoian  and  Carib  culture,  sees  the  Iroquoian  peo- 
ples, of  which  the  Cherokees  were  one,  moving  from  South 
America  to  North  America  via  the  Caribbean  and  Florida.3 
Witthoft  heard  in  the  Carolina  mountains  the  story  of  a  pos- 
sible Cherokee  origin  in  Mexico  which  has  no  antecedent 
before  the  writings  of  James  Adair  and  appears  to  represent 
his  guesses.4  The  point  of  view  appeals  because  of  the  concept 
of  a  "nuclear  America"  in  Mexico  and  Central  America  from 
which  spread  American  Indian  culture,  yet  its  basis  is  unsub- 
stantial in  the  light  of  evidence  pointing  the  other  way. 

1  Eli  Lilly  and  others,  Walam  Olum,  or  Red  Score,  the  migration  legend 
of  the  Lenni  Lenape  or  Delaware  Indians  (Indianapolis,  Indiana:  Indiana 
Historical  Society,  1954),  281,  287,  359,  hereinafter  cited  as  Lilly,  Walam 
Olum. 

2  James  B.  Griffin  (ed.),  Archeology  of  Eastern  United  States  (Chicago, 
Illinois:  The  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1954),  198,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Griffin,  Eastern  United  States. 

8W.  D.  Lighthall,  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  Third 
Series,  Vol.  25,  Section  2,  71-81. 

*  John  Witthoft,  Journal  of  the  Washington  Academy  of  Sciences  (Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  1947),  XXXVII   (September  15,  1947). 


[455] 


456  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Fenton,5  Kraus,  Speck,  and  Griffin  among  contemporaries 
follow  in  the  main  the  idea  held  by  Mooney  that  the  Chero- 
kees  came  into  the  South  down  the  Alleghenies  within  the 
past  thousand  years.  This  view  depicts  them  as  a  people  who 
had  moved  into  the  East  in  the  general  Iroquoian  migration 
which  appears  to  have  flowed  on  either  side  of  Lake  Erie, 
possibly,  according  to  some,  from  a  southwesterly  direction. 
Somewhere  along  the  way,  very  likely  in  the  northern  Alleghe- 
nies, the  Cherokees  split  from  one  of  the  Iroquoian  streams 
and  moved  toward  the  southern  Appalachians  along  one  of 
the  great  mountain  troughs.  Under  the  probable  impact  of 
long  continued  warfare  with  peoples  to  the  east,  north,  and 
west,  they  continued  their  southwesterly  course  until  they 
made  contact  with  Muskogean  peoples  in  northern  and  cen- 
tral Georgia  whose  temple  mound  civilization  of  the  Middle 
Mississippian  type  probably  made  a  strong  impression  upon 
them. 

This  study  is  concerned  with  setting  forth  further  evidence 
of  Cherokee  migration  from  the  North,  some  deductions  from 
that  evidence,  the  probable  development  of  the  nation  after 
it  reached  its  historic  home,  and  the  effect  of  that  develop- 
ment upon  the  historic  Cherokees. 

Two  fragments  of  the  ancient  migration  myth  of  the  Chero- 
kees have  come  to  light  and  both  point  to  the  North.  One  of 
these  was  recorded  in  1725  by  Alexander  Long,  a  Carolina 
trader,  and  the  other  in  1826  by  the  famous  Cherokee, 
Charles  Hicks. 

The  Long  fragment,  which  relates  an  arctic  experience, 
reads  as  follows: 

We  know  now  noething  but  what  was  had  from  our  ancestors 
and  has  brought  down  from  genration  to  genration  //  the  way- 
is  thuss  wee  belonged  to  another  land  far  distant  from  heare  // 
and  the  people  increased  and  multiplied  soe  fast  that  the  land 
could  not  hould  them  soe  that  they  were  forst  to  separate  and 
travele  [  ?]  to  look  out  for  another  countrey  they  traveled  soe  four 
that  they  came  to  a  countrey  that  was  soe  could  .  .  .  [context 
garbled  in  Mss.~\  yet  goeing  still  one  they  came  to  mountains  of 


5  W.    Fenton,    Essays   in   Historical   Anthropology    of   North    America 
(Washington,  D.  C:  Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections,  Vol.  100),  232. 


Cherokee  Pre-History  457 

snow  and  ice  the  prestes  held  a  council  to  pass  these  mountains  // 
and  that  they  believed  that  there  was  warmer  wether  one  the 
other  sid  of  those  mountains  because  it  lay  nearer  to  the  sone 
setting  which  was  belived  by  the  whol  assembly  //  we  were  f  orst 
to  make  raccitts  to  put  on  our  ould  and  younge  //  and  being  all 
loded  with  provisions  and  fat  lightwood  we  passed  one  our  jour- 
ney and  at  last  found  our  ourselves  soe  fare  gone  over  these 
mountains  till  we  lost  the  sight  of  the  same  and  went  thrue  dark- 
ness for  a  good  space  and  then  .  .  .  the  sone  again  and  goeing  one 
we  came  to  a  countray  that  could  be  inhabited  and  there  we 
multiplied  soe  much  that  we  spread  all  this  maine.6 

Somewhat  more  specific  and  vivid  than  the  Delaware 
Walam  Olum  relation,  this  story  depicts  a  people  having 
snowshoes  and  thus  familiar  with  the  northern  woodland 
economy  of  the  so-called  taiga  variety.  The  narrative  con- 
tains no  data  to  warrant  as  specifically  recent  a  dating  as 
Lilly  picks  for  the  Delaware  migration  from  Asia,7  and 
strictly  speaking  is  indefinitely  old;  yet  that  so  much  detail 
had  survived  could  indicate  the  firmness  of  tradition  that 
comes  from  national  intactness,  freedom  from  cataclysmic 
disaster,  and  a  relatively  recent  experience.  Though  the 
movement  depicted  appears  east  to  west  and  therefore  geo- 
graphically impossible  as  an  overland  migration  from  the 
eastern  hemisphere,  yet  if  one  remembers  that  the  arctic  sun 
is  southern  in  late  autumn  before  the  winter  dark,  the  migra- 
tion as  presented  becomes  possible,  and  the  original  home- 
land, Asia. 

As  Asiatics  these  people  very  likely  brought  with  them  the 
religion  of  the  Creator  Fire  and  its  cult  of  the  feathered  ser- 
pent—emphasizing the  Creator  heredity  of  the  Fire  King  or 
headman  by  his  privilege  of  concubines  and  polygamous 
marriage,  ancestor  reverence,  awe  of  the  bearded  monarchs 
and  priests,  and  sanctity  of  nakedness  and  sensuous  loose- 
ness. 

The  Hicks  fragment,  which  purports  to  have  been  in  the 
priestly  language  of  the  old  Cherokee  national  oration  re- 
cited at  the  annual  Green  Corn  festival,  refers  to  much  later 


6  Alexander  Long,  A  Small  Postscript  to  the  Ways  and  Maners  of  the 
Nashun  of  Indians  called  Cherikees  (Washington,  D.  C.  Library  of  Con- 
gress, Papers  of  the  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel,  IV). 

'Lilly,  Walam  Olum,  277. 


458  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

events.  It  speaks  of  Cherokee  settlement  in  southwestern 
Virginia  and  subsequent  colonization  of  parts  of  western 
North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  and  East  Tennessee: 

Can  too  ghi  [towns]  che  oas  ter  [people]  oosungh  he  tah  oo 
lay  mingh  say  ach  [night's  rest  to  another — or  may  be  rendered, 
towns  of  people  in  their  many  nights'  rest  to  another — or  may  be 
rendered,  towns  of  people  in  their  many  nights'  rest  to  others]  ; 
and  the  name  is  missing  here,  which  there  is  no  doubt  belongs  to 
this  part  of  the  oration — as  a  day  represents  for  one  year  .  .  . 
and  the  first  account  that  is  given  speaks  of  only  two  resting 
places  in  their  emigration  before  they  finally  reached  the  lands 
of  their  rest ;  and  the  first  of  which  is  mentioned  was  at  ah  nee 
cah  yungh  lee  yeh  which  have  reference  to  some  large  mountains 
lying  somewhere  between  the  headwaters  of  the  Holston,  the 
Clinch  and  the  Cumberland  waters ;  and  the  other  rest  was  some- 
where near  noh  nah  cloock  ungh;  and  from  this  rest  it  is  pre- 
sumable the  nation  separated  although  there  is  no  account  given 
in  the  traditions ;  but  it  is  stated  that  the  third  settlement  was 
at  a  place  called  two  sparrows-tully-ach-chesquah-yaw-ach-lying 
on  the  head  of  Tuckaleetchee  River,  fork  of  the  Little  Tennessee 
— and  no  doubt  this  part  of  the  nation  came  up  the  French 
Broad  River  and  from  this  it  may  justly  be  concluded  that  they 
extended  their  settlements  on  Cowee  and  Highwassee  Rivers ;  and 
the  other  part  of  the  nation  as  on  about  Echota  [old  Echota]  on 
the  Little  Tennessee,  but  not  till  many  years  after  of  those  two 
first  settlements  mentioned ;  and  it  is  very  likely  that  Cowee  be- 
came the  parent  of  the  settlement  they  made  on  the  Koo,  wah,  he 
[Kewehe]  and  Too,  goo,  lah  rivers;  and  the  settlement  in  the 
valley  Towns  became  the  parent  of  those  on  the  big  Tellico ;  and 
the  nation  being  thus  established  as  their  final  resting  place,  the 
concluding  part  of  their  emigrations  is  here  introduced  as  testi- 
monial of  their  rights  of  the  soil  by  the  gift  of  the  power  above — 
Cho  tau,  le,  eh  [Grand  Elders  of  all]  Can  [u?],  lauh,  we,  tah-oo, 
da,  kne-la,  eh  [Their  coundil  been  convened]  Can  [?]  ske,  lo,  gi, 
eh-cheu,  na,  ka,  se,  eh  [on  their  seats  of  white]  Tay,  che,  eeh-can 
[u?]  le,  lul,  te,  ch  [kept  above  and  may  be  rendered  thus  "Grand 
Elders,  or  sires  of  all,  their  council  been  convened,  on  their 
benches,  or  seats  of  white,  kept  above"  and  it  is  represented  that 
[it  was]  this  council  above  that  give  this  country  to  our  fore- 
fathers ;  and  some  believe  that  this  was  the  center  of  the  conti- 
nent where  the  forefathers  were  placed  being  at  the  extreme 
heads  of  the  southern  and  western  water;  but  this  last  part  of 
the  emigration  oration  will  be  found  to  be  missing — that  which 


Cherokee  Pre-History  459 

bestowed  the  gift  on  the  fathers  of  the  Cherokees,  of  which  there 
is  no  trace  of  it  more  than  is  represented  above ;  and  the  nation 
being  thus  established  in  four  divisions  and  in  a  country  that 
was  calculated  to  supply  themselves  with  food  from  the  abun- 
dance of  wild  game  of  all  kinds  which  must  have  abounded  on 
their  first  arrival  in  this  country ;  beside  they  had  other  resources 
to  obtain  their  subsistence  from  the  waters  also — with  the  wild 
potatoe,  which  must  have  grown  in  abundance  in  these  prairies. 
Besides  these  advantages  they  were  in  a  situation  to  provide  for 
their  families  from  the  inclemency  of  the  cold,  with  warm  wig- 
wams from  the  long  blue  grass  which  grows  in  these  prairies, 
where  their  settlements  were  established  .  .  .  and  the  antiquity 
appearance  of  the  first  two  settlements  of  the  lands  and  woods 
around  them  will  justify  a  belief  [that]  they  were  the  first  that 
was  established  in  this  nation,  etc. 

The  two  foregoing  parts  of  the  emigration  oration  have  been 
related  as  near  as  I  have  heard  them  repeated  .  .  .  and  the  lands 
they  claimed  by  the  gift  from  the  elder  fires  above,  for  the  word 
cho  tauh  ne  le  eh  implies  the  elder  brother,  as  [well  as]  Elder 
Fire  of  all — for  he  is  acknowledged  to  have  had  a  being  before 
all  things,  etc.8 

While  Hicks'  commentary  on  the  migration  myth  suggests 
the  possibility  of  an  ancestral  home  near  "the  center  of  the 
continent ...  at  the  extreme  heads  of  the  southern  and  west- 
ern waters"— i.e.  anywhere  from  southern  Colorado  to  south- 
ern Alberta—  it  definitely  places  the  Cherokees  at  one  time 
northeast  of  their  historic  home.  It  outlines  a  pattern  of  colon- 
ization and  indicates  a  time  order  of  settlement  which  may 
explain  why  so  many  of  the  artifacts  of  the  southeasterly 
Cherokee  mounds  tie  more  closely  into  the  neighboring  cul- 
tures than  do  those  of  the  Overhill  mounds. 

The  story  tells  of  division  and  migration,  a  superior  council 
establishing  others  and  very  likely  endowing  them  with  a 
coal  of  the  eldest  fire  of  all.  The  migrants  deriving  from  the 
earliest  division  of  the  nation,  suggested  by  Hicks  to  have 
occurred  in  southwest  Virginia,  travelled  southwest  toward 
the  Unaka  and  Great  Smoky  Mountains.  Their  direction  indi- 
cates that  the  region  to  the  north  of  them  and  the  lowlands 

8  J.  H.  Payne,  Papers  Concerning  the  Cherokee  Indians  (Chicago,  Illinois: 
Newberry  Library),  VII,  2-3,  hereinafter  cited  as  Payne,  Cherokee  Papers. 
The  brackets  used  in  this  quotation  were  inserted  by  Payne  or  Hicks  and 
not  by  the  author.  Editor. 


460  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

on  either  side  already  sustained  all  the  population  they  could 
support,  but  that  the  Southern  Appalachians  were  empty. 
Such  a  movement,  if  occurring  between  1000  A.D.  and  1300 
A.D.,  would  fit  into  that  conjectural  chronology  of  eastern 
Indian  culture  held  by  Ritchie  and  Griffin  which  places  Iro- 
quoian  development  in  the  northeast  between  1200  A.D.  and 
1450  A.D.  and  the  Georgia  phases  of  the  Middle  Mississip- 
pian  from  1250  A.D.  to  1450  A.D.9  Migration  in  the  pattern 
outlined  by  Hicks  if  occurring  between  the  limits  of  these 
dates  and  the  beginning  of  the  historic  period  implies  a 
rapid  increase  of  population  within  a  relatively  short  time, 
perhaps  between  1300  A.D.  and  1500  A.D.  This  could  mean 
that  woodland  Cherokees  acquired  agriculture  shortly  before 
this  period  or  that  they  seceded  from  a  more  numerous  peo- 
ple which  had  already  acquired  agriculture.  With  the  Chero- 
kee acquisition  of  agriculture  came  an  expansion  of  ancient 
rituals  propitiatory  of  the  Creator  Fire  to  accommodate  the 
agricultural  fact.  The  reasoning  followed  here  suggests  that 
this  occurred  before  they  reached  their  historic  home. 

Perhaps  the  early  migrants  halted  for  periods  on  New 
River,  on  the  Holston,  and  on  the  Nolichucky  before  travel- 
ing up  the  French  Broad  and  through  the  mountain  gaps  to 
the  Tuckaseigee.10 

Where  the  settlement  on  the  Tuckaseigee,  if  any,  stood  is 
doubtful.  Hicks  places  it  at  "Two  Sparrows  .  .  .  tully-ach- 
ches-quah-yaw-ach  lying  on  the  head  of  Tuckaleetchee 
River."  Mooney  believes  that  this  meant  Ketuah  which,  near 
present  day  Bryson  City,  North  Carolina,  stood  but  a  few 
miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  Tuckaseigee  River.11.  However, 
one  suspects  that  Ketuah  had  its  origin  as  a  "mother  town" 
from  the  "Cowee"  group;  that  perhaps  it  was  sent  from  the 
Middle  Settlements  proper  in  the  late  seventeenth  century 
to  be  the  nuclear  council  fire  of  a  new  community  to  consist 
of  southerly  towns— Stecoe,  Tuckareetcheee,  and  Tessentee— 

"Griffin,  Eastern  United  States,  Fig.  205. 

10  John  Haywood,  The  Natural  and  Aboriginal  History  of  Tennessee  up  to 
the  first  settlements  therein  by  the  white  people  in  the  year  1768  (Nash- 
ville, Tennessee,  1823),  233,  237,  hereinafter  cited  as  Haywood,  Natural 
and  Aboriginal  History. 

11  James  Mooney,  Myths  of  the  Cherokees  (Washington,  D.  C:  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office,  1902),  21,  hereinafter  cited  as  Mooney,  Myths. 


Cherokee  Pre-History  461 

which  had  fled  from  the  Creeks.12  If  that  is  so,  there  very 
likely  never  had  been  another  "mother  town"  on  the  Tuckasei- 
gee.  The  early  Tuckaseigee  settlement  of  which  Hicks  spoke 
probably  was  mythical,  or  at  best  but  a  temporary  settlement 
of  the  original  migrant  group  preceding  its  final  establish- 
ment on  the  Little  Tennessee  at  Cowee  or  one  of  its  neigh- 
bors. 

Under  this  interpretation  one  must  look  to  the  Cowee 
group  of  towns,  of  which  Nequassee  near  present  day  Frank- 
lin, North  Carolina,  was  the  historic  "mother  town,"  for  the 
mother  settlement  of  the  Cherokees  in  North  Carolina,  South 
Carolina,  and  North  Georgia.  On  the  banks  of  the  Little 
Tennessee  behind  the  double  protection  of  the  Cowee  and 
Balsam  ranges  and  on  wide  meadows  spread  over  the  bot- 
toms between  low  hills,  the  Cherokee  villages  later  known  as 
the  Middle  Settlements  throve  and  grew  populous.  In  the 
course  of  time,  decades  at  least  and  possibly  centuries,  these 
towns  colonized  Upper  South  Carolina  and  northeast  Geor- 
gia with  communities  centering  on  Keowee  ( Oconee  County, 
South  Carolina)  and  Toogaloo  (Rabun  and  White  counties, 
Ga.).  By  the  eighteenth  century  these  colonist  Cherokees 
had  been  so  long  separated  from  the  earlier  migrants  that 
they  had  developed  their  own  dialect.  Also  from  the  "Cowee" 
towns,  says  Hicks,  stem  the  Cherokee  towns  on  the  Valley 
and  Hiwassee  rivers  (Cherokee  County,  North  Carolina). 
The  Valley  towns,  as  these  were  called,  in  the  course  of  time 
colonized  Great  Tellico  over  the  mountains  into  what  is  now 
Monroe  County,  Tennessee,  on  Tellico  Creek.  In  its  turn 
Great  Tellico  was  the  parent  of  Chestowe  and  the  settlement 
(circa  1760)  at  Hiwassee  Old  Fields.  Except  possibly  for 
Ketuah,  Great  Tellico  was  the  final  "mother  town"  to  stem 
from  the  early  migrants.13  Its  possessing  a  mother  fire  caused 
trouble  when  the  Overhill  segment  of  the  nation  moved  into 
its  neighborhood,  bringing  the  ancient  mother  fire  of  the 
Cherokees.  The  Overhills  were  the  last  to  come  to  the  Little 


12  Payne,  Cherokee  Papers,  VII,  4. 

13  Cheoh,  Eustanally,  and  the  neighboring  villages  in  Graham  County, 
North  Carolina,  were  refugee  from  Creek  assaults  in  historic  times  and, 
lacking  a  mother  fire,  looked  to  the  Valley  for  leadership. 


462  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Tennessee  from  the  northeast.14  Possibly  because  of  assault 
from  the  northern  Indians,  the  Cho  tauh  ne  le  eh,  "the  Elder 
Fire  of  All,"  finally  settled  near  the  rest  of  the  nation— perhaps 
as  late  as  the  sixteenth  century.  Other  peoples  occupied  their 
sites  in  the  fifteenth  century;  but  Spaniards  found  the  Over- 
hill  town  of  Tanse  on  its  historic  site  west  of  the  Snowbird 
Mountains  in  1567.15 

In  their  new  homes  Cherokee  stimulation  by  the  Middle 
Mississippian  pattern  proceeded,  in  all  likelihood,  from  a 
long  period  of  peaceful  contact 16  between  Keowee-Toogaloo 
Lower  Cherokees  and  the  Muskogeans  of  central  and  east 
Georgia.  From  the  lack  of  clearly  identifiable  Cherokee 
mounds  on  any  of  the  sites  of  their  migration  southwestward 
it  appears  possible  that  under  Muskogean  influences  the 
Cherokees  began  to  place  their  town  nouses,  those  great 
domelike  centers  of  their  social,  political,  and  ceremonial 
life,  upon  barrows  which  were  burial  mounds  of  their  great 
men.  These  hereditary  interrelated  regional  and  local  priestly 
chieftains,  though  not  so  represented  in  available  Cherokee 
tradition,  must  in  the  logic  of  Asiatic  origins  have  believed  in 
their  descent  from  or  incarnation  of  the  Creator  God.  Along 
with  this  development,  the  Cherokees  may  have  further 
elaborated  their  ceremonial  and  their  religious  concepts 
until  their  priesthood  pretended  to  the  power  and  pride  char- 
acteristic of  the  Aztec  and  Mayan  priestly  rulers.  Neverthe- 
less, in  the  light  of  Asian  precedents  one  cannot  bar  the 
possibility  of  the  Cherokees  having  had  dormant  temple 
mound  concepts  impossible  of  execution  until  they  had  be- 
come reestablished  in  a  sedentary  way.  The  Muskogean  ex- 
ample could  have  revitalized  these. 

Elaboration  of  the  Creator  Fire  priesthood  into  the  formal 
red  and  white  structures  characteristic  of  the  Creeks,  the  red 
leaders  being  war  officials,  the  white,  peace  officials, '  is  not 
a  drastic  step  from  the  separation  of  civil  and  military  func- 
tions apparent  in  the  religio-political  structure  of  the  eastern 
Indians.  Both  in  Virginia  and  in  New  England,  shamans 

11  Payne,  Cherokee  Papers,  VII,  3. 

15  Mooney,  Myths,  28,  29. 

M  Payne,  Cherokee  Papers,  VII,  5. 


Cherokee  Pre-History  463 

with  healer,  conjurer,  and  religious  functions,  and  a  coun- 
cilling  duty,  existed  quite  apart  from  the  warrior  group.  The 
leadership  of  both  probably  derived  from  the  same  pattern 
of  heredity  as  the  Muskogean  and  Cherokee  leadership, 
except  where  broken  by  tribal  disaster.  The  more  clear  defi- 
nition of  the  Cherokee  and  Muskogean  organization  indicates 
either  less  wilderness  attrition  of  traditional  patterns  or  a 
longer  period  of  stable  settlement. 

Both  factors  may  enter,  though  the  latter  appeals  as  the 
more  probable.  Aztec,  Inca,  and  Mayan  elaborations  of  the 
fundamental  Indian  politico-religious  concepts  were  made 
possible  by  long  periods  of  residence  in  economic  plenty. 
The  simpler  religious  and  political  structures  of  the  Musko- 
geans  could  derive  from  similar  circumstances  on  a  less 
abundant  scale. 

In  the  historic  Cherokees  one  does  not  find  the  serpent 
complex  quite  as  elaborate  as  the  De  Soto  chroniclers  depict 
it  to  have  been  among  the  Muskogeans  where  there  is  fre- 
quent ornate  exhibition  of  the  awful  majesty  of  the  polyga- 
mous feathered  serpent  monarch.  The  complex  is,  of  course, 
present  among  the  Cherokees  in  the  concept  of  the  Fire  King 
who  on  certain  occasions  of  a  religious  nature  is  dressed  in 
white,  wears  a  white-winged,  rainbow-decked,  and  serpent- 
tailed  headdress  and  is  borne  on  a  platform  by  his  relatives. 
It  also  appears  in  the  serpent  mask  and  adornment  of  the 
shamans,  and  in  a  body  of  serpent  myths  and  teachings.  Pre- 
sumably it  also  is  present  in  the  relationship  of  the  sexes,  for 
they  were  Indians.  But  plural  wives  and  concubines  for  the 
monarch  have  disappeared,  or  have  become  less  conspicuous 
to  the  outsider.  The  individualistic  family  home  appears  an 
important  social  unit.  Though  woman  has  great  freedom  of 
action,  the  cult  of  nakedness  and  promiscuity  does  not  appear 
as  dramatically  prominent  as  it  does  among  the  more  north- 
erly Algonkians. 

A  reason  for  the  de-emphasis  of  the  serpent  cult  may  have 
been  a  Cherokee  rebellion  against  the  license  of  the  priests. 
Charles  Hicks  wrote  that  the  Cherokee  priests  were  once 
known  as  the  Proud,17  a  title  which  suggests  ancient  Musko- 

17  Payne,  Cherokee  Papers,  VII,  5-7. 


464  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

gean  and  Aztecan  pomp.  His  description  of  them  reminds  of 
the  historic  Hopi  priests  of  fire,  sun,  heat,  and  fertility,  whose 
voices  on  occasion  the  laity  heard  in  the  night  expressing  the 
will  of  heaven  as  they  moved  in  the  dark  toward  such  women 
as  they  chose.18  According  to  Hicks,19  the  Proud  eventually 
fell  in  bloody  revolt  occasioned  by  a  priest's  demand  for  the 
wife  of  a  hunter.  The  husband  killed  the  priest,  and  with  his 
brother  led  the  Cherokees  against  the  priestly  tyranny.  Cer- 
tain it  is  that  before  the  eighteenth  century  the  Proud  had 
lost  some  of  their  power.  The  war  leadership  of  the  nation, 
as  opposed  to  the  peace  leadership,  had  begun  to  loom  large. 

If  the  Proud  had  been  stimulated  by  association  with  the 
Muskogeans  to  aggressive  display  of  power,  the  reunion  of 
the  Overhills  with  the  nation  may  also  have  contributed 
somewhat  to  their  chastening.  Long  resident  to  the  northeast, 
the  Overhills  possessed  "the  Eldest  Fire  of  All."  Remote  from 
the  Muskogean  influence  and  under  enemy  assault,  they  had 
retained  a  more  warlike  character  than  the  Lower  Townsmen 
who  had  reveled  in  a  long  period  of  peace  with  their  Musko- 
gean neighbors.  The  Overhill  war  leadership  must  therefore 
have  been  strong.  Had  the  power  of  the  Proud  not  already 
been  lessened,  the  arrival  in  the  Nation  of  the  Grand  Elders 
of  All  would  have  reduced  it.  Certainly  in  historic  times  the 
Fire  Kings  of  the  nation  came  to  the  headship  through  the 
red  or  war  phalanx  rather  than  through  the  white  or  peace 
phalanx. 

The  Overhill  coming  occasioned  another  important  mani- 
festation. Once  seated  on  the  Little  Tennessee,  the  Overhills 
appear  to  have  struggled  to  reassert  the  authority  inherent 
in  their  traditional  prestige  over  all  their  lesser  priestly  rela- 
tives and  councils  whose  fires,  in  essence,  derived  from  theirs. 
Of  necessity  the  regional  councils  of  the  Carolina  and 
Georgia  towns  must  accept  the  Overhill  prestige  or  else 
question  the  very  charter  of  their  own  existences  and  pres- 
tiges. The  priests  of  Cowee  (or  Nequassee)  who  had  in  fact 
if  not  in  acceptance  stood  in  a  parental  character  above  those 

w  J.  W.  Fewkes,  Fire  Worship  of  the  Hopi  Indians   (Washington,  D.  C: 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Annual  Report,  1920-1922),  308-309. 
19  Payne,  Cherokee  Papers,  VII,  5-7. 


Cherokee  Pre-History  465 

of  the  Lower  Towns  and  those  of  the  Valley,  though  retain- 
ing great  prestige,  must  yield  before  Chotte,  the  capitol  of 
the  Overhills.  The  war-mindedness  of  Chotte  would  stand 
ascendant  in  its  sterner  primitiveness  while  the  Proud  grad- 
ually dwindled  toward  lesser  roles  as  witch  doctors,  minor 
conjurors,  and  leaders  of  ceremony.  This  would  not  mean 
that  the  Overhills  rejected  in  toto  the  expanded  ceremonial- 
ism of  the  rest  of  the  nation,  particularly  if  the  cult  was 
strong  in  the  tribes  around;  for  Indians  tended  to  add  the 
new  to  the  old. 

The  arrival  of  the  Overhills  in  the  Tennessee  basin  appears 
to  have  caused  the  long  series  of  wars  which  characterized 
Creek-Cherokee  relations.  Haywood  in  one  context  says  that 
soon  after  the  arrival  of  the  Overhills,  they  became  engaged 
in  wars  with  their  neighbors.20  Despite  this  statement  he 
elsewhere  puts  the  outbreak  later,  as  a  result  of  Lower  Settle- 
ments invading  Creek  hunting  grounds  on  the  Savannah.21 
Hicks  also  puts  the  outbreak  as  late,  saying  that  it  did  not 
come  until  after  the  Creeks  received  guns  from  the  whites.22 
However,  both  may  be  wrong.  That  Telassee  and  possibly 
Tomatley,  Overhill  towns,  bear  Creek  names  and  appear  to 
have  done  so  from  the  seventeenth  century  at  least,  suggests 
much  earlier  wars;  for  sometimes  at  peace-making  the  con- 
tracting parties  exchanged  the  names  of  selected  towns.23 
And,  of  course,  belligerence  carried  more  prestige  among 
the  Overhills  than  it  did  elsewhere  in  the  nation. 

Besides  warfare  with  the  Creeks  and  the  subordination  of 
an  over-developed  peace  organization,  the  Chotte  council's 
drive  to  reassert  its  ancient  power  over  all  the  Cherokees 
meant  something  of  a  reorganization  in  the  nation.  The 
"Cowee"  council  had  apparently  not  only  given  each  of  the 
mother  towns  it  sent  out  a  share  of  the  original  mother  coun- 
cil's fire,  but  also  allowed  them  powers  similar  to  those  the 
ancient  Cho  tau  le  eh,  The  Grand  Elders,  had  granted  it  on 
the  original  separation.  Thus,  each  "mother  town"  had  a  re- 


20  Haywood,  Natural  and  Aboriginal  History,  235. 

21  Haywood,  Natural  and  Aboriginal  History,  235. 

22  Payne,  Cherokee  Papers,  VII,  12,  13. 

23  Payne,  Cherokee  Papers,  VII,  8. 


466  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

gional  council  derived  from  the  Elder  Council  via  Cowee. 
That  council  apparently  possessed  full  powers  even  to  the 
privilege  of  granting  refuge  to  offenders  upon  whom  in  any 
other  town  blood  vengeance  was  by  custom  mandatory.  The 
Grand  Elders  now  established  at  Chotte  on  the  Little  Ten- 
nessee could  not  eliminate  the  sacred  fires  or  the  hereditary 
prestige  of  their  relatives  in  the  established  councils;  but 
they  did  eliminate  the  privilege  of  refuge  in  the  precincts  of 
lesser  councils,  reserving  to  themselves  the  prerogative  of 
suspending  the  fundamental  law.24 

Not  all  the  efforts  of  the  Overhills  to  reassert  their  pre- 
rogatives met  with  success.  Their  pressures,  while  frequently 
forcing  conformity,  drove  the  younger  councils  to  protesta- 
tions and  acts  of  independence,  and  to  rivalries  such  as  that 
existing  in  historic  times  between  the  mother  town  of  Great 
Tellico,  colonized  by  the  Valley,  and  Chotte,  the  grand- 
mother town  of  all,  but  twenty  miles  away.  Grudgingly,  the 
younger  councils  granted  Chotte  only  an  Elder  Brother's 
position.20  In  historic  times  they  frequently  entered  into 
treaties  of  trade  and  peace  for  themselves  with  but  a  token 
nod  to  Chotte.  In  the  mid-eighteenth  century  we  find  Chotte 
after  a  period  in  which  its  ascendancy  had  been  dimmed  by 
English  and  French  dickering  with  Great  Tellico,  struggling 
again,  as  it  must  have  long  before,  to  gain  ascendancy  over 
the  centrifugal  forces  in  the  nation. 

The  net  product  then  of  Cherokee  pre-history  was  geo- 
graphical dispersion  into  regional  entities,  a  well-developed 
but  waning  religious  and  ceremonial  structure,  a  weakening 
of  serpentism,  a  strengthening  of  the  war  leadership,  and  an 
accidentally  loose  political  structure  consisting  of  regional 
councils  which  were  sometimes  rivals  despite  blood  ties, 
hereditary  prestige,  and  traditions. 

24  Payne,  Cherokee  Papers,  III,  21.  See  also  James  Adair,  The  History 
of  the  American  Indians  (London,  England:  1775),  81. 


Haywood,  Natural  and  Aboriginal  History,  237. 


COUNTERFEITING  IN  COLONIAL  NORTH  CAROLINA 

By  Kenneth  Scott 

North  Carolina  did  not  consider  the  counterfeiting  of  its 
paper  money  or  the  passing  of  the  same  when  forged  as  a 
light  offense,  since  death  without  benefit  of  clergy  was  pro- 
vided as  the  punishment  in  the  act  of  1714  for  emitting 
£24,000  and  in  that  of  1722  for  issuing  £12,000/  It  was, 
however,  far  from  easy  to  capture  counterfeiters  and  passers 
and  still  more  difficult  to  secure  their  conviction,  as  is  shown 
in  numerous  instances.  Thus,  when  in  October,  1722,  Joseph 
Oates  was  arrested  on  a  warrant  issued  by  the  chief  justice 
and  brought  before  a  Court  of  Oyer  and  Terminer  at  Eden- 
ton  to  answer  to  a  complaint  of  one  Thomas  Lovick  that 
Oates  had  passed  a  false  bill  of  the  province,  the  matter  could 
not  be  proved,  so  that  the  prisoner  was  released.2 

Again,  in  the  spring  of  1724  the  General  Assembly  caused 
several  counterfeit  bills  to  be  lodged  with  the  clerk  of  the 
Court  of  Oyer  and  Terminer  held  at  Edenton  in  order  that 
the  Attorney  General  might  prosecute  the  offender  whenever 
sufficient  evidence  or  information  might  be  forthcoming.3  At 
the  time  nothing  came  to  light  but  at  the  next  sessions  from 
July  28  to  August  4  a  certain  Luke  White  was  brought  before 
the  bar  on  the  charge  of  having,  on  or  about  July  6,  passed  a 
false  7/6  bill.  When  it  was  discovered  that  he  could  neither 
read  nor  write  and  when  he  furthermore  swore  the  bill  on 
William  Holliday,  White  was  dismissed  and  a  warrant  issued 
for  the  arrest  of  Holliday,4  who  apparently  was  never  cap- 
tured. 

In  the  following  year  a  forged  £  3  bill,  allegedly  passed  by 
James  Spier  ( or  Speers ) ,  was  exhibited  by  the  Precinct  Court 

1  Walter  Clark  (ed.),  The  State  Records  of  North  Carolina  (Winston, 
Goldsboro,  Raleigh,  and  Charlotte:  The  State  of  North  Carolina,  10  volumes 
and  4-volume  index  [by  Stephen  B.  Weeks],  1895-1914),  XXIV,  158,  174, 
hereinafter  cited  as  Clark,  State  Records. 

2 William  L.  Saunders  (ed.),  The  Colonial  Records  of  North  Carolina 
(Raleigh:  The  State  of  North  Carolina,  10  volumes,  1886-1890),  II,  478, 
hereinafter  cited  as  Saunders,  Colonial  Records. 

3  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  II,  549. 

*  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  II,  554. 

[467] 


468  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

of  Bertie  in  Albemarle  County  to  a  Court  of  Oyer  and  Ter- 
miner held  at  Edenton  in  March  and  April.  At  the  same  time 
the  Precinct  Court  of  Bertie  turned  over  to  Attorney  General 
Thomas  Boyd  a  2/—  bill  altered  to  20/—  and  a  counterfeit 
7/6  bill.  Edward  Howard  of  Bertie  Precinct  was  then  indicted 
for  altering  the  2/—  note  and  passing  it,  but  a  petit  jury  ac- 
quitted him,  whereupon  the  counterfeit  was  lodged  in  the 
office  of  the  clerk  to  be  used  as  evidence  against  John  Wil- 
liams, also  of  Bertie  Precinct.  Williams  was  taken  into  cus- 
tody but,  as  there  was  not  sufficient  evidence,  was  released 
on  bail  (  £500  furnished  by  Williams  and  £250  each  fur- 
nished by  James  Castellaw  and  Francis  Pugh)  to  appear  at 
the  next  sessions  in  July,  1725.  When,  however,  no  one  ap- 
peared to  prosecute  him  or  testify  against  him,  he  was  re- 
leased, as  was  James  Spier,  also  for  want  of  evidence.5 

Before  long  the  authorities  at  last  succeeded  in  detecting 
some  counterfeiters,  although  the  ultimate  result  of  their  en- 
deavors was  discouraging.  In  July,  1726,  a  planter  named 
John  Armstrong  was  brought  before  the  court  at  Edenton  on 
a  warrant  of  the  Attorney  General  for  having  passed  two 
counterfeit  10/—  bills  to  Edmund  Smithwick.  Armstrong 
nevertheless  managed  to  convince  the  court  that  he  had  re- 
ceived the  bad  money  from  James  Kelly,  who  delivered  them 
to  Armstrong  from  Thomas  Oldner  of  Bertie  Precinct  in  pay- 
ment of  a  debt.  At  first  suspicion  fell  upon  Kelly,  especially 
since  he  had  likewise  passed  a  spurious  £5  bill  to  Thomas 
Pierce,  Jr.  Yet  Kelly  stoutly  maintained  that  he  had  obtained 
all  three  bills  from  Oldner,  so  a  search  was  made  for  Oldner, 
while  Kelly  was  released  on  bail,  £100  provided  by  himself 
and  £50  apiece  furnished  by  his  sureties,  Edward  Moore 
and  John  Armstrong.  At  the  court  held  in  October  the  Attor- 
ney General  was  prepared  to  prosecute  Oldner,  but  that  in- 
dividual was  not  to  be  found  and  apparently  was  not  taken 
later.  It  seems  likely  that  Oldner  was  guilty  and  also  may  have 
been  associated  with  John  Richardson,  who  was  arrested  at 
this  time  on  a  charge  of  counterfeiting  the  current  money  but 
broke  prison  and  made  good  his  escape.6 

5  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  II,  586-587,  594. 

6  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  II,  658-659,  669. 


Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  N.  C.  469 

Enforcement  of  the  law  was  made  more  difficult  through 
the  laxness  of  magistrates  in  Bertie  and  Beaufort,  some  of 
whom  were  "persons  of  very  ill  Fame  and  Character."  Thus 
when  William  Larner  was  arrested  in  1733  for  forging  the 
paper  currency  he  was  admitted  to  bail  by  Benjamin  Peyton, 
J.  P.,  of  Beaufort.  Larner  put  up  a  bond  of  £1,000  for  his 
appearance  in  court,  with  Robert  Peyton,  Sr.,  and  Edward 
Travis  as  sureties,  each  in  the  amount  of  £500.  Justice  Pey- 
ton, however,  instead  of  making  return  of  this  recognizance, 
sent  in  one  acknowledged  only  by  Larner  without  sureties, 
so  it  is  not  surprising  that  there  is  no  record  of  Larner's  ap- 
pearance at  the  sessions.7 

So  troublesome  had  become  the  flood  of  counterfeits  that 
when  the  Council  met  in  the  Court  House  in  Brunswick  on 
November  2,  1734,  Governor  Gabriel  Johnston  informed  its 
members  that  since  his  arrival  in  the  province  he  had  been 
acquainted  by  several  of  the  principal  merchants  and  traders 
of  the  many  and  great  inconveniencies  to  trade  and  com- 
merce caused  by  the  great  multiplicity  of  counterfeit  bills  of 
credit  issued  by  "Vagabond  and  Idle  people  passing  from  one 
part  of  the  Government  to  another."  It  was  decided  that 
Johnston  should  issue  a  proclamation  commanding  all  per- 
sons to  assist  in  apprehending  those  who  were  guilty  and 
offering  a  reward  of  £50  for  the  bringing  to  justice  of  anyone 
who  should  be  convicted  of  the  offense,  while  a  royal  pardon 
was  promised  to  any  of  the  accomplices  of  such  criminals 
who  should  discover  one  or  more  of  them  so  that  they  be 
taken  and  convicted,  provided  only  that  such  discovery  be 
made  within  two  months  from  the  date  of  the  proclamation. 
The  Provost  Marshal,  moreover,  was  charged  with  having 
the  proclamation  published  at  the  courthouse  door  in  every 
precinct  in  North  Carolina  and  with  having  a  copy  affixed  to 
each  such  door.8 

On  January  15,  1735,  Governor  Johnston  addressed  the 
Council  and  House  of  Burgesses,  warning  the  members  that 
the  matter  of  the  currency  of  their  bills  could  no  longer  be 


8 


Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  III,  596. 
Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IV,  2. 


470  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

neglected  "without  the  entire  Ruin  of  the  Country."  He  point- 
ed out  that  originally  their  notes  were  on  a  very  precarious 
footing  but  that  now  the  situation  was  infinitely  worse  be- 
cause of  the  great  number  of  counterfeits  spread  into  all 
parts  of  the  province  "by  the  villanous  Arts  of  wicked  and  ill 
disposed  persons,  and  to  the  utter  undoing  of  many  poor 
industrious  Families."  The  governor  charged  his  hearers  with 
finding  a  proper  remedy  for  so  great  an  evil  and  urged  upon 
them,  since  the  people  could  not  carry  on  their  dealings  with- 
out a  paper  currency,  the  necessity  of  preserving  the  credit 
of  the  same  and  preventing  the  industrious  planter  from  being 
robbed  of  the  fruits  of  his  labor  "by  the  Tricks  and  Frauds  of 
profligate  and  abandoned  persons." 9 

The  House,  in  replying  on  January  20  to  Johnston's  speech, 
laid  the  blame  for  the  bad  state  of  the  currency  on  "the  late 
corrupt  Administration,"  which  neither  had  the  taxes  col- 
lected in  the  proper  fashion  nor  suffered  the  "vile  persons" 
who  counterfeited  the  bills  to  be  prosecuted.  An  act  for  regu- 
lating the  currency  was  passed  on  February  13,  and  the 
proclamation  bore  fruit  within  the  two  months  that  the  offer 
of  the  reward  was  to  be  in  effect,  for  on  February  27  a  claim 
for  ,£100  in  rewards  for  the  discovery  of  two  counterfeiters 
was  approved  by  the  House  of  Burgesses.10 

The  New  Englanders  had  discovered  long  before  that  the 
best  formula  for  catching  counterfeiters  was  to  offer  a  reward, 
and  a  pardon  to  an  accomplice  who  would  denounce  the 
others  in  the  gang.  The  success  which  attended  the  issuance 
of  Governor  Johnston's  proclamation  in  1734  must  have  led 
to  a  similar  proclamation  late  in  1739  or  early  in  1740,  for 
on  March  4,  1740,  a  committee  on  claims,  meeting  in  Eden- 
ton,  received  the  claim  of  Thomas  Brown  for  £50  as  a  re- 
ward for  apprehending  Thomas  Hamilton  Scott,  accused  of 
making  and  uttering  counterfeit  bills  of  North  Carolina.11 
Scott  had  also  been  making  bills  of  South  Carolina  and  was 
taken  into  custody  at  Pon  Pon,  whence  Lewis  Lorimer,  one 

9  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IV,  78;  South  Carolina  Gazette  (Charles- 
ton), February  15,  1735. 

10  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IV,  84,  120,  149. 

11  Clark,  State  Records,   XXII,  401-402. 


Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  N.  C.  471 

of  the  constables  of  Charleston  was  sent  to  bring  him  to  that 
city.  Scott  either  committed  suicide  or,  more  likely,  was 
killed  in  an  attempt  to  escape,  and  along  with  him  died  Lewis 
Jones,  apparently  an  accomplice,  for  Alexander  Stewart, 
Coroner  of  Berkley  County,  held  inquests  on  the  bodies  of 
the  two  men.12  Three  of  Scott's  accomplices,  incidentally, 
one  of  them  Lawrence  Wolfersten,  a  counterfeiter  from 
Pennsylvania  who  had  been  convicted  there  in  1727,13  were 
arrested  at  Winyaw  and  committed  to  jail  by  Justice  Thomas 
La  Roche,  who  later  had  them  removed  to  prison  in  Charles- 
ton.14 

In  1745  the  Assembly  decided  that  new  legislation  was 
needed,  so  an  act  was  passed  for  the  punishment  of  those 
who  should  counterfeit,  forge,  alter,  deface,  or  knowingly 
pass  such  counterfeited  bills.  One  convicted  thereof  for  the 
first  offense  was  to  be  set  in  the  pillory  for  two  hours,  have 
his  ears  nailed  to  the  pillory  and  then  cut  off,  while  a  second 
offense  was  to  be  punished  as  felony  without  benefit  of 
clergy.15 

An  act  of  1748  for  emitting  £21,300  set  the  same  penal- 
ties, save  that  for  the  first  offense,  in  addition  to  pillorying 
and  cropping,  the  court,  at  its  discretion,  might  also  punish 
with  whipping,  not  to  exceed  forty  lashes.16 

The  Assembly,  in  October  of  the  following  year,  put  into 
force  a  number  of  statutes  of  the  Kingdom  of  England,  three 
of  which  were  concerned  with  counterfeiters  of  coin:  1  Mary 
Ch.  6,  providing  that  counterfeiting  of  foreign  coins  current 
in  the  kingdom  should  be  adjudged  treason;  1  &  2  Philip 
and  Mary  Ch.  11,  providing  that  importers  of  counterfeit 
coin  into  the  realm  should  be  punished  as  traitors;  5  Elizabeth 
Ch.  11,  providing  that  the  clipping  of  coins,  for  gain's  sake, 
should  be  high  treason.17 

12  J.  H.  Easterby  (ed.),  The  Journal  of  the  Commons  House  of  Assembly, 
September  12,  1739-Mavch  26,  174-1.  The  Colonial  Records  of  South  Caro- 
lina (Columbia:  The  Historical  Commission  of  South  Carolina,  1952),  225, 
244,  280,  281,  hereinafter  cited  as  Easterby,  Journal  of  Commons  House. 

13  Kenneth  Scott,  Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  Pennsylvania  (New  York: 
American  Numismatic   Society,   1955),   17. 

14  Easterby,  Journals  of  Commons  House,  217,  280. 

15  Clark,  State  Records,  XXIV,  235. 

16  Clark,  State  Records,  XXIII,  295. 

17  Clark,  State  Records,  XXIII,  322-323. 


472  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Only  a  few  years  later,  in  1752,  two  persons  were  executed 
for  treason  in  accordance  with  the  above  legislation  of  1749. 
In  the  summer  of  1752  a  counterfeiting  scheme  was  hatched 
in  Virginia.  Patrick  Moore,  a  tailor,  was  living  in  that  prov- 
ince, where  he  worked  at  his  trade  at  the  house  of  Richard 
Brooker  in  Gloucester  County.  A  certain  Daniel  Johnston, 
alias  Dixon,  a  chemist  or  doctor,  and  William  Jillet,  a  black- 
smith, frequently  went  to  Brooker's  home.  If  these  two  told 
the  truth,  Moore  was  the  promoter  of  the  counterfeiting  ven- 
ture. Be  that  as  it  may,  sometime  in  June  Brooker  gave  Moore 
a  small  boat  with  a  supply  of  provisions  sufficient  to  bring 
the  tailor,  Johnston  and  Jillet,  with  their  bellows,  hammers, 
molds,  and  other  materials  for  making  money,  to  North 
Carolina.  About  the  end  of  June  the  men  went  up  the  Neuse 
River,  where  they  landed  and  thence  proceeded  to  the  house 
of  Peter  Matthews,  about  thirty  miles  from  New  Bern.  Near 
this  dwelling,  in  a  great  swamp,  they  set  up  their  forge  and 
prepared  molds  and  other  materials  for  making  doubloons, 
pistoles,  pieces  of  eight,  and  half  pistareens. 

By  some  means  the  sheriff  of  the  county  discovered  their 
undertaking  and,  acting  with  great  vigilance  and  industry, 
captured  the  coiners  at  the  home  of  Matthews,  who  was  also 
apprehended  on  suspicion  of  being  concerned  in  the  affair. 
Some  of  the  doubloons,  a  pistole,  pieces  of  eight,  and  half 
pistareens  were  found  on  the  persons  of  the  three  coiners 
but  the  money  was  so  badly  done  as  not  to  be  imposed  easily 
upon  anyone.  Apparently,  however,  the  coins  had  not  been 
completed,  for,  although  they  were  very  exact  in  similitude 
and  size,  they  were  much  wanting  in  color,  so  that  it  was  be- 
lieved that  the  proper  coloring  of  them  was  to  have  been  the 
finishing  stroke. 

The  prisoners  were  locked  up  in  the  jail  at  New  Bern,  a 
prison  which  had  previously  been  remarkable  for  letting  its 
inmates  escape,  but  the  sheriff  kept  a  watch  around  the 
building  each  night  and  foiled  several  attempts  which  were 
made  by  the  counterfeiters  to  break  out.  They  came  up  for 
trial  at  the  General  Court  which  ended  early  in  October. 
Moore  turned  evidence  for  the  Crown  against  his  associates, 


Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  N.  C.  473 

Matthews  was  acquitted,  and  Jillet  and  Johnston  were  found 
guilty  of  treason  and  condemned  to  death. 

Some  ten  days  later  the  condemned  men,  together  with 
another  criminal  named  David  Smith,  alias  Griffith,  were 
executed.  They  were  accompanied  to  the  gallows  by  the 
Reverend  Mr.  Lopierre,  who  had  also  visited  the  men  in 
jail.  The  convicted  coiners  appeared  very  penitent  and  ex- 
pressed much  sorrow  and  contrition  for  their  wrongdoing. 
Johnston,  it  was  reported,  died  a  staunch  Roman  Catholic 
and  was  very  earnest  and  pathetic  in  his  prayers  for  the 
friends  and  followers  of  Lord  Lovat,  Kilmarnock,  Balmerino, 
and  all  the  rebels  who  suffered  in  the  rebellion,  while  he 
heartily  prayed  for  the  continuance  of  "that  noble  Spirit 
which  he  hop'd  was  yet  alive  in  Scotland  among  the  Well- 
wishers  of  the  Pretender."18 

As  regards  counterfeiters  of  the  bills  of  credit,  an  act  of 
1754  for  the  emission  of  £40,000  contained  the  same  penal- 
ties as  were  included  in  the  act  of  1748,19  but  subsequent 
acts  of  1756  (for  emitting  £3,400),  of  1757  (for  emitting 
£5,306),  of  1758  (for  emitting  £7,000),  and  of  1758  (for 
emitting  £4,500)  all  made  counterfeiting  and  passing  a  fel- 
ony without  benefit  of  clergy.20 

On  February  3,  1764,  Governor  Arthur  Dobbs,  alarmed  by 
the  quantities  of  counterfeit  bills  in  circulation,  called  upon 
the  Assembly  for  new  legislation  to  cope  with  the  situation.21 
In  response  to  his  appeal  a  bill  "for  the  more  effectual  de- 
tecting and  punishing  the  makers  and  utterers  of  Counterfeit 
Bill  Money"  was  introduced  and  passed  in  March.22  In  the 
preamble  to  the  act,  which  was  to  be  in  force  for  two  years, 
it  was  set  forth  that  great  numbers  of  evil  persons  in  the 
frontier  parts  of  the  province  had  banded  together  and  were 
supporting  one  another  in  committing  murder  and  other  fel- 
onies, as  well  as  in  counterfeiting  the  paper  currency  of 

18  Maryland  Gazette  (Annapolis),  Nov.  9  and  Dec.  7,  1752;  Boston  Weekly 
News-Letter  (Massachusetts),  Dec.  7,  1752;  Pennsylvania  Gazette  (Phila- 
delphia), Nov.  23,  1752. 

19  Clark,  State  Records,  XXIII,  393. 

20  Clark,  State  Records,  XXIV,  333,  347,  352,  363,  372. 
31  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VI,  1090. 

28  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VI,  1104. 


474  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

North  Carolina  and  Virginia  and  in  fraudulently  and  deceit- 
fully imposing  their  bad  money  on  the  honest,  industrious 
inhabitants  of  the  colony,  in  defiance  of  authority  and  in  open 
violation  and  contempt  of  all  laws.  It  was  therefore  enacted 
that  the  penalty  of  death  might  be  imposed  on  any  person 
convicted  of  counterfeiting,  or  knowingly  passing  when  so 
forged,  the  bills  of  North  Carolina  or  Virginia  or  base  coin 
or  of  escaping  from  prison  after  being  committed  for  any  of 
the  above  crimes  and  then  neglecting  or  refusing  to  surrender 
to  the  sheriff  before  the  last  day  of  the  Superior  Court  which 
should  next  follow  the  court  wherein  the  bill  of  indictment 
was  found.  In  every  such  case  the  chief  justice,  or  assistant, 
or  the  associate  judge,  should  issue  proclamations  for  each 
county  in  the  district,  calling  upon  the  offender  to  surrender 
within  sixty  days  after  the  last  day  of  the  court  session  and 
stating  that  unless  the  offender  should  give  himself  up  it 
would  be  "lawful  for  any  Person  or  Persons  to  kill  and  de- 
stroy such  Offender."  If  anyone  should  apprehend  an  offend- 
er who  had  escaped  or  neglected  to  surrender  within  the 
sixty  days,  such  a  person  should  be  allowed  a  reward  of  £30 
upon  the  conviction  of  the  offender.23 

The  above  act  was,  as  has  been  noted,  to  be  in  effect  for 
two  years,  so  in  November,  1766,  a  bill  to  revive  the  act  was 
introduced  and  passed,24  but  on  June  26,  1767,  it  was  ordered 
repealed  by  his  Majesty  in  Council.25 

Very  likely  news  of  the  repeal  of  the  act  encouraged  coun- 
terfeiters, one  of  whom  was  an  elderly  man  named  Timothy 
Green.  He  proceeded  to  New  York  and  on  Tuesday,  August 
26,  1767,  when  he  had  been  there  but  a  short  time,  he  applied 
to  Elisha  Gallaudet,  a  well-known  engraver  of  that  city,  to 
procure  of  him  plates  with  which  to  forge  the  current  money 
bills  of  North  Carolina,  whence  he  had  come.  Gallaudet. 
however,  had  the  would-be-counterfeiter  taken  before  an 
alderman,  who,  after  examining  him  and  finding  two  false 
dollars  in  his  possession,  committed  him  to  jail.  Green  was 
indicted  in  the  Supreme  Court  on  October  29  "for  a  Misde- 

23  Clark,  State  Records,  XXIII,  616-617. 

24  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VII,  300. 
^Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VII,  673;  XI,  213. 


Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  N.  C.  475 

meanor,"  pleaded  not  guilty,  and  on  October  30  was  tried. 
The  jury,  without  going  from  the  bar,  convicted  him,  and 
when,  on  the  next  day,  the  attorney  general  moved  for  judg- 
ment, the  court  ordered  that  the  prisoner  stand  in  the  pillory 
on  Wednesday  next  for  one  hour  between  the  hours  of  ten 
and  twelve  in  the  forenoon  and  that  on  Thursday  next  he  be 
whipped  through  the  town  at  the  cart's  tail  and  receive  thirty- 
nine  lashes  on  the  bare  back.26 

Even  though  Timothy  Green's  plans  were  foiled,  other 
counterfeiters  were  more  successful,  as  is  shown  by  an  ad- 
dress made  by  Governor  William  Tryon  to  the  legislators  on 
December  7,  1767.  Pointing  out  that  the  counterfeit  bills 
circulating  in  the  province  tended  "to  the  most  ruinous  con- 
sequences" to  the  government,  he  applied  for  some  redress 
proportioned  to  the  evil.  "It  evidently  depreciates,"  he  said, 
"the  small  remainder  of  currency  in  the  Country  and  deprives 
the  Creditor  of  his  just  debts,  wounds  the  credit  of  the  public, 
and  what  is  of  further  consequence  too  frequently  extends  to 
the  impoverishing  of  families  in  the  exchange  of  their  prop- 
erty for  these  false  bills,  too  artfully  resembling  the  true  for 
common  discernment  to  detect  them."  27  A  committee  of  both 
houses,  on  January  15,  1768,  requested  the  governor  "more 
particularly  to  state  the  distress  of  this  Colony,  partly  occa- 
sioned by  counterfeit  money,  and  for  want  of  a  sufficiency  of 
good  paper  currency  or  other  medium  of  Trade." 28 

Governor  Tryon  was  in  sympathy  with  this  request  of  the 
legislators,  as  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  on  February  2  he 
wrote  the  Earl  of  Shelburne  that  the  mischiefs  arising  from 
the  counterfeited  proclamation  bills  then  circulating  would 
cease  if  a  new  currency  were  emitted,  since  the  remainder 
of  the  money  then  out  would  be  immediately  called  in.29  The 
same  day  he  wrote  to  Messers  Drummond  &  Co.  that,  if  the 
royal  consent  were  secured,  he  was  ordered  to  obtain,  in 
order  to  prevent  counterfeiting,  proper  copperplates,  paper, 
presses,  and  other  materials.  "If,"  he  added,  "by  your  ingenu- 

26  Kenneth    Scott,    Counterfeiting    in    Colonial    New    York    (New    York: 
American  Numismatic  Society,  1955),  126-127. 

27  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VII,  551. 

28  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VII,  683. 

29  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VII,  697. 


476  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

ity  this  currency,  should  it  have  an  existence,  can  be  put  out 
of  the  knavery  of  counterfeits,  you  will  render  an  essential 
service  to  the  inhabitants  of  this  province  who  have  felt  the 
ruinous  effects  of  the  counterfeit  currency." 30 

Had  the  governor  but  known  it,  another  threat  to  the 
money  of  North  Carolina  was  in  the  making  and  was  only 
narrowly  averted.  During  the  second  week  of  February,  1768, 
the  Honorable  William  Smith,  Jr.,  in  New  York  received  a 
letter  from  a  gentleman  in  Fairfield,  Connecticut,  acquaint- 
ing him  that  a  schooner  had  lately  been  at  that  place,  had 
remained  there  six  weeks  with  five  men  on  board,  that  they 
had  passed  some  counterfeit  New  York  bills,  that  they  came 
from  Rhode  Island,  and  that  he  imagined  they  had  gone  to 
New  York.  This  intelligence  was  communicated  to  the  mayor, 
who  immediately  sent  officers  in  search  of  the  schooner.  They 
found  it  just  on  the  point  of  sailing  for  North  Carolina,  as  it 
was  thought.  On  board  were  arrested  Gideon  Casey,  his  two 
sons,  Tibbets  Hopkins  (the  master  of  the  ship)  and  Daniel 
Wilcox,  alias  Chase,  while  a  search  of  the  vessel  revealed  a 
small  bag  containing  all  the  instruments  for  coining  and  mill- 
ing dollars  of  the  years  1763  and  1764,  two  plates  for  making 
North  Carolina  currency,  molds  and  stamps  for  making  pis- 
tareens,  recipes  for  smelting  and  varnishing  metals,  and  sev- 
eral counterfeit  forty  shilling  New  York  bills.  The  men  were 
held  in  jail  and  indicted  but  by  April  4  had  been  acquitted 
"for  want  of  sufficient  evidence,"  an  indication  that  none  of 
the  gang  would  talk.  Casey  was  a  capable  silversmith  of 
Rhode  Island  but,  like  his  talented  brother  Samuel,  also  a 
noted  silversmith,  he  could  not  refrain  from  counterfeiting 
and  had  been  convicted  of  passing  false  doubloons  in  Phila- 
delphia in  1752.31 

Although  the  province  was  mercifully  spared  the  presence 
of  Casey  and  his  accomplices,  other  criminals  were  at  work, 
two  of  whom,  Samuel  Robert  Hall  and  James  Mansfield, 
were  captured  in  1768,  convicted  and  sentenced  to  death  for 
counterfeiting  the  paper  currency.  While  they  were  in  the 

30  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VII,  680-681. 

31  Kenneth  Scott,  "Gideon  Casey,  Rhode  Island  Silversmith  and  Counter- 
feiter," Rhode  Island  History,  XII    (1953),  50-54. 


Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  N.  C.  477 

jail  of  Craven  County  awaiting  execution,  the  speaker  and 
several  members  of  the  Assembly,  as  well  as  other  prominent 
inhabitants  of  the  province,  petitioned  the  governor  on  behalf 
of  the  two  young  men,  who  had  formerly  been  of  good  char- 
acter and  had  been  seduced  and  instigated  to  commit  their 
crime  by  John  Butcher,  a  blacksmith,  who  had  made  his  es- 
cape. Governor  Tryon,  on  November  28,  1768,  was  pleased 
to  pardon  the  young  men  and  at  the  same  time  issued  a 
proclamation  offering  a  reward  of  <£  10  for  the  apprehension 
of  Butcher.32 

By  the  autumn  of  1770  counterfeit  notes  were  passing 
without  sufficient  question,33  and  Governor  Tryon  informed 
the  council  that  large  sums  of  the  certificates  of  1768  had 
been  forged.  A  proclamation  was  therefore  issued  in  which 
a  reward  of  £200  was  offered  to  any  informer,  except  an 
offender,  while  the  king's  pardon  was  promised  to  that  of- 
fender who  should  first  appear  and  denounce  his  accom- 
plices.34 On  December  5,  Tryon  delivered  an  address  to  the 
Council  and  House  in  which  he  stated  that  the  circulation  of 
so  large  a  quantity  of  counterfeit  currency  afforded  presump- 
tion that  "persons  of  more  considerable  property  than  those 
of  moderate  substance"  had  been  concerned  in  the  base  and 
dishonorable  traffic.  The  evil,  he  pointed  out,  was  "absolutely 
destructive  of  all  public  credit"  and  operated  to  the  ruin  of 
many  honest  homes  and  families.  It  was  his  opinion  that,  if 
the  legislators  called  upon  those  who  had  passed  the  bad 
money  to  declare  from  whom  it  was  received,  by  tracing  back 
the  counterfeits  the  authors  of  the  iniquity  might  be  discov- 
ered.35 

The  Council  assured  the  governor  that  the  detection  of 
the  counterfeiters  was  a  matter  of  real  concern  and  that  every 
salutary  measure  would  be  taken  to  punish  the  guilty.36  The 
same  day,  December  10,  the  House  expressed  itself  to  the 
effect  that  the  great  amount  of  false  certificates  and  procla- 
mation bills  in  circulation  was  alarming  to  the  province,  in- 

32  Saunders,   Colonial  Records,  VII,   870-871. 

33  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VII,  xxix. 

34  Saunders,   Colonial  Records,  VIII,  249-250. 

35  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VIII,  284. 

36  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VIII,  289. 


478  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

jurious  to  individuals  and  destructive  to  public  credit.  Noth- 
ing less  than  calling  in  all  the  paper  currency  could  put  an 
end  to  the  fatal  consequences  attending  so  infamous  an  im- 
position on  the  inhabitants,  a  sentiment  which  the  same  body 
repeated  on  January  26,  177 1.37 

The  governor  had  caused  Adam  Boyd  to  print  two  hundred 
handbills  respecting  the  counterfeit  debenture  bills  and  to 
distribute  them,  as  a  result  of  which  some  information  must 
have  been  received.  Warrants  were  issued  for  the  arrest  of 
three  suspects,  Daniel  Duncan  of  Orange  County,  George 
Martin,  and  John  Alston.  Duncan  was  immediately  taken 
but  discharged  for  want  of  proof.  Martin,  who  was  appre- 
hended at  the  same  time,  was  suffering  from  an  indisposition 
which  made  traveling  impossible  without  manifest  danger 
of  his  life,  so  it  was  sometime  later  that  he  was  taken  into 
custody  by  Simon  Bright  and  brought  before  the  bar  of  the 
House.  It  is  not  recorded  whether  he  was  convicted  or,  like 
Duncan,  discharged.  There  was,  at  least,  some  evidence 
against  him,  for  a  certain  Philemon  Hawkins  appeared  to 
testify  against  him. 38  John  Alston  was  not  to  be  found.39 

Upon  the  presentation  of  sworn  evidence  other  counter- 
feiters were  sought  in  Granville  County  and  elsewhere,  two 
of  whom,  Robert  Pry  or  and  William  Wharton,  were  arrested 
and  then  released  on  bail  for  their  appearance  at  the  Su- 
perior Court  of  Justice  to  be  held  at  Hillsboro  on  March  22, 
1771.  When,  however,  it  developed  that  because  of  the  dis- 
turbances in  the  western  part  of  the  province  the  court  would 
not  be  held  at  Hillsboro,  it  became  apparent  that,  unless 
some  extraordinary  measures  were  taken,  the  two  offenders, 
who  were  dangerous  and  clearly  guilty,  would  escape  pun- 
ishment. Richard  Henderson  therefore  petitioned  the  gov- 
ernor that  a  special  court  of  oyer  and  terminer  be  held  at 
Oxford,  in  Granville  County,  where,  Henderson  believed,  it 
might  sit  "without  danger  of  being  obstructed  by  the  Insur- 
gents. "  The  governor  and  council  approved  the  request  and 


37  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VIII,  312,  473. 

38  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IX,  198. 

39 


Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VIII,  351,  370,  397,  443;  IX,  125. 


Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  N.  C.  479 

ordered  a  special  commission  of  oyer  and  terminer,  so  that 
presumably  Pryor  and  Wharton  were  tried.40 

On  August  15,  1771,  Josiah  Martin,  the  new  governor, 
wrote  to  the  Earl  of  Hillsborough  that  the  treasurer  of  the 
Southern  District  had  agreed  to  pay  Governor  Tryon's  war- 
rants by  promissory  notes,  so  that  a  new  species  of  currency 
had  arisen  on  the  faith  of  public  credit.  The  notes  were  easier 
to  counterfeit  than  any  previous  money,  for  they  bore  only 
one  signature,  that  of  the  treasurer,  and  not  several,  as  did 
all  other  bills.  The  various  earlier  emissions,  furthermore, 
had  been  widely  counterfeited  and  the  evil  was  so  pernicious 
that  it  deserved  immediate  attention.  Martin  was  of  the  opin- 
ion that  the  only  remedy  would  be  the  extinction  of  all  for- 
mer issues  and  a  new  emission  to  replace  them  and  to  provide 
a  sufficient  currency  for  the  needs  of  the  growing  province.41 
An  act  of  1771  authorized  the  emission  of  £60,000  in  deben- 
ture bills  to  pay  the  costs  of  Governor  Tryon's  expedition 
against  the  insurgents,  and  the  penalty  for  counterfeiting, 
altering,  or  defacing  these  notes  was  to  be  death  without 
benefit  of  clergy.42 

John  Alston  had  been  sought  in  vain  in  1770-1771  and  had 
continued  his  nefarious  activity.  According  to  the  Virginia 
Gazette43  on  the  evening  of  March  4,  1773,  Moses  Terry  of 
Halifax  County,  Virginia,  was  brought  to  Williamsburg  and 
committed  to  jail  for  passing  false  bills,  a  charge  to  which  he 
pleaded  guilty,  informing  against  many  others  and  confess- 
ing that  he  had  passed  counterfeits  "which  were  made  by 
the  Allstons  in  Carolina  (who  appear  to  be  the  great  instru- 
ments of  this  horrid  plot  against  the  peace  and  welfare  of 
this  country)."  Another  of  the  Alstons  suspected  of  counter- 
feiting was  Philip,  a  gunsmith,  for  whom  James  Ransom,  Jr., 
sergeant  at  arms  of  the  House  of  North  Carolina,  and  four 
assistants  made  a  determined  but  fruitless  search.44 


40  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  VIII,  539-540. 

41  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IX,  18. 

42  Clark,  State  Records,  XXIII,  851. 

43  Virginia  Gazette    (Williamsburg),  March  4,  1773,  and  Rind's  Virginia 
Gazette    (Williamsburg),   March   4,   1773. 

u  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IX,  391-392,  480-481. 


480  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  House  of  Burgesses  of  Virginia,  thoroughly  alarmed 
by  the  counterfeiting  of  their  money  in  North  Carolina, 
passed  an  act  making  it  a  felony  "to  prepare,  engrave,  stamp, 
or  print"  the  money  of  other  British  colonies  or  to  cause  the 
same  to  be  done  or  knowingly  to  pass  such  bad  money.  This 
step  was  taken  because  it  was  supposed  that  certain  evil  per- 
sons had  lately  established  presses  in  Virginia  for  preparing 
counterfeits  of  the  paper  money  of  other  colonies  and  by  that 
means  such  forged  paper  was  put  into  circulation  with  great- 
er facility  and  with  more  security  to  the  authors  of  the  mis- 
chief. Reasonably  enough,  Virginia  hoped  for  a  similar  action 
by  colonies  which  did  not  already  have  legislation  making  it 
a  crime  to  forge  the  bills  of  the  other  provinces.  As  a  subcom- 
mittee of  the  House  of  Burgesses  pointed  out,  the  chief  author 
of  the  recent  counterfeiting  of  the  currency  of  Virginia  was 
an  inhabitant  of  North  Carolina  (probably  Philip  or  John 
Alston  was  meant).45  Governor  Martin  of  North  Carolina 
warmly  commended  the  policy  of  the  legislature  of  Virginia 
in  its  measures  designed  "to  prevent  that  most  baneful  crime 
of  counterfeiting  the  paper  currency  circulating  in  the  Col- 
onies of  America." 46 

In  February,  1773,  a  bill  "for  the  more  effectual  punish- 
ment of  Counterfeiters  of  the  Public  Debenture  Bills  of  Credit 
of  this  Colony  and  Coin"  was  introduced  in  the  House.  The 
measure  was  passed  both  by  the  Council  and  House  but  early 
in  March,  when  it  reached  the  governor,  he  withheld  his 
consent.47  In  a  letter,  written  on  May  30,  1773,  to  the  Earl  of 
Dartmouth,  Governor  Martin  explained  that  he  had  rejected 
the  bill  because  "the  Criminals  marked  out  to  reproach  by 
punishments  allotted  in  this  Act  and  rejected  on  all  hands 
would  lose  every  sense  of  shame,  become  desperate  and  aban- 
don themselves  to  the  perpetration  of  every  kind  of  enormity, 
dreading  death  (the  Law's  utmost  penalty)  less  than  exist- 
ence held  at  the  expense  of  everything  that  can  make  life 

^Kenneth  Scott,  "Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  Virginia,"  The  Virginia 
Magazine  of  History  and  Biography,  LXI  (1953),  24,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Scott,  "Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  Virginia";  Clark,  State  Records,  XI,  241. 

46  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IX,  709. 

47  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IX,  386,  390,  396,  399-401,  443,  446,  464, 
468,  478,  494,  497,  500-503,  507,  584,  586. 


Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  N.  C.  481 

desirable." 48  From  this  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  bill  would 
have  made  the  counterfeiters  outlaws. 

Since  the  governor's  assent  had  been  refused,  Mr.  Joseph 
Hewes  of  Edenton  moved  early  in  December,  1773,  that  he 
be  granted  leave  to  prepare  and  bring  in  a  bill  to  prevent  the 
counterfeiting  of  the  paper  money  of  North  Carolina  and  the 
other  British  colonies  and  the  gold  and  silver  coin  circulating 
in  the  province.  On  December  20  it  was  introduced  and  duly 
passed  and  approved  by  the  governor.49  The  preamble  of  the 
act,  which  was  to  be  in  force  for  five  years,  stated  that  it 
was  supposed  that  presses  had  been  established  in  North 
Carolina  of  late  to  forge  the  bills  of  other  provinces.  It  was 
judged  reasonable  that  neighboring  colonies  having  inter- 
course in  trade  should  provide  against  the  debasing  of  their 
medium  of  commerce,  and  it  was  also  a  fact  that  the  laws 
of  the  province  for  the  punishment  of  counterfeiters  of  the 
gold  and  silver  coin  in  circulation  were  defective.  To  remedy 
this  situation  it  was  provided  that  death  without  benefit  of 
clergy  should  be  the  penalty  for  those  who  defaced,  counter- 
feited, or  altered  bills  or  who  knowingly  passed  counter- 
feits.50 Governor  Martin  was  delighted  with  the  new  law, 
about  which  he  wrote  on  July  13,  1774,  to  the  Earl  of  Dart- 
mouth: "I  conceive  great  hopes  that  it  will  be  attended  with 
the  best  effects."  51 

The  outbreak  of  the  Revolution  could  by  no  means  be 
expected  to  check  counterfeiting,  so  that,  when  an  emission 
of  bills  by  North  Carolina  was  authorized  in  September, 
1775,  it  was  provided  that  any  person  accused  of  counter- 
feiting them  should  be  imprisoned  until  the  next  meeting  of 
the  Council  of  Safety  and  that  upon  conviction  an  offender 
should  be  punished  by  death.02  As  for  Continental  currency, 
Lieutenant  Governor  Golden,  on  February  14,  1776,  wrote 
that  the  British  would  endeavor  to  depreciate  the  Congress 
paper  "by  throwing  in  forged  notes."  53 

48  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IX,  663. 

49  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  728,  744,  777,  784,  836,  839,  847,  861,  882, 
884,  888-889,  896,  904,  906-907,  927. 

50  Clark,  State  Records,  XXIII,  969-970. 
61  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  IX,  1012. 
52  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  X,  195. 
63  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  X,  453. 


482  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

By  June,  1776,  information  had  reached  the  Council  of 
Safety  that  counterfeits  of  the  four  dollar  bills  emitted  by 
the  Congress  held  at  Hillsboro,  had  been  passed  by  Ben- 
jamin Sheppard  of  Dobbs  County  and,  when  Sheppard  was 
arrested,  he  could  give  no  satisfactory  account  of  how  he  ob- 
tained the  bills  and  was  therefore  ordered  to  give  a  bond  of 
,£1,000  to  appear  before  the  Council  whenever  called.54  It 
became  clear  in  July  that  the  dollar  bills  issued  by  the  Con- 
gresses held  at  Hillsboro  and  Halifax  had  been  counterfeit- 
ed 55  and  by  July  22,  1776,  the  Council  had  information  that 
five  persons  concerned  in  the  affair  had  been  taken  and 
jailed  in  Williamsburg,  Virginia,  one  of  whom  was  an  old 
offender  named  Benjamin  Woodward,  who  had  assisted  in 
cutting  the  plates  for  the  counterfeits.56  It  may  be  noted  that 
Woodward  was  a  slippery  customer,  who  broke  jail  and  long 
eluded  the  officers  of  the  law,  although  Virginia  offered  a 
reward  of  four  thousand  dollars  for  his  capture.  He  was 
finally  taken  in  Georgia  but  not  before  1791.  He  was  arrested 
there  again  in  1796.  One  of  his  neighbors,  John  Young,  once 
found  in  the  woods  near  Woodward's  home  several  thousand 
pounds  in  counterfeit  North  Carolina  bills,  as  well  as  tools 
for  counterfeiting  and  coining.57 

Not  only  were  the  four  and  one  dollar  bills  imitated  but 
also  the  two  and  a  half  dollar  and  five  dollar  notes.  David 
Craig,  a  second  lieutenant  in  William  Temple  Cole's  com- 
pany, was  suspected  of  passing  these  counterfeits  and  of  be- 
ing concerned  in  the  making  and  engraving  of  the  five  dollar 
plate.  As  President  Samuel  Ashe  put  it  in  a  letter  to  General 
Moore,  such  practices  were  "frequent"  and  "of  the  most  dan- 
gerous Tendency." 58  Thus  the  newborn  state  was  beset  from 
the  beginning  by  an  assault  on  its  currency  from  the  British, 
from  professional  counterfeiters,  and  even  from  members 
of  its  own  army. 

u  Saunders,  Colonial  Records,  X,  635,  638. 
66  Clark,  State  Records,  XI,  317. 

56  Clark,  State  Records,  XI,  320. 

57  Scott,  "Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  Virginia,"  28,  30-33. 

58  Clark,  State  Records,  XI,  346-347. 


JOSEPH  SEAWELL  JONES  OF  SHOCCO- 
HISTORIAN  AND  HUMBUG 

By  Edwin  A.  Miles 

Everyone  who  met  Joseph  Seawell  Jones  of  Shocco,  North 
Carolina,  agreed  that  he  was  a  most  unusual  person.  Al- 
though he  was  a  licensed  lawyer  and  the  author  of  two  his- 
torical works,  his  greatest  fame  resulted  from  his  non- 
professional ventures.  "An  inveterate  propensity  to  hoax  and 
play  upon  the  credulity  of  the  public  distinguished  him,  and 
made  him  known  far  and  wide/' *  "The  time  has  been,"  wrote 
a  Tennesseean  in  1849,  "when  the  sayings  and  doings  of  this 
singular  personage  were  chronicled  with  as  much  avidity  as 
is  displayed  by  the  Court  Journal  in  the  narration  of  the 
movements  of  the  British  queen."  2  And,  it  might  be  added, 
the  sayings  and  doings  of  the  fun-loving  North  Carolinian 
were  a  far  greater  source  of  amusement  than  the  movements 
of  the  staid  Victoria. 

Take  March,  1840,  for  example— the  month  following  the 
Queen's  marriage  to  Prince  Albert.  Newspaper  subscribers 
throughout  the  United  States  were  avidly  reading  accounts 
of  how  Shocco  Jones,  "the  Mammoth  Humbug,"  had  com- 
pletely mystified  hundreds  of  prominent  Virginians,  North 
Carolinians,  and  Mississippians  in  two  separate  hoaxes  per- 
formed the  previous  year.  By  the  time  of  his  death  in  1855, 
he  was  almost  a  legend.  Three  years  later  the  Weekly  Ra- 
leigh Register  asked:  "Is  there  a  grown  man  in  North  Caro- 
lina, or  the  United  States,  who  has  not  heard  of  Joseph  Sea- 
well  Jones,  who,  having  been  born  in  Warren  County, 
on  the  banks  of  Shocco  Creek,  was  as  famous  in  his 
day  as  'Shocco  Jones,'  as  ever  was  Mr.  Randolph  as  'John 
Randolph  of  Roanoke!?"3 

1  Natchez  Daily  Courier  (Mississippi),  March  3,  1855,  hereinafter  cited 
as  Natchez  Daily  Courier,  quoting  Columbus  Democrat    (Mississippi). 

3 Herald  and  Correspondent  (Port  Gibson,  Mississippi),  April  13,  1849, 
quoting  Nashville  Whig    (Tennessee). 

3  Weekly  Raleigh  Register,  April  21,  1858.  This  paper  was  published 
variously  as  the  Raleigh  Register  and  North-Carolina  State  Gazette, 
Raleigh  Register  and  North-Carolina  Gazette,  Raleigh  Register,  and  other 
titles  but  will  in  all  cases  be  hereinafter  cited  as  Raleigh  Register. 

[483] 


484  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

This  remarkable  individual  first  saw  the  light  of  day  "on 
the  banks  of  Shocco  Creek"  about  1806,  the  son  of  Edward 
J.  and  Elizabeth  Seawell  Jones.4  There  was  nothing  in  his 
ancestry  to  indicate  that  his  happiest  moments  would  be 
spent  while  "enjoying  the  fun  of  hoaxing  people."5  On  the 
contrary,  Edward  Jones— according  to  his  own  obituary  no- 
tice—was a  "valuable  and  highly  respected  planter"  of  War- 
ren County;6  his  wife  was  a  member  of  a  prominent  North 
Carolina  family— a  sister  of  Judge  Henry  Seawell  of  the  State 
Supreme  Court  and  a  niece  of  Nathaniel  Macon,  one  of  the 
most  distinguished  sons  of  the  Old  North  State. 

The  early  years  of  Joseph  Seawell  Jones  were  spent  at 
Poplar  Grove,  his  fathers  2,000-acre  plantation  within  a  mile 
and  a  half  of  Shocco  Springs,  one  of  the  state's  most  fashion- 
able watering  places.7  Each  summer  during  Joseph's  boy- 
hood, Edward  Jones  maintained  a  boarding  house  for  visitors 
to  the  Springs.8  His  children,  Joseph,  Edward,  Jr.,  and  Martha 
Ann,  probably  played  many  carefree  games  with  the  sons 
and  daughters  of  the  prosperous  merchants  and  planters  who 
annually  flocked  to  the  popular  resort. 

But  there  were  serious  moments,  too,  at  Poplar  Grove.  In 
the  fall  of  1816  Edward  Jones  and  two  of  his  neighbors  an- 
nounced the  establishment  of  Shocco  Academy,  a  boarding 
school,  to  meet  at  his  house.9  Undoubtedly,  young  Joseph 
and  his  brother  Edward  were  among  the  first  students  en- 
rolled. Edward  Jones,  Sr.,  however,  never  lived  to  see  the 
school  enjoy  the  "flourishing  state"  which  he  predicted  for  it 

4  The  most  complete  sketch  of  Jones's  life  is  by  Marshall  De  Lancey 
Haywood  in  Samuel  A.  Ashe,  Stephen  B.  Weeks,  and  Charles  L.  Van 
Noppen  (eds.),  Biographical  History  of  North  Carolina  from  Colonial 
Times  to  the  Present  (Greensboro:  Charles  L.  Van  Noppen,  8  volumes, 
1905-1907),  VI,  329-334,  hereinafter  cited  as  Ashe,  Biographical  History. 
The  exact  date  of  Jones's  birth  is  not  known.  His  parents  were  married  in 
February,  1803.  Raleigh  Register,  February  22,  1803. 

5  The  quotation  is  from  Joseph  D.  Shields,  The  Life  and  Times  of 
Seargent  Smith  Prentiss  (Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.,  1884),  296, 
hereinafter  referred  to  as  Shields,  Prentiss. 

6  Raleigh  Register,  June  6,  1817. 

7  For  the  reference  to  Poplar  Grove,  see  Raleigh  Register,  June  18,  1813. 
For  a  description  of  the  estate  see  Raleigh  Register,  November  14,  1817. 

8  For  examples,  see  his  advertisements  in  Raleigh  Register,  May  22, 
1812,  June  18,  1813,  June  2,  1815,  and  June  19,  1816. 

9  Raleigh  Register,  November  1,  1816. 


Joseph  Seawell  Jones  485 

in  March,  1817.10  In  May,  with  death  imminent,  he  drew  up 
his  last  will  and  testament  and  died  shortly  thereafter.11  Two 
years  later  his  widow  married  James  Gordon,  who  had  been 
one  of  the  co-founders  of  Shocco  Academy,  which  had  al- 
ready ceased  to  exist.12 

Under  the  guardianship  of  their  uncle,  Hill  Jones,  and 
later  their  stepfather,  Joseph  and  Edward  Jones,  Jr.,  contin- 
ued their  studies  at  schools  in  nearby  communities.  For 
a  while  they  attended  Warrenton  Academy,  taught  by 
George  W.  Freeman,  the  schoolmaster  of  old  Shocco  Acad- 
emy;13 then  transferred  to  Midway  Academy,  conducted  by 
Charles  A.  Hill.14  In  1824,  during  Shocco's  last  term  at  Mid- 
way—located in  Franklin  County  "midway"  between  Louis- 
burg  and  Warrenton— Edward,  his  brother  and  schoolmate, 
died.15  Less  melancholy,  we  may  assume,  was  another  mem- 
orable event  of  that  term :  Professor  Hill's  schoolhouse  burned 
to  the  ground.16 

In  the  summer  of  1824,  his  stepfather  gave  him  $80.00  and 
young  Joseph  Seawell  Jones  set  out  for  Chapel  Hill  to  enter 
the  University  of  North  Carolina.17  It  was  probably  during 
his  college  days  that  he  became  known  as  "Shocco"— to  dis- 
tinguish him  from  three  other  students  at  the  University  who 

10  Raleigh  Register,  March  7,  1817. 

11  Raleigh  Register,  June  6,  1817;  Warren  County  Wills,  1780-1825,  III, 
28,  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  Raleigh. 

w  Raleigh  Register,  November  19,  1819. 

13  For  tuition  payments  to  George  W.  Freeman,  see  the  accounts  of 
Joseph  S.  Jones  and  Edward  J.  Jones  with  Hill  Jones,  their  guardian,  1822, 
Warren  County  Guardian  Accounts,  1792-1825,  State  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  hereinafter  cited  as  Warren  County  Guardian  Ac- 
counts. Freeman  taught  at  Warrenton  Academy  from  1820  through  1823. 
Charles  L.  Coon  (comp.),  North  Carolina  Schools  and  Academies,  1790-1840, 
A  Docwmentoyry  History  (Raleigh:  North  Carolina  Historical  Commission, 
1915),  584-585,  hereinafter  cited  as  Coon,  North  Carolina  Schools  and 
Academies. 

u  For  tuition  payments  to  C  A.  Hill  see  the  accounts  of  Joseph  S.  Jones 
and  Edward  J.  Jones  with  James  Gordon,  their  guardian,  1823  and  1824, 
in  Warren  County  Guardian  Accounts,  1792-1825.  Hill  taught  at  Midway 
Academy  from  1822  through  1824.  Coon,  North  Carolina  Schools  and 
Academies,  107-110. 

15  For  a  division  of  his  brother's  estate,  November  20,  1824,  see  Divisions 
of  Estates,  Warren  County,  1782-1825,  State  Department  of  Archives  and 
History. 

lfl  Coon,  North  Carolina  Schools  and  Academies,  110. 

"Account  of  Joseph  S.  Jones  with  James  Gordon,  his  guardian,  July  12, 
1824,  in  Warren  County  Guardian  Accounts,  1792-1825. 


486  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

possessed  the  same  familiar  family  name.18  He  spent  two  and 
one-half  years  at  Chapel  Hill,  but  they  were  not  entirely 
happy  ones.19  He  particularly  disliked  the  necessity  of  attend- 
ing chapel  and  classes.  Finally,  during  his  senior  year,  in 
December,  1826,  a  faculty  committee  counted  up  his  total 
absences  for  the  term:  .  .  .  from  prayers  76  times,  and  22 
times  from  recitation."  Since  he  was  also  "exceedingly  de- 
ficient in  scholarship  especially  on  mathematics  and  Natural 
Philosophy,"  the  faculty  dismissed  him  from  the  University.20 
According  to  a  classmate,  Governor  Henry  T.  Clark,  Shocco 
felt  that  his  dismissal  was  due  to  the  fact  that  the  Professor 
of  Mathematics,  presumably  James  Phillips,  had  done  him  a 

a  .     .        ,  .         »  21 

grave  injustice. 

Discouraged  by  his  unhappy  experiences  at  Chapel  Hill, 
Shocco  did  not  immediately  resume  his  formal  education. 
Then,  in  September,  1829,  he  journeyed  northward  to  enter 
the  Harvard  Law  School.  On  the  whole,  he  was  pleased  with 
the  society  of  Cambridge  and  vicinity.  In  nearby  Boston  he 
found  "quite  a  North  Carolina  circle  here  in  the  very  heart 
of  New  England."22  Among  the  transplanted  Carolinians 
was  William  Gibbs  McNeill,  a  young  engineer  from  Wil- 
mington, who  became  his  closest  friend.23  He  also  met  many 

18  Du  Ponceau  D.  Jones,  John  Jones  of  Salisbury,  and  John  H.  Jones  of 
Raleigh  attended  the  University  of  North  Carolina  while  Shocco  was  a 
student  there.  Daniel  Lindsey  Grant,  Alumni  History  of  the  University 
of  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill:  General  Alumni  Association  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina,  1924),  327-329.  _ 

19  He  was  a  member  of  the  Dialectic  Society,  Dialectic  Society  Minutes, 
April  12,  1826  (list  of  members),  Dialectic  Society  Papers,  Southern  His- 
torical Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina  Library,  Chapel  Hill. 
This  collection  will  hereinafter  be  cited  as  Southern  Historical  Collection. 
On  one  occasion  he  took  the  affirmative  side  in  a  debate  on  "Will  the  Dark 
Ages  Ever  Return."  Joseph  Blount  Cheshire,  Nonnulla,  Memories,  Stories, 
Traditions,  More  or  Less  Authentic  (Chapel  Hill:  University  of  North 
Carolina  Press,  1930),  231,  hereinafter  cited  as  Cheshire,  Nonnulla. 

20  Report  of  Public  Examinations,  Faculty  Reports,  December,  1826, 
University  of  North  Carolina  Papers,  Southern  Historical  Collection. 

21  Cheshire,  Nonnulla,  230-231. 

22  Jones  to  William  Gaston,  Boston,  November  8,  1833,  William  Gaston 
Papers,  Southern  Historical  Collection,  hereinafter  cited  as  William  Gaston 
Papers. 

38  Jones  dedicated  his  first  book  to  him.  A  Defence  of  the  Revolutionary 
History  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina  from  the  Aspersions  of  Mr.  Jefferson 
(Boston:  Charles  Bowen;  Raleigh:  Turner  &  Hughes,  1834),  v,  hereinafter 
cited  as  Jones,  Defence  of  North  Carolina.  For  a  sketch  of  McNeill  see 
Howard  K.  Beale,  "William  Gibbs  McNeill,"  Allen  Johnson  and  Dumas 
Malone  (eds.),  Dictionary  of  American  Biography  (New  York:  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons,  21  volumes  and  index,  1928 ),  XII,  152-153. 


Joseph  Seawell  Jones  487 

of  the  distinguished  statesmen  of  Massachusetts  and  often 
acted  as  an  unofficial  host  to  young  North  Carolinians  visit- 
ing in  Boston.  In  June,  1831,  for  example,  he  accompanied 
Fred  S.  Blount  on  a  visit  to  former  President  John  Quincy 
Adams;24  and  two  months  later  he  arranged  an  introduction 
for  William  A.  Graham  with  Supreme  Court  Justice  Joseph 
Story.25 

According  to  records  in  the  Harvard  University  Archives, 
Jones  "entered"  and  "left"  the  Law  School  three  times  be- 
tween 1829  and  1832.26  In  January,  1831,  long  before  he  had 
completed  his  studies,  the  Supreme  Court  of  North  Caro- 
lina granted  him  a  license  to  practice  in  the  county  courts 
of  his  native  state.27  Although  he  returned  to  Cambridge 
three  months  later,  he  soon  became  so  fascinated  with  the 
reading  of  Spanish  literature  and  history  that  he  neglected 
the  study  of  law.  He  talked  of  visiting  Europe  to  continue  his 
studies  of  the  Iberian  culture;  he  even  wrote  of  "making  my 
bow— my  farewell  goodnight  to  my  native  land."  28  But  for 
some  reason— possibly  because  he  lost  interest  in  the  project 
as  quickly  as  he  had  taken  it  up— the  proposed  trip  abroad 
did  not  materialize.  Finally,  in  1833,  the  Harvard  Trustees 
awarded  him  the  LL.B.  degree.29 

While  in  Law  School,  Jones  had  become  engaged  in  a  new 
project:  the  writing  of  a  Revolutionary  history  of  North  Caro- 
lina. State  pride  stirred  him  to  action.  Thomas  Jefferson  had 
once  declared  that  the  "Mecklenburg  Declaration  of  Inde- 
pendence" was  a  spurious  document;  and  he  had  also  stated 
that  "we  had  not  a  greater  tory  in  Congress"  than  William 
Hooper,  one  of  the  North  Carolina  signers  of  the  national 

24  Fred  S.  Blount  to  John  H.  Bryan,  Boston,  June  29,  1831  (copy),  William 
Gaston  Papers. 

25  Extract  from  the  Journal  of  William  A.  Graham  of  His  Trip  from 
Hillsboro  to  Boston,  June  20,  1831  to  August  20,  1831  (August  18)  (copy), 
William  Gaston  Papers. 

26  Letter  to  the  writer  from  Kimball  C.  Elkins,  assistant  in  the  Harvard 
University  Archives,  February  14,  1952. 

27  Raleigh  Register,  January  6,  1831. 

28  Jones  to  William  A.  Graham,  Cambridge,  October  4,  1831,  William  A. 
Graham  Papers,  Southern  Historical  Collection,  hereinafter  cited  as 
William  A.  Graham  Papers. 

29  Letter  to  the  writer  from  Kimball  C.  Elkins,  assistant  in  the  Harvard 
University  Archives,  February  14,  1952. 


488  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Declaration  of  Independence.  Jones  determined  to  expose 
the  "Sage  of  Monticello"  as  a  base  liar  whose  name  deserved 
"the  execration  of  every  native  citizen"  of  the  Old  North 
State.30 

In  March,  1832,  Jones  probably  discussed  plans  for  his 
book  with  David  L.  Swain,  whom  he  accompanied  on  part 
of  the  latter's  journey  while  attending  court  in  the  eastern 
part  of  the  state.31  He  spent  several  months  in  North  Carolina 
collecting  materials.  He  interviewed  many  elderly  persons— 
"every  old  man  and  old  woman  from  Cape  Hatteras  to  the 
Blue  Ridge,"  according  to  his  own  reckoning.32  Some  inter- 
views were  disappointing.  His  kinsman,  Nathaniel  Macon, 
refused  to  be  quoted  during  his  lifetime.  Jones,  who  com- 
plained privately  of  the  sensitiveness  of  "the  old  men  of  our 
country  on  the  subject  of  being  quoted,"  was  thus  obliged  to 
state  in  his  work  "many  acts  without  giving  authority." 33  In 
general,  he  believed  "the  details  of  elderly  ladies,  on  matters 
of  history,  more  correct  than  those  of  old  men."34  But  he 
realized  that  "personal  testimony  ...  is  always  weak,  as  the 
memory  of  man  is  fallible."  "A  distant  historian,"  he  con- 
ceded, "will  demand  more  contemporary  records,  as  the  best 
evidence  in  the  case."35 

In  search  of  more  valid  evidence,  Jones  consulted  such 
printed  works  as  The  Memoirs  of  Josiah  Quincy,  Peter 
Force's  National  Calendar,  John  Marshall's  Life  of  Washing- 
ton, William  Wirt's  Life  of  Patrick  Henry,  and  the  writings 
of  Herman  Husband,  the  North  Carolina  Regulator.  He  also 
gained  access  to  certain  manuscript  sources  in  the  Secretary 
of  State's  office  in  Raleigh;  of  particular  value  were  the  jour- 
nals of  the  Council  and  Assembly.  He  also  examined  the 

30  Jones,  Defence  of  North  Carolina,  vii. 

31  David  L.  Swain  Diary,  March  24,  1832,  State  Department  of  Archives 
and  History. 

32  Jones,  Defence  of  North  Carolina,  6. 

33  Jones  to  David  L.  Swain,  Shocco,  August  24,  1833,  Swain  Epistolary 
Correspondence,  North  Carolina  Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina 
Library,  hereinafter  cited  as  Swain  Epistolary  Correspondence.  At  Jones' 
request,  Macon  consented  to  leave  a  paper,  dated  October,  1835,  "to  be 
published  by  my  executor."  It  concerned  the  reputation  of  William  Hooper. 
Nathaniel  Macon  Papers,  Southern  Historical  Collection,  hereinafter  cited 
as  Nathaniel  Macon  Papers. 

34  Jones,  Defence  of  North  Carolina,  269. 

35  Jones,  Defence  of  North  Carolina,  7. 


Joseph  Sea  well  Jones  489 

private  correspondence  of  a  few  Revolutionary  leaders,  in- 
cluding the  papers  of  John  Williams  and  James  Iredell.  The 
Iredell  Papers,  one  member  of  the  family  later  complained, 
"were  obtained  from  my  father  against  his  positive  injunction 
to  their  removal  from  his  office." 36  The  family  never  re- 
gained possession. 

Shocco  did  most  of  the  writing  of  his  book  in  Cambridge. 
At  first  he  contemplated  a  work  of  250  pages;  and  in  Janu- 
ary, 1833,  he  wrote  David  L.  Swain,  then  governor,  that  it 
was  "nearly  completed."37  Shortly  afterwards,  however,  he 
returned  to  North  Carolina  in  search  of  additional  material. 
On  October  26,  once  again  in  Cambridge,  he  wrote  Swain: 
"My  book— my  book— It  is  about  to  grow  up  into  a  danger- 
ous size."  He  had  enough  manuscript  to  fill  800  pages,  but 
he  decided  to  print  "only  350— or  400— at  the  farthest."38 
"Too  proud— or  too  ambitious— to  publish  it  in  any  other  than 
the  most  elegant  form,"  he  arranged  with  a  Boston  printer  to 
execute  the  book  in  a  manner  "superior  to  the  general  stile 
of  historical  works."39  Rising  costs  forced  him  to  offer  the 
book  at  a  higher  price  than  he  had  originally  intended.  He 
urged  Governor  Swain  "to  speak  of  my  book  as  coming  out 
in  an  elegant  stile  of  printing  as  often  as  you  can— for  such 
conversation  may  not  only  assist  the  sales— but  apologize  for 
any  charge  above  2  dollars."40 

Although  the  book  was  in  the  binder's  hands  by  January, 
1834,  it  was  not  published  until  several  months  had  elapsed. 
The  cost— more  than  $1,200  for  1,300  copies41— proved  to  be 
too  great  for  the  author's  limited  resources;   and  he  was 

^James  J.  Iredell  to  David  L.  Swain,  Raleigh,  August  5,  1856,  David 
Lowry  Swain  Papers,  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  herein- 
after cited  as  David  Lowry  Swain  Papers. 

87  Jones  to  Swain,  Cambridge,  January  17,  1833,  Swain  Epistolary  Cor- 
respondence. 

88  Jones  to  Swain,  Cambridge,  October  26,  1833,  Swain  Epistolary  Cor- 
respondence. 

39  Jones  to  David  L.  Swain,  Cambridge,  October  26,  1833,  Swain  Epistolary 
Correspondence;  Jones  to  William  Gaston,  Boston,  November  8,  1833,  Wil- 
liam Gaston  Papers. 

40  Jones  to  Swain,  Cambridge,  October  26,  1833,  Swain  Epistolary  Cor- 
respondence. 

41  Jones  to  Swain,  Cambridge,  October  26,  1833,  Swain  Epistolary  Cor- 
respondence. 


490  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

forced  to  sell  his  copyright  to  a  "Mr.  Patterson"  of  Boston.42 
Shocco  chafed  at  Patterson's  delay  in  releasing  the  book,  but 
the  latter  insisted  on  withholding  publication  until  the  south- 
ern merchants  made  their  annual  shopping  visit  to  the  north- 
ern cities.43  Further  delay  resulted  from  the  tardy  arrival  of 
the  copies  shipped  to  Turner  and  Hughes,  Raleigh  book- 
sellers, who  were  the  co-publishers.44  It  was  not  until  Sep- 
tember, 1834,  that  A  Defence  of  the  Revolutionary  History 
of  the  State  of  North  Carolina  from  the  Aspersions  of  Mr. 
Jefferson  by  "Jo.  Seawell  Jones,  of  Shocco,  North  Carolina" 
was  finally  published. 

Jones  devoted  his  book  to  three  principal  themes:  a  history 
of  North  Carolina  from  the  Regulator  movement  through 
July  4,  1776;  a  defense  of  the  "Mecklenburg  Declaration  of 
Independence";  and  a  vindication  of  the  character  of  William 
Hooper.  Thomas  Jefferson,  not  George  III,  was  the  chief 
villain.  Prior  to  the  publication  date,  Shocco  had  shown 
copies  of  his  book  to  several  friends,  most  of  whom  "objected 
to  its  severity"  in  dealing  with  the  Virginian.45  Justice  Joseph 
Story,  however,  was  pleased  with  the  treatment  accorded 
Jefferson.  "I  read  the  work  with  great  satisfaction,"  he  wrote, 
"&  think  it  is  a  triumphant  refutation  of  his  misrepresenta- 
tions. It  will  do  you  great  credit  with  the  public." 46  Patriotic 
North  Carolinians  also  applauded  the  defender  of  the  State's 
Revolutionary  history.  In  May,  1835,  Jones  visited  Charlotte 
where  he  was  an  honored  guest  at  the  sixtieth  anniversary  of 
the  "Mecklenburg  Declaration."47 

In  his  treatment  of  the  Regulators,  Jones  was  more  sym- 
pathetic than  were  the  previous  North  Carolina  historians, 
Hugh  Williamson  and  Francois  X.  Martin.  "I  know  from  my 
own  investigations,"  he  wrote  Governor  Swain,  "that  the 

42  Jones  to  Swain,  New  York,  February  12,  1834,  Swain  Epistolary  Cor- 
respondence. 

"Jones  to  Swain,  New  York,  February  12,  1834,  Swain  Epistolary 
Correspondence. 

"Jones  to  William  Gaston,  Washington  City,  August  7,  1834,  William 
Gaston  Papers. 

45  Jones  to  Gaston,  Washington  City,  August  7,  1834,  William  Gaston 
Papers. 

46  Story  to  Jones,  Cambridge,  July  30,  1834,  William  Gaston  Papers. 
"Raleigh  Register,  June  9,  1835. 


Joseph  Seawell  Jones  491 


48 


clamor  of  their  being  all  tories  during  the  war— is  not  true. 
"I  espouse  the  cause  of  the  Regulators,"  he  wrote  William  A. 
Graham,  "vindicate  them— and  sanctify  them  with  the  title 
of  real  Fire  worshippers."49  Jones  is  probably  responsible 
for  the  origin  of  the  belief— still  widely  held  by  many  North 
Carolinians— that  the  Regulators  were  striking  an  early  blow 
for  American  independence  in  their  opposition  to  Governor 
William  Tryon;  for  example,  he  referred  to  the  colonial  militia 
that  subdued  them  at  Alamance  as  the  "King's  forces/' 50 

The  Washington  Daily  National  Intelligencer  (edited  by 
two  former  North  Carolinians)  declared  Jones's  work  to  be 
"highly  creditable  to  his  talents."  51  Contemporary  historians, 
however,  were  divided  in  their  opinion.  Lyman  C.  Draper 
wrote  a  few  years  later  that  Shocco  "put  his  hands  to  the 
plough,  &  looked  back."52  On  the  other  hand,  Griffith  J. 
McRee,  who  had  no  respect  for  Jones  as  an  individual,  wrote 
in  1857  that  "I  think  his  Def.  of  No.  Ca.  a  reliable  work- 
creditable  to  him  &  the  State."  53  In  1851,  Fordyce  M.  Hub- 
bard, in  an  address  before  the  Historical  Society  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina,  expressed  this  judgment:  "The 
events  he  records,  are  well  chosen,  judiciously  arranged, 
often  grouped  with  some  measure  of  artistic  skill,  and,  so  far 
as  I  can  judge,  his  representations  of  important  facts  are  very 
much  to  be  relied  on  for  substantial  truth  and  minute  accu- 
racy." But,  Hubbard  added,  "It  may  be,  that  in  some  cases, 

48  Jones  to  Swain,  Cambridge,  January  17.  1833,  Swain  Epistolary  Cor- 
respondence. 

"Jones  to  Graham,  Cambridge,  January  12,  1833,  William  A.  Graham 
Papers. 

50  Jones,  Defence  of  North  Carolina,  48.  Jones  was  also  apparently 
responsible  for  originating  the  dispute  concerning  the  roles  of  Alexander 
Lillington  and  Richard  Caswell  during  the  Moore's  Creek  Bridge  Campaign. 
"If  you  publish  the  sketch  of  Gov.  Caswell  sent  you  some  time  since,"  David 
L.  Swain  wrote  the  historian  Benson  J.  Lossing  on  December  20,  1851, 
"please  strike  out  the  words  'in  conjunction  with  Col.  Lillington.,  The 
statement  implying  a  divided  command  was  first  made  by  Jones,  and  fol- 
lowed by  Wheeler."  William  R.  Davie  Papers,  No.  2,  Southern  Historical 
Collection.  See  also  Jones,  Defence  of  North  Carolina,  343. 

51  Daily  National  Intelligencer  (Washington,  D.  C),  hereinafter  cited 
National  Intelligencer,  quoted  in  Raleigh  Register,  October  28,  1834. 

52  Draper  to  David  L.  Swain,  Baltimore,  Maryland,  February  18,  1845 
(copy),  in  David  Lowry  Swain  Papers. 

63  McRee  to  David  L.  Swain,  September  24,  1857,  David  Lowry  Swain 
Papers. 


492  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

as  has  been  alleged  in  regard  to  his  story  of  Miss  Esther 
Wake,  he  took  too  much  counsel  of  his  imagination."  54 

Ah,  Miss  Esther  Wake,  the  charming  and  beautiful  sister- 
in-law  of  Governor  Tryon— in  whose  honor  Wake  County  was 
named.  Or  so  Shocco  said.  Actually,  she  was  one  of  the  first 
of  many  hoaxes  that  he  played  upon  an  unsuspecting  gener- 
ation. Jones  vowed  to  subject  Governor  Tryon  "to  a  most 
rigid  scrutiny"  and  promised  that  not  even  "the  lovely  and 
accomplished  females  of  his  family,  his  lady  and  her  sister, 
Miss  Esther  Wake,"  would  "escape  that  vigilant  observation 
which  a  faithful  historian  on  all  such  occasions  will  always 
exercise."55  When  puzzled  New  Bernians  questioned  the 
existence  of  such  a  lady,  Jones  appeared  to  be  offended.  In 
1838  he  wrote  William  A.  Graham  an  account  of  "Miss  Esther 
Wake"  replete  with  quotations  from  "a  number  of  private 
letters"  attesting  to  her  beauty  and  charm.56  Yet  no  historian 
—except  Shocco,  of  course— has  ever  produced  any  contem- 
porary reference  to  the  beautiful  heroine.57  In  view  of  Jones's 
subsequent  career,  it  is  not  difficult  to  believe  that  Miss 
Esther  Wake  was  a  creature  of  his  imaginative  mind. 

Shocco  was  indeed  gaining  a  well-earned  reputation  for 
eccentricity.  R.  B.  Creecy  remembered  him  as  a  "man, 
swarthy,  tall,  long-haired,  [and]  wild  eyed."58  Returning  to 
Chapel  Hill  in  1832  when  his  friend  William  Gaston  made 
the  commencement  address  to  the  Senior  class,  he  proposed 
to  address  the  Freshmen  "on  the  most  approved  method  of 

54  "An  Address  Delivered  before  the  Historical  Society  of  the  University 
of  North  Carolina,  June,  1851,"  in  University  of  North  Carolina  Maga- 
zine, new  series,  I  (October,  1852),  351. 

65  Jones,  Defence  of  North  Carolina,  18. 

68  Robert  Digges  Wimberly  Connor,  who  found  this  account  among  the 
papers  of  the  North  Carolina  Historical  Commission,  apparently  believed 
the  narrative — for  a  while.  In  1915  he  wrote  that  "unless  our  modern 
historians  are  prepared  to  charge  Jones  with  inventing  the  letters  .  .  . 
from  which  he  quotes  with  so  much  circumstantiality,  they  will  have  to 
revise  their  histories  and  do  the  lady  the  justice  of  restoring  her  to  the 
place  of  preeminence  among  the  heroines  of  North  Carolina  history."  "Was 
Esther  Wake  a  Myth?"  North  Carolina  Booklet,  XIV  (April,  1915,  220-224. 

67  See  Marshall  De  Lancey  Haywoodj  Governor  William  Tryon  and  His 
Administration  in  the  Province  of  North  Carolina,  1765-1771  (Raleigh, 
privately  printed,  1903),  74-75,  and  Kemp  P.  Battle,  "Is  Esther  Wake  a 
Myth?"  North  Carolina  University  Magazine,  XIV  (November,  1894),  91-95. 

58  R.  B.  Creecy,  "What  I  Know  about  'Schocco'  [sic]  Jones,"  Trinity 
College  Historical  Society,  Papers,  II   (1898),  31. 


Joseph  Sea  well  Jones  493 

getting  bulls  in  the  Chapel."50  The  following  spring  he  at- 
tended the  wedding  of  Laura  Baker  and  the  Reverend  Joseph 
Saunders  in  Martin  County.  There  were  many  raised  eye- 
brows among  the  other  guests  when  Jones  embraced  the 
bride  almost  before  the  groom  had  an  opportunity  to  do  so.60 

His  friends  were  doubtlessly  pleased  to  learn  in  early  1834 
that  Shocco  was  planning  to  get  married.  "Ay— Governor— ," 
he  wrote  Swain  from  Cambridge  on  January  2.  "Suppose  I 
bring  a  Yankee  wife— about  the  first  of  May— and  go  to 
housekeeping!"61  Shortly  afterward  he  wrote  that  he  had 
persuaded  "a  couple  of  moral  industrious  and  enterprizing 
printers"  from  Boston  "to  go  with  me  to  Raleigh  with  a  view 
of  setting  up  a  press  and  executing  all  printing  jobs."62  At 
last,  it  appeared,  Shocco  was  planning  to  settle  down. 

But,  alas,  within  a  few  weeks  a  duel  had  smashed  this 
idyllic  dream.  "The  real  cause  of  the  difficulty,"  he  wrote 
Swain,  "is  the  delicate  reputation  of  a  Lady— and  this  fact 
must  prevent  me  from  being  too  particular  even  to  you."  A 
certain  Hooper— no  relative  of  the  North  Carolina  Revolu- 
tionary statesman— had  "questioned  not  only  her  integrity 
—but  the  honor  of  my  most  particular  and  beloved  male 
friend."  Jones  had  boxed  Hooper's  jaws  "and  succeeded  in 
giving  him  without  the  slightest  injury  to  myself— further  and 
proper  chastisement."  A  duel  had  followed.  Shocco  assured 
his  friend  that  reports  that  he  had  been  wounded  in  the  left 
leg  were  erroneous.  Writing  from  New  York  on  February  12, 
he  stated  that  "I  do  not  only  walk  with  great  ease— but  al- 
most every  evening  waltz  with  the  most  sublime  dignity— 
with  the  lovely  ladies  of  this  mamCmloth  city."  The  duel 
however,  had  broken  up  his  "matrimonial  prospects. 


"63 


69  George  N.  Evans,  "Reminiscences  of  Joe  Sewell  [sic]  Jones  (Shocco 
Jones),"  Southern  History  Association,  Publications,  X  (May,  1906),  141- 
142,  hereinafter  cited  as  Evans,  "Reminiscences." 

w  Evans,  "Reminiscences,"  142.  The  marriage  took  place  on  March  25, 
1833.  Raleigh  Register,  May  21,  1833. 

61  Jones  to  Swain,  Boston,  January  2,  1833  [1834],  Swain  Epistolary 
Correspondence. 

82  Jones  to  Swain,  Boston,  January  22,  1834,  Swain  Epistolary  Corre- 
spondence. 

88  Jones  to  Swain,  New  York,  February  12,  1834,  Swain  Epistolary  Cor- 
respondence. According  to  the  Boston  Daily  Evening  Transcript,  February 
1, 1834,  the  duel  took  place  on  the  previous  day  at  Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island. 
"Mr.  Jones  was  wounded,  his  antagonist's  ball  passing  through  his  left 
thigh.  The  wound  is  not  considered  dangerous,  he  being  able  to  walk." 


494  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  meeting  with  Hooper  took  place  within  the  borders 
of  Rhode  Island,  where  duelling  was  prohibited  by  law.  Gov- 
ernor John  Brown  Francis  of  that  state— according  to  Shocco 
—issued  a  proclamation  for  the  arrest  of  the  participants.  At 
any  rate,  when  Jones  returned  to  North  Carolina,  he  drafted 
a  counter  proclamation— to  which  he  affixed  the  "Great  Seal 
of  Shocco"— offering  a  reward  of  "a  barrel  of  tar  and  forty 
pounds  of  feathers"  for  Brown's  apprehension!  Shocco  vowed 
never  to  fight  another  duel  in  Rhode  Island.  The  next  time 
he  engaged  in  one,  he  would  do  so  across  the  borders  of  that 
state,  "which  is  not  more  than  the  usual  distance  between 
the  parties  in  such  cases  convened." 64  In  view  of  Shocco's 
later  venture  on  the  field  of  honor,  perhaps  the  affair  with 
Hooper  should  not  be  considered  too  seriously.  George  N. 
Evans  felt  that  the  duel  had  been  "gotten  up  for  effect"— to 
publicize  Jones's  forthcoming  book.65 

Publication  of  his  first  volume  did  not  terminate  Shocco's 
interest  in  the  history  of  the  "Old  North  State"— a  phrase, 
incidentally,  that  he  popularized  and  perhaps  originated.66 
He  was  one  of  the  charter  members  of  the  North  Carolina 
Historical  Society,  incorporated  by  the  General  Assembly 
during  its  1832-1833  session.67  In  October,  1834,  he  issued  a 
call  for  the  organization  of  the  society.68  Apparently  no  record 
exists  of  this  meeting— scheduled  for  December  1  in  Raleigh. 
At  any  rate  the  movement  to  establish  a  state  historical  so- 
ciety at  that  time  came  to  naught. 

As  early  as  January,  1834,  Shocco  had  "already  projected  a 
new  book  on  the  history  of  the  state."69  He  requested  per- 
mission for  an  "entire  insight"  into  the  records  of  the  Secre- 
tary of  State's  office,  which  the  General  Assembly  granted.70 
He  obtained  additional  collections  of  private  manuscripts, 

04  Ashe,  Biographical  History,  VI,  333-334. 

85  Evans,  "Reminiscences,"  144. 

60  Ashe,  Biographical  History,  VI,  331. 

07  Public  and  Private  Laws  of  North  Carolina,  1832-1833,  Chapter  LXIII. 
Governor  Swain  was  responsible  for  making  Jones  a  charter  member. 
Swain  to  Jones,  Raleigh,  December  30,  1832,  David  Lowry  Swain  Papers. 

08  Raleigh  Register,  October  28,  1834. 

69  Jones  to  Swain,  Boston,  January  2,  1833  [1834],  Swain  Epistolary 
Correspondence. 

70  Public    and    Private    Laws    of    North    Carolina,    1833-1834,    Chapter 

cxxxv. 


Joseph  Sea  well  Jones  495 

including  the  papers  of  Archibald  D.  Murphey  and  Richard 
Henderson.71  In  October,  1834,  he  wrote  Swain  from  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  that  he  had  examined  the  records  relating  to 
North  Carolina  history  in  the  State  and  other  federal  depart- 
ments. "I  have  by  the  favour  of  the  President  .  .  .  ,"  he  wrote, 
"got  an  insight  into  the  Colonial  office  at  London."  Andrew 
Jackson  had  been  "exceedingly  kind,"  permitting  Shocco  to 
order  copies  in  his  name  from  a  London  bookseller.72 

Jones  tentatively  entitled  his  new  work,  "Curiosities  of 
North  Carolina."  In  November,  1834,  he  wrote  William  A. 
Graham  that  the  first  volume  was  already  "in  type,"  but  that 
he  had  suspended  publication  "to  see  if  I  cannot  do  some- 
thing in  the  way  of  collecting  some  interesting  matter  when 
I  shall  come  to  the  State." 73  The  following  April,  the  Raleigh 
Register  reported  that  Jones  was  preparing  "A  Picturesque 
History  of  North  Carolina"— to  be  "served  up  in  a  style  of 
extraordinary  splendor  .  .  .  with  rich,  and  of  course  expensive 
engravings." 74  Seven  months  later  Jones  wrote  Graham  that 
"I  have  completed  the  first  volume  of  my  Picturesque  history 
of  N  Carolina— and  it  will  be  before  the  public  as  soon  as  I 
can  close  some  little  traffic  with  the  gentlemen  of  the  trade. 
It  comprises  only  the  history  of  the  Raleigh  colony  and  is 
adorned  with  12  plates  and  sixteen  vignettes  of  rather  an 
expensive  character." 75 

In  January,  1836,  "A  Democrat,"  writing  for  the  Richmond 
Enquirer,  reported  that  he  had  lately  seen  "a  copy  of  a  work, 

71  Jones  to  Swain,  Shocco,  August  24,  1833,  Swain  Epistolary  Corre- 
spondence. For  many  years  these  and  other  papers  entrusted  to  Jones  were 
feared  lost.  After  Shocco's  departure  from  North  Carolina,  Lyman  C. 
Draper  tried  in  vain  to  get  information  concerning  their  location.  After 
Jones's  death,  David  L.  Swain,  through  "a  lucky  accident,"  traced  them  to 
their  hiding  place  and  deposited  them  with  the  collection  of  the  Historical 
Society  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina.  Draper  to  Swain,  Madison, 
Wisconsin,  June  20,  1855,  Swain  to  James  J.  Iredell,  Chapel  Hill,  August 
8,  1856,  David  Lowry  Swain  Papers;  William  Henry  Hoyt  (ed.),  The 
Papers  of  Archibald  D.  Murphey  (Raleigh:  North  Carolina  Historical  Com- 
mission, 2  volumes,  1914),  II,  213;  Kemp  P.  Battle,  History  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  (Raleigh:  Edwards  and  Broughton,  2  volumes,  1907- 
1912),  I,  487. 

72  Jones  to  Swain,  Washington,  D.  C,  October  23,  1834,  Swain  Epistolary 
Correspondence. 

73  Jones  to  Graham,  New  York,  November  21,  1834,  William  A.  Graham 
Papers. 

74  Raleigh  Register,  April  14,  1835. 

75  Jones  to  Graham,  New  York,  November  13,  1835,  William  A.  Graham 
Papers. 


496  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

entitled  'A  Picturesque  History  of  the  State  of  North  Caro- 
lina; by  Jo.  Seawell  Jones,  of  Shocco:  Raleigh,  Turner  & 
Hughes— 1835/  "In  the  first  place,''  he  wrote,  "no  one  will 
pretend  to  believe  that  a  work,  containing  a  dozen  large  and 
expensive  steel  engravings,  and  sixteen  vignettes— all  exe- 
cuted in  London— was  ever  published  in  Raleigh,  North 
Carolina.  It  is  a  mere  bookseller's  trick.  .  .  .  '  Although  he 
criticised  Shocco  for  his  harsh  treatment  of  Jefferson  and 
Virginia,  the  writer  conceded  that  "Mr.  Jones  has  got  up  this 
book  in  a  style  superior  to  any  work  of  the  age." 76 

In  reply  to  "A  Democrat,"  a  correspondent  for  a  "Boston 
Paper"  took  exception  to  the  inference  that  "Mr.  J's  work  was 
[not]  printed  and  got  up  in  this  country."  "We  assert  from 
actual  knowledge,"  the  writer  continued,  "that  it  is  purely  an 
American  work,  printed  and  published  in  America,  which 
affords  a  proud  evidence  of  the  progress  which  the  arts  have 
made  in  our  country."77 

"A  Picturesque  History  of  North  Carolina"  was  another 
hoax  perpetrated  by  Shocco  Jones.78  Possibly  he  planned  such 
a  work  but  it  was  never  published.  The  correspondent  of  a 
"Boston  Paper"  predicted  that  "the  promise  of  'A  Democrat' 
to  pursue  that  subject  in  a  more  studied  manner  will  not  be 
performed."79  Undoubtedly  he  spoke  with  authority:  it  ap- 
pears likely  that  the  author  of  "A  Picturesque  History"  wrote 
both  reviews! 

In  the  meantime  Jones  wrote  a  series  of  articles  on  North 
Carolina  history,  which  were  published  in  the  New-York 
Mirror,  a  popular  literary  magazine  of  the  day,  the  Raleigh 
Register,  and  other  journals.80  Perhaps  originally  intended  for 

78  Quoted  in  New  Bern  Spectator  and  Literary  Journal,  January  22,  1836, 
hereinafter  cited  as  New  Bern  Spectator. 

77  Quoted  in  New  Bern  Spectator,  February  26,  1836. 

78  "The  Norfolk  Beacon  is  also  led  into  the  common  error  respecting 
Jones's  History  of  North  Carolina.  Did  the  Beacon  ever  see  that  History — 
or  ever  see  any  one  who  did?  The  History  was  a  hoax.  .  .  ."  Vicksburg  Sen- 
tinel (Mississippi),  November  5,  1839,  hereinafter  cited  as  Vicksburg 
Sentinel,  quoting  Old  Dominion  (Portsmouth,  Virginia),  hereinafter  cited 
as  Old  Dominion. 

79  Quoted  in  New  Bern  Spectator,  February  26,  1836. 

80  The  New-York  Mirror;  A  Weekly  Gazette  of  Literature  and  the  Fine 
Arts,  XIV  (November  4,  1836),  149-150,  (November  12,  1836),  158,  (No- 
vember 19,  1836),  166.  See  also  Raleigh  Register,  September  16,  1834,  No- 
vember 10, 1835,  July  23,  1838. 


Joseph  Sea  well  Jones  497 

"A  Picturesque  History,"  they  provided  the  nucleus  for  a 
small  volume  entitled  Memorials  of  North  Carolina,  pub- 
lished in  1838.81  Shocco's  second  book— it  boasted  no  engrav- 
ings or  vignettes— contained  chapters  dealing  with  "The 
Landing  of  Sir  Walter's  Colony,"  "The  Mecklenburg  Declara- 
tion of  Independence,"  "Roanoke  Island,"  and  "Miss  Flora 
MacDonald."  Over  one  third  of  the  book  was  devoted  to  a 
newspaper  controversy  in  which  Jones  had  defended  his 
"assumptions  for  North  Carolina."  All  in  all,  Memorials  of 
North  Carolina,  to  quote  Shocco's  own  criticism  of  William- 
son's history,  "reflected  no  lustre  either  on  the  author  or  the 
subject." 82 

In  the  1830's  Shocco  took  an  active  interest  in  politics.  In 
the  nullification  controversy  his  sympathies  lay  with  the  ad- 
vocates of  state  rights.  To  Governor  Swain  in  January,  1833, 
he  pledged  his  whole-hearted  allegiance  to  North  Carolina. 
"Consistently  with  that  faithful  allegiance,"  he  wrote,  "I  will 
do  anything  but  fight— a  remark  I  now  make  to  save  myself 
the  trouble  of  a  refusal  when  you  shall  order  me  off  with  a 
shot  gun— to  the  State  of  S.  Carolina." 83 

Like  many  Nullifiers,  Jones  joined  the  newly  created  Whig 
party  in  1834.  At  that  time  he  criticised  his  venerable  rela- 
tive, Nathaniel  Macon,  who  supported  President  Jackson's 
removal  of  the  deposits  from  the  Bank  of  the  United  States. 
"I  was  surprised  to  hear  this,"  he  wrote  his  great-uncle,  "for 
I  thought  you  were  always  opposed  to  breaches  of  faith— 
.  public  as  well  as  private."  84 

In  December,  1835,  Shocco  participated  in  a  Raleigh  meet- 
ing that  endorsed  the  nomination  of  Senator  Hugh  Lawson 
White,  one  of  the  Whig  candidates  for  President  in  1836.85 
Yet  in  the  closing  days  of  the  campaign  he  attended  a  New 
York  rally  in  honor  of  General  William  Henry  Harrison,  the 

81  It  was  printed  by  Scatcherd  &  Adams  of  New  York.  For  a  favorable 
review,  perhaps  written  by  Jones  himself,  see  Raleigh  Register,  Novem- 
ber 12,  1838. 

82  Jones,  Defence  of  North  Carolina,  14. 

83  Jones  to  Swain,  Cambridge,  January  17,  1833,  Swain  Epistolary  Cor- 
respondence. 

84  Jones  to  Macon,  Washington  City,  April  4,  1834,  Nathaniel  Macon 
Papers. 

^Raleigh  Register,  December  29,  1835. 


498  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Whig  candidate  in  most  of  the  northern  states.  According  to 
reports  in  the  Democratic  press,  Jones,  "while  pufFd  up  with 
flattery  and  mellowed  with  wine,"  assured  the  gathering  at 
Niblo's  Saloon  that  "the  Whig  party  of  N.  Carolina  was  ready 
to  go  for  Harrison  in  the  event  of  White  being  out  of  the 
question."  North  Carolina  Democrats  used  this  indiscreet 
statement  by  the  "young  federal- whig  'in  buckram'  '  to  bol- 
ster their  argument  that  White  was  merely  a  stalking  horse 
for  Harrison  in  the  South.86  By  a  narrow  margin,  North  Caro- 
lina cast  its  vote  for  Martin  Van  Buren,  the  Democratic  can- 
didate. 

In  1837  Shocco  met  Van  Buren.87  Two  years  later  he  was 
a  strong  supporter  of  the  President  he  had  opposed  in  1836. 
"A  good  old  Democrat  of  the  So.  Carolina  school,"  he  wrote 
the  Kinderhook  statesman  years  later,  "  [I]  learned  to  love  you 
in  former  times— and  to  know  you  to  be  a  thorough  State 
Rights  man.  .  .  ." 88  When  Jones  pulled  off  another  of  his  cele- 
brated hoaxes  in  1839,  one  North  Carolina  editor  attributed 
"his  fall  from  the  high  stand  which  he  formerly  occupied,  as 
a  courteous,  high-toned  well-informed  gentleman  of  honour, 
to  nothing  but  his  recent  defection  from  his  old  Whig  asso- 
ciates. . .  .  " 89 

It  was  another  "affair  of  honor"  that  thrust  Jones  once 
more  into  public  prominence  in  1839.  On  April  27  the  Nor- 
folk Beacon  and  the  Portsmouth  Old  Dominion  carried  ac- 
counts of  a  duel  between  the  North  Carolina  historian  and 
"Mr.  H.  Wright  Wilson  of  New  York."  The  affair  had  taken 
place  the  previous  day  near  the  Dismal  Swamp  Canal  in 
Norfolk  County,  Virginia,  close  to  the  North  Carolina  line. 
The  dispute  between  the  two  men,  it  was  revealed,  had 
arisen  from  an  incident  at  a  Petersburg  race  track.  Wilson  had 
stated  in  Jones's  presence  that  "I  know  enough  of  Southern 
people  to  know  that  they  NEVER  comply  with  their  obliga- 

88 North  Carolina  Standard  (Raleigh),  October  27,  1836. 

87  Jones  secured  a  letter  of  introduction  from  Nathaniel  Macon.  Macon 
to  Van  Buren,  Warren  County,  June  18,  1837,  in  Elizabeth  Gregory  McPher- 
son  (ed.),  "Unpublished  Letters  from  North  Carolinians  to  Van  Buren," 
The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review,  XV    (January,  1938),  71. 

88  Jones  to  Van  Buren,  Columbus,  Mississippi,  July  8,  1848,  Van  Buren 
Papers,  Manuscript  Division,  Library  of  Congress,  Washington,  D.  C. 

89  New  Bern  Spectator,  October  18,  1839. 


Joseph  Sea  well  Jones  499 

tions"— whereupon  Shocco  had  twisted  the  New  Yorker's 
nose.  A  challenge  followed,  and  the  "melancholy  affair, " 
with  pistols  at  six  paces,  was  "conducted  in  the  most  honor- 
able manner  by  all  parties."  On  the  first  fire  the  ball  from 
Wilson's  pistol  grazed  Jones's  temple.  Shocco,  however,  was 
a  more  accurate  shot,  and  his  adversary  fell  dead  from  a 
gaping  wound  in  the  breast." 90 

The  first  non-participant  to  learn  the  details  of  this  tragic 
rencontre  was  H.  C.  McLaughlin,  an  Edenton  schoolmaster 
who  was  journeying  to  Norfolk.  He  had  stopped  at  the  Dis- 
mal Swamp  Hotel  near  Lake  Drummond  about  noon  on  that 
fatal  day  "for  the  purpose  of  resting  my  horse  and  taking 
some  refreshments."  "I  had  not  been  seated  many  minutes," 
he  revealed  afterwards,  "when  I  observed  Mr.  Jones,  of 
Shocco,  N.  C,  enter,  under  much  apparent  perturbation,  and 
evidently,  after  a  hard  and  long  chase." 

Jones  approached  the  schoolmaster  and  hastily  confided 
to  him  the  details  of  the  tragedy.  He  was  being  pursued  by 
officers  who  had  been  informed  of  the  proposed  duel;  conse- 
quently it  was  necessary  for  him  to  leave  Virginia.  Yet  the 
unsettled  state  of  his  affairs  in  Norfolk,  where  his  mother 
now  lived,  made  it  imperative  for  him  to  return  there  for  a 
few  hours.  Of  his  new  acquaintance  Jones  made  a  strange 
request.  "The  reasons  urged  in  behalf  of  this  request," 
McLaughlin  later  explained,  "were  of  such  a  nature  as  to 
decide  me,  at  once,  in  rendering  him  any  aid  in  my  power 
that  might  be  likely  to  facilitate  his  visit  to,  and  escape  from 
Norfolk,  and  I  accordingly  agreed  to  his  plan,  that  I  should 
take  his  clothes  and  name  and  accompany  him  to  Norfolk; 
and,  in  case  of  danger  of  arrest,  pass  myself  off  as  Mr.  Jones, 
until  he  was  beyond  the  limits  of  Virginia." 

Shocco  showed  McLaughlin  copies  of  the  correspondence 
that  had  led  to  the  fatal  meeting.  He  then  accompanied  his 
new  friend  to  the  field  of  honor,  which  was  found  'fairly 
and  honorably  measured,'  and  stained  in  several  places  with 

90  The  American  Beacon  and  Virginia  and  North  Carolina  Gazette 
(Norfolk,  Va.),  hereinafter  cited  as  Beacon;  and  the  Old  Dominion  accounts 
were  reprinted  by  the  Raleigh  Star  and  North  Carolina  Gazette,  May  8, 
1839,  hereinafter  cited  as  Raleigh  Star,  and  the  Western  Carolinian  (Salis- 
bury), May  17,  1839,  respectively. 


500  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

blood."  They  visited  a  nearby  house  where  McLaughlin 
examined  a  blood-stained  handkerchief.  A  woman  testified 
that  she  had  been  attracted  to  the  field  by  the  sound  of  pistol 
fire  and  had  discovered  the  handkerchief.  She  also  had  seen 
what  appeared  to  be  "a  dead  body  in  a  sack"  being  carried 
from  the  scene.91 

Jones  and  McLaughlin  then  proceeded  to  Norfolk,  where 
news  of  the  duel  had  preceded  their  arrival.  That  night 
Shocco  told  his  story  to  the  editor  of  the  Norfolk  Beacon. 
"Should  it  be  said  that  it  was  singular  in  a  duellist  to  tell  the 
story  to  an  editor,"  his  newest  confidant  explained,  "it  must 
be  remembered  that  the  mother  and  the  family  of  Jones  re- 
sides [sic]  in  Norfolk,  and  that  the  affair  according  to  his 
statement  must  be  made  public  by  those  who  are  in  quest  of 
his  person,  with  such  exagerrations  as  might  give  unneces- 
sary pain  to  his  friends."  92  On  the  following  day  the  Beacon 
revealed  the  affair  to  its  readers.  "We  have  reason  to  know  of 
the  high  appreciation  in  which  the  character  and  worth  of 
the  dec'd  was  held  by  him  whose  hand  he  has  fallen,"  la- 
mented the  editor,  "&  the  bitter  regret  which  he  feels  that 
such  a  step  was  deemed  indispensible  [sic]."93 

After  a  brief  visit  with  his  family,  Shocco  hastily  prepared 
to  leave  the  state.  About  midnight  he  left  hurriedly  for  North 
Carolina  "on  a  swift  horse,"  which  his  new  friend,  the  Eden- 
ton  schoolmaster,  had  provided.  McLaughlin  returned  to 
North  Carolina  on  the  following  day,  "and,  being  dressed  in 
Mr.  Jones'  clothes  felt  no  slight  apprehensions  for  my  own 
safety,  when,  about  eight  miles  from  the  town  I  met  some 
nine  or  ten  constables,  with  green  bags,  and  a  grave  looking 
coroner,  returning  after  their  fruitless  search  for  the  dead 
body  of  the  unfortunate  Wilson." 94 

Papers  throughout  the  nation  carried  accounts  of  the  duel 
between  Jones  and  Wilson.  But  within  a  short  time  many 
suspicions  were  raised  concerning  the  affair.  No  body  of  the 

wFor  McLaughlin's  version  see  the  National  Intelligencer  (tri-weekly) , 
October  3,  1839,  quoting  the  Alexandria  Gazette  (District  of  Columbia), 
hereinafter  cited  as  Alexandria  Gazette. 

82  Tarboro*  Press,  October  26,  1839,  quoting  the  Beacon. 

89  Raleigh  Star,  May  8,   1839. 

"National  Intelligencer,  October   3,   1839,   quoting  Alexandria  Gazette. 


Joseph  Seawell  Jones  501 

victim  could  be  found,  although  Jones  had  said  that  it  would 
be  shipped  on  an  early  boat  to  Baltimore.  The  correspond- 
ence leading  to  the  meeting,  promised  by  Shocco,  was  not 
immediately  forthcoming.95  Within  a  few  weeks  several  ed- 
itors, aware  of  Shocco's  "love  of  fun,  frolick  and  hoax," 
expressed  disbelief  in  the  reports  of  the  duel.  Yet  credence 
in  the  authenticity  of  the  story  was  somewhat  restored  when 
the  promised  correspondence  was  delivered  to  the  editor  of 
the  Beacon  "under  the  frank  of  a  member  of  Congress  from 
North  Carolina,"  who  expressed  his  faith  in  Jones's  integ- 
rity.96 "We  believe,"  said  the  puzzled  editor  of  the  Baltimore 
Chronicle,  "this  question  is  destined  to  be  as  mysterious  as 
the  birth,  education,  and  death  of  Caspar  Hauser."97 

The  puzzle  was  finally  solved  by  McLaughlin  himself.  The 
schoolmaster  had  returned  "to  the  spot  of  painful  remem- 
brance,' where  the  duel  took  place,  to  remove  some  misgiv- 
ings, which,  in  the  face  of  all  evidence  to  the  contrary,  were 
daily  arising  in  my  mind,  with  regard  to  the  mysterious  af- 
fair." "I  reached  the  spot,"  McLaughlin  wrote,  "and  there 
found  a  solitary  mourner,  lamenting  the  fate  of  an  unfor- 
tunate pig,  found  a  short  time  before,  near  the  duelling 
ground,  whose  mangled  throat  fully  indicated  whence  the 
blood  flowed,  by  which  the  ground  and  handkerchief  were 
so  abundantly  stained."98 

Several  months  before  McLaughlin  revealed  that  "Mr.  H. 
Wright  Wilson"  had  been  "nothing  more  than  a  little  Pasquo- 
tank roaster,"99  Shocco  had  embarked  upon  an  even  more 
fantastic  adventure  in  the  state  of  Mississippi.  It  made  his 
duel  hoax  by  comparison  seem  "but  a  small  affair."  10° 

Mississippi  was  perhaps  the  hardest  hit  of  all  the  states 
during  the  years  following  the  panic  of  1837.  The  "wildcat" 
banking  system,  which  had  made  possible  fantastic  specula- 
tions in  lands  and  slaves  during  the  "Flush  Times"  of  the 
mid-1830's,  had  completely  collapsed.  "We  have  had  hard 

06  New  Bern  Spectator,  May  10,  1839;  see  also  Raleigh  Register,  June  8, 
1839;   Commercial  Advertiser   (New  York),  June  5,  1839. 
86  Tarboro9  Press,  October  26,  1839,  quoting  the  Beacon. 
97  Quoted  in  Raleigh  Star,  June  19,  1839. 

"National  Intelligencer,   October   3,   1839,   quoting  Alexandria   Gazette. 
"Raleigh  Register,  March  20,  1840. 
100  Vicksburg  Sentinel,  November  11,  1839. 


502  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

times  in  No.  Ca.,"  said  one  visitor  in  1840,  "hard  times  in  the 
east,    hard    times    everywhere,    but    Miss,    exceeds    them 

all " 101  Shocco  turned  to  Mississippi— according  to  one 

contemporary— because  "the  present  rottenness  of  her  bank- 
ing institutions  and  the  generous  and  unsuspecting  character 
of  her  sons"  made  that  state  a  fertile  field  for  his  peculiar 
talents."  102 

Arriving  in  Columbus  a  few  weeks  after  he  "had  made 
poor  Wilson,  alias  the  old  lady's  pig,  'bite  the  dust,' 
Shocco  carried  with  him  impressive  parcels  labelled  "Cape 
Fear  Money"  and  "Public  Documents,"  which  he  deposited 
in  a  local  bank.  Reluctantly,  it  appeared,  he  let  it  be  known 
that  he  had  come  to  the  state  in  a  dual  capacity:  As  an  agent 
of  the  Bank  of  Cape  Fear  of  Wilmington,  North  Carolina,  he 
was  seeking  investment  opportunities  in  Mississippi;  as  an 
emissary  of  the  United  States  Treasury  Department,  he  had 
instructions  to  compel  the  Agricultural  and  Planters'  Banks 
of  Natchez  to  repay  the  government  deposits  that  had  been 
entrusted  to  those  two  "pet  banks"  prior  to  the  suspension  of 
specie  payments  in  1837. 

Under  such  circumstances  Jones  became  at  once  the  most 
respected  and  feared  man  in  Mississippi.  He  was  wined  and 
dined  by  applicants  for  loans— for  in  1839,  as  one  newspaper 
correspondent  expressed  it,  "if  there  were  a  bank  in  the  desert 
of  Sahara,  which  had  money  to  loan,  the  Mississippians  would 
find  it  out,  and  besiege  its  portals."104  The  directors  of  the 
hard-pressed  Real  Estate  Bank  of  Columbus  were  so  anxious 
to  obtain  a  loan  from  the  Bank  of  Cape  Fear  that  they  elected 
Shocco's  stepfather,  James  Gordon,  their  president  at  a  salary 
of  $3,000  per  annum!105  Some  minor  technicality,  such  as 
failure  to  obtain  final  approval  from  officials  in  Wilmington, 
always  prevented  Jones  from  completing  negotiations  for  the 
loan;  and  in  the  meantime  he  was  entertained  royally. 

101  William  H.  Wills.  "A  Southern  Traveler's  Diary  in  1840,"  in  South: 
ern  History  Association,  Publications,  VIII    (January,  1904),  35. 

102  Raleigh  Register,  March  20,  1840. 

103  Raleigh  Register,   March   20,   1840. 

104  Weekly  Mississippian    (Jackson) ,  April   5,  1839. 

105 Southern  Argus    (Columbus,   Mississippi),  June   18,   1839;    Vicksburg 
Sentinel,  December  24,  1839. 


Joseph  Sea  well  Jones  503 

Shocco's  fame  preceded  him  as  he  journeyed  to  Jackson, 
Vicksburg,  and  Natchez.  In  each  town  he  placed  his  special 
deposits  in  a  local  bank.  In  Jackson  he  became  fast  friends 
with  former  Governor  Hiram  Runnels,  president  of  the  Union 
Bank  of  Mississippi.  Runnels,  who  had  been  authorized  to 
float  a  new  $5,000,000  bond  issue  for  his  state-sponsored 
institution,  eagerly  solicited  Jones's  advice.  He  apparently 
hoped  to  sell  a  portion  of  the  bonds  to  the  Bank  of  Cape 
Fear.106  In  Vicksburg  Shocco  became  equally  intimate  with 
Seargent  S.  Prentiss,  the  celebrated  Whig  orator,  whom  he 
promised  a  liberal  fee  for  aid  in  the  government's  case  against 
the  "pet  banks." 107  Jones  and  Prentiss  were  inseparable  even 
after  Prentiss  began  his  campaign  for  the  United  States 
Senate  that  summer. 

In  Natchez  the  directors  of  the  Agricultural  and  Planters' 
Banks,  informed  of  the  nature  of  Shocco's  mission,  trembled 
at  the  prospect  before  them.  When  Jones  arrived  in  that 
city,  the  Natchez  "nabobs"  courted  him  assiduously.108  Appar- 
ently the  managers  of  the  "pet  banks"  hoped  to  hold  off  the 
wrath  of  Jones,  the  Treasury  agent,  until  they  could  negotiate 
loans  from  Shocco,  the  representative  of  the  Bank  of  Cape 
Fear! 

Throughout  the  summer  of  1839  Jones  successfully  kept 
up  the  masquerade.  It  was  not  until  October,  four  months 
after  his  arrival  in  Columbus,  that  the  United  States  Marshal 
William  M.  Gwin,  who  had  not  originally  doubted  the  genu- 
ine nature  of  his  mission,  exposed  Jones  as  a  prankster. 
Shocco  had  answered  an  innocently  posed  question  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  marshal  became  convinced  that  he  was 
not  an  agent  of  the  Treasury  Department.109  Within  a  few 
days  Jones  had  quietly  slipped  away  and  it  was  only  then 

M8  Vicksburg  Sentinel,  November   11,   1839. 

107  For  further  details  concerning  Jones  and  Prentiss  see  Shields,  Prentiss, 
296-297. 

:m  Vicksburg   Sentinel,   February   5,   1840. 

109 ".  .  .  I  discovered  he  was  an  imposter  [sic]  by  [his]  saying  in  answer 
to  a  mere  idle  question  of  mine  as  to  who  issued  the  distress  warrants,  he 
after  hesitating  replied  the  Secry  of  the  Treasury,  when  in  fact  all  were 
issued  by  the  Solicitor  of  the  Treasury.  My  question  arose  from  a  change 
at  that  time  in  the  Solicitor3  office.  ..."  Gwin  to  J.  F.  H.  Claiborne,  San 
Francisco,  November  14,  1878,  Claiborne  Papers,  Southern  Historical 
Collection. 


504  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

that  an  examination  revealed  that  his  parcel  of  "Cape  Fear 
Money"  contained  nothing  but  blank  pieces  of  paper  and 
that  his  "Public  Documents"  were  in  reality  old  newspapers! 

The  exposure  of  Jones's  Mississippi  hoax  occurred  almost 
simultaneously  with  the  disclosure  that  his  duel  with  Wilson 
had  also  been  a  cunning  deception.110  A  few  months  later, 
Francis  Leech,  a  minor  Democratic  politician  of  Columbus, 
wrote  an  engaging  account  of  "The  Mammoth  Humbug,  or 
the  Adventures  of  Shocco  Jones  in  Mississippi,  in  the  Summer 
of  1839,"  which  was  published  in  the  New  York  Herald  and 
copied  by  scores  of  other  newspapers.111  Shocco  Jones  became 
a  household  name  throughout  the  nation. 

But  Shocco's  Mississippi  adventure  was  his  last  great  hoax. 
"He  seemed  suddenly  to  have  sunk  into  oblivion.  Whether  he 
were  gone  down  'to  the  vaults'  of  Death,  or  were  touring  in 
Europe  as  the  agent  of  the  United  States  Bank,  or  smoking 
a  pipe  with  the  Sultan,  or  doing  pilgrimage,  in  sandal  or 
sackcloth,  to  the  Holy  Shrine  of  Jerusalem,  or  joining  a  cara- 
van to  that  of  Mecca,  or  engaged  in  exploring  for  the  north- 
west passage,  or  gone  to  establish  a  bank  in  ,the  Sandwich 
Islands,  or  become  Prime  Minister  of  the  Emperor  of  Japan, 

uo  McLaughlin's  letter  to  the  public  was  published  in  the  Intelligencer 
(Macon,  Mississippi)  on  October  31,  just  two  weeks  after  Jones  and 
Prentiss  attended  a  Whig  barbecue  in  that  town.  On  October  30  the 
Vicksburg  Sentinel  exposed  the  secret  of  Shocco's  special  deposits. 

111  "The  Mammoth  Humbug"  enjoyed  a  great  popularity.  For  example, 
both  the  Star  and  the  Intelligencer  and  Petersburg  Commercial  Adver- 
tiser of  Petersburg,  Virginia,  carried  the  account,  and  the  Star  later 
published  it  in  pamphlet  form.  Vicksburg  Sentinel,  April  21,  1840.  In 
Mississippi  it  was  even  more  popular,  being  copied  by  several  newspapers. 
James  Hagan,  editor  of  the  Vicksburg  Sentinel,  published  five  hundred 
extra  copies  of  the  issue  that  contained  the  narrative.  He  stated  on 
March  30  that  "the  edge  of  public  appetite  seemed  only  to  be  'set'  by  that 
meagre  supply."  In  a  letter  to  Joel  R.  Poinsett,  May  15,  1840,  Chapman 
Levy  of  Columbus  identified  Leech  as  the  author  of  the  anonymous  "His- 
tory of  Shocco  Jones's  travels  and  operations  in  Mississippi."  Poinsett 
Section,  Henry  D.  Gilpin  Papers,  Historical  Society  of  Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia.  The  present  writer's  account  is  based  on  Leech's  narrative, 
as  it  appeared  in  the  Raleigh  Register,  March  20,  1840,  rather  than  the 
better  known  account  of  "Shocco  Jones  jn  Mississippi,"  in  H.  S.  Fulkerson, 
Random  Recollections  of  Early  Days  in  Mississippi  (Vicksburg:  Vicks- 
burg Printing  and  Publishing  Company,  1885;  reprinted  by  Otto  Claitor 
of  Baton  Rouge,  La.,  1937),  66-75.  Portions  of  Fulkerson's  account  are 
reproduced  in  Arthur  Palmer  Hudson,  Humor  of  the  Old  Deep  South 
(New  York:  Macmillan  Company,  1936),  362-366,  hereinafter  cited  as  Hud- 
son, Humor  of  the  Old  Deep  South. 


Joseph  Sea  well  Jones  505 

or  President  of  the  Bank  of  China"— nobody  seemed  to 
know.112 

After  the  burst  of  his  "Mississippi  bubble,"  Shocco  never 
again  attracted  public  attention  in  such  a  spectacular  fash- 
ion.113 He  left  the  state  for  a  while  but  soon  returned  to  Co- 
lumbus, where  he  lived  for  a  time  in  the  law  office  of  George 
N.  Evans,  a  former  North  Carolinian.  Later,  in  a  delirium,  he 
jumped  from  a  second  story  window  and  broke  a  leg.  He 
subsequently  retired  to  the  home  of  his  mother  and  step- 
father near  Columbus.  After  her  death  he  lived  alone.  In  his 
latter  years  he  became  a  devout  Roman  Catholic.114  "From 
between  the  crevices  of  my  cabin,"  he  told  one  visitor  to  his 
retreat,  "I  can  peep  at  the  great  world  rolling  by  and  laugh 
at  it,  as  I  did  when  I  was  in  it." 115 

Although  he  had  few  contacts  with  his  fellow  men,  he 
retained  the  marvelous  power  of  conversation  that  had  sus- 
tained him  in  many  of  his  earlier  adventures.  One  who  met 
him  in  1853  wrote  that  "such  were  his  knowledge  of  men  and 
things  in  the  world  of  fashion  and  politics— his  powers  of 
narrative  and  description— his  talent  at  gracefully  embellish- 
ing every  subject  he  touched— the  ease  with  which  he  passed 
from  one  topic  to  another,  &c;  &c;— that  I  was  perfectly  de- 
lighted, and  almost  forgot  his  former  errors."116  Another 
visitor  to  his  retreat,  perhaps  the  novelist  Joseph  Holt  Ingra- 
ham,  reported  that  "he  was  full  of  anecdote!  He  knew  Van 
Buren,  Jackson,  both  Adamses,  Calhoun,  Clay,  Randolph, 

112  Hudson,  Humor  of  the  Old  Deep  South,  368-369,  quoting  Natchez 
Daily  Courier,  May  15,  1853. 

113  According  to  one  report,  Jones  went  to  Tuscaloosa,  Alabama,  imme- 
diately following  the  exposure  of  his  Mississippi  hoax.  The  Alabama  leg- 
islature was  then  in  session.  He  informed  the  prominent  men  of  the  state 
that  he  had  concluded  from  his  studies  of  physiology  and  comparative 
anatomy  that  "moral  and  mental  greatness  was  derived  solely  from  the 
maternal  parent."  He  proposed  to  write  biographical  sketches  of  Ala- 
bama's distinguished  sons  to  prove  his  hypothesis.  Apparently  he  had 
little  difficulty  in  obtaining  biographical  information  about  the  maternal 
ancestors  of  many  Alabamians.  This  story  is  related  in  a  slightly  revised 
version  of  Leech's  narrative,  The  Mammoth  Humbug:  or,  the  Adventures 
of  Shocco  Jones,  in  Mississippi,  in  the  Summer  of  1839,  including  the 
History  of  His  Visit  to  Alabama,  and  "the  Way  He  Come  It  over  Certain 
Members  of  Its  Legislature,  &c.  &c.  (Memphis,  Tennessee,  1842),  21, 
hereinafter  cited  as  The  Mammoth  Humbug.  A  copy  of  this  pamphlet  is  in 
the  North   Carolina  Collection,   University  of   North  Carolina   Library. 

114  Evans,  "Reminiscences,"  146-149. 

115  Hudson,  Humor  the  Old  Deep  South,  372,  quoting  Natchez  Daily 
Courier,  May  15,  1853. 

u8  Raleigh  Register,  June  4,  1853. 


506  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

and  every  man  of  note  who  had  figured  on  the  world's  stage 
for  thirty  years  past,  and  had  anecdotes  to  tell  of  each.  He 
knew  the  private  history  of  everybody  who  had  any  'private 
history,'  had  danced  with  the  belles  of  two  generations,  had 
dined  with  all  the  foreign  ministers  of  seven  administrations, 
and  was  au  fait  of  all  the  political  and  domestic  scandal  of 
Washington  for  as  many  reigns." 117 

But  for  the  most  part  Shocco  lived  "forgotten  by  the 
world,  .  .  .  smoking  pipes  all  night,  and  dreaming  of  the 
world  he  had  flown  from  and  sleeping  all  day.  He  was  very 
grey;  he  had  the  habits  of  a  monk,  in  his  love  for  solitude,  for 
his  cabin  was  his  castle.  ...  In  more  absolute  obscurity  a 
man  could  not  live  who  had  formerly  been  so  prominent 
before  the  public  eye."118  He  died  on  February  20, 
1855.119 

"I  have  never  .  .  .  inflicted  a  pang  on  the  crushed  spirit- 
never  drawn  a  tear  from  the  widow  or  the  orphan— never 
imposed  on  the  weak  and  defenceless,  nor  betrayed  the  con- 
fiding heart  of  the  young,  the  beautiful  and  the  good."  These 
words  have  been  attributed  to  the  "immortal  Shocco."  12°  His 
contemporaries— except  those  few  who  had  fallen  the  hardest 
for  his  ruses— bore  him  no  malice.  Upon  his  death,  the  editor 
of  the  Columbus  Democrat  summed  up  the  feelings  of  many: 

"He  was  a  remarkable  man  in  many  respects — possessed  a 
vigorous  well  cultivated  intellect  and  fine  social  qualities,  but 
unfortunately,  he  yielded  to  the  tempting  seduction  of  the  Epicu- 
rain  [sic']  philosophy  and  buried  a  talent  which,  if  properly  used 
might  have  raised  him  to  distinction. .  . .  But  there  was  no  malice, 
ill-feeling  or  selfishness  in  his  hoaxes  and  humbugs.  It  was  all 
done  for  the  humor  and  fun  of  the  thing.  When  we  remember  his 
companionable  disposition,  his  easy,  quiet  humor,  his  sprightli- 
ness  and  jests  on  occasions,  we  forget  his  failings ;  we  drop  a  tear 
of  regret  over  his  grave  and  feel  inclined  to  exclaim,  with  Hamlet 
in  the  play,  ALAS !  POOR  SHOCCO ! !  "  121 

171  Hudson,  Humor  of  the  Old  Deep  South,  371.  The  editor  of  the  Raleigh 
Register,  June  4,  1853,  in  reprinting  the  same  article  from  the  Natchez 
Daily  Courier,  May  15,  1853,  surmised  that  Ingraham  was  the  author. 

118  Hudson,  Humor  of  the  Old  Deep  South,  372,  quoting  Natchez  Daily 
Courier,  May  15,   1853. 

118  Natchez  Daily  Courier,  March  3,  1855. 

*"  The  Mammoth  Humbug,  22. 

121  Quoted  in  Natchez  Daily  Courier,  March  3,  1855. 


WOODROW  WILSON:  THE  EVOLUTION  OF  A  NAME  * 

By  George  C.  Osborn 

"Our  boy  is  named  Thomas  Woodrow,"  wrote  the  child's 
mother  to  his  grandfather,  the  Reverend  Thomas  Woodrow.1 
The  child  was  born,  on  December  28, 1856,  to  Joseph  Ruggles 
Wilson  and  Jessie  Woodrow  Wilson.  Within  a  year,  this 
"beautiful  baby  boy,"  as  the  neighbors  said  of  him,  who  was 
just  as  good  as  he  could  be  and  who  gave  his  mother  as 
little  trouble  as  it  is  possible  for  a  baby  to  do,  was  answering 
to  the  call  of  "Tommy."  And  Tommy  the  child's  name  was 
to  remain  for  years.  It  was  Tommy  Wilson  who  played  chase 
or  tag  with  his  two  older  sisters  in  the  yard  of  the  Presby- 
terian Manse  in  Augusta,  Georgia.  It  was  Tommy  who,  as 
he  grew  taller,  but  still  a  small  boy,  held  his  father's  hand  as 
the  two  of  them  went  to  visit  members  of  the  minister's 
spiritual  flock.  Upon  returning  from  the  round  of  clerical 
calls,  father  Wilson  habitually  inverted  a  chair  on  the  floor, 
and  fortified  by  a  pillow,  reclined  on  the  floor  with  Tommy 
stretched  out  on  a  nearby  rug  to  listen,  fascinated,  to  the 
reading  of  choice  bits  of  literature,  or  orations  from  famous 
authors,  or  passages  from  the  Bible. 

One  autumn  morning  Professor  Joseph  T.  Derry  looked  up 
from  his  desk  at  his  private  school  in  Augusta  to  see  the 
Reverend  Joseph  R.  Wilson  standing  before  him.  Upon  shak- 
ing the  local  Presbyterian  minister's  hand,  he  was  introduced 
to  Tommy.  To  the  other  students  at  Professor  Derry's  school 
young  Wilson  was  Tommy.  For  those  interested  in  such  mat- 
ters, Tommy  was  not  an  average  student.  In  fact,  he  learned 
his  A-B-C-'s  at  nine  years  of  age  and  had  passed  his  eleventh 
birthday  before  he  could  read. 

In  1870,  Dr.  Wilson  moved  to  Columbia,  South  Carolina, 
to  become  Professor  of  Rhetoric  and  Theology  in  a  seminary. 

*  Dr.  Osborn  wishes  to  acknowledge  his  indebtedness  to  the  American 
Philosophical  Society  for  a  grant  which  made  the  writing  of  this  article 
possible. 

1  Jessie  W.  Wilson  to  Thomas  Woodrow,  April  27,  1857,  in  Wilson 
Papers,  Library  of  Congress,  hereinafter  cited  Wilson   Papers. 

[507] 


508  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

When  Sunday  came  Tommy  could  frequently  be  seen  accom- 
panying his  mother  to  the  First  Presbyterian  church.  Jessie, 
or  Janet  Woodrow,  who  was  born  in  England,  was  thought 
by  many  of  her  husband's  parishioners  to  be  "high  hatish." 
This  was  perhaps  untrue  but  she  was  definitely  reserved.  Of 
this  reserve  she  bestowed  a  bountiful  amount  upon  her  first 
born  son— Thomas  Woodrow. 

While  at  Columbia,  the  Wilsons  built  a  large  house,  for 
years  one  of  the  show  places  of  the  South  Carolina  metropo- 
lis. An  example  of  the  Irish  love  for  grandeur,  the  Wilsons 
delighted  in  showing  it  to  friends  and  in  entertaining  neigh- 
bors in  it.  Occasionally,  Uncle  James  Wilson,  educated  at 
Heidelberg  and  elsewhere  abroad,  came  to  visit  and  to 
instruct  young  Tommy  in  the  sciences.  Apparently,  the 
nephew  was  dull  or  preoccupied  or  just  had  no  liking  for 
scientific  facts. 

"Tommy,"  quoth  Uncle  James,  "you  can  learn  if  you  will. 
Then,  for  heaven's  sake,  boy,  get  some  of  this.  At  least,  if 
you  have  no  ambition  to  be  a  scholar,  you  might  wish  to  be  a 
gentleman." 2 

On  July  5,  1873,  "three  young  men  out  of  the  Sunday 
School  and  well  known  to  us  all,"  so  read  the  records  of  the 
First  Presbyterian  Church,  applied  for  membership  in  the 
church.  After  confessions  they  were  unanimously  admitted 
to  membership  in  the  church.  One  of  these  three  lads  was 
Tommy  Wilson;  only  this  time  the  record  reads— "Thomas 
W.  Wilson."3 

Another  private  school,  just  across  the  street  from  the  new 
Wilson  home  was  attended  by  Tommy.  To  all  his  fellow 
schoolmates  the  Wilson  youth  was  just  plain  Tommy  Wilson. 
He  was  an  average  boy  and  gave  no  indication  of  any  unusual 
future  whatsoever. 

In  such  an  ordinary  environment,  unusual  only  in  that  he 
was  a  preacher's  son,  Tommy  Wilson  had  his  childish  heart 
formed  and  his  youthful  mind  trained.  He  grew  from  freckled 

2  William  Allen  White,  Woodrow  Wilson:  The  Man,  His  Times,  and 
His  Task  (Boston,  1924),  47,  hereinafter  cited  White,  Woodrow  Wilson. 

3  See  Minutes  of  the  First  Presbyterian  Church,  Columbia,  South  Caro- 
lina,  South  Carolina   Archives  Department,   Columbia. 


Woodrow  Wilson  509 

boyhood  to  callow  youth  in  the  grand  house  in  Columbia. 
During  these  years  the  Wilson  boy  was  always  "Tommy"; 
he  was  never  "Tom."4 

In  the  fall  of  1873,  Davidson  College,  located  some  twenty 
miles  north  of  Charlotte,  in  a  country  of  rolling  red  fields,  had 
among  its  newly  matriculated  students  a  youthful  "T.  W. 
Wilson."  To  young  Wilson's  one  hundred-seven  fellow  Da- 
vidsonians,  he  was  Tommy.  Interestingly,  however,  in  this 
the  first  time  the  young  Wilson's  name  is  officially  recorded 
away  from  home  he  became  "T.  W.  Wilson."  For  the  first 
time  Tommy  joined  a  literary  society— the  Eumenean  So- 
ciety—and for  the  first  time  he  participated  in  debate.  For 
sitting  on  the  rostrum,  "T.  Wilson"  was  fined  ten  cents  by 
his  society  and,  evidently,  paid  his  fine.5  Freshman  Wilson 
gave  an  original  oration  at  least  once  during  the  session 
before  his  society  confreres. 

The  young  Wilson  was  witty  and  popular,  but  languid. 
Reportedly,  the  captain  of  the  baseball  team,  for  which 
Tommy  was  an  aspirant,  remarked  explosively:  "Tommy 
Wilson  would  be  a  good  baseball  player  if  he  weren't  so 
damned  lazy." 6  Perhaps  the  boy  wasn't  so  lazy;  he  just  didn't 
have  the  physical  stamina  for  the  game. 

Back  home  in  June,  1874,  went  the  Wilson  boy,  carrying  in 
his  pocket  a  report  card  that  contained  only  average  grades. 
Upon  arriving  home  Tommy's  father  realized  at  once  that 
his  son  was  not  well.  For  some  fifteen  months  this  tall  frail 
youth  remained  at  home.  Home  meant,  after  September, 
1874,  Wilmington,  North  Carolina,  where  the  itinerant  Dr. 
Wilson  became  pastor  of  the  First  Presbyterian  Church. 
When  acquaintances  were  made,  the  first-born  son  was 
always  presented  as  Tommy.  Somehow,  the  lad  never  cared 
much  for  the  North  Carolina  port  town.  Many  times  in  the 
years  ahead,  after  the  boy  became  known  only  as  Woodrow 
Wilson,  he  referred  to  his  youth  in  the  South.  Frequently,  he 

*  White,  Woodrow  Wilson,  81. 

BRay  Stannard  Baker,  Woodrow  Wilson,  His  Life  and  Letters  (New 
York,  8  volumes,  1927-1939)  I,  76,  hereinafter  cited  as  Baker,  Woodrow 
Wilson. 

•Baker,  Woodrow  Wilson,  74. 


510  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

mentioned  Augusta  or  Columbia.  Seldom  did  he  refer  to 
Wilmington. 

In  the  autumn  of  1875,  "T.  W.  Wilson  of  Wilmington, 
North  Carolina"  entered  Princeton  College.7  Not  very  well 
prepared  for  the  Freshman  work  there,  Tommy  Wilson  found 
his  work  most  difficult.  In  fact  not  once  did  he  make  the 
Dean's  List,  or  the  Honor  Roll,  during  the  eight  semesters 
he  was  a  student.  When  one  realizes  that  the  list  included 
from  eighteen  to  twenty-two  per  cent  of  the  class  each 
semester,  then  the  mediocrity  of  Tommy's  grades  is  clearly 
revealed. 

The  decade  of  the  1870's  was  one  of  great  activity  in  the 
Whig  Literary  Society  at  Princeton.  As  soon  as  school  routine 
was  established  Tommy  joined  this  group  under  the  name  of 
"T.  W.  Wilson."  When  he  participated  on  the  society's  pro- 
gram for  the  first  time,  however,  it  was  as  "T.  Wilson." 8 

In  many  ways  Tommy's  Sophomore  year  at  the  New  Jersey 
college  was  one  of  the  most  significant  of  his  young  life. 
According  to  his  official  biographer,  he  found  himself  intel- 
lectually at  that  time.9  In  Whig  Hall,  as  T.  W.  Wilson,  he  won 
second  prize  as  Sophomore  orator,  his  subject— "The  Ideal 
Statesman."  Try  though  he  did,  Wilson  never  won  another 
oratorical  contest  at  Princeton.  Thereafter,  young  Wilson 
participated  in  a  number  of  debates,  always  as  "T.  Wilson." 
When  elected  as  first  comptroller  of  Whig,  he  is,  in  the  soci- 
ety's records,  "T.  W.  Wilson."  Moreover,  this  was  this  Prince- 
ton student's  signature  on  all  society  reports,  etc.,  which  are 
extant.  During  the  session,  1877-1878,  the  new  speaker  of 
the  Whig  Society  was  "T.  W.  Wilson." 10  Young  Wilson's 
greatest  contributions  to  Whig  Hall,  concludes  the  society's 
historian,  was  in  discussions  of  the  business  sessions.11 

Dr.  Wilson's  son  and  some  of  his  chums  organized  a  Liberal 
Debating  Club.  Among  those  chosen  as  officers  were  "Thomas 

'Consult  records  in  Princeton  University  Library.  Photostatic  _  copies 
in  Ray  Stannard  Baker  Papers,  Library  of  Congress,  hereinafter  cited  as 
Baker  Papers.  "\ 

8  Jacob  N.  Beam,  American  Whig  Party  of  Princeton  University 
(Princeton,  1933),  188ff,  hereinafter  cited  Beam,  American  Whig  Party. 

"Baker,  Woodrow  Wilson,,  85. 

wSee  Whig  Hall  records  in  Princeton  University  Library.  The  best 
published  source  is  Beam,  American  Whig  Party,  178  passim. 

11  Beam,  American  Whig  Party,  192. 


Woodrow  Wilson  511 

W.  Wilson  of  North  Carolina,  Secretary  of  State.'*  Apparently, 
Wilson  wrote  the  constitution  which  was  modeled  on  the 
English  system— the  Secretary  of  State  exercising  the  powers 
of  Prime  Minister.12 

While  a  student  at  Princeton  young  Wilson  decided  upon 
a  career  in  politics.  Having  made  the  decision,  and  having 
set  his  goal,  he  wrote  out  his  political  objective  on  many 
cards  which  he  distributed  among  his  classmates.  Upon 
receipt  of  the  card,  each  read: 

Thomas  Woodrow  Wilson 
Senator  from  Virginia   u 

In  tracing  the  multiplicity  of  changes  in  Tommy  Wilson's 
name,  one  cannot  omit  the  signatures  which  he  used  himself 
in  his  early  published  writings  and  in  his  youthful  private 
letters.  Fortunately,  some  of  each  remain  of  the  Princeton 
period. 

Wilson's  first  published  article  was  in  the  Princetonian, 
June  7,  1877,  on  the  subject  of  "oratory"  and  was  signed,  in 
complete  anonymity,  "X".  The  second  article,  longer  and 
more  significant  than  the  first,  was  signed  "Atticus."  Entitled 
"Prince  Bismarck"  it  appeared  in  the  Nassau  Literary  Maga- 
zine, November,  1877.  From  this  anonymous  beginning  as  a 
writer,  Tommy  emerged  triumphantly  a  year  later.  A  prize 
essay— "William  Earl  Chatham,"  when  published  in  the  same 
periodical  was  signed  "Thomas  W.  Wilson,  '79  of  N.  C."  Here 
we  find  not  only  his  name  but  his  Princeton  class  and  the 
state  in  which  he  lived.  A  third  article,  Tommy's  first  to  be 
published  off  campus,  came  out  in  the  International  Review, 
August,  1879.  It  bore  the  signature  of  "Thomas  W.  Wilson." 
Of  the  few  letters  written  by  the  young  Wilson  during  this 
period  that  are  known  to  be  preserved,  his  signature  is 
"Thomas  W.  Wilson"14  or  "T.  W.  Wilson."  On  a  visit  to 
Columbia,  South  Carolina,  in  the  summer  of  1878,  Wilson 
wrote:  "I  have  just  returned  from  calling  on  a  whole  family 

12  Baker,  Woodrow  Wilson,  94-95. 

13  Baker,  Woodrow  Wilson,  104. 

"See  Thos.  W.  Wilson  to  Bobie  [Robert  R.]  Bridges,  July  18,  27, 
August  20,  1877;  August  10,  1878.  All  of  these  letters  are  in  the  Karl  A. 
Meyer  Collection  of  the  Correspondence  of  Woodrow  Wilson  and  Robert 
R.  Bridges,  Library  of  Congress,  hereinafter  cited  as  Meyer  Collection. 


512  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

of  girls  who  are  old  acquaintances.  They  all  knew  me  as  a 
boy  and  know  me  as  'Tommie.'  I  always  enjoy  getting  among 
people  who  know  me  well  enough  to  throw  aside  the  formal 
prefix  Mr.  and  call  me  Tommie,  simply." 15 

Having  chosen  politics  as  a  career,  it  was  natural  for  the 
Princeton  graduate  to  select  law  as  his  profession.  "I  entered 
the  one  because  I  thought  it  would  lead  to  the  other,"  he 
confided  to  Ellen  Axson.16  The  War  Between  the  States  and 
its  aftermath— Reconstruction— kept  this  aspiring  young  man 
from  entering  a  northern  law  school.  There  was  only  one  of 
distinction  in  the  South  and  so  he  went  to  the  University  of 
Virginia.  According  to  the  bursar's  record,  Tommy  entered 
the  institution,  which  was  the  lengthened  shadow  of  Thomas 
Jefferson,  on  October  2,  1879,  as  "Thomas  W.  Wilson."  When 
he  returned  a  year  later  his  name  became  "T.  Woodrow 
Wilson."17 

Here  the  embryonic  barrister  joined  the  Phi  Kappa  Psi 
social  fraternity,  sang  first  tenor  in  the  glee  club,  indulged 
himself  in  an  arduous  romance,  and  as  a  member  of  the 
Jefferson  Society  participated  in  campus  forensics.  Among 
those  elected  to  membership  in  the  Jefferson  Literary  Society 
at  its  first  meeting  in  October,  1879,  was  "T.  Woodrow  Wil- 
son." 18  Subsequently,  Tommy  became  secretary  of  his  soci- 
ety under  the  identical  signature  in  which  he  achieved  mem- 
bership. During  his  tenure  as  secretary  the  minutes  of  "Old 
Jeff"  were  signed  "T.  Woodrow  Wilson."  On  January  31, 1880, 
"Mr.  T.  Woodrow  Wilson"  was  unanimously  elected  orator 
for  the  ensuing  month.  Tommy's  oration,  "John  Bright,"  was 
given  March  6,  1880,  and  was  unsigned  when  published  in 
the  University  of  Virginia  Magazine  a  few  days  later.19  "Mr. 
Wilson,"  as  Tommy  was  now  referred  to  in  campus  publica- 
tions, contributed  an  essay  to  the  same  journal  the  following 
month,  April,  1880.  Although  "Mr.  Gladstone:  A  Character 

15  T.  W.  Wilson  to  J.  Edwin  Webster,  July  23,  1878,  Baker  Papers. 

"Woodrow  Wilson  to  Ellen  Axson,  October  30,  1883,  quoted  by  Baker, 
Woodrow  Wilson,  I,  109. 

"See  Bursar's  Records,  Alderman  Library,  University  of  Virginia, 
Charlottesville. 

18  Consult  Minutes  of  Jefferson  Society,  Alderman  Library,  University 
of  Virginia,  hereinafter  cited  as  Minutes  of  Jefferson   Society. 

w  University  of  Virginia  Magazine  (March,  1880),  354-370. 


Woodrow  Wilson  513 

Sketch"  was  signed  "Atticus,"  on  the  page  containing  the 
table  of  contents  "by  Woodrow  Wilson"  is  opposite  the  title 
of  the  article.20  Significantly,  this  is  the  first  time  that  Wilson's 
name  appeared  publicly  as  it  was  to  be  permanently. 

That  Tommy  Wilson  repeatedly  participated  in  debating 
is  attested  by  the  minutes  of  his  society.  He  is  mentioned  as 
a  debator— "T.  W.  Wilson,"  "Mr.  Wilson,"  or  "Brother  Wil- 
son." 21  Returning  to  Charlottesville  in  the  fall  of  1880,  "T. 
Woodrow  Wilson"  was  the  first  member  to  sign  "Old  Jeff's" 
register.  On  October  9  he  was  chosen,  again  unanimously,  as 
president.  The  first  reference  to  Wilson  as  "President  Wilson" 
came  a  week  later  when  the  secretary  of  Jefferson  began  the 
minutes:  "The  House  was  called  to  order  at  7  o'clock,  Presi- 
dent Wilson  in  the  chair."22  The  most  dramatic  event  of 
Tommy  Wilson's  life,  as  an  "Old  Jeff,"  was  the  participation 
in  a  debate  on  April  2, 1880,  on  the  negative  side  of  the  ques- 
tion: "Is  the  Roman  Catholic  Element  in  the  United  States  a 
Menace  to  American  Institutions?"  Much  to  Wilson's  dismay, 
the  first  prize,  as  the  best  debator,  went  to  an  opponent.  "Mr. 
T.  W.  Wilson"  had  to  accept  second  prize  as  the  best  orator.23 

Early  in  the  session  of  1880-1881,  Tommy's  health  broke 
completely.  As  he  left  for  Wilmington  and  home,  a  campus 
publication  noted  that  "Mr.  T.  W.  Wilson"  had  left  the  Uni- 
versity on  account  of  his  health.24  Several  letters  written  by 
young  Wilson  from  the  fall  of  1879  to  1881  have  remained. 
To  Charles  A.  Talcott,  a  chum  of  the  Princeton  years,  Tommy 
wrote  periodically.  Invariably,  the  signature  was  "T.  Wood- 
row  Wilson."25  His  correspondence  with  Robert  Bridges  con- 
tinued but  no  letter  was  ended  with  "Woodrow  Wilson."  A 
change  from  "Thos.  W.  Wilson"  to  "T.  Woodrow  Wilson" 
was  subscribed  in  November,  1879.  A  postscript  gave  the  rea- 

20  University  of  Virginia  Magazine  (April,  1880),  401-426. 

21  Minutes  of  Jefferson   Society,   1879-1880,   1880-1881. 

22  Minutes  of  Jefferson  Society,  October  16,  1880. 

^See  University  of  Virginia  Magazine  (May,  1880),  524-525;  A.  W. 
Patterson,  Personal  Recollections  of  Woodrow  Wilson  (Richmond,  1929), 
17.  Patterson,  a  member  of  the  Jefferson  Society,  was  a  classmate  of 
Wilson's   at  the   University  of  Virginia. 

24  Baker,   Woodrow  Wilson,  127. 

28  T.  Woodrow  Wilson  to  Charles  A.  Talcott,  July  7,  December  31,  1879 ; 
May  20,  October  11,  1880;  Baker  Papers. 


514  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

son:  "I  sign  myself  thus  at  mother's  special  request,  because 
this  signature  embodies  all  my  family  name.26 

A  contributing  factor  to  Tommy's  ill  health  which  forced 
his  withdrawal  from  Jefferson's  educational  institutional  was 
the  exactness  of  law  coupled  with  Tommy's  repeated  jour- 
neys over  to  Staunton.  Attending  Mary  Baldwin's  Academy 
there  was  Harriet  Woodrow,  who,  though  Tommy's  first 
cousin,  was  the  center  of  his  affections.  Of  the  letters  which 
must  have  passed  between  them  only  a  few  have  been  pre- 
served, and  all  of  these  were  penned  after  Wilson  left  the 
University  of  Virginia.  In  April,  1881,  Tommy  concluded  a 
long  letter:  "You  know  that  I  love  you  dearly  .  .  .  Lovingly 
yours,  Woodrow."  27  The  next  letter  preserved  addressed  to 
"My  Sweetest  Cousin"  is  signed  "T.  Woodrow  Wilson." 28 

On  February  12,  1881,  "T.  W."  published  a  letter  in  the 
New  York  Evening  Post.  From  Wilmington,  North  Carolina, 
the  author's  correspondence  was  entitled,  "Stray  Thoughts 
From  the  South." 29  Fourteen  months  later,  April  20,  1882,  a 
second  letter  published  in  the  same  paper,  on  the  subject 
"New  Southern  Industries,"  was  signed  "W.  W." 30  Sometime 
earlier  in  a  personal  letter  to  his  intimate  friend,  Robert 
Bridges,  Tommy  Wilson  had  not  only  signed  "Woodrow  Wil- 
son" but  added  this  explanation:  "You  see,  I  am  no  longer 
'Tommy,'  except  to  my  old  friends;  but  have  imitated  Charlie 
[Charles  Andrew  Talcott]  in  taking  the  liberty  of  dropping 
one  of  my  names,  as  superfluous." 31  The  evolution  of  "Wood- 
row  Wilson"  was  practically  complete  by  1882.  Exceptions 
were  to  occur,  however,  as  late  as  June,  1885,  when  Wilson 
signed  a  letter  to  his  Uncle  Thomas  Woodrow,  the  father  of 
Harriet,  as  "Thomas  Woodrow  Wilson."32 


20  T.  Woodrow  Wilson  to  Robert  Bridges,  November  [?]  1879;  February 
25,  1880;  August  18,  1880;  September  18,  1880;  January  1,  1881;  Febru- 
ary 24,  1881;  May  [24],  1881;  Meyers  Collection. 

27  Woodrow  [Wilson]  to  Harriet  Woodrow,  April  22,  1881,  Baker  Papers. 

88  T.  Woodrow  Wilson  to  Harriet  Woodrow,  May  10,  1881,  Baker  Papers. 

29  See  copy  of  letter,  Wilson  Papers. 

80  See  copy  of  letter,  Wilson  Papers. 

a  Woodrow  Wilson  to  Robert  Bridges,  August  22,  1881,  Meyer  Collection. 

33  Thomas  Woodrow  Wilson  to  Thomas  Woodrow,  June  8,  1885,  Baker 
Papers. 


Woodrow  Wilson  515 

Why  did  Tommy  finally  decide  on  "Woodrow  Wilson"  for 
his  name?  Was  it  because  a  Princeton  chum  deleted  one  of 
his  names?  That  was  a  good  explanation,  but  was  it  the  real 
reason?  Several  have  offered  their  conclusions  which  are 
interesting  to  note.  Ray  Stannard  Baker  concludes:  "After 
going  through  all  the  permutations  and  combinations  of 
"Tommy"  and  "Tom,"  "T.  W.  Wilson,"  "Thos.  W.  Wilson," 
"T.  Wilson,"  and  "T.  Woodrow  Wilson,"  the  last  of  "Tommy" 
drops  away— sacrificed  on  the  altar  of  euphony.  Thereafter 
he  never  signed  anything  but  "Woodrow  Wilson." 33  William 
Allen  White  declared  that  "Tommy"  was  dropped  because  it 
lacked  dignity.  "It  was  Tommy  the  turkey  and  Tommy  the 
cat  and  Tommy  the  gardener."  Moreover,  the  same  biograph- 
er adds  that  Tommy  declared  to  Robert  Bridges:  "I  find  I 
need  a  trademark  in  advertising  my  literary  wares.  Thomas 
W.  Wilson  lacks  something— Woodrow  Wilson  sticks  in  the 
mind.  So  I  have  decided  publicly  to  be  Woodrow  Wilson." 34 
But  Wilson,  as  White  contended,  had  not  turned  some  sudden 
corner  at  the  University  of  Virginia  and  "lost  Tommy  for- 
ever." 35  The  transition  began  at  Charlottesville,  only  to  be 
completed  later.  Yet  another  suggested  the  longer  signatures 
were  altogether  too  lengthy,  too  commonplace,  too  lacking 
in  distinction.  Woodrow  Wilson  was  brief,  alliterative,  more 
striking,  and  easier  to  remember.36  Was  Wilson  superstitious? 
Did  he  believe  the  thirteen  letters  in  "Woodrow  Wilson" 
contained  some  kind  of  fixed  destiny  or  good  luck?  Although 
this  has  been  contended,  it  is  doubtful.37 

Wilson  declared  to  Bridges  his  decision  to  use  only  "Wood- 
row,"  and  no  longer  "Tommy,"  within  a  few  days  after 
Harriet  Woodrow  had  refused  to  marry  him.  Wilson's  letters 
to  his  cousin,  Harriet,  reveal  the  deep  passion  of  his  affection 
for  her.  In  accepting  her  rejection  of  his  love,  he  vowed  to 

33  Baker,  Woodrow  Wilson,  I,  137.  Baker  is  wrong  in  saying  Wilson 
never  signed  anything  but  "Woodrow  Wilson"  after  1881.  There  were 
several  examples  of  variations  but  not  many.  I  have  found  none  after  1885. 

84  White,  Woodrow  Wilson,  89. 

85  White,   Woodrow   Wilson,  85. 

36  Harold    G.    Black,    True    Woodrow    Wilson,    Crusader    for   Democracy 
(New   York,    1946),    38-39. 

37  David  Loth,  Woodrow  Wilson:  The  Fifteenth  Point  (Philadelphia, 
1941),  30. 


516  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

love  her  always.38  Did  Wilson  retain  only  "Woodrow"  in 
romantic  remembrance  of  his  first  love?  If  so,  Harriet  Wood- 
row,  in  rejecting  "Tommy  Wilson's"  proposal  for  marriage, 
influenced  destiny  greatly. 

88  See  Woodrow   [Wilson]   to  Harriet  Woodrow,  no  date  but  obviously 
in  summer,  1881,  Baker  Papers. 


CHILDHOOD  RECOLLECTIONS  OF  MY  FATHER 

By  Mary  C.  Wiley 

When  I  was  a  child  my  favorite  place  to  play  when  my 
father  was  at  home1  was  the  Study— the  book-lined  upper 
room  with  the  sun  streaming  in  the  eastern  window,  with  the 
view  of  friendly  neighborhood  yards  from  the  western  and 
northern  windows;  and  beyond  the  quiet  street,  wide 
stretches  of  unbroken  woodland,  part  of  the  Moravian  reser- 
vation upon  which  Winston  stood,  which  we  always  desig- 
nated as  Fries'  woods  (since  in  our  childish  way  of  thinking 
the  Fries  of  Salem  stood  for  all  Moravians,  past  and  present ) . 

My  sister  Annie  and  David  and  Jimmy,  my  brothers,  would 
be  at  school,  my  baby  sister  Mittie  would  be  downstairs  with 
her  beloved  Henreetta,,  the  young  black  girl,  whose  forebears 
had  belonged  to  my  father's  people,  and  who  was  regarded 
by  all  of  us  as  one  of  the  family. 

I  can  see  myself  now,  quiet  as  a  mouse,  playing  with  the 
bits  of  paper  and  the  yellow  envelopes  my  father  would  give 
me,  building  houses  under  the  window  with  the  books  I 
could  reach  from  the  lowest  shelves  of  the  open  book  cases, 
slipping  up  every  now  and  then  to  the  table  before  the  open 
fireplace  where  my  father  was  writing,  watching  his  pen  go 
back  and  forth  across  the  white  sheet,  as  I  lovingly  smoothed 
the  little  red  and  white  China  dog  that  stood  in  his  accus- 
tomed place  on  the  corner  of  the  table— as  a  paper  weight,  I 
suppose. 

1  Calvin  Henderson  Wiley,  son  of  David  L.  and  Ann  Woodburn  Wiley, 
was  born  February  3,  1819,  in  Guilford  County,  at  the  old  homeplace 
(near  Greensboro),  of  his  great-grandfather,  William  Wiley,  who  in  the 
Scotch-Irish  emigration  of  the  1750's  had  come  down  the  "Great  Wagon 
Road"  through  the  Valley  of  Virginia,  from  Pennsylvania  to  Guilford 
County  (at  that  time  Orange  County).  Calvin  H.  Wiley,  Alamance  Coun- 
ety,  Historical  Address  (1879),  C.  H.  Wiley  Diary,  April  9,  1876,  9-10. 

He  served  as  first  Superintendent  of  Public  Schools  of  North  Carolina  from 
1852  until  their  suspension  in  1866.  He  was  District  Superintendent  of 
the  American  Bible  Society,  Middle  and  East  Tennessee,  1869-1874; 
North  and  South  Carolina,  from  1874  until  his  death,  January  11,  1887. 
Encyclopaedia  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  in  the  United  States  of  America 
(1884),  1009,  hereinafter  cited  as  Encyclopaedia  of  the  Presbyterian 
Church. 

[617] 


518  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

I  can  see  every  detail  of  the  sunny  morning  room,  dom- 
inated as  it  was  by  the  presence  of  my  father:  the  old- 
fashioned  schoolmaster's  desk  of  massive  walnut,  standing 
between  the  eastern  and  northern  windows,  filled,  every 
pigeon  hole  and  the  deep  well  under  the  heavy  lid,  with  neat 
piles  of  closely  written  sheets  of  paper,  and  bundles  of  letters, 
labeled  and  tied  with  red  tape.  In  the  big  drawer  extending 
all  the  way  under  the  desk  were  stacks  of  paper,  numbers  of 
paperback  books,  which  my  father  always  referred  to  as 
"annual  reports"  and  thin  little  books,  soft  to  the  touch,  with 
reddish  backs  or  yellow  or  black,  which  years  later  I  learned 
were  the  diaries  which  my  father  so  conscientiously  kept 
during  the  years  he  was  in  the  service  of  the  American  Bible 
Society. 

But  more  interesting  to  me  than  the  papers  and  books  in 
the  old  desk  were  the  various  paper  boxes  carefully  stored 
away  from  childish  fingers  and  brought  out  on  long  Sunday 
afternoons  that  we  children  might  see  the  bits  of  jewelry, 
cherished  as  mementoes  of  happy  occasions;  the  time-stained 
sheets  and  half-sheets  bearing  various  signatures  greatly 
prized  by  our  father  because  they  related  to  the  days  when 
his  father  and  his  father's  father  lived  at  the  old  home  in 
Guilford— Woodbourne,  he  himself  had  named  it  in  honor  of 
his  dearly  beloved  mother,  Ann  Woodburn  Wiley;  the  yel- 
lowed slips  of  printed  paper,  the  "s's"  looking  like  "f  s"  and 
the  animals  pictured  on  them  unlike  any  animals  we  had 
ever  seen.  These  pictured  slips,  we  were  told,  had  been  used 
in  place  of  copper  and  silver  money  in  the  days  when  our 
people  first  came  to  Guilford  and  during  the  Revolutionary 
War,  and  we  loved  to  imagine  the  stirring  events  that  must 
have  happened  in  those  days  when  they  passed  from  hand 
to  hand  in  exchange  for  sugar  and  shoes,  as  receipt  for  taxes 
paid  the  sheriff,  as  payment  of  the  schoolmaster's  monthly 
bill  for  "scholar-and-a-half." 

Hidden  somewhere  in  the  roomy  desk  must  have  been  the 
brace  of  ancient  pistols,  used  in  the  Revolutionary  War, 
which  the  tenants  at  Woodbourne  during  the  years  my  father 


Childhood  Recollections  519 

lived  in  Tennessee  had  badly  misused,  picking  out  most  of 
the  ivory. 

In  my  mind's  eye  I  can  still  see  the  large  colored  map  of 
North  Carolina  hanging  on  the  Study  wall  across  from  the 
desk,  and  under  the  bottom  bookshelf  next  to  the  door,  the 
heavy  oblong  box,  filled  with  mysterious  looking  parts,  which 
when  fitted  together  and  mounted  became  the  sun,  moon, 
and  stars,  revolving  around  the  earth  on  its  axis. 

I  can  see  the  open  bookshelves,  covering  two  sides  of  the 
room,  getting  smaller  and  smaller  as  they  reached  the  top, 
the  heavy  thick  books  on  the  lower  shelves,  the  tiny  black 
ones  in  fine  print  on  the  top  shelf,  with  the  big  earthen  bottle 
of  ink  beside  them  safe  from  little  fingers  and  the  stout  little 
wooden  box  with  old-fashioned  lock  and  key— always  locked. 

In  the  corner  where  the  front  and  side  bookshelves  came 
together  was  a  deep  open  space  where  the  long,  heavy  Wood- 
bourne  hunting  pieces  were  stored  and  the  rusty  old  sword 
with  the  dark  stain  on  the  dull  edge,  which  we  children 
were  sure  was  blood  spattered  on  it  at  the  Battle  of  Guilford 
Court  House. 

And  beside  the  old  guns  and  Revolutionary  sword  were 
the  walking  sticks,  twelve  or  more,  which  had  been  presented 
to  my  father  on  various  occasions  and  by  special  friends.  I 
liked  to  play  with  the  glossy,  slender  stick  made  of  wood  from 
Mount  Olivet,  the  strong,  heavy  cane  made  from  the  wood  of 
some  battle  ship  and  mounted  with  a  band  of  plain,  hand- 
beaten  silver;  but  my  father  liked  best  the  tall,  light  cane 
made  of  twisted  palmetto  and  he  often  carried  it  on  his  walk 
to  the  post  office,  especially  on  sleety,  cold  days. 

The  books  packed  tightly  on  the  Study  shelves  my  father 
prized  greatly.  Many  of  these  books  were  arithmetics  and 
readers  and  geographies  presented  to  him  when  he  was 
Superintendent  of  Common  Schools;  many  were  works  on 
theology,2  Bible  commentaries  and  writings  on  Bible  proph- 

3  My  father  studied  theology  under  his  life-long  friend  and  the  pastor 
of  his  church,  Old  Alamance  Presbyterian  Church  of  Guilford  County, 
Rev.  Eli  W.  Caruthers,  D.D.  In  1855  my  father  was  licensed  to  preach 
by  the  Orange  Presbytery  and  in  1866  he  was  ordained  by  the  Presbytery 
to  the  full  work  of  the  ministry.  Encyclopaedia  of  the  Presbyterian 
Church,  1009. 


520  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

ecy.  There  were  some  of  the  law  books  he  had  used  when 
reading  law  after  college  days,  and  legislative  volumes  relat- 
ing to  the  common  schools  of  the  1850s  and  1860's.  Many  of 
his  histories  of  North  Carolina,  works  of  fiction,  and  law 
books,  we  were  told,  had  been  destroyed  by  fire  in  the  days 
when  he  was  a  young  lawyer  in  Oxford,  North  Carolina.3 

The  books  in  the  Study  represented  Home  to  my  father; 
he  had  carried  them  from  Woodbourne  to  Tennessee  and 
then  back  again  from  Tennessee  to  North  Carolina  and  when 
at  length  he  spread  them  out  on  the  shelves  in  the  home  he 
had  built  in  Winston,  he  felt  that  he  had  really  settled  down 
for  good  in  the  Old  State  he  so  dearly  loved.4 

In  front  of  the  open  wood  fire  was  my  father's  writing 
table,  the  shiny  walnut  top  spread  with  the  soft  checkered 
table  cloth,  maroon  and  black,  to  protect  it  from  the  occa- 
sional ink  spot. 

Stretched  out  beside  the  writing  table,  Dan,  our  beautiful, 
intelligent  bird  dog,  kept  company  with  me  in  the  quiet 
Study.  He  loved  to  be  near  my  father;  often  he  would  accom- 
pany him  to  the  post  office,  and  when  my  father  died,  he 
sensed  that  something  was  wrong,  and  he  would  come  whin- 
ing to  the  study  door  and  then  walk  down  street  to  the  post 
office  and  back  again  to  the  Study  door;  for  several  days  he 
kept  this  up.  gH.Lij 

My  father  had  built  for  Dan  a  comfortable  doghouse,  on 
the  back  porch,  with  a  bed  of  fresh  leaves  and  a  strip  of  rag 
carpet  hung  over  the  open  side;  how  well  I  remember  how 
my  father  on  a  cold  winter  night  would  go  out  to  the  back 

3  Stephen  B.  Weeks,  Beginnings  of  the  Common  School  System  in  the 
South  (1898),  1431.  In  the  fall  of  1875  while  on  a  visit  to  Oxford  in  the 
interest  of  the  American  Bible  Society,  my  father  records  in  his  Diary: 
"Milton.  October  25,  1875.  My  reception  here,  my  home  for  some  years 
when  I  was  quite  young  and  where  I  practiced  law,  was  exceedingly  kind 
&   gratifying." 

4  In  his  Diary,  July  5,  1877,  my  father  records:  "Today  got  all  of  my 
books  &  papers  put  up  at  my  new  home  (Spruce  Street,  Winston).  I  have 
yet  in  Guilford  (at  Woodbourne)  some  20  or  30  volumes  of  books  &  con- 
siderable numbers  of  papers.  Since  May  1869  when  I  went  to  Tennessee, 
I  have  not  had  all  my  books  &  papers  together,  but  the  Lord  willing,  I 
hope  soon  to  have  all  together  once  more  at  my  own  home." 

And  on  July  7,  1877,  he  continues  on  the  same  subject:  "At  last  I  am 
even  with  my  office  business,  &  have  my  books  &  papers  all  arranged. 
Now  for  the  first  time  since  May  1869  are  these  my  fixed  companions,  put 
up  &  arranged  at  my  home  to  remain." 


Childhood  Recollections  521 

porch  before  locking  up  for  the  night  to  see  that  Dan  was 
warm  and  comfortable. 

Like  black  Hen'retta,  Dan  was  one  of  the  family,  and  when 
he  died,  we  grieved  as  if  a  beloved  relative  had  departed. 

I  can  see  my  father  now,  tall,  thin,  soft  brown  hair  streaked 
here  and  there  with  white,  bending  over  the  Study  table, 
writing,  writing,  writing.  I  didn't  understand  what  it  was 
that  kept  him  so  busy  writing  all  the  time  he  was  home  from 
his  trips. 

But  now,  from  reading  his  Diary,  I  can  appreciate  how 
arduous  were  the  home  duties  he  had  to  perform  as  District 
Superintendent  of  the  American  Bible  Society:5  the  making 
of  long  monthly  statistical  and  narrative  reports  to  the  home 
office  of  the  Society  in  New  York  City— reports  that  had  to 
be  sent  strictly  on  time,  complete  in  every  detail;  the  check- 
ing of  the  accounts  sent  in  by  regional  Bible  depositories  and 
by  colporteurs;  the  answering  of  numerous  and  varied  inquir- 
ies relating  to  the  planning  of  union  denominational  meet- 
ings in  widely  separated  areas  and  of  anniversary  celebrations 
of  Auxiliaries  in  his  field  stretching  from  the  western  boun- 
daries of  North  Carolina  to  the  southeastern  shores  of  South 
Carolina;  the  thinking-out  of  sermons  to  be  preached  in  the 
near  future;  the  constant  study  of  the  Scriptures  that  he 
might  give  his  hearers  fresh  inspiration  from  the  living 
streams  of  spiritual  life. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  my  father  never  wrote  out  his 
sermons,  the  notes  he  carried  to  the  pulpit  being  the  barest 
of  outline,  often  jotted  down  on  the  backs  of  used  envelopes. 

As  I  look  back  in  memory  upon  this  period  of  my  father's 
life— the  final  period  of  his  busy  and  fruitful  life— and  think 
of  the  strenuous  pioneer  work  in  the  educational  field  he  had 
crowded  into  the  thirties  and  forties  of  his  manhood  and 


6  A  few  items  from  my  father's  Diary  give  an  idea  of  the  writing-  he 
had  to  do  between  his  field  trips.  On  April  26,  1879,  he  records  that  on 
returning  home  from  a  field  trip  he  found  82  letters  awaiting  him  and  33 
documents  needing  immediate  attention.  On  September  1,  1880,  he  re- 
cords: ".  .  .  letters  for  August  115,  documents  242."  On  August  7,  1885, 
he  writes:  "I  am  very  tired.  Since  noon  yesterday  I  have  written  27 
letters,  one  of  them  3  pp.  &  one  nearly  4  pp."  His  entry  for  April  5, 
1886,  states:  "Today  I  finished  the  5  statistical  tables  of  my  annual 
report  &  copied  them — a  heavy  work." 


522  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

then  at  fifty  years  of  age  had  entered  upon  an  entirely  differ- 
ent life  service,  yet  a  service  requiring  the  same  dauntless 
spirit,  the  same  resourcefulness  of  mind  and  selfless  devotion 
to  his  task  that  his  earlier  work  had  required— when  I  think 
upon  these  things,  I  marvel  at  the  amazing  vitality  he  put 
into  his  Bible  work,  the  unabated  keenness  of  mind,  the  en- 
thusiasm with  which  at  fifty  and  sixty  years  of  age  he  carried 
on  duties  which  might  well  have  taxed  the  mental  and  spir- 
itual resources  of  a  much  younger  man. 

His  physical  powers  were  indeed  taxed  during  the  years 
of  his  Bible  work;  frail  from  boyhood,  he  found  most  wearing 
the  constant  traveling  in  draughty,  over-heated  or  under- 
heated  railroad  cars  of  the  old  type,  in  open  hacks  or  buggies 
over  rough,  dusty  roads;  the  sleeping  in  noisy  hotel  rooms  and 
the  eating  of  hotel  fare  unsuited  to  his  delicate  stomach.6 

Yet  with  all  the  exacting  office  work  and  strenuous  field 
service  as  District  Superintendent  of  The  American  Bible 
Society,  my  father  ever  took  an  active  part  in  the  affairs  of 
his  home  town.7  With  constructive  suggestions  and  loyal  co- 
operation he  responded  to  the  many  and  varied  calls  of  small 
town  Winston,  taking  a  leading  part  in  the  establishment  of 
graded  schools;  he  graciously  entered  into  the  social  activi- 

6  These  entries  from  my  father's  Diary  show  the  hardships  of  railroad 
travel   in  the   1880's: 

"August  20,  1880.  Left  Winston  at  7  a.m.  &  arrived  at  Lexington,  N.  C. 
at  11  a.m.  The  Southbound  train  was  1  &  %  hours  late,  full  of  passengers 
&  ran  from  40  to  45  miles  an  hour.  Extremely  warm  &  dusty.  Arrived  At 
Greenville,  S.  C.  at  6  p.m. 

"May  30,  1881.  I  feel  worsted  by  this  trip,  the  fare  &  water  disagreeing 
with  me.  It  is  astonishing  how  carelessly  many  people  live.  I  have 
scarcely  tasted  a  vegetable  since  I  left  home  &  have  seen  only  raw  onions, 
lettuce,  cabbage,  new  &  unhealthy  Irish  potatoes. 

"June  23,  1882.  Left  R[ockingham]  at  10  a.m.,  arrived  at  Charlotte  at  6 
p.m. — 71  miles  in  8  hours.  On  the  Carolina-Central  Railroad  the  night  train 
makes  13  miles  an  hour  &  the  day  train  9.  The  road  goes  through  a  hot, 
unhealthy  country,  the  water  is  bad  &  the  hotels  poor.  I  am  thankful  to 
God  He  enabled  me  to  stand  a  trip  I  greatly  dreaded." 

7  The  Western  Sentinel  of  Winston  in  its  issue  of  January  13,  1887, 
states : 

"In  1874  Mr.  Wiley  (as  District  Superintendent  of  the  American  Bible 
Society,  New  York,  for  North  and  South  Carolina)  made  Winston  his 
home;  this  was  at  a  time  when  the  town  had  just  begun  to  enter  into  its 
new  and  prosperous  career.  He  took  a  great  interest,  as  a  man  and  a 
citizen,  in  its  growth  and  welfare  and  from  the  first  sought  to  promote 
good  schools.  The  establishment  of  the  present  Graded  School  was  due  in 
a  very  large  measure  to  his  personal  ability,  influence,  and  zeal  in  the 
matter." 


Childhood  Recollections  523 

ties  of  his  widely  divergent  circle  of  friends,  men  and  women 
of  culture  and  wealth,  citizens  of  little  education;  and  to  the 
struggling  little  Presbyterian  Church  he  was  a  tower  of 
strength.  Before  the  calling  of  Dr.  Frontis  Johnston  of  Lex- 
ington as  full-time  pastor,  he  visited  the  sick  of  the  congrega- 
tion, held  Wednesday  night  prayer  meeting  and  Sunday 
services  when  he  was  in  Winston.  After  Dr.  Johnston  took 
full-time  charge  of  the  church,  he  continued  his  active  in- 
terest in  the  affairs  of  the  congregation,  organizing  a  society 
for  young  men,  teaching  a  Bible  class  of  young  adults,8  filling 
the  pulpit  in  the  absence  of  Dr.  Johnston  on  presbyterial  du- 
ties. 

As  I  look  back  upon  my  childhood  days  and  recall  the 
affection  my  father  lavished  upon  his  family,9  his  love  for 
home  and  appreciation  of  simple  home  joys  and  home  inter- 
ests, the  strong  local  attachments  he  had,  it  seems  almost  a 
tragedy  that  all  his  married  life  he  should  have  had  to  spend 
so  much  time  away  from  home. 

It  was  seldom  that  he  could  spend  a  week  end  in  Winston, 
with  no  preaching  appointment  in  some  local  church  in  the 
interest  of  the  Bible  work,  and  these  rare  occasions  were  red- 
letter  days  with  us. 

Some  Sunday  evenings  he  would  "baby  sit"  with  the  three 
youngest  of  us,  while  our  mother  attended  church  services 
with  the  two  oldest  children. 

"Tell  us  about  when  you  were  a  boy,"  we  would  beg  and 
pressing  close  about  him,  we  would  never  tire  of  the  stories 
he  had  to  tell  again  and  over  again  of  his  childhood  in  the 
"Old  Place,"  as  we  called  Woodbourne:  of  the  big  spring  at 
the  foot  of  the  hill  with  the  spring  house  made  of  logs;  of 
the  clear  branch  flowing  from  it  with  the  earthen  vessels  in 


8 In  his  Diary  on  Sunday,  Nov.  20,  1881,  my  father  writes:  "At  2  p.m. 
in  the  Presbyterian  Sabbath  School  heard  a  Bible  class  of  adults,  mostly 
married,  organized  for  me. 

"I  have  been  much  desired  by  males  &  females,  married  &  young,  to 
take  such  a  class.  I  delight  in  this  work,  but  if  I  teach  on  Sabbaths,  it 
will  have  to  be  at  irregular  intervals." 

9  A  sketch  of  my  father  published  in  the  Encyclopaedia  of  the  Pres- 
byterian Church,  1009,  speaks  of  his  devotion  to  family:  "The  richest 
overflow  of  his  sympathies  has  been  in  the  home-circle,  where  devotion  to 
kindred,  strong  filial  feeling,  and  tenderest  attachments  have  ever  marked 
his  character." 


524  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

it  filled  with  milk  and  butter;  of  the  meadow  where  the  wild 
strawberries  grew;  of  the  woods,  with  the  squirrels  cracking 
the  nuts  which  fell  from  the  tall  hickory  trees;  of  the  sweet 
old-fashioned  "pinks"  (his  favorite  flowers)  blooming  in  his 
mother's  flower  garden  just  off  the  kitchen  and  the  great  bush 
of  yellow  roses  beside  the  front  gate. 

How  real  he  made  the  people,  black  and  white,  who  lived 
at  Woodbourne  when  he  was  a  boy.  There  was  the  little  slave 
boy,  Newt,  just  about  his  age,  who  loved  to  run  around  with 
him;  there  was  smiling,  fat  Aunt  Hettie,  the  cook,  Newt's 
mother,  who  lived  with  her  family  down  the  road  in  the  log 
cabin,  with  the  outdoor  stairs  leading  to  the  room  above  and 
the  big  cactus  bush  just  outside  the  room  below.  How  our 
mouths  would  water  as  he  told  us  of  the  peach  "pot  pies" 
Aunt  Hettie  would  bake,  the  crusty  salt  rising  bread,  the 
"hard  biscuits"  beaten  by  hand  until  the  bubbles  rose  and 
cracked  in  the  soft  unrisen  dough. 

How  we  loved  to  hear  him  tell  about  going  with  his  mother 
to  the  Female  Missionary  Society  of  Old  Alamance  Church, 
sitting  up  in  front  of  her  on  the  big  fat  horse,  listening  during 
the  meeting  to  the  ladies  talk  about  the  Indian  boy  they  were 
supporting,  whom  they  had  named  David  Caldwell  after  the 
beloved  pastor  of  former  days,  David  Caldwell  of  Revolu- 
tionary fame. 

What  an  appeal  to  the  imagination  were  the  stories  he  told 
us  of  boyhood  days  when  he  would  walk  to  church  barefoot, 
cool  his  feet  in  the  clear  little  branch  running  below  the 
churchyard  and  put  on  his  squeaky  shoes  just  in  time  to 
reach  the  family  pew  before  the  preacher  ascended  the  steps 
to  the  tall  pulpit  with  its  sounding  board  above  and  the 
"dark"  arose  with  his  tuning  fork  to  lead  the  hearty  congre- 
gational singing. 

We  would  beg  for  stories  of  his  early  school  days  at  the  little 
red  schoolhouse  near  his  Grandmother  Woodburn's  home; 
with  the  big  open  fire,  the  backless  benches,  the  narrow  writ- 
ing table  under  the  high  window  at  which  the  "scholars" 
took  turn  about  copying  the  lines  the  master  had  written  in 
his  flowing  hand.  We  loved  to  hear  how  the  master  would 
call,  "To  books!  To  books!"  whenever  the  noisy  hum  of  boys 


Childhood  Recollections  525 

and  girls  conning  aloud  their  lessons  would  die  down  and 
how  he  would  place  the  dunce  cap  upon  the  head  of  the  luck- 
less fellow  who  failed  to  get  the  right  answer  to  his  "sum," 
and  make  the  "bad  boy"  sit  on  the  high  stool  in  the  corner. 

We  loved  to  hear  the  story  of  the  hungry  little  bear,  who 
passing  one  day  by  the  open  door  of  the  schoolhouse,  caught 
a  whiff  of  the  dinner  pails  hanging  on  the  nearby  pegs  and 
waddled  in  for  his  dinner;  we  loved  to  hear  of  the  time  the 
"scholars"  locked  out  the  master  and  how  the  master  climbed 
up  on  the  low  roof  of  the  schoolhouse  and  slipped  down  the 
wide  chimney,  scattering  the  soot  and  setting  everybody 
sneezing. 

We  never  tired  of  listening  to  his  account  of  the  trips  he 
would  make  to  Fayetteville  with  his  father's  slaves  in  the  big 
farm  wagon  filled  with  butter  and  other  farm  produce  to 
exchange  at  the  town  stores  for  sugar  and  coffee,  bone- 
handled  knives  and  forks,  and  sewing  materials  for  his  moth- 
er. Here  and  there  along  the  road  other  wagons  would  join 
his  father's  wagon  and  at  night  the  wagoners  would  camp 
around  a  big  pine  knot  fire.  It  was  on  one  of  these  trips  that 
the  "stars  fell"  but  he  was  fast  asleep  and  saw  nothing  of  the 
awe-inspiring  sight  which  to  the  terrified  Negro  wagoners 
betokened  the  Judgment  Day. 

Memory  goes  back  to  the  simple  home  pleasures  of  a 
wintry  evening,  the  sense  of  security  and  family  oneness,  as, 
doors  closed  and  window  blinds  shutting  out  the  stormy 
darkness,  we  gathered  around  the  open  wood  fire.  My  mother 
would  be  busy  with  her  needle,  my  father  would  join  us  in 
popping  corn  ( for  in  those  days  the  corn-popper  was  as  nec- 
essary an  adjunct  to  the  hearthstone  as  tongs  and  shovel), 
guessing  riddles,  playing  checkers,  or  dominoes,  or  authors. 

The  game  of  authors  I  remember  best  of  all  the  games  our 
father  played  with  us;  for  though  I  could  not  read,  I  was  not 
left  out.  With  my  little  chair  pushed  up  just  as  close  as  I 
could  get  it  to  my  father's  chair,  I  was  allowed  to  hold  the 
"books,"  as  a  completed  set  of  one  author's  titles  was  called. 
And  it  was  thus  unconsciously  I  learned,  from  hearing  the 
others  call  for  titles,  the  names  of  many  authors  and  their 
works,  such  as  Whittier's  Tenting  on  the  Beach,  and  Cooper's 


526  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

The  Deerslayer,  long  before  I  could  tell  a  letter  of  the  al- 
phabet. 

As  I  recall  my  earliest  memories  connected  with  my  father, 
I  can  smell  the  faint,  pleasant  odor  of  tea  cakes  which  seemed 
always  to  emerge  when  my  father  opened  his  roomy,  linen- 
lined  valise  to  unpack  after  a  trip,  for  whenever  his  journey- 
ings  took  him  to  Raleigh,  where  his  beloved  niece,  who  had 
married  my  mother's  brother,  lived,  he  had  a  way  of  slipping 
in  among  his  fresh  handkerchiefs  and  socks  a  package  of 
fresh  tea  cakes  for  his  little  grandnieces  and  nephews. 

The  pungent  smell  of  his  cigar  lingers  also  in  my  memory. 
He  had  a  way  of  cutting  his  cigar  in  two  and  leisurely  puffing 
down  to  the  tip  of  each  small  piece.  I  loved  to  watch  the  curl- 
ing whiffs  of  smoke  as  they  drifted  from  his  cigar  into  the 
fire-lighted  room  where  we  gathered  after  supper  on  a  wintry 
evening,  and  I  loved,  too,  the  dry  tobaccory  smell  which  lin- 
gered in  the  old-fashioned  woolly  dressing  gown  he  wore  as 
he  relaxed  in  his  favorite  chair,  the  high-arm  chair  with  the 
short  worn-down  rockers,  the  chair  which  had  been  the 
favorite  chair  also  of  his  father  and  his  father's  father. 

The  scent  of  apples,  delicious  sheep  nose  apples,  a  variety 
long  off  the  market,  is  among  the  earliest  memories  of  my 
father.  In  my  mind's  eye  I  can  see  my  father  coming  down 
Spruce  Street  in  the  winter  twilight,  a  large  paper  bag  of 
apples  in  his  arms.  I  can  hear  his  quick,  decisive  step,  as  I 
run  out  the  gate  to  meet  him.  He  selects  from  his  bag  one  big 
juicy  apple  for  me  to  sample  before  supper.  Taking  out  his 
ever-handy  pen  knife,  he  proceeds  to  peel  it  ( I  never  saw  him 
eat  an  apple  without  first  peeling  it )  while  I,  my  mouth  wa- 
tering, stand  by  watching  the  knife  go  round  and  round,  the 
curling  skin  growing  longer  and  longer. 

In  the  attic  of  our  Spruce  Street  home  (or  garret  as  we 
called  the  long,  wide  room  with  the  sloping  roof  over  the 
dining  room  and  kitchen  ell)  are  two  small,  split-bottomed 
chairs  whose  smooth,  worn  backs  bear  silent  testimony  to  the 
fun  we  used  to  have  as  children,  when  after  supper,  our 
father  would  join  us  in  our  winter  sport— sliding  down  the 
long,  gently-sloping  side  yard  covered  deep  in  freshly  fallen 
snow.  We  didn't  have  sleds  enough  to  go  round  and  so  when 


Childhood  Recollections  527 

all  of  us  wanted  to  slide  at  the  same  time,  we  used  the  chairs 
for  sleds. 

My  father,  with  the  youngest  in  his  lap,  preferred  the 
safety  of  a  chair-sled  which  he  could  guide  at  his  own  rate  of 
speed  between  the  big  trees  down  the  sloping  yard  to  the 
chain  of  sleds  loosely  fashioned  together  and  guided  by  the 
boy  in  the  foremost  sled  lying  flat  on  his  stomach. 

With  shouts  and  laughter,  my  father  the  very  center  of 
the  merriment,  we  would  fly  down  the  track  from  front  street 
to  back;  then  plowing  up  the  unbroken  snow  beside  the  beat- 
en track,  drag  our  sleds  or  chairs  up  to  the  starting  point  and 
slide  down  again. 

The  neighborhood  boys  and  girls,  up  and  down  the  street, 
would  come  with  their  sleds  to  join  in  our  sport,  and  when- 
ever the  snow  began  to  cover  the  ground,  they  were  just  as 
eager  as  we  were  for  our  father  to  get  home  before  the  sliding 
was  over. 

It  was  surprising  how  many  people  there  were  who 
dropped  in  to  see  my  father  on  the  days  between  his  trips 
and  the  varied  missions  upon  which  they  came. 

There  was  an  old  gentleman  up  Spruce  Street,  an  early 
merchant  of  Winston  and  former  mayor,  Martin  Grogan 
( "Squire"  he  was  called ) ,  who  loved  to  drop  by  on  a  summer 
evening  and  talk  with  my  father.  He  was  never  at  a  loss  for 
a  subject  of  conversation,  but  the  one  topic  upon  which  he 
could  converse  upon  for  hours  was  the  subject  of  Greenbacks. 

I  didn't  know  what  he  meant  by  Greenbacks  but  I  trembled 
as  I  listened  to  his  dire  prophecies  of  what  would  happen  to 
our  country  if  those  who  advocated  Greenbacks  did  "get  in" 
(or  did  not  "get  in")— I  don't  remember  which. 

I  trembled,  too,  as  adroitly  he  turned  the  conversation 
from  Greenbacks  to  the  Judgment  Day— a  subject  in  which 
both  he  and  my  father  were  keenly  interested.  In  my  childish 
imagination,  the  Judgment  Day  was  one  of  two  most  dreadful 
things  that  could  possibly  happen;  and  from  conversation  far 
over  my  head  I  gathered  it  was  imminent  without  warning 
at  any  moment.  The  other  dreadful  thing  was  the  return  of 
the  Cholera. 


528  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

It  was  from  stories  handed  down  from  my  father  and 
mother  that  I  knew  all  about  the  cholera  scare  in  Tennessee 
of  the  early  eighteen-seventies,  and  I  shuddered  at  the  mere 
thought  of  the  dread  epidemic  ever  threatening  our  North 
Carolina  home. 

My  father,  as  Superintendent  of  the  American  Bible  So- 
ciety for  East  and  Middle  Tennessee,  was  living  in  Jonesboro, 
Tennessee,  when  the  epidemic  of  cholera  began  to  spread 
eastward  from  West  Tennessee  and  with  my  mother  and 
their  young  son  and  infant  daughter  refugeed  to  Rural  Re- 
treat, in  Wythe  County,  Virginia. 

So  vividly  did  my  parents  portray  the  dreadful  weeks  of 
the  cholera  epidemic  that  I  felt  as  I  heard  them  talk  that  I, 
too,  had  lived  in  Jonesboro  that  sultry,  rainy  summer  when 
everything  in  the  house  molded,  when  overnight  the  grass 
grew  in  the  village  streets  and  in  the  gardens  vegetables  hung 
lush  and  rank,  and  household  after  household  suddenlv  be- 
came  stricken  with  the  strange  black  sickness— vomiting  and 
raging  fever. 

Day  and  night  could  be  heard  the  mooing  of  cows  un- 
milked  and  untended,  straying  along  the  village  street,  the 
barking  of  dogs  unfed,  the  tolling  of  church  bells  not  only 
for  the  burial  of  the  dead  but  for  the  digging  of  graves  for 
the  stricken  and  dying. 

One  man,  while  listening  to  the  tolling  of  the  church  bell 
for  the  friend  whose  grave  he  was  digging,  was  suddenly 
attacked  with  the  disease  and  so  rapidly  did  it  run  its  course 
that  he  was  buried  in  the  very  grave  he  had  been  digging  for 
his  friend.  The  man  in  whose  care  my  father  left  his  house 
when  he  refugeed  to  Virginia  died  and  was  buried  with  the 
key  to  the  house  in  his  pocket. 

My  father's  family  physician,  Dr.  Deadrick,  and  his  good 
wife  (the  parents  of  Mrs.  Robert  B.  Glenn,  wife  of  North 
Carolina's  Governor  Glenn)  remained  in  Jonesboro  all 
through  the  epidemic,  ministering  to  the  sick  and  dying,  and 
through  their  letters  which  I  have  found  among  my  father's 
papers,  the  impressions  of  my  childhood  have  been  deeply 
strengthened  of  this  terrible  scourge. 


Childhood  Recollections  529 

And  thus  I  bring  to  a  close  these  childhood  recollections 
of  my  father.  It  has  not  been  easy  to  lay  bare  these  intimate 
memories  and  I  have  done  so  only  in  the  hope  that  they  may 
enable  students  of  my  father's  work  as  a  builder  of  the  public 
school  system  of  our  State  to  have  a  fuller,  richer  understand- 
ing of  his  rare,  innate  qualities  of  mind  and  spirit  as  best 
shown  within  the  circle  of  his  family. 


BOOK  REVIEWS 

James  K.  Polk,  Jacksonian,  1795-1843.  By  Charles  Grier  Sellers, 
Jr.  (Princeton,  New  Jersey:  Princeton  University  Press. 
1957.  Preface,  illustrations,  description  of  sources,  and  index. 
Pp.  xiv,  526.  $7.50.) 

This  volume,  appropriately  described  in  the  Preface  as  both 
biography  and  history,  is  devoted  entirely  to  the  pre-presi- 
dential  career  of  Polk,  revealing  him  as  a  hardworking  poli- 
tician with  boundless  ambition  but  with  no  suggestion  that 
he  will  ever  achieve  the  high  office.  Eugene  I.  McCormac's 
James  K.  Polk:  A  Political  Biography,  is  cited  as  covering  his 
later  career  adequately. 

Polk's  Scotch-Irish  ancestors  had  like  so  many  of  their  com- 
patriots made  their  way  to  Maryland's  Eastern  Shore  and 
from  there  had  gone  to  the  frontier.  After  a  stay  in  western 
Pennsylvania  they  moved  down  the  valley  of  Virginia  to 
Mecklenburg  County,  North  Carolina.  Though  the  Polks  left 
Mecklenburg  when  James  was  only  eight,  his  biographer  feels 
that  his  brief  stay  there  coupled  with  his  growing  up  on  the 
Tennessee  frontier  made  him  the  stanch  Jacksonian  that  he 
remained  throughout  his  life. 

The  Polks  were  by  no  means  obscure  frontiersmen.  They 
belonged  rather  to  the  planter,  farming,  land-speculating, 
office-holding  group  who  played  important  roles  in  local, 
state,  and  even  national  affairs.  James's  frail  health  in  his 
early  years  shut  him  off  from  more  robust  activities  and  turn- 
ed his  energies  to  law  and  politics. 

After  his  graduation  from  the  University  of  North  Carolina 
in  1818  his  is  largely  a  political  biography.  He  began  by 
studying  law  in  the  offices  of  the  famous  lawyer-politician, 
Felix  Grundy,  at  Nashville  and  was  admitted  to  the  bar  in 
1820.  Already  he  was  serving  an  apprenticeship  in  politics 
as  he  was  clerk  of  the  Tennessee  Senate  from  1819  to  1823. 
He  was  elected  to  the  lower  house  of  the  Tennessee  legisla- 
ture in  1823,  and  two  years  later  he  entered  the  national 
House  of  Representatives  where  he  served  fourteen  years,  the 

[530  ] 


Book  Reviews  531 

last  four  as  speaker.  A  term  as  governor  of  Tennessee  followed 
after  which  he  suffered  defeat  in  1841  and  1843  as  the  Whigs 
took  command  and  Polk's  career  in  politics  appeared  ended. 
On  this  note  the  book  ends. 

The  first  part  of  the  book  provides  an  interesting  account 
of  frontier  North  Carolina  and  Tennessee  in  all  aspects,  but 
it  becomes  more  and  more  a  description  of  the  political 
issues,  personalities,  and  campaigns  in  state  and  nation  in 
which  Polk  was  playing  an  increasingly  important  role. 

C.  W.  Tebeau. 

University  of  Miami, 

Coral  Gables,  Florida. 


0.  Henry  in  North  Carolina.  By  Cathleen  Pike  (Chapel  Hill:  The 
University  of  North  Carolina  Library.  1957.  Pp.  29.) 

This  is  another  in  the  useful  North  Carolina  Biographical 
Series  of  the  University's  Library  Extension  Publications.  Its 
Foreword  and  five  short  chapters  give  an  account  of  William 
Sidney  Porter's  schoolhouse,  boyhood,  and  drugstore  youth  in 
Greensboro,  a  statement  of  his  connections  with  the  State 
during  the  Texas  and  the  New  York  years,  a  list  of  the  North 
Carolina  memorials  to  him,  and  a  very  cursory  treatment  of 
the  impact  of  the  scenery,  life,  and  culture  of  his  native  state 
upon  his  stories.  The  first  two  chapters  furnish  some  new- 
found facts  about  O.  Henry's  early  life  (e.g.,  that  he  was  a 
registered  druggist),  and  the  last  shows  how  the  experiences 
at  Aunt  Lina's  school  and  Uncle  Clark's  drugstore  reappear 
in  his  stories— to  their  benefit.  It  is  well  that  we  know  also 
where  this  famous  son  lies  buried  and  what  memorials  have 
been  raised  to  him,  as  given  in  Chapter  4. 

Now,  O.  Henry  is  important  for  his  stories  and  whatever 
helps  the  reader  to  a  richer  appreciation  of  them  is  a  good 
thing.  The  last  chapter  does  this:  it  shows  to  some  extent 
wherein  his  living  and  visiting  in  North  Carolina  lent  color 
and  irony  and  pathos  to  his  work.  It  is  unfortunate,  however, 
that  the  scope  of  the  pamphlet  did  not  allow  a  fuller  treat- 


532  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

ment  of  this  subject.  And  it  is  likewise  unfortunate  that  the 
author  had  not  the  chance  to  point  up  O.  Henry's  unique 
pathos  built,  as  it  was,  upon  his  rather  whimsical  sense  of 
irony— and  derived  ultimately  from  his  Greensboro  days,  when 
caricature  was  his  hobby.  The  writing  in  this  piece  is  clear; 
it  lacks  the  distinction  that  its  subject  deserves.  One  hopes, 
however,  that  it  may  serve  to  renew  interest  in  the  work  of  an 
exceptional  craftsman,  in  these  days  too  often  neglected. 

Thomas  B.  Stroup. 

The  University  of  Kentucky, 

Lexington. 


The  Cokers  of  Carolina.  By  George  Lee  Simpson,  Jr.  (Chapel 
Hill:  University  of  North  Carolina  Press.  1957.  Pp.  237. 
Illustrated.  $5.00.) 

This  is  the  biography  of  a  South  Carolina  family  which  has 
had  an  extraordinary  influence  not  only  on  life  in  their  state, 
but  possibly  in  the  whole  South.  This  family  stems  from 
Caleb  and  Hannah  Lide  Coker  who  were  married  in  1830. 
The  centers  of  Coker  activity  have  been  Society  Hill  and 
Hartsville.  Caleb  Coker  and  his  wife  underwent  the  char- 
acteristic experiences  of  an  ante  bellum  southern  couple  who* 
began  life  on  meager  resources,  and  undertook  to  stabilize 
their  conditions  by  farming  and  merchandising.  Caleb's  his- 
tory was  somewhat  more  important  because  of  his  store- 
keeping  activities.  Even  in  those  days  of  factorage  supply  he 
served  a  tremendously  vital  purpose  in  making  merchandise 
available  locally.  Through  his  limited  records  both  his  biog- 
rapher and  the  reader  are  able  to  catch  a  glimpse  of  life  in 
the  early  cotton  belt  as  it  concerned  supply  and  credits. 

The  numerous  brood  of  Caleb  Coker  reached  maturity  dur- 
ing the  war  years.  Three  of  the  boys  were  caught  in  war 
from  the  outset,  and  the  experiences  of  these  three  constitute 
a  thrilling  chapter  of  the  anxieties  and  griefs  which  befell 
southerners  during  these  tumultuous  years.  Charles  Coker 
was  killed  at  Malvern  Hill;  William  was  captured  at  Gettys- 


Book  Reviews  533 

burg;  and  James  was  seriously  wounded  at  Chattanooga.  The 
story  of  Hannah  Coker's  journey  to  Chattanooga  and  her 
return  with  the  wounded  James  sounds  like  an  ancient  saga. 

Once  the  war  was  over  and  James  and  William  were  back 
home,  the  Cokers  began  to  unravel  the  tangled  threads  of 
their  lives.  The  Coker  story  through  the  Reconstruction  days 
involved  not  only  the  enormous  social  and  political  struggle 
going  on  about  them,  but  the  tremendous  effort  necessary 
to  make  a  come-back  in  the  cotton  South. 

Two  things  seem  to  have  set  the  Cokers  apart  from  their 
neighbors.  They  had  a  deep  respect  for  education  and  scien- 
tific knowledge,  and  they  seem  to  have  been  free  of  de- 
featism and  bitterness.  Certainly  the  reader  does  not  detect 
bitterness  in  this  book.  Even  in  the  field  of  racial  upheaval 
the  Cokers  seemed  to  have  kept  an  even  keel,  as  they  did  in 
most  of  the  Tillman  period. 

The  struggle  of  the  Cokers  to  re-establish  themselves  in  the 
New  South  involved  about  all  the  woes  to  which  southern 
farming  was  heir.  It  was  clearly  evident  that  the  old  system 
of  cotton  alone  would  not  sustain  the  region.  Something  more 
than  cotton,  Negroes,  and  mules  was  necessary.  There  was 
a  considerable  casting  about  for  an  industrial  outlet.  In  1890 
this  family  embarked  upon  a  venture  which  in  many  respects 
was  an  astonishing  undertaking.  They  believed  that  paper 
could  be  made  from  pine  pulp,  and  today  the  paper  mill  at 
Hartsville  confirms  this  faith.  In  fact,  nearly  all  South  Caro- 
lina at  this  moment  of  industrial  revolution  confirms  the  Coker 
faith  in  paper  and  the  common  pine. 

Two  chapters  of  this  book  stand  out  over  all  the  rest;  they 
are  the  ones  which  deal  with  David  R.  Coker  and  the  develop- 
ment of  pedigreed  seed,  and  the  collapse  of  the  rural  way 
of  life  in  the  sand  hills  of  South  Carolina.  The  author  was 
able  to  strike  at  the  heart  of  two  fundamental  southern  prob- 
lems. Without  specifically  defining  the  woes  of  the  South 
in  this  century,  he  does  give  his  reader  a  concept  of  change. 
Possibly  few  men  in  the  South  saw  more  clearly  the  fate  of  the 
old  line  cotton  business  than  did  D.  R.  Coker.  Out  of  all  the 


534  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

members  of  this  numerous  family,  "Mr.  D.  R."  saw  what  was 
coming,  and  made  genuine  progress  in  preparing  the  cotton 
industry  for  this  moment.  In  doing  so,  however,  he  helped 
virtually  to  remove  from  the  small  farmer's  field  the  cotton 
patch  and  helped  to  make  it  a  heavily  mechanized  crop— or 
world  market  and  production  conditions  prepared  the  way. 
There  is  no  way  of  knowing  how  much  Coker  plant  breeding 
has  meant  to  the  South.  Coker  tobacco,  oats,  corn,  and 
grasses  have  gone  far  toward  revolutionizing  southern  farm- 
ing. 

Today  the  Coker  empire  is  rather  extensive.  It  not  only 
encompasses  the  seed  breeding  plant,  but  the  oil  industry,  the 
store  and  the  bank,  the  paper  mill,  and  the  cone  manufactur- 
ing industry.  Through  the  solid  efforts  of  all  the  family  this 
empire  has  been  held  together,  and  now  in  the  hands  of  the 
third  generation  it  is  prospering. 

Members  of  the  family  have  strayed  from  the  Hartsville 
fold  to  become  botanists,  political  scientists,  chemists,  medi- 
cal doctors,  and  businessmen.  Few  southern  families  can  lay 
claim  to  such  solid  accomplishments,  nor  can  they  take  satis- 
faction in  the  absence  of  so  few  blacksheep  as  can  the  Cokers. 

The  author  had  great  respect  for  his  collectivized  subject. 
Often-times,  it  seems  to  this  reviewer,  he  might  have  done  the 
Cokers  a  greater  service  if  he  had  been  more  analytical  and 
critical  of  phases  of  their  history.  Too,  there  are  places  where 
the  writing  drags;  this  is  especially  true  in  the  earlier  chapters 
where  the  author  becomes  bogged  in  the  details  of  family 
background.  He  did  have  access  to  family  records,  incomplete 
though  they  were.  Despite  some  of  these  shortcomings,  Mr. 
Simpson  has  made  an  interesting  exploration  into  the  back- 
ground of  a  southern  family  which  has  displayed  unusual 
intelligence,  and  a  tremendous  amount  of  determination  to 
remain  decent  and  successful. 

Thomas  D.  Clark. 

University  of  Kentucky, 

Lexington. 


Book  Reviews  535 

The  Land  Called  Chicora:  The  Carolinas  under  Spanish  Rule 
with  French  Intrusions,  1520-1670.  By  Paul  Quattlebaum. 
(Gainesville:  University  of  Florida  Press.  1956.  Pp.  xiv,  153. 
$3.75.) 

This  volume  reminds  us  that  nearly  one  hundred  and  fifty 
years  before  the  permanent  settlement  of  Carolina  the  Spanish 
had  explored  the  coast,  built  a  fort,  and  established  a  tempo- 
rary town.  In  1520  Lucas  Vaquez  de  Ayllon,  a  member  of  the 
Royal  Council  of  Hispaniola,  sent  out  a  voyage  of  discovery, 
and  it  is  believed  that  contact  with  the  land  of  Chicora, 
stretching  possibly  from  the  Cape  Fear  to  the  Savannah,  was 
made  first  in  the  region  of  Port  Royal,  South  Carolina,  on 
Santa  Elena's  Day,  1520.  Nearly  a  year  later  the  expedition 
entered  Winyah  Bay;  in  1523  Allyon  received  a  patent  from 
Charles  V  of  Spain  with  authority  to  plant  and  govern  a 
colony  in  the  new  land.  In  1526  he  sailed  from  Hispaniola 
with  a  fleet  of  six  vessels  and  some  five  hundred  men,  touched 
at  the  river  Jordan  (which  the  author  believes  to  have  been 
the  Cape  Fear),  and  then  proceeded  to  Winyah  Bay  where 
the  first  Spanish  settlement  north  of  Mexico,  San  Miguel  de 
Gualdape,  was  founded  on  lower  Waccamaw  Neck.  A 
scourge  of  malaria  brought  death  to  Ayllon,  and  treachery 
brought  an  end  to  the  colony.  Some  twenty  years  later 
De  Soto  was  an  unwelcome  guest  in  the  land  of  Chicora. 
Then  in  1562  came  Jean  Ribaut,  representing  the  Huguenots 
of  France,  to  build  Charlesfort  on  what  is  now  Parris  Island. 
This  was  the  beginning  of  a  bitter  rivalry,  accentuated  by 
religious  differences,  which  was  to  result  in  the  defeat  of 
Ribaut  and  Rene  de  Laudonniere  by  Pedro  Menendex  de 
Aviles,  the  Spanish  governor  of  Florida.  The  attempt  to  hold 
St.  Elena  for  Spain  was  abandoned  in  1587  when  the  Spanish 
felt  compelled  to  consolidate  their  forces  at  St.  Augustine. 

The  author  includes  a  brief  sketch  of  the  early  English 
explorations  and  the  first  settlements.  He  discusses  the  un- 
successful missionary  efforts  of  the  Jesuits,  and  he  has  two 
chapters  on  the  Chicora  Indians  and  their  way  of  life.  Mr. 
Quattlebaum,  a  resident  of  South  Carolina  who  has  spent  a 


536  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

lifetime  in  the  region  he  discusses,  is  especially  interested  in 
the  local  geography,  and  he  has  used  his  experience  as  an 
engineer  and  his  familiarity  with  nautical  instruments  to  piece 
together  the  fragmentary  evidence  found  in  old  maps  and 
drawn  from  the  confused  accounts  of  early  narrators.  It  is 
obviously  a  labor  of  love,  and  a  good  summation  of  a  little- 
known  period  of  our  history. 

Robert  H.  Woody. 

Duke  University, 

Durham. 


The  Colonial  Records  of  South  Carolina.  Series  I,  Journal  of  the 
Commons  House  of  Assembly,  September  10,  1745-June  17, 
1746.  Edited  by  J.  H.  Easterby.  (Columbia:  South  Carolina 
Archives  Department.  1956.  Illustration  and  index.  Pp.  xii, 
291.  $8.00.) 

The  competent  editorial  hand  of  J.  H.  Easterby  has  brought 
forth  another  excellent  edition  of  the  colonial  records  of  South 
Carolina.  In  this  instance,  the  deliberations  of  the  Commons 
House  of  Assembly  is  presented  for  the  period  September  10, 
1745,  through  June  17,  1746.  Large  pages,  clear  type,  and  a 
good  index  characterize  this  as  another  fine  volume  in  the 
series. 

Although  this  work  represents  but  a  small  portion  of  the 
immense  editorial  job  which  Mr.  Easterby  and  staff  have 
undertaken— that  of  editing  and  publishing  the  entire  avail- 
able previously  unpublished  colonial  records  of  his  state— it 
is  nonetheless  an  interesting  and  absorbing  unit  of  colonial 
history.  The  gentlemen  who  assembled  in  the  Commons  to 
discuss  their  colony's  affairs  were  concerned  with  defense 
on  the  western  frontier  and  on  the  coast;  they  deliberated 
over  economic  affairs,  such  as  the  decision  to  abandon  the 
bounty  on  indigo  after  the  crop  had  proved  successful;  they 
tackled  such  diversified  problems  as  taxation,  immigration, 
counterfeiting,  and  cattle  disease.  The  South  Carolina  Com- 
mons wrangled  with  the  Upper  House,  with  Governor  Glen, 


Book  Reviews  537 

and  with  each  other.  In  short,  this  legislative  body  seems  to 
have  acted  in  the  tradition  of  American  legislatures. 

Yet  this  record  of  deliberations  abounds  in  the  fine  touches 
of  humor  and  serious  business  which  make  such  records  im- 
portant to  the  student  of  American  history.  Whether  we  delve 
into  these  pages  for  teaching,  research,  or  for  simple  reading 
pleasures,  our  gratitude  to  Mr.  Easterby  is  bound  to  be  end- 
less. 

Henry  T.  Malone. 

Georgia  State  College  of  Business  Administration, 

Atlanta. 


The  Letters  of  William  Gilmore  Simms,  Volume  V,  1867-1870. 
Collected  and  edited  by  Mary  C.  Simms  Oliphant,  Alfred  Taylor 
Odell,  and  T.  C.  Duncan  Eaves.  (Columbia:  The  University  of 
South  Carolina  Press.  1956.  Pp.  xxiv,  571.  Illustrations.  $8.50.) 

This  volume  brings  to  a  successful  conclusion  one  of  the 
biggest  and  most  important  scholarly  undertakings  in  the 
field  of  nineteenth-century  Southern  literary  culture.  Each  of 
the  four  preceding  volumes  has  been  an  impressive  picture 
of  a  man  central  to  that  culture  and,  through  its  elaborate 
annotation,  a  valuable  picture  of  the  principal  currents  in 
Southern  literary,  cultural,  and  social  history.  This  conclud- 
ing volume  consists  of  the  letters  of  Simms  for  the  last  three 
and  a  half  years  of  his  life,  of  additional  letters  which  came 
to  the  attention  of  the  editors  too  late  for  inclusion  in  their 
proper  places  in  the  earlier  volumes,  and  of  two  very  valuable 
indices— one  a  general  index,  which  replaces  the  "temporary" 
indices  to  each  of  the  earlier  volumes,  and  the  other  a  most 
useful  index  of  references  to  Simms's  voluminous  works.  It 
thereby  becomes  a  useful  key  volume  to  the  entire  set. 

The  letters  themselves  show  Simms  in  the  concluding  years 
of  his  life,  writing  desperately  in  an  effort  to  maintain  the 
basic  needs  of  his  family,  aiding  his  son  and  his  sons-in-law 
in  re-establishing  a  healthy  economic  life  under  Reconstruc- 
tion, and  combating  his  growing  illness,  almost  certainly 
cancer.  His  temper  is  healthy,  his  spirits  good,  his  fortitude 


538  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

sufficiently  strong  to  remove  his  sad  story  from  the  realm  of 
the  pathetic  to  that  of  the  tragic. 

Students  of  Southern  life  and  literature  in  the  nineteenth 
century  owe  to  Mrs.  Oliphant,  the  late  Professor  Odell,  and 
Professor  Eaves  a  debt  of  deep  gratitude  for  their  excellent 
work  in  collecting  and  editing  these  valuable  letters.  They 
have  performed  their  task  with  great  skill  and  have  maintain- 
ed the  highest  standards  of  scholarly  excellence. 

C.  Hugh  Holman. 

University  of  North  Carolina, 

Chapel  Hill. 


Stub  Entries  to  Indents  Issued  in  Payment  of  Claims  Against 
South  Carolina  Growing  Out  of  the  Revolution.  Books  C-F. 
Edited  by  Wylma  Anne  Wates.  (Columbia:  South  Carolina 
Archives  Department.  1957.  Pp.  vii,  278.  $6.00.) 

The  term  indents,  as  used  in  this  volume,  applies  to  interest- 
bearing  certificates  issued  after  the  Revolutionary  War  by 
the  South  Carolina  Treasury  in  payment  of  a  relatively  small 
number  of  claims  outstanding  on  May  12,  1780,  when 
Charleston  was  occupied  by  the  British,  and  of  larger  debts 
contracted  afterwards  as  the  war  progressed.  On  each  stub 
remaining  in  the  Treasurer's  books  after  the  indent  was  de- 
tached there  was  entered  the  name  of  the  recipient,  the  serv- 
ice rendered,  and  the  amount  paid.  These  entries  on  the  stubs 
represent  summaries  of  thousands  of  individual  debts,  ac- 
counts of  which  had  been  received,  audited,  and  approved. 
They  reveal  much  as  to  how  troops  were  recruited  and  sup- 
plied, of  the  exercise  of  power  while  the  civil  authority  was 
largely  in  abeyance,  of  the  fiscal  policy  of  the  government 
after  its  restoration,  and  of  the  activities  of  hundreds  of  men 
whose  military  service  is  not  recorded  elsewhere. 

This  is  the  twelfth  volume  in  the  series  to  be  published 
since  1910  and  it  is  anticipated  that  one  additional  volume 
will  be  sufficient  to  complete  it. 

William  S.  Powell. 

University  of  North  Carolina, 

Chapel  Hill. 


Book  Reviews  539 

A  Bibliography  of  John  Marshall.  By  James  A.  Servies.  (Wash- 
ington :  The  U.  S.  Commission  for  the  Celebration  of  the  Two 
Hundredth  Anniversary  of  the  Birth  of  John  Marshall.  1956. 
Pp.  xix,  182.  $1.50.) 

This  bibliography  gives  a  list  of  all  the  collections  of 
Marshall  writings,  with  brief  annotations.  Then  in  chronologi- 
cal order,  it  gives  the  other  letters  and  papers  with  an  indica- 
tion of  the  source  for  each.  All  Marshall's  Supreme  Court 
decisions,  and  his  dissents,  are  noted  as  well  as  his  legislative, 
diplomatic,  and  personal  papers.  The  contents  of  important 
letters  and  papers  are  stated  in  a  few  words. 

More  than  half  the  volume  is  devoted  to  "Works  About 
John  Marshall,"  including  the  well-known  biographies  by 
Beveridge  and  Corwin,  monographs  in  which  Marshall  was 
of  secondary  importance,  such  as  Abernethy's  Burr  Con- 
spiracy, others  in  which  the  great  jurist's  name  enters  only 
incidentally,  and  a  host  of  essays  and  addresses.  A  three  and 
a  half  page  "List  of  Abbreviations"  gives  some  indication  of 
the  breadth  of  the  work.  Other  noteworthy  features  are  the 
chronology  of  events  of  Marshall's  life  and  the  thirty-six  page 
index. 

This  is  an  extremely  useful  book,  and  should  stimulate  and 
facilitate  future  historical  writings  concerning  Marshall.  No 
competent  historian  working  on  any  phase  of  our  early  na- 
tional history  will  dare  to  disregard  it. 

Gilbert  L.  Lycan. 
Stetson  University, 
DeLand,  Florida. 


The  Legend  of  the  Founding  Fathers.  By  Wesley  Frank  Craven. 
(New  York:  New  York  University  Press.  1956.  Pp.  191.  Foot- 
notes and  index.  $4.50.) 

Despite  the  diverse  racial,  religious,  and  cultural  origins 
of  the  American  people  there  has  developed  a  common  na- 


540  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

tional  tradition  as  to  the  causes  and  significance  of  the  na- 
tion's origins.  To  show  how  this  tradition  or  legend  of  the 
founding  fathers  was  created  and  the  various  influences  which 
have  maintained  this  tradition  at  various  stages  in  our  history 
is  the  major  concern  of  the  author.  The  result  of  this  effort  is 
a  thoughtful  and  stimulating  study  in  which  the  author  does 
not  attempt  to  assess  the  historical  validity  of  this  tradition 
but  rather  seeks  to  show  American  interest  in  its  development. 
The  six  chapters  which  comprise  this  work  were  originally 
prepared  as  lectures  and  delivered  in  1955,  as  another  in  the 
fine  series  of  Anson  G.  Phelps  Lectures  in  Early  American 
History  at  New  York  University. 

Professor  Craven  finds  two  groups  of  founding  fathers  who 
have  contributed  to  this  legend— those  associated  with  the 
early  settlement  of  the  colonies  and  those  who  participated 
in  the  American  Revolution.  While  not  neglecting  the  contri- 
butions of  this  latter  group  to  the  shaping  of  the  legend,  the 
author  is  most  concerned  with  the  part  the  pre-Revolutionary 
settlers  contributed  to  the  legend. 

The  author  finds  the  roots  of  the  legend  of  the  founding 
fathers  in  New  England's  concept  of  its  own  founding.  For 
a  number  of  reasons,  the  autocratic  Puritan  founders  of  the 
New  England  theocracy  had  become  invested  by  their  mid- 
eighteenth  century  descendants  with  the  robes  of  seekers 
after  religious  and  political  liberty.  By  the  time  of  the  Revolu- 
tion the  New  Englander's  view  of  his  own  founding  fathers 
had  become  the  accepted  popular  concept  of  the  founding 
fathers  in  the  thirteen  colonies.  This  concept  of  the  founding 
fathers  as  seekers  after  religious  and  political  liberty  filled 
the  needs  of  the  propagandists  of  the  American  Revolution 
who,  using  this  already  well-defined  legend,  could  call  upon 
the  American  people  to  die  for  the  liberties  their  fathers  had 
braved  the  wilderness  to  secure. 

The  most  original  and  centainly  the  most  interesting  por- 
tion of  Dr.  Craven's  study  is  that  which  shows  how  this  legend 
has  fared  at  the  hands  of  Americans  since  the  days  of  the 
Revolution.  As  immigrants  poured  into  the  country  in  the 


Book  Reviews  541 

nineteenth  century,  there  was  no  effort  by  these  new  Ameri- 
cans to  reject  the  legend  of  the  founding  fathers  but  a 
conscious  effort,  almost  ludicrous  at  times,  to  identify  them- 
selves with  the  legend.  The  rise  of  such  organizations  as  the 
Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  at  the  close  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  the  author  states,  grew  out  of  the  fear 
that  the  rising  tide  of  immigration  might  overwhelm  the  na- 
tional traditions.  The  job  which  these  organizations  assigned 
for  themselves,  however,  was  not  to  stop  the  flow  of  immigra- 
tion but  to  educate  and  indoctrinate  the  newcomers  in  the 
established  national  traditions.  The  twentieth  century  brought 
with  it  the  challenge  of  the  debunker  to  our  national  tradi- 
tions. This  challenge  failed,  however,  and  the  author  believes 
that  by  mid-century  the  legend  stood  as  sound  and  vital  as 
ever. 

Herbert  R.  Paschal,  Jr. 

East  Carolina  College, 
Greenville. 


Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  America.  By  Kenneth  Scott.    (New 
York:  Oxford  University  Press.  1957.  Pp.  xii,  283.  $5.00.) 

Counterfeiting  in  all  countries  is  as  old  as  money  itself, 
and  the  English  colonists  in  America  were  familiar  with  such 
crimes  as  "forging  the  coin  of  the  realm"  and  the  severe  pun- 
ishments inflicted  in  the  mother  country  upon  offenders. 
Counterfeiting  prevailed  in  the  colonies,  from  the  days  when 
Indians  counterfeited  wampum  by  dyeing  the  lower-valued 
white  beads  a  darker  color,  to  the  Revolution,  when  the  Bri- 
tish Government  and  the  Tories  found  it  an  excellent  device 
for  depreciating  Continental  and  state  currencies  and  under- 
mining the  national  economy. 

Mr.  Scott,  who  is  Professor  of  Modern  Languages  at  Wag- 
ner College,  has  been  doing  research  on  colonial  counterfeit- 
ing for  many  years  and  is  a  recognized  authority  in  this  field. 
He  has  produced  a  scholarly,  readable,  and  exciting  history 
of  a  somewhat  neglected  but  important  phase  of  colonial 


542  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

economic  and  social  life.  He  has  shown  how  coins  of  all  sorts- 
English,  French,  Spanish,  Massachusetts  "pine  tree  shillings," 
and  other  coins  were  clipped  and  counterfeited.  He  has  given 
many  details  about  the  counterfeiting  of  paper  currency:  the 
individuals  and  groups  who  were  engaged  in  "money  mak- 
ing"; the  techniques  used  by  counterfeiters,  the  sums  emitted 
by  some  of  the  larger  operators  of  this  "colonial  racket";  the 
punishments  meted  out  to  those  counterfeiters  who  were  ap- 
prehended, and  the  effects  of  the  circulation  of  counterfeit 
money  on  the  economy  of  the  colonies. 

Of  the  scores  of  counterfeiters  whose  activities  are  related 
here,  most  were  engaged  in  counterfeiting  paper  currency, 
though  there  were  always  those  who  "tampered  with  coins." 
In  the  seventeenth  century  most  of  the  counterfeiters  operat- 
ed on  an  individual  basis,  but  by  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth 
century  much  of  the  counterfeiting  was  being  carried  on  by 
organized  and  co-operating  groups,  some  of  which  carried 
on  their  nefarious  activities  in  more  than  one  colony.  More 
than  one-third  of  the  volume  is  devoted  to  the  activities  of 
these  gangs.  There  are  chapters  on:  'John  Potter  and  the 
Rhode  Island  Counterfeiters  in  1741";  "Samuel  Weed  and 
the  Derby  Gang";  "Owen  Sullivan  and  the  Dover  Money 
Club";  and  "The  Pittsylvania  and  Morristown  Gangs."  There 
are  also  interesting  chapters  on  "Women  Money  Makers"; 
"Silversmiths  as  Counterfeiters";  and  "John  Bull  Turns  Coun- 
terfeiter." 

One  of  the  earliest  counterfeiters  in  the  colonies  was 
Peregrine  White,  Jr.,  son  of  Peregrine  White,  "Mayflower" 
baby  and  first-born  New  Englander  of  English  parentage. 
Perhaps  the  largest  operator  of  the  counterfeit  racket  was 
Samuel  Ford,  who  was  so  successful  that  his  associates  called 
him  "the  treasurer  of  three  provinces"  (New  York,  New 
Jersey,  and  Pennsylvania).  A  contemporary  described  Ford 
as  "the  most  accomplished  villain  that  the  country  has  pro- 
duced." 

Counterfeiters  came  from  all  social  and  economic  classes: 
farmers,  sailors,  weavers,  carpenters,  bakers,  school-masters, 


Book  Reviews  543 

merchants,  doctors,  deacons,  justices  of  the  peace,  legislators, 
printers,  blacksmiths,  and  silversmiths  ( including  some  noted 
ones  such  as  Samuel  and  Gideon  Casey,  Abel  Buell,  and 
Garrett  Onclebag). 

There  were  "money  makers"  in  every  colony,  more  perhaps 
in  New  England  and  the  Middle  Colonies  than  in  the  South. 
Counterfeiting  "posed  a  constant  threat  to  the  credit  and 
commerce  of  the  provinces."  North  Carolina  had  fewer  coun- 
terfeiters than  most  of  the  colonies,  but  throughout  the  late 
colonial  period  there  were  constant  complaints  of  the  circula- 
tion of  bogus  currency. 

In  1734,  soon  after  Governor  Gabriel  Johnston  arrived  in 
North  Carolina,  he  was  apprised  by  several  of  the  leading 
merchants  and  traders  of  the  numerous  and  great  incon- 
veniences to  trade  and  commerce  caused  by  "the  great  Multi- 
plicity of  Counterfeit  Bills  of  Credit  issued  by  Vagabond  and 
Idle  people  passing  from  one  part  of  the  Government  to  an- 
other." On  January  15  of  the  next  year,  Johnston  addressed 
the  session  of  the  legislature,  warning  the  members  that  the 
matter  of  the  currency  of  their  bills  could  no  longer  be  neg- 
lected "without  the  entire  Ruin  of  the  Country."  He  urged 
the  legislators  to  do  something  to  prevent  the  industrious 
planter  from  being  robbed  of  the  fruits  of  his  labor  "by  the 
Tricks  and  Frauds  of  profligate  and  abandoned  persons." 
Professor  Scott  gives  a  facsimile  of  "A  counterfeit  twenty 
shilling  North  Carolina  bill  of  the  emission  of  1735,  perhaps 
one  of  those  forged  by  Thomas  Hamilton  Scott."  He  also 
reproduces  a  twenty  shilling  North  Carolina  bill  of  1783, 
which  carries  the  interesting  warning  "Counterfeiters  Be- 
ware." 

In  some  colonies,  notably  New  York  and  Virginia,  counter- 
feiting was  a  capital  offense,  and  the  currency  put  out  by  the 
money  makers  in  those  colonies  carried  such  ominous  warn- 
ings as:  'Tis  Death  to  Counterfeit"  and  "To  Counterfeit  is 
Death."  In  a  few  instance,  notably  that  of  Owen  Sullivan  in 
New  York  in  1756,  counterfeiters  were  put  to  death.  In  most 
cases,  however,  they  were  placed  in  the  pillory,  had  their 


544  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

ears  cropped,  or  were  given  a  public  whipping.  But  the  severe 
punishments  meted  out  to  offenders  failed  to  solve  the  prob- 
lem of  counterfeiting. 

Hugh  T.  Lefler. 

University  of  North  Carolina, 
Chapel  Hill. 


Rebels  and  Redcoats :  The  Living  Story  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion. By  George  F.  Scheer  and  Hugh  F.  Rankin.  (Cleveland  and 
New  York:  The  World  Publishing  Company.  1957.  Pp.  572. 
Introduction,  notes,  bibliography,  index,  and  maps.  $7.50.) 

In  recent  years  the  American  Revolution  has  had  increas- 
ing popularity  as  a  subject  of  historical  study  in  the  United 
States,  and  many  excellent  books  have  been  written  about  it. 
Now  another  has  been  added  to  the  list:  Rebels  and  Redcoats: 
The  Living  Story  of  the  American  Revolution,  by  George  F. 
Scheer  and  Hugh  F.  Rankin.  Primarily  a  military  history,  it 
covers  the  same  ground  covered  by  other  histories  of  the  war, 
leading  the  reader  through  a  detailed  account  of  each  of  the 
major  battles  and  campaigns  from  Lexington  to  Yorktown. 
Though  it  contributes  nothing  that  is  startling  in  the  way  of 
interpretation  or  information,  it  is  nevertheless  unlike  any- 
thing else  in  print.  For  it  tells  the  story  of  the  war,  whenever 
possible,  in  the  words  of  those  who  lived  it,  and  therein  lies 
its  justification  and  its  charm. 

As  the  result  of  extensive  research,  mainly  in  printed 
sources,  the  authors  have  gathered  together  in  this  volume 
a  large  and  diverse  collection  of  original  accounts,  many  of 
them  little  used  before.  These  accounts,  skillfully  woven  into 
the  authors'  own  well-written  narrative,  constitute  perhaps 
one-half  of  the  text.  They  have  been  extracted  from  a  variety 
of  sources— letters,  diaries,  official  reports  and  journals— and 
they  include  the  writings  of  all  manner  of  men:  Americans, 
Britons,  Frenchmen,  and  Hessians;  the  highest  ranking  officers 
and  the  lowliest  soldiers;  and  civilians,  too,  male  and  female, 
patriot  and  tory.  Some  of  the  accounts  are  deadly  serious, 


Book  Reviews  545 

some  are  full  of  the  soldier's  lusty  humor,  some  are  downright 
bawdy,  some  are  grisly.  If  some  are  more  interesting  than 
others,  few  are  dull,  and  one  gains  through  them  a  sharply 
realistic  and  intimate  picture  of  the  war.  On  the  whole,  the 
quality  of  selection  is  excellent. 

There  are  things  about  the  book  that  give  to  the  reviewer 
his  coveted  opportunity  to  quibble.  Since  it  deals  almost  ex- 
clusively with  military  history  a  more  appropriate  sub-title 
might  have  been  "The  Living  Story  of  the  Revolutionary 
War."  It  is  a  very  long  book,  perhaps  excessively  so  (490 
pages  of  finely  printed  text).  Had  the  authors  been  willing 
to  sacrifice  some  of  the  detail  they  could  have  produced  a 
shorter,  easier  to  read  and  probably  more  effective  work.  The 
authors  separate  the  accounts  taken  from  the  sources  from 
their  own  narrative  by  little  stars  at  the  beginning  and  end  of 
each  passage,  and  the  source  of  each  of  these  passages  is  ap- 
propriately indicated  in  the  notes.  But  the  text  is  studded  with 
other  quotations  ( designated  in  the  standard  way )  for  which 
no  sources  are  indicated  at  all.  All  quoted  passages,  it  seems, 
should  have  warranted  footnoting,  no  matter  how  designated 
in  the  text.  Generally  speaking,  the  maps  are  well-done  and 
helpful,  though  the  map  of  New  Jersey  (p.  205)  places  the 
village  of  Trenton  on  the  wrong  side  of  Assunpink  Creek.  One 
last  thing— John  Adams  was  not  "always  an  advocate  of  in- 
dependence" (p.  150). 

But  these  are  only  minor  criticisms  of  a  well-executed  and 
worthwhile  book,  one,  indeed,  that  should  have  wide  appeal. 
The  historically  minded  layman  should  find  it  vastly  interest- 
ing; the  Revolutionary  specialist  will  find  it  useful;  the  teacher 
of  history  will  find  it  an  unfailing  source  of  anecdotes  with 
which  to  enliven  lectures. 

Robert  L.  Ganyard. 
The  University  of  Houston, 
Houston,  Texas. 


546  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Revolution  in  America :  Confidential  Letters  and  Journals,  1776- 
1784,  of  Adjutant  General  Major  Bauermeister  of  the  Hessian 
Forces.  Translated  and  annotated  by  Bernhard  A.  Uhlendorf. 
(New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey:  Rutgers  University  Press. 
1957.  Pp.  xiv,  640.  $9.00.) 

The  writer  of  the  ninety-four  letters  and  diaries  presented 
here,  Carl  Leopold  (later  von)  Bauermeister,  was  in  a  good 
position  to  report  at  firsthand  many  of  the  momentous  events 
and  decisions  of  the  "American  War."  He  was  a  general  staff 
officer,  serving  as  first  adjutant  to  all  three  Hessian  comman- 
ders-in-chief, Leopold  Phillipp  von  Heister,  Wilhelm  von 
Knyphausen,  and  Friedrich  Wilhelm  von  Lossberg.  For  some 
time  between  1779  and  1782  he  was  aide-de-camp  to  Sir 
Henry  Clinton.  Only  once  did  he  command  a  body  of  troops, 
namely  at  Eagle  Hill,  in  the  Philadelphia  campaign.  In  1783 
he  was  authorized  by  Generals  von  Lossberg  and  Guy  Carle- 
ton  to  negotiate  in  person  with  Congress  for  the  return  of 
German  prisoners  and  deserters  who  had  settled  in  the  Phila- 
delphia area  or  were  employed  in  the  iron  works  at  Mount 
Hope,  New  Jersey. 

Bauermeister,  an  intelligent  man,  a  keen  and  relatively 
unbiased  observer,  and  a  professional  soldier,  reported  to  his 
superior,  the  Minister  of  State  of  Hesse  Cassel,  on  the  military 
events  in  America  and  also  on  the  social,  economic,  and  diplo- 
matic aspects  of  the  war.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  before 
the  war  ended,  Hesse  Cassel  sent  to  America  16,992  officers 
and  men  out  of  a  total  population  of  less  than  three  hundred 
thousand.  More  than  one-third  of  the  virtually  seventeen  thou- 
sand did  not  return  to  Germany.  Some  had  been  killed  in 
action  or  had  died  from  wounds  or  disease,  but  by  far  the 
greatest  number  had  deserted  or  had  else  "escaped"  from 
American  prisons  to  settle  in  this  country  and  could  not  be 
persuaded  to  return  to  their  homeland  at  the  close  of  the  war. 
Yet  Bauermeister  had  written  in  1781:  "The  Hessians  are  be- 
coming accustomed  to  the  American  climate,  but  not  to  the 
extent  of  preferring  this  air  in  any  respect  to  that  of  the 
Fatherland." 


Book  Reviews  547 

The  Hessians,  as  revealed  in  these  interesting  and  highly 
informative  letters  and  diaries,  were  not  the  ogres  many 
schoolbooks  paint  them  to  be.  In  the  beginning  of  the  war 
they  were  feared  by  the  civilian  population,  but  later  on  they 
were  gradually  better  liked  and  more  civilly  treated  than  were 
the  British.  Legends  of  the  Hessians  being  guilty  of  a  great 
deal  of  plundering  have  survived  to  this  day,  but  the  Hessians 
looted  no  more  than  did  the  British— or  the  patriots  when 
Tory  property  was  concerned.  Bauermeister's  letters  and 
diaries  contain  many  remarks  about  pillaging,  marauding,  and 
plundering—always  uttered  in  condemnation  of  the  offense. 

Bauermeister  not  only  gives  a  full  account  of  the  much- 
maligned  Hessians,  but  also  comments  critically  on  such  sub- 
jects as  British  laxity  and  negligence  and  the  interrelation  of 
British  commerce  and  warfare.  In  contrast  with  most  personal 
accounts  of  the  Revolution,  his  narrative  contains  a  great  deal 
of  information  about  the  movements  and  activities  of  the 
British  naval  forces,  especially  in  the  West  Indies.  He  felt 
that  unless  British  military  and  naval  leaders  displayed  more 
efficiency  than  they  had  shown  in  most  of  their  campaigns 
"England  may  lose  everything/'  At  the  same  time,  he  declared 
that  the  "stubborn  and  inexperienced  rebels  are  too  lucky." 
Until  the  British  surrender  at  Yorktown,  in  October,  1781,  he 
believed  that  the  rebels  might  be  brought  to  terms  of  sub- 
mission. Yet  he  wrote:  "To  conquer  the  Americans  completely 
and  impose  arbitrary  terms  is  thought  to  be  improbable." 

Bauermeister  was  interested  in  almost  every  aspect  of  the 
war.  He  commented  about  American  uniforms,  guns,  wagons, 
military  supplies,  and  the  fighting  quality— or  lack  of  it— dis- 
played by  Continentals  and  militia.  Commenting  about 
George  Washington,  he  wrote:  "Everyone  is  captivated  by 
this  general  .  .  .  even  though  he  is  not  a  good  strategist"  and 
"does  not  always  follow  through."  Time  and  again,  Bauer- 
meister referred  to  prices  and  the  depreciation  of  paper  cur- 
rency. He  gave  a  vivid  account  of  the  activities  of  various 
Tory  leaders,  among  them  John  Butler  of  New  York  and 
David  Fanning  of  North  Carolina.  He  wrote  about  the  sec- 
tional jealousies  in  America,  the  bickerings  of  Congress,  and 


548  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

General  Washington's  relation  to  Congress.  On  several 
occasions  he  commented  about  American  suspicions  of 
French  sincerity,  and  declared  that  these  suspicions  were  well 
founded. 

Bauermeister  had  little  to  say  about  the  causes  of  the  war. 
He  seemed  to  be  doing  a  job  that  had  to  be  done  and  he  was 
reporting  to  his  superiors  in  Germany  what  he  thought  they 
wanted  to  hear.  As  early  as  October,  1777,  he  stated  his  hope 
that  "this  miserable  war  will  soon  end."  He  estimated  that 
if  the  rebels  had,  in  addition  to  their  own  soldiers,  "twelve 
thousand  men  generaled  in  the  German  way,"  they  would  win 
a  quick  victory.  He  had  little  praise  for  the  undisciplined 
American  troops.  Yet  he  wrote:  "The  Americans  are  bold,  un- 
yielding, and  fearless.  .  .  .  They  have  their  indomitable  ideas 
of  liberty,  the  mainsprings  of  which  are  held  and  guided  by 
every  hand  in  Congress." 

Hugh  T.  Lefler. 

University  of  North  Carolina, 
Chapel  Hill. 


The  Green  Dragoon:  The  Lives  of  Banastre  Tarleton  and  Mary 
Robinson.  By  Robert  D.  Bass.  (New  York:  Henry  Holt  and 
Company.  1957.  Pp.  viii,  489.  $5.75.) 

Publishers  have  a  nasty  little  way  of  putting  authors  on  the 
spot  through  their  dust  jacket  "blurbs."  To  declare  any  book 
"definitive"  goads  every  reviewer  to  work  with  diligence  to 
prove  that  jacket  wrong,  sometimes  even  to  the  point  of  dig- 
ging out  innocuous  minutiae  which  have  little  to  do  with  the 
main  current  of  the  narrative. 

Doctor  Bass  was  a  brave  man  to  select  as  the  subject  of  a 
biography  Banastre  Tarleton,  for  "Bloody  Tarleton"  was  pos- 
sessed of  a  personality  that  only  a  biographer  or  a  mother 
could  love. 

The  story  begins  during  the  American  Revolution,  the  arena 
in  which  Tarleton  gained  his  greatest  fame  and  suffered  his 
greatest  disgrace.  His  green-coated  British  Legion  plundered, 
despoiled,  and  killed  with  abandon  and  enthusiasm.  Even  to- 


Book  Reviews  549 

day  the  name  Tarleton  conjures  up  a  picture  of  brutality  and 
needless  slaughter.  His  comeuppance  came  that  January  17, 
1781,  when,  at  a  place  called  Cowpens  in  South  Carolina, 
Daniel  Morgan  administered  the  cocky  cavalry  leader  a 
thrashing  that  was  to  haunt  him  the  rest  of  his  days. 

With  the  cessation  of  hostilities  and  his  subsequent  return 
to  England,  Banastre  Tarleton  lived  a  life  that  revolved  just 
outside  the  pale  of  respectability.  On  a  bet  he  seduced  Mary 
Robinson,  ex-mistress  of  the  Prince  of  Wales,  and  then  be- 
came so  enamoured  of  his  conquest  that  he  found  it  difficult 
to  break  away  from  her  for  many  years.  He  became  as  de- 
bauched as  any  of  the  gay  crowd  who  ran  with  the  royal 
princes,  so  much  so  that  the  London  Morning  Post  said  of  this 
young  roue  that  his  "chief  boast  is  that  he  has  killed  more  men 
and  ruined  more  women,  than  any  other  man  in  Europe.  .  .  ." 

Mary  Robinson,  a  talented  actress  and  writer,  became  his 
great  love,  and  it  was  Mary  who  wrote  his  speeches  when 
Tarleton  became  a  member  of  Parliament.  As  a  legislator  from 
Liverpool  he  fought  the  abolition  of  the  slave  trade  in  the 
interests  of  his  sea-faring  constituency.  But  once  outside  the 
solemn  halls  he  spent  much  of  his  time  in  gambling,  many  of 
his  losses  being  covered  by  Mary's  literary  earnings.  In  Parlia- 
ment he  prided  himself  on  being  something  of  a  military  ex- 
pert, although  the  largest  body  of  troops  he  ever  led  had  been 
defeated  at  Cowpens  and  after  leaving  America  never  again 
did  he  lead  troops  into  battle.  Eventually,  possibly  because 
of  his  friendship  with  the'  royal  princes,  he  was  made  a  full 
general.  Nevertheless,  he  was  never  assigned  to  a  really  im- 
portant command. 

Always  "the  unfortunate  day  at  Cowpens,''  hung  about  his 
neck  like  the  albatross.  The  publication  of  his  Campaigns  of 
1780-1781,  in  the  Southern  Provinces  of  North  America  was 
his  apologia  and  in  it  he  bit  the  hand  that  had  protected  him. 
Lord  Cornwallis,  who  was  his  champion  after  the  defeat  at 
Cowpens,  was  saddled  with  the  blame  by  the  ungrateful 
Tarleton.  The  readability  of  his  Campaigns  apparently  is  due 
largely  to  the  deft  strokes  of  the  pen  of  Mary  Robinson,  but 
true  to  his  nature,  Tarleton  was  to  discard  the  woman  he  lov- 


550  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

ed  and  in  middle  age  was  to  marry  a  young  girl  with  money. 

In  interest,  this  book  starts  slowly  and  gathers  momentum 
as  it  progresses.  That  portion  covering  the  period  of  the 
American  Revolution  moves  at  a  languid  pace  and  contains 
some  errors,  albeit  of  a  minor  nature.  The  research  here  does 
not  seem  to  have  been  as  thorough  as  in  the  later  chapters. 
It  is  only  after  Tarleton  returns  to  England  that  the  book  takes 
on  life,  slowed  only  by  the  author's  penchant  for  printing  long 
passages  from  Mary  Robinson's  writings  or  complete  letters  of 
Banastre  Tarleton.  The  latter,  however,  are  of  value;  Dr.  Bass 
has  turned  up  a  number  of  hitherto  unknown  Tarleton  letters 
which  are  not  readily  available  to  the  historian. 

The  author's  facile  pen  draws  a  well-delineated  picture  of 
the  gay  social  whirl  of  London's  "younger  generation"  in  the 
late  eighteenth  century.  Nevertheless,  it  is  Mary  Robinson 
who  most  often  carries  the  narrative,  with  Tarleton  apparent- 
ly just  coming  along  for  the  ride. 

Contrary  to  Dr.  Bass's  statements,  Williamsburg  was  not 
the  capital  of  Virginia  in  1781;  Cornwallis  was  not  the  pur- 
sued, but  the  pursuer  in  the  Virginia  campaign;  theater  cur- 
tains did  not  part,  but  rose  in  the  eighteenth  century;  and  the 
orchestra  was  not  called  that,  but  was  referred  to  as  the 
"pit."  To  enumerate  other  errors  of  a  like  nature  would  seem 
picayunish  and  indicate  that  this  reviewer  had  picked  up  the 
gauntlet  thrown  down  by  the  publishers  when  they  used  the 
adjective  "definitive."  This  is  a  good  book,  and  is  the  final 
word  of  Tarleton's  life  in  England,  but  his  role  in  the  Ameri- 
can Revolution  is  yet  to  be  fully  done. 

Hugh  F.  Rankin. 
Tulane  University  of  Louisiana, 
New  Orleans. 


Mighty  Stonewall.  By  Frank  E.  Vandiver.  (New  York,  McGraw- 
Hill  Book  Company,  Inc.  1957.  Pp.  xi,  547.  Maps,  illustrations, 
notes  and  index.  $6.50.) 

In  the  brief  space  of  one  year,  Thomas  Jonathan  Jackson, 
once  a  none-too-successful  teacher  at  the  Virginia  Military 


Book  Reviews  551 

Institute,  demonstrated  that  he  was  a  rare  military  genius. 
From  the  spring  of  1862  to  the  end  of  April,  1863,  he  defeated 
a  succession  of  Federal  armies  in  a  brilliant  campaign  in  the 
Valley  of  Virginia,  went  to  Richmond  to  help  defeat  and  im- 
mobilize McClellan's  Peninsula  Campaign,  fought  at  Cedar 
Mountain,  and  Second  Manassas,  captured  Harper's  Ferry, 
joined  Robert  E.  Lee  at  Sharpsburg,  and  served  valiantly  at 
Fredericksburg.  His  achievements  inspired  the  South,  threw 
terror  into  the  North,  and  won  the  lasting  admiration  of  stu- 
dents of  military  science  for  all  time  to  come. 

For  many  years  Colonel  G.  F.  R.  Henderson's  Stonewall 
Jackson  and  the  American  Civil  War  has  stood  as  the  standard 
military  study  of  Jackson  and  his  campaigns.  A  work  of  high 
merit,  it  seemed  so  definitive  that  no  one  attempted  to  replace 
it.  Freeman,  in  Lee's  Lieutenants,  gave  considerable  attention 
to  Jackson.  But  neither  Freeman  nor  Henderson  succeeded  in 
integrating  the  strange  personality  of  Jackson— who  bore  both 
the  nicknames  of  "Stonewall''  and  "Tom  Fool"— with  his  mili- 
tary achievements.  Dr.  Vandiver  has  now  succeeded  where 
both  previous  military  students  failed.  His  study  of  Jackson 
places  "Tom  Fool's"  strange  quirks— his  odd  diet,  his  eccentric 
mannerisms,  his  unusual  religious  devotion— in  perspective 
while  displaying  "Stonewall's"  sense  of  logistics,  strategic 
imagination,  and  tactical  skills.  The  result  is  a  rounded,  full- 
fleshed  biography  which  is  at  once  fascinating  to  read  and 
penetrating  in  its  scholarship.  Vandiver's  lucid  analysis  of 
campaigns  and  dramatic  descriptions  of  battles  can  take  rank 
among  the  best  writing  on  the  Civil  War. 

William  B.  Hesseltine. 
University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison. 


Fiction  Fights  the  Civil  War:  An  Unfinished  Chapter  in  the 
Literary  History  of  the  American  People.  By  Robert  A.  Lively. 
Chapel  Hill:  The  University  of  North  Carolina  Press,  1957. 
Pp.  viii,  230.  Bibliography,  footnotes,  and  index.  $5.00.) 

"The  Connecticut  lady  who  laid  aside  the  description  of 
Sherman's  march  in  Gone  with  the  Wind  with  an  explosive 


552  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

'Those  damn  Yankees'  puts  in  forceful  context  the  process  I 
seek  here  to  analyze,"  writes  Robert  A.  Lively  in  this  discern- 
ing and  provocative  treatise  on  Civil  War  novels.  "One  cannot 
doubt",  he  adds,  "that  Southern  traditions  of  the  Civil  War 
have  been  more  firmly  fixed  in  the  American  consciousness  by 
Miss  Mitchell's  best  seller  than  by  Douglas  Southall  Freeman's 
minute  examination  of  the  career  of  Robert  E.  Lee." 

Professor  Lively  is  a  historian,  but  this  does  not  mean  that 
he  objects  to  people  turning  to  fiction  for  ideas  about  the  past. 
Indeed,  his  examination  of  512  novels  about  the  Civil  War 
has  given  him  a  wholesome  respect  for  the  novelist  as  his- 
torian. All  the  major  interpretations  that  successive  genera- 
tions of  historians  have  applied  to  the  conflict,  he  states,  are 
to  be  found  in  works  of  fiction;  and,  what  is  more  important, 
the  appearance  of  these  interpretations  antedated,  sometimes 
by  many  years,  their  exposition  in  history  books.  The  implica- 
tion is  not  that  the  historians  appropriated  the  ideas  of  the 
novelists— Professor  Lively  seems  to  think  that  historians  gen- 
erally are  disdainful  of  historical  novels— but  rather  that  they 
moved  at  a  slower  pace  in  their  search  for  an  understanding 
of  the  Civil  War.  Historians  had  to  proceed  more  slowly  be- 
cause they  could  accept  as  truth  only  what  they  could  estab- 
lish by  the  standards  of  their  discipline;  novelists  on  the  other 
hand  were  free  to  use  their  imagination.  And  what  the  good 
novelist  discerned  intuitively,  in  Professor  Livery's  opinion, 
was  often  closer  to  the  truth  than  what  the  historical  scholar 
dug  out  laboriously  from  masses  of  records.  The  advantage 
of  the  novelist  is  summarized  thus  in  a  passage  about  South- 
ern novels: 

Even  dreams  spun  from  the  realm  of  romantic  illusion  have  their 
place  with  such  achievements,  for  in  the  artist's  vision  there  may 
be  captured  a  truth  more  accurate  than  fact,  because  it  is  con- 
ceived in  the  spirit  which  informs  the  fact.  Stately  gentlemen  of 
unblemished  honor,  loyalty  beyond  the  fear  of  death,  unwavering 
conviction  of  righteous  purpose — these  qualities  seem  lost  for- 
ever except  in  the  pages  of  such  books  as  these,  which  bring  us 
again  to  the  time  before  the  Union  was  divided,  before  blue  and 
gray  were  faded,  before  the  bright  hope,  unrealized,  collapsed  in 
early  sorrow. 


Book  Reviews  553 

As  the  above  comments  indicate,  Professor  Lively  is  a  bold 
scholar.  His  daring  is  quickly  manifested  when  in  his  first 
chapter  he  selects  from  the  512  titles  the  fifteen  "best  Civil 
War  novels."  Space  will  not  permit  complete  listing  of  his 
favorites,  but  they  include  De  Forest's  Miss  Ravenel's  Con- 
version from  Secession  to  Loyalty,  Faulkner's  The  Unvan- 
quished,  Glasgow's  Battle-Ground,  Caroline  Gordon's  None 
Shall  Look  Back,  Kantor's  Long  Remember  ( "The  best  mod- 
ern novel  produced  in  the  North  about  the  war."),  Lytle's 
The  Long  Night,  Tate's  The  Fathers,  and  Stark  Young's  So 
Red  the  Rose. 

Writing  about  the  war  is  not  a  phenonomen  peculiar  to  any 
period,  according  to  the  author,  though  the  peak  decade  for 
Civil  War  novels  was  1900-1909,  when  110  were  published, 
and  the  nadir  was  1870-1879,  when  only  17  appeared.  "The 
unusual  times  were  the  years  when  Civil  War  novels  were  not 
being  published''  in  considerable  quantity. 

The  author  analyzes  some  of  the  better  novels.  He  also 
essays  a  comparison  of  northern  and  southern  works.  Northern 
novelists,  he  finds,  tended  to  portray  the  war  as  "more  a 
calamity  in  individual  lives  than  a  national  or  regional  ex- 
perience." Even  so,  "they  succeed  in  outlining  important  un- 
derlying forces  of  the  time"  and  their  work,  because  it  seeks 
to  point  up  the  war's  lasting  effects  on  the  nation,  has  "a 
vitality,  a  social  usefulness,  which  is  evident  less  frequently 
in  southern  portrayals  of  the  war  as  a  catastrophic  punctua- 
tion point  of  the  majestic  phases  of  an  old  litany." 

A  distinquishing  feature  of  southern  novels  about  the  war, 
he  notes,  is  the  emphasis  on  family.  This  exaggerated  con- 
sciousness of  kin,  and  all  the  customs  and  loyalties  associated 
with  it,  appears,  not  only  among  Stark  Young's  aristocratic 
McGehees,  but  also  in  Andrew  Lytle's  yeomen  Mclvors.  "The 
dissolution  of  manners,  of  group  pride,  or  of  family  loyalty 
becomes  evidence  of  defeat  more  devastating  than  the  result 
of  purely  military  action." 

Fiction  Fights  the  Civil  War  is  a  thoughtful,  well-written, 
and  richly  interpretive  book.  It  would  be  a  credit  to  a  writer 
of  twice  the  years  of  its  youthful  author.  Its  merit  is  so  excep- 


554  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

tional  as  to  mark  him  as  one  of  the  most  promising  of  the 
excellent  crop  of  historians  produced  during  the  period  fol- 
lowing World  War  II.  He  will  bear  watching. 

Bell  I.  Wiley. 

Emory  University, 

Emory  University,  Ga. 


Lincoln's  Commando:  The  Biography  of  Commander  W.  B. 
Cushing,  U.S.N.  By  Ralph  J.  Roske  and  Charles  Van  Doren. 
(New  York:  Harper  &  Brothers.  1957.  Pp.  x,  310.  $4.50.) 

William  Barker  Cushing  was  dismissed  from  the  Naval 
Academy  in  March  of  1861,  a  few  months  before  he  was  to 
graduate.  Four  years  later  his  reputation  for  bravery  and  in- 
dividual deeds  of  daring  was  unequaled  by  anyone,  North 
or  South,  who  fought  in  the  Civil  War.  How  he  wangled 
his  way  back  into  the  Navy,  pleaded  for,  planned,  and  suc- 
cessfully executed  numerous  missions  (several  of  them  un- 
authorized) it  told  in  detail  in  Lincoln's  Commando.  Brief 
attention  is  given  to  his  forebears,  his  family,  and  his  post 
war  career. 

The  high  point  of  Cushing's  career  was  the  sinking  of  the 
Confederate  ram  Albemarle  at  Plymouth,  North  Carolina,  for 
which  he  received  $56,000  prize  money,  a  Congressional  vote 
of  thanks,  and  the  frenzied  acclaim  of  the  Union.  Less  sig- 
nificant but  equally  hazardous  were  his  raids  into  most  of  the 
navigable  inlets  and  rivers  of  the  North  Carolina  coast. 

Dullness  is  impossible  in  a  book  that  undertakes  the  Cush- 
ing story.  By  generously  quoting  Cushing's  letters,  the  authors 
give  us  a  fair  glimpse  of  the  man.  On  receiving  his  first  as- 
signment and  before  any  action,  he  wrote  a  cousin:  "Wherever 
there  is  fighting,  there  we  will  be,  and  where  there  is  danger 
in  the  battle,  there  will  I  be,  for  I  will  gain  a  name  in  this 
war."  On  his  first  visit  home  after  the  war  began,  he  arranged 
for  his  letters  to  his  mother  to  be  published  in  the  local  paper 
as  soon  as  she  had  read  them.  Following  a  minor  engagement 
in  the  Nansemond  Biver  in  which  he  acquitted  himself  well, 


Book  Reviews  555 

he  wrote  his  mother:  "I  am  no  braggart,  but  I  challenge  the 
world  to  furnish  a  more  determined  fight,  or  a  victory  more 
richly  deserved."  The  authors  are  at  their  best  with  a  quiet 
humor  concerning  Cushing's  exaggerations  and  his  bombast. 

Despite  its  inevitable  interest  and  reasonably  good  writing 
( one  scene  of  suspense  is  pure  pulp )  the  book  is  a  failure  as 
a  historical  work.  It  begins  with  "Acknowledgments",  the 
usual  thanks  to  persons  and  libraries,  and  it  ends  with  an 
index.  The  intervening  303  pages  abound  with  facts  and 
quotations  the  sources  of  which,  with  four  exceptions,  the 
authors  play  hide  and  seek.  "D.  S.  Freeman  said  in  his  R.  E. 
Lee"  and  "Wells  wrote  in  his  diary"  account  for  two.  "Stewart, 
his  official  biographer"  probably  refers  to  Charles  W.  Stuart, 
who  wrote  two  articles  on  Cushing  for  the  U.  S.  Naval  Insti- 
tute Proceedings  (Vol.  XXXVIII,  Nos.  11  and  111).  Cushing's 
home  town  newspaper,  the  Fredonia  Censor,  is  mentioned 
without  date  as  the  source  of  two  quotations.  The  book  is 
innocent  of  footnotes  or  bibliography. 

The  authors'  credentials  are  presented  on  the  dust  jacket. 
Ralph  Roske  is  a  summa  cum  laude  graduate  of  DePaul  Uni- 
versity and  now  teaches  history  at  Humbolt  State  College. 
Charles  Van  Doren  is  a  cum  laude  graduate  of  St.  John's 
College  and  presently  teaches  English  at  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. These  abundant  professional  talents  were  not  well  used 
in  this  book. 

Winston  Broadfoot. 
Duke  University, 
Durham. 


Still  Rebels,  Still  Yankees,  and  Other  Essays.  By  Donald  David- 
son. (Baton  Rouge:  Louisiana  State  University  Press.  1957. 
Pp.  x,  284.  Wood  engraving  by  Theresa  Sherrer  Davidson,  and 
index.  $4.50.) 

Right  away,  what  will  impress  any  reader  of  this  book  is 
that  there  are  few  stylists  like  Donald  Davidson  around  any- 
more. Delightfully,  the  sentences  ripple  along  with  a  lucid 
rhetoric  reminiscent  of  that  characterizing  the  best  old  South- 


556  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

ern  orators.  This  is  as  it  should  be;  for  the  ideas  expressed  in 
these  seventeen  essays  are  straight  out  of  the  Old  South.  The 
author,  a  confessed  traditionalist  and  a  regionalist  without 
shame,  is  spokesman  for  the  "golden  days,"  when  men  lived 
off  the  land  and  a  folk  culture  was  abroad. 

At  present  Professor  of  English  at  Vanderbilt  University, 
Donald  Davidson  was  one  of  the  original  agrarians.  His 
colleagues  have  dispersed  to  the  North  and  East,  but  loyal 
Davidson  is  still  in  Tennessee,  preaching  those  doctrines 
which  energized  him  in  1930  (see  I'll  Take  My  Stand). 

Professor  Davidson  has  arranged  his  essays  carefully.  He 
begins  by  defending  poetry  and  by  mourning  its  demise;  he 
moves  through  Yeats  and  Hardy  and  Stark  Young,  particular- 
ly praising  Hardy's  dependence  on  the  tradition,  which  with 
Davidson  is  by  now  synonymous  with  the  only  enduring  and 
worthwhile  essense  of  life;  and  then  he  goes  into  the  folk 
tradition  itself.  All  these  pages  are  enlightening  and  even 
convincing. 

It  is  only  when  Davidson  begins  to  comment  on  the  modern 
South  that  he  invites  suspicion.  His  explanation  of  why 
America's  greatest  contemporary  novelist,  William  Faulkner, 
comes  out  of  (of  all  places)  Mississippi  is  that  tradition  has 
made  it  possible  for  Faulkner  not  to  be  "confused  by  the 
division  between  head  and  heart."  This  is  carrying  a  devotion 
too  far.  And  by  the  time  Davidson  is  ready  to  comment  on 
W.  J.  Cash's  great  work  The  Mind  of  the  South,  there  is  a 
mood  of  ridicule. 

The  reasons  for  these  excesses  soon  become  apparent:  an 
old-fashioned  detestation  of  Negro  progress,  and  a  violent 
envy  of  the  nontraditional  North.  Professor  Davidson  would, 
of  course,  deny  both.  At  any  rate,  it  seems  a  pity  that  such 
a  fine  literary  hand  must  be  governed  by  prejudice  and  bias, 
especially  in  a  cause  with  which  many  historians  and  writers 
can  sympathize. 

Richard  Walser. 

North  Carolina  State  College, 

Raleigh. 


Book  Reviews  557 

The  United  States:  The  History  of  a  Republic.  By  Richard 
Hofstadter,  William  Miller,  and  Daniel  Aaron.  (Englewood 
Cliffs,  N.  J.:  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.  1957.  Pp.  xvi,  812.  Preface, 
appendix,  illustrations,  maps,  and  index.  $7.95.) 

General  histories  of  the  United  States  come  from  the  pub- 
lishers in  an  ever  growing  flood.  In  recent  years  many  of  them 
have  been  the  result  of  collaborative  authorship;  a  practice 
with  advantages  and  pitfalls.  Too  often,  especially  with  col- 
lections of  readings  in  American  history,  the  method  of  col- 
lective authorship  seems  more  designed  to  seek  wider  adop- 
tion than  to  present  the  cream  of  several  men's  special 
knowledge. 

This  book,  the  reviewer  hastens  to  say,  does  fall  into  the 
latter  category  rather  than  the  former.  The  authors  present 
in  a  generally  chronological  fashion  the  progress  of  the 
United  States  from  its  origin  in  the  stirrings  of  Europe's  early 
commercial  revolution  to  its  role  in  the  turbulence  of  the 
present  cold  war.  The  style  of  writing  is  fluid  and  easy,  neither 
the  academic  jargon  which  might  be  expected  from  dis- 
tinguished scholars  nor  the  basic  English  so  often  fed  to  the 
television-conditioned  reader.  The  lucidity  of  style  is  un- 
marred  by  apparent  breaks  as  each  of  the  three  authors  con- 
tributes his  part.  This  is  also  a  compliment  to  the  over-all 
editing  of  the  book. 

The  charts  and  maps  are  clear,  well-chosen,  and  properly 
placed  in  the  text.  Many  times  readers  of  history  books  find 
it  a  wearing  task  to  keep  one  finger  continually  marking  the 
page  where  a  map  is  placed  as  the  text  races  pages  ahead. 
The  cartoons,  prints,  and  photographs  are  fresh  and  properly 
illustrative.  The  only  criticism  of  the  latter  group  lies  in  the 
selection  of  certain  pre-Civil  War  Negro  scenes  which  the 
reviewer  feels  may  furnish  too  much  sympathy  for  the  Aboli- 
tionist point  of  view  to  suit  the  Southern  reader. 

Actually,  the  book  is  a  balanced  portrayal  of  the  various 
forces  at  work  in  the  shaping  of  the  United  States.  Nowhere 
is  there  an  obvious  attempt  to  present  any  special  point  of 
view,  not  even  Mr.  Hofstadter's  Social  Darwinism.  For  this 


558  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

reason  it  is  a  good  general  account  of  the  whole  sweep  of  the 
history  of  the  country,  enlivened  with  personal  vignettes 
which  explain  the  political  and  social  activities  of  the  past 
and  present.  There  is  always  an  attempt  to  portray  the  politi- 
cal developments  against  a  social  background  which  makes 
this  book  superior  to  many  general  histories  of  the  United 
States.  The  appendix  contains  interesting  and  helpful  charts 
of  the  various  presidential  elections  and  important  party  vic- 
tories to  aid  further  the  reader  in  assessing  the  sometimes 
tangled  web  of  politicial  activity. 

The  reviewer  feels  that  this  is  one  of  the  superior  general 
histories  which  have  come  before  the  public  in  the  past  few 
years  and  one  which  may  be  read  with  pleasure  by  the  aver- 
age interested  citizen. 

Joseph  Davis  Applewhite. 

University  of  Redlands, 

Redlands,  California. 


The  New-York  Historical  Society's  Dictionary  of  Artists  in 
America,  1564-1860.  By  George  C.  Groce  and  David  H.  Wallace. 
(New  Haven,  Conn. :  Yale  University  Press.  1957.  Pp.  xxvii, 
759.  Introduction  and  key  to  sources.  $15.00.) 

This  is  a  purely  biographical  dictionary,  listing  artists  alph- 
abetically and  presenting  as  nearly  as  possible  the  following 
information:  full  name,  dates,  places  of  birth  and  death, 
subject  matter  of  work  (in  some  instances  location),  and 
places  of  residence  and  exhibition.  It  will  be  used  primarily 
as  a  reference  work  by  those  students  who  are  doing  research 
in  early  American  art. 

The  volume  has  a  complete  Introduction  by  the  authors  as 
well  as  a  key  to  abbreviations  and  citation  of  sources.  It  not 
only  includes  painters  and  sculptors  but  also  engravers;  litho- 
graphers; wood-carvers;  cameo-,seal-,  and  silhouette-cutters; 
and  others  in  the  many  related  fields.  It  supplies  in  a  compact, 
comprehensive  style  the  most  complete  data  obtainable  on 
more  than  10,000  artists.  Primary  sources  have  been  used  in 
all  possible  instances,  and  each  entry  is  documented.  The 


Book  Reviews  559 

term  "in  America"  includes  artists  who  traveled  or  visited 
in  this  country  as  well  as  those  who  were  born  here  or  spent 
their  productive  years  here.  On  the  reverse  side  the  term  is 
also  applied  to  artists  who  were  born  in  America,  who  went 
abroad  and  pursued  their  artistic  activity  during  the  period 
selected. 

Dr.  Groce  and  Dr.  Wallace  state  that  this  work  cannot  be 
considered  "definitive";  nonetheless,  it  is  an  excellent  dic- 
tionary. They  are  to  be  congratulated  for  their  contribution  to 
the  New- York  Historical  Society's  lengthening  list  of  superior 
publications. 

Elizabeth  W.  Wilborn. 
State  Department  of  Archives  and  History, 
Raleigh. 


The  Jamestown  350th  Anniversary  Historical  Booklets.  Edited 
by  E.  G.  Swem.  (Richmond:  Garrett  and  Massie,  Inc.  For  the 
Virginia  350th  Anniversary  Celebration  Corporation,  Wil- 
liamsburg. 1957.  23  volumes.  $11.50  for  the  set,  $.50  per  vol- 
ume.) 

1.  A  Selected  Bibliography  of  Virginia,  1607-1699.  By  E.  G. 
Swem,  John  M.  Jennings,  and  James  A.  Servies.  Pp.  72. 

2.  A  Virginia  Chronology,  1585-1783.  By  William  W.  Abbot. 
Pp.  76. 

3.  John  Smith's  Map  of  Virginia,  with  a  Brief  Account  of 
its  History.  By  Ben  C.  McCary.  Pp.  11,  folded  map. 

4.  The  Three  Charters  of  the  Virginia  Company  of  London, 
with  Seven  Related  Documents:  1606-1621.  With  an  Introduction 
by  Samuel  M.  Bemiss.  Pp.  128. 

5.  The  Virginia  Company  of  London,  1606-1624.  By  Wesley 
Frank  Craven.  Pp.  57,  illustrated. 

6.  The  First  Seventeen  Years,  Virginia,  1606-1624.  By  Charles 
E.  Hatch,  Jr.  Pp.  118,  illustrated. 

7.  Virginia  under  Charles  I  and  Cromwell,  1625-1660.  By 
Wilcomb  E.  Washburn.  Pp.  64,  folded  map. 

8.  Bacon's  Rebellion,  1676.  By  Thomas  J.  Wertenbaker. 
Pp.  60. 

9.  Struggle  Against  Tyranny  and  the  Beginning  of  a  New 
Era,  Virginia,  1677-1699.  By  Richard  L.  Morton.  Pp.  80,  folded 
map. 


560  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

10.  Religious  Life  of  Virginia  in  the  Seventeenth  Century. 
By  George  MacLaren  Brydon.  Pp.  51,  illustrated. 

11.  Virginia  Architecture  in  the  Seventeenth  Century.  By 
Henry  Chandlee  Forman.  Pp.  79,  drawings  and  photographs. 

12.  Mother  Earth— Land  Grants  in  Virginia,  1607-1699.  By 
W.  Stitt  Robinson,  Jr.  Pp.  76. 

13.  The  Bounty  of  the  Chesapeake;  Fishing  in  Colonial  Vir- 
ginia. By  James  Wharton.  Pp.  78,  drawings. 

14.  Agriculture  in  Virginia,  1607-1699.  By  Lyman  Carrier. 
Pp.  41,  drawings  and  appendices. 

15.  Reading,  Writing,  and  Arithmetic  in  Virginia,  1607-1699. 
By  Susie  M.  Ames.  Pp.  76. 

16.  The  Government  of  Virginia  in  the  Seventeenth  Century. 
By  Thomas  J.  Wertenbaker.  Pp.  61,  photographs. 

17.  Domestic  Life  in  Virginia  in  the  Seventeenth  Century. 
By  Annie  Lash  Jester.  Pp.  91,  photographs  and  index. 

18.  Indians  in  Seventeenth-Century  Virginia.  By  Ben  C.  Mc- 
Cary.  Pp.  93,  drawings. 

19.  How  Justice  Grew.  Virginia  Counties,  An  Abstract  of 
Their  Formation.  By  Martha  W.  Hiden.  Pp.  101,  charts,  photo- 
graphs, and  index. 

20.  Tobacco  in  Colonial  Virginia;  "The  Sovereign  Remedy." 
By  Melvin  Herndon.  Pp.  53,  drawings. 

21.  Medicine  in  Virginia,  1607-1699.  By  Thomas  P.  Hughes. 
Pp.  78. 

22.  Some  Notes  on  Shipbuilding  and  Shipping  in  Colonial 
Virginia.  By  Cerinda  W.  Evans.  Pp.  77,  appendices. 

23.  A  Pictorial  Booklet  on  Early  Jamestown  Commodities 
and  Industries.  By  J.  Paul  Hudson.  Pp.  78,  drawings. 

The  Virginia  350th  Anniversary  Commission  (which  pub- 
lished this  series),  Dr.  E.  G.  Swem  (the  editor),  the  Commit- 
tee on  Publications,  the  authors  of  the  individual  booklets, 
and  all  others  concerned  have  reason  to  be  proud  of  this  fine 
series  on  seventeenth-century  Virginia,  issued  in  connection 
with  the  350th  anniversary  celebration  of  the  first  permanent 
English  settlement  in  the  New  World.  The  purpose  evidently 
has  been  to  present  in  easily  readable  form  a  number  of  book- 
lets that  visitors  at  the  celebration  and  others  might  purchase 
at  reasonable  cost  and  read  in  order  to  gain  a  good  idea  of 
Virginia  life  during  that  period.  This  purpose  has  been  suc- 
cessfully achieved  in  a  useful  series  of  twenty-three  separate 
publications,  each  selling  for  only  fifty  cents.  Various  phases 
of  the  subject  are  covered,  giving  a  well-rounded  picture. 


Book  Reviews  561 

Most  of  the  booklets  contain  illustrations  that  enhance  their 
value  and  interest.  The  over-all  format  is  good. 

Obviously  in  any  series  the  different  items  vary  in  quality, 
but  in  the  present  instance  it  does  seem  that  more  uniformity 
might  have  been  attained.  Some  of  the  authors  are  adequately 
identified,  some  are  not.  Some  of  the  booklets  have  introduc- 
tions, bibliographies,  and  indexes,  while  others  lack  one  or 
more  of  these.  A  critical  bibliography  and  an  index,  at  least, 
would  seem  to  have  added  to  the  value  of  all  the  booklets 
except  one  or  two,  which  perhaps  do  not  need  these  features. 

Christopher  Crittenden. 

State  Department  of  Archives  and  History, 

Raleigh. 


357-1958 

1958-1959 

$135,611 

$122,841 

47,994 

36,664 

161,904 

62,193 

14,234 

— 

1,198 

6,644 

360,941 

228,342 

14,406 

11,656 

346,535 

216,686 

HISTORICAL  NEWS 

The  North  Carolina  General  Assembly  at  its  regular  1957 
session  made  the  following  appropriations  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History: 

I  Administration 

II  Records  Control 

III  Historic  Sites 

IV  Gutten  Silver 

V  Merit  Salary  Increments 
Total  Requirements 
Less  Estimated  Receipts 
General  Fund  Appropriation 

The  total  budget  for  1956-1957  was  $200,133.  The  de- 
crease in  the  appropriation  for  1958-1959  under  that  for 
1957-1958  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  a  number  of  specific 
appropriations  were  made  for  Historic  Sites  for  the  earlier 
year  but  not  for  the  later. 

The  new  appropriation  includes  three  new  employees— a 
Public  Records  Examiner,  an  Archivist  I,  and  a  Photographer. 
The  first  two  will  be  employed  in  the  Division  of  Archives 
and  Manuscripts  and  the  last  will  work  half-time  for  the  Divi- 
sion of  Archives  and  Manuscripts  and  half-time  for  the  Divi- 
sion of  Museums. 

The  appropriation  also  includes  salary  increases  for  all 
members  of  the  staff  according  to  a  graduated  scale  set  up  by 
the  State  Personnel  Department.  The  average  increase  for  all 
state  employees  is  11  per  cent. 

Included  in  the  appropriation  for  1957-1958  is  a  sum  to 
purchase  the  fine  collection  of  Early  American  silver  of  Dr. 
George  B.  Cutten  of  Chapel  Hill.  The  fund  will  supplement 
private  donations,  and  the  collection  will  remain  in  the  Hall 
of  History,  where  for  several  years  it  has  been  on  exhibit  as 
a  loan. 

The  General  Assembly  also  amended  two  laws  sponsored 
by  the  Department  which  were  reported  on  in  the  July  His- 

[562  ] 


Historical  News  563 

torical  News  section  of  The  Review— one  authorizing  the  set- 
ting up  of  a  committee  on  the  disposal  of  records  in  the  cus- 
tody of  the  Department,  the  other  dealing  with  appropria- 
tions of  non  ad  valorem  tax  revenues  to  local  historical  socie- 
ties by  the  various  counties  and  municipalities  of  the  State. 

The  Department  of  Archives  and  History  prepared  an 
illustrated  4-page  folder  on  North  Carolina,  "Land  of  Begin- 
nings," which  was  used  to  welcome  the  visiting  governors 
who  were  entertained  by  Governor  Luther  H.  Hodges  in 
Dare  County  on  June  27  and  28.  The  folder,  which  was  pro- 
duced by  the  State  Advertising  Division,  gave  brief  historical 
data  on  significant  dates  and  events  in  Dare  County  with 
emphasis  on  the  Lost  Colony  and  the  great  "Firsts"  which 
are  so  famous  in  the  development  of  aviation  and  radio.  Illus- 
trations included  a  reproduction  of  De  Bry's  engraving  of 
John  White's  water  color  of  "Roanoke,"  the  Zuccara  portrait 
of  Sir  Walter  Raleigh,  a  reproduction  of  the  painting  of  the 
"Christening  of  Virginia  Dare,"  pictures  of  the  highway  mark- 
er showing  the  site  of  the  first  English  colony  in  America, 
the  Wright  Memorial,  and  the  Hatteras  Lighthouse,  as  well 
as  a  facsimile  of  the  John  White  water  color  of  an  Indian 
chieftain  and  a  model  of  an  Elizabethan  galleon. 

On  June  2  Dr.  Christopher  Crittenden,  Director  of  the  De- 
partment of  Archives  and  History,  spoke  on  "North  Carolina 
in  the  War  Between  the  States"  at  a  meeting  honoring  Jeffer- 
son Davis,  President  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America. 
The  celebration,  held  at  the  John  Graham  High  School  in 
Warrenton,  was  sponsored  by  the  Warren  County  Chapter 
No.  939  of  the  United  Daughters  of  the  Confederacy.  On  July 
9-10  Dr.  Crittenden  lectured  on  state  and  local  archives  to 
the  fourth  annual  session  of  the  Institute  on  Historical  and 
Archival  Management  in  Cambridge,  Mass.,  sponsored  jointly 
by  Radcliffe  College  and  the  Department  of  History  of  Har- 
vard University.  On  July  23  Dr.  Crittenden  attended  a  joint 
luncheon  meeting  in  Raleigh  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the 
Calvin  Jones  Memorial  Society,  Inc.,  and  a  special  committee 
of  the  Wake  County  Chapter  of  the  Wake  Forest  College 


564  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Alumni  Association.  The  committee  and  directors  met  to  plan 
a  campaign  to  raise  funds  for  the  restoration  of  the  Calvin 
Jones  House,  the  birthplace  of  Wake  Forest  College.  The 
house  has  been  moved  from  its  original  location  and  now 
stands  on  the  400  block  of  N.  Main  Street  in  Wake  Forest. 
The  goal  which  has  been  set  is  $20,000  and  interested  per- 
sons may  write  Dr.  Crittenden,  President  of  the  Calvin  Jones 
Memorial  Society,  Inc.,  Box  1881,  Raleigh. 

Mr.  W.  S.  Tarlton,  Historic  Sites  Superintendent  of  the  De- 
partment of  Archives  and  History,  visited  the  Barker  House 
and  the  James  Iredell  House  in  Edenton  on  June  5  and  dis- 
cussed plans  for  further  restoration  work  on  these  two  historic 
houses.  On  June  6  he  visited  the  house  of  Revolutionary 
War  General  Isaac  Gregory  in  Camden  County  and  discussed 
with  a  local  group  the  possibilities  of  restoring  the  house.  On 
July  10  Mr.  Tarlton  spoke  to  the  Caswell  County  Historical 
Society  in  Yanceyville  on  historic  houses  and  sites  in  North 
Carolina.  He  represented  the  Department  at  a  meeting  on 
July  22  held  at  "Flossie's"  in  Pantego.  The  purpose  of  this 
meeting  which  was  attended  by  a  group  of  Beaufort  County 
citizens  was  to  continue  the  discussion  and  planning  for  the 
restoration  of  Colonial  Bath.  During  the  summer  Mr.  Tarlton 
and  Dr.  Jay  Luvaas  of  Duke  University  have  made  explora- 
tory trips  to  Bentonville  Battleground  to  locate  trenches, 
earthworks,  and  other  remains,  and  to  plan  a  series  of  mark- 
ers for  the  battlefield. 

Mrs.  Joye  E.  Jordan,  Museum  Administrator  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History,  attended  the  opening  June  24- 
26  of  the  Fireman's  Museum  in  New  Bern.  While  there  she 
visited  Tryon  Palace  to  make  plans  to  house  the  artifacts  re- 
maining from  the  original  palace.  On  July  26  Mrs.  Jordan, 
accompanied  by  Mrs.  Martha  H.  Farley  of  the  staff  of  the 
Hall  of  History,  and  Mr.  Norman  C.  Larson,  Historic  Site 
Specialist,  went  to  Hillsboro  where  they  assisted  the  Hillsboro 
Garden  Club  in  planning  exhibits  for  the  museum  which  is 
to  be  located  in  the  old  courthouse.  On  August  5-8  Mrs.  Jor- 
dan and  Mrs.  Farley  worked  in  the  National  Parks  Laboratory 


Historical  News  565 

and  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution  in  Washington,  D.  C, 
where  they  studied  the  planning  and  techniques  employed  in 
arranging  modern  museum  exhibits. 

Mr.  H.  G.  Jones,  State  Archivist  of  the  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  announces  the  acquisition  by  the  Divi- 
sion of  Archives  and  Manuscripts  of  the  personal  papers  of 
the  late  Governor  R.  Gregg  Cherry.  Totalling  approximately 
50  cubic  feet,  these  papers  include  Cherry's  personal  corre- 
spondence from  about  1914  to  1957,  childhood  and  adult 
quotation  books,  political  papers,  World  War  I  records, 
speeches  and  source  materials,  scrapbooks,  and  picture  al- 
bums. It  is  expected  that  this  significant  body  of  papers  will 
be  arranged  and  made  available  for  research  in  the  near  fu- 
ture. In  addition,  a  quantity  of  Governor  Cherry's  personal 
possessions  and  mementoes,  particularly  World  War  I  items, 
has  been  received  by  the  Division  of  Museums. 

Historical  Research  in  the  North  Carolina  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  an  eight-page  leaflet,  has  been  pub- 
lished by  the  Department.  Copies  of  the  leaflet,  designed  to 
give  the  scholarly  researcher  a  general  description  of  the 
main  types  of  records  in  the  Archives  and  statement  of  poli- 
cies concerning  their  use,  may  be  obtained  without  charge 
from  Mr.  H.  G.  Jones,  State  Archivist,  Box  1881,  Raleigh. 
Another  leaflet,  Services  to  the  Public,  is  designed  for  the 
genealogist  and  copies  may  be  obtained  from  the  same  ad- 
dress. 

Mrs.  Madlin  M.  Futrell  assumed  the  duties  as  Photograph- 
er on  July  1.  She  will  work  half-time  for  the  Division  of  Ar- 
chives and  Manuscripts  and  half-time  for  the  Division  of 
Museums. 

During  the  months  of  April,  May,  and  June,  722  research- 
ers registered  in  the  Search  Room.  In  addition,  at  least  572 
persons  were  given  reference  service  by  mail  and  32  persons 
were  rendered  service  by  telephone.  These  figures  do  not 
include  matters  handled  directly  by  the  State  Archivist.  In 
addition  to  the  above  services,  588  photostatic  copies  and 
microfilm  prints,  69  certified  copies,  and  335  feet  of  microfilm 
were  furnished. 


566  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Microfilm  copies  of  the  population  schedule  of  the  Census 
of  1880  for  North  Carolina,  purchased  from  the  National 
Archives,  are  now  available  in  the  Search  Room.  Microfilm 
copies  of  the  special  agriculture,  industry,  social  statistics, 
and  other  schedules  of  the  Censuses  of  1850, 1860,  1870,  and 
1880  are  now  available  also  for  public  use.  These  special 
schedules  were  filmed  in  the  Department. 

The  following  manuscript  volumes  which  had  been  with- 
drawn from  public  use  because  of  deterioration  have  been 
laminated,  rebound,  and  readied  for  public  use:  Register  of 
the  North  Carolina  Line  of  the  Army  of  America  (copied  in 
1791);  Northampton  County  Court  Minutes,  1792-1796; 
Rutherford  Countv  Court  Minutes  (three  volumes),  1779- 
1786,  1786-1789,  and  1789-1793;  and  Duplin  County  Court 
Minutes,  1791-1793. 

Mrs.  Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder,  Records  Center  Super- 
visor, has  compiled  a  34-page  mimeographed  pamphlet  on 
the  policies  and  procedures  in  the  Records  Management  Pro- 
gram. 

Miss  Mollie  Lukis,  Archivist  in  the  State  Library  of  West- 
ern Australia,  visited  the  Division  of  Archives  and  Manu- 
scripts for  a  week  in  August.  Her  interest  was  in  the  policies 
and  practices  of  archival  institutions  in  the  United  States, 
and  she  also  spent  one  day  each  visiting  the  Southern  Histo- 
rical Collection  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  in  Chapel 
Hill  and  the  Duke  University  Manuscript  Department  in 
Durham.  Miss  Lukis  elected  to  visit  only  three  state  archival 
departments  in  the  United  States,  those  of  North  Carolina, 
Illinois,  and  Maryland.  While  visiting  the  Department  Miss 
Lukis  talked  at  a  staff  meeting  about  her  work  in  Australia 
and  presented  a  program  of  color  slides  which  showed  the 
geographical  features  of  the  country. 

Dr.  Fletcher  M.  Green,  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
History  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  received  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Letters  at  the  spring  commencement  at 
Emory  University.  Dr.  C.  O.  Cathey  taught  at  the  Summer 
Session  at  the  University  of  Wyoming,  and  has  been  promoted 
from  the  rank  of  Associate  Professor  to  Professor.  Dr.  Hugh 


Historical  News  567 

T.  Lefler  taught  in  the  Summer  Session  at  Syracuse  Univer- 
sity. Dr.  James  L.  Godfrey  replaces  Dr.  Corydon  P.  Spruill 
as  Dean  of  the  Faculty  effective  September  1.  Dr.  Spruill  will 
return  to  teaching  in  the  Department  of  Economics.  Mr. 
Charles  Hale  resigned  from  the  staff  of  the  Department  of 
Social  Science  to  accept  a  position  at  Lehigh  University,  and 
Dr.  Hugh  Hawkins  resigned  his  position  as  Instructor  in  the 
Department  of  History  for  a  position  at  Amherst  College. 
Other  faculty  promotions  are:  Dr.  Frank  W.  Klingberg  from 
Associate  Professor  to  Professor;  Dr.  F.  N.  Cleveland  from 
Associate  Professor  to  Professor;  and  Dr.  Elisha  P.  Douglass, 
Dr.  J.  R.  Caldwell,  and  Dr.  George  V.  Taylor  from  Assistant 
Professor  to  Associate  Professor. 

At  the  Woman's  College  of  the  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina in  Greensboro  Dr.  Richard  Bardolph  has  been  promoted 
to  Professor  of  History,  and  Dr.  Lenoir  Wright  has  been  made 
Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Science. 

Dr.  Rosser  H.  Taylor,  Head  of  the  Department  of  History 
at  Western  Carolina  College,  sends  the  following  items:  Mr. 
Ernest  M.  Lander,  Jr.,  of  Clemson  College  served  as  Visit- 
ing Professor  of  History  at  Western  Carolina  College  during 
the  first  session  of  summer  school;  and  Mr.  Richard  J.  Barker, 
who  received  a  B.A.  from  the  University  of  Rochester  and 
an  M.A.  from  Duke  University,  has  been  appointed  as  In- 
structor of  History. 

The  Department  of  History  of  North  Carolina  State  Col- 
lege announces  the  following  faculty  changes:  Mr.  J.  Leon 
Helguera  has  been  appointed  Instructor  of  History;  Dr.  Bur- 
ton F.  Beers  has  been  promoted  from  the  rank  of  Instructor 
to  that  of  Assistant  Professor;  Dr.  William  J.  Block  has  been 
appointed  as  Assistant  Professor  ( formerly  taught  at  The  Cit- 
adel); Dr.  Marvin  L.  Brown,  Jr.,  and  Dr.  Abraham  Holtzman 
have  been  promoted  from  Assistant  Professors  to  Associate 
Professors;  and  Dr.  Stuart  Noblin  and  Dr.  Philip  M.  Rice 
have  received  promotions  from  Associate  Professors  to  Pro- 
fessors. Dr.  Noblin  has  also  been  appointed  College  Archivist 
for  North  Carolina  State  College. 


568  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Dr.  Julian  C.  Yoder,  member  of  the  Social  Studies  Depart- 
ment of  Appalachian  State  Teachers  College  and  Professor  of 
Geography,  has  been  promoted  to  Head  of  the  Department 
of  History.  He  succeeds  Dr.  D.  J.  Whitener,  presently  Dean 
of  the  college,  who  resigned  from  the  position. 

Dr.  Bradley  D.  Thompson  has  been  promoted  to  Professor 
of  History  at  Davidson  College. 

Dr.  E.  Malcolm  Carroll,  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of 
History  at  Duke  University  and  a  member  of  the  department 
since  1923,  has  resigned  as  Chairman  effective  September  1, 
1957,  and  has  announced  his  voluntary  retirement  from 
teaching  as  of  September,  1958.  During  the  interval  he  will 
be  on  sabbatical  leave.  Dr.  John  R.  Alden  has  been  appointed 
as  Chairman  of  the  History  Department  to  succeed  Dr.  Car- 
roll. He  came  to  Duke  in  1955  from  the  University  of  Ne- 
braska and  has  written  extensively  in  the  field  of  American 
colonial  and  Revolutionary  history.  He  is  a  member  of  the 
board  of  editors  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Review 
and  a  member  of  the  Council  of  the  Institute  of  Early  Amer- 
ican History  and  Culture. 

Dr.  Alexander  DeConde  has  resigned  from  the  department 
at  Duke  to  become  Associate  Professor  of  History  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan.  Mr.  J.  Bowyer  Bell,  doctoral  candidate, 
has  accepted  a  position  at  Georgia  Teachers  College.  Dr. 
George  M.  Addy  and  Dr.  Arthur  R.  Steele,  who  received  the 
doctorate  in  June,  have  accepted  positions  at  Brigham  Young 
University  and  the  University  of  Toledo  respectively.  Dr. 
Ernest  W.  Nelson  and  Dr.  Harry  R.  Stevens  taught  at  the 
Summer  Sessions  of  the  University  of  Tennessee  and  the  Uni- 
versity of  Cincinnati  respectively. 

Mr.  Winston  Broadfoot,  formerly  of  Wilmington,  has  been 
appointed  to  succeed  Dr.  Jay  Luvaas  as  Director  of  the 
George  Washington  Flowers  Collection  at  Duke  University. 
Mr.  Broadfoot  received  his  LL.B.  degree  from  the  University 
of  North  Carolina,  lived  in  Texas  for  a  number  of  years,  and 
for  the  past  several  years  has  been  collecting  materials  for 
his  private  collections. 


Historical  News  569 

Mrs.  Sadie  Smathers  Patton,  former  member  of  the  Execu- 
tive Board  of  the  Department  of  Archives  and  History  and 
President  of  the  Western  North  Carolina  Historical  Asso- 
ciation (1956-1957),  has  written  another  pamphlet,  The 
Kingdom  of  the  Happy  Land.  The  booklet  tells  the  story  of 
a  band  of  freed  Negro  slaves  who  settled  partially  in  Hender- 
son County  (North  Carolina)  and  partially  in  Greenville 
County  ( South  Carolina ) .  The  first  group  settled  "The  Happy 
Land"  about  1864  and  disbanded  about  1900.  Mrs.  Patton 
presents  new  sidelights  of  this  little-known  effort  in  com- 
munal living  with  its  King  and  Queen  ruling  their  subjects 
who  built  their  dwellings  on  a  part  of  the  Col.  John  Davis 
plantation,  Oakland.  Biographical  sketches  are  included  and 
a  few  pictures— one  of  these  is  of  Ezel  Couch  who  contributed 
his  reminiscences  to  this  story. 

A  pre-Revolutionary  house,  presumably  built  about  1760, 
has  been  moved  to  Tryon  and  has  been  sufficiently  restored 
to  be  used  as  a  museum.  The  general  design  of  the  house  is 
similar  to  those  restored  in  colonial  Williamsburg,  Virginia, 
and  is  open  to  the  public  for  a  small  fee.  Exhibits  have  in- 
cluded one  of  household  utensils,  quilts,  clothing,  childrens' 
toys,  needlecraft,  and  a  combination  exhibit  of  old  tin,  glass, 
china,  pottery,  slip  ware,  and  rare  "treen"  ware.  Paintings  by 
local  artists  are  displayed  and  offered  for  sale.  Plans  are  in 
progress  for  future  displays,  some  of  which  will  be  borrowed 
on  a  temporary  basis. 

A  recent  issue  of  The  Gaston  County  Historical  Bulletin, 
official  organ  of  the  Gaston  County  Historical  Society,  fea- 
tured stories  about  the  postal  service  in  Gaston  County,  the 
ceremonies  commemorating  the  beginning  of  the  county  and 
the  Town  of  Dallas,  and  a  list  of  topics  for  historical  research 
to  be  published  in  the  future.  The  editor  stressed  the  neces- 
sity for  accurate  information  but  stated  that  it  is  not  necessary 
that  the  data  be  submitted  in  story  form. 

The  North  Carolina  Society  of  County  and  Local  Histo- 
rians sponsored  a  tour  of  Mecklenburg  County  on  June  23, 
with  the  courthouse  in  Charlotte  as  a  starting  point.  Points 


570  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

of  interest  which  were  visited  on  the  tour  included:  the  birth- 
place of  James  K.  Polk,  11th  President  of  the  United  States; 
Providence  Presbyterian  Church  which  was  organized  before 
the  Revolution  by  the  Rev.  Alexander  Craighead;  Philadel- 
phia Presbyterian  Church;  Eli  Hinson  House  erected  in  1786 
which  has  been  restored;  the  Charlotte  Mint  Museum  of  Art 
erected  in  1836;  and  the  First  Presbyterian  Church  erected  in 
1856.  Behind  this  church  is  the  oldest  cemetery  in  Charlotte 
and  tradition  states  that  Dr.  Ephraim  Brevard  is  buried  there. 
The  graves  of  Governor  Nathaniel  Alexander,  Thomas  Polk, 
and  many  other  noted  persons  are  also  to  be  found  here. 

The  Society  also  sponsored  a  tour  of  McDowell  County  on 
July  23  beginning  at  the  courthouse  in  Marion.  The  following 
places  of  interest  were  visited  by  those  who  participated: 
Gillespie's  Gap  and  Monument;  Cathey's  Fort  Marker;  mark- 
er at  the  site  of  the  home  of  Colonel  Joseph  McDowell; 
home  of  Jonathan  L.  Carson  where  the  first  Court  of  Pleas 
and  Quarter  Sessions  met;  "The  Glades"  constructed  about 
1785  and  used  as  a  stage-coach  stop;  marker  located  at  Old 
Fort  commemorating  General  Griffith  Rutherford  and  his  ex- 
pedition from  that  point  across  Swannanoa  Gap;  Arrowhead 
Monument;  Old  Carson  Home;  the  Evans  Cottage,  Gowan's 
Point,  and  Lake  Tahoma,  where  the  group  had  lunch;  and  the 
last  stop  at  Quaker  Meadows. 

The  sixth  joint  summer  regional  meeting  of  the  North  Caro- 
lina Literary  and  Historical  Association,  Inc.,  and  the  West- 
ern North  Carolina  Historical  Association  was  held  in  Cul- 
lowhee  on  August  16  and  17.  The  program  included  talks  by 
the  following  persons:  Mr.  William  D.  McKee  of  Cashiers, 
who  spoke  on  "The  H  Volume  in  Jackson  County";  Mr.  Paul 
Kelly,  Superintendent  of  Fort  Loudoun  State  Park,  Vonore, 
Tennessee,  who  spoke  on  "The  Story  of  Fort  Loudoun";  Mr. 
Glenn  Tucker  of  Flat  Rock  who  spoke  on  "Some  Aspects  of 
North  Carolina's  Participation  in  the  Gettysburg  Campaign"; 
and  a  panel  discussion  on  "Cultural  Centers  in  Western  North 
Carolina".  Other  events  included  a  reception  given  by  West- 
ern Carolina  College  and  attendance  on  Saturday  evening  of 
the  outdoor  drama,  "Unto  These  Hills,"  at  Cherokee.  Mr.  Gil- 


Historical  News  571 

bert  T.  Stephenson  of  Pendleton  is  President  and  Dr.  Christo- 
pher Crittenden  is  Secretary  of  the  Literary  and  Historical 
Society;  and  Mr.  George  W.  McCoy  of  Asheville  is  President 
and  Dean  J.  J.  Stevenson  of  Brevard  College  is  Secretary  of 
the  Western  North  Carolina  Historical  Association. 

The  History  Bulletin,  official  organ  of  the  Western  North 
Carolina  Historical  Association,  in  the  July  issue  had  the  fol- 
lowing articles:  an  account  of  the  last  quarterly  meeting,  the 
proposed  program  for  the  joint  summer  meeting  with  the 
North  Carolina  Literary  and  Historical  Association,  Inc.,  local 
news  items  relative  to  county  meetings,  a  notice  of  the  publi- 
cation of  Our  Heritage,  a  history  of  the  people  of  Cherokee 
County  by  Mrs.  Margaret  Freel,  and  a  report  on  the  activities 
and  plans  of  the  association. 

More  than  thirty  members  and  guests  attended  the  meeting 
of  the  Carteret  County  Historical  Society  held  at  Cedar  Point 
on  Bogue  Sound  on  July  27.  Hosts  for  the  annual  watermelon 
cutting  were  Mr.  A.  D.  Ennett  and  Mr.  John  S.  Jones.  Mr. 
Thomas  Respess,  President,  presided  at  the  business  session 
at  which  time  reports  were  presented.  A  paper  on  the  history 
of  Plymouth  prepared  by  Mrs.  T.  T.  Potter  was  read  by  Mrs. 
F.  C.  Salisbury.  One  of  the  projects  of  the  society  for  the  year 
was  to  acquire  records  from  markers  in  the  various  old  ceme- 
teries in  the  county  and  more  than  400  markers  from  the  Ann 
Street  Cemetery  in  Beaufort  were  recorded  and  put  in  book 
form  by  the  group. 

The  Pitt  County  Historical  Society  met  August  1  in  Green- 
ville at  which  time  a  discussion  was  held  to  formulate  ideas 
to  be  developed  toward  the  completion  of  a  program  for  the 
bicentennial  celebration  of  Pitt  County  in  1960.  Mr.  Frank 
Brooks,  Vice-President,  presided,  and  Mr.  D.  L.  Corbitt  of 
the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History  talked  to  the 
group.  Mr.  Herbert  R.  Paschal,  Dr.  Lawrence  E.  Brewster, 
Dr.  Howard  Clay,  Dr.  Paul  E.  Jones  (State  Senator  from  Pitt 
County ) ,  and  Mr.  Frank  Wooten  ( State  Representative  from 
Pitt  County)  made  brief  talks.  Judge  Dink  James  read  ex- 


572  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

cerpts  from  a  law  establishing  the  Pitt  County  Historical 
Commission  which  is  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  stag- 
ing the  celebration. 

Favorite  Recipes  of  the  Lower  Cape  Fear,  edited  by  the 
Ministering  Circle  of  Wilmington,  is  now  available  again.  The 
cookbook  has  been  reprinted  and  mail  orders  can  be  filled  by 
sending  $2.25  to  The  Ministering  Circle,  Box  1809,  Wilming- 
ton. 

A  second  edition  of  The  American  Indian  in  North  Caro- 
lina by  the  late  Douglas  L.  Rights  has  been  published  by 
John  F.  Blair.  The  volume,  originally  published  by  the  Duke 
University  Press,  is  illustrated  and  traces  the  history  of  the 
various  tribes  in  North  Carolina  from  the  earliest  records 
through  the  white  man's  wars  and  treaties.  The  author,  a 
Moravian  minister  who  became  interested  in  Indians  when 
he  was  a  small  boy  looking  for  arrowheads,  continued  his 
search  and  research  into  his  adult  life.  His  book  is  considered 
one  of  the  best  works  on  the  Indian  in  this  state.  It  may  be  ob- 
tained from  John  F.  Blair,  Publisher,  404  First  National  Bank 
Building,  Winston-Salem. 

Dr.  H.  E.  Spence,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Religious  Educa- 
tion at  Duke  University  Divinity  School,  is  the  author  of  a 
36-page  pamphlet,  McBride,  A  Mother  in  Methodism.  This 
history  of  Dr.  Spence's  home  church  in  Camden  County  deals 
with  rural  Methodism  from  1792  to  the  1920's.  Dr.  Spence 
tells  the  story  of  the  evangelistic  and  educational  work  of  the 
church  interweaving  biographical  sketches  and  reminiscences 
as  the  growth  of  the  congregation  expands.  This  booklet  may 
be  added  to  the  increasing  list  of  individual  church  histories 
which  are  being  produced  as  a  result  of  interest  manifested 
by  local  groups. 

The  University  of  Chicago  and  the  University  of  Virginia 
are  sponsoring  the  publication  of  a  new  and  complete  edition 
of  the  papers  of  James  Madison.  The  editors  will  appreciate 
information  about  the  location  of  letters  by  or  to  James  Madi- 


Historical  News  573 

son  or  his  wife  (Dolley  Payne  Madison,  who  was  born  in 
North  Carolina),  especially  letters  in  private  possession  or 
among  uncalendared  manuscripts  in  the  collections  of  public 
or  private  institutions.  Please  use  the  following  address  when 
writing:  The  Papers  of  James  Madison,  1126  East  59th  Street, 
Chicago  37,  Illinois. 

The  Society  of  American  Historians,  Inc.,  announces  the 
Francis  Parkman  Prize  of  $500  to  be  awarded  in  the  field  of 
American  history  and  biography.  The  book  which  will  receive 
the  award  must  be  published  within  the  calendar  year  1957 
and  the  award  will  be  presented  during  the  winter  of  1958. 
Colonial  history  would  admit  of  a  treatment  of  the  English, 
French,  or  Spanish  background  if  definitely  connected  with 
the  colonies.  Literary,  religious,  economic,  political,  scientific 
and  technological,  legal  and  constitutional  history,  and  the 
history  of  foreign  relations  would  fall  within  the  field.  The 
purpose  of  the  award  is  to  stimulate  the  writing  of  history  as 
literature,  thus  emphasizing  literary  distinction  in  historical 
writing.  For  further  information  address:  Dr.  Rudolf  A. 
Clemen,  Executive  Vice-President,  The  Society  of  American 
Historians,  Inc.,  Princeton  University  Library,  Princeton, 
New  Jersey. 

The  American  Council  of  Learned  Societies  announces  the 
sum  of  $100,000  for  fellowship  grants  not  to  exceed  $7,000 
each  for  tenure  during  the  academic  year  1957-1958.  Candi- 
dates must  have  the  doctorate  ( or  its  equivalent )  at  the  time 
of  application.  These  fellowships  are  to  be  used  to  provide 
opportunities  for  younger  scholars  to  complete  research  proj- 
ects in  the  humanities.  A  budget  must  be  submitted  by  the 
candidates  and  they  must  spend  six  consecutive  months  on 
the  projects  with  no  other  work  permissible.  Forms  may  be 
requested  from  the  ACLS  Fellowship  Program,  American 
Council  of  Learned  Scholars,  2101  R  Street,  NW,  Washing- 
ton 8,  D.  C.  Applicants  should  apply  before  October  15,  1957, 
and  should  be  under  45  years  of  age. 

An  additional  program  with  $100,000  for  grants-in-aid  (no 
grant  to  exceed  $3,000)  has  also  been  announced  by  the 


574  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

same  group.  Grants  will  allow  applicants  to  do  research  in  a 
wide  variety  of  fields  and  may  be  used  for  travel,  clerical  as- 
sistance, relief  from  summer  school  teaching,  etc.  Candidates 
should  have  the  doctorate  ( or  its  equivalent )  and  must  sub- 
mit a  budget  to  show  need.  Judging  for  the  grants  will  take 
place  in  October,  1957,  and  February  and  April,  1958.  In- 
quiries should  be  made  at  the  above  address. 

A  Special  Awards  Program  for  1958-1959  for  distinguished 
work  in  the  humanities  has  also  been  announced  by  the  Coun- 
cil. These  awards  will  be  presented  to  mature  scholars  who 
are  to  be  nominated  by  academic  institutions,  professional 
societies,  and  the  like.  Individual  applicants  will  not  be  so- 
licited. Awards  will  be  in  the  sum  of  $10,000  to  be  used  for 
at  least  eight  months  of  uninterrupted  work.  Funds  may  be 
used  for  travel,  research  assistance,  materials  for  research, 
and  other  similar  purposes.  All  inquiries  should  be  made  at 
the  above  address. 

Books  received  for  review  during  the  last  quarter  are: 
Sadie  Smathers  Patton,  The  Kingdom  of  the  Happy  Land 
(Asheville:  The  Stephens  Press,  Inc.,  1957);  Clifford  Dow- 
dey,  The  Great  Plantation.  A  Profile  of  Berkeley  Hundred 
and  Plantation  Virginia  from  Jamestown  to  Appomattox 
(New  York  and  Toronto:  Rinehart  and  Company,  Inc., 
1957);  Douglas  L.  Rights,  The  American  Indian  in  No7ih 
Carolina  (John  F.  Blair,  Publisher,  1957);  Otis  A.  Singletary, 
Negro  Militia  and  Reconstruction  (Austin:  University  of 
Texas  Press,  1957);  and  Laura  Polanyi  Striker,  The  Life  of 
John  Smith,  English  Soldier  (Chapel  Hill:  The  University  of 
North  Carolina  Press.  Published  for  The  Virginia  Historical 
Society,  1957). 


CONTRIBUTORS  TO  THIS  ISSUE 

Mr.  David  H.  Corkran  is  Lecturer  in  American  History  at 
Roosevelt  University,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Dr.  Kenneth  Scott  is  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Modern  Languages  at  Wagner  College,  Grimes  Hill, 
Staten  Island,  New  York. 

Dr.  Edwin  A.  Miles  is  an  Associate  Professor  of  History  at 
the  University  of  Houston,  Houston,  Texas. 

Dr.  George  C.  Osborn  is  Professor  of  Social  Sciences  at  the 
University  of  Florida,  Gainesville. 

Dr.  Mary  C.  Wiley  was  for  many  years  Head  of  the  De- 
partment of  English  at  the  R.  J.  Reynolds  High  School  in 
Winston-Salem,  and  is  now  writing  a  daily  column,  "Mostly 
Local,"  in  the  Twin-City  Daily  Sentinel,  Winston-Salem. 


[575] 


CONTRIBUTORS  TO  THIS  VOLUME 

Dr.  Henry  T.  Malone  is  Associate  Professor  of  History  and 
Assistant  to  the  Dean  in  the  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  at 
Georgia  State  College  of  Business  Administration,  Atlanta. 

Mr.  Diffee  W.  Standard  is  Research  Assistant  at  the  Insti- 
tute for  Research  in  Social  Science,  and  a  graduate  student, 
at  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill. 

Dr.  Richard  W.  Griffin  is  Associate  Professor  of  History  at 
Athens  College,  Athens,  Alabama. 

Mrs.  Fannie  Memory  Blackwelder  is  Supervisor  of  the  State 
Records  Center  of  the  Department  of  Archives  and  History  in 
Raleigh  and  is  a  member  of  the  North  Carolina  State  Bar. 

Dr.  Frenise  A.  Logan  is  Professor  of  History  at  The  Agri- 
cultural and  Technical  College  of  North  Carolina  in  Greens- 
boro. 

Miss  Marian  H.  Blair  is  a  former  member  of  the  faculties 
of  Salem,  Agnes  Scott,  and  Greensboro  colleges  and  has  also 
taught  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  and  Duke  Univer- 
sity. She  presently  resides  in  Winston-Salem  where  she  is  a 
member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Wachovia  Historical 
Society. 

Dr.  John  W.  Parker  is  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
English  at  Fayetteville  State  Teachers  College,  Fayetteville. 

Mr.  Richard  Walser  is  Associate  Professor  of  English  at 
North  Carolina  State  College,  Raleigh. 

Mr.  William  Stevens  Powell  is  Assistant  Librarian,  North 
Carolina  Collection,  University  of  North  Carolina  Library, 
Chapel  Hill. 


[676  ] 


Contributors  to  this  Volume  577 

Dr.  C.  Hugh  Holman  is  Professor  of  English  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill. 

Dr.  H.  Broadus  Jones  is  Professor  of  English  and  Head  of 
the  Department  of  English  at  Wake  Forest  College,  Winston- 
Salem. 

Dr.  Gilbert  T.  Stephenson  is  retired  Director,  Trust  Re- 
search Department,  Graduate  School  of  Banking,  American 
Bankers  Association,  and  resides  at  Warren  Place,  Pendleton. 

Dr.  Roy  F.  Nichols  is  Vice-Provost  and  Dean  of  the  Grad- 
uate School  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia. 

Dr.  Percy  G.  Adams  is  Associate  Professor  of  English  at 
the  University  of  Tennessee,  Knoxville. 

Mr.  Henry  W.  Lewis  is  Assistant  Director  of  the  Institute 
of  Government  and  Research  Professor  of  Public  Law  and 
Government  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill. 

Dr.  Harold  T.  Pinkett  is  an  Archivist,  Natural  Resources 
Records  Division,  National  Archives,  Washington. 

Mr.  Herbert  Collins  is  Assistant  Professor  of  Social  Studies 
at  North  Carolina  State  College,  Raleigh. 

Dr.  John  C.  Guilds  is  an  Associate  Professor  of  English  at 
Texas  Technological  College,  Lubbock. 

Mr.  David  H.  Corkran  is  Lecturer  in  American  History  at 
Roosevelt  University,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Dr.  Kenneth  Scott  is  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Modern  Languages  at  Wagner  College,  Grimes  Hill, 
Staten  Island,  New  York. 


578  The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 

Dr.  Edwin  A.  Miles  is  an  Associate  Professor  of  History  at 
the  University  of  Houston,  Houston,  Texas. 

Dr.  George  C.  Osborn  is  Professor  of  Social  Sciences  at  the 
University  of  Florida,  Gainesville. 

Dr.  Mary  C.  Wiley  was  for  many  years  Head  of  the  De- 
partment of  English  at  the  R.  J.  Reynolds  High  School, 
Winston-Salem,  and  is  now  writing  a  daily  column,  "Mostly 
Local,"  in  the  Twin-City  Daily  Sentinel,  Winston-Salem. 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  XXXIV -1957 


Aaron,  Daniel,  his  The  United 
States:  The  History  of  a  Repub- 
lic, received,  452;  reviewed,  557. 

Absher,  Mrs.  W.  R.,  serves  on 
Board  of  Directors,  Wilkes  Coun- 
ty Historical  Association,  309. 

Accessions,  those  of  the  Division 
of  Archives  and  Manuscripts, 
listed,  304. 

Actors  in  the  Colony,  by  Albert  Q. 
Bell,  presents  prose  biographies 
of  Roanoke  settlers,  184. 

Adams,  John  E.,  named  as  Secre- 
tary, North  Carolina  Symphony 
Society,  118. 

Adams,  Percy  G.,  compares  work 
of  Lawson  and  Brickell,  317- 
326;  his  article,  "John  Lawson's 
Alter-Ego — Dr.  John  Brickell," 
313-326;  reviews  North  Carolina 
Drama,  90;  reiterates  Sparks's 
and  Cox's  assertion  regarding 
BrickelPs  plagiarism,  326. 

Addy,  George  M.,  accepts  position, 
Brigham  Young  University,  568. 

Africa,  Philip,  announces  Salem 
faculty  addition,  307. 

Agricultural  Developments  in 
North  Carolina,  1783-1860,  dis- 
cussed, 243;  reviewed,  283. 

Ahoskie  Era  of  Hertford  County, 
1889-1939,  The,  by  Roy  Parker, 
Sr„,  received,  129. 

Alabama,  spinning  mill  established 
there  in  1809,  20. 

Alabama  Commission  of  Industrial 
Resources,  notes  influx  of  north- 
ern capital,  375. 

Alamance  Battlefield,  visited  by  lo- 
cal historians  on  tour,  125. 

"Alamance  plaids,"  first  colored 
cotton  cloth  woven  on  power 
looms  in  South,  146. 

Alamance  Presbyterian  Church, 
visited  by  group  on  tour  of  Guil- 
ford County,  125. 

Alden,  John  R.,  appointed  Chair- 
man, History  Department,  Duke 
University,  568;  elected  new 
member  of  Historical  Society  of 
North  Carolina,  124;  has  article 
published,  442;  member  of  Coun- 
cil, Institute  of  Early  American 
History  and  Culture,  Colonial 
Williamsburg,  568;   on  board  of 


editors,  Mississippi  Valley  His- 
torical Review,  568. 

Alderson,  William  T.,  reviews  The 
Decisive  Battle  of  Nashville,  421. 

Alexander,  Nancy,  her  Here  Will 
I  Dwell:  The  Story  of  Caldwell 
County,  reviewed,  91. 

Alexander,  Nathaniel,  grave  of, 
visited  on  tour,  570. 

Allcott,  John,  elected  Vice-Presi- 
dent-at-Large,  Art  Society,  112. 

Allen  (Master),  name  of  man  with 
Ralph  Lane,  207. 

Allen,  Morris,  listed  as  Lost  Col- 
onist, 207. 

Allen,  Mrs.  W.  G.,  named  as  Sec- 
retary-Treasurer, Society  of 
Mayflower  Descendants,  serves  as 
committee  chairman,  118. 

Ali-Mat  Takes  Off,  by  Mrs.  Alice 
Clarke  Mathewson,  discussed, 
241. 

Alston,  John,  one  of  family  accused 
of  counterfeiting,  479,  480. 

Alston  House,  opened  as  historic 
shrine,  444. 

Amadas,  Philip,  makes  voyage  to 
Roanoke  twice,  214. 

American  Council  of  Learned  So- 
cieties, The,  announces  fellow- 
ship grants,  573. 

American  Indian  in  North  Caro- 
lina, The,  by  Douglas  L.  Rights, 
received,  574;   republished,  572. 

American  University,  co-sponsors 
Institute  on  Records  Manage- 
ment, 436;  joint  sponsor  of  the 
Institute  in  the  Preservation  and 
Administration  of  Archives,  436. 

Anderson,  John  H.,  prepares  con- 
stitution and  by-laws  for  Wake 
historical  group,  446. 

Andrews,  M.  B.,  represents  Wayne 
County  Historical  Society  at 
Wake  County  meeting,  124. 

Angel,  Herbert  E.,  directs  Insti- 
tute on  Records  Management, 
436. 

Ann  Street  Cemetery  (Beaufort), 
markers  there,  recorded  by  Car- 
teret historical  group,  571. 

Appeal,  The,  Negro  newspaper, 
urges  support  of  Negro  fairs, 
60. 

Applewhite,  Joseph  Davis,  reviews 
The  United  States:  The  History 
of  a  Republic,  558. 


[579  ] 


580 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Archaeological  Society  of  North 
Carolina,  holds  annual  meeting, 
125. 

Archives,  those  of  England,  yield 
data  on  Roanoke  colonists,  215. 

Archives  and  Manuscripts,  Division 
of,  acquisitions  listed,  304. 

Archives  of  the  North  Carolina 
Department  of  Archives  and 
History:  Services  to  the  Public, 
released  by  the  Department,  111. 

Argo,  Thomas  M.,  Raleigh  lawyer 
attempts  to  organize  bar  associa- 
tion, serves  as  Secretary,  North 
Carolina  Bar  Association,  36. 

Arnett,  Mrs.  Ethel  Stevens,  her 
Greensboro,  North  Carolina,  dis- 
cussed, 243;  receives  American 
Association  for  State  and  Local 
History  Award,  115. 

"Around  My  Back  Door,"  quoted 
from  The  News  and  Observer, 
248. 

Arrowhead  Monument,  visited  on 
McDowell  County  tour,  570. 

Ashe,  Samuel  A.,  elected  secretary 
of  legal  group,  37;  writes  edito- 
rial on  organization  of  bar  asso- 
ciation, 40. 

Asheville,  serves  as  host  to  legal 
meetings,  48,  55,  56. 

Asheville  Citizen,  editor  of,  indi- 
cates need  for  lawyers  to  orga- 
nize, 36. 

Askew,  A.  S.,  presides  at  session, 
North  Carolina  Literary  and 
Historical  Association,  Inc.,  437. 

Atkinson,  Edward,  proposes  exhi- 
bition, suggests  marmalade  in- 
dustry instead  of  cotton  mills, 
380;  supports  New  England  su- 
premacy in  textiles,  381. 

Aubrey,  Captain,  member  of  Roa- 
noke colony,  207. 

Auraria,  The  Story  of  a  Georgia 
Gold-Mining  Town,  by  E.  Merton 
Coulter,  received,  128;  reviewed, 
291. 

"Avoca,"  visited  by  group  on  coun- 
ty tour,  437. 

Ausley,  Paul  K.,  speaks  to  mem- 
bers of  Pasquotank  County  His- 
torical Society,  445. 

Aycock,  Charles  B.,  restoration  of 
his  birthplace,  discussed,  443. 

Aydlett,  Olive,  gives  report,  445; 
re-elected  Treasurer,  Pasquotank 
County  Historical  Society,  446. 


B 

Back  Creek  Friends  Church,  visit- 
ed by  group  on  tour  of  Randolph 
County,  125. 

Baker  Island,  obtained  by  United 
States  under  Guano  Act,  266. 

Ball,  Jerry,  receives  Palatine  His- 
tory Award,  447. 

Baltimore  Chronicle  (Maryland), 
questions  Jones-Wilson  duel,  501. 

Barber,  Mrs.  W.  W.,  serves  as  Di- 
rector, Wilkes  County  Historical 
Association,   309. 

Bardolph,  Richard,  promoted  to 
Professor,  567. 

Barker,  Richard,  given  Fulbright 
grant  for  study  in  France,  121. 

Barker,  Richard  J.,  appointed  In- 
structor, Western  Carolina  Col- 
ledge,    567. 

Barnum,  P.  T.,  marker  unveiled  in 
honor  of,  110. 

Barrett,  John  G.,  his  Sherman's 
March  through  the  Carolinas, 
received,  129;  reviewed,  284;  re- 
views General  George  B.  Mc- 
Clellan.  Shield  of  the  Union, 
425;  reviews  Rebel  Brass,  The 
Confederate  Command  System, 
298. 

Barrow,  Henry  W.,  attends  Trinity 
College,  born  near  Salem,  68; 
describes  cold  and  poor  shelter, 
78;  describes  illnesses  at  camp, 
72,  73,  74,  76;  describes  quarter- 
master duties,  80,  82;  disap- 
proves of  camp  gossip  about  of- 
ficers, 75;  employed  by  F.  and 
H.  Fries,  69;  expresses  hope  for 
war's  end,  81;  goes  to  Staunton 
(Va.)  for  provisions,  82;  goes  to 
Weldon  to  join  General  Hoke, 
80;  has  four  brothers  in  Confed- 
erate Army,  69;  his  "Memoir" 
read,  70;  joins  Moravian  Church, 
69;  last  letter  to  Fries,  85;  let- 
ters of,  describe  camp  life,  69; 
marries  Mrs.  Nannie  Webster 
Cardwell,  70;  requests  food  from 
home,  84;  requests  Fries  to  get 
him  heavy  boots  and  hat,  83;  re- 
turns to  Salem  after  war,  70; 
sends  extra  clothing  home,  81; 
sends  John  W.  Fries  cannon  ball, 
77;  sends  letters  to  Salem  by  mill 
wagons,  69;  serves  as  corporal, 
70;  serves  under  Robert  F.  Hoke, 
82;  tells  of  illness  of  Negro  cook 
in  camp,  77;  tells  of  makeshift 
army  hospital,  74;  tells  of  Salem 
ladies    nursing    Forsyth    County 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


581 


regiments,  76;  tells  of  scouting 
for  Yankees  near  New  Bern,  80; 
tells  of  watermelon  feast,  73; 
volunteers  for  Confederate 
Army,  68;  writes  from  Danville 
(Va.),  70;  writes  from  near  Ma- 
nassas, 72;  writes  of  destruction 
of  land  during  battle,  79;  writes 
of  election  of  officers,  71;  writes 
of  evacuation  of  Columbia  (S.C.), 
84;  writes  of  Forsyth  County 
Flag,  72;  writes  of  gift  of  wine 
while  in  camp,  73;  writes  of  lack 
of  camp  routine,  77;  writes  of 
measles  in  camp,  75;  writes  of 
mountain  camp  site,  76;  writes 
views  of  Grant's  campaign,  81. 

Basil  the  Page,  by  Grace  I.  Whit- 
man, juvenile  story  of  Virginia 
settler,  193. 

Bass,  Robert  D.,  his  The  Green 
Dragoon.  The  Lives  of  Banastre 
Tarlton  and  Mary  Robinson,  re- 
ceived, 451;   reviewed,  548. 

Bass,  Mrs.  Taft,  elected  Vice- 
President,  Society  of  County  and 
Local  Historians,  presents  Hodg- 
es Cup  Award,  117;  presides  at 
luncheon,  North  Carolina  Liter- 
ary and  Historical  Association, 
Inc.,  116;  re-elected  Vice-Presi- 
dent, Literary  and  Historical  As- 
sociation, 115. 

Batchelor,  J.  B.,  aids  in  efforts  of 
Raleigh  lawyers  to  organize,  36. 

Battle,  Joel,  advertises  for  citizen 
support  of  cotton  mills,  25; 
wealthy  planter  of  Edgecombe 
County,  24. 

Battle,  R.  H.,  one  of  Raleigh  law-1 
yers  urging  formation  of  a  state 
bar  association,  36. 

"Battle  of  Gettysburg,  The,"  film 
shown  at  staff  meeting,  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History, 
438. 

Beall,  James  F.,  officer  of  Henry 
W.  Barrow's  regiment,  70. 

Beard,  Robert,  speaks  at  Asheville 
meeting,   449. 

Beasley,  Mrs.  W.  B.,  represents 
Johnston  County  Historical  So- 
ciety at  meeting  of  Wake  Coun- 
ty group,  124;  writes  article  on 
Mitchiner  family,  309. 

Beaufort  County  Historical  Society, 
holds  meeting,  308. 

"Bedford  Brown:  State  Rights 
Unionist,"  wins  Connor  Award, 
115. 

Beers,  Burton,  promoted  to  Assist- 
ant   Professor,    North    Carolina 


State  College,  567;  reads  paper, 
Historical  Society  of  North  Caro- 
lina, 443. 

Belk,  Henry,  attends  meeting  of 
Wake  County  group  at  Gover- 
nor's Mansion,  124;  introduces 
speaker,  443. 

Bell,  Albert  Q.,  his  Actors  in  the 
Colony,  discussed,  184. 

Bell,  Holley  Mack,  reviews  Ocra- 
coke,  289;  writes  comments  on 
Jamestown  celebration,  451. 

Bell,  J.  Bowyer,  accepts  position, 
Georgia  Teachers  College,  568; 
studies  in  Italy  on  Fulbright 
grant,  121. 

Bell,  Mrs.  Suzanne  G.,  joins  staff, 
Records  Center,  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  304,  436. 

Bell's  Grove,  visited  by  group  on 
tour  of  Randolph  County,  125. 

Ben  Franklin's  Privateers.  A  Naval 
Epic  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, by  William  Bell  Clark,  dis- 
cussed, 245. 

Benbow,  Charles,  leads  movement 
for  internal  improvements,  139. 

Bennet,  Marke,  husbandman,  mem- 
ber of  the  Lost  Colony,  214. 

Bentonville  Battleground  Associa- 
tion, Inc.,  organized,  302. 

Berde,  William,  yeoman,  member 
of  the  Lost  Colony,  214. 

Berry,  Richard,  Lost  Colonist,  de- 
scribed as  "gentleman"  and 
"muster  captain,"  214. 

Best,  John  Hardin,  goes  to  Missis- 
sippi State  College  for  Women, 
119. 

Beth  Carr  Church,  visited  on  tour 
of  Bladen  County,  445. 

Beveridge,  Albert  J.,  annual  com- 
petition for  award  in  honor  of, 
announced,  310. 

Bevington,  Mrs.  Helen,  her  poetry 
quoted,  232,  236;  recognized  as 
poetess,  231;  wins  Roanoke- 
Chowan  Poetry  Award,  115. 

Bibliography  of  John  Marshall,  A, 
received,  311 ;   reviewed,  539. 

"Bibliography  of  the  Published 
Writings  of  Benjamin  Griffith 
Brawley,  A,"  by  John  W.  Parker, 
165-178. 

Bierck,  Harold  A.,  promoted  to  Pro- 
fessor, University  of  North  Caro- 
lina 119;  speaks  at  Elon  Col- 
lege, 439. 

Big  End  of  the  Horn,  by  Julia 
Canaday,  discussed,  230. 

Biggs,  J.  Crawford,  deserves  credit 
for  founding  permanent  bar  as- 


582 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


sociation,  45;  desires  stricter 
standards  for  lawyers,  50;  pre- 
pares constitution  and  by-laws, 
43;  reports  on  membership,  47; 
serves  as  officer,  North  Carolina 
Bar  Association,  43,  44;  takes 
initiative  in  organization  of  law- 
yers, 42. 

Bijou:  The  Foundling  of  Nag's 
Head,  by  Albert  Plympton  South- 
wick,  discussed,  200. 

Biltmore  Arboretum,  discontinued, 
353;  established  by  Pinchot,  354. 

Biltmore  Estate,  visited  by  Bar 
Association  members,   56. 

Biltmore  Forest,  exhibit  of,  at  Ex- 
position causes  favorable  com- 
ment, 352;  management  of, 
brings  praise  from  notables,  356- 
357;  put  on  a  productive  basis, 
351;  serves  continuously  as 
school,  357;  shows  profit  under 
Pinchot's  management,  350-351. 

Biltmore  Forest  School,  establish- 
ed, 356. 

Biltmore  House,  picture  of,  cover 
of  July  Revieiv;  near  Asheville, 
348. 

Biltmore  Story,  The,  by  Carl  A. 
Schenck,  tells  of  forestry  school, 
346. 

Binford,  Lewis,  gives  talk  to 
Archaeological  Society,  126. 

Bireline,  George,  wins  award, 
North  Carolina  Artists  Competi- 
tion, 113. 

Black  and  White,  book  by  T. 
Thomas  Fortune,  mentioned,  63. 

Blackmun,  Ora,  reads  paper,  Ashe- 
ville meeting,  309. 

Blackwelder,  Mrs.  Fannie  Memory, 
acts  as  hostess,  305;  attends  In- 
stitute on  Records  Management, 
436;  attends  meeting,  Executive 
Board,  432;  attends  meeting, 
Meredith  College,  433;  attends 
meeting,  Society  of  American 
Archivists,  111;  compiles  pamph- 
let, 566;  completes  "Records  in 
North  Carolina,"  304;  her  ar- 
ticle, "Organization  and  Early 
Years  of  the  North  Carolina  Bar 
Association,"  36-57;  leads  dis- 
cussion, Institute  of  Religion, 
304. 

Bladen  County  Historical  Society, 
organized,  445. 

Blair,  Henry  W.,  New  Hampshire 
senator,  praises  Negro  fair,  67. 

Blair,  John  F.,  republishes  The 
American  Indian  in  North  Caro- 
lina, 572. 


Blair,  Marian  H.,  her  article,  "Civil 
War  Letters  of  Henry  W.  Bar- 
row Written  to  John  W.  Fries, 
Salem,"  68-85. 

Blantyre  Hospital,  ladies  from 
Salem  serve  there  as  nurses, 
16n. 

Block,  William  J.,  appointed  As- 
sistant Professor,  567. 

Bloody  Fellow,  Cherokee  Indian 
chief,  refers  to  Holston  agree- 
ment, 2. 

Blount,  William,  territorial  gov- 
ernor, attempts  peace  settle- 
ments, 2. 

Blue,  H.  Clifton,  present  for  Al- 
ston House  opening,  444. 

Blythe,  LeGette,  his  James  W. 
Davis:  North  Carolina  Surgeon, 
received,  311;  reviewed,  417. 

Boniten,  Captain,  listed  as  Roanoke 
colonist,  207. 

Borchers,  Mrs.  Ethel,  joins  staff, 
Division  of  Archives  and  Manu- 
scripts, 111. 

Borland,  J.,  goes  to  Nicaragua  to 
protect  isthmus  transit  interests, 
259. 

Bothwell,  Jean,  her  Lost  Colony, 
discussed,  194. 

Bowling,  Mrs.  Bessie,  dances  with 
group,  305;  joins  staff,  Division 
of  Archives  and  Manuscripts, 
111,   436. 

Boyd,  Adam,  prints  handbills  for 
governor,   478. 

Bragaw,  John  G.,  named  board 
member,  Sons  of  the  American 
Revolution,  448. 

Brandis,  Dietrich,  influences  Gif- 
ford  Pinchot,  349. 

Branscomb,  John,  makes  presenta- 
tion of  World  Methodist  Build- 
ing, 127. 

Brandon,  Barbara,  accepts  posi- 
tion, Woman's  College,  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina,  121. 

Brandon,  Evan,  his  Green  Pond, 
presents  history  of  North  Caro- 
lina town,  229. 

Branch,  Mrs.  Ernest  A.,  re-elected 
Secretary-Treasurer,  Antiquities 
Society,  114. 

Brawley,  Benjamin  G.,  accepts  po- 
sition at  Shaw  University,  169; 
attends  Morehouse  College,  166; 
biographical  works  of,  listed, 
171;  born,  165;  contributes  to 
periodicals,  168;  dedicates  poems, 
166;  edited  works  of,  listed,  171; 
edits  Home  Mission  College  Re- 
view, 172;  general  works  of,  list- 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


583 


ed,  170-171;  has  faith  in  ulti- 
mate opportunity  for  Negroes, 
169;  helps  found  Athenaeum, 
166;  his  articles  in  periodicals, 
listed,  172-172;  his  book  reviews 
in  periodicals,  listed,  175;  his 
booklets  of  verse,  listed,  174;  his 
editorials  in  periodicals,  listed, 
176;  his  newspaper  articles, 
listed,  172;  his  poems  in  periodi- 
cals, listed,  176-177;  his  short 
stories  in  periodicals,  listed,  his 
songs,  listed,  177;  introduces  in- 
tercollegiate debate  in  American 
Negro  colleges,  is  English  in- 
structor and  dean,  Morehouse 
College,  166;  is  ordained  minis- 
ter, 168;  joins  Howard  faculty, 
167;  makes  trip  to  Liberia,  168; 
marries,  167;  miscellaneous 
pamphlets  of,  listed,  172;  re- 
ceives M.A.  at  Harvard,  166;  re- 
turns to  Howard  University, 
169;  short  stories  and  selections 
in  anthologies,  listed,  171 ;  teach- 
ing ability  becomes  legendary, 
167. 

Brawley,  James  3.,  new  member, 
Historical  Society  of  North 
Carolina,  443. 

Brewster,  Lawrence  E.,  makes 
brief  talk  to  Pitt  group,  571;  re- 
views Stub  Entries  to  Indents 
Issued  in  Payment  of  Claims 
Against  South  Carolina  Growing 
Out  of  the  Revolution,  Book  K, 
289. 

Brickell,  John,  accused  of  receiv- 
ing credit  due  John  Lawson,  324; 
cited  as  plagiarist,  313;  credited  l 
by  scholars  for  Lawson's  work, 
324;  describes  Indian  customs, 
323;  describes  North  Carolina 
exports,  325;  his  description  of 
turkeys  and  pigeons  compared  to 
Lawson's,  325-326;  his  descrip- 
tion of  white-Indian  marriages 
given,  323;  his  trip  among  the 
Indians  described,  321 ;  his  The 
Natural  History  of  North  Caro- 
lina, gives  medical  advice,  318- 
319;  states  in  History  that  he 
gave  Indians  rum,  322;  work  re- 
published, 315. 

Bridges,  Earley  Winfred,  his 
Chorazin  Chapter  No.  IS,  Royal 
Arch  Mason.  A  Historical  Sur- 
vey of  One  of  North  Carolina's 
Outstanding  Chapters,  received, 
128;  his  Greensboro  Lodge,  No. 
76.  A.  F.  and  A.  M.  A  Historical 
Survey  of  One  of  North  Caro- 


lina's Outstanding  Lodges,  re- 
ceived, 128. 

Bridges,  Robert,  intimate  friend  of 
Woodrow  Wilson,  514. 

Brinkley,  Walter,  elected  Treasur- 
er, Davidson  County  Historical 
Association,  448. 

Broadfoot,  Winston,  becomes  Di- 
rector, George  Washington  Flow- 
ers Collection,  Duke  University, 
568 ;  elected  director,  Lower  Cape 
Fear  Historical  Society,  448;  re- 
views Lincoln's  Commando:  The 
Biography  of  Commander  W.  B. 
Gushing,  U.S.N. ,  555. 

Brocke,  John,  shoemaker,  with 
Ralph  Lane's  colony,  214. 

Brooke,  Francis,  treasurer  of  1585 
expedition  to  Roanoke,  214. 

Brooks,  Frank,  presides  at  Pitt 
County  Historical  Society  meet- 
ing, 571. 

Brooks,  Robert  Preston,  his  The 
University  of  Georgia  under  Six- 
teen Administrations,  1785-1955, 
reviewed,  96. 

Broughton,  Mrs.  J.  M.,  elected  to 
Executive  Council,  Wake  Coun- 
ty Historical  Society,  446;  pres- 
ent for  Hall  of  History  exhibit 
opening,  306. 

Brown,  Mrs.  J.  A.,  elected  Histo- 
rian, Columbus  County  histori- 
cal group,  122. 

Brown,  J.  M.,  his  article  printed  in 
The  Chronicle,  123. 

Brown,  Marvin  L.,  Jr.,  appointed 
Associate   Professor,   567. 

Brown,  Mills,  joins  staff,  Colonial 
Williamsburg,    Inc.,    119. 

Brown,  William  Burlie,  joins  fac- 
ulty, Tulane  University,  120. 

Bruce,  Blanche  K.,  first  Negro 
United  States  senator,  praises 
Negro   fairs,   59. 

Brunswick  County  (Virginia), 
scene  of  Dugger-Dromgoole  duel, 
327. 

Brunswick  Gazette  (Lawrence- 
ville,  Va.),  carries  account  of 
Dugger-Dromgoole  duel,  327. 

Buchanan,  James,  serves  as  Am- 
bassador to  Great  Britain,  259. 

Buckland  Abbey,  former  home  of 
Grenville  family,  home  of  Fran- 
cis Drake,  219. 

Buncombe  to  Mecklenburg — Spec- 
ulation Lands,  by  Sadie  Smath- 
ers  Patton,  mentioned,  243. 

Bulletin  (Memphis,  Tenn.),  criti- 
cizes southern  attitude  toward 
improvement,  361. 


584 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Burgwyn,  Mebane  Holoman,  her 
Lucky  Mischief,  mentioned,  254; 
her  Moonflower,  mentioned,  254. 

Burwell,  Armistead,  speaks  to  bar 
members  on  legal  rights  of  mar- 
ried women,  53. 

Busbee,  Mrs.  Jacques,  elected  Vice- 
President-at-Large,  Art  Society, 
113. 

Butler,  Julian,  Jr.,  his  Come  Unto 
Me,  mentioned,  239. 

Butterfield,  Lyman  H.,  elected  to 
Council,  Institute  of  Early 
American  History  and  Culture, 
Colonial  Williamsburg,  Inc.,  450. 

Byers,  Mildred  I.,  to  teach  at  Sa- 
lem, 307. 

Byrd,  Clara  Booth,  presents  Sir 
Walter  Raleigh  Award,  116. 

Byrnes,  James  B.,  gives  brief  re- 
port to  Art  Society,  113. 


Cage,  Anthony,  colonist  in  1587, 
former  sheriff  of  Huntington, 
215. 

Caldwell,  David,  mentioned,  524. 

Caldwell,  James  R.,  has  essay  pub- 
lished, 439;  has  promotion,  567. 

Caldwell,  Tod  R.,  proposes  inter- 
nal improvement  program,   359. 

Caldwell,  Wallace  E.,  member  of 
board,  Society  of  Mayflower  De- 
scendants, 118. 

Callcott,  George  Hardy,  accepts 
position,  University  of  Mary- 
land,  120. 

Calvin  Jones  House,  moved  to  new 
location,  564. 

Calvin  Jones  Memorial  Society, 
Inc.,  plans  fund-raising  cam- 
paign, 564. 

Calvinist  (German  Reformed) 
Church,  visited  by  group  on  his- 
torical tour  of  Randolph,  125. 

Camden  County,  story  of  McBride 
Church  there,  given,  572. 

Camp,  Cordelia,  gives  report,  West- 
ern North  Carolina  Historical 
Association,  310;  reads  paper  on 
grist  mills,  127. 

Campbell,  Mrs.  Carl,  elected  Secre- 
tary-Treasurer, Bladen  County 
Historical  Society,  445. 

Campbell,  Mrs.  Vera  N.,  named  as 
officer,  North  Carolina  Sympho- 
ny Society,  118. 

Canaday,  Julia,  her  Big  End  of  the 
Horn,  mentioned,  230. 

Cannon  Awards,  presented  at 
meeting,  Antiquities  Society,  114. 


Cannon,  Carl,  accepts  position,  St. 
Mary's  Junior  College,  441. 

Cannon,  Mrs.  Charles  A.,  brings 
greetings,  evening  session,  An- 
tiquities Society,  114;  elected 
honorary  president,  presides  at 
meeting,  Antiquities  Society,  113. 

Cannon,  J.  W.,  launches  cotton 
mill  project,  370. 

Cannon  Manufacturing  Company, 
project  launched  by  J.  M.  Odell 
and  J.  W.  Cannon,  370. 

Cape  Fear  and  Yadkin  Valley 
railroads,  agree  to  transport  ar- 
ticles for  Negro  fair  aft  re- 
duced rates,  61. 

Captain  Peter  Summer's  House, 
visited  by  group  on  County  and 
Local   Historians  tour,   125. 

Carlton,  Phil  R.,  Jr.,  announces 
appointments,  North  Carolina 
Sons  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, 448;  elected  President,  Sons 
of  the  American  Revolution,  449. 

Carraway,  Gertrude,  attends  meet- 
ing, Executive  Board,  432. 

Carrigan,  William,  advocates  in- 
ternal improvements,  139. 

Carroll,  Charles  F.,  named  member 
ex  officio  of  North  Carolina 
Symphony  Society,  117. 

Carroll,  E.  Malcolm,  resigns  as 
Chairman,  History  Department, 
Duke  University,  568. 

Carroll,  M.  Elliot,  named  Executive 
Vice-President,  North  Carolina 
Symphony  Society,  117. 

Casey,  Gideon,  Rhode  Island  sil- 
versmith, attempts  to  pass  false 
bills,  476. 

Carson,  J.  H.,  speaks  on  gold-min- 
ing, Mecklenburg  Historical  As- 
sociation, 122. 

Carson,  Jonathan  L.,  home  of,  vis- 
ited on  McDowell  County  tour, 
570. 

Carter,  Clarence  Edwin,  The  Ter- 
ritorial Papers  of  the  United 
States,  Volume  XXII,  The  Ter- 
ritory of  Florida,  1821-1824,  re- 
ceived, 452. 

Carteret  County  Historical  Society, 
holds  quarterly  meetings,  122, 
308,  447,  571. 

Cassidy,  Vincent  de  Paul,  joins 
faculty,  Southwestern  Louisiana 
Institute,  120. 

Caswell-Nash  Chapter,  Daughters 
of  the  American  Revolution, 
hold  banquet  meeting,  306. 

Cathey,  Cornelius  O.,  has  article 
published,  439;  his  Agricultural 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


585 


Development  in  North  Carolina, 
1783-1860,  discussed,  244;  re- 
viewed, 283;  promoted  to  Pro- 
fessor of  History,  University  of 
North  Carolina,  566;  reviews  Eli 
Whitney  and  the  Birth  of  Amer- 
ican Technology,  99;  teaches  at 
the  University  of  Wyoming,  566 ; 
to  be  Visiting  Professor,  120. 

Cathey's  Fort  Marker,  visited  by 
group  on  McDowell  County 
tour,  570. 

Cauthen,  Charles  E.,  his  The  State 
Records  of  South  Carolina: 
Journals  of  the  South  Carolina 
Executive  Councils  of  1861  and 
1862,  reviewed,  94. 

Cavendish,  Thomas,  member  of 
Grenville's  expedition,  Roanoke 
colonist,  claims  "around-the- 
world"  trip,  218. 

Cazneau,  William  L.,  goes  to  Santo 
Domingo,  259. 

Cedar  Falls  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, successful  mill,  produces 
"Cedar  Falls"  yarn  and  cloth, 
148. 

Census  of  1880,  microfilm  copy  of, 
available  for  use  in  Search  Room, 
566;  predicts  South's  industrial 
development,  379. 

Censuses  of  1850-1880,  transferred 
from  State  Library,  112. 

Center  Quaker  Church,  visited  by 
group  on  tour  of  historic  sites, 
Guilford  County,  125. 

Chambers,  William  Nisbet,  his  Old 
Bullion  Benton:  Senator  from 
the  New  West,  reviewed,  101. 

Change  of  Sky,  by  Mrs.  Helen  Bev-1 
ington,  discussed,  232-233;  wins 
poetry  award,  115. 

Chapman,  Margaret  Louise,  joins 
faculty,  University  of  Florida, 
120. 

Chapman,  surname  listed  as  Roa- 
noke  colonist,   207. 

Charles  E.  Maddry:  An  Autobiog- 
raphy,   discussed,   241. 

Charles,  Joseph,  his  The  Origins 
of  the  American  Party  System, 
received,  311;   reviewed,  428. 

Charles  W.  Ramsdell  Award,  to  al- 
ternate with  the  Sydnor  Memo- 
rial Award,   119. 

Charleston  (South  Carolina),  im- 
migration meeting  there,  em- 
phasizes  industry,   359. 

Charlotte,  lawyers  there,  draw  res- 
olutions for  Raleigh  meeting,  38. 

Charlotte  Journal,  praises  Thomas 


McNeely,  140;  reports  on  cotton 
textiles,  145. 

Charlotte  Mint  Museum,  visited  by 
group  on  tour,  570. 

Chatham,  Thurmond,  presents  orig- 
inal documents  to  the  State,  116. 

Cherokee  Council,  creates  bi-cam- 
eral legislature,  7;  decides  to 
fight  with  Lower  Creeks  and  An- 
drew Jackson,  9;  serves  as  gov- 
ernment of   Cherokees,  7. 

"Cherokee  Pre-History,"  article  by 
David  H.  Corkran,  455-466. 

Cherokees,  advance  in  agrarian 
economy,  10;  agent  for,  appoint- 
ed by  government,  3;  appreciate 
white  man's  influence,  4;  bor- 
derlands of,  cessioned  away,  7; 
bring  religious  cult  from  Asia, 
457;  change  from  tribal  to  re- 
publican form  of  government,  4; 
confined  to  Southern  Appala- 
chians, 1 ;  forced  to  become  farm- 
ers, 1;  have  serpent  deity  in  re- 
ligion, 463;  Hicks  "fragment" 
tells  of  establishing  of  early 
"fire",  459;  Hicks  legend  places 
chronological  development  of, 
460;  industries  of,  enumerated, 
10;  inter-marry  with  white  trad- 
ers, Tories,  and  artisans,  4;  is- 
sue permits  to  free  Negroes  re- 
maining in  nation,  12;  locate 
along  western  North  Carolina 
rivers,  460;  make  "giant  strides 
towards  white  man's  way  of  life," 
14;  migration  of,  traced,  459- 
462;  mixed  breed  cause  trouble 
with  whites,  7;  mixed  breed  de- 
scendants of,  become  leaders,  4; 
mounds  made  by,  yield  artifacts, 
459;  of  Iroquoian  origin,  455; 
pattern  mounds  after  Musko- 
geans,  462 ;  pre-history  of,  shows 
weakened  religious  and  serpent 
cult,  466;  pre-history  of  tribe 
theorized,  455-456;  priests  of, 
called  the  "Proud,"  464;  priests 
of,  have  Asiatic  origins,  462; 
progress  of,  aided  by  United 
States  government,  1 ;  rebel 
against  priests,  463 ;  said  to  have 
come  South  by  Alleghenies, 
study  of,  as  tribe  migrating  from 
North,  456;  suffer  property  loss- 
es during  Creek  War,  9;  towns 
of,  listed,  460-461;  war  against 
United  States  in  1812,  9;  war 
leadership  in  nation  replaces 
priests,  464;  women  of,  progress 
in   use   of   "white   man's   inven- 


586 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


tions,"  10;  women  of  tribe  have 
freedom,  463. 

Cherokee-white  relations,  nine- 
teenth-century adjustments,  dis- 
cussed, 1. 

"Cherokee-White  Relations  on  the 
Southern  Frontier  in  the  Early 
Nineteenth  Century,"  article  by 
Henry  T.  Malone,  1-14. 

Cherokees  of  the  Old  South:  A 
People  in  Transition,  by  Henry 
T.  Malone,  received,  128;  re- 
viewed,   294. 

Cherry,  R.  Gregg,  his  personal  pa- 
pers acquired  by  the  Department 
of  Archives  and  History,  565. 

Cherry,  William  R.,  named  as 
Treasurer,  North  Carolina  Sym- 
phony Society,  118. 

"Childhood  Recollections  of  My 
Father,"  article  by  Mary  C.  Wi- 
ley,   517-529. 

Cholera,  epidemic  of,  in  Tennessee, 
described,  528. 

Christian  Eschatol&gy  and  Social 
Thought,  by  Ray  C.  Petry,  men- 
tioned, 241. 

Chronicle,  The,  list  of  articles  in 
May  issue,  451 ;  newsletter  of 
Bertie  County  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, reports  on  work,  123. 

Chorazin  Chapter  No.  13,  Royal 
Arch  Mason.  A  Historical  Sur- 
vey of  One  of  North  Carolina's 
Outstanding  Chapters,  by  Ear- 
ley  Winfred  Bridges,  received, 
128. 

Chotte,  war-minded  capital  of 
Overhills,   465. 

Chotte-Great  Tellico,  Cherokee 
towns,  engaged  in  rivalry,  466. 

Civil  War,  copy  of  map  from 
Clark's  Histories  of  the  Several 
Regiments  .  .  .  showing  battles 
of,  in  North  Carolina,  released, 
438;  overshadows  diplomatic  at- 
tempts of  United  States,  266. 

"Civil  War  Letters  of  Henry  W. 
Barrow  Written  to  John  W. 
Fries,  Salem,"  by  Marian  H. 
Blair,  68-85. 

Clark,  Amanda,  elected  Historian, 
Bladen  County  Historical  Soci- 
ety, 445. 

Clark,  Elmer  T.,  makes  address  at 
dedication  of  Methodist  archives 
building,  127. 

Clark,  Miles,  gives  report  to  Pas- 
quotank County  Historical  So- 
ciety, 125. 


Clark,  H.  H.,  elected  President, 
Bladen  County  Historical  Soci- 
ety, 445. 

Clark,  Thomas  D.,  edits  Travels  in 
the  Old  South:  A  Bibliography, 
120;  reviews  The  Cokers  of  Car- 
olina, 534. 

Clark,  Walter,  justice  of  the  su- 
preme court,  replies  to  question 
of  robes  for  judges,  52. 

Clark,  William  Bell,  his  Ben  Frank- 
lin's Privateers,  A  Naval  Epic 
of  the  American  Revolution,  dis- 
cussed, 245. 

Clarke,  George  Weston,  joins  fac- 
ulty,  Presbyterian   College,   120. 

Clarke  James  McClure,  named 
Vice-President,  North  Carolina 
Symphony  Society,  117. 

Clarkson,  Francis  0.,  elected  board 
member,  Sons  of  the  American 
Revolution,  449. 

Clay,  Howard,  makes  brief  talk  to 
Pitt  County  Historical  Society, 
571. 

Clement,  William,  listed  as  prison- 
er before  joining  Lost  Colony 
company,  215. 

Cleveland,  Grover,  his  election  to 
presidency,  mentioned,  363. 

Cleveland,  F.  N.,  promoted  to  Pro- 
fessor, 567. 

Clonts,  Forrest  W.,  on  staff,  new 
Department  of  History,  Wake 
Forest  College,  442. 

Clyde,  Paul  H.,  lectures  at  Emory 
University  and  Agnes  Scott  Col- 
lege, 441;  presents  paper,  442; 
presides  at  luncheon  meeting, 
Southern  Historical  Association, 
118;  is  Visiting  Scholar,  Univer- 
sity of  Georgia,  441. 

Coates,  Albert,  praises  Bar  Asso- 
ciation for  high  standards,  50. 

Cobb,  Collier,  Jr.,  elected  board 
member,  Sons  of  American  Rev- 
olution, 448. 

Cobb,  Lucy  M.,  her  play,  A  Gift 
for  Penelope,  mentioned,  230;  to 
write  play  for  Society  of  Pala- 
tine's celebration,  447. 

Cockrell,  Monroe  F.,  his  Gunner 
with  Stonewall,  Reminiscences  of 
William  Thomas  Poague,  .  .  . 
A  Memoir  Written  for  His  Chil- 
dren in  1903,  received,  452. 

Code  of  Honor,  followed  by  sec- 
onds in  Dugger-Dromgoole  duel, 
332. 

Coe,  Joffre,  appears  on  television 
program,     303;     gives     talk     at 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


587 


meeting  of  Archaeological  So- 
ciety,   126. 

Cohen,  Bernard,  receives  Book 
Prize   Award,  450. 

Coffar,  surname  listed  as  Roanoke 
colonist,  207. 

Cokers  of  Carolina:  A  Social  Biog- 
raphy of  a  Family,  The,  by 
George  Lee  Simpson,  received, 
129;  reviewed,  532. 

Coleman,  Robert,  returns  with 
John  White  to  search  for  Lost 
Colony,  224. 

Coleman,  Walter,  serves  as  con- 
sultant for  film,  438. 

Collins,  Herbert,  his  article,  "The 
Idea  of  a  Cotton  Textile  Indus- 
try in  the  South,  1870-1900," 
358-392. 

Colonel  Balfour's  grave,  vi  ited  on 
Randolph  County  tour,  125. 

Colonel  Polk  Chapter,  Daughters 
of  American  Revolution,  have 
banquet  meeting,   306. 

Colonel  Robeson  home  and  tomb, 
visited  on  Bladen  County  tour, 
445. 

Colonial  Bath,  by  Herbert  R.  Pas- 
chal,   Jr.,    mentioned,    243. 

Colonial  Granville  County  and  Its 
People.  Part  II,  The  Lost  Tribes 
of  North  Carolina,  An  Index  to 
Names,  received,  311;  reviewed, 
418. 

Colonial  Records  of  South  Caro- 
lina. The  Journal  of  the  Com- 
mons House  of  Assembly,  Sep- 
tember 10,  17If5-June  17,  1746, 
The,  by  J.  H.  Easterby,  received,t 
129;  reviewed,  536. 

Colored  Industrial  Association  of 
North  Carolina,  becomes  major 
force  in  Negro  life,  59;  desires 
to  educate  and  improve  Negroes, 
58;  encourages  educational  and 
industrial  advancement  of  Ne- 
groes, 67;  encourages  submit- 
ting of  articles  for  Negro  fair, 
63;  organized,  58;  posts  hand- 
bills and  premium  lists,  61 ;  plans 
1886  fair,  60;  sponsors  fairs  for 
Negroes,  58;   stock  in,   sold,  62. 

"Colored  Industrial  Association  of 
North  Carolina  and  Its  Fair  of 
1886,  The,"  article  by  Frenise  A. 
Logan,  58-67. 

Colton,  Joel,  awarded  Guggenheim 
Fellowship,   441. 

Columbus  County  Society  of  Coun- 
ty and  Local  Historians,  holds 
reorganizational  meeting,  122. 


Columbus  Democrat  (Mississippi), 
eulogizes  Joseph  Seawell  Jones, 
506. 

Come  Unto  Me,  by  Julian  Butler, 
Jr.,  devotions  for  young  people, 
mentioned,  239. 

Commercial  and  Financial  Chron- 
icle, notes  growth  of  southern 
mills  during  depression,  385; 
praises  southern  textile  industry, 
383. 

Committee  of  Safety  of  Westmore- 
land and  Fincastle.  Proceedings 
of  the  County  Committees,  177  A- 
1776,  The,  by  Richard  Barksdale 
Harwell,  received,  129. 

Concord  Manufacturing  Company, 
produces  twine,  149. 

Confederacy,  draws  entire  supply 
of  textiles  from  North  Carolina 
at  close  of  war,  159. 

Connor,  R.  D.  W.,  award  in  his 
honor  presented  to  H.  G.  Jones, 
115. 

Conrad,  Mrs.  Agnes,  archivist  for 
the  Territory  of  Hawaii,  visits 
Department  of  Archives  and 
History,  111. 

Constable,  Marmaduke,  attends 
Caius  College,  member  of  Lane's 
expedition,  218. 

Conquest  of  Virginia,  The,  by  Con- 
way Whittle  Sams,  mentioned, 
189. 

Conway,  Robert  O.,  to  serve  as  di- 
rector of  publicity,  Old  Salem, 
Inc.,  307. 

Corbitt,  D.  L.,  assists  in  organiz- 
ing Davidson  County  Historical 
Society,  435;  attends  joint  meet- 
ing of  historical  societies,  443; 
attends  meeting,  Executive 
Board,  432;  attends  meetings, 
Historical  Society  of  North  Car- 
olina, 110,  434;  edits  Public  Ad- 
dresses, Letters,  and  Papers  of 
William  Kerr  Scott,  Governor  of 
North  Carolina,  1949-1953,  438; 
gives  report  to  North  Carolina 
Literary  and  Historical  Associa- 
tion, Inc.,  115;  speaks  at  meet- 
ing, Wake  County  group,  112; 
speaks  at  meeting,  Western 
North  Carolina  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, 449;  speaks  on  Vance, 
Western  North  Carolina  Press 
Association  for  Weekly  Newspa- 
pers, 434;  speaks  to  Cherokee 
County  Historical  Society,  435; 
speaks  to  class,  Western  Caro- 
lina College,  434;  speaks  to  Co- 


588 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


lonial  Dames  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century,  435;  speaks  to  Execu- 
tive Committee,  United  Daugh- 
ters of  Confederacy,  112;  speaks 
to  Mitchell  County  Historical  So- 
ciety, speaks  to  Murphy  Junior 
High  School  group,  435;  speaks 
to  Rutherford  County  Club  and 
Forest  City  Kiwanis  Club, 
speaks  to  Sylva  Rotary  Club, 
434;  takes  part  in  radio  broad- 
cast, 109;  talks  to  Daughters  of 
American  Revolution,  Ruther- 
fordton,  434;  talks  to  Pitt  Coun- 
ty group,  571. 
Cordon,    Mrs.    James    H.,    elected 

Treasurer,  Art   Society,   112. 
Corkran,    David    H.,    his    article, 
"Cherokee  Pre-History,"  455-466; 
reviews    Cherokees    of    the    Old 
South,  294. 
Cotten,   Bruce,  buys  Tryon  letter, 

406. 
Cotten,    Sallie    Southall,    her    The 
White    Doe:    The    Fate    of   Vir- 
ginia Dare,  discussed,  181. 
Cotton,  low  prices  of,  causes  plant- 
ers to  produce  less,  30;  market 
for,    fluctuates    due    to    erratic 
"grabbing"  by  mill  owners,  368; 
North    Carolina    production    of, 
listed,    30;    price    of,    fluctuates, 
384;  price  of  raw,  increases,  159; 
price  of,  declines,  154. 
Cotton  manufacturers,  become  ar- 
dent   railroad    promoters,    138; 
become    guardians    of    workers' 
morals,  155;  lead  movements  for 
all   internal  improvements,   139; 
problem     of     transportation     of 
goods      confronts      them,      138; 
transport  goods  by  wagons,  139. 
Cotton  mill,  first  in  the  South,  15. 
Cotton  mills,  advantages  of,  listed 
in  Fisher  report,  31;  advertised 
by  southern  press,  364;  affected 
by  dry  weather,  28;  ante-bellum 
ones  located  in  rural  areas,  23; 
ante-bellum    ones    provide    basis 
for    mill    expansion    after    Civil 
War,  160;  appendix  listing  those 
to    1830,    34-35;     approximately 
fifty  in  North  Carolina  at  begin- 
ning of  Civil  War,  159;  attract 
farm  labor,  387;   attract  north- 
ern capitalists  to  South,  373;  be- 
gun as  adjunct  to  general  store, 
22;  campaign  to  establish  them 
made  by  newspapers,  364;  cam- 
paigners for,  point  out  natural 
advantages  of  South,  365;  close 
in  summers  due  to  drought,  133; 


conditions  of,  better  than  agrari- 
an group,  387;  criticized  by  few 
who  dislike  "wildcat"  organiza- 
tions,  367;   desired  by  southern 
citizens,  391;  dyeing  process  in- 
troduced into,  146;  emerge  from 
war  with  useless  machinery,  159 ; 
encouraged  as  proof  of  South's 
independence,    157;     erected    on 
faith  rather  than  common  sense, 
367 ;  establishment  of,  from  1830- 
1860,  131;  expected  to  change  all 
phases   of   community  life,   367; 
five  established  in  1828,  33;  four 
founded   in   North   Carolina   be- 
fore 1830,  22;  grow  slowly  due 
to  high  prices  of  raw  cotton,  27; 
machinery     for,     ordered     from 
North,  132 ;  mechanics  come  with 
machinery   to   instruct   workers, 
139;  money  invested  in  doubled 
between    1840    and    1870,    365; 
needed     New     England     "know- 
how"  to  succeed,  373 ;  New  Eng- 
land  manufacturers   become   in- 
terested in  those  of  South,  366; 
North   Carolina   ones,   compared 
with  New  England,  142;   North 
Carolina  ones,  from  1830  to  1865 
listed,  161-164;  often  established 
as  community  projects,  373;  own- 
ers   of,    besieged    by    problems, 
134;    period   of   expansion  cited, 
150;  poorly  operated,  383;  prof- 
its of,  not  shared  by  small  in- 
vestors,   137;    project    of    many 
southern  communities  after  1870, 
358;   promoters  of,   urge  people 
into  mill  employment,  131  ^pro- 
vide    houses,      schools,      clinics, 
churches,  etc.,  156;  structure  of, 
described,  143;  suffer  from  lack 
of  capital,  134,  135;   supporters 
of,    turn    against    northern    in- 
vestors, 376;   unrestricted  build- 
ing  of,   undesirable,    384,   work- 
ers in,  referred  to  as  "heroes," 
155. 

Cotton  textile  industry,  "stabilized 
about  1850,"  158. 

"Cotton  Textile  Industry  in  Ante- 
Bellum  North  Carolina,  The,"  by 
Diffee  W.  Standard  and  Richard 
W.  Griffin,  Part  I,  15-35;  Part 
II,  131-164. 

Counterfeiters,  acts  against  re- 
pealed, 474;  captured  through 
"reward"  plan,  470;  continue  to 
operate  during  Revolution,  481; 
difficult  to  convict,  467;  few  con- 
victed in  North  Carolina  courts, 
467-482;    in    North    Carolina,   to 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


589 


receive  death  penalty,  467;  of 
North  Carolina,  names  of  listed, 
467-482;  to  be  convicted  alike  by 
North  Carolina  and  Virginia, 
474;  to  die  without  benefit  of 
clergy,  467,  473. 

Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  Amer- 
ica, by  Kenneth  Scott,  received, 
452;  reviewed,  541. 

"Counterfeiting  in  Colonial  North 
Carolina,"  article  by  Kenneth 
Scott,  467-482. 

Country  Doctor  in  the  South  Moun- 
tains, A,  by  Benjamin  Earle 
Washburn,  discussed,  241. 

Courts,  of  Colonial  North  Carolina, 
acquit  counterfeiters,  468. 

Cowee,  Council  there,  shares 
"Mother  Fire"  and  power,  465. 

Cox,  G.  E.,  accuses  Brickell  of 
"stealing"  Lawson's  material, 
316. 

Coxe,  Tench,  assistant  secretary  of 
the  Treasury,  urges  South  to 
capitalize  on  home  products,  16; 
predicts  increase  in  demand  for 
South's  products,  17. 

Craft,  John  Richard,  speaks  at  Art 
Society  luncheon,   113. 

Craig,  Marjorie,  writes  poetry,  231, 
232. 

Craven,  Wesley  Frank,  his  The 
Legend  of  the  Founding  Fath- 
ers, reviewed,  539. 

Crawford,  Clifford,  elected  Vice- 
President,  Bladen  County  Histo- 
rical Society,  445. 

Creator  Fire,  has  priesthood  divi- 
sion, 462;  part  of  Cherokee  re-t 
ligious  cult,  457. 

Creek-Overhill  wars,  described,  465. 

Crimean  War,  situation  at  time  of, 
similar  to  1956,  262. 

Critcher,  Mrs.  Lawrence,  serves  as 
Curator,  Wilkes  County  Histori- 
cal Association,  309. 

Crittenden,  Christopher,  acts  as 
discussion  leader  at  joint  session 
of  North  Carolina  Literary  and 
Historical  Association,  Inc.  and 
Southern  Historical  Association, 
119;  appears  before  General  As- 
sembly's Joint  Appropriations 
Committee,  305;  attends  annual 
meeting,  American  Association 
for  State  and  Local  History,  109 ; 
attends  annual  meeting,  Ameri- 
can Historical  Association,  110; 
attends  annual  meeting,  Nation- 
al Trust  for  Historic  Preserva- 
tion, attends  annual  meeting,  So- 
ciety   of    American    Archivists, 


109;  attends  Bertie  meeting,  Lit- 
erary and  Historical  Associa- 
tion, 433;  attends  board  meet- 
ings, Calvin  Jones  Memorial  So- 
ciety, Inc.,  109;  attends  meeting, 
Calvin  Jones  Society,  563;  at- 
tends meeting,  Charles  B.  Ay- 
cock  Birthplace  Commission,  at- 
tends meeting,  Council  of  Amer- 
ican Association  of  Museums, 
302;  attends  meeting,  Executive 
Board,  432;  attends  meeting,  Ex- 
ecutive Committee,  Tryon  Pal- 
ace, 302;  attends  meeting,  Gov- 
ernor Richard  Caswell  Memorial 
Commission,  433;  attends  meet- 
ing, Hillsboro  Garden  Club,  432; 
attends  meeting,  Historical  So- 
ciety of  North  Carolina,  attends 
meeting,  Masonic  Museum, 
Greensboro,  433;  attends  meet- 
ing, National  Trust  for  Historic 
Preservation,  302,  433;  attends 
meeting,  Southern  Historical  As- 
sociation, 110;  attends  opening 
of  Alston  House,  444;  attends  or- 
ganizational meeting,  Wake 
County  Historical  Society,  433; 
attends  Southeastern  Museums 
Conference,  109;  attends  Tryon 
Palace  Commission  meeting, 
elected  President,  Historical  So- 
ciety of  North  Carolina,  110; 
elected  Vice-President,  Wake 
County  Historical  Society,  446; 
gives  illustrated  talk,  Colonel 
Robert  Rowan  Chapter,  Daugh- 
ters of  American  Revolution, 
302;  gives  report,  annual  meet- 
ing, Literary  and  Historical  As- 
sociation, 115;  lectures  at  insti- 
tute, Cambridge,  Mass.,  563; 
meets  with  Johnston  County 
group,  302;  participates  on 
"Let's  Visit,"  109;  presented 
"time  capsule,"  433;  presents  il- 
lustrated talk,  Antiquities  Soci- 
ety, 114;  presents  report  to  group 
at  Old  Sturbridge,  Mass.,  109; 
presides  at  meeting,  Historical 
Society  of  North  Carolina,  443; 
presides  at  session,  Literary  and 
Historical  Association,  437;  re- 
elected Secretary-Treasurer,  Lit- 
erary and  Historical  Association, 
115;  reviews  The  Jamestown 
350th  Anniversary  Historical 
Booklets,  561;  speaks  at  Bertie 
meeting,  North  Carolina  Liter- 
ary and  Historical  Association, 
Inc.,  433;  speaks  at  marker  un- 
veiling, speaks  briefly  at  meeting 


590 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


to  organize  Wake  historical 
group,  110;  speaks  to  Harnett 
County  Historical  Society,  109; 
speaks  to  Junior  League,  302; 
speaks  to  Lower  Cape  Fear  His- 
torical Society,  110;  speaks  at 
Warrenton  meeting,  563;  speech 
to  Bertie  group,  printed  in  The 
Chronicle,  123;  talks  to  Caswell- 
Nash  Chapter,  Daughters  of 
American  Revolution,  302;  talks 
to  Daughters  of  American  Revo- 
lution, Junior  Group,  433. 

Croatan,  by  Mary  Johnston,  tells 
of  Indian  attacks  on  colonists, 
187. 

Crock  ford's  Clerical  Dictionary, 
used  by  William  Powell  to  iden- 
tify colonists,  212. 

Crumpton,  John  Layman,  elected 
board  member,  Sons  of  American 
Revolution,  449. 

Cullowhee,  site  of  regional  joint 
meeting  of  historical  groups,  570. 

Cultural  Life  of  the  American  Col- 
onies, 1607-1763,  The,  by  Louis 
B.  Wright,  received,  311;  re- 
viewed, 427. 

Cumming,  William  P.,  presides  at 
meeting,  Historical  Society  of 
North  Carolina,  reads  paper  at 
meeting,  124;  speaks  at  Bertie 
meeting,  North  Carolina  Liter- 
ary and  Historical  Association, 
Inc.,  437. 

Cunningham,  H.  H.,  has  charge  of 
arrangements,  Historical  Soci- 
ety of  North  Carolina,  443 ;  reads 
paper  at  meeting,  124;  reviews 
William  Nathaniel  Wood,  Rem- 
iniscences of  Big  I,  100. 

Current,  Richard  N.,  speaks  at 
meeting,  Trinity  College  Histo- 
rical Society,  121. 

Currituck  County  Historical  So- 
ciety, sponsors  tour  of  county, 
444. 

Curtiss,  John  Shelton,  has  book 
published,  442. 

Cushing,  Caleb,  Attorney-General 
in  Franklin  Pierce's  govern- 
ment, 258. 

Cushman,  Ralph  Spaulding,  his 
The  Prayers  of  Jesus,  with  Med- 
itations and  Verse  for  Devotion- 
al Use,  mentioned,  240. 

Cutten,  George  B.,  silver  collec- 
tion  of,  purchased,   562. 

D 

Daily  Chronicle  (Charlotte),  notes 
advancement  of  Negro,  67. 


Daily  Journal,  The  (Wilmington), 
carries  series  of  articles  on 
Rocky  Mount  Mills,  26. 

Dallas,  article  about  ceremonies 
there,  569. 

Dallas,  G.  M.,  markers  erected  in 
honor  of,  445. 

Dallas  Woman's  Club,  sponsors 
marker  unveiling,  446. 

Daniel,  Ted,  directs  WPTF  broad- 
casts, "Let's  Visit,"  109. 

Daniels,  Lucy,  young  author,  men- 
tioned, 250. 

Daniels,  Patsy,  joins  staff,  Division 
of  Archives  and  Manuscripts, 
111. 

Daniel  Boone  in  North  Carolina, 
by  George  H.  Maurice,  men- 
tioned, 240. 

Dare  County,  governors  entertain- 
ed there,  563;  history,  legend, 
and  geography  of,  attracts  writ- 
ers of  drama,  fiction,  and  poet- 
ry, 180. 

"Dare  County  Belle-Lettres,"  by 
Richard  Walser,  180-201;  conclu- 
sions drawn  from  discussion  of, 
201. 

Dare,  John,  half-brother  of  Vir- 
ginia Dare,  facts  about  given, 
226. 

Dare,  Virginia,  fate  of,  fascinates 
writers  for  over  one  hundred 
years,  201;  first  white  (English) 
child  born  in  New  World,  221. 

Daughter  of  the  Blood,  The,  by 
Herbert  Bouldin  Hawes,  hypo- 
thetical tale  of  1607,  196. 

Daughter  of  Virginia  Dare,  The, 
by  Mary  Virginia  Wall,  tells  of 
Jamestown  settlers,  196. 

Davidson,  Chalmers  G.,  elected 
President,  Mecklenburg  Histori- 
cal  Association,   122. 

Davidson,  Donald,  his  Still  Rebels, 
Still  Yankees,  and  Other  Essays, 
received,  451 ;  reviewed,  555. 

Davidson,  Mary  Louise,  elected 
Secretary,  Mecklenburg  Histori- 
cal Association,  122. 

Davidson  County  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, organized,  448. 

Davis,  Burke,  his  Gray  Fox:  Rob- 
ert E.  Lee  and  the  Civil  War, 
discussed,   245. 

Davis,  Egbert  L.,  elected  Director, 
Art  Society,  112. 

Davis,  Jefferson,  serves  as  Secre- 
tary of  War  in  Pierce's  Cabinet, 
258. 

Dear  Doctor  Dick,  by  J.  Allen 
Hunter,  mentioned,   230. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


591 


Dearborn,  Henry,  Secretary  of 
War,  supports  Meigs'  Indian 
policy,  3. 

De  Bow,  J.  D.  B.r  comments  on 
planters'  prejudice  against  tex- 
tile industry,  28. 

De  Bow's  Revieiv,  comments  on 
Simms,  405. 

de  Leon,  Edwin,  describes  life  of 
cotton  mill  workers,  387. 

Decisive  Battle  of  Nashville,  The, 
by  Stanley  F.  Horn,  received, 
129;  reviewed,  420. 

DeConde,  Alexander,  accepts  posi- 
tion, University  of  Michigan, 
568. 

Dedmond,  Francis  B.,  his  Length- 
ened Shadows:  A  History  of 
Gardner-Webb  College,  1907- 
1956,  received,  311. 

Dees,  Mrs.  Samuel  B.,  named  as 
Lieutenant  Governor,  Society  of 
Mayflower  Descendants,  118. 

Defence  of  the  Revolutionary  His- 
tory of  the  State  of  North  Caro- 
lina from  the  Aspersions  of  Mr. 
Jefferson,  A,  by  Joseph  Sea  well 
Jones,  published,  490. 

Denny,  Jean,  dances  with  group  on 
program  for  Sir  Walter  Cabinet, 
305. 

Department  of  Archives  and  His- 
tory, collaborates  with  WRAL- 
TV  in  telecast  series,  305;  funds 
appropriated  for,  562;  has  series 
of  radio  broadcasts,  109;  opens 
exhibit  featuring  gowns  of  gov- 
ernors' wives,  306;  presents  four 
telecasts  on  WRAL-TV,  109;  , 
presents  program  for  Sir  Wal- 
ter Cabinet,  305;  recent  legisla- 
tion relatives  to,  432;  to  publish 
old  documents,  112;  to  supervise 
Alston  House,  444. 

Derry,  Joseph  T.,  teaches  Wood- 
row  Wilson,  507. 

"Democrat,  A,"  writes  criticism  of 
Jones's  "A  Picturesque  History 
.  .  .,"  496. 

Dey  Homestead,  visited  on  Curri- 
tuck County  Tour,  444. 

Dismal  Swamp  Canal,  site  of  al- 
leged Jones-Wilson  duel,  498. 

Division  of  Archives  and  Manu- 
scripts, lists  new  items  available 
for  public  use,  111;  lists  record 
of  services  to  public,  565. 

Division  of  Publications,  releases 
two  maps,  reprints  pamphlets, 
438. 


Dobbin,  James  C,  nominates 
Franklin  Pierce  for  presidency, 
258. 

Dobbs,  alarmed  at  number  of  coun- 
terfeit bills,  473;  death  of,  men- 
tioned, 409;  mentioned,  406. 

Dockery,  Henry  C,  named  trustee, 
Mecklenburg  Historical  Associa- 
tion, 122. 

Dolson,  Hildegarde,  assists  Eliza- 
beth Stevenson  Ives  with  biog- 
raphy of  Adlai  Stevenson,  241. 

Donaldson,  Henry  A.,  immigrates 
from  Rhode  Island  to  open  cot- 
ton mill,  24;  joins  George  Mc- 
Neil in  organizing  Fayetteville 
mills,  26;  purchases  mill  equip- 
ment in  Rhode  Island,  24;  sells 
mill  interests  to  Battle  family, 
25. 

Dortch,  Hugh,  elected  Vice-Presi- 
dent, Wayne  County  Historical 
Society,  443. 

Douglass,  Elisha  P.,  promoted 
to  Associate  Professor,  567;  re- 
views The  Pursuit  of  Science  in 
Revolutionary  America,  1735- 
1789,  98;  serves  as  co-ordinator 
for  television  program,  to  serve 
as  Fulbright  Lecturer  in  Ger- 
many, 439. 

Dowdey,  Clifford,  his  The  Great 
Plantation.  A  Profile  of  Berkeley 
Hundred  and  Plantation  Virgin- 
ia from  Jamestown  to  Appomat- 
tox, received,  574. 

Downs,  Murray  S.,  accepts  posi- 
tion, Virginia  Polytechnic  Insti- 
tute, 121. 

Drake,  Francis,  central  figure  in 
Mason's  Golden  Admiral,  189; 
his  home  now  a  museum,  219; 
stops  by  Roanoke  Island,  206. 

Dromgoole,  Edward,  father  of 
George  C.  Dromgoole,  Methodist 
circuit  rider,  327. 

Dromgoole,  George  C,  attends  Wil- 
liam and  Mary,  attends  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina,  328; 
challenges  Dugger  to  duel,  332; 
dies,  344;  felt  to  be  victim  of 
public  sentiment,  345;  his  fond- 
ness for  alcohol  cited,  330,  331; 
instructed  by  Haines  in  use  of 
dueling  pistol,  335;  insults  Dug- 
ger at  party,  329,  330;  "Moni- 
tor" writes  biographical  sketch 
of,  328-329;  officers  serving  un- 
der resign,  331 ;  participates  in 
duel,   327;   pursues   political   ca- 


592 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


reer  following  duel,  343;  re- 
quests Dugger  to  clarify  quar- 
rel, 331;  serves  in  United  States 
Congress,  328;  serves  in  Virgin- 
ia House  of  Delegates,  327; 
serves  in  Virginia  Senate,  328; 
used  by  Whig  Party  as  pawn, 
331;  wounds  Dugger  in  duel, 
338. 

Du  Bois,  William  E.  B.,  desires 
"talented  tenth"  of  Negroes  to 
be  educated,  165. 

"Duello,"  custom  of,  described,  327; 
defended  in  Arney  Childs',  Rice 
Planter  and  Sportsman.  The  Rec- 
ollections of  J.  Matte  Alston, 
1821-1909,  345. 

Dugger,  Daniel,  accepts  Drom- 
goole's  challenge,  332;  dies  of 
wounds,  338;  manages  hotel, 
329;  owner  of  race  horses,  328; 
participant  in  duel,  327;  post- 
pones duel  to  attend  races  in 
New  York,  333;  refuses  to  clar- 
ify quarrel  with  Dromgoole,  332; 
sons  of,  graduate  from  Univer- 
sity of  North   Carolina,  342. 

Dugger-Dromgoole  duel,  described, 
336-338;  terms  of,  given,  334. 

"Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel,  The," 
article  by  Henry  W.  Lewis,  327- 
345. 

Duke,  Bruce,  elected  Treasurer, 
Wayne  County  Historical  Soci- 
ety, 443. 

Duke  University  Commonwealth- 
Studies  Center,  conducts  sum- 
mer program,  442. 

Duke  University  Library,  lists  re- 
cent acquisitions,  121. 

Duncan,  Mrs.  Winnie,  serves  as 
Secretary  -  Treasurer,  Wilkes 
County  Historical  Association, 
309. 

Dunnagan,  M.  R.,  presents  report, 
North  Carolina  Literary  and 
Historical  Association,  Inc.,  115. 

Duplin  County  Court  Minutes,  re- 
leased for  use  in  Search  Room, 
566. 

Durden,  Robert  F.,  has  article  in 
New  England  Quarterly,  121 ; 
has  book  published,  441. 

Duychinck,  Evert  A.,  correspond- 
ent of  William  Gilmore  Simms, 
396,  397. 

E 

Early,    Ella,   writes    story   of   Au- 

lander,  451. 
Early  Jackson  Party  in  Ohio,  The, 

by   Harry  R.    Stevens,   received, 

311;  reviewed,  425. 


Earnshaw,  Mrs.  Edith  T.,  elected 
to  Executive  Council,  Wake 
County  Historical  Society,  446. 

Easterby,  J.  H.,  his  The  Colonial 
Records  of  South  Carolina.  The 
Journal  of  the  Commons  House 
of  Assembly,  September  10, 
1745-June  17,  1746,  received, 
129;  reviewed,  536. 

Eaton,  Clement,  his  Henry  Clay 
and  the  Art  of  American  Poli- 
tics, received,  311. 

Eaves,  T.  C.  Duncan,  his  The  Let- 
ters of  William  Gilmore  Simms, 
Volume  V,  1867-1870,  received, 
452;  reviewed,  537. 

Edens,  Mrs.  A.  Hollis,  gives  tea 
for  Southern  Historical  Associa- 
tion, 118. 

Edmonds,  Richard  H.,  tries  to  per- 
suade New  England  industrial- 
ists to  move  South,  382. 

Edwards,  Mrs.  N.  A.,  elected  Sec- 
retary, Wayne  County  Historical 
Society,  443;  elected  Vice-Presi- 
dent, Society  of  County  and  Lo- 
cal Historians,  117. 

Ehle,  John,  his  "This  Vision  of 
Charles  B.  Aycock"  presented  to 
joint  meeting  of  historical  so- 
cieties, 443. 

Ehringhaus,  Mrs.  J.  C.  B.,  present 
for  Hall  of  History  exhibit  open- 
ing, 306. 

1850's,  decade  of,  described,  256. 

Eli  Hinson  House,  visited  by  group 
on  tour,  570. 

Eli  Whitney  and  the  Birth  of 
American  Technology,  by  Con- 
stance McL.  Green,  reviewed, 
98. 

Eliason,  Norman  E.,  his  Tarheel 
Talk.  An  Historical  Study  of  the 
English  Language  in  North  Car- 
olina, received,  129;  reviewed, 
86. 

Elizabethan  Garden,  to  have  gate- 
house in  replica  of  Hayes  Bar- 
ton,  113. 

Elizabethtown,  tour  of  Bladen 
County  begins  there,  444. 

Ellis,  Thomas,  Lost  Colonist,  list- 
ed as  member  of  vestry,  St.  Pet- 
rock's,  215. 

Embargo  Acts,  force  North  Caro- 
lina to  manufacture  at  home, 
19. 

Emigration,  large-scale,  from 
North  Carolina  in  1830's,  131. 

Ennet,  A.  D.,  host  to  Carteret 
County  Historical  Society,  571. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


593 


Enoch  Ferebee  House,  visited  on 
Currituck  County  tour,  444. 

Erskine,  Edith  Deaderick,  writes 
poems,  231. 

Etheridge,  Ray,  participates  in 
tour  of  Currituck  County,  444. 

Evans,  George  N.,  doubts  details  of 
Jones-Hooper    duel,   494. 

Evans  Cottage,  visited  on  McDow- 
ell County  tour,  570. 

Everett,  Robinson  O.,  his  Military 
Justice  in  the  Armed  Forces  of 
the  United  States,  mentioned, 
239. 

Executive  Board,  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  has  May 
meeting,  to  file  report  on  Zebu- 
Ion  B.  Vance  Birthplace  prop- 
erty, 432. 

Exeter  (England),  library  there, 
yields  valuable  data,  209. 

F 

F.  and  H.  Fries  Company,  makes 
cloth  for  Confederate  Uniforms, 
sends  supplies  to  Confederate 
camps,  69. 

Fagg,  Dan,  elected  President, 
Wayne  County  Historical  Soci- 
ety, 443. 

Fair  of  1886,  "departments"  of, 
listed,  66n;  exhibits  rare  table, 
66;  has  John  M.  Langston  as 
speaker,  65 ;  has  parade,  66 ;  held 
by  Negroes  in  Raleigh,  65;  lasts 
four  days,  66. 

Fallen  Angel,  The,  by  William  T. 
Polk,  discussed,  228. 

Farley,  M.  Foster,  joins  staff,  De- 
partment of  History,  Salem  Col- 
lege, 122. 

Farley,  Mrs.  Martha  H.,  assists 
Hillsboro  group  in  museum  plan- 
ning, 564;  attends  Chapel  Hill 
conference,  110;  works  in  Na- 
tional   Parks    Laboratory,    565. 

Farley,  Marvin  R.,  victim  of  acci- 
dental drowning,  440. 

Farm  implements,  those  of  Chero- 
kee Indians,  listed,  10. 

Faulkner,  William,  mentioned,  235. 

Favorite  Recipes  of  the  Lower  Cape 
Fear,  reprinted,  572. 

Fayetteville,  becomes  urban  tex- 
tile center  of  ante-bellum  South, 
26;  cotton  mills  there,  enjoy 
prosperity,  144;  transport  point 
for  raw  cotton  to  England  and 
the  North,  26. 

Fayetteville  Gazette,  reprints  arti- 
cles of  industrial  news,  16. 

Ferguson,   Thomas   W.,   his   Home 


on  the  Yadkin,  received,  311;  re- 
viewed, 416;  serves  as  Director, 
Wilkes  County  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, 309. 

Fernandez,  Simon,  makes  three 
voyages  to  Roanoke,  214;  pilot 
of  Amadas'  and  Barlowe's  ship, 
205. 

Fever,  John,  basket-maker,  with 
Roanoke  Colony,  214. 

Fiction  Fights  the  Civil  War — An 
Unfinished  Chapter  in  the  Lit- 
erary History  of  the  American 
People,  by  Robert  A.  Lively,  re- 
ceived, 311;  reviewed,  551. 

Fiddler's  Fancy,  by  Julia  Mont- 
gomery Street,  mentioned,  230; 
wins  AAUW  Juvenile  Literature 
Award,  115. 

Fields,  William,  paints  portrait  of 
Benjamin  Williams  for  Alston 
House,  444. 

Fillmore,  Millard,  appoints  Wil- 
liam A.  Graham  as  Secretary  of 
Navy,  256. 

Fire  King,  concept  of,  described, 
463;  head  of  Cherokee  religious 
cult,  457. 

First  Presbyterian  Church  (Char- 
lotte), visited  by  group  on  tour, 
570. 

Fisher,  Charles,  ardent  advocate  of 
textile  development,  29;  begins 
campaign  for  industry  which 
continues  to  present  day,  33; 
heads  committee  making  report 
on  agriculture  and  industry,  29; 
his  reports  presented,  30-31 ;  re- 
publishes report  of  1828,  133. 

Fisher  Report,  widely  circulated  in 
newspapers,  32. 

Flanner,  Carolina  D.,  elected  Di- 
rector, Lower  Cape  Fear  Histo- 
rical Society,  447. 

Fletcher,  Inglis,  her  Roanoke  Hun- 
dred, successful  novel  about  Ra- 
leigh's colonists,  188;  uses  Albe- 
marle and  Cape  Fear  sections 
as  background  for  novels,  249. 

Fletcher,  John,  elected  Vice-Presi- 
dent, Folklore  Society,  117. 

For  the  Love  of  Lady  Margaret: 
A  Romance  of  the  Lost  Colony, 
by  William  Thomas  Wilson,  dis- 
cussed, 186-187. 

Forest  History  Foundation,  Inc., 
The,  seeks  material  on  forest 
history,  310. 

Forgery,  prevalent  in  colonial 
North  Carolina,  467. 

Forrest,  Mrs.  John  S.,  presents 
award  at  society  meeting,  449. 


594 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Forsyth  County,  flag  of  Company  I, 
described,  72n. 

Fort  Caswell,  visited  in  1901  by 
Bar  Association  members,  56. 

Fortson,  Ben,  Secretary  of  State 
(Georgia),  visits  Archives  with 
delegation,  111. 

Fortune,  T.  Thomas,  promises  copy 
of  his  book  for  fair  exhibit,  63; 
refuses  invitation  to  speak  at 
fair  of  1886,  65. 

Fountain,  A.  M.,  serves  as  Chap- 
lain, Sons  of  American  Revolu- 
tion, 449. 

Fowle,  Daniel  G.,  mentioned,  37; 
joins  Raleigh  group  in  attempt- 
ing to  form  bar  association,  35. 

Francis,  John  Brown,  Rhode 
Island  governor,  issues  procla- 
mation against  "Shocco"  Jones, 
494. 

Frank,  A.  D.,  resigns  as  Head, 
Department  of  Social  Studies, 
East  Carolina  College,  to  con- 
tinue teaching  duties,  440. 

Franklin,  Douglas,  sings  on  pro- 
gram for  Sir  Walter  Cabinet, 
305. 

Franklin,  John  Hope,  his  From 
Slavery  to  Freedom,  A  History 
of  American  Negroes,  received, 
129;  reviewed,  430. 

Franklinville  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, picture  of,  facing  143. 

Frederik  II,  writes  Queen  Eliza- 
beth, 213. 

Freund,  Virginia,  her  The  His- 
toric of  Travell  into  Virginia 
Britania,  1612,  received,  129; 
reviewed,  290. 

Friday,  William  C,  speaks  at  Dal- 
las marker  unveiling,  445. 

Friedens  Lutheran  Church,  visit- 
ed by  County  and  Local  Histo- 
rians on  tour,  125. 

Friendville  Old  Quaker  Church, 
visited  by  group  on  tour  of  Ran- 
dolph County,  125. 

Fries,  Francis,  completes  cotton 
mill  at  Salem,  146. 

Fries,  John  W.,  becomes  head  of 
mills,  detailed  for  service  in 
family  mills  during  Civil  War, 
69;  fails  to  write  Barrow,  78; 
receives  Civil  War  letters  from 
Henry  W.  Barrow,  68;  receives 
letter  from  Barrow  telling  of 
pay  day,  79;  receives  letter  tell- 
ing of  religious  services  in  camp, 
81 ;  receives  many  informative 
letters  from  Barrow,  68-85. 


From  Slavery  to  Freedom:  A  His- 
tory of  American  Negroes,  by 
John  Hope  Franklin,  received, 
129;  reviewed,  430. 

Fuller,  T.  C,  one  of  Raleigh  law- 
yers urging  formation  of  bar  as- 
sociation, 36. 

Futrell,  Mrs.  Madlin  M.,  joins  De- 
partment of  Archives  and  His- 
tory staff,  565. 

G 

Gadsden,  James,  goes  to  Mexico  to 
secure  land  cessions,  259 ;  sent  as 
neutral  agent  in  Mexican  rail- 
road dispute,  261. 

Gadsden  Purchase,  fails  in  over- 
all purpose,  266. 

Galapogos  Islands,  America  ob- 
tains guano  concession  there,  dis- 
covery of  guano  there,  "hoax," 
266. 

Gallaudet,  Elisha,  engraver,  ap- 
proached by  counterfeiters,  474. 

Ganyard,  Robert  L.,  reviews  Reb- 
els and  Redcoats:  The  Living 
Story  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, 545. 

Garden  and  Forest,  praises  Bilt- 
more  project,  352. 

Gardner,  Mrs.  Bettie  Sue,  wins 
Lillian  Pitcher  Smith  Cup,  448. 

Gardner,  Clarence  E.,  Jr.,  reviews 
James  W.  Davis:  North  Carolina 
Surgeon,  418. 

Gardner,  Dillard  S.,  reviews,  Lin- 
coln's Supreme  Court,  103. 

Gardner,  Mrs.  O.  Max,  present  for 
Hall  of  History  exhibit  opening, 
306;  presents  winners  with  Can- 
non Awards,  114. 

Gash,  Robert  T.,  on  program, 
marker  dedication,  126. 

Gaston,  William,  mentioned,  492. 

Gaston  County,  markers  unveiled 
at  Dallas,  early  county  seat,  445; 
mill  operations  there,  discussed, 
151-152. 

Gaston  County  Historical  Bulletin, 
The,  carries  article  on  county 
history,  309;  list  of  articles  in, 
446,  569. 

Gaston  County  Historical  Society, 
sponsors  marker  unveiling,  446. 

Gatewood,  Willard,  writes  on  Eu- 
gene Clyde  Brooks,  441. 

General  Assembly,  amends  laws 
relative  to  Department  of  Ar- 
chives and  History,  appropriates 
funds  for  Department,  562;  cre- 
ates Code  Commission  to  revise 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


595 


laws,  53;  establishes  committee 
to  investigate  construction  of 
cotton  mills,  29;  extends  loan  of 
Moravian  paper  mill,  18;  of  1724, 
attempts  prosecution  of  counter- 
feiters, 467;  puts  in  force  stat- 
utes of  "Kingdom  of  England," 
471 ;  works  throughout  colonial 
period  to  stop  counterfeiting, 
467-482  passim. 

General  E.  Kirby  Smith,  by  Joseph 
H.  Parks,  wins  Sydnor  Memorial 
Award,  119. 

General  George  B.  McClellan,  by 
Warren  W.  Hassler,  Jr.,  received, 
312;   reviewed,  424. 

George  W.  Cable,  A  Biography,  by 
Arline  Turner,  discussed,  240. 

Georgia  Commissioner  of  Land  and 
Immigration,  cites  need  of  cap- 
ital, 375. 

Georgia's  Land  of  the  Golden 
Isles,  by  Burnette  Vanstory,  re- 
ceived, 128;  reviewed,  422. 

Gholson,  James  H.,  Brunswick 
County  (Virginia)  native,  held 
in  esteem  by  populace,  329n. 

Gifford,  Lester  C. ,  named  Vice- 
President,  Symphony  Society, 
117. 

"Gifford  Pinchot  at  Biltmore,"  by 
Harold   T.   Pinkett,  346-357. 

Gift  for  Penelope,  A,  by  Lucy  M. 
Cobb,  mentioned,  230. 

Gilchrist,  C.  W.,  named  Trustee, 
Mecklenburg  Historical  Associa- 
tion, 122. 

Gill,  Edwin,  elected  First  Vice- 
President,  North  Carolina  Art 
Society,  112. 

Gillam,  Mrs.  M.  B.  Sr.,  directs 
preparation  of  paper  on  Wind- 
sor, 123. 

Gillespie's  Gap,  visited  on  McDow- 
ell County  tour,  570. 

Gilreath,  Fred,  serves  as  Vice- 
President,  Wilkes  County  His- 
torical  Association,   309. 

"Glades,  The,"  visited  on  McDow- 
ell County  tour,  570. 

Godfrey,  James  L.,  elected  Dean  of 
Faculty,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  567;  elected  officer,  So- 
ciety for  French  Historical  Stud- 
ies, 306;  elected  to  Executive 
Council,  Southern  Historical  As- 
sociation, 120;  gives  lecture, 
306;  has  article  in  The  South  At- 
lantic Quarterly ,  120 ;  has  ar- 
ticle published,  439;  reads  paper 
at  Southern  Historical  Associa- 
tion,   120;    reads    paper,    Duke 


Commonwealth  -  Study  Center 
Seminar,  306;  serves  as  Vice- 
President,  French  historical  so- 
ciety, 442. 

Goerch,  Carl,  his  Ocracoke,  receiv- 
ed, 129;  reviewed,  288. 

Gohdes,  Clarence,  establishes  date 
American  literature  became  na- 
tional, 393. 

Golden  Admiral,  The,  by  F.  Van 
Wyck  Mason,  deals  with  life  of 
Sir  Francis  Drake,  189. 

Golden,  Harry  L.,  his  Jewish  Roots 
in  the  Carolinas,  mentioned,  239. 

Goldsboro,  Junior  High  school  club 
there,  exhibits  work,  443. 

Goodloe,  Daniel  R.,  predicts  ad- 
vance in  industry,  359. 

Gordon,  M.  W.,  elected  Vice-Presi- 
dent, McDowell  County  Histori- 
cal Association,   448. 

Gordon,  James,  made  president  of 
Mississippi  bank,  502;  step- 
father of  Joseph  Seawell  Jones, 
mentioned,  484. 

Gorges,  Edward,  cousin  of  Sir 
Walter  Raleigh,  graduate  of 
Magdalen  College,  messenger  of 
Elizabeth  I  to  Henry  IV,  219. 

Government  and  Administration  of 
North  Carolina,  The,  by  Robert 
S.  Rankin,  discussed,  239. 

Gowan's  Point,  visited  by  group  on 
McDowell  County  tour,  570. 

Grady,  Henry  W.,  advocate  of  in- 
dustry, 358;  continues  to  em- 
phasize South's  industrial  ad- 
vantages, 366;  writes  article  on 
cotton  industry,  360. 

Graham,  Billy,  his  The  Secret  of 
Happiness,  mentioned,  239. 

Graham,  William  A.,  brief  biog- 
raphy of,  256;  hears  from  Jo- 
seph Seawell  Jones,  492;  plays 
part  in  Pacific  expansion,  256. 

Gray  Fox:  Robert  E.  Lee  and  the 
Civil  War,  by  Burke  Davis,  dis- 
cussed, 245. 

Great  Britain,  attempt  made  by,  to 
force  America  on  Isthmus  issue, 
265. 

Great  Plantation.  A  Profile  of 
Berkeley  Hundred  and  Planta- 
tion Virginia  from  Jamestown 
to  Appomattox,  The,  by  Clifford 
Dowdey,  received,  574. 

Great  Tellico,  possesses  "Mother 
Fire"  of  Cherokees,  "Mother 
Town"  of  Cherokees,  461. 

Green,  Constance  McL.,  her  Eli 
Whitney  and  the  Birth  of  Amer- 
ican Technology,  reviewed,  98. 


596 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Green,  Fletcher  M.,  addresses  Old 
Capital  Historical  Society,  307; 
attends  Executive  Board  meet- 
ing, 432;  delivers  annual  Honors 
Day  address,  Mars  Hill  College, 
439;  gives  lecture,  Georgia  State 
College  for  Women,  307;  reads 
paper,  Mississippi  Valley  Histo- 
rical Association,  439;  receives 
honorary  degree,  566;  reviews 
Auraria:  The  Story  of  a  Geor- 
gia Gold-Mining  Town,  292;  to 
be  Visiting  Professor,  North- 
western University,  121. 

Green,  Paul,  announces  winners  of 
Cannon  Awards,  114;  his  The 
Lost  Colony  most  familiar  work 
on  colonization  period,  180; 
writes  Wilderness  Road,  230. 

Green  Dragoon.  The  Lives  of  Ba- 
nastre  Tarleton  and  Mary  Rob- 
inson, The,  by  Robert  D.  Bass, 
received,  451;  reviewed,  548. 

Green  Pond,  novel  by  Evan  Bran- 
don, described  as  "piece  of  so- 
cial realism,"  229. 

Greene,  G.  C,  Jr.,  elected  Treas- 
urer, Southern  Appalachian  His- 
torical Association,  124. 

Greene,  Henry,  graduate  of  Corpus 
Christi  College,  member  of  Ama- 
das  and  Barlowe  expedition, 
possible  ancestor  of  Nathanael 
Greene,  215. 

Greene,  Jack,  teaches  at  Michigan 
State,  121. 

Greenlee,  Mary,  on  program,  mark- 
er unveiling,  126. 

Greenlee,  Ruth  M.,  elected  Presi- 
dent, McDowell  County  Histori- 
cal Association,  448;  serves  on 
committee,  Western  North  Caro- 
lina Historical  Association,  309. 

Greensboro,  North  Carolina,  The 
County  Seat  of  Guilford,  wins 
American  Association  for  State 
and  Local  History  award,  116. 

Greensboro  Patriot,  features  edi- 
torial advocating  industrial  ad- 
vancement, 359. 

Greer,  I.  G.,  re-elected  President, 
Southern  Appalachian  Historical 
Association,  124. 

Gregory,  Robert  Granville,  pn 
faculty,  new  Department  of  His- 
tory, Wake  Forest  College,  442. 

Grenville,  Richard,  arrives  too  late 
with  supplies  for  colonists,  206; 
character  in  Inglis  Fletcher's 
novel,  Roanoke  Hundred,  188; 
commands  fleet  of  ships  bound 
for  Carolina,  205;  cousin  of  Wal- 
ter Raleigh,  219;  leaves  men  on 
Roanoke   Island,   206. 


Gribble,  Mrs.  James,  serves  as  com- 
mittee chairman,  marker  erec- 
tion, 446. 

Griffin,  Clarence  W.,  attends  meet- 
ings, Executive  Board,  432; 
elected  board  member,  Sons  of 
American  Revolution,  449;  parti- 
cipates on  program  at  marker 
unveiling,  126;  reappointed  to 
Executive  Board,  432;  receives 
American  Association  For  State 
and  Local  History  award,  116; 
receives  Cannon  Award,  114; 
represents  Department  at  Gaston 
County  marker  unveiling,  435; 
speaks  briefly  at  Dallas  marker 
unveiling,  445. 

Griffin,  Richard  W.,  his  article, 
"The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  in 
Ante-Bellum  North  Carolina," 
Part  I,  15-35;   Part  II,  131-164. 

Griffin,  Rowland,  one-time  prisoner, 
member  of  Lane's  colony,  215. 

Groce,  George  C,  his  The  New- 
York  Historical  Society's  Dic- 
tionary of  Artists  in  America, 
1564-1860,  received,  452;  review- 
ed, 558. 

Grumman,  Russell  M.,  named  Pres- 
ident, North  Carolina  Symphony 
Society,  117. 

Guano  Act,  Baker,  Howland,  and 
Jarvis  Islands  obtained  under, 
266. 

Gudger,  Owen,  awarded  "Outstand- 
ing Historian's  Cup,"  449. 

Guggenheim  Fellowship,  awarded 
William  S.  Powell,  208. 

Guide  to  Early  American  Homes 
— South,  A,  by  Richard  and 
Dorothy  Pratt,  received,  129; 
reviewed,  298. 

Guilds,  John  C,  his  article, 
"Simms's  Views  on  National  and 
Sectional  Literature,  1825-1845," 
393-405. 

Guilford  County,  advertises  climate 
to  attract  investors,  369. 

Guilford  Courthouse,  visited  by 
group  on  tour,  125. 

Guille,  Mrs.  W.  G.,  reports  to  Anti- 
quities Society  on  restoration 
project,  114. 

Gunner  with  Stonewall.  Reminis- 
cences of  William  Thomas 
Poague,  .  .  .  A  Memoir  Written 
for  His  Children  in  1903,  by 
Monroe  F.  Cockrell,  received, 
452. 

Gwin,  William  M.,  exposes  Shocco 
Jones  as  prankster,  503. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


597 


H 

Hachiya,  Michihiko,  donates  royal- 
ties to  Yurin  Scholarship  Fund, 
310. 

Hagaman,  Hugh,  elected  First 
Vice-President,  Southern  Appal- 
achian Historical  Association, 
124. 

Haines,  Hiram,  acts  as  Dromgoole's 
second  in  duel,  332;  remains 
close  friend  of  Dromgoole,  339; 
writes  Dromgoole  of  duel  ar- 
rangements, 333;  writes  to  Drom- 
goole, 339. 

Haines,  Ruth,  replaces  Mrs.  Rachel 
R.  Robinson,  304. 

Hale,  Charles  Adams,  accepts  posi- 
tion at  Lehigh  University,  567; 
appointed  Instructor,  University 
of  North  Carolina,  119. 

Hall,  B.  Frank,  elected  President, 
Lower  Cape  Fear  Historical  So- 
ciety, 447. 

Hall  of  History,  purchases  Cutten 
Silver  Collection,  562. 

Hamilton,  Alexander,  advocates 
manufacture  of  cotton  in  South, 
writes  of  inevitable  development 
of  cotton  mills  in   South,  15. 

Hamilton,  J.  G.  de  Roulhac,  his 
The  Papers  of  William  Alexan- 
der Graham,  Volume  I,  1825- 
1837,  published,  438. 

Hamilton,  William  B.,  named  edi- 
tor, South  Atlantic  Quarterly, 
studies  in  Africa,  Australia, 
New  Zealand,  and  England,  442; 
to  do  research,  121. 

Handlin,  Oscar,  his  Readings  in 
American  History,  received,  452. 

Harding,  Bruce  C,  seeks  forest 
history  material,  speaks  at  meet- 
ing, Western  North  Carolina 
Historical  Association,  310. 

Harding,  Edmund  H.,  presides  at 
Beaufort  County  Historical  So- 
ciety meeting,  308. 

Hariot,  Thomas,  mathematician  and 
astronomer,  mentioned,  219; 
member  of  first  Roanoke  colony, 
205. 

Harrell  House,  visited  on  Currituck 
County  tour,  444. 

Harris,  Bernice  Kelly,  her  Janey 
Jeems,  mentioned,  254;  uses 
North  Carolina  material  for  her 
writing,  249. 

Harris,  Joel  Chandler,  distinguishes 
between  "sectionalism"  and  lo- 
caliam,"  401. 

Harris,  Thomas,  Lost  Colonist,  fel- 
low  at   Corpus    Christi    College, 


216;  member  of  Lane's  expedi- 
tion, 215;  name  listed  twice  by 
John  White,  206. 

Harrison,  F.  W.,  physician  serving 
at  Dugger-Dromgoole  duel,  336. 

Hartridge,  Clifford  Wayne,  his 
Manteo,  discussed,  197. 

Harvard  University,  History  De- 
partment there,  sponsors  Insti- 
tute on  Historical  and  Archival 
Management,  127. 

Harwell,  Richard  Barksdale,  his 
The  Committees  of  Safety  of 
W  estmoreland  and  Fincastle. 
Proceedings  of  the  County  Com- 
mittees, 1774-1776,  received,  129. 

Hassler,  Warren  W.,  Jr.,  his  Gen- 
eral George  B.  McClellan:  Shield 
of  the  Union,  received,  312;  re- 
viewed, 424. 

Hatch,  William,  elected  to  Execu- 
tive Council,  Wake  County  His- 
torical Society,  446. 

Haunce,  listed  by  John  White  as 
"Surgion,"  208. 

Hawes,  Herbert  Bouldin,  his  The 
Daughter  of  the  Blood,  discussed, 
196. 

Hawkins,  Benjamin,  Indian  Sup- 
erintendent, favors  agriculture 
for  Cherokees,  2;  interested  in 
Creek  Indians,  3. 

Hawkins,  Hugh  Dodge,  accepts  po- 
sition at  Amherst,  567;  appointed 
Instructor,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  119. 

Hawthorne,  Nathaniel,  son-in-law 
of,  writes  novel  of  Dare  coast, 
195. 

Hayes,  Rutherford  B.,  comments  on 
"welfare  of  the  South,"  374; 
mentioned,  361. 

Hayes  Barton,  replica  of,  to  be 
constructed  in  honor  of  Mrs. 
Charles  A.  Cannon,  Elizabethan 
Garden,  113. 

Haygood,  Atticus  G.,  predicts  fu- 
ture of  masses  in  South,  362. 

Heal,  Edith,  her  The  Topaz  Seal, 
discussed,   193. 

Helper,  Hinton  Rowan,  mention- 
ed, 361. 

Helguera,  J.  Leon,  appointed  In- 
structor, North  Carolina  State 
College,  567. 

Henderson,  Archibald,  writes  arti- 
cle on  Historical  Society  of  North 
Carolina,  308. 

Henderson,  Mrs.  Isabelle  Bowen, 
elected  Director,  Art  Society,  112. 

Hen'retta,  servant  of  Wiley  family, 
mentioned,  517,  521. 


598 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Henry,  Robert  Selph,  elected  Presi- 
dent Southern  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, 119. 

Henry  Clay  and  the  Art  of  Amer- 
ican Politics,  by  Clement  Eaton, 
received,    311. 

Henry  Francis  du  Pont  Winter- 
thur  Museum,  The,  announces 
establishment  of  fellowships,  128. 

Here  Will  1  Dwell,  The  Story  of 
Caldwell  County,  by  Nancy  Alex- 
ander, mentioned,  243;  reviewed, 
91. 

Hesseltine,  William  B.,  reviews 
Mighty  Stonewall,  551. 

Hewet,  Thomas,  Lost  Colonist,  has 
law  degree  from  Oxford,  216. 

Heywood,  Daniel,  South  Carolina 
planter,  sets  up  primitive  "cot- 
ton mill,"  15. 

Hiawatha,  mentioned,  182. 

Hicks,  Charles,  attends  Moravian 
mission  school,  5;  described, 
elected  Principal  Chief,  6;  frag- 
ment of  Cherokee  legend  trans- 
lated by,  speaks  of  colonization 
in  southeast,  458;  fragment  of 
migration  legend  recorded  by, 
given,  458-459;  nineteenth-cen- 
tury Cherokee  leader,  4;  serves 
as  interpreter  for  Cherokees,  5; 
writes  of  Cherokee  priests,  463. 

Higginbotham,  Don  R.,  has  article 
published,  442. 

Higgs,  Martha  Adeline,  presents 
tablet  in  memory  of  Thomas 
Chappell,   123. 

Hill,  G.  F.,  presents  address,  Pas- 
quotank County  Historical  So- 
ciety, 124. 

Hill,  John  Sprunt,  receives  Distin- 
guished Citizen  Award,  306. 

Hillsboro,  organizational  meeting 
held  there,  for  cotton  and  woolen 
factory,  21 ;  town  of,  votes  funds 
for  proposed  museum,  433. 

Hillsboro  Garden  Club,  sponsors 
plan  for  museum,  432. 

Hillsborough  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, organized,  22. 

Hillsborough  Recorder,  editor  of, 
predicts  future  for  North  Caro- 
lina in  cotton  mill  industry,  144. 

Hindle,  Brooke,  his  The  Pursuit  of 
Science  in  Revolutionary  Amer- 
ica, 1735-1789,  reviewed,  97. 

Historical  Book  Club,  Inc.,  holds 
breakfast  meeting,  118. 

Historical  Researclt  in  the  North 
Carolina  Department  of  Archives 
and  History,  released  for  re- 
searchers,  565. 


Historical  Society  of  North  Caro- 
lina, meets  at  Greensboro  Col- 
lege,  124. 

Historic  of  Travell  into  Virginia 
Britania,  1612,  The,  by  Louis  B. 
Wright  and  Virginia  Freund, 
received,  129;   reviewed,  290. 

History  Bulletin,  official  organ  of 
Western  North  Carolina  Histori- 
cal Association,  list  of  articles 
in,  571. 

History  of  Atlantic  Christian  Col- 
lege: Culture  in  Coastal  Caro- 
lina, A,  by  Charles  Crossfield 
Ware,  received,  129;  reviewed, 
285. 

History  of  Carolina,  by  John  Law- 
son,  discussed  by  Jared  Sparks, 
314;  table  of  contents,  given, 
318. 

History  of  Meredith  College,  A, 
by  Mary  Lynch  Johnson,  receiv- 
ed, 452. 

History  of  the  Great  Seal  of  North 
Carolina,  The,  reprinted  by  Di- 
vision of  Publications,  438. 

History  of  Moore  County,  1? %7- 
1847,  A,  by  Blackwell  P.  Robin- 
son, mentioned,  243;  reviewed, 
93. 

History  of  North  Carolina,  by 
Hugh  T.  Lefler,  published  by 
Lewis  Publishing  Co.,  120;  re- 
viewed, 105. 

History  of  North  Carolina  Bap- 
tists, Volume  II,  by  George 
Washington  Paschal,  discussed, 
244. 

History  of  the  United  States,  by 
Bancroft,  serves  as  an  inspira- 
tion for  Roanoke  novels,  184. 

Hodges,  J.  E.,  presides  at  meeting, 
308;  re-elected  President,  Society 
of  County  and  Local  Historians, 
117. 

Hodges,  Luther  H.,  appoints  H.  V. 
Rose  to  Executive  Board,  432; 
brings  greetings,  luncheon  meet- 
ing, Antiquities  Society,  114; 
entertains  governors  in  Dare 
County,  563;  entertains  mem- 
bers of  various  cultural  societies, 
115;  Honorary  President,  Art  So- 
ciety, 113;  member  ex  officio, 
North  Carolina  Symphony  Soci- 
ety, 117;  presents  W.  Kerr  Scott 
with  first  copy  of  Scott  Letter- 
book,  438;  presides  at  luncheon, 
Art  Society,  113;  reappoints 
Clarence  W.  Griffin  to  Executive 
Board,  432. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


599 


Hodges,  Mrs.  Luther  H.,  has  recep- 
tion for  cultural  societies,  115; 
present  for  Hall  of  History  ex- 
hibit opening,  306. 

Hoffmann,  William  S.,  reads  pa- 
per, Historical  Society  of  North 
Carolina,  443;  reviews  From 
Slavery  to  Freedom:  A  History 
of '  American  Negroes,  431;  re- 
views The  Early  Jackson  Party 
in  Ohio,  426. 

Hofstadter,  Richard,  his  The 
United  States.  The  History  of  a 
Republic,  received,  452;  reviewed, 
557. 

Hoke,  Robert  F.,  commands  forces 
in  which  Henry  W.  Barrow  is 
quartermaster,  82 ;  described, 
SOn. 

Holecraft,  Robert,  member  of 
Lane's  colony,  possibly  served  as 
lawyer,  216. 

Holloman,  Charles  R.,  speaks  to 
Palatine  group  in  New  Bern,  447. 

Holly  Springs  Friends  Church, 
visited  by  group  on  tour  of  Ran- 
dolph County,  125. 

Holman,  C.  Hugh,  his  article, 
"North  Carolina  Fiction,  Drama, 
and  Poetry,  1955-1956,"  227-236; 
reviews  North  Carolina  fiction, 
115;  reviews  The  Letters  of  Wil- 
liam Gilmore  Simms,  Volume  V, 
1867-1870,  538. 

Holt,  Edwin  M.,  advocates  internal 
improvements,  139;  buys  Cane 
Creek  Company,  137;  called  cot- 
ton mill  promoter  of  Alamance 
County,  22;  establishes  Great 
Alamance  Mill,  137;  taught  dye- 
ing process  by  French  dyer,  146; 
trains  sons  in  industry,  148. 

Holt,  Ivan  Lee,  expresses  thanks 
for  gift  of  Methodist  Archives 
Building,  127. 

Holt,  Michael,  leader  of  Hills- 
borough  cotton   mill    group,   22. 

Holtzman,  Abraham,  promoted  to 
Associate  Professor,  567. 

Home  on  the  Yadkin,  by  Thomas 
W.  Ferguson,  received,  311;  re- 
viewed, 416. 

"Hope,"  birthplace  and  home  of 
David  Stone,  visited  on  tour,  437. 

Hope-Brawley-Archer,  triumvirate 
of  Negro  educators,  mentioned, 
167. 

Hope  Restoration  Fund,  nets  $1,300 
from  tour  of  historic  homes,  123. 

Horn,  Stanley  F.,  his  The  Decisive 
Battle  of  Nashville,  received, 
129;  reviewed,  420. 


Home,  Josh  L.,  attends  meeting, 
Executive  Board,  432;  works  to 
have  marker  erected  in  honor 
of  P.  T.  Barnum,  110. 

House,  R.  B.,  elected  to  Executive 
Committee,  North  Carolina  Lit- 
erary and  Historical  Association, 
Inc.,   115. 

House  of  Burgesses,  offers  reward 
for  counterfeiters,  470. 

How,  George,  listed  by  John  White 
as  killed  by  Indians,  206. 

Howes,  Davis  H.,  elected  Director, 
Lower  Cape  Fear  Historical  So- 
ciety,  448. 

"House  in  the  Horseshoe,"  restored 
and  opened  to  public,  444. 

Hoyle,  Bernadette,  her  Tar  Heel 
Writers  I  Know,  discussed,  242. 

Hubbard,  Fordyce  M.,  expresses 
opinion  of  "Esther  Wake"  story, 
491. 

Huckaby,  John  Keith,  on  faculty, 
new  Department  of  History, 
Wake  Forest  College,   442. 

Hudson,  A.  P.,  re-elected  Secretary- 
Treasurer,  Folklore  Society,  117. 

Hughey,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  House, 
gives  report,  North  Carolina  Lit- 
erary and  Historical  Associa- 
tion, Inc.,  115;  speaks  to  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History, 
305. 

Hulme,  Thomas,  member  of  Lane's 
colony,  enters  Oxford  upon  re- 
turn to  England,  216. 

Humber,  Robert  Lee,  elected  Presi- 
dent, Art  Society,  112;  makes 
brief  talk  at  breakfast  meeting, 
Society  of  Mayflower  Descen- 
dants, 118;  presides  at  evening 
meeting,  Art  Society,  reports  on 
gifts  to  North  Carolina  Museum 
of  Art,  113;  speaks  to  Roanoke- 
Chowan  group,  250. 

Humfrey,  Thomas,  Lost  Colonist, 
statistics  about,  given,  224. 

Humphreys,  Henry,  becomes  ad- 
vocate of  internal  improvements, 
139;  buys  Fayetteville  cotton 
mill,  27;  encourages  Edwin  M. 
Holt,  137;  founder  of  Mt.  Hecla 
Mill,  132;  picture  of,  facing  132. 

Hunt,  Richard  Morris,  architect  of 
Biltmore  House,  348. 

Hunter,  Charles  N.,  helps  Colored 
Industrial  Association  of  North 
Carolina  organize,  59;  receives 
congratulations  for  work  with 
Negro  expositions,  states  purpose 
of  Colored  Industrial  Associa- 
tion, 59. 


600 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Hunter,  J.  Allen,  his  Dear  Doctor 
Dick,  mentioned,  230. 

Hunter,  Kermit,  scene  from  his 
drama,  "Unto  These  Hills,"  on 
October  cover. 

Hutton,  S.  Janney,  conducts  un- 
veiling ceremony,  123. 

Hynde,  James,  listed  as  prisoner 
before  joining  Lost  Colony,  215. 

I 

"Idea  of  a  Cotton  Textile  Industry 
in  the  South,  1870-1900,  The,"  by 
Herbert  Collins,  358-392. 

Idol,  Vera,  her  Paths  of  Shining 
Light,  mentioned,  239. 

Idol,  Victor,  elected  Vice-President, 
Sons  of  American  Revolution, 
449. 

Index  and  Digest  to  Hathaway's 
North  Carolina  Historical  and 
Genealogical  Register  with  Ge- 
nealogical Notes  and  Annota- 
tions. Part  I,  The  Lost  Tribes 
of  North  Carolina,  by  Worth  S. 
Ray,  received,  311;  reviewed,  418. 

Inside  the  Confederate  Govern- 
ment. The  Diary  of  Robert  Gar- 
lick  Hill  Kean,  by  Edward 
Younger,  received,  452. 

Institute  of  Early  American  His- 
tory and  Culture,  awards  book 
prize,  establishes  Institute  Man- 
uscript Award,  receives  grant, 
450. 

Institute  on  Historical  and  Archival 
Management,  held  at  Radcliffe 
College,  127. 

Inter-racial  relationships,  discuss- 
ed, 253. 

"Introduction,  Papers  from  the 
Fifty- Sixth  Annual  Session  of 
the  State  Literary  and  Historical 
Association,  Raleigh,  December, 
1956,"  179. 

Ireland,  Richard,  becomes  Head- 
master, Westminster  School, 
enters  Christ  Church,  Oxford, 
216. 

Iroquois,  treatment  of  John  Brick- 
ell,  discussed,  321. 

Ives,  Elizabeth  Stevenson,  her  My 
Brother  Adlai,  mentioned,  241; 
presides  at  luncheon  meeting, 
Antiquities   Society,  114. 

J 

James,  Dink,  reads  law  on  Pitt 
County  Historical  Commission  at 
meeting,  572. 

James  K.  Polk,  Jacksonian,  1795- 
18J+S,  by  Charles  Grier  Sellers, 
Jr.,  received,  312;  reviewed,  530. 


James  W.  Davis:  North  Carolina 
Surgeon,  by  LeGette  Blythe,  re- 
ceived, 311;  reviewed,  417. 

Jamestown,  question  of  relation- 
ship of  colonists  there  to  Roa- 
noke colonists,  225. 

Jamestown  350th  Anniversary  His- 
torical Booklets,  The,  edited  by 
E.  G.  Swem,  reviewed,  561. 

Japan,  doors  of,  opened  by  Frank- 
lin Pierce  and  William  A.  Gra- 
ham, 265. 

Jarvis,  George,  extends  welcome 
to  historical  group,  309. 

Jarvis  Island,  obtained  by  United 
States,  266. 

Jefferson,  Thomas,  arouses  anger 
of  "Shocco"  Jones,  488. 

Jeffreys,  Raymond  J.,  his  Must 
They  Sell  Apples  Again?,  de- 
scribed,  239. 

Jerome,  Mrs.  Vance,  elected  to  Ex- 
ecutive Council,  Wake  County 
Historical  Society,  446. 

Jewish  Roots  in  the  Carolinas,  by 
Harry  L.  Golden,  mentioned,  239. 

John  Filson  of  Kentucke,  reviewed, 
292. 

"John  Lawson's  Alter-Ego — Dr. 
Brickell,"  article  by  Percy  G. 
Adams,   313-326. 

John  McLean  House,  visited  by 
group  on  tour  of  Guilford  Coun- 
ty, 125. 

John  Vytal,  by  William  Farquhar 
Payson,  novel  of  Roanoke  set- 
tlers, 185. 

Johnson,  Mary  Lynch,  her  A  His- 
tory of  Meredith  College,  re- 
ceived, 452. 

Johnson,  Richard  Carroll,  his  A 
Story  of  Six  Loves,  discussed, 
229. 

Johnson,  Thor,  to  direct  Moravian 
music  festival,  307. 

Johnston,  Gabriel,  his  plan  to  cap- 
ture counterfeiters  successful, 
470;  issues  proclamation  against 
counterfeiters,  reports  to  council, 
469;  seeks  remedy  for  counterfeit 
evil,  470. 

Johnston,  Frontis,  serves  as  pastor, 
Presbyterian  Church,  Winston, 
523. 

Johnston,  Frontis  W.,  speaks  to 
Trinity  College  Historical  So- 
ciety, 307. 

Johnston,  Mary,  her  novel  Croatan, 
tells  of  Indian  attacks,  187. 

Johnston  County  Historical  Society, 
holds  joint  meeting  with  Wayne 
and  Sampson,  443. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


601 


Jones,  Edward,  establishes  Shocco 
Academy,  father  of  "Shocco" 
Jones,  described,  484. 

Jones,  H.  Broadus,  his  article, 
"North  Carolina  Non-Fiction 
Books,  1955-1956,"  237;  reviews 
non-fiction  books,  116. 

Jones,  H.  G.,  announces  acquisition 
of  Cherry  papers,  565;  appears 
before  General  Assembly's  Joint 
Appropriations  Committee,  305; 
attends  annual  meeting,  Society 
of  American  Archivists,  111;  at- 
tends Bertie  meeting,  North 
Carolina  Literary  and  Historical 
Association,  Inc.,  433;  attends 
Institute  in  the  Preservation  and 
Administration  of  Archives, 
436;  attends  joint  meeting  of  his- 
torical societies,  Goldsboro,  443; 
attends  meeting,  Executive 
Board,  432;  attends  meeting, 
Historical  Society  of  North  Car- 
olina, 110;  attends  meeting, 
Meredith  College,  433;  partici- 
pates on  radio  program,  109;  re- 
views Colonial  Granville  County 
and  Its  People,  418-419;  reviews 
History  of  North  Carolina,  105; 
reviews  Home  on  the  Yadkin, 
416;  reviews  Index  and  Digest 
to  Hathawdy's  North  Carolina 
Historical  and  Genealogical  Reg- 
ister, 418;  speaks  at  annual 
meeting,  Currituck  County  His- 
torical Society,  110;  speaks  at 
luncheon  meeting,  Bloomsbury 
Chapter,  Daughters  of  Revolu- 
tion, 436;  speaks  at  meeting, 
Caswell  County  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, 111;  wins  R.  D.  W.  Con- 
nor Award,   115. 

Jones,  John,  Lost  Colonist,  facts 
concerning,  221. 

Jones,  John  S.,  acts  as  host  to 
Carteret  County  historical  group, 
571. 

Jones,  Joseph  Seawell  (Shocco), 
apologizes  for  price  of  book, 
489;  arrives  in  Mississippi,  502; 
attempts  Alabama  hoax,  505?2; 
attends  New  York  rally  for  Har- 
rison, 497;  becomes  intimate  with 
Seargent  S.  Prentiss,  503;  birth 
of,  484 ;  career  summarized,  505- 
506;  charter  member  of  North 
Carolina  Historical  Society,  494; 
childhood  described,  484;  com- 
pared to  John  Randolph,  483; 
death  of,  506;  details  of  his  al- 
leged duel  with  Wilson,  given, 
498-501;  dismissed  from  Univer- 


sity, 486;  duel  ends  marriage 
plans,  493;  education  of,  485; 
embarks  on  Mississippi  hoax, 
501 ;  engaged  in  duel  with  "cer- 
tain Hooper,"  493-494;  engages 
in  writing  Revolutionary  histo- 
ry of  North  Carolina,  487;  en- 
joys stay  in  Cambridge,  486-487; 
enters  Harvard  Law  School,  486 ; 
enters  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina, 485;  examines  Iredell 
papers,  489;  exposed  as  hoax- 
er, 504;  granted  law  license,  487; 
his  Defence  of  the  Revo- 
lutionary History  of  the  State 
of  North  Carolina  from  the 
Aspersions  of  Mr.  Jefferson,  dis- 
cussed, 490;  indiscreet  in  pol- 
itics, 498;  interviews  North  Car- 
olinians to  write  history,  488; 
joins  Whig  Party,  497;  meets 
Van  Buren,  498;  newspapers 
carry  story  of  duel,  500 ;  outwits 
H.  C.  McLaughlin,  499;  pledges 
his  support  to  Swain,  497;  poses 
as  Treasury  agent,  502;  praised 
for  his  defense  of  North  Caro- 
lina, 490-491;  receives  Harvard 
degree,  487;  retires  from  public 
life,  506;  sells  copyright  to  book, 
490;  termed  "unusual,"  483;  uses 
records  in  Secretary  of  State's 
office,  488;  "wined  and  din- 
ed" by  Mississippians,  502-503; 
writes  article  on  North  Carolina 
history,  496;  writes  David  L. 
Swain,  489;  writes  of  Andrew 
Jackson,  495;  writes  of  Esther 
Wake,  492;  writes  of  Regulators, 
490;  writes  William  A.  Graham, 
495. 

Jones,  Paul,  desires  to  publish  law 
journal,  47;  discontinues  editor- 
ship of  Law  Journal,  49;  editor 
of  North  Carolina  Law  Journal, 
45;  states  intentions  of  organ- 
ized lawyers,  57. 

Jones,  Paul  E.,  makes  brief  talk 
to  Pitt  County  group,  571. 

Jones-Wilson  duel,  description  of, 
499. 

Jordan,  John  Yates,  Jr.,  elected 
board  member,  Sons  of  American 
Revolution,  449. 

Jordan,  Mrs.  Joye  E.,  assists  as 
hostess  at  meeting,  Colonial 
Dames  of  the  Seventeenth  Cen- 
tury, assists  at  reception,  Tar 
Heel  Junior  Historian  Club,  Jo- 
sephus  Daniels  Junior  High 
School,  434;  assists  Hillsboro 
group    planning    museum,    564; 


602 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


assists  Joffre  L.  Coe  with  plans 
for  Indian  life  exhibit,  attends 
meeting  at  Alston  House,  110; 
attends  Council  Meeting,  South- 
eastern Museums  Conference, 
303;  attends  Garden  tour,  War- 
renton,  attends  meeting,  Amer- 
ican Association  of  Museums, 
434;  attends  meeting,  Executive 
Board,  attends  meeting,  Hills- 
boro  Garden  Club,  432;  attends 
meeting,  Masonic  Museum, 
Greensboro,  433;  attends  meet- 
ing, Southeastern  Museums  Con- 
ference, 109;  attends  meeting, 
Tryon  Palace  Commission,  110; 
attends  meeting,  Williamsburg, 
Va.,  434;  attends  opening,  Alston 
House,  444;  attends  opening, 
Fireman's  Museum,  New  Bern, 
564;  judges  Junior  Historian  ex- 
hibits, Goldsboro,  434;  makes 
talk,  Caswell-Nash  Chapter, 
Daughters  of  American  Revolu- 
tion, 304;  makes  trip  to  New, 
Bern,  303;  on  program,  Museum 
Educators'  Conference,  110; 
takes  part  in  WPTF  broadcast, 
109;  talks  to  Junior  Committee, 
Caswell-Nash  Chapter,  304; 
visits  Tryon  Palace,  564;  works 
in  National  Parks  Laboratory, 
565. 

Jordan,  Weymouth  T.,  reviews 
John  Filson  of  Kentucke,  293. 

Joseph  F.  Loubat  Prizes,  announce- 
ment of,  made  by  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 451. 

"Joseph  Seawell  Jones  of  Shocco — 
Historian  and  Humbug,"  article 
by  Edwin  A.   Miles,  483-506. 

Josserand,  Frank  Butler,  on  faculty, 
new  Department  of  History, 
Wake  Forest  College,  442. 

Journal  des  Sciences,  Parisian 
journal,  carries  notice  of  Brick- 
ell's  History,  313. 

Journal  of  Commerce  (Boston, 
Mass.),  advertises  South  as  fer- 
tile field  for  investment,  376. 

Journal  of  Southern  History,  The, 
best  article  published  in,  to  re- 
ceive Ramsdell  Award  in  alter- 
nate years,  119. 

Journal-Patriot,  The  (North 
Wilkesboro),  carries  brief  his- 
tory of  Wilkes  County  Histori- 
cal Association,  309. 

Jumper,  Roy,  on  faculty,  new  De- 
partment of  Political  Science, 
Wake  Forest  College,  442, 


K 

Kate  Weathers,  by  Frank  Vaughan, 
"discovered"  by  Richard  Wal- 
ser,  199. 

Keesey,  Ruth,  joins  faculty,  East 
Carolina  College,  440. 

Keith,  Alice  B.,  attends  meeting, 
Historical  Society  of  North  Car- 
olina, attends  sessions,  Southern 
Historical  Association,  elected 
Vice-President,  Historical  So- 
ciety of  North  Carolina,  121;  has 
article  published,  440. 

Kellam,  Mrs.  Ida  B.,  elected  Secre- 
tary, Lower  Cape  Fear  Historical 
Society,   447. 

Kellenberger,  John  A.,  speaks  to 
joint  patriotic  societies,  306. 

Kellenberger,  Mrs.  John  A.,  re- 
ceives Distinguished  Citizen 
Award,  306;  reports  on  restora- 
tion projects,  Antiquities  Society, 
114. 

Keller,  Hans  Gustav,  speaks  to 
group  at  meeting,  Society  of 
Descendants  of  the  Palatines, 
446. 

Keller,  Morton,  appointed  Instruc- 
tor, University  of  North  Caro- 
lina, 119. 

Kelley,  William  D.,  states  New 
England  should  be  model  for 
South,  377. 

Kelly,  Edward,  member  of  Lane's 
colony,  222. 

Kelly,  Paul,  speaks  on  "The  Story 
of  Fort  Loudoun,"  570. 

Kendall,  Abraham,  navigator  and 
mathematician,  commands  ship, 
219. 

Key,  V.  O.,  Jr.,  reviews  The  Ori- 
gins of  the  American  Party  Sys- 
tem, 429. 

Keys,  Charles  A.,  his  The  Parson 
of  the  Hills,  mentioned,  241. 

Kilby,  Ann  J.,  dances  with  group 
on  program  for  Sir  Walter  Cabi- 
net, 305. 

Killebrew,  Joseph  B.,  desires  book 
giving  information  on  erecting 
"cotton  factories,"  309. 

Kingdom  of  the  Happy  Land,  The, 
by  Sadie  Smathers  Patton,  dis- 
cussed, 569;  received,  574. 

Klingberg,  Frank  W.,  promoted  to 
Professor,  567;  reads  paper,  His- 
torical Society  of  North  Carolina, 
120. 

Knight,  Rebecca,  joins  staff,  Record 
Center,  Department  of  Archives 
and  History,  436, 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


603 


Kyles,  Mrs.  A.  A.,  presides  at  meet- 
ing, Poetry  Society,  117. 

Kyser,  James  Kay,  receives  Cannon 
Award,  114. 


Labor,  mill  owners  accused  of 
"plantation"  treatment  of,  386; 
not  unionized  in  South  by  1895, 
388. 

Labouisse,  Mrs.  J.  W.,  elected 
Vice-President,  Antiquities  So- 
ciety, 113. 

Lake  Tahoma,  visited  by  group  on 
McDowell  County  tour,  570. 

Land  Called  Chicora.  The  Caro- 
linas  Under  Spanish  Rule  with 
French  Intrusions,  1520-1670, 
The,  by  Paul  Quattlebaum,  re- 
ceived, 311,  reviewed,  5C5. 

"Land  of  Beginnings,"  prepared  by 
Department  of  Archives  and  His- 
tory, 563. 

Lander,  Ernest  M.,  Jr.,  is  Visiting 
Professor,  Western  Carolina  Col- 
lege, 567. 

Lane,  Ralph,  decides  to  return  to 
England,  206;  description  of, 
220;  penetrates.  130  miles  into 
present  North  Carolina,  205; 
knighted,  220;  list  of  names  of 
men  with  him  on  voyages,  207- 
208. 

Larson,  Norman  C,  assists  Hills- 
boro  group  in  planning  museum, 
564;  makes  trip  to  Bentonville 
Battleground,  303;  presents  slide- 
lecture  program,  Mt.  Airy  Ki- 
wanis  Club,  436;  presents  slide- 
lecture  program,  Northampton 
County  Historical  Society,  435; 
serves  as  narrator,  305;  serves  as 
narrator  in  television  series; 
436;  speaks  to  Sertoma  Club,  112. 

Lassiter,  William  C,  his  Law  and 
the  Press,  discussed,  239. 

Lathrop,  George  Parsons,  his  True 
discussed,  195. 

Lathrop,  Mrs.  Virginia  Terrell, 
reads  paper,  Western  North 
Carolina  Historical  Association 
meeting,  449. 

Laurentson,  Martin,  Danish  mem- 
ber of  Grenville's  expedition,  213. 

Laurinburg  Exchange,  editor  of, 
writes  textile  manufacturer,  368. 

Law  and  the  Press,  by  William  C. 
Lassiter,   discussed,   239. 

Lawson,  John,  describes  colonial 
North  Carolina,  325;  describes 
Indian  customs,  323;  describes 
turkeys    and    pigeons    in    North 


Carolina,  325;  his  description  of 
white-Indian  marriages  given, 
322;  his  History  of  Carolina  dis- 
cussed by  Jared  Sparks,  314. 

Lawyers,  draw  up  resolutions  for 
judicial  reforms,  38;  Ealeigh 
meeting  of,  in  1885,  described, 
37;  recommend  increase  in  num- 
ber of  judges,  38. 

Leary,  John  S.,  president  of  Colored 
Industrial  Association,  requests 
itemized  indebtedness,  62. 

Leavitt,  Sturgis  B.,  gives  report  to 
Society  of  Mayflower  Descen- 
dants, member  of  board,  Society 
of  Mayflower  Descendants,  118. 

Lederer,  John,  his  trip  to  Indians, 
mentioned,  322. 

Lee,  Enoch  Lawrence,  Jr.,  joins 
faculty,  The  Citadel,  120. 

Lee,  Fitzhugh,  elected  Vice-Presi- 
dent, Wayne  County  Historical 
Society,  443. 

Leech,  Francis,  writes  "The  Mam- 
moth Humbug,"  504. 

Lefler,  Hugh  T.,  addresses  AAUW 
Chapter,  Chapel  Hill,  439;  ad- 
dresses Wayne  County  Histori- 
cal Society,  120;  co-edits  pamph- 
let list  of  North  Carolina  books, 
126;  his  History  of  North  Caro- 
lina, published,  120;  reviewed, 
105;  invited  to  be  Visiting  Pro- 
cessor, Syracuse  University,  pub- 
lishes "The  Southern  Colonies, 
1600-1750,"  120;  reviews  Coun- 
terfeiting in  Colonial  America, 
544;  reviews  Revolution  in  Amer- 
ica: Confidential  Letters  and 
Journals,  1776-1784,  of  Adju- 
tant General  Major  Bauermeister 
of  the  Hessian  Forces,  548; 
speaks  to  Chapel  Hill  New  Com- 
ers Club,  306;  speaks  to  Orange 
County  unit,  North  Carolina  Ed- 
ucation Association,  439;  teach- 
es at  Syracuse  University,  567. 

Legend  of  the  Founding  Fathers, 
The,  by  Wesley  Frank  Craven, 
reviewed,  539. 

Lemmon,  Sarah  M.,  attends  meet- 
ing, Historical  Society  of  North 
Carolina,  attends  sessions,  South- 
ern Historical  Association,  121 ; 
has  article  published,  440 ;  re- 
views, Georgia's  Land  of  the 
Golden  Isles,  422. 

Lengthened  Shadows:  A  History 
of  Gardner-Webb  College,  1907- 
1956,  by  Francis  B.  Dedmond, 
received,  311. 


604 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Lenoir,  William,  correspondence  of, 
shows  interest  in  cotton  mill, 
family  of,  promotes  manufactur- 
ing interests,  132;  family  of,  pur- 
sues construction  of  mills  in 
North  Carolina  and  Tennessee, 
153. 

Letters  of  William  Gilmore  Simms, 
Volume  V,  1867-1870,  The,  by 
Mary  C.  Simms  Oliphant,  Alfred 
Taylor  Odell,  and  T.  C.  Duncan 
Eaves,  received,  452;  reviewed, 
537. 

Lewis,  Henry  W.,  his  article,  "The 
Dugger-Dromgoole  Duel,"  327- 
345. 

Lewis,  John  S.,  canvasses  eastern 
North  Carolina  for  support  of 
Negro  fair,  60. 

Lewis,  McDaniel,  attends  meeting, 
Executive  Board,  432;  accepts 
Chatham  gift  for  State,  116. 

Lewis,  Warner,  life  sketch  of,  327; 
writes  under  the  name,  "Moni- 
tor," 327.  p 

Lewis  Publishing  Company,  pub- 
lishes four-volume  History  of 
North  Carolina,  120. 

Library  Company  of  Philadelphia, 
establishes  fellowships,  128. 

Library  of  Congress,  joint  sponsor 
of  Institute  in  the  Preservation 
and  Administration  of  Archives, 
436;  lists  there  of  Oxford  and 
Cambridge  graduates,  203. 

"Life  and  Literature,"  by  Gilbert 
T.  Stephenson,  247-254. 

Life  of  John  Smith,  English  Sol- 
dier, The,  by  Laura  Polanyi  Stri- 
ker, received,  574. 

Lilly,  Eli,  questions  Cherokee  pre- 
history, 455. 

Lilly  Endowment,  Inc.,  presents 
$60,000  grant  to  Institute  at 
Williamsburg,  Va.,  450. 

Lincoln  Cotton  Factory,  hires 
Massachusetts  superintendent, 
sells  yarn  in  local  area,  24. 

Lincoln's  Commando;  The  Biog- 
raphy of  Commander  W.  B. 
Gushing,  U.  S.  N.,  by  Ralph  J. 
Roske  and  Charles  Van  Doren, 
reviewed,  554. 

Lincoln's  Supreme  Court,  by  Da- 
vid M.  Silver,  reviewed,  102. 

Lindsay,  Horace  B.,  serves  as  gene- 
alogist, Sons  of  American  Revo- 
lution, 449. 

Link,  Arthur,  his  Wilson,  The  New 
Freedom,  received,  128;  reviewed, 
300, 


Liquor,  Cherokee  council  regulates 
sale  of,  sale  of  forbidden  by 
white  men  to  Cherokee  Nation, 
source  of  friction  between  Chero- 
kees  and  whites,  13. 

Literature,  American  becomes  "na- 
tional" in  nineteenth  century, 
393;  definition  of,  given,  247; 
realism  in,  discussed,  252. 

Lively,  Robert  A.,  his  Fiction 
Fights  the  Civil  War — An  Un- 
finished Chapter  in  the  Literary 
History  of  the  American  Peo- 
ple, received,  311,  reviewed,  551. 

Living  Past  of  Cleveland  County, 
The,  by  Lee  B.  Weathers,  dis- 
cussed, 243;  reviewed,  92. 

Lockmiller,  David  A.,  reviews  The 
University  of  Georgia  under  Six- 
teen Administrations,  1785-1955, 
96. 

Logan,  Frenise  A.,  his  article,  "The 
Colored  Industrial  Association  of 
North  Carolina  and  Its  Fair  of 
1886,"  58-67. 

London,  Edith,  wins  award,  North 
Carolina  Artists  Competition, 
113. 

Long,  Alexander,  Cherokee  migra- 
tion fragment  recorded  by,  given, 
456-457;  records  ancient  myth, 
456. 

Lost  Colony,  arrives  July  16,  1587, 
at  Roanoke,  206;  members  of, 
described,  214-225;  mystery  of, 
fascinates  writers  for  over  100 
years,  201;  occupations  of  mem- 
bers of,  given,  214-225. 

Lost  Colony,  by  Jean  Bothwell, 
juvenile  novel  about  colonists, 
194. 

Lost  Colony,  The,  by  Paul  Green, 
best  known  work  about  settlers 
at  Roanoke,  180;  discussed,  181. 

Lost  Citadel,  The,  by  Alexander 
Mathis,  narrative  about  Barlowe- 
Amadas  expedition,  189. 

Lowe,  Alice,  elected  Secretary- 
Treasurer,  reorganized  Columbus 
County  historical  group,  122. 

Lower  Cape  Fear  Historical  So- 
ciety, holds  meeting,  447. 

Luddington,  Thomas,  Roanoke  colo- 
nist, former  fellow  at  Lincoln 
College,  215. 

Ludwick  Summer's  House  and 
Mills,  visited  by  group  on  tour, 
125. 

Lukis,  Mollie,  Archivist  of  Aus- 
tralia, visits  Department  of  Ar- 
chives and  History,  566, 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


605 


Lupton,  Mack,  introduces  speaker, 
Palatine  meeting,  447. 

Luvaas,  Jay,  accepts  position,  Al- 
legheny College,  441 ;  reviews 
Sherman's  March  through  the 
Carolinas,  285. 

Lycan,  Gilbert  L.,  reviews  A  Bib- 
liography of  John  Marshall,  539. 

Lyday,  Mrs.  Robert,  on  program, 
marker  dedication,  126. 

M 

McAllister,  Hubert  Eugene,  joins 
faculty,  Mercer  University,  120. 

McBride,  A  Mother  in  Methodism, 
by  H.  E.  Spence,  discussed,  572. 

McChesney,  Dora  Greenwell,  her 
The  Wounds  of  a  Friend,  dis- 
cussed, 186. 

McCoy,  George  W.,  elected  Presi- 
dent, Western  North  Carolina 
Historical  Association,  449;  in- 
troduces speaker,  310;  serves  as 
program  chairman,  127. 

McCorkle,  Donald  M.,  announces 
Moravian  music  festival,  307. 

McCrary,  Mary  Jane,  on  program, 
marker  unveiling,  126;  serves  on 
committee,  Western  North  Caro- 
lina  Historical   Association,   309. 

McDonald,  C.  J.,  gives  talk  on 
Alston  House,  Antiquities  So- 
ciety, 114. 

MacDonald,  Donald,  elected  Vice- 
President,  Folklore  Society,  reads 
papers  at  December  meeting, 
Folklore  Society,  117. 

McDonald,  Leon  M.,  elected  Vice- 
President,  Society  of  County  and 
Local   Historians,  117. 

McDowell,  Mrs.  Grace  B.,  nam- 
ed First  Vice-President,  Mecklen- 
burg Historical  Association,  122. 

McDowell,  Joseph,  site  of  home, 
visited  on  McDowell  County  tour, 
570. 

McDowell  County,  tour  of,  spon- 
sored by  County  and  Local  His- 
torians, 570. 

McDowell  County  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, holds  meeting,  448. 

McFarland,  Daniel,  accepts  position 
as  Head  of  Department  of  His- 
tory, Atlantic  Christian  College, 
441. 

McKee,  William  D.,  talks  on  "The 
H  Volume  in  Jackson  Countv," 
570. 

McKeithan,  Barbara,  attends  South- 
eastern Museums  Conference, 
110;  dances  with  group  on  pro- 


gram for  Sir  Walter  Cabinet, 
305;  makes  trip  to  New  Bern, 
303. 

McKeithan,  W.  A.  Leland,  present 
for  opening  of  Alston  House,  444. 

MacKinney,  Loren  C,  appointed 
to  editorial  board  of  Manu- 
scripts, gives  illustrated  lecture 
to  International  College  of  Sur- 
geons, 120;  has  book  published, 
440;  invited  to  speak,  American 
Association  of  Anatomists,  120; 
reads  paper,  American  Associa- 
tion for  the  History  of  Medicine, 
440;  reads  paper,  439;  to  be  vis- 
iting Professor,  University  of 
California,  440. 

McLane,  Robert,  sent  as  govern- 
ment representative  to  China, 
260. 

McLaughlin,  H.  C,  aids  Shocco 
Jones  to  escape,  becomes  involv- 
ed in  Jones-Wilson  duel,  499; 
shown  evidence  of  Jones-Wilson 
duel,  500. 

McLean,  Albert  S.,  gives  report  at 
Asheville  meeting,  449;  serves 
on  committee,  Western  North 
Carolina  Historical  Association, 
309. 

McLean,  Guy  R.,  accepts  position, 
Dalhousie  University,  Halifax, 
Nova  Scotia,  441. 

MacMillan,  Henry,  elected  Vice- 
President,  Lower  Cape  Fear  His- 
torical  Society,  447. 

McMillan,  Mrs.  R.  L.,  receives  Can- 
non Award,  114. 

McMullen,  Mrs.  Sidney,  receives 
Cannon  Award,  114. 

McMurray,  Carl,  participates  on 
program,  marker  unveiling,  126. 

McNeill,  Ben  Dixon,  pen  portrait 
of,  given  in  Surf  man,  201. 

McNeill,  William  Gibbs,  intimate 
friend  of  Joseph  Seawell  Jones, 
486. 

Macon,  Nathaniel,  great  uncle  of 
Shocco  Jones,  484;  predicts  North 
Carolina  will  never  become  a 
"commercial  state,"  28;  supports 
Jackson's  stand  on  banks,  497. 

Madison,  Dolley  Payne,  letters  and 
papers  of,  requested  by  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  573. 

Madison,  James,  his  papers  to  be 
published,  572. 

Magnolia:  or  Southern  Apalachian 
(Charleston,  S.  C),  discontin- 
ued, 404;  edited  by  William  Gil- 
more  Simms,  399. 


606 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


MaGruder,  Nathaniel,  joins  faculty, 
Stratford  College,  120. 

Mahler,  Mrs.  Grace  B.,  acts  as 
hostess,  305;  attends  Bertie 
meeting,  North  Carolina  Literary 
and  Historical  Association,  Inc., 
433. 

Mahoney,  John,  his  Paronsie,  men- 
tioned, 234. 

Major  William  Chronicle  Chapter, 
Daughters  of  American  Revolu- 
tion, sponsor  marker  unveiling, 
446. 

Mallett,  Charles  P.,  advocates  in- 
ternal improvements,  builds  lar- 
gest ante-bellum  mill  in  North 
Carolina,  139;  his  mills  to  sell 
yarn  to  North,  incorporates  mill 
in  Fayetteville,  144. 

Mallison,  Fred,  serves  as  Historian, 
Beaufort  County  Historical  So- 
ciety, 308. 

Malone,  Henry  T.,  his  article 
"Cherokee-White  Relations  on 
the  Southern  Frontier  in  the 
Early  Nineteenth  Century,"  1- 
14;  his  Cherokees  of  the  Old 
South:  A  People  in  Transition, 
received,  128;  reviewed,  294;  re- 
views The  Colonial  Records  of 
South  Carolina.  Series  I,  Jour- 
nal of  the  Commons  House  of 
Assembly,  September  10,  1745- 
June  17,  1746,  536. 

"Mammoth  Humbug,"  scheme  of 
Shocco  Jones,  referred  to,  483, 
504,  504??,  505??. 

Mannering,  Jane,  Lost  Colonist, 
facts  concerning,  223. 

Manor,  Mrs.  Blanche,  receives  Can- 
non Award,  114. 

Manteo,  by  Clifford  Wayne  Hart- 
ridge,  deals  with  son  of  Manteo, 
197. 

Maps,  Civil  War  one,  outline  one  of 
State,  made  available  by  Division 
of  Publications,  438. 

"Mark  Bennett  on  Roanoke,"  by 
Harry  K.  Russell,  discussed,  183. 

Markham,  Mrs.  F.  P.,  Ill,  re-elected 
Vice-Secretary,  Pasquotank  Coun- 
ty Historical  Society,  445. 

Marsh,  James,  elected  Executive 
Vice-President,  Southern  Appala- 
chian Historical  Association,  124. 

Marshall,  Christopher,  customs  of- 
ficial, member  of  Lane's  expedi- 
tion, 216. 

Marshall,  W.  E.,  becomes  Head  of 
Department  of  Social  Studies, 
East  Carolina  College,  440. 


Martin,  Josiah,  commends  Virginia 
actions  against  counterfeiters, 
480;  writes  of  ease  of  counter- 
feiting, 479. 

Martin,  Julien  D.,  elected  Director, 
Lower  Cape  Fear  Historical  So- 
ciety, 447. 

Martin,  L.  A.,  elected  First  Vice- 
President,  Davidson  County  His- 
torical Association,  448. 

Martin,  Marianne  R.,  founds  Rock- 
ingham County  Fine  Arts  Festi- 
val, 448. 

Maryland  Hall  of  Records,  joint 
sponsor  of  the  Institute  in  the 
Preservation  and  Administration 
of  Archives,  436. 

Mason,  F.  Van  Wyck,  his  Golden 
Admiral,  story  of  Sir  Francis 
Drake,  189. 

Mason,  John  Y.,  warns  George  C. 
Dromgoole  about  drinking  habits, 
331. 

Masonic  Museum,  Greensboro,  cele- 
brates twenty-fifth  anniversary, 
433. 

Massengale,  Rosalie,  her  Other 
People's  Lives,  study  outline,  239. 

Mathewson,  Alice  Clarke,  her 
Ali-Mat  Takes  Off,  discussed, 
241. 

Mathis,  Alexander,  his  The  Lost 
Citadel,  tells  story  of  Amadas- 
Barlowe,  Lane,  and  White  expe- 
ditions, 189. 

Maurice,  George  H.,  his  Daniel 
Boone  in  North  Carolina,  men- 
tioned, 240;  receives  Cannon 
Award,  114. 

Mayflower  Award,  presented  to 
Glenn  Tucker,  116. 

Mayo,  Adeline,  serves  as  Secretary, 
Beaufort  County  Historical  So- 
ciety, 308. 

Meader,  Stephen  W.,  his  The  Sea 
Snake,  exciting  story  of  Coast 
Guard,  200. 

Mecklenburg  County,  tour  of,  spon- 
sored by  County  and  Local  His- 
torians, 569. 

Mecklenburg  Historical  Associa- 
tion, holds  meeting,  122. 

Meek,  S.  P.,  his  Surf  man  tells  sto- 
ry of  Outer  Banks,  200. 

Mehan,  Mrs.  Floyd  D.,  named  Vice- 
President,  North  Carolina  Sym- 
phony Society,  117. 

Meigs,  Return  J.,  acquires  Indian 
land  for  whites,  7;  appointed 
Cherokee  agent,  distributes  farm- 
ing implements  to  Indians,  3; 
helps    maintain    friendly    Chero- 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


607 


kee-white  relations,  9;  receives 
support  of  Henry  Dearborn,  so- 
licitous of  Indian  welfare,  3. 

Melanchthon  Lutheran  Church, 
visited  on  tour  of  Randolph 
County,  125. 

Memorials  of  North  Carolina,  by 
Joseph  Seawell  Jones,  discussed, 
497. 

Merchant's  Hope  Church  (Va.), 
site  of  tablet  unveiling;,  123. 

Messages  of  the  Governors  of  Ten- 
nessee, 1845-1857,  by  Robert  H. 
White,  received,  452. 

Messick,  J.  D.,  reviews  A  History 
of  Atlantic  Christian  College: 
Culture  in  Coastal  Carolina,  287. 

Metcalf,  Paul  C,  his  Will  West 
composed  of  poetic  monologues, 
230. 

Mexico,  American  railroad  promo- 
ters operate  there,  261;  land  ac- 
quired from  to  build  railroad  to 
California,  258. 

Michaux,  Andre,  uses  BrickelPs 
History  of  North  Carolina,  314. 

Middleton,  Robert  Lee,  his  Think- 
ing About  God,  mentioned,  240. 

Miers,  Earl  Schenck,  his  When  the 
World  Ended,  The  Diary  of 
Emma  LeConte,  received,  452. 

Mighty  Stonewall,  by  Frank  Van- 
diver,  received,  452;  reviewed, 
550. 

Miles,  Edwin  A.,  his  article, 
"Joseph  Seawell  Jones  of  Shocco 
— Historian  and  Humbug,"  483- 
506. 

Military  Justice  in  the  Armed 
Forces  of  the  United  States,  by 
Robinson  O.  Everett,  239. 

Miller,  Robert  Moats,  appointed 
Assistant  Professor  of  History, 
University  of  North  Carolina, 
119. 

Miller,  William,  his  The  United 
States.  The  History  of  a  Repub- 
lic, received,  452;  reviewed,  557. 

Millett,  Henry,  returns  with  White 
to  search  for  Lost  Colony,  224. 

Minerva,  The  (Raleigh),  editor  of, 
interested  in  Virginia's  efforts 
to  establish   cotton  mills,  21. 

Missionaries,  to  Cherokees,  fight 
whiskey  menace,  most  successful 
as  teachers,  13. 

Mississippi,  hard  hit  by  panic  of 
1837,  501;  territory  of,  has  22 
spinning  mills  by  1810,  20. 

Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, announces  history  award, 
451. 


Mitchiner,  article  on  family  pub- 
lished in  Smith  field  Herald,  309. 

Mitchiner,  William  Arthur,  elected 
board  member,  Sons  of  American 
Revolution,  449. 

Moffitt,  J.  V.,  Jr.,  elected  President, 
Davidson  County  Historical  As- 
sociation, 448. 

Money  Problems  of  Early  Tar 
Heels,  reprinted  by  Division  of 
Publications,  438. 

"Monitor,"  defends  duel  as  civilized 
way  of  settling  difficulties,  345; 
pen  name  of  Warner  Lewis, 
writes  of  Dugger-Dromgoole 
duel,  327;  writes  of  Thomas 
Goode  Tucker,  341. 

Monroe,  Lee,  named  Second  Vice- 
President,  Mecklenburg  Histori- 
cal Association,  122. 

Montgomery,  Hugh,  leads  white 
efforts  to  get  Cherokee  land,  8; 
reports  large  number  of  whites 
living  among  Cherokees,  12. 

Mooney,  Chase  C,  serves  as  Chair- 
man of  History  Award  Commit- 
tee, Mississippi  Valley  Historical 
Association,  451. 

Mooney,  James,  explores  Cherokee 
myths,  460,  462. 

Moore,  Joseph  C,  Jr.,  presides  at 
meeting,  Society  of  Mayflower 
Descendants,  118. 

Moore,  Louis  T.,  his  Stories  Old 
and  Neiv  of  the  Cape  Fear  Re- 
gion, received,  129;  reviewed, 
287. 

Moore,  Patrick,  leads  counterfeiters 
in  plot,  turns  Crown  witness 
against  fellow-counterfeiters,  472. 

Moore,  William  Henry,  writes  Vir- 
ginia Dare:  A  Story  of  Colonial 
Days,   182. 

Moore  County  Historical  Associa- 
tion, receives  American  Associa- 
tion for  State  and  Local  History 
Award,  116;  to  operate  Alston 
House,  444. 

Moose,  Roy  C,  his  O.  Henry  in 
North  Carolina,  received,  452; 
reviewed,  531. 

Moravian  Church,  attempts  to  es- 
tablish Cherokee  mission,  5. 

Morehead,  John  M.,  builds  success- 
ful cotton  mill,  32;  erects  Leaks- 
ville  factory,  146;  pushes  plan 
for  internal  improvement,  139; 
supports  Fisher  report,  32. 

Morehead  City,  acts  as  host  to  bar 
members,  56. 

Morgan,  Edmund  S.,  elected  to 
Council,      Institute      of      Early 


608 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


American  History  and  Culture, 
450. 

Morris,  Richard  B.,  elected  to  Coun- 
cil, Institute  of  Early  American 
History  and  Culture,  450. 

Moss,  Mrs.  Betsy  C,  dances  with 
group  on  program,  Sir  Walter 
Cabinet,  305. 

Mount  Gallant,  visited  by  Tryon  on 
tour,  408. 

"Mount  Gould,"  visited  by  group 
on  tour,  437. 

Mount  Hecla  Mill,  built  on  stream 
outside  Greensboro,  27;  descrip- 
tion of,  132;  operates  on  both 
water  and  steam,  27. 

Mullen,  Thomas  Eugene,  on  facul- 
ty, new  Department  of  History, 
Wake  Forest  College,  442. 

Murray,  Paul,  presents  paper, 
Lower  Cape  Fear  Historical  So- 
ciety, 448;  reviews  The  Papers 
of  Willie  Person  Mangum,  Vol- 
ume V,  283. 

Muse,  Amy,  elected  Curator,  Car- 
teret County  Historical  Society, 
reads  paper  at  Carteret  meeting, 
308. 

Must  They  Sell  Apples  Again?,  by 
Raymond  J.  Jeffreys,  mentioned, 
239. 

My  Brother  Adlai,  biography  of 
Adlai  Stevenson,  by  Elizabeth 
Stevenson  Ives,  241. 

My  Lord  Monleigh,  by  Jan  Cox 
Speas,  story  of  Scottish  Rebel- 
lion,  229. 

N 

Nag's  Head,  reprinting  of,  sug- 
gested, 201. 

Napoleon  III,  fears  Russian  efforts 
to  obtain  seaport,  262. 

Napp,  Ralph,  joins  faculty,  East 
Carolina  College,  440. 

"Nathaniel  Batts  House,"  site  of, 
visited  by  group  on  tour,  437. 

National  Archives,  co-sponsors  In- 
stitute on  Records  Management, 
joint  sponsor  of  Institute  in  the 
Preservation  and  Administration 
of  Archives,  436. 

National  Council  of  Cherokees,  di- 
vides Cherokee  Nation  into  eight 
districts,  8;  permits  teachers  and 
artisans  to  remain  in  nation,  12. 

National  Education  Association, 
presents  "time  capsule"  for  pres- 
ervation, 433. 

Nationalism,  of  literature,  discuss- 
ed, 393. 


Natural  History  of  North  Carolvia, 
The,  describes  Indians  native  to 
area,  321;  elaborates  on  Law- 
son's  material,  320 ;  gains  in  pop- 
ularity, 313;  longer  than  Law- 
son's  History,  317;  published  in 
1737,  313;  said  to  be  more  sys- 
tematic than  Lawson's  History, 
317;  table  of  contents  of,  given, 
318;  used  as  source  book  for 
geographers,  314. 

Neal,  William  N.,  hires  "salesman" 
for  Catawba  mill  products,  known 
as  pioneer  industrialist,  151. 

Negro  Genius,  The,  dedicated  by 
Brawley  to  his  wife,  167. 

Negro  Militia  and  Reconstruction, 
by  Otis  A.  Singletary,  received, 
574. 

Negro  slaves,  inter-marry  with  In- 
dians, 11;  number  of,  owned  by 
Cherokees,  listed,  10;  teach 
Cherokees  to  read,  11. 

Negroes,  free  or  mixed-breeds  de- 
nied vote  or  offices  in  Cherokee 
republic,  12;  great  advances 
made  in  establishment  of  col- 
leges for,  165;  invite  Negroes  of 
international  reputation  to  speak 
at  fairs,  64;  lack  proper  enthu- 
siasm for  fairs,  promise  items 
for  exhibit  at  fairs;  63;  slaves 
taught  to  operate  mill  machinery, 
24;  sponsor  state-wide  industrial 
and  agricultural  fairs,  58;  stimu- 
lated to  improve  life  by  Colored 
Industrial  Association  of  North 
Carolina,  67;  their  fairs  aided  by 
railroads,  62. 

Nelson,  Ernest  W.,  teaches  at  Uni- 
versity of  Tennessee,  568. 

New  Bern  Spectator,  questions 
duel  of  Joseph  Seawell  Jones, 
301. 

"New  South,"  advocates  of,  find 
local  capital  more  available  than 
northern,  375. 

New-York  Historical  Societyys  Dic- 
tionary of  Artists  in  America, 
1584-1860,  The,  by  George  C. 
Groce  and  David  H.  Wallace,  re- 
ceived, 452;  reviewed,  558. 

Newberry  Cotton  Manufacturing 
Company,  outgrowth  of  commu- 
nity canvas,  370. 

News  and  Observer,  The  (Ra- 
leigh), describes  evening  meet- 
ing of  lawyers,  39;  describes  T. 
M.  Argo,  gives  account  of  1885 
bar  meeting,  37;  praises  legal 
profession,  48;  promotes  interest 
in  industry,  362;  publishes  poet- 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


609 


ry  of  citizenry  daily,  248;  re- 
ports on  bar  meetings  during 
formative  years,  55;  reports  on 
Negro  fair,  66. 

Newsome,  Albert  Ray,  honored  by 
publication  of  Studies  in  South- 
ern Histo?*y,  440. 

Newspapers,  carry  complaints 
about  cotton  mill  industry,  133, 
134;  cite  advantages  of  white 
mill  workers,  141;  editors  of,  re- 
fer to  glory  of  mill  employment, 
155;  editors  of,  wax  eloquent  in 
support  of  mills,  153;  headlines 
from,  255;  in  South  and  North 
play  a  large  role  in  industriali- 
zation, 363-392  passim. 

Nicaragua,  rocked  by  civil  war, 
265;  route  there,  established  by 
Vanderbilt,  257;  scene  of  political 
upheaval,   263. 

Nicholes,  William,  Lost  Colonist, 
possibly  a  tailor  in  London,  216. 

Nichols,  Roy  F.,  gives  address, 
North  Carolina  Literary  and  His- 
torical Association,  Inc.,  116;  his 
article  "One  Hundred  Years 
Ago,"  255-269;  special  guest  of 
Central  Colony,  Society  of  May- 
flower Descendants,  118. 

Niles,  Hezekiah,  editor  of  maga- 
zine, hopes  South  will  produce 
domestic  cotton,  25. 

Niles  Weekly  Register,  endorses 
Fisher  Report,  32;  reports  on 
progress  of  textiles  in  North 
Carolina,  148. 

Nine  Hour  Labor  Law,  reaction  to, 
388. 

Noblin,  Stuart,  appointed  Archivist, 
North  Carolina  State  College, 
promoted  to  Professor,  567. 

Non-fiction  books,  classified  into 
four  groups,  publishers  of,  listed, 
thirty-eight  entered  in  Mayflower 
Competition,  238. 

North,  feels  keen  competition  of 
South  in  textiles  after  1880,  389. 

North  American  Review,  cites 
BrickelPs  History,   315. 

North  Carolina,  commerce  of  with 
foreign  countries  halted,  17;  en- 
courages culture  in  every  field, 
247;  has  modest  beginning  in 
textile  industry,  27;  legislature 
of,  interested  more  in  ante-bel- 
lum agriculture  than  industry, 
18;  makes  great  progress  in  field 
of  literature,  247;  need  for  manu- 
facturing in,  cited,  21 ;  non-fiction 
books  about,  described  as  bake- 
shop  window,  237;  poetry  and  fic- 


tion of,  tends  to  be  regional, 
233;  provides  setting  for  over 
700  works  of  prose  fiction,  180; 
uses  cotton  formerly  sold  to  Eng- 
land, 20. 

North  Carolina  Bar  Association, 
adopts  plan  of  organization,  39; 
aids  members  in  distress,  43; 
amends  constitution,  41;  asks 
legislature  for  responsibility  of 
examining  and  licensing  new  at- 
torneys, 51;  banquets  of,  describ- 
ed, 56;  constitutional  provisions 
of,  listed,  46-47;  definitely  estab- 
lished by  1904,  49;  desires  power 
to  expel  members,  51;  dues  of, 
44;  has  about  one-third  of  state's 
lawyers  as  members,  46;  has 
difficulty  in  establishing  periodi- 
cal, 47;  has  fifteen  year  forma- 
tive period,  36;  has  285  members 
by  1904,  56;  has  varied  programs 
during  formative  years,  51,  53; 
helps  in  codification  of  laws  of 
state,  53;  included  entertainment 
with  meetings,  39,  47,  55,  56; 
permanently  organized  in  1899, 
36;  sets  forth  ideals,  39;  sets 
fourth  rules  to  guide  members  in 
practice,  52;  states  objectives, 
46;  topics  discussed  at  meetings, 
mentioned,  54-55. 

"North  Carolina  Bibliography, 
J955-1956,"  by  William  S.  Powell, 
270-281. 

North  Carolina  Drama,  by  Rich- 
ard Walser,  reviewed,  87. 

North  Carolina  Education  Associa- 
tion, celebrates  one-hundredth 
anniversary,  433. 

"North  Carolina  Fiction,  Drama, 
and  Poetry:  1955-1956,"  by  C. 
Hugh  Holman,  227-236. 

North  Carolina  Folklore  Society, 
holds  meeting,  117. 

North  Carolina  Historical  Review, 
The,  six  articles  in,  refer  to 
Brickell,  316-317. 

North  Carolina  History  Told  by 
Contemporaries,  by  Hugh  T. 
Lefler,  mentioned,  316. 

North  Carolina  Journal  of  Law, 
issued  by  Bar  Association,  from 
Chapel  Hill,  50;  notes  improve- 
ment brought  about  by  Bar  As- 
sociation,  57. 

North  Carolina  Law  Journal,  de- 
scribes legal  meetings,  48;  es- 
tablished in  1900,  45;  serves  as 
organ  for  legal  profession,  48- 
49. 


610 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


North  Carolina  Law  Review,  pub- 
lished by  Law  School,  University 
of  North  Carolina,  50. 

North  Carolina  Literary  and  His- 
torical Association,  Inc.,  holds 
annual  meeting,  115;  holds  joint 
meeting  with  Western  North 
Carolina  Historical  Association, 
570;  holds  spring  meeting,  437; 
meets  jointly  with  Southern  His- 
torical Association,  119. 

"North  Carolina  Non-Fiction 
Books,  1955-1956,"  by  H.  Broadus 
Jones,  237-246. 

North  Carolina  Poetry  Society, 
holds  annual  meeting,  116. 

North  Carolina  Press  Association, 
champions  state's  natural  re- 
sources, 366. 

North  Carolina  Society  for  the 
Preservation  of  Antiquities,  holds 
annual  meeting,  to  honor  Mrs. 
Charles  A.  Cannon,  113. 

North  Carolina  Society  of  County 
and  Local  Historians,  conducts 
tour  of  Randolph  County,  125; 
holds  annual  meeting,  117;  holds 
meeting,  308;  sponsors  Mecklen- 
burg tour,  569;  sponsors  tour  of 
Bladen  County,  sponsors  tour  of 
Currituck  County,  444;  sponsors 
tour  of  Guilford  County,  125. 

North  Carolina  Society  of  the  De- 
scendants of  the  Palatines,  holds 
annual  meeting,  446. 

North  Carolian  State  Art  Society, 
holds  annual  meeting,  112. 

North  Carolina  State  Flag,  The, 
reprinted  by  Division  of  Publi- 
cations, 438. 

North  Carolina  Symphony  Society, 
holds  annual  meeting,  117. 

North  Carolina,  The  History  of  A 
Southern  State,  by  Hugh  T.  Lef- 
ler  and  Albert  R.  Newsome, 
quotes  Brickell,  316w,  325. 

Northampton  County,  scene  of 
Dugger-Dromgoole  duel,  327. 

Northampton  County  Court  Min- 
utes, released  for  use  in  Search 
Room,  566. 

Nunn,  R.  A.,  presides  at  meeting  of 
Palatine  group,  446. 

0 

O.  Henry  in  North  Carolina,  by 
Cathleen  Pike,  received,  452;  re- 
viewed, 531. 

O  era  coke,  by  Carl  Goerch,  received, 
129;   reviewed,  288. 

Odell,  Alfred  Taylor,  his  The  Let- 
ters of  William  Gilmorc  Simms, 


Volume    V,    1867-1870,    received, 
452;   reviewed,  537. 

O'Donnell,  John  Burke,  elected  to 
Executive  Council,  Wake  County 
Historical  Society,  446. 

Old  Brown  Marsh  Church,  visited 
on  tour  of  Bladen  County,  445. 

Old  Bullion  Benton:  Senator  from 
the  New  West,  by  William  Nis- 
bet  Chambers,  reviewed,  101. 

Old  Carson  Home,  visited  on  Mc- 
Dowell County  tour,  570. 

Old  Fort,  marker  unveiled  there, 
126. 

Old  Moat  Farm,  The,  by  Eliza  F. 
Pollard,  tells  inaccurate  story  of 
colonists     192. 

"Old  North  State,"  phrase  attribut- 
ed to  Joseph  Seawell  Jones,  494. 

Old  Thad  Hall  Tavern,  visited  by 
group  on  tour  of  Currituck  Coun- 
ty, 444. 

Old  Trinity  Church,  visited  by 
group  on  tour  of  Bladen  County, 
445. 

Oliphant,  Mary  C.  Simms,  her  The 
Letters  of  William  Gilmore 
Simms,  Volume  V,  1867-1870,  re- 
ceived, 452;   reviewed,  537. 

Olmsted,  Frederick  Law,  advises  on 
planning:  of  Biltmore  Estate,  346; 
landscape  architect  of  Biltmore 
Estate,  July  cover. 

Olson,  Charles,  recognized  as  poet, 
231;  writes  Anecdotes  of  the 
Late  War,  232. 

One  Clear  Call,  by  Agnes  Lucas 
Phillips,  mentioned,  230. 

One  Hundred  Outstanding  Books 
about  North  Carolina,  by  Rich- 
ard Walser  and  Hugh  T.  Lefler, 
released  by  University  of  North 
Carolina  Press,  126. 

"One  Hundred  Years  Ago,"  article 
by  Roy  F.  Nichols,  255-269. 

'Onslow's  Oldest  Church,"  by 
Charles  Crossfield  Ware,  issued, 
307. 

"Organization  and  Early  Years  of 
the  North  Carolina  Bar  Associa- 
tion," article  by  Fannie  Memory 
Blackwelder,  36-57. 

Origin  of  the  American  Party  Sys- 
tem, The,  by  Joseph  Charles,  re- 
ceived, 311;  reviewed,  428. 

Orr,  Harry  T.,  elected  Treasurer, 
Mecklenburg  Historical  Associa- 
tion, 122. 

Osborn,  George  C,  his  article, 
"Woodrow  Wilson:  The  Evolu- 
tion of  A  Name,"  507-516;  re- 
views Old  Bullion  Benton:  Sen- 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


611 


ator  from  the  New  West,  102;  re- 
views Wilson:  The  New  Free- 
dom, 301. 

Ostend  Manifesto,  fails  to  further 
Cuban  interests,  265. 

Other  People's  Lives,  by  Rosalie 
Massengale,  mentioned,  239. 

Our  Heritage,  by  Margaret  Freel, 
mentioned,  571. 

Overhills,  attempt  to  assert  tribal 
prestige,  464;  cause  series  of 
Creek-Cherokee  wars,  465;  pos- 
sess "the  Eldest  Fire  of  all," 
464;  segment  of  Cherokee  na- 
tion, 461. 

Owen  Hill,  visited  on  tour  of  Bla- 
den County,  445. 

Owsley,  Mrs.  Lawrence,  elected 
Secretary,  Southern  Appalachian 
Historical  Association,  124. 


Pacelot  Manufacturing  Company, 
organized  by  individuals,  376. 

Palatine  History  Award,  presented, 
447. 

Palmerston,  his  opinion  of  United 
States  shows  failure  of  govern- 
ment's motives,  268;  minister  of 
Queen  Victoria,  writes  opinion 
of  "Yankees,"  267. 

Panama,  riots  there,  destroy  rail- 
road property,  265;  scene  of  de- 
velopment of  1850's,  256. 

Papers  of  William  Alexander  Gra- 
ham, Volume  I,  1825-1837,  The, 
published  by  Department  of  Ar- 
chives and  History,  438. 

Papers  of  Willie  Person  Mangum, 
Volume  V,  18U7-189U,  The,  re- 
viewed, 282. 

Parker,  Frank,  serves  as  Secretary- 
Treasurer,  Sons  of  American 
Revolution,  449. 

Parker,  Harold  T.,  elected  Presi- 
dent, Society  for  French  Histori- 
cal Studies,  442. 

Parker,  John  W.,  his  article,  "A 
Bibliography  of  the  Published 
Writings  of  Benjamin  Griffith 
Brawley,"  165-178. 

Parker,  Roy,  Jr.,  his  newspaper 
column  mentioned,  248;  presents 
Roanoke-Chowan  Poetry  Award, 
115;  reviews  Rebel  Boast:  First 
at  Bethel — Last  at  Appomattox, 
91 ;  to  be  host  to  Roanoke-Cho- 
wan group,  250. 

Parker,  Roy,  Sr.,  his  The  Akoskie 
Era  of  Hertford  County,  1889- 
1939,  received,  129. 


Parker,  William  A.,  elected  Presi- 
dent, Wake  County  Historical 
Society,  446;  National  Trustee, 
Sons  of  American  Revolution, 
449. 

Parkman,  Francis,  prize  to  be 
awarded  in  honor  of,  573. 

Parks,  Hugh  S.,  Sr.,  picture  of, 
facing  147. 

Parks,  Joseph  H.,  receives  Sydnor 
Award,  119. 

Parris,  John,  participates  in  dedi- 
cation of  highway  marker,  126. 

Parson  of  the  Hills,  The,  by 
Charles  A.  Keys,  241. 

Paschal,  George  Washington,  his 
History  of  North  Carolina  Bap- 
tists, Volume  II,  discussed,  244. 

Paschal,  Herbert  R.,  Jr.,  talks  on 
Tuscarora  Indians,  North  Caro- 
lina Literary  and  Historical  As- 
sociation, Inc.,  437;  makes  brief 
talk  to  Pitt  group,  571;  reviews 
The  Legend  of  the  Founding  Fa- 
thers, 541. 

Pasour,  Mrs.  E.  D.,  serves  as  chair- 
man of  steering  committee, 
marker  erection  program,  446. 

Pasquotank  County  Historical  So- 
ciety, completes  first  volume, 
Year  Book,  125;  holds  meeting, 
124,  125,  445. 

Pastor's  Hospital  Ministry,  The, 
by  Richard  K.  Young,  mentioned, 
240. 

Paths  of  Shining  Light,  by  Vera 
Idol,   mentioned,   239. 

Patton,  Mrs.  Frances  Gray,  her  A 
Piece  of  Luck,  discussed,  228; 
wins  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  Award, 
116. 

Patton,  James  W.,  delivers  address, 
annual  dinner,  Southern  Histori- 
cal Association,  119;  makes  ad- 
dress, annual  meeting,  Society  of 
County  and  Local  Historians, 
117;  presides  at  meeting,  119. 

Patton,  Mrs.  Sadie  Smathers  Pat- 
ton, arranges  program,  marker 
dedication,  126;  her  The  King- 
dom of  the  Happy  Land,  receiv- 
ed, 574;  presides  at  meeting, 
309;  presides  at  meeting,  West- 
ern North  Carolina  Historical 
Association,  449 ;  presides  at 
quarterly  meeting,  127. 

Payson,  William  Farquhar,  his 
John  Vytal,  tells  of  Lost  Colony, 
185. 

Peculiar  Institution:  Slavery  in 
the  Ante-Bellum  South,  The,  re- 
viewed, 295. 


612 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Pendleton,  Mrs.  A.  L.,  re-elected 
Secretary,  Pasquotank  County 
Historical  Society,  445. 

Penniman,  Mrs.  K.  T.,  reports  on 
restoration  project,  Antiquities 
Society,  114. 

Peoples  Press,  The  (Winston- 
Salem),  comments  on  secession, 
notes  formation  of  volunteer 
companies,  68. 

Perkins,  Dexter,  his  Charles  Evans 
Hughes  and  American  Demo- 
cratic Statesmanship,  reviewed, 
103. 

Perquimans  Precinct  Court  Min- 
utes, 1688-1693,  made  available 
in  Search  Room,  436. 

Perry,  Percival,  Associate  Profes- 
sor, new  Department  of  History, 
Wake  Forest  College,  442;  at- 
tends meetings,  Southern  His- 
torical Association,  122;  new 
member,  Historical  Society  of 
North  Carolina,  443. 

Peterson,  Mrs.  M.  W.,  presents 
AAUW  Award,  115. 

Petry,  Ray  C.,  his  Christian  Escha- 
tology  and  Social  Thought,  men- 
tioned, 240. 

Pfohl,  Christian  T.,  receives  dis- 
charge from  Confederate  army, 
79. 

Philadelphia  Presbyterian  Church, 
visited  by  group  on  tour,  570. 

Phillips,  Agnes  Lucas,  her  One 
Clear  Call,  mentioned,  230. 

Phillips,  Mrs.  Dorothy  R.,  attends 
Bertie  meeting,  North  Carolina 
Literary  and  Historical  Associa- 
tion, Inc.,  433;  attends  meeting, 
Southeastern  Museums  Confer- 
ence, 109;  makes  trip  to  photo- 
graph Bentonville  Battleground, 
303;  takes  photographs  of  Alston 
House,  110. 

Phillips,  Wade  H.,  elected  Secre- 
tary, Davidson  County  Historical 
Association,  448. 

Philpott,  H.  Cloyd,  elected  Second 
Vice-President,  Davidson  County 
Historical  Association,  448. 

"Picturesque  History  of  North 
Carolina,  A,"  by  Shocco  Jones, 
termed  hoax,  496. 

Piece  of  Luck,  A,  by  Mrs.  Frances 
Gray  Patton,  discussed,  228; 
wins  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  Award, 
116. 

Pierce,  Franklin,  administration 
negotiates  for  free  territories, 
262;  appoints  James  Cochran 
Dobbin,  Secretary  of  Navy,  258; 


diplomatic  policy  fails,  264;  elect- 
ed President,  257;  foreign  policy 
discussed,  260;  policy  in  Mexico 
repudiated,  262. 

Pierce,  Jane,  Lost  Colonist,  infor- 
mation about,  223. 

Pierce,  Ovid  Williams,  writes  of  na- 
tive North  Carolina,  249. 

Pigott,  Josie,  reads  paper  at  Car- 
teret meeting,  447. 

Pike,  Cathleen,  her  O.  Henry  in 
North  Carolnia,  received,  452; 
reviewed,  531. 

Pinchot,  Gifford,  agrees  to  manage 
Biltmore  Forest,  346;  appointed 
Forester,  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  356;  arrives 
at  Biltmore,  346;  comes  to  Bilt- 
more in  1892,  deplores  destruc- 
tion of  North  Carolina  forests, 
348;  desires  to  promote  timber 
production,  350;  directs  forest 
management,  354;  directs  plant- 
ing project,  353;  does  topographi- 
cal study,  349;  ends  supervision 
of  Biltmore  and  Pisgah  forests, 
356;  feels  Vanderbilt  uninterest- 
ed in  forestry  project,  355;  first 
American  to  choose  forestry  as 
profession,  347;  inspects  Ameri- 
ca's forests,  347-348;  prepares 
exhibit,  346,  352;  studies  forestry 
in  Europe,  347. 

Pinkett,  Harold  T.,  his  article, 
"Gifford  Pinchot  at  Biltmore," 
346-357. 

Pisgah  National  Forest,  acquired 
by  the  United  States  government, 
355;  description  of,  "unequalled" 
in  condition,  354. 

Pitt  County  Historical  Commission, 
composed  of  165  members,  estab- 
lished by  legislature,  447. 

Pitt  County  Historical  Society, 
holds  meeting,  447. 

Planters,  oppose  cotton  mills,  134; 
prejudiced  against  industry  dur- 
ing ante-bellum  period,  18;  scoff 
at  cotton  mill  investors,  28. 

Plemmons,  W.  H.,  reads  paper, 
Asheville  meeting,  309. 

Poe,  Clarence,  elected  Director,  Art 
Society,  112. 

Pollard,  Eliza,  her  The  Old  Moat 
Farm,  deals  with  Roanoke  and 
Jamestown  colonies,  192. 

Polk,  James  K.,  birthplace  of,  visit- 
ed, 570;  caught  between  Whigs 
and  Democrats,  257. 

Polk,  Thomas,  grave  of,  visited  on 
tour,  570. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


613 


Polk,  William  T.,  his  The  Fallen 
Angel,  discussed,  228;  uses  North 
Carolina  material  in  stories,  249. 

Poplin,  R.  0.,  serves  as  Director, 
Wilkes  County  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, 309. 

Pory,  John,  secretary  of  Jamestown 
Colony,  journeys  into  present- 
day  Gates  County,  225. 

Posey,  Walter,  elected  Vice-Presi- 
dent, Southern  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, 119. 

Potter,  Roland,  serves  as  Director, 
Wilkes  County  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, 309. 

Potter,  Mrs.  T.  T.,  elected  Secre- 
tary, Carteret  County  Historical 
Society,  308;  prepares  paper  on 
history  of  Plymouth,  571. 

Powell,  William  S.,  continues  re- 
search on  Roanoke  colonists  and 
explorers,  226;  examines  British 
archival  agencies,  208;  his  ar- 
ticle, "Roanoke  Colonists  and  Ex- 
plorers: An  Attempt  at  Iden- 
tification," 202;  his  article,  "Try- 
on's  Book  on  North  Carolina," 
406-415;  his  "North  Carolina 
Bibliography,  1955-1956,"  270; 
makes  trip  to  Scotland  to  iden- 
tify colonists,  208;  presents 
American  Association  for  State 
and  Local  History  Awards,  115; 
reads  paper,  Historical  Society 
of  North  Carolina,  443;  reads  pa- 
per, North  Carolina  Literary  and 
Historical  Association,  Inc.,  115; 
reviews  Stories  Old  and  New  of 
the  Cape  Fear  Region,  288;  re- 
views Stub  Entries  to  Indents 
Issued  in  Payment  of  Claims 
against  South  Carolina  Grow- 
ing Out  of  the  Revolution,  Books 
C-F,  538;  searches  in  Washing- 
ton for  material  relating  to  Ro- 
anoke colonists,  202. 

Pratt,  Dorothy,  her  A  Guide  to 
Early  American  Homes — South, 
received,   129;   reviewed,  298. 

Pratt,  Richard,  his  A  Guide  to 
Early  American  Homes — South, 
received,  129;  reviewed,  298. 

Prayers  of  Jesus,  with  Meditations 
and  Verse  for  Devotional  Use, 
The,  by  Ralph  Spaulding  Cush- 
man,  mentioned,  240. 

Prentiss,  Seargent  S.,  becomes 
friend  of  Shocco  Jones,  503. 

Price,  Charles  Lewis,  joins  faculty, 
West  Georgia  College,  120;  joins 
East  Carolina  College  faculty, 
440. 


Price,  J.  Hampton,  elected  board 
member,  Sons  of  American  Revo- 
lution, 449. 

Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts 
Historical  Society,  October  1947- 
May,  1950,  Volume  LXIX,  re- 
ceived,  129. 

Progressive  Farmer,  The,  quota- 
tion from,  254. 

Providence  Baptist  Church,  visited 
by  group  on  Currituck  County 
tour,  444. 

Providence  of  Wit  in  the  English 
Letter  Writers,  by  William  Hen- 
ry Irving,  mentioned,  244. 

Providence  Presbyterian  Church, 
visited  on  tour,  570. 

Prowd,  Hilda  Damaris,  marries 
Benjamin  G.  Brawley,  167. 

Public  Addresses,  Letters,  and  Pa- 
pers of  William  Kerr  Scott,  Gov- 
ernor of  North  Carolina,  1949- 
1953,  facts  about  publication, 
438. 

Purdie  Home  and  Cemetery,  visited 
on  Bladen  County  tour,  445. 

Purrington,  A.  L.,  Jr.,  elected  tem- 
porary chairman.  Wake  County 
group,  124;  elected  to  Executive 
Council,  Wake  County  Historical 
Society,  446. 

Pursuit  of  Science  in  Revolution- 
ary America,  1735-1789,  The,  by 
I^rooke  Hindle,  reviewed,  97. 

Q 

Quarles,  Mrs.  Boyd  D.,  elected  Di- 
rector, Lower  Cape  Fear  Histori- 
cal Society,  447. 

Quattlebaum,  Paul,  his  The  Land 
Called  Chicora.  The  Carolinas 
under  Spanish  Rule  with  French 
Intrusions,  1520-1670,  received, 
311;  reviewed,  535. 

R 

Radcliffe  College,  holds  Institute  on 
Historical  and  Archival  Manage- 
ment, 127. 

Railroads,  lack  of,  hampers  growth 
of  cotton  mills,  138;  publicize 
advantages  of  South  as  industrial 
site,  366. 

Raleigh,  Walter,  dispatches  fleet 
for  New  World,  205;  his  settlers 
at  Roanoke  Island  provide  in- 
spiration for  writers,  180;  re- 
ceives patent  from  Queen  Eliza- 
beth, 204;  spells  name  many 
ways,  207. 

Raleigh  Register,  encourages  cot- 
ton mill  development,  28. 


614 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Randleman,  visited  on  tour  of  Ran- 
dolph County,  125. 

Rankin,  Hugh  F.,  his  Rebels  and 
Redcoats:  The  Living  Story  of 
the  American  Revolution,  re- 
ceived, 312;  reviewed,  544;  re- 
views The  Green  Dragoon:  The 
Lives  of  Banastre  Tarleton  and 
Mary  Robinson,  550. 

Rankin,  Robert  S.,  his  The  Govern- 
ment and  Administration  of 
North  Carolina,  mentioned,  239. 

Raper,  Horace  W.,  reviews  The 
Living  Past  of  Cleveland  County, 
93. 

Rasmussen,  Wayne  D.,  reviews 
Agricultural  Development  in 
North  Carolina,  1783-1860,   284. 

Rawlings,  Marjorie  Kinnan,  men- 
tioned, 233. 

Ray,  Worth  S.,  his  Colonial  Gran- 
ville County  and  Its  People. 
Part  II,  The  Lost  Tribes  of 
North  Carolina,  An  Index  to 
Names,  received,  311;  reviewed, 
418;  his  Index  and  Digest  to 
Hathawayys  North  Carolina  His- 
torical and  Genealogical,  Regis- 
ter, with  Genealogical  Notes  and 
Annotations,  Part  I,  The  Lost 
Tribes  of  North  Carolina,  re- 
ceived, 311;  reviewed,  418. 

Raymond,  George,  colonist  in  1585, 
former  captain  with  Royal  Navy, 
sails  to  West  Indies  as  privateer, 
216. 

Reade,  Edwin  Godwin,  chosen  as 
president  of  North  Carolina  Bar 
Association,  41. 

Readings  in  American  History,  by 
Oscar  Handlin,  received,  452. 

Readings  in  Indiana  History,  by 
Gayle  Thornbrough  and  Dorothy 
Riker,  received,  129. 

Rebel  Boast:  First  at  Bethel — Last 
at  Appomattox,  by  Manly  Wade 
Wellman,  received,  129;  review- 
ed, 90. 

Rebel  Brass:  The  Confederate 
Command  System,  by  Frank  E. 
Vandiver,  received,  129;  review- 
ed, 297. 

Rebels  and  Redcoats:  The  Living 
Story  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, by  George  F.  Scheer  and 
Hugh  F.  Rankin,  received,  312; 
reviewed,  544. 

"Records  in  North  Carolina,"  by 
Mrs.  Fannie  Memory  Black- 
welder,  completed,  304. 

Redding,  J.  Saunders,  winner  of 
Mayflower   Cup,  mentioned,  254. 


Register  of  the  North  Carolina  Line 
of  the  Army  of  America,  release- 
ed  for  public  use  in  Search  Room, 
566. 

Religious  Press  in  the  South  At- 
lantic States,  1802-1865:  An  An- 
notated Bibliography  with  His- 
torical Introduction  and  Notes, 
The,  by  Henry  S.  Stroupe,  dis- 
cussed, 244. 

Respess,  Thomas,  elected  President, 
Carteret  County  Historical  So- 
ciety, 308;  presides  at  Carteret 
meetings,  122,  308,  447,  571; 
reads  paper  at  Carteret  meeting, 
123. 

Revolution  in  America.  Confiden- 
tial Letters  and  Journals,  1776- 
1784,  of  Adjutant  General  Ma- 
jor Bauermeister  of  the  Hessian 
Forces,  by  Bernhard  A.  Uhlen- 
dorf,  received,  311;  reviewed, 
546. 

Revolutionary  War,  increases  home 
industry,  16-17. 

Ribbentrop,  Bernhardt,  admires 
work  of  Gifford  Pinchot,  356. 

Rice,  Philip  M.,  promoted  to  Pro- 
fessor, State  College,  567. 

Richards,  Claud  Henry,  Jr.,  to  serve 
as  Chairman,  new  Department  of 
Political  Science,  Wake  Forest 
College,  442. 

Richardson,  H.  Smith,  receives  Dis- 
tinguished Citizen  Award,  306. 

Richmond  County  Court  Minutes, 
1786-1792,  made  available  for  use 
in  Search  Room,  436. 

Rights,  Douglas  L.,  gives  illustrat- 
ed lecture,  Archaeological  Soci- 
ety, 126;  his  The  American  In- 
dian in  North  Carolina,  received, 
574;  republished,  572. 

Riker,  Dorothy,  her  Readings  in 
Indiana  History,  received,  129. 

Road  to  Appomattox,  The,  by  Bell 
Irwin  Wiley,  received,  128;  re- 
viewed, 423. 

Roaming  the  Mountains,  book  by 
John  Parris,  discussed,  242. 

Roanoke,  by  Calvin  Henderson  Wi- 
ley, historical  novel  of  Revolu- 
tionary days,  197. 

Roanoke,  colonists  for  settlement 
there,  sail  from  Plymouth,  205; 
colonists  there,  interest  William 
S.  Powell,  202;  colonists  there, 
share  forty-two  surnames,  207; 
first  colony  there,  composed  of 
108  men,  205;  fourteen  of  colo- 
nists make  two  voyages  to  island, 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


615 


213;  identification  of  colonists 
there,  inadequate,  207;  names  of 
colonists  there,  given,  214-226; 
22  of  colonists  not  English-born, 
213;  two  children  born  to  colo- 
nists there,  221. 

Roanoke-Chowan,  group  there,  or- 
ganizes to  further  creative  arts, 
group  there,  cited  as  model  for 
other  literary  groups,  250. 

"Roanoke  Colonists  and  Explorers: 
An  Attempt  at  Identification," 
article  by  William  S.  Powell,  202- 
226. 

Roanoke  Hundred,  by  Inglis  Fletch- 
er, tells  story  of  Grenville-Lane 
expeditions,  excellent  example  of 
historical  novel,  188. 

Roanoke  Island  Historical  Associa- 
tion, holds  annual  meeting,  115. 

Roanoke  Railroad,  co-operates  with 
Negroes  sponsoring  fairs,  61. 

Roanoke  Renegade,  by  Don  Tracy, 
discussed,  190-191. 

Roberts,  Mrs.  Alma  O.,  participates 
on  tour  of  Currituck  County, 
444. 

Roberts,  Eugene,  elected  Chaplain, 
Wayne  County  Historical  Socie- 
ty, 443. 

Robeson  County  Court  Minutes, 
1796-1806,  made  available  for  use 
in  Search  Room,  436. 

Robinson,  Blackwell  P.,  his  A  His- 
tory of  Moore  County,  17U7-18U7, 
reviewed,  93;  reviews  Here  Will 
I  Dwell:  The  Story  of  Caldwell 
County,  92. 

Robinson,  Grove,  wins  award, 
North  Carolina  Artists'  Competi- 
tion, 113. 

Robinson,  Mrs.  Rachel  R.,  granted 
temporary  leave,  304. 

Rockingham  County  Fine  Arts 
Festival,  held  in  Wentworth,  448. 

Rockingham  County  Library,  spon- 
sors county  festival,  448. 

Rockwell,  Paul  A.,  reads  paper, 
Western  North  Carolina  Histori- 
cal Association,  127. 

Rocky  Mount  Mills,  destroyed  by 
Civil  War  calvary  raid,  employ 
slave  labor,  26;  established  by 
Battle  and  Donaldson,  24;  have 
successful  operation,  25;  operate 
during  early  Civil  War  period, 
26. 

Rose,  D.  J.,  makes  report  on  Aycock 
Memorial  Commission,  443. 

Rose,  Hershel  V.,  appointed  to  Ex- 
ecutive Board,  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  432. 


"Rosefield,"  birthplace  of  William 
Blount,  visited  on  tour,  437. 

Rosenburg,  Jacob,  gives  address  on 
Rembrandt,  Art  Society  meeting, 
113. 

Roske,  Ralph  J.,  his  Lincoln's  Com- 
mando: The  Biography  of  Com- 
mander W.  B.  Cushing,  U.S.N. , 
reviewed,  554. 

Ross,  John,  advocate  of  Indian 
rights,  named  Principal  Chief, 
6;  nineteenth -century  Cherokee 
leader,  4. 

Rowse,  A.  L.,  his  A  True  Discourse 
of  the  Present  State  of  Virginia, 
received,  452. 

Rowse,  Anthony,  executor  of 
Drake's  estate,  knighted,  listed 
as  sheriff  of  Cornwall,  member 
of  Lane's  expedition,  former 
member  of  Parliament,  217. 

Royall,  Luby,  represents  Johnston 
County  Historical  Society,  Wake 
County  meeting,  124. 

Russell,  Mattie,  elected  new  mem- 
ber, Historical  Society  of  North 
Carolina,  124. 

Russia,  instigates  Crimean  War  for 
seaport,  262. 

Rutherford,  Griffith,  descendants 
participate  in  unveiling  of  mark- 
er in  honor  of,  126;  marker  erect- 
ed in  honor  of,  visited  on  Mc- 
Dowell County  tour,  570. 

Rutherford  County  Court  Minutes, 
1782-1786,  made  available  for  use 
in  Search  Room,  436,  566. 

Ryan,  Frank  W.,  joins  faculty, 
North  Texas  State  College,  120. 


St.  Thomas  Episcopal  Church,  visit- 
ed on  tour,  437. 

Salem,  Moravians  there,  plan  in- 
stallation of  textile  machinery, 
19;  produces  woolen  hats  and 
paper,  19-20. 

Salem  Christmas  Eve,  by  Julia 
Montgomery  Street,  mentioned, 
231. 

Salisbury,  F.  C,  elected  Treasurer, 
Carteret  County  Historical  So- 
ciety, 308;  gives  illustrated  map 
talk  to   Carteret   group,   123. 

Salisbury,  Mrs.  F.  C,  presents  pa- 
per to  Carteret  historical  group, 
571. 

Salisbury  cotton  factory,  pride  of 
community,  150. 

Sallie  Salter  Monument,  visited  on 
tour  of  Bladen  County,  445. 


616 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Saluda  Cotton  Mills  (South  Caro- 
lina), lists  reasons  for  South's 
industrial  leadership,  378. 

Sampson  County  Historical  Society- 
holds  joint  meeting  with  Wayne 
and  Johnston,  443. 

Sanderlin,  Mrs.  Hobson,  elected 
Historian,  Bladen  County  His- 
torical Society,  445. 

Sandy  Creek  Baptist  Church,  visit- 
ed by  group  on  tour  of  Randolph 
County,  125. 

Sanford,  citizens  there,  subscribe 
funds  to  establish  mill,  370. 

Sare,  Richard,  member  of  Lane's 
expedition,  listed  as  laborer,  217. 

Sassafras,  uses  of,  given  by  Law- 
son  and  Brickell,  319. 

Savannah  Morning  News  (Geor- 
gia), editorializes  building  of 
local  industry,  371. 

Savelle,  Max,  elected  to  Council, 
Institute  of  Early  American  His- 
tory and  Culture,  450. 

Scales,  Alfred  M.,  describes  fair  of 
1886  as  "most  creditable,"  67; 
opens  Negro  fair  in  1886,  64. 

Scheer,  George  F.,  his  Rebels  and 
Redcoats:  The  Living  Story  of 
the  American  Revolution,  re- 
ceived, 312;   reviewed,  544. 

Schlegel,  Marvin,  reviews  A  His- 
tory of  Moore  County,  North 
Carolina,  1747-1847,  94. 

Shellenberg,  Theodore  R.,  Director 
of  Institute  in  the  Preservation 
and  Administration  of  Archives, 
436. 

Schenck,  Carl  A.,  first  resident 
forester,  Biltmore  Estate,  founds 
first  American  forestry  school, 
346;  hired  by  Vanderbilt,  356. 

Schenck,  Michael,  establishes  first 
permanent  cotton  mill  in  North 
Carolina,  23;  goes  North  to  pur- 
chase mill  machinery,  139;  oper- 
ates cotton  mills  successfully,  23. 

"Scotch  Hall,"  visited  by  group  on 
tour,  437. 

Scott,  Kenneth,  his  article,  "Coun- 
terfeiting in  Colonial  North  Car- 
olina," 467-482;  his  Counterfeit- 
ing in  Colonial  America,  receiv- 
ed, 452;  reviewed,  541. 

Scott,  W.  Kerr,  presented  first  copy 
of  Public  Addresses,  Letters,  and 
Papers  of  William  Kerr  Scott, 
Governor  of  North  Carolina, 
1949-1953,  438. 

Schurz,  Carl,  notes  southern  desire 
to  attract  immigrants,  375; 
writes  of  tour  of  South,  360, 


Sea  Snake,  The,  by  Stephen  W. 
Meador,  tells  story  of  submarines 
in  World  War  II,  200. 

Seaboard  Airline  Railway,  co-oper- 
ates with  Negroes  organizing 
fairs,  61. 

Search  Room,  services  rendered  to 
public,  437. 

Seawell,  Richard,  elected  Treasurer, 
Wake  County  Historical  Society, 
446. 

Seawell,  Mrs.  Richard,  elected  tem- 
porary secretary  of  Wake  County 
group,  124. 

Secret  of  Happiness,  The,  by  Billy 
Graham,  mentioned,  239. 

Sectionalism,  of  literature,  discuss- 
ed, 393. 

Sellers,  Charles  Grier,  Jr.,  his 
James  K.  Polk,  Jacksonian,  1795- 
1843,  received,  312;  reviewed, 
530. 

Servies,  James  A.,  his  A  Bibliog- 
raphy of  John  Marshall,  re- 
ceived, 311;  reviewed,  539. 

Shaberdge,  non-English  name  of 
colonist,  213. 

Shakelford,  E.  A.  B.,  her  Virginia 
Dare,  tells  story  of  Indians  and 
Virginia  Dare,  192. 

Shaman,  of  Cherokees,  separate 
from  warrior  group,  463. 

Shanks,  Henry  Thomas,  his  The 
Papers  of  Willie  Person  Man- 
gum,  Volume  V,  1847-1894,  re- 
viewed, 282. 

Sharp,  Mrs.  Anne  Kendrick,  reads 
paper,  Western  North  Carolina 
Historical  Association,  449. 

Shelburne,  Earl  of,  requested  to 
obtain  plates  for  new  currency, 
475. 

Shellans,  Herbert,  on  program, 
Folklore  Society,  117. 

Sherman's  March  through  the  Car- 
olinas,  by  John  G.  Barrett,  re- 
ceived, 129;  reviewed,  284. 

Shirley,  John  W.,  prepares  biogra- 
phy of  Thomas  Hariot,  219. 

Shirley,  Sewallis,  identified,  re- 
ceives letter  from  nephew  Wil- 
liam Tryon,  406. 

"Shocco,"  name  given  Joseph  Sea- 
well Jones,  485. 

Shocco  Springs,  fashionable  resort, 
mentioned,  484. 

Shoe  Boots,  Cherokee  Town  Chief, 
marries  Negro  slave,  11. 

Shull,  Lena  Merle,  writes  poetry 
about  mountains,  231. 

Sickles,  Daniels,  serves  as  Secre- 
tary of  Legation,  London,  259. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


617 


Sieber,  H.  A.,  reads  poetry,  meeting 
of  Poetry  Society,  117. 

Silver,  David  M.,  his  Lincoin's  Su- 
preme Court,  reviewed,  102. 

Silver,  Mrs.  Sprague,  elected  to 
Executive  Council,  Wake  County 
Historical  Society,  446. 

Simeon  Wagner  House,  visited  by 
group  on  County  and  Local  His- 
torians tour,  125. 

Simms,  Mrs.  R.  N.,  serves  as  Chair- 
man, committee  from  Blooms- 
burg  Chapter,  Daughters  of  Rev- 
olution, attempting  to  organize 
Wake  County  historical  group, 
124. 

Simms,  R.  N.,  elected  to  Executive 
Council,  Wake  County  Historical 
Society,  446. 

Simms,  William  Gilmore,  accused 
of  changing  loyalties,  397n;  ad- 
mits he  is  "sectionalism"  394;  al- 
lied with  Locofoco  Democrats, 
396;  attempts  to  create  southern 
literature,  394-395 ;  aware  of  dif- 
ficulties in  establishing  literary 
journal,  demands  recognition  for 
southern  authors,  404 ;  denounces 
Britain  for  ridiculing  American 
literary  talent,  395;  feels  south- 
ern indifference  to  literature, 
404;  leads  radical  ideaology,  395; 
maintains  "national"  literature 
must  be  "sectional,"  400;  points 
out  benefits  of  periodicals,  401, 
402,  404;  South's  most  promi- 
nent novelist,  394;  terms  him- 
self as  "national,"  393;  under- 
paid, 404;  urges  South  to  pub- 
lish literary  materials,  399; 
views  on  literature,  393-405 
passim. 

"Simms's  Views  on  National  and 
Sectional  Literature,  1825-1845," 
by  John  C.  Guilds,  393-405. 

Simpson,  Alan,  elected  to  Council, 
Institute  of  Early  American  His- 
tory and  Culture,  450. 

Simpson,  George  Lee,  his  The  Cok- 
ers  of  Carolina,  A  Social  Biog- 
raphy of  a  Family,  received,  129 ; 
reviewed,  532. 

Singletary,  Otis  A.,  his  Negro  Mi- 
litia and  Reconstruction,  re- 
ceived, 574. 

Sir  Walter  Cabinet,  entertained  by 
Department  of  Archives  and  His- 
tory, 305. 

Sir  Walter  Raleigh  Award,  pre- 
sented to  Mrs.  Frances  Gray 
Patton,  116. 


Sir  Walter  Raleigh  Chapter  of  the 
North  Carolina  Society  of  Colon- 
ial Dames  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century,  places  marker  honoring 
Thomas  Chappell,  123. 

Sitterson,  J.  Carlyle,  contributes 
article  to  Studies  in  Southern 
History,  edits  memorial  study, 
440;  elected  to  Board  of  Editors, 
The  Journal  of  Southern  Histo- 
ry, 121;  his  Studies  in  Southern 
History.  In  Memory  of  Albert 
Ray  Newsome,  1894-1951,  By  His 
Former  Students,  received,  311; 
reads  paper,  Historical  Society 
of  North  Carolina,  443. 

Skaggs,  Marvin  L.,  announces  new 
division,  Department  of  History, 
Greensboro  College,  126;  presides 
at  dinner  meeting,  North  Caro- 
lina Literary  and  Historical  As- 
sociation Inc.,  116;  re-elected 
Secretary-Treasurer,  Historical 
Society  of  North  Carolina,  124; 
re-elected  Vice-President,  Liter- 
ary and  Historical  Association, 
115. 

Skeen's  Mill  Covered  Bridge,  visit- 
ed on  tour  of  Randolph  County, 
125. 

Skevelabs,  unidentified  name  of 
colonist,  213. 

Slaves,  use  of,  in  cotton  mills,  dis- 
cussed, 140;  used  in  Jeol  Battle's 
mills,  141. 

Smart,  Thomas,  facts  concerning, 
224. 

Smiley,  David,  attends  meetings, 
presides  over  session,  Southern 
Historical  Association,  122;  on 
staff,  new  Department  of  His- 
tory, Wake  Forest  College,  442. 

Smith,  Clyde,  presents  report, 
North  Carolina  Literary  and  His- 
torical Association,  Inc.,  115. 

Smith,  James  M.,  serves  as  Editor 
of  Publications,  Institute  of 
Early  American  History  and  Cul- 
ture, 450. 

Smith,  Mrs.  Nat,  reads  paper,  Car- 
teret meeting,  447. 

Smith,  Mrs.  Seth,  elected  Vice- 
President,  reorganized  Columbus 
County  historical  group,  hostess 
to  Columbus  County  Society  of 
County  and  Local  Historians, 
122. 

Smith,  Thomas,  listed  by  John 
White  as  dead,  206. 

Smith,  Mrs.  W.  S.,  directs  prepara- 
tion of  paper  on  Windsor,  123. 


618 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Smithfield  Herald,  The,  carries  sto- 
ry about  Mitchiner  family,  309. 

Smolkin,  name  of  colonist  on  Roa- 
noke Island,  213. 

Snyder,  Jerold,  participates  on  pro- 
gram, marker  unveiling,  126. 

Society  for  French  Historical  Stu- 
dies, to  meet  at  Duke  and  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina,  442. 

Society  of  American  Historians, 
Inc.,  sponsors  Francis  Parkman 
Prize,  573. 

Somers,  Robert,  English  journalist, 
writes  of  travel  in  southern 
states,  365. 

Sommer,  Clemens,  elected  Director, 
Art  Society,  112. 

Sons  of  the  American  Revolution, 
hold  state-wide  meeting,  306. 

Soule,  Pierre,  to  serve  as  Ambassa- 
dor to  Spain,  259. 

South,  aware  of  political  differ- 
ences, conscious  of  being  minori- 
ty group,  398;  encouraged  to 
produce  its  own  yarn  and  cloth, 
157-158;  exhibits  confidence  in 
industrialization,  392;  literary 
journals  of,  promote  literature, 
393. 

South,  Stanley,  appears  on  televis- 
ion program,  303;  gives  talk, 
Archaeological  Society  meeting, 
126;  reviews  The  Historie  of 
Travell  into  Virginia  Britania 
(1612),  290. 

Southern  and  Western  Monthly 
Magazine  and  Review,  discontin- 
ued, 404. 

Southern  Cotton  Manufacturers  As- 
sociation, confident  of  South's 
control  of  cotton  market,  382. 

Southern  Historical  Association, 
holds  annual  meeting  in  Durham, 
118. 

Southern  Literary  Gazette 

(Charleston,  S.  C),  edited  by 
William  Gilmore  Simms,  395;  re- 
veals Simms's  bitterness,  398. 

Southwick,  Albert  Plympton,  his 
Bijou:  The  Foundling  of  Nag's 
Head,  discussed,  200. 

Sparks,  Jared,  accuses  Brickell  of 
plagiarism,  314. 

Speas,  Jan  Cox,  her  My  Lord  Mon- 
leigh,  story  of  rebellion  in  Scot- 
land, 229. 

Speight,  Francis,  Bertie  County 
native,  mentioned,  250. 

Spence,  H.  E.,  writes  pamphlet  on 
McBride,  A  MotJier  Church  in 
Methodism,  572. 


Spencer,  Samuel  R.,  Jr.,  accepts 
Presidency,  Mary  Baldwin  Col- 
lege, 441. 

Spendlove,  John,  member  of  Lane's 
group  and  the  Lost  Colony,  listed 
as   "gentleman,"  217. 

Spragge,  George,  of  Canadian  Ar- 
chives, visits  State  Department 
of  Archives  and  History,  111. 

Spruill,  Corydon  P.,  returns  to 
teaching,  567. 

Stampp,  Kenneth  M.,  his  The  Pe- 
culiar Institution:  Slavery  in 
the  Ante-Bellum  South,  reviewed, 
295. 

Stanback,  Jeffrey  F.,  elected  to 
Executive  Committee,  North 
Carolina  Literary  and  Historical 
Association,  115;  serves  as  His- 
torian, Sons  of  American  Revo- 
lution, 449. 

Standard,  Diffee  W.,  his  article, 
"The  Cotton  Textile  Industry  in 
Ante-Bellum  North  Carolina," 
Part  I,  15-35;  Part  II,  131-164. 

State  Advertising  Division,  pro- 
duces "Land  of  Beginnings,"  563. 

State  Chronicle,  The  (Raleigh), 
notes  progress  of  Negro  race, 
66. 

State  Records  of  South  Carolina: 
Journals  of  the  South  Carolina 
Executive  Councils  of  1861-1862, 
The,  by  Charles  E.  Cauthen,  re- 
viewed, 94. 

Statesboro  (South  Carolina),  site  of 
first  cotton  factory  in  South,  15. 

Steele,  Arthur  R.,  accepts  position, 
Toledo,  568. 

Stenhouse,  James  A.,  elected  Presi- 
dent, Society  for  the  Preserva- 
tion of  Antiquities,  113;  instru- 
mental in  restoration  of  Alston 
House,  444;  named  trustee,  Meck- 
lenburg Historical  Association, 
122. 

Steelman,  Joseph  F.,  reviews 
Charles  Evans  Hughes  and 
American  Democratic  States- 
manship, 105. 

Stephenson,  Gilbert  T.,  his  article, 
"Life  and  Literature,"  247-254; 
makes  presidential  address,  116; 
presides  at  joint  session,  South- 
ern Historical  Association  and 
North  Carolina  Literary  and  His- 
torical Association,  Inc.,  119; 
presides  at  meeting,  115,  437; 
re-elected  President,  North  Caro- 
lina Literary  and  Historical  As- 
sociation, 115. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


619 


Stevens,  Harry  R.,  has  book  pub- 
lished, 441;  his  The  Early  Jack- 
son Party  in  Ohio,  received,  311; 
reviewed,  425;  reads  paper,  Mis- 
sissippi Valley  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, 441;  teaches  at  Univer- 
sity of  Cincinnati,  568. 

Stevenson,  J.  J.,  elected  Secretary- 
Treasurer,  Western  North  Caro- 
lina Historical  Association,  449. 

Stick,  David,  new  member,  Histori- 
cal Society  of  North  Carolina, 
443;  speaks  to  Pasquotank  Coun- 
ty Historical  Society,  125. 

Still  Rebels,  Still  Yankees,  and 
Other  Essays,  by  Donald  David- 
son, received,  451;  reviewed, 
555. 

Stokely,  Mrs.  Wilma  Dykeman, 
visits  State  Department  of  Ar- 
chives and  History,  111;  work 
of,  discussed,  450. 

Striker,  Laura  Polanyi,  her  The 
Life  of  John  Smith,  English  Sol- 
dier,   received,    574. 

Strong,  Ludlow  P.,  elected  Treas- 
urer, Lower  Cape  Fear  Historical 
Society,  447. 

Stories  Old  and  New  of  the  Cape 
Fear  Region,  by  Louis  T.  Moore, 
received,  129;  reviewed,  287. 

Story,  T.  E.,  serves  as  President, 
Wilkes  County  Historical  Asso- 
ciation, writes  brief  history  of 
Wilkes  historical  group,  309. 

Story  of  Six  Loves,  The,  first  pub- 
lished work  of  Richard  Carroll 
Johnson,  229. 

Story  of  the  Lost  Colony,  The,  col- 
oring book  for  children,  194. 

Street,  Mrs.  Julia  Montgomery, 
her  Fiddler's  Fancy,  mentioned, 
230;  wins  AAUW  Juvenile 
Award,  115;  writes  poem,  231. 

Stroup,  Thomas  B.,  reviews  0. 
Henry  in  North  Carolina,  532. 

Stroupe,  Henry  S.,  attends  meet- 
ing, Historical  Society  of  North 
Carolina,  attends  meetings, 
Southern  Historical  Association, 
122;  his  The  Religious  Press  in 
the  South  Atlantic  States,  1802- 
1865,  An  Annotated  Bibliog- 
raphy with  Historical  Introduc- 
tion and  Notes,  discussed,  244; 
presents  Connor  Award,  115; 
reads  paper,  joint  session  of 
Southern  Historical  Association 
and  North  Carolina  Literary  and 
Historical  Association,  Inc.,  119; 
to    be    Chairman,    new    Depart- 


ment of  History,  Wake  Forest 
College,  442. 

Stub  Entries  to  Indents  Issued  in 
Payment  of  Claims  Against 
South  Carolina  Growing  Out  of 
the  Revolution,  Books  C-F,  re- 
ceived, 451 ;  reviewed,  538 ; 
Book  K,  reviewed,  289. 

Studies  in  Southern  History.  In 
Memory  of  Albert  Ray  Newsome, 
1894-1951,  By  His  Former  Stu- 
dents, received,  311. 

Stukely,  John,  Grenville's  brother- 
in-law,  colonist  in  1585,  217. 

Supreme  Court,  agrees  that  law- 
yers need  more  formal  prepara- 
tion, 51. 

Surf  man,  by  S.  P.  Meek,  has  set- 
ting at  Cape  Hatteras  Life  Boat 
Station,  200. 

Swain,  David  L.,  friend  of  Shocco 
Jones,  488;  hears  of  Shocco 
Jones's  proposed   marriage,   493. 

Swalin,  Benjamin  F.,  named  as  Di- 
ector,  North  Carolina  Symphony 
Society,  117. 

Swann,  Mrs.  Doris,  joins  staff, 
Record  Center,  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  111. 

Swannanoa  Gap,  marker  there,  in 
Rutherford's  Trace  series,  dedi- 
cated, 126. 

Swera,  E.  G.,  his  The  Janiestown 
350th  Anniversary  Historical 
Booklets,  reviewed,  559. 

Sydnor  Memorial  Award,  presented 
to  Joseph  H.  Parks,  119. 


Talcott,  Charles  A.,  corresponds 
with  Woodrow  Wilson,  513. 

Talley,  Mrs.  Joseph  O.,  Jr.,  reports 
to  Antiquities  Society  on  restora- 
tion project,  114. 

Tanse,  Overhills  town,  discovered 
in   1567,  462. 

Tappan,  Audrey,  Lost  Colonist, 
mentioned,  222. 

Tar  Heel  Tales,  reprinted  by  Divi- 
sion of  Publications,  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History. 
438. 

Tar  Heel  Writers  I  Have  Known, 
by  Bernadette  Hoyle,  mentioned, 
242. 

Tarheel  Talk.  An  Historical  Study 
in  the  English  in  North  Caro- 
lina, by  Norman  E.  Eliason,  re- 
ceived, 129;   reviewed,  86. 

Tarlton,  William  S.,  attends  meet- 
ing, Alston  House,  110;  attends 
meeting,       Bentonville       Battle- 


620 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


ground  Association,  302;  attends 
meeting,  Bertie  County,  303;  at- 
tends meeting,  Charles  B.  Ay- 
cock  Birthplace  Commission,  302; 
attends  meeting,  Executive 
Board,  432;  attends  meeting,  Ex- 
ecutive Committee,  North  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Historic  Sites 
Public  Officials,  435;  attends 
meeting,  Governor  Richard  Cas- 
well Memorial  Commission,  433; 
attends  meeting,  Historical  Hali- 
fax Restoration  Association,  Inc., 
435;  attends  meeting,  Washing- 
ton (N.C.),  435;  attends  opening 
of  Alston  House,  444;  attends 
Tryon  Palace  Commission  meet- 
ing, 110;  inspects  Kron  House, 
303;  makes  brief  address  at 
Dallas  marker  unveiling,  445; 
makes  exploratory  trips  to  Ben- 
tonville  Battleground,  564;  makes 
survey  of  Town  of  Bath,  partici- 
pates on  NBC's  "Monitor"  pro- 
gram, 303;  participates  on  radio 
broadcast,  109;  presents  slide- 
lecture  program,  American  In- 
stitute of  Architects,  303;  repre- 
sents Department  at  meeting, 
Forest  History  Committee  of 
North  Carolina,  435;  represents 
Department  at  Moore's  Creek 
Bridge  Battleground,  112;  repre- 
sents Department  at  James 
Lytch  marker  unveiling,  435; 
represents  Department  at  Pante- 
go  meeting,  speaks  to  Caswell 
County  Historical  Society,  564; 
speaks  to  Johnston  Pettigrew 
Chapter,  United  Daughters  of 
Confederacy,  435;  talks  to  group 
in  Bath,  303;  talks  to  Wake 
Forest  Civic  Club,  112;  visits 
Barker  and  Iredell  houses,  visits 
house  of  General  Isaac  Gregory, 
564;  visits  Person's  Ordinary, 
435. 

Taylor,  George  V.,  promoted  to  As- 
sociate Professor,  567;  reads  pa- 
per, Society  for  French  Histori- 
cal Studies,  306. 

Taylor,  John,  returns  with  John 
White  to  search  for  Lost  Colony, 
224. 

Taylor,  Rosser  H.,  elected  Vice- 
President,  Western  North  Caro- 
lina Historical  Association,  449. 

Taylor,  Mrs.  W.  Frank,  elected 
Vice-President-at-Large,  Art  So- 
ciety, 113. 

Tebeau,  C.  W.,  reviews  James  K. 
Polk,  Jacksonian,  1795-18US,  531. 


Tecumseh,  Vision  of  Glory,  by 
Glenn  Tucker,  appraised,  242; 
wins  Mayflower  Award,  116; 
wins  Wolfe  Memorial  Cup,  127. 

Tehuantepec,  site  of  diplomatic 
battles  concerning  development 
of,  257. 

TePaske,  John  J.,  Duke  graduate 
student  studying  in  Spain,  121. 

Territorial  Papers  of  the  United 
States,  Volume  XXII,  The  Ter- 
titory  of  Florida,  1821-1821*,  The, 
by  Clarence  Edwin  Carter,  re- 
ceived, 452. 

Textile  industry,  develops  slowly 
in  the  South,  27;  early  examples 
of,  prove  practicality  of,  in 
North  Carolina,  33;  has  excellent 
relations  with  employees,  387- 
388;  lacks  capital  for  growth,  28; 
prediction  of  South's  leadership 
in,  379;  South  becomes  center  of, 
391;  southern  cotton  mills  make 
money  for  owners,  383;  summary 
of  factors  favoring  southern 
locale,  389-390;  trend  toward 
unionization  of,  391;  witnesses 
shift  in  location,  383. 

They  Passed  This  Way,  A  Personal 
Narrative  of  Harnett  County,  by 
Malcolm  Fowler,  mentioned,  243. 

Thinking  About  God,  by  Robert 
Lee  Middleton,  mentioned,  240. 

Thomas  Wolfe  Memorial  Literary 
Cup,  presented  to  Glenn  Tucker, 
127. 

Thompson,  Arsene,  on  program, 
marker  unveiling,  126. 

Thompson,  Bradley  D.,  promoted  to 
Professor,  Davidson  College,  568. 

Thompson,  Elizabeth,  elected  to 
Executive  Council,  Wake  County 
Historical    Association,   446. 

Thornbrough,  Gayle,  his  Readings 
in  Indiana  History,  received,  129. 

Thorpe,  Jerry,  on  program,  mark- 
er unveiling,  126. 

Throop,  George  Higby,  his  Nag's 
Head,  tells  story  of  southern 
schoolmaster  on  Carolina  coast, 
198. 

Tillett,  Lowell  R.,  on  faculty,  new 
Department  of  History,  Wake 
Forest  College,  442. 

Tillett,  Pennel  A.,  fictitious  por- 
trait of,  given  in  Surf  man,  201. 

Times-Democrat  (New  Orleans, 
La.),  predicts  "New  South,"  362. 

Timrod,  Henry,  emphasizes  style, 
tone,  and  spirit  in  literature,  401. 

To  Unknown  Lands,  by  Manly 
Wade  Wellman,  mentioned,  230. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


621 


Tompkins,  Daniel  A.,  acquires  rep- 
utation as  engineer  and  mill  ar- 
chitect, 369;  urges  home  own- 
ership of  cotton  mills,  372; 
writes  of  South's  triumph  over 
New  England  mills,  390-391. 

Topan,  Thomas,  Lost  Colonist,  men- 
tioned, 222. 

Topaz  Seal,  The,  by  Edith  Heal, 
juvenile  story  about  Jamestown, 
193. 

Tory  Hole,  visited  on  tour  of  Bla- 
den County,  445. 

Tracy,  Don,  his  Roanoke  Renegade, 
tells  about  all  of  Raleigh's  ex- 
peditions,  190. 

Trade  unions,  criticized,  390. 

Treaty  of  Holston,  attempts  to  es- 
tablish peace  between  Cherokees 
and  pioneers,  2. 

Trinity,  site  of  old  Trinity  Col- 
lege, visited  on  tour  of  Randolph 
County,  125. 

Trinity  College  Historical  Society, 
holds  meeting,  307. 

Trollinger,  John,  builds  mill  on 
Haw  River,   143. 

Trowbridge,  John  T.,  notes  south- 
ern desire  to  pull  northern  capi- 
tal into  southern  investments, 
374. 

True,  by  George  Parsons  Lathrop, 
novel  dealing  with  Carteret 
County,  195. 

True  Discourse  of  the  Present 
State  of  Virginia,  A,  by  A.  L. 
Rowse,  received,  452. 

Tryon,  new  museum  there,  opened, 
569. 

Tryon,  William,  arrives  in  North 
Carolina,  406;  calls  assembly, 
409;  describes  family  ailments, 
412;  describes  500-mile  tour  of 
province,  408;  describes  his 
house,  410;  describes  topography 
of  coastal  area,  408;  discusses 
illness  of  servant,  409;  his  expe- 
dition against  insurgents  paid 
for,  479;  makes  address  against 
counterfeiting,  475,  477;  men- 
tioned, 491;  mentions  fruits  and 
vegetables,  410;  mentions  saw- 
mills, 412;  names  exports,  411; 
pardons  two  young  counterfeit- 
ers, 477;  refers  to  letter  as 
"book,"  406;  sends  greetings  to 
friends,  414-415;  tells  of  colonial 
industry,  412;  writes  44-page 
letter  to  uncle,  406;  writes  from 
Brunswick,  407;  writes  of  inhab- 
itants,  411;    writes   of   price   of 


rent,  413;  writes  of  salary,  414; 
writes  of  use  of  slaves,  411. 

"Tryon's  'Book'  on  North  Caro- 
lina," edited  by  William  S.  Pow- 
ell, 406-415. 

Tucker,  Glenn,  honored  at  break- 
fast by  Society  of  Mayflower  De- 
scendants, 118;  speaks  on  "Some 
Aspects  of  North  Carolina's  Par- 
ticipation in  the  Gettysburg 
Campaign,"  570;  his  Tecumseh, 
Vision  of  Glory,  discussed,  242; 
wins  Mayflower  Award,  116; 
wins  Thomas  Wolfe  Memorial 
Literary  Cup,  127. 

Tucker,  Thomas  Goode,  college- 
mate  of  Edgar  Allen  Poe,  340; 
fails  to  notify  Haines  of  Dug- 
ger's  condition,  338;  his  planta- 
tion scene  of  duel,  335;  repre- 
sents Dugger  as  field  second, 
333. 

Turner,  Arlin,  his  George  W. 
Cable,  A  Biography,  mentioned, 
240. 

Turner,  Mrs.  H.  A.,  elected  Assist- 
ant Historian,  Columbus  County 
historical  group,  122. 

Tuscarora  Indians,  subject  of  talk 
by  Herbert  R.  Paschal,  Jr.,  437. 

Tuthill,  Cornelia  L.,  her  "Virginia 
Dare:  or  The  Colony  of  Roa- 
noke," novel  about  Raleigh's 
settlers,  184. 

Twyt,  John,  one  of  Lane's  men, 
listed  as  apothecary,  217. 

Tyler,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  E.,  pre- 
sent coat  of  arms  to  Bertie  Coun- 
ty Historical  Association,  451. 

U 

Uhlendorf,  Bernhard  A.,  his  Rev- 
olution in  America.  Confidential 
Letters  and  Journals,  1776-1784, 
of  Adjutajit  General  Major  Baur- 
meister  of  the  Hessian  Forces, 
received,  311;  reviewed,  546. 

Underground  Railroad,  by  Wil- 
liam Still,  mentioned,  63. 

United  States,  fails  in  communi- 
cation of  ideals,  268;  obtains 
Pacific  islands  as  source  of  fer- 
tilizer, 266;  people  of,  too  ready 
to  accept  "commentator  opin- 
ions" of  world  situations,  people 
of,  unaware  of  hostility  of  other 
nations,  269. 

United  States.  The  History  of  a 
Republic,  The,  by  Richard  Hof- 
stadter,  William  Miller,  and 
Daniel  Aaron,  received,  452;  re- 
viewed, 557. 


622 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


University  in  the  Kingdom  of  Gua- 
temala, The,  by  John  Tate  Lan- 
ning,  discussed,  245. 

University  of  Chicago,  to  sponsor 
new  edition  of  James  Madison 
papers,  572. 

University  of  Delaware,  announces 
establishment  of  fellowships, 
128. 

University  of  Georgia  under  Six- 
teen Administrations,  1785-1955, 
The,  by  Robert  Preston  Brooks, 
reviewed,  96. 

University  of  North  Carolina, 
1900-1930.  The  Making  of  a  Mod- 
ern University,  The,  by  Louis  R. 
Wilson,  received,  452. 

University  of  North  Carolina 
Press,  issues  pamphlet  of  avail- 
able North  Carolina  books,  126; 
publishes  Hiroshima  Diary,  310. 

University  of  Virginia,  to  sponsor 
new  edition  of  James  Madison 
papers,  572. 

Unto  These  Hills,  scene  from,  on 
October  cover. 

Upper  Creeks,  fight  United  States 
in  1813,  9. 


Valentiner,  W.  R.,  makes  brief 
talk  at  evening  meeting,  Art  So- 
ciety, 113. 

Valley  towns,  of  Cherokees,  colon- 
ize Tennessee,  461. 

Vanderbilt,  George  W.,  buys  small 
forest  holdings,  348;  consoli- 
dates tracts  to  form  Pisgah  For- 
est, 354;  his  estate  site  of  first 
American  forestry  school,  346; 
his  home,  Biltmore  House,  on 
July  cover;  praises  Gifford  Pin- 
chot,  352. 

Van  Doren,  Charles,  his  Lincoln's 
Commando:  The  Biography  of 
Commander  W.  B.  Cushing, 
U.S.N. ,  reviewed,  554. 

Vandiver,  Frank  E.,  his  Mighty 
Stonewall,  received,  452;  review- 
ed, 550;  his  Rebel  Brass:  The 
Confederate  Command  System, 
received,  129;  reviewed,  297;  re- 
views The  Road  to  Appomattox, 
424. 

Vance,  Zebulon  B.,  predicts  "prog- 
ress in  the  arts  and  sciences" 
for  North  Carolina,  360. 

Vann,  James,  described  by  mission- 
aries, 5 ;  nineteenth-century 
mixed-breed  Cherokee  leader, 
mentioned,  4;  wealthy  slave-own- 
ing Cherokee,  5. 


Vanstory,  Mrs.  Burnette,  her 
Georgia's  Land  of  Golden  Isles, 
received,  128;  reviewed,  422. 

Vaughan,  Frank,  his  Kate  Weath- 
ers, termed  "literary  discov- 
ery," 199. 

Vestal,  Mrs.  Gertrude  LaV.,  intro- 
duces Mrs.  Helen  Bevington,  at 
meeting  of  Poetry  Society,  117. 

Virginia,  House  of  Burgesses 
there,  passes  act  against  coun- 
terfeiting, 480;  public  meeting 
held  there  to  secure  support  for 
industry,  20. 

Virginia  Dare:  A  Story  of  Colo- 
nial Days,  narrative  poem  by 
William  Henry  Moore,  182. 

Virginia  Dare,  by  E.  A.  B.  Shack- 
elford, imaginary  story  about 
Virginia  Dare  as  adult,  192. 

"Virginia  Dare:  or,  The  Colony  of 
Roanoke,"  by  Cornelia  L.  Tut- 
hill,  discussed,  184. 

"Vision  of  Charles  B.  Aycock, 
The,"  by  John  Ehle,  presented  to 
joint  meeting  of  historical  so- 
cieties, Goldsboro,  443. 

W 

Wagner,  Mrs.  Musella  W.,  re-elect- 
ed Secretary-Treasurer,  Society 
of  County  and  Local  Historians, 
117. 

Waitt,  Daisy,  serves  as  chairman, 
Society  of  Mayflower  Descend- 
ants  committee,   118. 

Wake  County,  interested  group 
from  meets  to  form  historical 
society,  123. 

Wake  County  Historical  Society, 
elects  officers,   organized,  446. 

Wake,  Esther,  legend  concerning, 
begun  by  Shocco  Jones,  492. 

Walker,  Piatt  D.,  addresses  Bar 
Association,  46;  president  of  Bar 
Association,  44. 

Walker,  Robert  J.,  serves  as  Polk's 
Secretary  of  Treasury,  unable  to 
accept  appointment  to  China, 
260. 

Walker's  Mill,  visited  by  group  on 
tour  of  Randolph  County,  125. 

Wall,  Bennett  H.,  re-elected  Secre- 
tary-Treasurer, Southern  Histo- 
rical Association,  119. 

Wall,  Mary  Virginia,  her  The 
Daughter  of  Virginia  Dare,  deals 
with  Jamestown  settlers,  196. 

Wallace,  David  H.,  his  The  New- 
York  Historical  Society's  Dic- 
tionary  of  Artists   in  America, 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


623 


1584-1860,  received,  452;  review- 
ed, 558. 

Wallace,  Mrs.  Lillian  Parker,  at- 
tends meetings,  Southern  Histo- 
rical Association,  121;  elected 
Vice-President,  Association  of 
Social  Studies  Department  of  the 
North  Carolina  Baptist  Colleges, 
441 ;  presides  at  meeting,  433. 

Walser,  Richard,  announces  plans 
for  using  Guggenheim  Fellow- 
ship, 440;  co-edits  pamphlet  list 
for  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina Press,  126;  evaluates  poems 
and  stories  about  Dare  County, 
180-201;  his  "Dare  County  Belle- 
Lettres,"  180-201;  his  North 
Carolina  Drama  reviewed,  87 ; 
presents  report,  North  Carolina 
Literary  and  Historical  Associa- 
tion, Inc.,  115;  reads  paper,  joint 
session,  Literary  and  Historical 
Association  and  Southern  Histo- 
rical Association,  119;  reviews 
Still  Rebels,  Still  Yankees,  and 
Other  Essays,  556;  reviews  Tar- 
heel Talk:  An  Historical  Study 
of  the  English  Language  in 
North  Carolina,  86;  reviews  The 
Cultural  Life  of  the  American 
Colonies,  428. 

Walsingham,  Francis,  former  em- 
ployer of  several  Roanoke  col- 
onists, 222. 

Walters,  Haunce,  listed  as  one  of 
Ralph  Lane's  men,  207. 

Walton,  John,  his  John  Filson  of 
Kentucke,  reviewed,  292. 

Walum  Olum,  migration  legend  of 
Delaware  Indians,  mentioned, 
455,  457. 

War  of  the  Regulation  and  the 
Battle  of  Alamance,  May  16, 
1771,  The,  reprinted  by  Division 
of  Publications,  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  438. 

Ward,  Daron,  directs  play,  "The 
Vision  of  Charles  B.  Aycock," 
443. 

Wardlaw,  Jack,  joins  Central  Car- 
olina Colony,  Society  of  May- 
flower Descendants,  118. 

Ware,  Charles  Crossfield,  edits  new 
pamphlet,  307;  his  A  History  of 
Atlantic  Christian  College — Cul- 
ture in  Coastal  Carolina,  re- 
ceived,   129;    reviewed,   285. 

Warner,  Thomas,  Lost  Colonist, 
mentioned,  222. 

Warren,  Joan,  Lost  Colonist,  men- 
tioned, 222. 


Warren  Place,  home  of  Gilbert  T. 
Stephenson,  mentioned,  251. 

Warrenton,  has  garden  tour,  434. 

Washington,  Booker  T.,  advocates 
industrial  education  for  Ne- 
groes, 165;  unable  to  attend  Ne- 
gro fair  of  1886,  65. 

Wassom,  George  T.,  writes  in  The 
Appeal  urging  Negroes  to  sup- 
port fair,  60. 

Wates,  Wylma  Anne,  her  Stub  En- 
tries to  Indents  Issued  in  Pay- 
ment of  Claims  Against  South 
Carolina  Growing  Out  of  the 
Revolution,  Books  C-F,  received, 
451;  reviewed,  538;  Book  K,  re- 
viewed, 289. 

Watkins,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  Lewis 
Battle,  joins  staff,  Division  of 
Archives  and  Manuscripts,  De- 
partment of  Archives  and  His- 
tory, 436. 

Watson,  Hugh  A.,  elected  board 
member,  Sons  of  American  Revo- 
lution, 449. 

Watterson,  Henry,  writes  on  south- 
ern life,  377. 

Wayne  County  Historical  Society, 
holds  joint  meeting  at  Samp- 
son and  Johnston,  443. 

Weathers,  Lee  A.,  his  The  Living 
Past  of  Cleveland  County,  re- 
viewed, 92. 

Weeks,  Stephen  B.,  defends  Brick- 
ell's  History,  315. 

Weitzel's  Mill,  visited  by  County 
and  Local  Historians  on  tour, 
125. 

Wellman,  Manly  Wade,  his  Rebel 
Boast:  First  at  Bethel — Last  at 
Appomattox,  received,  129;  re- 
viewed, 90;  his  To  Unknown 
Lands,  story  of  Yucatan,  230; 
presents  newspaper  awards,  117. 

Wells,  Warner,  donates  royalties 
from  Hiroshima  Diary  to  Japan- 
ese scholarship  fund,  310. 

Western  Carolinian  (Salisbury), 
notes  increased  operation  of  cot- 
ton factories,  148. 

Western  North  Carolina  Histori- 
cal Association,  announces  erec- 
tion of  historical  markers,  126; 
holds  quarterly  meetings,  127, 
309,  449. 

Western  North  Carolina  Historical 
Association's  History  Bulletin, 
articles  in,  listed,  449. 

Wheeler,  Fred  B.,  reads  Mayflower 
Compact,  118. 

Wheeler,  John  H.,  appointed  as 
minister  to  Nicaragua,  263;  be- 


624 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


comes  ill,  264;  his  son  shot  in 
Nicaragua,  victim  of  Hollins 
bombardment,  263. 

Wheler's  Magazine  (Athens,  Ga.), 
mentioned,  402,  403. 

When  the  World  Ended.  The  Diary 
of  Emma  LeConte,  by  Earl 
Schenk   Miers,  received,  452. 

Whiddon,  Jacob,  colonist  with  Gren- 
ville,  explores  Orinoco  River,  fol- 
lower of  Sir  Walter  Raleigh,  220. 

Whigs,  lead  movement  to  locate 
industry,  133. 

Whitaker,  Mary,  dances  with 
group,  on  program  for  Sir  Wal- 
ter  Cabinet,  305. 

White,  Buxton,  re-elected  Vice- 
President,  Pasquotank  County 
Historical  Society,  445. 

White,  John,  makes  five  voyages  to 
Roanoke,  214;  member  of  first 
Roanoke  colony,  204;  returns  to 
England,  206;  returns  to  Roa- 
noke in  1590,  207. 

White,  Robert  H.,  his  Messages  of 
the  Governors  of  Tennessee, 
1845-1857,  Volume  IV,  received, 
452. 

White,  William,  member  of  Lane's 
colony,  graduate  of  Brasenose 
College,  Oxford,  216. 

Whitehead,  Alfred  North,  men- 
tioned,  251. 

Whitehurst,  Georgia,  hostess  to 
Carteret  County  Historical  Soci- 
ety, 308. 

Whitehurst,  Mary,  hostess  to  Car- 
teret County  Historical  Society, 
308,  447. 

Whitener,  D.  J.,  becomes  Dean, 
Appalachian  State  Teachers  Col- 
lege, 568;  reads  paper  at  joint 
session,  North  Carolina  Literary 
and  Historical  Association  and 
Southern  Historical  Association, 
119. 

Wigwam  and  the  Cabin,  The,  ded- 
ication of,  mentioned,  394. 

Wilborn,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  W.,  at- 
tends meeting,  Historical  Soci- 
ety of  North  Carolina,  110;  re- 
views A  Guide  to  Early  Ameri- 
can Homes — South,^  299;  reviews 
The  New-York  Historical  Soci- 
ety's Dictionary  of  Artists  in 
America,  156A-1860,  559. 

Wilderness  Road,  by  Paul  Green, 
symphonic  drama  presented  in 
Kentucky,  230. 

Wildye,  Richard,  one  of  Lane's 
men,  listed  as  graduate  of 
Brasenose  College,   Oxford,  216. 


Wiley,  Bell  Irwin,  his  The  Road  to 
Appomattox,  received,  128;  re- 
viewed, 423;  his  William  Nath- 
aniel Wood,  Reminiscences  of 
Big  I,  reviewed,  99;  reviews  Fic- 
tion Fights  the  Civil  War:  An 
Unfinished  Chapter  in  the  Liter- 
ary History  of  the  American 
People,  554;  reviews  The  Pecu- 
liar Institution:  Slavery  in  the 
Ante-Bellum  South,  297. 

Wiley,  Calvin  Henderson,  active  in 
civic  and  religious  work,  523; 
brief  sketch  of,  51  In;  carries  tea 
cakes  on  visits,  526;  collects  and 
files  books,  519;  describes  "little 
red  schoolhouse,"  524;  enjoys 
cigars,  526;  excerpts  from  diar- 
ies of,  520n,  521n,  522%,  523n; 
experiences  Tennessee  cholera 
epidemic,  528;  father  of  Mary 
C,  517,  520;  his  Roanoke,  tells 
story  of  Revolutionary  Nag's 
Head,  197;  jots  sermons  down  on 
used  envelopes,  521;  pioneers  in 
educational  field,  520;  plays  in 
snow,  526;  keeps  diaries,  518; 
plays  with  children,  525;  serves 
as  District  Superintendent, 
American  Bible  Society,  522; 
uses  schoolmaster's  desk,  518; 
writes  Bible  Society  reports,  521. 

Wiley,  Mary  C,  enjoys  father's 
stories,  525;  enjoys  looking  at 
parents'  mementoes,  518;  de- 
scribes family  evenings  with  fa- 
ther, 523;  describes  father's 
walking  canes,  describes  old 
North  Carolina  map,  519;  de- 
scribes Revolutionary  War  pis- 
tols, 518;  describes  study,  517; 
her  article,  "Childhood  Recollec- 
tions of  My  Father,"  517-529; 
lists  father's  books,  519-520; 
plays  in  father's  study,  517;  re- 
ports on  restoration  projects, 
Antiquities  Society,  114;  spends 
childhood  in  Winston,  517;  tells 
of  discussions  of  "Greenbacks," 
527;  tells  of  eating  "sheep  nose" 
apples,  526;  tells  of  fear  of  cho- 
lera, 528;  tells  of  visits  of 
"Squire  Grogan,"  527;  writes 
of  family  dog,  520 ;  writes  of  fa- 
ther to  show  his  love  of  home  and 
family,  529;  writes  of  father's 
statistical  and  narrative  reports, 
521. 

Wilkes,  Mrs.  Preston  B.,  Jr.,  hon- 
ored at  breakfast,  Society  of 
Mayflower  Descendants,  118; 
presents  Mayflower  Award,  116. 


Index  to  Volume  XXXIV 


625 


Wilkins,  William  Webb,  life 
sketch  of,  340w;  physician  serv- 
ing at  Dugger-Dromgoole  duel, 
336. 

Wilkinson,  Ray  S.,  presides  at 
evening  session,  North  Carolina 
Literary  and  Historical  Associa- 
tion, Inc.,  116;  re-elected  Vice- 
President,  Literary  and  Histori- 
cal Association,  115. 

Will  West,  by  Paul  C.  Metcalf, 
Cherokee  Indian  novel,  230. 

William  Gaston  Chapter,  Daugh- 
ters of  American  Revolution, 
sponsor  marker  unveiling,  446. 

William  Nathaniel  Wood,  Reminis- 
cences of  Big  I,  by  Bell  Irwin 
Wiley,  reviewed,  99. 

Williams,  Ben,  presents  brief  re- 
port, Art  Society,  113. 

Williams,  Benjamin,  portrait  of, 
unveiled,  444. 

Williams,  Mrs.  Betty  Vaiden,  elec- 
ed  President,  Folklore  Society, 
117. 

Williams,  David,  becomes  London 
judge  and  lawyer,  220;  knight- 
ed, 221;  member  of  group  with 
Lane,   211. 

Williams,  Mrs.  Garland,  elected 
Secretary-Treasurer,  Mc-Dowell 
County   Historical    Society,    448. 

William,  Ruth  Hash,  writes  poems, 
231. 

Williamson,  Hugh,  mentioned,  490 ; 
takes  notes  of  industrial  begin- 
nings in  North  Carolina,  19. 

Willis,  Frances,  paper  read  con- 
cerning her  career,  447. 

Wilson,  H.  Wright,  imaginary  par- 
ticipant in  duel  with  Shocco 
Jones,  498;  revealed  as  "Pasquo- 
tank roaster,"  501. 

Wilson,  James,  admonishes  Wood- 
row  Wilson  to  study,  508. 

Wilson,  Joseph  Ruggles,  builds 
large  house,  508;  father  of  Wood- 
row,  described,  moves  to  Colum- 
bia, S.  C,  507. 

Wilson,  Louis  R.,  his  The  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina,  1900- 
1930,  received,  452. 

Wilson,  The  New  Freedom,  by  Ar- 
thur S.  Link,  received,  128;  re- 
viewed, 300. 

Wilson,  Thomas  Woodrow,  attends 
University  of  Virginia,  512;  av- 
erage student,  507,  510;  birth  of, 
507;  called  "Tommy,"  507,  508, 
509,  512;  chosen  president  of  so- 
ciety, 513;  decides  on  political 
career,  511 ;  decides  to  enter  law 


school,  512;  enrolled  at  "T.  W.," 
Princeton,  510;  enters  Davidson 
College  at  "T.  W.,"  509;  joins 
church,  508;  joins  debating  soci- 
ety, 510;  joins  Jefferson  Society, 
512;  listed  as  "Thomas  W.,"  508; 
rests  from  studies,  509;  signs 
himself  "Atticus,"  513;  signs 
himself  at  "T.  Wilson,"  510; 
signs  himself  as  "T.  Woodrow," 
512;  signs  himself  "Thomas  W.," 
511;  signs  himself  "W.  W.," 
signs  himself  "Woodrow,"  514; 
signs  literary  efforts  anonymous- 
ly, 511;  signs  name  in  full,  514; 
speculation  about  shortening  his 
name  to  "Woodrow  Wilson," 
515;  writes  Charles  A.  Talcott, 
513. 

Wilson,  William  Thomas,  his  nov- 
el, For  the  Love  of  Lady  Mar- 
garet: A  Romance  of  the  Lost 
Colony,   discussed,  187. 

"Windsor  Castle,"  visited  on  tour 
of  Bertie  County,  437. 

Winslow,  Frith,  meeting  held  at 
home  of,  250. 

Winston,  Francis  D.,  joins  Bar  As- 
sociation, 41. 

Wise,  Thomas,  member  of  Lane's 
colony,  222. 

Wood,  Benjamin,  member  of  Ama- 
das  ^and  Barlowe  expedition,  not- 
ed navigator  and  captain,  217. 

Wood,  Agnes,  Lost  Colonist,  facts 
concerning,    223. 

Wood,  John,  member  of  Amadas 
and  Barlowe  expedition,  217; 
muster  captain,  "pirate  at  port 
of  Sandwich  who  was  knighted," 
218. 

Wood,  John  E.,  edits  Yearbook, 
Pasquotank  County  Historical 
Society,  125;  presents  report, 
445;  presides  at  Pasquotank 
meetings,  124,  125,  445;  re-elect- 
ed President,  Pasquotank  group, 
445. 

Woodbourne,  description  of,  523- 
524;  family  home  of  Wiley's,  518; 
slaves  there,  described,  524. 

Woodlawn  Factory,  pioneer  cotton 
mill,  cover  January  issue. 

"Woodrow  Wilson:  The  Evolution 
of  a  Name,"  article  by  George 
C.  Osborn,  507-516. 

Woodrow,  Harriet,  rejects  propos- 
al of  Woodrow  Wilson,  516; 
sweetheart  of  her  cousin  Wood- 
row,  514. 

Woody,  Robert  H.,  reviews  The 
Land  Called  Chicora:  The  Caro- 


626 


The  North  Carolina  Historical  Review 


Unas  under  Spanish  Rule  with 
French  Intrusions,  1520-1670, 
536;  reviews  The  State  Records 
of  South  Carolina,.  Journals  of 
the  South  Carolina  Executive 
Councils  of  1861   and  1862,  94. 

Wooten,  Frank,  makes  brief  talk 
to  Pitt  County  group,  571. 

World  Methodist  Council,  dedicates 
historical  and  archival  building, 
127. 

World's  Columbian  Exposition,  has 
Biltmore  Forest  exhibit,  held  in 
Chicago,  1893,  351. 

Wounds  of  a  Friend,  The,  by  Dora 
Greenwell  McChesney,  tells  sto- 
ry of  Roanoke  colony,  186. 

Wright,  Carroll  D.,  foresees  New 
England  benefiting  from  indus- 
trialized South,  381 ;  says  mill 
owner  reesponsible  for  moral 
well-being  of  his  employees,  386. 

Wright,  Lenoir,  promoted  to  As- 
sistant Professor,  Woman's  Col- 
lege, University  of  North  Caro- 
lina, 567. 

Wright,  Louis  B.,  his  The  Cultural 
Life  of  the  American  Colonies, 
1607-1763,  received,  311;  re- 
viewed, 427;  his  The  Historie  of 
Travell  into  Virginia  Britaina, 
1612,  reviewed,  290. 

Writers,  obligated  to  society,  254; 
realistic  ones,  discussed,  252; 
some  called  "muckrakers,"  253. 

Wyche,  Ray,  elected  President, 
Columbus  County  historical 
group,   122. 

Wythers,  William,  Lost  Colonist, 
statistics  concerning,  224.     ' 


Yarborough  Hotel,  host  to  lawyers, 
39. 

Year  Book,  Pasquotank  Historical 
Society,  Elizabeth  City,  195U- 
1955,  first  volume  completed,  125. 

York  Minster,  famous  English 
cathedral  where  Marmaduke  Con- 
stable (Lane's  expedition)  is 
buried,  218. 

Young,  Richard  K.,  his  The  Pas- 
tor's Hospital  Ministry,  mention- 
ed,   240. 

"Young  American,"  group  dedicat- 
ed to  fostering  Americanism,  395. 

"Your  National  Archives,"  film 
shown  to  staff,  Department  of 
Archives  and  History,  305. 

Yearns,  Wilfred  B.,  on  staff,  new 
Department  of  History,  Wake 
Forest  College,  442. 

Yoder,  Julian  C,  promoted  to 
Head,  Department  of  History, 
Appalachian  State  Teachers  Col- 
lege, 568. 

Younger,  Edward,  his  Inside  the 
Confederate  Government.  The 
Diary  of  Robert  Garlick  Hill 
Kean,  received,  452. 

Yurin  Scholarship  Foundation,  es- 
tablished by  Hiroshima  Diary 
author,  310. 


"Zeb's  Black  Baby" :  Vance  County, 
by  Samuel  Thomas  Peace,  men- 
tioned, 243. 


North  Carolina  State  Library 
Raleigh 


STATE  LIBRARY  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


3  3091  00748  404